As captured February 6, 2025

41 files changed, 22502 insertions, 11662 deletions

diff --git a/51859-0.txt b/51859-0.txt
index 9b54c2e..165a621 100644
--- a/51859-0.txt
+++ b/51859-0.txt
@@ -1,5383 +1,4983 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott

-

-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most

-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions

-whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of

-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at

-www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have

-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.

-

-Title: Bruno

-       or, lessons of fidelity, patience, and self-denial taught by a dog

-

-Author: Jacob Abbott

-

-Release Date: April 25, 2016 [EBook #51859]

-

-Language: English

-

-Character set encoding: UTF-8

-

-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BRUNO ***

-

-

-

-

-Produced by Suzanne Shell and the Online Distributed

-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was

-produced from images generously made available by The

-Internet Archive/American Libraries.)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-                               HARPER’S

-                              STORY BOOKS

-

-                                 No. 1

-

-                                BRUNO.

-

-                            [Illustration]

-

-                            DECEMBER, 1854.

-

-                             PRICE 25 Cts

-

-                           HARPER & BROTHERS

-                      FRANKLIN SQUARE, NEW YORK.

-

-

-

-

-[Illustration: “Bruno forgives him, and why should not I?” said Hiram.]

-

-

-

-

-                         HARPER’S STORY BOOKS.

-

-      A SERIES OF NARRATIVES, DIALOGUES, BIOGRAPHIES, AND TALES,

-                 FOR THE INSTRUCTION AND ENTERTAINMENT

-                             OF THE YOUNG.

-

-                                  BY

-

-                             JACOB ABBOT.

-

-                           Embellished with

-

-                  NUMEROUS AND BEAUTIFUL ENGRAVINGS.

-

-

-

-

-                                BRUNO;

-                                  OR,

-            LESSONS OF FIDELITY, PATIENCE, AND SELF-DENIAL

-                           Taught by a Dog.

-

-                               NEW YORK:

-                    HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS.

-

-       Entered, according to an Act of Congress, in the year one

-               thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, by

-

-                          HARPER & BROTHERS,

-

-     in the Clerk’s Office for the Southern District of New York.

-

-

-

-

-PREFACE.

-

-

-The present volume is the first of a proposed monthly series of story

-books for the young.

-

-The publishers of the series, in view of the great improvements which

-have been made within a few years past in the means and appliances of

-the typographical art, and of the accumulation of their own facilities

-and resources, not only for the manufacture of such books in an

-attractive form, and the embellishment of them with every variety

-of illustration, but also for the circulation of them in the widest

-manner throughout the land, find that they are in a condition to make a

-monthly communication of this kind to a very large number of families,

-and under auspices far more favorable than would have been possible at

-any former period. They have accordingly resolved on undertaking the

-work, and they have intrusted to the writer of this notice the charge

-of preparing the volumes.

-

-The books, though called story books, are not intended to be works of

-amusement merely to those who may receive them, but of substantial

-instruction. The successive volumes will comprise a great variety,

-both in respect to the subjects which they treat, and to the form and

-manner in which the subjects will be presented; but the end and aim

-of all will be to impart useful knowledge, to develop the thinking

-and reasoning powers, to teach a correct and discriminating use of

-language, to present models of good conduct for imitation, and bad

-examples to be shunned, to explain and enforce the highest principles

-of moral duty, and, above all, to awaken and cherish the spirit of

-humble and unobtrusive, but heartfelt piety. The writer is aware of the

-great responsibility which devolves upon him, in being thus admitted

-into many thousands of families with monthly messages of counsel and

-instruction to the children, which he has the opportunity, through the

-artistic and mechanical resources placed at his disposal, to clothe in

-a form that will be calculated to open to him a very easy access to

-their attention, their confidence, and their hearts. He can only say

-that he will make every exertion in his power faithfully to fulfill his

-trust.

-

-JACOB ABBOTT.

-

-New York, 1854.

-

-

-

-

-CONTENTS.

-

-

-                                   PAGE

-

-    THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF         13

-

-    COMBAT WITH A BOAR               16

-

-    JOOLY                            19

-

-    THE EMIGRANTS                    32

-

-    THE VOYAGE                       34

-

-    GOING ALONE                      38

-

-    SILVER BOWL STOLEN               41

-

-    THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED        52

-

-    BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY           62

-

-    BOYS ADRIFT                      84

-

-    BRUNO AND THE ROBIN              97

-

-    BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE       120

-

-    WILLING TO LEARN                129

-

-    PANSITA                         135

-

-    THE DOG’S PETITION              140

-

-    THE STORM ON THE LAKE           143

-

-    TAKING AN INTEREST              151

-

-

-

-

-ENGRAVINGS

-

-

-                                   PAGE

-

-    THE TOOL-HOUSE ON FIRE     _Frontispiece._

-

-    COMBAT WITH THE WOLF             15

-

-    THE TWO BOARS                    17

-

-    COMBAT WITH A BOAR               18

-

-    THE CHAMOIS HUNTERS              20

-

-    CHILDREN IN THE GROVE            21

-

-    BRUNO IN THE SNOW                28

-

-    THE COTTAGE                      30

-

-    BRUNO ON WOLF-SKIN               31

-

-    THE EMIGRANTS                    33

-

-    THE BEGINNING OF THE VOYAGE      35

-

-    THE STORM                        36

-

-    THE END OF THE VOYAGE            37

-

-    THE PARTING                      39

-

-    THE GIPSY CAMP                   43

-

-    FORTUNE TELLING                  51

-

-    FRANK AND LORENZO                58

-

-    THE PARLOR DOGS                  63

-

-    VARIETY                          64

-

-    THE WATCH-DOG                    66

-

-    THE GATEWAY IN THE WOOD          71

-

-    TONY LOST                        75

-

-    THE PIER                         88

-

-    THE PORT                         94

-

-    RALPH AND THE ROBIN             101

-

-    HIRAM’S SQUIRREL                104

-

-    THE SLY FOX                     109

-

-    WILLING TO LEARN                132

-

-    THE STORM ON THE LAKE           146

-

-    BRUNO WATCHING                  149

-

-    PLAY                            150

-

-    BRUNO AND THE SHEEP             158

-

-

-

-

-BRUNO.

-

-

-

-

-THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF.

-

-

-[Sidenote: The hunter alarmed.]

-

-In the night, a hunter, who lived in a cottage among the Alps, heard a

-howling.

-

-“Hark!” said he, “I heard a howling.”

-

-His wife raised her head from the pillow to listen, and one of the two

-children, who were lying in a little bed in the corner of the room,

-listened too. The other child was asleep.

-

-“It is a wolf,” said the hunter.

-

-“In the morning,” said the hunter, “I will take my spear, and my

-sheath-knife, and Bruno, and go and see if I can not kill him.”

-

-Bruno was the hunter’s dog.

-

-The hunter and his wife, and the child that was awake, listened a

-little longer to the howling of the wolf, and then, when at length the

-sounds died away, they all went to sleep.

-

-[Sidenote: Prepares for a hunt.]

-

-In the morning the hunter took his spear, and his sheath-knife, and his

-hunting-horn besides, and then, calling Bruno to follow him, went off

-among the rocks and mountains to find the wolf.

-

-[Sidenote: Discovers the animal.]

-

-While he was climbing up the mountains by a steep and narrow path,

-he thought he saw something black moving among the rocks at a great

-distance across the valley. He stopped to look at it. He looked at it

-very intently.

-

-At first he thought it was the wolf. But it was not the wolf.

-

-[Sidenote: The hunter blows his horn.]

-

-Then he thought it was a man. So he blew a loud and long blast with his

-horn. He thought that if the moving thing which he saw were another

-man, he would answer by blowing _his_ horn, and that then, perhaps, he

-would come and help the hunter hunt the wolf. He listened, but he heard

-no reply. He heard nothing but echoes.

-

-By-and-by he came to a stream of water. It was a torrent, flowing

-wildly among the rocks and bushes.

-

-“Bruno,” said the hunter, “how shall we get across this torrent?”

-

-Bruno stood upon a rock, looking at the torrent very earnestly, but he

-did not speak.

-

-“Bruno,” said the hunter again, “how shall we get across this torrent?”

-

-Bruno barked.

-

-[Sidenote: The rude bridge.]

-

-The hunter then walked along for some distance on the margin of the

-stream, and presently came to a place where there was a log lying

-across it. So he and Bruno went over on the log. Bruno ran over at

-once. The hunter was at first a little afraid to go, but at last he

-ventured. He got across in safety. Here the hunter stopped a few

-minutes to rest.

-

-[Sidenote: The wolf discovered.]

-

-He then went on up the mountain. At last Bruno began to bark and to

-run on forward, looking excited and wild. He saw the wolf. The hunter

-hastened forward after him, brandishing his spear. The wolf was in a

-solitary place, high up among the rocks. He was gnawing some bones. He

-was gaunt and hungry. Bruno attacked him, but the wolf was larger and

-stronger than he, and threw him back with great violence against the

-ground. The dog howled with pain and terror.

-

-[Illustration: Picture of the combat.]

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno’s courage. The wolf is killed.]

-

-The man thrust the spear at the wolf’s mouth, but the ferocious beast

-evaded the blow, and seized the shaft of the spear between his teeth.

-Then the great combat came on. Very soon the dog sprang up and seized

-the wolf by the throat, and held him down, and finally the man killed

-him with his spear.

-

-Then he took his horn from his belt, and blew a long and loud blast in

-token of victory.

-

-[Sidenote: What became of the skin of the wolf.]

-

-He took the skin of the wolf, and carried it home. The fur was long,

-and gray in color. The hunter tanned and dressed the skin, and made it

-soft like leather. He spread it down upon the floor before the fire

-in his cottage, and his children played upon it. Bruno was accustomed

-to lie upon it in the evening. He would lie quietly there for a long

-time, looking into the fire, and thinking of the combat he had with

-the savage monster that originally wore the skin, at the time when he

-fought him on the mountains, and helped the hunter kill him.

-

-       *       *       *       *       *

-

-The hunter and the hunter’s children liked Bruno very much before, but

-they liked him more than ever after his combat with the wolf.

-

-

-

-

-COMBAT WITH A BOAR.

-

-

-Some wild animals are so ferocious and strong that it requires several

-dogs to attack and conquer them. Such animals are found generally in

-remote and uninhabited districts, among forests and mountains, or in

-countries inhabited by savages.

-

-[Sidenote: Habits of the boar.]

-

-The wild boar is one of the most terrible of these animals. He has long

-tusks projecting from his jaws. These serve him as weapons in attacking

-his enemies, whether dogs or men. He roams in a solitary manner

-among the mountains, and though he is very fierce and savage in his

-disposition, he will seldom molest any one who does not molest him. If,

-when he is passing along through the forests, he sees a man, he pays

-no regard to him, but goes on in his own way. If, however, when he is

-attacked by dogs, and is running through the forest to make his escape,

-he meets a man in his way, he thinks the man is the hunter that has

-set the dogs upon him, or at least that he is his enemy. So he rushes

-upon him with terrible fury, and kills him--sometimes with a single

-blow--and then, trampling over the dead body, goes on bounding through

-the thickets to escape from the dogs.

-

-[Illustration: Picture of a fight.]

-

-[Sidenote: The tusks.]

-

-Wild boars often have dreadful combats with each other. In this

-engraving we have a representation of such a fight. The weapons with

-which they fight are sharp tusks growing out of the under jaw. With

-these tusks they can inflict dreadful wounds.

-

-Savages, when they attack the wild boar, arm themselves with spears,

-and station themselves at different places in the forest, where they

-think the boar will pass. Sometimes they hide themselves in thickets,

-so as to be ready to come out suddenly and attack the boar when the

-dogs have seized him.

-

-[Illustration: Picture of the combat.]

-

-[Sidenote: The dogs and the boar. The spears.]

-

-Here is a picture of such a combat. The dogs have pursued the boar

-through the woods until he begins to be exhausted with fatigue and

-terror. Still, he fights them very desperately. One he has thrown down.

-He has wounded him with his tusks. The dog is crying out with pain and

-fright. There are three other dogs besides the one who is wounded. They

-are endeavoring to seize and hold the boar, while one of the hunters

-is thrusting the iron point of his spear into him. Two other hunters

-are coming out of a thicket near by to join in the attack. One of them

-looks as if he were afraid of the boar. He has good reason to be afraid.

-

-[Sidenote: Savages dress themselves in skins.]

-

-These hunters are savages. They are nearly naked. One of them is

-clothed with a skin. I suppose, by the claws, that it is a lion’s skin.

-He hunted and killed the lion, perhaps, in the same way that he is now

-hunting and killing the boar.

-

-Savages use the skins of beasts for clothing because they do not know

-how to spin and weave.

-

-But we must now go back to Bruno, the Alpine hunter’s dog that killed

-the wolf, and who used afterward to sleep before the fire in the

-hunter’s cottage on the skin.

-

-

-

-

-JOOLY.

-

-

-[Sidenote: The Alps.]

-

-Bruno’s master lived among the Alps. The Alps are very lofty mountains

-in Switzerland and Savoy.

-

-[Sidenote: Chamois hunting.]

-

-The upper portions of these mountains are very rocky and wild. There

-are crags, and precipices, and immense chasms among them, where it

-is very dangerous for any one to go. The hunters, however, climb up

-among these rocks and precipices to hunt the chamois, which is a small

-animal, much like a goat in form and character. He has small black

-horns, the tips of which turn back.

-

-The chamois climbs up among the highest rocks and precipices to feed

-upon the grass which grows there in the little nooks and corners. The

-chamois hunters climb up these after him. They take guns with them,

-in order to shoot the chamois when they see one. But sometimes it is

-difficult for them to get the game when they have killed it, as we see

-in this engraving. The hunters were on one side of a chasm and the

-chamois on the other, and though he has fallen dead upon the rocks,

-they can not easily reach him. One of the hunters is leaning across

-the chasm, and is attempting to get hold of the carcass with his right

-hand. With his left hand he grasps the rock to keep himself from

-falling. If his hand should slip, he would go headlong down into an

-awful abyss.

-

-[Illustration: Picture of the chamois hunters on the Alps.]

-

-The other hunter is coming up the rock to help his comrade. He has his

-gun across his shoulder. Both the hunters have ornamented their hats

-with flowers.

-

-The chamois lies upon the rock where he has fallen. We can see his

-black horns, with the tips turned backward.

-

-[Sidenote: The lower slopes of the mountains.]

-

-In the summer season, the valleys among these Alpine mountains are very

-delightful. The lower slopes of them are adorned with forests of fir

-and pine, which alternate with smooth, green pasturages, where ramble

-and feed great numbers of sheep and cows. Below are rich and beautiful

-valleys, with fields full of flowers, and cottages, and pretty little

-gardens, and every thing else that can make a country pleasant to

-see and to play in. There are no noxious or hurtful animals in these

-valleys, so that there is no danger in rambling about any where in

-them, either in the fields or in the groves. They must take care of the

-wet places, and of the thorns that hide among the roses, but beyond

-these dangers there is nothing to fear. In these valleys, therefore,

-the youngest children can go into the thickets to play or to gather

-flowers without any danger or fear; for there are no wild beasts, or

-noxious animals, or poisonous plants there, or any thing else that can

-injure them.

-

-[Illustration: Children at play.]

-

-[Sidenote: Winter in the Alps.]

-

-Thus the country of the Alps is very pleasant in summer, but in winter

-it is cold and stormy, and all the roads and fields, especially in

-the higher portions of the country, are buried up in snow. Still, the

-people who live there must go out in winter, and sometimes they are

-overtaken by storms, and perish in the cold.

-

-[Sidenote: Scene in the hunter’s cottage.]

-

-Once Bruno saved his master’s life when he was thus overtaken in a

-storm. The baby was sick, and the hunter thought he would go down in

-the valley to get some medicine for him. The baby was in a cradle. His

-grandmother took care of him and rocked him. His mother was at work

-about the room, feeling very anxious and unhappy. The hunter himself,

-who had come in tired from his work a short time before, was sitting

-in a comfortable easy-chair which stood in the corner by the fire. The

-head of the cradle was near the chair where the hunter was sitting.[1]

-

-    [1] For the positions of the chair and cradle in the hunter’s

-    cottage, see engraving on page 30.

-

-“George,” said the hunter’s wife, “I wish you would look at the baby.”

-

-George leaned forward over the head of the cradle, and looked down upon

-the baby.

-

-“Poor little thing!” said he.

-

-“What shall we do?” said his wife. As she said this she came to the

-cradle, and, bending down over it, she moved the baby’s head a little,

-so as to place it in a more comfortable position. The baby was very

-pale, and his eyes were shut. As soon as he felt his mother’s hand upon

-his cheek, he opened his eyes, but immediately shut them again. He was

-too sick to look very long even at his mother.

-

-[Sidenote: Consultation between the hunter and his wife.]

-

-“Poor little thing!” said George again. “He is very sick. I must go to

-the village and get some medicine from the doctor.”

-

-“Oh no!” said his wife. “You can not go to the village to-night. It is

-a _dreadful_ storm.”

-

-“Yes,” said the hunter, “I know it is.”

-

-“The snow is very deep, and it is drifting more and more,” said his

-wife. “It will be entirely dark before you get home, and you will lose

-your way, and perish in the snow.”

-

-The hunter did not say any thing. He knew very well that there would be

-great danger in going out on such a night.

-

-“You will get lost in the snow, and die,” continued his wife, “if you

-attempt to go.”

-

-[Sidenote: A hard alternative.]

-

-“And baby will die, perhaps, if I stay at home,” said the hunter.

-

-The hunter’s wife was in a state of great perplexity and distress. It

-was hard to decide between the life of her husband and that of her

-child. While the parents were hesitating and looking into the cradle,

-the babe opened its eyes, and, seeing its father and mother there,

-tried to put out its little hands to them as if for help, but finding

-itself too weak to hold them up, it let them drop again, and began to

-cry.

-

-“Poor little thing!” said the hunter. “I’ll go--I’ll go.”

-

-The mother made no more objection. She could not resist the mute appeal

-of the poor helpless babe. So she brought her husband his coat and cap,

-and forced her reluctant mind to consent to his going.

-

-It was strange, was it not, that she should be willing to risk the life

-of her husband, who was all the world to her, whose labor was her life,

-whose strength was her protection, whose companionship was her solace

-and support, for the sake of that helpless and useless baby?

-

-It was strange, too, was it not, that the hunter himself, who was

-already almost exhausted by the cold and exposure that he had suffered

-during the day, should be willing to go forth again into the storm, for

-a child that had never done any thing for him, and was utterly unable

-to do any thing for him now? Besides, by saving the child’s life, he

-was only compelling himself to work the harder, to procure food and

-clothing for him while he was growing up to be a man.

-

-What was the baby’s name?

-

-His name was Jooly.

-

-At least they called him Jooly. His real name was Julien.

-

-[Sidenote: The hunter bids little Jooly good-by.]

-

-When the hunter was all ready to go, he came to the cradle, and,

-putting his great rough and shaggy hand upon the baby’s wrist, he said,

-

-“Poor little Jooly! I will get the doctor himself to come and see you,

-if I can.”

-

-So he opened the door and went out, leaving Jooly’s grandmother rocking

-the cradle, and his mother at work about the room as before.

-

-When the hunter had gone out and shut the door, he went along the side

-of the house till he came to a small door leading to his cow-house,

-which was a sort of small barn.

-

-[Sidenote: He calls Bruno.]

-

-He opened the door of the cow-house and called out “BRUNO!”

-

-Bruno, who was asleep at this time in his bed, in a box half filled

-with straw, started up on hearing his master’s voice, and, leaping over

-the side of the box, came to his master in the storm.

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno’s bed.]

-

-Bruno was glad to be called. And yet it was a dark and stormy night.

-The wind was blowing, and the snow was driving terribly. On the other

-hand, the bed where he had been lying was warm and comfortable. The

-cow was near him for company. He was enjoying, too, a very refreshing

-sleep, dreaming of races and frolics with other dogs on a pretty green.

-All this repose and comfort were disturbed. Still, Bruno was glad.

-He perceived at once that an unexpected emergency had occurred, and

-that some important duty was to be performed. Bruno had no desire to

-lead a useless life. He was always proud and happy when he had any

-duty to perform, and the more important and responsible the duty was,

-the more proud and happy it made him. He cared nothing at all for any

-discomfort, fatigue, or exposure that it might bring upon him.

-

-[Sidenote: A comparison.]

-

-Some boys are very different from Bruno in this respect. They do not

-share his noble nature. They never like duty. All they like is ease,

-comfort, and pleasure. When any unexpected emergency occurs, and they

-are called to duty, they go to their work with great reluctance, and

-with many murmurings and repinings, as if to do duty were an irksome

-task. I would give a great deal more for a _dog_ like Bruno than for

-such a boy.

-

-[Sidenote: The hunter and Bruno in the snow.]

-

-Bruno and his master took the road which led to the village. The hunter

-led the way, and Bruno followed. The road was steep and narrow, and

-in many places the ground was so buried in snow that the way was very

-difficult to find. Sometimes the snow was very soft and deep, and the

-hunter would sink into it so far that he could scarcely advance at

-all. At such times Bruno, being lighter and stronger, would wallow on

-through the drift, and then look back to his master, and wait for him

-to come, and then go back to him again, looking all the time at the

-hunter with an expression of animation and hope upon his countenance,

-and wagging his tail, as if he were endeavoring to cheer and encourage

-him. This action had the effect, at any rate, of encouragement. It

-cheered the hunter on; and so, in due time, they both arrived safely at

-the village.

-

-The doctor concluded, after hearing all about the case, that it would

-not be best for him to go up the mountain; but he gave the hunter some

-medicine for the baby.

-

-[Sidenote: The hunter attempts to return to the cottage.]

-

-The medicine was put in a phial, and the hunter put the phial in his

-pocket. When all was ready, the hunter set out again on his return home.

-

-[Sidenote: Difficulties in the way.]

-

-It was much harder going up than it had been to come down. The road was

-very steep. The snow, too, was getting deeper every hour. Besides, it

-was now dark, and it was more difficult than ever to find the way.

-

-At last, when the hunter had got pretty near his own cottage again, his

-strength began to fail. He staggered on a little farther, and then he

-sank down exhausted into the snow. Bruno leaped about him, and rubbed

-his head against his master’s cheek, and barked, and wagged his tail,

-and did every thing in his power to encourage his master to rise and

-make another effort. At length he succeeded.

-

-“Yes,” said the hunter, “I’ll get up, and try again.”

-

-[Sidenote: Getting lost.]

-

-So he rose and staggered feebly on a little farther. He looked about

-him, but he could not tell where he was. He began to feel that he was

-lost. Now, whenever a man gets really lost, either in the woods or in

-the snow, a feeling of great perplexity and bewilderment generally

-comes over his mind, which almost wholly deprives him of the use of

-his faculties. The feeling is very much like that which one experiences

-when half awake. You do not know where you are, or what you want, or

-where you want to go. Sometimes you scarcely seem to know who you are.

-The hunter began to be thus bewildered. Then it was bitter cold, and he

-began to be benumbed and stupefied.

-

-Intense cold almost always produces a stupefying effect, when one has

-been long exposed to it. The hunter knew very well that he must not

-yield to such a feeling as this, and so he forced himself to make a new

-effort. But the snow seemed to grow deeper and deeper, and it was very

-hard for him to make his way through it. It was freshly fallen, and,

-consequently, it was very light and soft, and the hunter sank down in

-it very far. If he had had snow shoes, he could have walked upon the

-top of it; but he had no snow shoes.

-

-At last he became very tired.

-

-“Bruno,” said he, “I must lie down here and rest a little, before I can

-go on any further.”

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno tries to encourage and save his master.]

-

-But Bruno, when he saw his master preparing to lie down, jumped about

-him, and barked, and seemed very uneasy. Just then the hunter saw

-before him a deep black hole. He looked down, and saw that it was

-water. Instead of being in the road, he was going over some deep pit

-filled with water, covered, except in one place, with ice and snow. He

-perceived that he had had a very narrow escape from falling into this

-water, and he now felt more bewildered and lost than ever. He contrived

-to get by the dangerous hole, feeling his way with a stick, and then he

-sank down in the snow among the rocks, and gave up in despair.

-

-[Sidenote: The hunter comes very near perishing in the snow.]

-

-And yet the house was very near. The chimney and the gable end of it

-could just be distinguished in the distance through the falling snow.

-Bruno knew this, and he was extremely distressed that his master should

-give up when so near reaching home. He lay down in the snow by the

-side of his master, and putting his paw over his arm, to encourage

-him and keep him from absolute despair, he turned his head toward the

-house, and barked loud and long, again and again, in hopes of bringing

-somebody to the rescue.

-

-[Illustration]

-

-In the picture you can see the hunter lying in the snow, with Bruno

-over him. His cap has fallen off, and is half buried. His stick, too,

-lies on the snow near his cap. That was a stick that he got to feel

-down into the hole in the ice with, in order to ascertain how deep the

-water was, and to find his way around it. The rocks around the place

-are covered with snow, and the branches of the trees are white with it.

-

-[Sidenote: Danger of going to sleep when out in a storm.]

-

-It is extremely dangerous to lie down to sleep in the snow in a storm

-like this. People that do so usually never wake again. They think,

-always, that they only wish to rest themselves, and sleep a few

-minutes, and that then they will be refreshed, and be ready to proceed

-on their journey. But they are deceived. The drowsiness is produced,

-not by the fatigue, but by the cold. They are beginning to freeze, and

-the freezing benumbs all their sensations. The drowsiness is the effect

-of the benumbing of the brain.

-

-Sometimes, when several persons are traveling together in cold and

-storms, one of their number, who may perhaps be more delicate than the

-rest, and who feels the cold more sensibly, wishes very much to stop a

-few minutes to lie down and rest, and he begs his companions to allow

-him to do so. But they, if they are wise, will not consent. Then he

-sometimes declares that he _will_ stop, at any rate, even if they do

-not consent. Then they declare that he shall not, and they take hold

-of his shoulders and arms to pull him along. Then he gets angry, and

-attempts to resist them. The excitement of this quarrel warms him a

-little, and restores in some degree his sensibility, and so he goes

-on, and his life is saved. Then he is very grateful to them for having

-disregarded his remonstrances and resistance, and for compelling him to

-proceed.[2]

-

-    [2] Children, in the same way, often complain very strenuously

-    of what their parents and teachers require of them, and resist

-    and contend against it as long as they can; and then, if their

-    parents persevere, they are afterward, when they come to

-    perceive the benefit of it, very grateful.

-

-But now we must return to the story.

-

-[Sidenote: Alarm in the cottage. They open the door.]

-

-The hunter’s family heard the barking in the house. They all

-immediately went to the door. One of the children opened the door. The

-gusts of wind blew the snow in her face, and blinded her. She leaned

-back against the door, and wiped the snow from her face and eyes with

-her apron. Her grandmother came to the door with a light, but the wind

-blew it out in an instant. Her mother came too, and for a moment little

-Jooly was left alone.

-

-[Illustration]

-

-“It is my husband!” she exclaimed. “He is dying in the snow! Mercy upon

-us! What will become of us?

-

-“Give me the cordial,” said she. “Quick!”

-

-So saying, she turned to the shelves which you see in the picture near

-where she is standing, and hastily taking down a bottle containing

-a cordial, which was always kept there ready to be used on such

-occasions, she rushed out of the house. She shut the door after her as

-she went, charging the rest, with her last words, to take good care of

-little Jooly.

-

-[Sidenote: The puss. Little Jooly sleeps undisturbed.]

-

-Of course, those that were left in the cottage were all in a state of

-great distress and anxiety while she was gone--all except two, Jooly

-and the puss. Jooly was asleep in the cradle. The puss was not asleep,

-but was crouched very quietly before the fire in a warm and bright

-place near the grandmother’s chair. She was looking at the fire, and at

-the kettle which was boiling upon it, and wondering whether they would

-give her a piece of the meat by-and-by that was boiling in the kettle

-for the hunter’s supper.

-

-[Sidenote: The hunter and Jooly are both saved.]

-

-When the hunter felt the mouth of the cordial bottle pressed gently to

-his lips, and heard his wife’s voice calling to him, he opened his eyes

-and revived a little. The taste of the cordial revived him still more.

-He was now able to rise, and when he was told how near home he was, he

-felt so cheered and encouraged by the intelligence that he became quite

-strong. The company in the house were soon overjoyed at hearing voices

-at the door, and on opening it, the hunter, his wife, and Bruno all

-came safely in.

-

-Jooly took the medicine which his father brought him, and soon got well.

-

-Here is a picture of Bruno lying on the wolf-skin, and resting from his

-toils.

-

-[Illustration]

-

-

-

-

-THE EMIGRANTS.

-

-

-The hunter, Bruno’s master, emigrated to America, and when he went, he

-sold Bruno to another man. A great many people from Europe emigrate to

-America.

-

-[Sidenote: Emigrants. The way they cross the Atlantic.]

-

-To emigrate means to move from one country to another. The people in

-Europe come from all parts of the interior down to the sea-shore,

-and there embark in great ships to cross the Atlantic Ocean. A great

-many come in the same ship. While they are at sea, if the weather is

-pleasant, these passengers come up upon the deck, and have a very

-comfortable time. But when it is cold and stormy, they have to stay

-below, and they become sick, and are very miserable. They can not stay

-on deck at such times on account of the sea, which washes over the

-ships, and often keeps the decks wet from stem to stern.

-

-When the emigrants land in America, some of them remain in the cities,

-and get work there if they can. Others go to the West to buy land.

-

-[Sidenote: The English family.]

-

-Opposite you see a farmer’s family in England setting out for America.

-The young girl who stands with her hands joined together is named

-Esther. That is her father who is standing behind her. Her mother and

-her grandmother are in the wagon. Esther’s mother has an infant in her

-arms, and her grandmother is holding a young child. Both these children

-are Esther’s brothers. Their names are George and Benny. The baby’s

-name is Benny.

-

-[Illustration: The farmer’s family. The farewell.]

-

-Esther has two aunts--both very kind to her. One of her aunts is going

-to America, but the other--her aunt Lucy--is to remain behind. They are

-bidding each other good-by. The one who has a bonnet on her head is the

-one that is going. We can tell who are going on the journey by their

-having hats or bonnets on. Esther’s aunt Lucy, who has no bonnet on, is

-to remain. When the wagon goes away, she will go into the house again,

-very sorrowful.

-

-[Sidenote: The journey in the covered wagon.]

-

-The farmer has provided a _covered_ wagon for the journey, so as to

-protect his wife, and his mother, and his sister, and his children from

-the cold wind and from the rain. But they will not go all the way in

-this wagon. They will go to the sea-shore in the wagon, and then they

-will embark on board a ship, to cross the Atlantic Ocean.

-

-We can see the ship, all ready and waiting, in the background of the

-picture, on the right. There will be a great many other families on

-board the ship, all going to America. There will be sailors, too, to

-navigate the ship and to manage the sails.

-

-

-

-

-THE VOYAGE.

-

-

-[Sidenote: The voyage in the ship.]

-

-The voyage which the emigrants have to take is very long. It is three

-thousand miles from England to America, and it takes oftentimes many

-weeks to accomplish the transit. Sometimes during the voyage the breeze

-is light, and the water is smooth, and the ship glides very pleasantly

-and prosperously on its way. Then the emigrants pass their time very

-agreeably. They come up upon the decks, they look out upon the water,

-they talk, they sew, they play with the children--they enjoy, in fact,

-almost as many comforts and pleasures as if they were at home on land.

-

-Opposite is a picture of the ship sailing along very smoothly, in

-pleasant weather, at the commencement of the voyage. The cliff in the

-background, on the right, is part of the English shore, which the ship

-is just leaving. There is a light-house upon the cliff, and a town on

-the shore below.

-

-[Illustration: The emigrant ship setting sail. Smooth sea.]

-

-The wind is fair, and the water is smooth. The emigrants are out upon

-the decks. We can see their heads above the bulwarks.

-

-[Sidenote: The buoy.]

-

-The object in the foreground, floating in the water, is a _buoy_. It is

-placed there to mark a rock or a shoal. It is secured by an anchor.

-

-Thus, when the weather is fair, the emigrants pass their time very

-pleasantly. They amuse themselves on the decks by day, and at night

-they go down into the cabins, which are below the deck of the ship, and

-there they sleep.

-

-[Illustration: The ship in a storm. Great danger. Heavy seas.]

-

-But sometimes there comes a storm. The wind increases till it becomes a

-gale. Clouds are seen scudding swiftly across the sky. Immense billows,

-rolling heavily, dash against the ship, or chase each other furiously

-across the wide expanse of the water, breaking every where into foam

-and spray. The winds howl fearfully in the rigging, and sometimes a

-sail is burst from its fastenings by the violence of it, and flaps its

-tattered fragments in the air with the sound of thunder.

-

-[Sidenote: Discomfort and distress of the passengers.]

-

-While the storm continues, the poor emigrants are obliged to remain

-below, where they spend their time in misery and terror. By-and-by the

-storm subsides, the sailors repair the damages, and the ship proceeds

-on her voyage.

-

-In the engraving below we see the ship far advanced on her way. She

-is drawing near to the American shore. The sea is smooth, the wind is

-fair, and she is pressing rapidly onward.

-

-[Illustration]

-

-On the left is seen another vessel, and on the right two more, far in

-the offing.

-

-The emigrants on board the ship are rejoiced to believe that their

-voyage is drawing toward the end.

-

-[Sidenote: The arrival.]

-

-When the farmer and his family have landed in America, they will take

-another wagon, and go back into the country till they come to the place

-where they are going to have their farm. There they will cut down the

-trees of the forest, and build a house of logs. Then they will plow the

-ground, and sow the seeds, and make the farm. By-and-by they will gain

-enough by their industry to build a better house, and to fit it with

-convenient and comfortable furniture, and thenceforward they will live

-in plenty and happiness.

-

-[Sidenote: Benny and George.]

-

-All this time they will take great care of George and Benny, so that

-they shall not come to any harm. They will keep them warm in the

-wagon, and they will watch over them on board the ship, and carry them

-in their arms when they walk up the hills, in journeying in America,

-and make a warm bed for them in their house, and take a great deal of

-pains to have always plenty of good bread for them to eat, and warm

-milk for them to drink. They will suffer, themselves, continual toil,

-privation, and fatigue, but they will be very careful not to let the

-children suffer any thing if they can possibly help it.

-

-[Sidenote: Ingratitude.]

-

-By-and-by, when Benny and George grow up, they will find that their

-father lives upon a fine farm, with a good house and good furniture,

-and with every comfort around them. They will hardly know how much care

-and pains their father, and mother, and grandmother took to save them

-from all suffering, and to provide for them a comfortable and happy

-home. How ungrateful it would be in them to be unkind or disobedient to

-their father, and mother, and grandmother, when they grow up.

-

-

-

-

-GOING ALONE.

-

-

-[Sidenote: Emigrant going alone.]

-

-Sometimes, when a man is intending to emigrate to America, he goes

-first himself alone, in order to see the country, and choose a place

-to live in, and buy a farm, intending afterward to come back for his

-family. He does not take them with him at first, for he does not know

-what he should do with his wife and all his young children while he is

-traveling from place to place to view the land.

-

-[Illustration: He bids his wife and children good-by. Picture of it.]

-

-When the emigrant goes first alone in this way, leaving his family

-at home, the parting is very sorrowful. His poor wife is almost

-broken-hearted. She gathers her little children around her, and clasps

-them in her arms, fearing that some mischief may befall their father

-when he is far away, and that they may never see him again. The man

-attempts to comfort her by saying that it will not be long before he

-comes back, and that then they shall never more be separated. His

-oldest boy stands holding his father’s staff, and almost wishing that

-he was going to accompany him. He turns away his face to hide his

-tears. As for the dog, he sees that his master is going away, and he is

-very earnestly desirous to go too. In fact, they know he _would_ go if

-he were left at liberty, and so they chain him to a post to keep him at

-home.

-

-[Sidenote: A sorrowful parting.]

-

-It is a hard thing for a wife and a mother that her husband should

-thus go away and leave her, to make so long a voyage, and to encounter

-so many difficulties and dangers, knowing, as she does, that it is

-uncertain whether he will ever live to return. She bears the pain of

-this parting out of love to her children. She thinks that their father

-will find some better and happier home for them in the New World, where

-they can live in greater plenty, and where, when they grow up, and

-become men and women, they will be better provided for than they were

-in their native land.

-

-[Sidenote: The ship. The emigrants.]

-

-In the distance, in the engraving, we see the ship in which this man

-is going to sail. We see a company of emigrants, too, down the road,

-going to embark. There is one child walking alone behind her father and

-mother, who seems too young to set out on such a voyage.

-

-

-

-

-SILVER BOWL STOLEN.

-

-

-Bruno belonged to several different masters in the course of his life.

-He was always sorry to leave his old master when the changes were made,

-but then he yielded to the necessity of the case in these emergencies

-with a degree of composure and self-control, which, in a man, would

-have been considered quite philosophical.

-

-The hunter of the Alps, whose life Bruno had saved, resolved at the

-time that he would never part with him.

-

-“I would not sell him,” said he, “for a thousand francs.”

-

-They reckon sums of money by francs in Switzerland. A franc is a silver

-coin. About five of them make a dollar.

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno’s master is obliged to sell him. The reason why.]

-

-However, notwithstanding this resolution, the hunter found himself at

-last forced to sell his dog. He had concluded to emigrate to America.

-He found, on making proper inquiry and calculation, that it would cost

-a considerable sum of money to take Bruno with him across the ocean.

-In the first place, he would have to pay not a little for his passage.

-Then, besides, it would cost a good deal to feed him on the way, both

-while on board the ship and during his progress across the country.

-The hunter reflected that all the money which he should thus pay for

-the dog would be so much taken from the food, and clothing, and other

-comforts of his wife and children. Just at this time a traveler came by

-who offered to buy the dog, and promised always to take most excellent

-care of him. So the hunter sold him, and the traveler took him away.

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno is sold and carried away to England.]

-

-Bruno was very unwilling at first to go away with the stranger. But the

-hunter ordered him to get into the gentleman’s carriage, and he obeyed.

-He looked out behind the carriage as they drove away, and wondered what

-it all could mean. He could not understand it; but as it was always a

-rule with him to submit contentedly to what could not be helped, he

-soon ceased to trouble himself about the matter, and so, lying down in

-the carriage, he went to sleep. He did not wake up for several hours

-afterward.

-

-The traveler conveyed the dog home with him to England, and kept him

-a long time. He made a kennel for him in the corner of the yard. Here

-Bruno lived several years in great peace and plenty.

-

-At length the gentleman was going away from home again on a long tour,

-and as there was nobody to be left at home to take an interest in

-Bruno, he put him under the charge, during his absence, of a boy named

-Lorenzo, who lived in a large house on the banks of a stream near his

-estate. Lorenzo liked Bruno very much, and took excellent care of

-him.[3]

-

-    [3] The house where Lorenzo lived was a large double house, of

-    a very peculiar form. There is a picture of it on page 58.

-

-There was a grove of tall trees near the house where Lorenzo lived,

-which contained the nests of thousands of rooks. Rooks are large black

-birds, very much like crows. Bruno used to lie in the yard where

-Lorenzo kept him, and watch the rooks for hours together.

-

-[Illustration: The encampment of gipsies.]

-

-[Sidenote: How gipsies live.]

-

-In a solitary place near where Lorenzo lived there was an encampment of

-gipsies. Gipsies live much like Indians. They wander about England in

-small bands, getting money by begging, and selling baskets, and they

-build little temporary huts from time to time in solitary places, where

-they live for a while, and then, breaking up their encampment, they

-wander on till they find another place, where they encamp again.

-

-[Sidenote: Their ingenuity in stealing.]

-

-Sometimes, when they can not get money enough by begging and selling

-baskets, they will steal. They show a great deal of ingenuity in the

-plans they devise for stealing. In fact, they are very adroit and

-cunning in every thing they undertake.

-

-At one time Lorenzo’s father went away, and one of the gipsies, named

-Murphy, resolved to take that opportunity to steal something from the

-house.

-

-[Sidenote: Murphy’s plan.]

-

-“We can get in,” said he to his comrade, “very easily, in the night, by

-the back door, and get the silver bowl. We can melt the bowl, and sell

-it for four or five sovereigns.”

-

-The silver bowl which Murphy referred to was one which had been given

-to Lorenzo by his uncle when he was a baby. Lorenzo’s name was engraved

-upon the side of it.

-

-Lorenzo used his bowl to eat his bread and milk from every night for

-supper. It was kept on a shelf in a closet opening from the kitchen.

-Murphy had seen it put there once or twice, when he had been in the

-kitchen at night, selling baskets.

-

-“We can get that bowl just as well as not,” said Murphy, “when the man

-is away.”

-

-“There’s a big dog there,” said his comrade.

-

-“Yes,” said Murphy, “but I’ll manage the dog.”

-

-“How will you manage him?” asked his comrade.

-

-“I’ll try coaxing and flattery first,” said Murphy. “If that don’t do,

-I’ll try threatening; if threatening won’t do, I’ll try bribing; and if

-he won’t be bribed, I’ll poison him.”

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno is on the watch.]

-

-That night, about twelve o’clock, Murphy crept stealthily round to a

-back gate which led into the yard behind the house where Lorenzo lived.

-The instant that Bruno heard the noise, he sprang up, and went bounding

-down the path till he came to the gate. As soon as he saw the gipsy, he

-began to bark very vociferously.

-

-Lorenzo was asleep at this time; but as his room was on the back side

-of the house, and his window was open, he heard the barking. So he got

-up and went to the window, and called out,

-

-“Bruno, what’s the matter?”

-

-Bruno was at some distance from the house, and did not hear Lorenzo’s

-voice. He was watching Murphy.

-

-Murphy immediately began to coax and cajole the dog, calling him “Nice

-fellow,” and “Good dog,” and “Poor Bruno,” speaking all the time in a

-very friendly and affectionate tone to him. Bruno, however, had sense

-enough to know that there was something wrong in such a man being seen

-prowling about the house at that time of night, and he refused to be

-quieted. He went on barking louder than ever.

-

-“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, calling louder, “what’s the matter? Come back to

-your house, and be quiet.”

-

-Murphy thought he heard a voice, and, peeping through a crack in the

-fence, he saw Lorenzo standing at the window. The moon shone upon his

-white night-gown, so that he could be seen very distinctly.

-

-[Sidenote: Murphy disappears.]

-

-As soon as Murphy saw him, he crept away into a thicket, and

-disappeared. Bruno, after waiting a little time to be sure that the man

-had really gone, turned about, and came back to the house. When he saw

-Lorenzo, he began to wag his tail. He would have told him about the

-gipsy if he had been able to speak.

-

-“Go to bed, Bruno,” said he, “and not be keeping us awake, barking at

-the moon this time of night.”

-

-So Bruno went into his house, and Lorenzo to his bed.

-

-[Sidenote: Murphy tries threats.]

-

-The next night, Murphy, finding that Bruno could not be coaxed away

-from his duty by flattery, concluded to try what virtue there might

-be in threats and scolding. So he came armed with a club and stones.

-As soon as he got near the gate, Bruno, as he had expected, took the

-alarm, and came bounding down the path again to see who was there.

-

-As soon as he saw Murphy, he set up a loud and violent barking as

-before.

-

-“Down, Bruno, down!” exclaimed Murphy, in a stern and angry voice.

-“Stop that noise, or I’ll break your head.”

-

-So saying, he brandished his club, and then stooped down to pick up one

-of the stones which he had brought, and which he had laid down on the

-ground where he was standing, so as to have them all ready.

-

-[Sidenote: He is unsuccessful.]

-

-Bruno, instead of being intimidated and silenced by these

-demonstrations, barked louder than ever.

-

-Lorenzo jumped out of bed and came to the window.

-

-“Bruno!” said he, calling out loud, “what’s the matter? There’s nothing

-there. Come back to your house, and be still.”

-

-The gipsy, finding that Bruno did not fear his clubs and stones, and

-hearing Lorenzo’s voice again moreover, went back into the thicket.

-Bruno waited until he was sure that he was really gone, and then

-returned slowly up the pathway to the house.

-

-“Go to bed, Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “and not be keeping us awake,

-barking at the moon this time of night.”

-

-So Bruno and Lorenzo both went to bed again.

-

-[Sidenote: He tries bribes, which Bruno refuses.]

-

-The next night Murphy came again, with two or three pieces of meat in

-his hands.

-

-“I’ll bribe him,” said he. “He likes meat.”

-

-Bruno, on hearing the sound of Murphy’s footsteps, leaped out of his

-bed, and ran down the path as before. As soon as he saw the gipsy

-again, he began to bark. Murphy threw a piece of meat toward him,

-expecting that, as soon as Bruno saw it, he would stop barking at

-once, and go to eating it greedily. But Bruno paid no attention to the

-offered bribe. He kept his eyes fixed closely on the gipsy, and barked

-away as loud as ever.

-

-Lorenzo, hearing the sound, was awakened from his sleep, and getting up

-as before, he came to the window.

-

-“Bruno,” said he, “what _is_ the matter now? Come back to your house,

-and go to bed, and be quiet.”

-

-Murphy, finding that the house was alarmed again, and that Bruno would

-not take the bribe that he offered him, crept away back into the

-thicket, and disappeared.

-

-“I’ll poison him to-morrow night,” said he--“the savage cur!”

-

-[Sidenote: The poisoned meat.]

-

-Accordingly, the next evening, a little before sunset, he put some

-poison in a piece of meat, and having wrapped it up in paper, he put it

-in his pocket. He then went openly to the house where Lorenzo lived,

-with some baskets on his arm for sale. When he entered the yard, he

-took the meat out of the paper, and secretly threw it into Bruno’s

-house. Bruno was not there at the time. He had gone away with Lorenzo.

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno imprisoned.]

-

-Murphy then went into the kitchen, and remained there some time,

-talking about his baskets. When he came out, he found Lorenzo shutting

-up Bruno in his house, and putting a board up before the door.

-

-“What are you doing, Lorenzo?” said the gipsy.

-

-“I am shutting Bruno up,” said Lorenzo. “He makes such a barking in the

-night that we can not sleep.”

-

-“That’s right,” replied the gipsy. So he went away, saying to himself,

-as he went down the pathway, “He won’t bark much more, I think, after

-he has eaten the supper I have put in there for him.”

-

-Bruno wondered what the reason was that Lorenzo was shutting him up

-so closely. He little thought it was on account of his vigilance and

-fidelity in watching the house. He had, however, nothing to do but to

-submit. So, when Lorenzo had finished fastening the door, and had gone

-away, he lay down in a corner of his apartment, extended his paws out

-before him, rested his chin upon them, and prepared to shut his eyes

-and go to sleep.

-

-[Sidenote: He discovers the meat.]

-

-His eyes, however, before he had shut them, fell upon the piece of meat

-which Murphy had thrown in there for him. So he got up again, and went

-toward it.

-

-He smelt of it. He at once perceived the smell of the gipsy upon it.

-Any thing that a man handles, or even touches, retains for a time a

-scent, which, though we can not perceive it is very sensible to a dog.

-Thus a dog can follow the track of a man over a road by the scent

-which his footsteps leave upon the ground. He can even single out a

-particular track from among a multitude of others on the same ground,

-each scent being apparently different in character from all the rest.

-

-[Sidenote: He distrusts Murphy’s present, and maintains a faithful

-watch.]

-

-In this way Bruno perceived that the meat which he found in his house

-had been handled by the same man that he had barked at so many times at

-midnight at the foot of the pathway. This made him suspicious of it.

-He thought that that man must be a bad man, and he did not consider it

-prudent to have any thing to do with bad men or any of their gifts. So

-he left the meat where it was, and went back into his corner.

-

-His first thought in reflecting on the situation in which he found

-himself placed was, that since Lorenzo had forbidden him so sternly

-and positively to bark in the night, and had shut him up so close a

-prisoner, he would give up all care or concern about the premises, and

-let the robber, if it was a robber, do what he pleased. But then, on

-more sober reflection, he perceived that Lorenzo must have acted under

-some mistake in doing as he had done, and that it was very foolish in

-him to cherish a feeling of resentment on account of it.

-

-“The wrong doings of other people,” thought he to himself, “are no

-reason why I should neglect _my_ duty. I will watch, even if I am shut

-up.”

-

-So he lay listening very carefully. When all was still, he fell into

-a light slumber now and then; but the least sound without caused him

-to prick up his ears and open one eye, until he was satisfied that

-the noise he heard was nothing but the wind. Thus things went on till

-midnight.

-

-[Sidenote: The robber enters the house, and carries away the bowl.]

-

-About midnight he heard a sound. He raised his head and listened. It

-seemed like the sound of footsteps going through the yard. He started

-up, and put his head close to the door. He heard the footsteps going

-up close to the house. He began to bark very loud and violently. The

-robbers opened the door with a false key, and went into the house.

-Bruno barked louder and louder. He crowded hard against the door,

-trying to get it open. He moaned and whined, and then barked again

-louder than ever.

-

-Lorenzo came to the window.

-

-“Bruno,” said he, “what a plague you are! Lie down, and go to sleep.”

-

-Bruno, hearing Lorenzo’s voice, barked again with all the energy that

-he possessed.

-

-“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, very sternly, “if you don’t lie down and be

-still, to-morrow night I’ll tie your mouth up.”

-

-Murphy was now in the house, and all was still. He had got the silver

-bowl, and was waiting for Lorenzo to go to bed. Bruno listened

-attentively, but not hearing any more sounds, ceased to bark. Presently

-Lorenzo went away from the window back to his bed, and lay down. Bruno

-watched some time longer, and then he went and lay down too.

-

-In about half an hour, Murphy began slowly and stealthily to creep out

-of the house. He walked on tiptoe. For a time he made no noise. He had

-the bowl in one hand, and his shoes in the other. He had taken off

-his shoes, so as not to make any noise in walking. Bruno heard him,

-however, as he was going by, and, starting up, he began to bark again.

-But Murphy hastened on, and the yard was accordingly soon entirely

-still. Bruno listened a long time, but, hearing no more noise, he

-finally lay down again in his corner as before.

-

-[Sidenote: What could be the reason that the poison failed?]

-

-Murphy crept away into the thicket, and so went home to his encampment,

-wondering why Bruno had not been killed by the poison.

-

-“I put in poison enough,” said he to himself, “for half a dozen dogs.

-What could be the reason it did not take effect?”

-

-When the people of the house came down into the kitchen the next

-morning, they found that the door was wide open, and the silver bowl

-was gone.

-

-[Illustration]

-

-What became of the silver bowl will be related in another story. I will

-only add here that gipsies have various other modes of obtaining money

-dishonestly besides stealing. One of these modes is by pretending to

-tell fortunes. Here is a picture of a gipsy endeavoring to persuade

-an innocent country boy to have his fortune told. She wishes him to

-give her some money. The boy wears a frock. He is dressed very neatly.

-He looks as if he were half persuaded to give the gipsy his money. He

-might, however, just as well throw it away.

-

-

-

-

-THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED.

-

-

-On the night when Lorenzo’s silver bowl was stolen by the gipsy, all

-the family, except Lorenzo, were asleep, and none of them knew aught

-about the theft which had been committed until the following morning.

-Lorenzo got up that morning before any body else in the house, as was

-his usual custom, and, when he was dressed, he looked out at the window.

-

-“Ah!” said he, “now I recollect; Bruno is fastened up in his house. I

-will go the first thing and let him out.”

-

-[Sidenote: Lorenzo discovers the open door.]

-

-So Lorenzo hastened down stairs into the kitchen, in order to go out

-into the yard. He was surprised, when he got there, to find the kitchen

-door open.

-

-“Ah!” said he to himself, “how came this door open? I did not know that

-any body was up. It must be that Almira is up, and has gone out to get

-a pail of water.”

-

-[Sidenote: He releases Bruno.]

-

-Lorenzo went out to Bruno’s house, and took down the board by which he

-had fastened the door. Then he opened the door. The moment that the

-door was opened Bruno sprang out. He was very glad to be released from

-his imprisonment. He leaped up about Lorenzo’s knees a little at first,

-to express his joy, and then ran off, and began smelling about the yard.

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno’s mysterious behavior.]

-

-He found the traces of Murphy’s steps, and, as soon as he perceived

-them, he began to bark. He followed them to the kitchen door, and

-thence into the house, barking all the time, and looking very much

-excited.

-

-“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”

-

-Bruno went to the door of the closet where the bowl had been kept. The

-door was open a little way. Bruno insinuated his nose into the crevice,

-and so pushing the door open, he went in. As soon as he was in he began

-to bark again.

-

-“Bruno!” exclaimed Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”

-

-Bruno looked up on the shelf where the bowl was usually placed, and

-barked louder than ever.

-

-“Where’s my bowl?” exclaimed Lorenzo, looking at the vacant place, and

-beginning to feel alarmed. “Where’s my bowl?”

-

-He spoke in a tone of great astonishment and alarm. He looked about on

-all the shelves; the bowl was nowhere to be seen.

-

-“Where can my bowl be gone to?” said he, more and more frightened. He

-went out of the closet into the kitchen, and looked all about there for

-his bowl. Of course, his search was vain. Bruno followed him all the

-time, barking incessantly, and looking up very eagerly into Lorenzo’s

-face with an appearance of great excitement.

-

-“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “you know something about it, I am sure, if you

-could only tell.”

-

-[Sidenote: The wind-mill.]

-

-Lorenzo, however, did not yet suspect that his bowl had been stolen.

-He presumed that his mother had put it away in some other place, and

-that, when she came down, it would readily be found again. So he went

-out into the yard, and sat on a stone step, and went to work to finish

-a wind-mill he had begun the day before.

-

-[Sidenote: Lorenzo’s mother explains the mystery.]

-

-By-and-by his mother came down; and as soon as she had heard Lorenzo’s

-story about the bowl, and learned, too, that the outer door had

-been found open when Lorenzo first came down stairs, she immediately

-expressed the opinion that the bowl had been stolen.

-

-“Some thief has been breaking into the house,” said she, “I’ve no

-doubt, and has stolen it.”

-

-“Stolen it!” exclaimed Lorenzo.

-

-“Yes,” replied his mother; “I’ve no doubt of it.”

-

-So saying, she went into the closet again, to see if she could discover

-any traces of the thieves there. But she could not. Every thing seemed

-to have remained undisturbed, just as she had left it the night before,

-except that the bowl was missing.

-

-“Somebody has been in and stolen it,” said she, “most assuredly.”

-

-Bruno, who had followed Lorenzo and his mother into the room, was

-standing up at this time upon his hind legs, with his paws upon

-the edge of the shelf, and he now began to bark loudly, by way of

-expressing his concurrence in this opinion.

-

-[Sidenote: “Seek him, Bruno!”]

-

-“Seize him, Bruno!” said Lorenzo. “Seize him!”

-

-Bruno, on hearing this command, began smelling about the floor, and

-barking more eagerly than ever.

-

-“Bruno smells his tracks, I verily believe,” said Lorenzo, speaking to

-his mother. Then, addressing Bruno again, he clapped his hands together

-and pointed to the ground, saying,

-

-“Go seek him, Bruno! seek him!”

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno departs upon his errand.]

-

-Bruno began immediately to follow the scent of Murphy’s footsteps along

-the floor, out from the closet into the kitchen, and from the kitchen

-into the yard; he ran along the path a little way, and then made a wide

-circuit over the grass, at a place where Murphy had gone round to get

-as far as possible away from Bruno’s house. He then came back into the

-path again, smelling as he ran, and thence passed out through the gate;

-here, keeping his nose still close to the ground, he went on faster and

-faster, until he entered the thicket and disappeared.

-

-Lorenzo did not pay particular attention to these motions. He had given

-Bruno the order, “Seek him!” rather from habit than any thing else,

-and without any idea that Bruno would really follow the tracks of the

-thief. Accordingly, when Bruno ran off down the yard, he imagined that

-he had gone away somewhere to play a little while, and that he would

-soon come back.

-

-“He’ll be sure to come back pretty soon,” said he, “to get his

-breakfast.”

-

-But Bruno did not come back to breakfast. Lorenzo waited an hour after

-breakfast, and still he did not come.

-

-He waited two hours longer, and still he did not come.

-

-Where was Bruno all this time? He was at the camp of the gipsies,

-watching at the place where Murphy had hid the stolen bowl.

-

-[Sidenote: He reaches the gipsy camp. He discovers the place where the

-bowl was hidden.]

-

-When he followed the gipsy’s tracks into the thicket, he perceived the

-scent more and more distinctly as he went on, and this encouraged him

-to proceed. Lorenzo had said “Seek him!” and this Bruno understood as

-an order that he should follow the track until he found the man, and

-finding him, that he should keep watch at the place till Lorenzo or

-some one from the family should come. Accordingly, when he arrived at

-the camp, he followed the scent round to the back end of a little low

-hut, where Murphy had hidden the bowl. The gipsy had dug a hole in the

-ground, and buried the bowl in it, out of sight, intending in a day or

-two to dig it up and melt it. Bruno found the place where the bowl was

-buried, but he could not dig it up himself, so he determined to wait

-there and watch until some one should come. He accordingly squatted

-down upon the grass, near the place where the gipsies were seated

-around their fire, and commenced his watch.[4]

-

-    [4] See engraving, page 43.

-

-There were two gipsy women sitting by the fire. There was also a man

-sitting near by. Murphy was standing up near the entrance of the tent

-when Bruno came. He was telling the other gipsies about the bowl. He

-had a long stick in his hand, and Bruno saw this, and concluded that it

-was best for him to keep quiet until some one should come.

-

-“I had the greatest trouble with Bruno,” said Murphy. “He barked at

-me whenever he saw me, and nothing would quiet him. But he is getting

-acquainted now. See, he has come here of his own accord.”

-

-“You said you were going to poison him,” remarked the other man.

-

-“Yes,” replied Murphy. “I did put some poisoned meat in his house, but

-he did not eat it. I expect he smelled the poison.”

-

-[Sidenote: Lorenzo goes in search of Bruno.]

-

-The hours of the day passed on, and Lorenzo wondered more and more what

-could have become of his dog. At last he resolved to go and look him up.

-

-“Mother,” said he, “I am going to see if I can find out what’s become

-of Bruno.”

-

-“I would rather that you would find out what’s become of your bowl,”

-said his mother.

-

-“Why, mother,” said Lorenzo, “Bruno is worth a great deal more than the

-bowl.”

-

-“That may be,” replied his mother, “but there is much less danger of

-his being lost.”

-

-Lorenzo walked slowly away from the house, pondering with much

-perplexity the double loss he had incurred.

-

-“I can not do any thing,” he said, “to get back the bowl, but I can

-look about for Bruno, and if I find him, that’s all I can do. I must

-leave it for father to decide what is to be done about the bowl, when

-he comes home.”

-

-So Lorenzo came out from his father’s house, and after hesitating for

-some minutes which way to go, he was at length decided by seeing a

-boy coming across the fields at a distance with a fishing-pole on his

-shoulder.

-

-“Perhaps that boy has seen him somewhere,” said he. “I’ll go and ask

-him. And, at any rate, I should like to know who the boy is, and

-whether he has caught any fish.”

-

-[Sidenote: The sheep. The geese.]

-

-So Lorenzo turned in the direction where he saw the boy. He walked

-under some tall elm-trees, and then passed a small flock of sheep that

-were lying on the grass in the field. He looked carefully among them

-to see if Bruno was there, but he was not. After passing the sheep,

-he walked along on the margin of a broad and shallow stream of water.

-There were two geese floating quietly upon the surface of this water,

-near where the sheep were lying upon the shore. These geese floated

-quietly upon the water, like vessels riding at anchor. Lorenzo was

-convinced that they had not seen any thing of Bruno for some time. If

-they had, they would not have been so composed.

-

-[Sidenote: The ducks in the water.]

-

-Lorenzo walked on toward the boy. He met him at a place where the path

-approached near the margin of the water. There was some tall grass on

-the brink. Three ducks were swimming near. The ducks turned away when

-they saw the boys coming, and sailed gracefully out toward the middle

-of the stream.

-

-[Illustration: Lorenzo meets Frank going a fishing.]

-

-Lorenzo, when he drew near the boy, perceived that it was an

-acquaintance of his, named Frank. Frank had a long fishing-pole in one

-hand, with a basket containing his dinner in the other.

-

-“Frank,” said Lorenzo, “where are you going?”

-

-“I am going a fishing,” said Frank. “Go with me.”

-

-“No,” said Lorenzo, “I am looking for Bruno.”

-

-“I know where he is,” said Frank.

-

-“Where?” asked Lorenzo.

-

-“I saw him a little while ago at the gipsies’ camp, down in the glen.

-He was lying down there quietly by the gipsies’ fire.”

-

-“What a dog!” said Lorenzo. “Here I have been wondering what had become

-of him all the morning. He has run away, I suppose, because I shut him

-up last night.”

-

-“What made you shut him up?” asked Frank.

-

-“Oh, because he made such a barking every night,” replied Lorenzo. “We

-could not sleep.”

-

-“He is still enough now,” said Frank. “He is lying down very quietly

-with the gipsies.”

-

-Lorenzo then asked Frank some questions about his fishing, and

-afterward walked on. Before long he came to a stile, where there was a

-path leading to a field. He got over the stile, and followed the path

-until at last he came to the gipsies’ encampment.

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno in the camp of the gipsies.]

-

-There he found Bruno lying quietly on the ground, at a little distance

-from the fire. As soon as he came in sight of him, he called him.

-“Bruno! Bruno!” said he.

-

-Bruno looked up, and, seeing Lorenzo, ran to meet him, but immediately

-returned to the camp, whining, and barking, and seeming very uneasy.

-He, however, soon became quiet again, for he knew very well, or seemed

-to know, that it would require more of a man than Lorenzo to take the

-bowl away from the gipsies, and, consequently, that he must wait there

-quietly till somebody else should come.

-

-[Sidenote: Lorenzo tries to drive Bruno home, but Bruno will not go.]

-

-“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, speaking very sternly, “_come home_!”

-

-Bruno paid no attention to this command, but, after smelling about the

-ground a little, and running to and fro uneasily, lay down again where

-he was before.

-

-“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, stamping with his foot.

-

-“Won’t your dog obey you?” said Murphy.

-

-“No,” said Lorenzo. “I wish you would take a stick, and drive him

-along.”

-

-Now the gipsies did not wish to have the dog go away. They preferred

-that he should stay with them, and be their dog. They had no idea that

-he was there to watch over the stolen bowl.

-

-“Don’t drive him away,” said one of the gipsy women, speaking in a low

-tone, so that Lorenzo could not hear.

-

-“I’ll only make believe,” said Murphy.

-

-So Murphy took up a little stick, and threw it at the dog, saying, “Go

-home, Bruno!”

-

-Bruno paid no heed to this demonstration.

-

-Lorenzo then advanced to where Bruno was lying, and attempted to pull

-him along, but Bruno would not come. He would not even get up from the

-ground.

-

-“I’ll make you come,” said Lorenzo. So he took hold of him by the neck

-and the ears, and began to pull him. Bruno uttered a low growl.

-

-“Oh, dear me!” said Lorenzo, “what shall I do?”

-

-In fact, he was beginning to grow desperate. So he looked about among

-the bushes for a stick, and when he had found one sufficient for his

-purpose, he came to Bruno, and said, in a very stern voice,

-

-“Now, Bruno, go home!”

-

-Bruno did not move.

-

-“Bruno,” repeated Lorenzo, in a thundering voice, and brandishing his

-stick over Bruno’s head, “GO HOME!”

-

-Bruno, afraid of being beaten with the stick, jumped up, and ran off

-into the bushes. Lorenzo followed him, and attempted to drive him

-toward the path that led toward home. But he could accomplish nothing.

-The dog darted to and fro in the thickets, keeping well out of the way

-of Lorenzo’s stick, but evincing a most obstinate determination not to

-go home. On the contrary, in all his dodgings to and fro, he took care

-to keep as near as possible to the spot where the bowl was buried.

-

-[Sidenote: Lorenzo goes home.]

-

-At last Lorenzo gave up in despair, and concluded to go back to the

-house, and wait till his father got home.

-

-[Sidenote: The search for the bowl.]

-

-His father returned about the middle of the afternoon, and Lorenzo

-immediately told him of the double loss which he had met with. He

-explained all the circumstances connected with the loss of the bowl,

-and described Bruno’s strange behavior. His father listened in silence.

-He immediately suspected that the gipsies had taken the bowl, and

-that Bruno had traced it to them. So he sent for some officers and a

-warrant, and went to the camp.

-

-[Sidenote: The bowl found.]

-

-As soon as Bruno saw the men coming, he seemed to be overjoyed. He

-jumped up, and ran to meet them, and then, running back to the camp

-again, he barked, and leaped about in great excitement. The men

-followed him, and he led them round behind the hut, and there he began

-digging into the ground with his paws. The men took a shovel which was

-there, one belonging to the gipsies, and began to dig. In a short time

-they came to a flat stone, and, on taking up the stone, they found the

-bowl under it.

-

-[Sidenote: Pursuing Murphy.]

-

-Bruno seemed overjoyed. He leaped and jumped about for a minute or two

-when he saw the bowl come out from its hiding-place, and raced round

-and round the man who held the bowl, and then ran away home to find

-Lorenzo. The officers, in the mean time, went off hastily in pursuit of

-Murphy, who had made his escape while they had been digging up the bowl.

-

-

-

-

-BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY.

-

-

-Bruno was quite a large dog. There are a great many different kinds

-of dogs. Some are large, others are small. Some are irritable and

-fierce, others are good-natured and gentle. Some are stout and massive

-in form, others are slender and delicate. Some are distinguished for

-their strength, others for their fleetness, and others still for their

-beauty. Some are very affectionate, others are sagacious, others are

-playful and cunning. Thus dogs differ from each other not only in form

-and size, but in their disposition and character as well.

-

-[Sidenote: Pointers.]

-

-Some dogs are very intelligent, others are less so, and even among

-intelligent dogs there is a great difference in respect to the modes

-in which their intelligence manifests itself. Some dogs naturally love

-the water, and can be taught very easily to swim and dive, and perform

-other aquatic exploits. Others are afraid of the water, and can never

-be taught to like it; but they are excellent hunters, and go into the

-fields with their masters, and find the game. They run to and fro

-about the field that their master goes into, until they see a bird, and

-then they stop suddenly, and remain motionless till their master comes

-and shoots the bird. As soon as they hear the report of the gun, they

-run to get the game. Sometimes quite small dogs are very intelligent

-indeed, though of course they have not so much strength as large dogs.

-

-[Illustration: The little parlor dogs.]

-

-In the above engraving we see several small dogs playing in a parlor.

-The ladies are amusing themselves with flowers that they are arranging,

-and the dogs are playing upon the carpet at their feet.

-

-There are three dogs in all. Two of them are playing together near the

-foreground, on the left. The other is alone.

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno was a large dog.]

-

-Bruno was a large dog. He was a very large dog indeed. When other dogs

-were playing around him, he would look down upon them with an air of

-great condescension and dignity. He was, however, very kind to them.

-They would jump upon him, and play around him, but he never did them

-any harm.

-

-[Illustration: Bruno among his companions.]

-

-[Sidenote: Faithfulness.]

-

-Bruno was a very faithful dog. In the summer, when the farmer, his

-master (at a time when he belonged to a farmer), went into the field to

-his work in the morning, he would sometimes take his dinner with him in

-a tin pail, and he would put the pail down under a tree by the side of

-a little brook, and then, pointing to it, would say to Bruno,

-

-[Sidenote: Watching.]

-

-“Bruno, watch!”

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno and his master eating dinner in the fields.]

-

-So Bruno would take his place by the side of the pail, and remain there

-watching faithfully all the morning. Sometimes he would become very

-hungry before his master came back, but, though he knew that there was

-meat in the pail, and that there was nothing to cover it but a cloth,

-he would never touch it. If he was thirsty, he would go down to the

-brook and drink, turning his head continually as he went, and while he

-was drinking, to see that no one came near the pail. Then at noon, when

-his master came for his dinner, Bruno would be rejoiced to see him. He

-would run out to meet him with great delight. He would then sit down

-before his master, and look up into his face while he was eating his

-dinner, and his master would give him pieces of bread and meat from

-time to time, to reward him for his fidelity.

-

-Bruno was kind and gentle as well as faithful. If any body came through

-the field while he was watching his master’s dinner, or any thing else

-that had been intrusted to his charge, he would not, as some fierce and

-ill-tempered dogs are apt to do, fly at them and bite them at once, but

-he would wait to see if they were going to pass by peaceably. If they

-were, he would not molest them. If they came near to whatever he was

-set to guard, he would growl a little, to give them a gentle warning.

-If they came nearer still, he would growl louder; but he would never

-bite them unless they actually attempted to seize and take away his

-trust. Thus he was considerate and kind as well as faithful.

-

-[Sidenote: Fierceness.]

-

-Some dogs, though faithful, are very fierce. They are sometimes

-_trained_ to be fierce when they are employed to watch against thieves,

-in order that they may attack the thieves furiously. To make them more

-fierce, their masters never play with them, but keep them chained up

-near their kennels, and do not give them too much to eat. Wild animals

-are always more ferocious while hungry.

-

-[Illustration: The hungry watch-dog.]

-

-Here is a picture of a fierce watch-dog, set to watch against thieves.

-He is kept hungry, in some degree, all the time, to make him more

-ferocious. He looks hollow and gaunt. There is a pan upon the ground,

-from which his master feeds him, but he has eaten up all that it

-contained, and he wants more. This makes him watchful. If he had eaten

-too much, he would probably now be lying asleep in his kennel. The

-kennel is a small house, with a door in front, where the dog goes in

-and out. There is straw upon the floor of the kennel. The dog was lying

-down upon the floor of his kennel, when he thought he heard a noise. He

-sprang up from his place, came out of the door, and has now stopped to

-listen. He is listening and watching very attentively, and is all ready

-to spring. The thief is coming; we can see him climbing over the gate.

-He is coming softly. He thinks no one hears. A moment more, and the dog

-will spring out upon him, and perhaps seize him by the throat, and hold

-him till men come and take him prisoner.

-

-This dog is chained during the day, but his chain is unhooked at night,

-so as to leave him at liberty. By day he can do no harm, and yet the

-children who live in the neighborhood are afraid to go near his kennel,

-he barks so ferociously when he hears a noise; besides, they think it

-possible that, by some accident, his chain may get unfastened.

-

-[Sidenote: Tiger’s fidelity. His ferocious character.]

-

-This dog’s name is Tiger. Bruno was not such a dog as Tiger. He was

-vigilant and faithful, but then he was gentle and kind.

-

-Bruno’s master, the farmer, had a son named Antonio. That is, his name

-was properly Antonio, though they commonly called him Tony.

-

-[Sidenote: The difference between Antonio and Bruno.]

-

-Tony was very different from Bruno in his character. He was as

-faithless and remiss in all his duties as Bruno was trusty and true.

-When his father set him at work in the field, instead of remaining,

-like Bruno, at his post, and discharging his duty, he would take the

-first opportunity, as soon as his father was out of sight, to go away

-and play. Sometimes, when Bruno was upon his watch, Tony would attempt

-to entice him away. He would throw sticks and stones across the brook,

-and attempt to make Bruno go and fetch them. But Bruno would resist all

-these temptations, and remain immovable at his post.

-

-It might be supposed that it would be very tiresome for Bruno to remain

-so many hours lying under a tree, watching a pail, with nothing to

-do and nothing to amuse him, and that, consequently, he would always

-endeavor to escape from the duty. We might suppose that, when he saw

-the farmer’s wife taking down the pail from its shelf, and preparing

-to put the farmer’s dinner in it, he would immediately run away, and

-hide himself under the barn, or among the currant-bushes in the garden,

-or resort to some other scheme to make his escape from such a duty.

-But, in fact, he used to do exactly the contrary of this. As soon as

-he saw that his master was preparing to go into the field, he would

-leap about with great delight. He would run into the house, and take

-his place by the door of the closet where the tin pail was usually

-kept. He would stand there until the farmer’s wife came for the pail,

-and then he would follow her and watch her while she was preparing the

-dinner and putting it into the pail, and then would run along, with

-every appearance of satisfaction and joy, by the side of his master, as

-he went into the field, and finally take his place by the side of the

-pail, as if he were pleased with the duty, and proud of the trust that

-was thus committed to him.

-

-[Sidenote: Antonio’s expedients to avoid work.]

-

-In fact, he _was_ really proud of it. He liked to be employed, and to

-prove himself useful. With Tony it was the reverse. He adopted all

-sorts of schemes and maneuvers to avoid the performance of any duty.

-When he had reason to suppose that any work was to be done in which his

-aid was to be required, he would take his fishing-line, immediately

-after breakfast, and steal secretly away out of the back door, and go

-down to a brook which was near his father’s house, and there--hiding

-himself in some secluded place among the bushes, where he thought they

-could not find him--he would sit down upon a stone and go to fishing.

-If he heard a sound as of his father’s voice calling him, he would

-make a rustling of the leaves, or some other similar noise, so as to

-prevent his hearing whether his father was calling to him or not. Thus

-his father was obliged to do without him. And though his father would

-reprove him very seriously, when he came home at noon, for thus going

-away, Tony would pretend that he did not know that his father wanted

-him, and that he did not hear him when he called.

-

-[Sidenote: The plowing.]

-

-One evening in the spring, Tony heard his father say that he was going

-to plow a certain piece of ground the following day, and he supposed

-that he should be wanted to ride the horse. His father was accustomed

-to plow such land as that field by means of a yoke of oxen, and a

-horse in front of them; and by having Tony to ride the horse, he could

-generally manage to get along without any driver for the oxen, as the

-oxen in that case had nothing to do but to follow on where the horse

-led the way. But if Tony was not there to ride the horse, then it was

-necessary for the farmer to have his man Thomas with him, to drive

-the horse and the oxen. There was no way, therefore, by which Tony

-could be so useful to his father as by thus assisting in this work of

-plowing; for, by so doing, he saved the time of Thomas, who could then

-be employed the whole day in other fields, planting, or hoeing, or

-making fence, or doing any other farm-work which at that season of the

-year required to be done.

-

-[Sidenote: Antonio escapes.]

-

-Accordingly, when Tony understood that this was the plan of work for

-the following day, he stole away from the house immediately after

-breakfast, and ran out into the garden. He had previously put his

-fishing-line, and other necessary apparatus for fishing, upon a certain

-bench there was in an arbor. He now took these things, and then went

-down through the garden to a back gate, which led into a wood beyond.

-He looked around from time to time as he went on, to see if any one at

-the house was observing him. He saw no one; so he escaped safely into

-the wood, without being called back, or even seen.

-

-He felt glad when he found that he had thus made his escape--glad, but

-not happy. It is quite possible to be glad, and yet to be not at all

-happy. Tony felt guilty. He knew that he was doing very wrong; and the

-feeling that we are doing wrong always makes us miserable, whatever may

-be the pleasure that we seek.

-

-[Sidenote: His walk through the wood.]

-

-There was a wild and solitary road which led through the wood. Tony

-went on through this road, with his fishing-pole over his shoulder, and

-his box of bait in his hand. He wore a frock, like a plowman’s frock,

-over his dress. It was one which his mother had made for him. This

-frock was a light and cool garment, and Tony liked to wear it very much.

-

-When Tony had got so far that he thought there was no danger of his

-being called back, and the interest which he had felt in making his

-escape began to subside, as the work had been accomplished, he paused,

-and began to reflect upon what he was doing.

-

-[Sidenote: He almost decides to return and help his father.]

-

-“I have a great mind to go back, after all,” he said, “and help my

-father.”

-

-So he turned round, and began to walk slowly back toward the house.

-

-“No, I won’t,” said he again; “I will go a fishing.”

-

-[Illustration]

-

-So he turned again, and began to walk on.

-

-“At any rate,” he added, speaking to himself all the time, “I will go

-a fishing for a while, and then, perhaps, I will go back and help my

-father.”

-

-So Tony went on in the path until at length he came to a place where

-there was a gateway leading into a dark and secluded wood. The wood was

-very dark and secluded indeed, and Tony thought that the path through

-it must lead to some very retired and solitary place, where nobody

-could find him.

-

-“I presume there is a brook, too, somewhere in that wood,” he added,

-“where I can fish.”

-

-The gate was fastened, but there was a short length of fence on the

-left-hand side of it, formed of only two rails, and these were so far

-apart that Tony could easily creep through between them. So he crept

-through, and went into the wood.

-

-[Sidenote: He comes to the brook.]

-

-He rambled about in the wood for some time, following various paths

-that he found there, until at length he came to a brook. He was quite

-rejoiced to find the brook, and he immediately began fishing in it. He

-followed the bank of this brook for nearly a mile, going, of course,

-farther and farther into the wood all the time. He caught a few small

-fishes at some places, while at others he caught none. He was, however,

-restless and dissatisfied in mind. Again and again he wished that he

-had not come away from home, and he was continually on the point of

-resolving to return. He thought, however, that his father would have

-brought Thomas into the field, and commenced his plowing long before

-then, and that, consequently, it would do no good to return.

-

-[Sidenote: Fishing. The squirrel.]

-

-While he was sitting thus, with a disconsolate air, upon a large stone

-by the side of the brook, fishing in a dark and deep place, where he

-hoped that there might be some trout, he suddenly saw a large gray

-squirrel. He immediately dropped his fishing-pole, and ran to see where

-the squirrel would go. In fact, he had some faint and vague idea that

-there might, by some possibility, be a way to catch him.

-

-The squirrel ran along a log, then up the stem of a tree to a branch,

-along the branch to the end of it, whence he sprang a long distance

-through the air to another branch, and then ran along that branch to

-the tree which it grew from. From this tree he descended to a rock. He

-mounted to the highest point of the rock, and there he turned round and

-looked at Tony, sitting upon his hind legs, and holding his fore paws

-before him, like a dog begging for supper.

-

-[Sidenote: An unsuccessful hunt.]

-

-“The rogue!” said Tony. “How I wish I could catch him!”

-

-Very soon the squirrel, feeling somewhat alarmed at the apparition of

-a boy in the woods, and not knowing what to make of so strange a sight,

-ran down the side of the rock, and continued his flight. Tony followed

-him for some time, until at last the squirrel contrived to make his

-escape altogether, by running up a large tree, keeping cunningly on the

-farther side of it all the way, so that Tony could not see him. When

-he had reached the branches of the tree, he crept into a small hollow

-which he found there, and crouching down, he remained motionless in

-this hiding-place until Tony became tired of looking for him, and went

-away.

-

-[Sidenote: The lost boy.]

-

-Tony, when at last he gave up the search for the squirrel, attempted

-to find his way back to the place where he had left his fishing-pole.

-Unfortunately, he had left his cap there too, so that he was doubly

-desirous of finding the place. There was, however, no path, for

-squirrels in their rambles in the woods are of course always quite

-independent of every thing like roadways. Tony went back in the

-direction from which he thought he came; but he could find no traces of

-his fishing-pole. He could not even find the brook. He began to feel

-quite uneasy, and, after going around in very circuitous and devious

-wanderings for some time, he became quite bewildered. He at length

-determined to give up the attempt to find his fishing-line and cap, and

-to get out of the woods, and make his way home in the quickest possible

-way.

-

-[Sidenote: Tony’s difficulties.]

-

-The poor boy now began to feel more guilty and more wretched than ever

-before. He was not really more guilty, though he _felt_ his guilt far

-more acutely than he had done when every thing was going well with him.

-This is always so. The feeling of self-condemnation is not generally

-the strongest at the time when we are doing the wrong. It becomes far

-more acute and far more painful when we begin to experience the bitter

-consequences which we bring upon ourselves by the transgression. Tony

-hurried along wherever he could find a path which promised to lead him

-to the gateway, breathless with fatigue and excitement, and with his

-face flushed and full of anxiety. He was in great distress.

-

-He stopped from time to time, to call aloud to his father and to

-Thomas. He was now as anxious that they should find him as he had been

-before to escape from them. He listened, in the hope that he might hear

-the barking of Bruno, or some other sound that might help him to find

-his way out of the woods.

-

-[Sidenote: He is misled by various sounds.]

-

-Once he actually heard a sound among the trees, at some distance from

-him. He thought that it was some one working in the woods. He went

-eagerly in the direction from which the sound proceeded, scrambling,

-by the way, over the rocks and brambles, and leaping from hummock to

-hummock in crossing bogs and mire. When at length he reached the place,

-he found that the noise was nothing but one tree creaking against

-another in the wind.

-

-At another time, he followed a sound which appeared different from

-this; when he came up to it, he found it to be a woodpecker tapping an

-old hollow tree.

-

-[Sidenote: Tony at the brook.]

-

-Tony wandered about thus in the wood nearly all the day, and at length,

-about the middle of the afternoon, he became so exhausted with fatigue,

-anxiety, and hunger, that he could go no farther. He was very thirsty

-too, for he could find no water. He began to fear that he should die

-in the woods of starvation and thirst. At length, however, a short

-time before the sun went down, he came, to his great joy, to a stream

-of water. It was wide and deep, so that he could not cross it. He,

-however, went down to the brink of the water, and got a good drink.

-This refreshed him very much, and then he went back again up the bank,

-and lay down upon the grass there to rest.

-

-[Sidenote: Cows in the water.]

-

-Presently two cows came down to the water, on the side opposite to

-where Tony was sitting. They came to drink. Tony wished very much that

-they would come over to his side of the water, so that he could get

-some milk from them. If he could get a good drink of milk from them, he

-thought it would restore his strength, so that he could make one more

-effort to return home. He called the cows, and endeavored, by every

-means in his power, to make them come through the water to his side.

-One of them waded into the water a little way, and stood there staring

-stupidly at Tony, but she would not come any farther.

-

-[Illustration]

-

-Then Tony thought of attempting to wade across the water to the cows,

-but he was afraid that it might be very deep, and that he should get

-drowned. He thought, too, that if he could contrive in any way to get

-near the cows, there would still be a difficulty in getting a drink of

-their milk, for he had no cup or mug to milk into. He wondered whether

-or not it would be possible for him to get down under one of the cows

-and milk into his mouth. He soon found, however, that it was of no use

-to consider this question, for it was not possible for him to get near

-the cows at all.

-

-Then he reflected how many times his mother, in the evenings at home,

-when the cows were milked, had brought him drinks of the milk in a cup

-or mug, very convenient to drink out of, and how many long and weary

-days his father had worked in the fields, mowing grass to feed the

-cows, and in the barns in the winter, to take care of them, so as to

-provide the means of giving his boy this rich and luxurious food; and

-he felt how ungrateful he had been, in not being willing to aid his

-father in his work, when opportunities offered to him to be useful.

-

-[Sidenote: Good resolutions.]

-

-“If I ever get home,” said he to himself, “I’ll be a better boy.”

-

-[Sidenote: Here comes Bruno.]

-

-Just then Tony heard a noise in the bushes behind him. At first he was

-startled, as most people are, at hearing suddenly a noise in the woods.

-Immediately afterward, however, he felt glad, as he hoped that the

-noise was made by some one coming. He had scarcely time to look around

-before Bruno came rushing through the bushes, and, with a single bound,

-came to Tony’s feet. He leaped up upon him, wagging his tail most

-energetically, and in other ways manifesting the most extraordinary

-joy.

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno leads the way through the woods.]

-

-In a minute or two he began to walk away again into the woods, looking

-behind him toward Tony, intimating that Tony was to follow him. Tony

-slowly rose from his place, and attempted to go.

-

-“Yes, Bruno,” said he, “I know. You are going to show me the way home.

-I’ll come along as fast as I can.”

-

-Tony soon found, however, that he could not come very fast. In fact,

-he was almost exhausted by fatigue and hunger, and he had now little

-strength remaining. He accordingly staggered rather than walked in

-attempting to follow Bruno, and he was obliged frequently to stop and

-rest. On such occasions Bruno would come back and fawn around him,

-wagging his tail, and expressing his sympathy in such other ways as

-a dog has at command, and would finally lie down quietly by Tony’s

-side until the poor boy was ready to proceed again. Then he would go

-forward, and lead the way as before.

-

-It is very extraordinary that a dog can find his way through the woods

-under certain circumstances so much better than a boy, or even than a

-man. But so it is; for, though so greatly inferior to a boy in respect

-to the faculties of speech and reason, he is greatly superior to him

-in certain instincts, granted to him by the Creator to fit him for the

-life which he was originally designed to lead as a wild animal. It was

-by means of these instincts that Bruno found Tony.

-

-[Sidenote: The various expeditions in search of Tony.]

-

-Bruno had commenced his search about the middle of the afternoon. It

-was not until some time after dinner that the family began to be uneasy

-about Tony’s absence. During all the forenoon they supposed that he had

-gone away somewhere a fishing or to play, and that he would certainly

-come home to dinner. When, however, the dinner hour, which was twelve

-o’clock, arrived, and Tony did not appear, they began to wonder what

-had become of him. So, after dinner, they sent Thomas down behind the

-garden, and to the brook, and to all the other places where they knew

-that Tony was accustomed to go, to see if he could find him. Thomas

-went to all those places, and not only looked to see whether Tony was

-there, but he called also very loud, and listened long after every

-calling for an answer. But he could neither see nor hear any thing of

-the lost boy.

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno’s search.]

-

-Then Tony’s mother began to be very seriously alarmed, and his father,

-too, determined to leave his work, and go and see if he could find him.

-He accordingly sent Thomas one way, while he himself went another.

-Bruno watched all these movements with great interest. He understood

-what they meant. He determined to see what he could do. He accordingly

-ran out into the garden, where he had seen Tony go after breakfast in

-the morning. He smelled about there in all the paths until at length he

-found Tony’s track. He followed this track to the seat in the arbor,

-where Tony had gone to get his fishing-line. Taking _a new departure_

-from this point, he went on, smelling the track along the paths as he

-advanced, to the bottom of the garden, thence into a wood behind the

-garden, thence along the road till he came to the gate under the trees

-where Tony had gone in.

-

-[Sidenote: He finds Tony’s cap and fishing-pole.]

-

-By smelling about this gate, he ascertained that Tony did not open the

-gate, but that he crept through between the bars on the left-hand side

-of it. Bruno did the same. He then followed the track of Tony in the

-solitary woods until he came to the brook where Tony had been fishing.

-Here, to his great astonishment, he found Tony’s cap and fishing-pole

-lying by the margin of the water.

-

-What this could mean he was utterly unable to imagine. The sight of

-these things, however, only increased his interest in the search for

-Tony. He soon found the track again, and he followed it along by the

-side of the bog, and to the great rock, and by the old trees. What

-could have induced Tony to leave his cap and pole by the brook, and

-go scrambling through the bushes in this devious way, he could not

-imagine, not knowing, of course, any thing about the squirrel.

-

-He, however, proceeded very industriously in the search, following the

-scent which Tony’s footsteps had left on the leaves and grass wherever

-he had gone, until at length, to his great joy, he came up with the

-object of his search by the brink of the water, as has already been

-described.

-

-Tony had gone but a short distance from the place where Bruno had

-discovered him, before he found his strength failing him so rapidly

-that he was obliged to make his rests longer and longer. At one of

-these stops, Bruno, instead of waiting by his side, as he had done

-before, until Tony had become sufficiently rested to go on, ran off

-through the bushes and left him.

-

-“Now, Bruno!” said Tony, in a mournful tone, “if you go away and leave

-me, I don’t know what I shall do.”

-

-[Sidenote: The cap restored.]

-

-Bruno was gone about five minutes, at the end of which time he came

-back, bringing Tony’s cap in his mouth. He had been to the brook to get

-it.

-

-Tony was overjoyed to see Bruno again, and he was, moreover,

-particularly pleased to get his cap again.

-

-So he took his cap and put it on, patting Bruno’s head at the same

-time, and commending him in a very cordial manner.

-

-“I am very much obliged to you, Bruno,” said he, “for bringing me my

-cap--_very_ much obliged indeed. The cap is all I care for; never mind

-about the fishing-pole.”

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno returns home.]

-

-Tony spoke these words very feebly, for he was very tired and faint.

-Bruno perceived that he was not able to go on; so, after remaining

-by his side a few minutes, he ran off again into the bushes and

-disappeared.

-

-“Now he has gone to bring the fishing-pole, I suppose,” said Tony. “I

-wish he would not go for that; I would rather have him stay here with

-me.”

-

-[Sidenote: His strange conduct.]

-

-Tony was mistaken in his supposition that Bruno had gone for the

-fishing-pole; for, instead of going to the brook again, where he had

-found the cap, he ran as fast as he could toward home. His object was

-to see if he could not get some thing for Tony to eat. As soon as he

-arrived at the house, he went to the farmer’s wife, who was all this

-time walking about the rooms of the house in great distress of mind,

-and waiting anxiously to hear some news of those who were in search

-of Tony, and began to pull her by her dress toward the place in the

-kitchen where the tin pail was kept, in which she was accustomed to put

-the farmer’s dinner. At first she could not understand what he wanted.

-

-“My senses!” said she, “what does the dog mean?”

-

-“Bruno!” said she again, after wondering a moment, “what do you want?”

-

-Bruno looked up toward the pail and whined piteously, wagging his tail

-all the time, and moving about with eager impatience.

-

-[Sidenote: He succeeds in obtaining a dinner for Tony.]

-

-At length the farmer’s wife took hold of the pail, and, as soon as she

-had done so, Bruno ran off toward the closet where the food was kept,

-which she was accustomed to put into the pail for her husband’s dinner.

-He took his station by the door, and waited there, as he had been

-accustomed to do, looking up eagerly all the time to Tony’s mother, who

-was slowly following him.

-

-“I verily believe,” said she, joyfully, “that Bruno has found Tony, and

-is going to carry him something to eat.”

-

-She immediately went into the closet, and filled the pail up, in a very

-hurried manner, with something for Tony to eat, taking care not to put

-in so much as to make the pail too heavy. As soon as she had done this,

-and put on a cover, and then set the pail down upon the floor, Bruno

-immediately took it up by means of the handle, and ran off with it.

-Tony’s mother followed him, but she could not keep up with him, and was

-soon obliged to relinquish the pursuit.

-

-Bruno had some difficulty in getting over the fences and through the

-bars with his burden, as he went on toward the place where he had left

-Tony. He, however, persevered in his efforts, and finally succeeded;

-and at length had the satisfaction of bringing the pail safely, and

-laying it down at Tony’s feet. Tony, who was by this time extremely

-hungry, as well as faint and exhausted by fatigue, was overjoyed at

-receiving this unexpected supply. He opened the pail, and found there

-every thing which he required. There was a supply of bread and butter

-in slices, with ham, sandwich fashion, placed between. At the bottom of

-the pail, too, was a small bottle filled with milk.

-

-[Sidenote: He conducts Tony home, and goes back for the fishing-pole.]

-

-After eating and drinking what Bruno had thus brought him, Tony felt

-greatly relieved and strengthened. He now could walk along, where Bruno

-led the way, without stopping to rest at all. So the boy and the dog

-went on together, until they safely reached the bottom of the garden.

-Here they were met by Tony’s mother, who was almost beside herself with

-joy when she saw them coming. She ran to meet Tony, and conducted him

-into the house, while Bruno, as soon as he found that his charge was

-safe, turned back, and, without waiting to be thanked, ran off into the

-woods again.

-

-And where do you think he was going, reader?

-

-He was going to get Tony’s fishing-pole.

-

-Tony’s mother brought her boy into the house, and, after she had bathed

-his face, and his hands, and his feet with warm water to refresh and

-soothe him, agitated as he was by his anxiety and terror, she gave him

-a comfortable seat by the side of the kitchen fire, while she went to

-work to get ready the supper. As soon as Tony had arrived, she blew

-the horn at the door, which was the signal which had been previously

-agreed upon to denote that he was found. Thomas and Tony’s father heard

-this sound as they were wandering about in the woods, and both joyfully

-hastened home. Tony, in the mean time, dreaded his father’s return.

-He expected to be bitterly reproached by him for what he had done. He

-was, however, happily disappointed in this expectation. His father did

-not reproach him. He thought he had already been punished enough; and

-besides, he was so glad to have his son home again, safe and sound,

-that he had not the heart to say a word to give him any additional pain.

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno lies down to sleep.]

-

-Bruno himself came home about the same time that Thomas did, bringing

-the fishing-pole and line with him. The apparatus was all safe, except

-that the hook was gone. It had got torn off by catching against the

-bushes on the way. Bruno brought the pole and line to Tony. Tony took

-them, and when he had wound up the line, he set the pole up in the

-corner, while Bruno stretched himself out before the fire, and there,

-with his mind in a state of great satisfaction, in view of what he had

-done, he prepared to go to sleep. The bright fire glanced upon the

-hearth and about the room, forming a very cheerful and pleasant scene.

-

-[Sidenote: Tony’s reflections.]

-

-How shameful it is, thought Tony, as he looked upon Bruno by the fire,

-that while a dog can be so faithful, and seem to take so much pride and

-pleasure in doing his duty, and in making himself as useful in every

-way as he possibly can, a boy, whose power and opportunities are so

-much superior to his, should be faithless and negligent, and try to

-contrive ways and means to evade his proper work. You have taught me a

-lesson, Bruno. You have set me an example. We will see whether, after

-this, I will allow myself to be beaten in fidelity and gratitude by a

-dog.

-

-       *       *       *       *       *

-

-This story reminds me of another one about a boy named Antonio,

-who got away from home, and was in trouble to get back, though the

-circumstances were very different from those which I have just related.

-The name of this new story is “Boys Adrift.”

-

-

-

-

-BOYS ADRIFT.

-

-

-Boys are generally greatly pleased with seeing ships and the water.

-In fact, the view of a harbor, filled with boats and shipping, forms

-usually for all persons, old as well as young, a very attractive scene.

-

-There was once a boy named Antonio Van Tromp. They commonly called him

-Antony. Sometimes they called him Van Tromp. He lived in a certain

-sea-port town, where his father used to come in with a ship from sea.

-His father was captain of the ship. Antonio used to be very fond of

-going down to the pier while his father’s ship was unloading. One day

-he persuaded his cousin, who was several years younger than himself, to

-go down with him.

-

-[Sidenote: Antonio and his cousin amuse themselves on the pier.]

-

-The boys played about upon the pier for an hour very happily. The

-seamen and laborers were unloading the ship, and there were a great

-many boxes, and bales, and hogsheads, and other packages of merchandise

-lying upon the pier. There were porters at work carrying the goods

-away, and sailors rolling hogsheads and barrels to and fro. There was

-an anchor on the pier, and weights, and chains, and trucks, and other

-similar objects lying around. The boys amused themselves for some time

-in jumping about upon these things. At length, on looking down over

-the edge of the pier, they saw that there was a boat there. It was

-fastened by means of a rope to one of the links of an enormous chain,

-which was lying over the edge of the pier. On seeing this boat, they

-conceived the idea of getting into it, and rowing about a little in the

-neighborhood of the pier.

-

-[Sidenote: The boat.]

-

-There were no oars in the boat, and so Van Tromp asked a sailor, whom

-he saw at work near, to go and get them for him on board the ship.

-

-[Sidenote: Conversation with the sailor.]

-

-“Not I,” said the sailor.

-

-“Why not?” asked Van Tromp.

-

-“It is ebb tide,” said the sailor, “and if you two boys cast off from

-the pier in that boat, you will get carried out to sea.”

-

-“Why, I can _scull_,” said Van Tromp.

-

-“Oh no,” said the sailor.

-

-“At least I can pull,” said Van Tromp.

-

-“Oh no,” said the sailor.

-

-The boys stood perplexed, not knowing what to do.

-

-All along the shores of the sea the tide rises for six hours, and while

-it is thus rising, the water, of course, wherever there are harbors,

-creeks, and bays, flows _in_. Afterward the tide falls for six hours,

-and while it is falling, the water of the harbors, creeks, and bays

-flows _out_. When the water is going out, they call it ebb tide. That

-is what the sailor meant by saying it was ebb tide.

-

-[Sidenote: Sculling and pulling.]

-

-_Sculling_ is a mode of propelling a boat by one oar. The oar in this

-case is put out behind the boat, that is, at the stern, and is moved

-to and fro in a peculiar manner, somewhat resembling the motion of the

-tail of a fish when he is swimming through the water. It is difficult

-to learn how to scull. Antony could scull pretty well in smooth water,

-but he could not have worked his way in this manner against an ebb

-tide.

-

-_Pulling_, as Antony called it, is another name for rowing. In rowing,

-it is necessary to have two oars. To row a boat requires more strength,

-though less skill, than to scull it.

-

-The boys, after hesitating for some time, finally concluded at least

-to get into the boat. They had unfastened the painter, that is, the

-rope by which the boat was tied, while they had been talking with the

-sailor, in order to be all ready to cast off. When they found that the

-sailor would not bring them any oars, they fastened the painter again,

-so that the boat should not get away, and then climbed down the side of

-the pier, and got into the boat.

-

-[Sidenote: The boat adrift.]

-

-Unfortunately, when, after untying the painter, they attempted to make

-it fast again into the link of the chain, they did not do it securely;

-and as they moved to and fro about the boat, pushing it one way and

-another, the rope finally got loose, and the boat floated slowly away

-from the pier. The boys were engaged very intently at the time in

-watching some sun-fish which they saw in the water. They were leaning

-over the side of the boat to look at them, so that they did not see

-the pier when it began to recede, and thus the tide carried them to

-a considerable distance from it before they observed that they were

-adrift.

-

-At length Larry--for that was the name of Antony’s cousin--looking up

-accidentally, observed that the boat was moving away.

-

-“Antony! Antony!” exclaimed, he, “we’re adrift.”

-

-As he said this, Larry looked very much terrified.

-

-Antony rose from his reclining position, and stood upright in the

-bottom of the boat. He looked back toward the pier, which he observed

-was rapidly receding.

-

-[Sidenote: Adrift.]

-

-“Yes,” said he, “we’re adrift; but who cares?”

-

-When a boy gets into difficulty or danger by doing something wrong, he

-is generally very much frightened. When, however, he knows that he has

-not been doing any thing wrong, but has got into difficulty purely by

-accident, he is much less likely to be afraid.

-

-Antony knew that he had done nothing wrong in getting into the boat.

-His father was a sea-captain, and he was allowed to get into boats

-whenever he chose to do so. He was accustomed, too, to be in boats on

-the water, and now, if he had only had an oar or a paddle, he would not

-have felt any concern whatever. As it was, he felt very little concern.

-

-His first thought was to call out to the sailor whom they had left on

-the pier. The boys both called to him long and loud, but he was so busy

-turning over boxes, and bales, and rolling hogsheads about, that he did

-not hear.

-

-“What shall we do?” asked Larry, with a very anxious look.

-

-[Sidenote: The sail-boat.]

-

-“Oh, we shall get ashore again easily enough,” replied Antony. “Here is

-a large sail-boat coming up. We will hail them, and they will take us

-aboard.”

-

-“Do you think they will take us on board?” asked Larry.

-

-“Yes, I am sure they will,” said Antony.

-

-Just then the boat which the boys were drifting in came along opposite

-to a large sail-boat. This boat was sloop-rigged; that is, it had one

-mast and a fore-and-aft sail. She was standing up the harbor, and was

-headed toward the pier. The sail was spread, and the sail-boat was

-gliding along smoothly, but quite swiftly, through the water.

-

-There were two men on board. One was at the helm, steering. The other,

-who had on a red flannel shirt, came to the side of the boat, and

-looked over toward the boys. We can just see the head of this man above

-the gunwale on the starboard side of the boat in the picture.

-

-[Illustration]

-

-[Sidenote: Antony calls for help. He receives none.]

-

-“Hallo! sail-boat!” said Antony.

-

-“Hallo!” said the flannel shirt.

-

-“Take us aboard of your boat,” said Antony; “we have got adrift, and

-have not got any oar.”

-

-“We can’t take you on board,” said the man; “we have got beyond you

-already.”

-

-“Throw us a rope,” said Antony.

-

-“We have not got any rope long enough,” said the sailor.

-

-As he said these words, the sail-boat passed entirely by.

-

-“What _shall_ we do?” said Larry, much alarmed.

-

-Larry was much smaller than Antony, and much less accustomed to be in

-boats on the water, and he was much more easily terrified.

-

-“Don’t be afraid,” said Antony; “we shall get brought up among some of

-the shipping below. There are plenty of vessels coming up the harbor.”

-

-[Sidenote: The boys float down the channel.]

-

-So they went on--slowly, but very steadily--wherever they were borne by

-the course of the ebbing tide. Instead of being brought up, however, as

-Antony had predicted, by some of the ships, they were kept by the tide

-in the middle of the channel, while the ships were all, as it happened,

-on one side or the other, and they did not go within calling distance

-of any one of them. At last even Antony began to think that they were

-certainly about to be carried out to sea.

-

-“If the water was not so deep, we could anchor,” said Antony.

-

-“We have not got any anchor,” said Larry.

-

-[Sidenote: The grapnel.]

-

-“Yes,” replied Antony, “there is a grapnel in the bow of the boat.”

-

-Larry looked in a small cuddy under the bow of the boat, and found

-there a sort of grapnel that was intended to be used as an anchor.

-

-“Let us heave it over,” said Larry, “and then the boat will stop.”

-

-“No,” replied Antony, “the rope is not long enough to reach the bottom;

-the water is too deep here. We are in the middle of the channel; but

-perhaps, by-and-by, the tide will carry us over upon the flats, and

-then we can anchor.”

-

-“How shall we know when we get to the flats?” asked Larry.

-

-“We can see the bottom then,” said Antony, “by looking over the side of

-the boat.”

-

-“I mean to watch,” said Larry; and he began forthwith to look over the

-side of the boat.

-

-[Sidenote: They see the bottom.]

-

-It was not long before Antony’s expectations were fulfilled. The tide

-carried the boat over a place where the water was shallow, the bottom

-being formed there of broad and level tracts of sand and mud, called

-flats.

-

-“I see the bottom,” said Larry, joyfully.

-

-Antony looked over the side of the boat, and there, down several feet

-beneath the surface of the water, he could clearly distinguish the

-bottom. It was a smooth expanse of mud and water, and it seemed to be

-slowly gliding away from beneath them. The real motion was in the boat,

-but _this_ motion was imperceptible to the boys, except by the apparent

-motion of the bottom, which was produced by it. Such a deceiving of the

-sight as this is commonly called an optical illusion.

-

-“Yes,” said Antony, “that’s the bottom; now we will anchor.”

-

-[Sidenote: Anchoring.]

-

-So the two boys went forward, and, after taking care to see that the

-inner end of the grapnel rope was made fast properly to the bow of the

-boat, they lifted the heavy iron over the side of the boat, and let it

-plunge into the water. It sank to the bottom in a moment, drawing out

-the rope after it. It immediately fastened itself by its prongs in the

-mud, and when the rope was all out, the bow of the boat was “brought

-up” by it--that is, was stopped at once. The stern of the boat was

-swung round by the force of the tide, which still continued to act upon

-it, and then the boat came to its rest, with the head pointing up the

-harbor.

-

-“There,” said Antony, “now we are safe.”

-

-“But how are we going to get back to the shore?” inquired Larry.

-

-[Sidenote: The boys wait for the tide.]

-

-“Why, by-and-by the tide will turn,” said Antony, “and flow in, and

-then we shall get up our anchor, and let it carry us home again.”

-

-“And how long shall we have to wait?” asked Larry.

-

-“Oh, about three or four hours,” said Antony.

-

-“My mother will be very much frightened,” said Larry. “How sorry I am

-that we got into the boat!”

-

-“So am I,” said Antony; “or, rather, I should be, if I thought it would

-do any good to be sorry.”

-

-[Sidenote: Captain Van Tromp misses them.]

-

-In the mean time, while the boys had thus been making their involuntary

-voyage down the harbor, Captain Van Tromp, on board his ship, had been

-employed very busily with his accounts in his cabin. It was now nearly

-noon, and he concluded, accordingly, that it was time for him to go

-home to dinner. So he called one of the sailors to him, and directed

-him to look about on the pier and try to find the boys, and tell them

-that he was going home to dinner.

-

-In a few minutes the sailor came back, and told the captain that he

-could not find the boys; and that Jack, who was at work outside on the

-pier, said that they had not been seen about there for more than an

-hour, and that the boat was missing too; and he was afraid that they

-had got into it, and had gone adrift.

-

-“Send Jack to me,” said the captain.

-

-When Jack came into the cabin, the captain was at work, as usual, on

-his accounts. Jack stood by his side a moment, with his cap in his

-hand, waiting for the captain to be at leisure to speak to him. At

-length the captain looked up.

-

-“Jack,” said he, “do you say that the boys have gone off with the boat?”

-

-“I don’t know, sir,” said Jack. “The boat is gone, and the boys are

-gone, but whether the boat has gone off with the boys, or the boys with

-the boat, I couldn’t say.”

-

-The captain paused a moment, with a thoughtful expression upon his

-countenance, and then said,

-

-“Tell Nelson to take the glass, and go aloft, and look around to see if

-he can see any thing of them.”

-

-“Ay, ay, sir,” said Jack.

-

-The captain then resumed his work as if nothing particular had happened.

-

-[Sidenote: Mr. Nelson discovers them by means of his spy-glass.]

-

-Nelson was the mate of the ship. The mate is the second in command

-under the captain.

-

-When Nelson received the captain’s order, he took the spy-glass, and

-went up the shrouds to the mast-head. In about ten minutes he came down

-again, and gave Jack a message for the captain. Jack came down again

-into the cabin. He found the captain, as before, busy at his work. The

-captain had been exposed to too many great and terrible dangers at sea

-to be much alarmed at the idea of two boys being adrift, in a strong

-boat and in a crowded harbor.

-

-“Mr. Nelson says, sir,” said Jack, “that he sees our boat, with two

-boys in it, about a mile and a half down the harbor. She is lying a

-little to the eastward of the red buoy.”

-

-A buoy is a floating beam of wood, or other light substance, anchored

-on the point of a shoal, or over a ledge of rocks, to warn the seamen

-that they must not sail there. The different buoys are painted of

-different colors, so that they may be easily distinguished one from

-another.

-

-The captain paused a moment on hearing Jack’s report, and looked

-undecided. In fact, his attention was so much occupied by his accounts,

-that only half his thoughts seemed to be given to the case of the boys.

-At length he asked if there was any wind.

-

-“Not a capful,” said the sailor.

-

-“Tell Nelson, then,” said the captain, “to send down the gig with four

-men, and bring the boys back.”

-

-[Sidenote: The gig.]

-

-The gig, as the captain called it, was a light boat belonging to the

-ship, being intended for rowing swiftly in smooth water.

-

-[Sidenote: Nelson fits out an expedition to relieve the boys.]

-

-So Nelson called out four men, and directed them to get ready with the

-gig. The men accordingly lowered the gig down from the side of the ship

-into the water, and then, with the oars in their hands, they climbed

-down into it. In a few minutes they were rowing swiftly down the

-harbor, in the direction of the red buoy, while Captain Van Tromp went

-home to dinner. On his way home he left word, at the house where Larry

-lived, that the boys had gone down the harbor, and would not be home

-under an hour.

-

-[Sidenote: The boys watch the progress of the tide.]

-

-While these occurrences had been taking place on the pier, the boys

-had been sitting very patiently in their boat, waiting for the tide

-to turn, or for some one to come to their assistance. They could see

-how it was with the tide by the motion of the water, as it glided past

-them. The current, in fact, when they first anchored, made quite a

-ripple at the bows of the boat. They had a fine view of the harbor,

-as they looked back toward the town from their boat, though the view

-was so distant that they could not make out which was the pier where

-Captain Van Tromp’s vessel was lying.

-

-[Illustration]

-

-Of course, as the tide went out more and more, the surface of the water

-was continually falling, and the depth growing less and less all the

-time. The boys could easily perceive the increasing shallowness of

-the water, as they looked over the side of the boat, and watched the

-appearance of the bottom.

-

-[Sidenote: A new danger. A discussion.]

-

-“Now here’s another trouble,” said Antony. “If we don’t look out, we

-shall get left aground. I’ve a great mind to pull up the anchor, and

-let the boat drift on a little way, till we come to deeper water.”

-

-“Oh no,” said Larry, “don’t let us go out to sea any farther.”

-

-“Why, if we stay here,” said Antony, “until the tide falls so as to

-leave us aground, we may have to stay some hours after the tide turns

-before we get afloat again.”

-

-“Well,” said Larry, “no matter. Besides, if you go adrift again, the

-water may deepen suddenly.”

-

-“Yes,” said Antony, “and then we should lose hold of the bottom

-altogether. We had better not move.”

-

-“Unless,” added Antony, after a moment’s thought, “we can contrive to

-_warp_ the boat _up_ a little.”

-

-[Sidenote: Warping the boat.]

-

-So saying, Antony went forward to examine into the feasibility of this

-plan. He found, on looking over the bow of the boat, that the water was

-very shallow, and nearly still; for the tide, being nearly out, flowed

-now with a very gentle and almost imperceptible current. Of course, as

-the water was shallow, and the rope that was attached to the anchor was

-pretty long, the anchor itself was at a considerable distance from the

-boat. The boys could see the rope passing obliquely along under the

-water, but could not see the anchor.

-

-Antony took hold of the rope, and began to draw it in. The effect of

-this operation was to draw the boat up the harbor toward the anchor.

-When, at length, the rope was all in, Antony pulled up the grapnel,

-which was small and easily raised, and then swinging it to and fro

-several times to give it an impetus, he threw it with all his force

-forward. It fell into the water nearly ten feet from where it had lain

-before, and there sinking immediately, it laid hold of the bottom

-again. Antony now, by pulling upon the rope, as he had done at first,

-drew the boat up to the anchor at its new holding. He repeated this

-operation a number of times, watching the water from time to time over

-the bows of the boat, to see whether it was getting deeper or not.

-While Antony was thus engaged, the attention of Larry was suddenly

-attracted to the sound of oars. He looked in the direction from which

-the sound proceeded, and saw, at a considerable distance, a boat coming

-toward them.

-

-[Sidenote: “Here comes the gig!”]

-

-“Here comes a boat,” said Larry.

-

-Antony looked where Larry pointed.

-

-“Yes,” said he, “and she is headed directly toward us.”

-

-“So she is,” said Larry.

-

-“I verily believe it is our gig,” said Antony.

-

-“It is,” he added, after looking a moment longer, “and there is Jack on

-board of her. They are coming for us.”

-

-In a few minutes more the gig was alongside. Two of the sailors that

-had come down in the gig got on board of the boys’ boat with their

-oars, and then both boats rowed up the harbor again, and in due time

-the boys reached home in safety.

-

-       *       *       *       *       *

-

-[Sidenote: Moral.]

-

-The moral of this story is, that in all cases of difficulty and danger

-it is best to keep quiet and composed in mind, and not to give way to

-excitement and terror. Being frightened never does any good, excepting

-when there is a chance to run away; in that case, it sometimes helps

-one to run a little faster. In all other cases, it is best to be

-cool and collected, and encounter whatever comes with calmness and

-equanimity.

-

-

-

-

-BRUNO AND THE ROBIN.

-

-    “Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.”

-

-

-[Sidenote: Hiram and Ralph. The robin.]

-

-At one time Bruno had for his master a boy named Hiram. Hiram had a

-friend and companion who lived in the next house to him, whose name was

-Ralph. This Ralph had a robin. He kept the robin in a cage.

-

-[Sidenote: The loft.]

-

-There was a small building near the bottom of Ralph’s father’s garden,

-which was used as a place of deposit for gardening implements, seeds,

-bundles of straw, matting for covering plants, and other similar

-articles employed about the garden. This building was called the

-“garden-house.” In the upper part of it was a loft, which Ralph had

-taken possession of as a storehouse for his wagons, trucks, traps, and

-other playthings. He used to go up to this loft by means of a number of

-large wooden pins, or pegs, that were driven into one of the posts of

-the frame of the garden-house, in a corner. Somebody once recommended

-to Ralph to have a staircase made to lead up to his loft, but he

-said he liked better to climb up by these pins than to have the best

-staircase that ever was made.

-

-Ralph used frequently to carry his robin to this garden-house when he

-was playing about there, and on such occasions he would sometimes hang

-the cage on a nail out of the window of his loft. He drove the nail

-himself into the edge of a sort of a shelf, which was near the window

-on the outside. The shelf was put there for doves to light upon, in

-going in and out of their house, which was made in the peak of the

-roof, over Ralph’s loft.

-

-[Sidenote: Account of Ralph’s robin.]

-

-Ralph caught his robin when he was very young. He caught him in a net.

-He saw the nest when the birds were first building it. About a week

-after the birds had finished it, he thought it was time for the eggs to

-be laid. So he got a ladder, which was usually kept on the back side of

-the tool-house, and, having planted it against a tree, he began to go

-up. Just then, his little brother Eddy, who was walking along one of

-the alleys of the garden near where the bird’s nest was, saw him.

-

-[Sidenote: Eddy’s advice.]

-

-“Ralph,” said Eddy, “what are you going to do?”

-

-“I’m going to get the eggs out of the nest,” said Ralph.

-

-“No,” replied Eddy, “you must not do that.”

-

-Ralph paid no regard to this, but went on slowly mounting the ladder.

-The top of the ladder, resting as it did against some of the branches

-of the tree, was not very steady, and so Ralph could not go up very

-fast. Besides, Ralph was somewhat afraid of the old birds; for they,

-seeing that their nest was in danger, were flying about him with

-very loud chirpings, being apparently in a state of great terror and

-distress.

-

-“Ralph,” said Eddy, “you must not trouble those birds.”

-

-Ralph went steadily on.

-

-“Besides,” said Eddy, when he saw that his brother paid no heed to his

-remonstrances, “it would be a great deal better to wait till the eggs

-are hatched, and then get one of the birds.”

-

-[Sidenote: The plan changed.]

-

-Ralph paused when he heard this suggestion. He began to think that it

-might possibly be a better plan to wait, as Eddy proposed, and to get a

-bird instead of an egg. He paused a moment on the ladder, standing on

-one foot, and holding himself on by one hand.

-

-“Would you, Eddy?” said he.

-

-“Yes,” said Eddy, “I certainly would.”

-

-Eddy proposed this plan, not so much from any desire he had that Ralph

-should get one of the birds when they were hatched, as to save the

-eggs from being taken away then. He had an instinctive feeling that it

-was wrong to take away the eggs, and he pitied the poor birds in their

-distress, and so he said what he thought was most likely to induce

-Ralph to desist from his design.

-

-After hesitating a few minutes, Ralph said, “Well, I will.” He then

-came down to the ground again, and, taking up the ladder, he carried it

-away.

-

-About a week after this, Ralph got the ladder one day when the birds

-were not there, and climbed up to the nest. He found three very pretty

-blue eggs in it.

-

-[Sidenote: The birds are hatched.]

-

-About a week after this he climbed up again, and he found that the eggs

-were hatched. There were three little birds there, not fledged. When

-they heard Ralph’s rustling of the branches over their heads, they

-opened their mouths very wide, expecting that the old birds had come to

-bring them something to eat.

-

-About a week after this Ralph climbed up again, but, just before he

-reached the nest, the three birds, having now grown old enough to fly,

-all clambered out of the nest, and flew away in all directions.

-

-[Sidenote: “Here’s one!”]

-

-“Stop ’em! stop ’em! Eddy,” said Ralph, “or watch them at least, and

-see where they go, till I come down.”

-

-“Here’s one,” said Eddy.

-

-He pointed, as he said this, under some currant-bushes, near an alley

-where he was walking. The little bird was crouched down, and was

-looking about him full of wonder. In fact, he was quite astonished to

-find how far he had flown.

-

-Ralph clambered down the ladder as fast as he could, and then ran off

-to the tool-house, saying as he ran,

-

-“Keep him there, Eddy, till I go and get my net.”

-

-“I can’t keep him,” said Eddy, “unless he has a mind to stay. But I

-will watch him.”

-

-So Eddy stood still and watched the bird while Ralph went after his

-net. The bird hopped along a little way, and then stopped, and remained

-perfectly still until Ralph returned.

-

-[Sidenote: A bird pursued.]

-

-The net was a round net, the mouth of it being kept open by means of a

-hoop. It was fastened to the end of a long pole. Ralph crept up softly

-toward the place where the bird had alighted, and, when he was near

-enough, he extended the pole, and clapped the net down over the bird,

-and made it prisoner.

-

-[Sidenote: Caught and caged.]

-

-“I’ve caught him! I’ve caught him!” said Ralph, greatly excited. “Run,

-Eddy, and get the cage. Run quick. No, stop; you come here, and hold

-the net down, and I’ll go and get the cage myself.”

-

-So Eddy held the net down, while Ralph went into the tool-house after

-the cage. He succeeded in putting the bird into the cage safely, and

-then went home.

-

-[Sidenote: The feeding.]

-

-Ralph attended his bird very carefully for many days, feeding him

-with strawberries and crumbs of bread. The natural food of most small

-birds consists of seeds, berries, and insects. Ralph knew, therefore,

-that strawberries would be good for his bird, and as for bread, he

-reflected that it was made from seeds, namely, the seeds of wheat. The

-only difference was, that in bread the seeds were ground up, mixed with

-water, and baked. So Ralph concluded that bread would be a very proper

-food for his robin.

-

-[Illustration: Ralph taming the robin.]

-

-[Sidenote: The stile.]

-

-As soon as the robin grew old enough to hop about a little, Ralph

-used often to take him out of his cage and put him on the walk in the

-garden, or on the end of a fence, near a stile, where was a broad,

-flat place convenient for the little bird to stand on. In such cases,

-he would, himself, always stand at a little distance off, so as not to

-frighten the bird, and in this manner he gradually taught him to be

-very tame and familiar.

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno and Hiram. Description of the premises.]

-

-Although Ralph was thus very kind to his robin, he was generally a very

-unreasonable and selfish boy. Bruno, at this time, lived in the house

-next to the one where he lived. Bruno belonged, as has already been

-said, to a boy named Hiram. The two houses that these two boys lived in

-were pretty near together, and the gardens adjoined, being separated

-from each other only by a wall. At the foot of each garden was a gate,

-and there was a little path which led along from one gate to the other,

-through a field where there was a brook, and also a great many trees

-overshadowing the banks of it. The boys used often to visit each other

-by going from one of these gates to the other along this path. There

-was a space under Hiram’s gate where Bruno could get through. He used

-often to go through this opening, and pass down into the field, to

-drink in the brook, or to play about among the trees. Sometimes both

-the gates were left open, and then Bruno would go and look into Ralph’s

-garden; and once he went in, and walked along as far as the tool-house,

-looking about and examining the premises very curiously. As soon as he

-had seen what sort of a place it was, however, he turned round and ran

-out again, not knowing what might happen to him if he stayed there.

-

-[Sidenote: Ralph wishes to buy Bruno.]

-

-Ralph saw Bruno often when he went to visit Hiram in his garden, and he

-wished that he could have such a dog himself. In fact, he tried to buy

-him of Hiram a long time, but Hiram would not sell him. Ralph became

-very angry with Hiram at last for so strenuously refusing to sell his

-dog.

-

-“You are a great fool,” said he, “for not being willing to sell me the

-dog. I would give you any price you would name.”

-

-“That makes no difference,” said Hiram; “I would rather have the dog

-than any amount of money, no matter how much.”

-

-[Sidenote: Ralph becomes Bruno’s enemy.]

-

-So Ralph turned, and went away in a rage; and the next time he saw

-Bruno out in the field behind the garden, he ran down to his gate and

-pelted him with stones.

-

-Bruno could not understand what reason Ralph could have for wishing to

-hurt him, or being his enemy in any way. He perceived, however, that

-Ralph was his enemy, and so he became very much afraid of him. When he

-wished to go down to the brook, he always looked out through the hole

-under the gate very carefully to see if Ralph was near, and if he was,

-he did not go. If he could not see Ralph any where, he would creep out

-stealthily, and walk along in a very cautious manner, turning his head

-continually toward Ralph’s gate, to watch for the slightest indications

-of danger; and if he caught a glimpse of Ralph in the garden, he would

-turn back and run into Hiram’s garden again.

-

-[Sidenote: The boys play together.]

-

-Bruno was a very courageous dog, and he would not have run away from

-Ralph, but would have attacked him in the most determined manner, and

-driven him away from the garden gate, and thus taught him better than

-to throw stones at an innocent and unoffending dog, had he not been

-prevented from doing this by one consideration. He perceived that Ralph

-was one of Hiram’s friends. Hiram went often to visit Ralph, and Ralph,

-in return, came often to visit Hiram. They used to employ themselves

-together in various schemes of amusement, and Bruno, who often stood

-by at such times, although he could not understand the conversation

-that passed between them, perceived, nevertheless, that they were

-good friends. He would not, therefore, do any harm to Ralph, even in

-self-defense, for fear of displeasing Hiram. Accordingly, when Ralph

-assaulted him with sticks and stones, the only alternative left him was

-to run away.

-

-[Sidenote: Hiram catches a squirrel. Ralph wishes to buy the squirrel.]

-

-It is singular enough that Ralph, though often very unreasonable and

-selfish in his dealings with other boys, and though in this instance

-very cruel to Bruno, was still generally kind to animals. He was very

-fond of animals, and used to get as many as he could; and whenever

-Hiram had any, he used to go to see them, and he took a great interest

-in them. Once Hiram caught a beautiful gray squirrel in a box-trap. He

-put the trap down upon a chopping-block in a little room that was used

-as a shop in his father’s barn. Ralph came in to see the squirrel. He

-kneeled down before the block, and, lifting up the trap a little way,

-he peeped in. The squirrel was in the back corner of the trap, crouched

-down, and feeling, apparently, very much afraid. He had a long, bushy

-tail, which was curled over his back in a very graceful manner. Ralph

-resolved to buy this squirrel too, but Hiram was unwilling to sell

-him. However, he said that _perhaps_ he would sell him, if Ralph would

-wait till the next day. Ralph accordingly waited; but that night the

-squirrel gnawed out of his trap, and as the shop window was left open,

-he made his escape, and got off into the woods again, where he leaped

-back and forth among the branches of the trees, and turned head over

-heels again and again in the exuberance of his joy.

-

-[Illustration: The shop.]

-

-[Sidenote: Hiram and Joe go into the woods.]

-

-One day Hiram went out into the woods with a man whom they called Uncle

-Joe, to get some stones to mend a wall. They went in a cart. They

-placed a board across the cart for a seat. Uncle Joe and Hiram sat

-upon this seat together, side by side, Hiram on the right, as he was

-going to drive. The tools for digging out the stones, consisting of a

-spade, a shovel, a hoe, and a crowbar, were laid in the bottom of the

-cart. Thus they rode to the woods. Bruno followed them, trotting along

-by the road-side, and now and then running off under the fences and

-walls, to see if he could smell the tracks of any wild animals among

-the ferns and bushes.

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno barks at something.]

-

-He was not successful in this hunting on his way to the woods, but,

-after he arrived there, he accomplished quite a brilliant achievement.

-Hiram and Uncle Joe were very busy digging out stones, when their

-attention was arrested by a very loud and violent barking. Hiram knew

-at once that it was Bruno that was barking, though he could not see

-him. The reason why they could not see the dog was, that he was down

-in the bottom of a shady glen, that lay near where Hiram and Uncle Joe

-were digging the stones.

-

-“What’s that?” said Hiram. “What is Bruno barking at?”

-

-“I don’t know,” said Uncle Joe; “go and see.”

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno finds a fox’s hole.]

-

-So Hiram threw down his hoe, and, seizing a stick, he ran down into the

-glen. He found Bruno stationed before a hole, which opened in under

-a bank, near a small spring. He seemed very much excited, sometimes

-running back and forth before the hole, sometimes digging into it with

-his fore paws, and barking all the time in a very loud and earnest

-manner. He seemed greatly pleased when he saw Hiram coming.

-

-As soon as Hiram saw that Bruno was barking at a hole, which seemed to

-be the hole of some wild animal, he went back and called Uncle Joe to

-come and see. Uncle Joe said he thought it was the hole of a fox, and

-from the excitement that Bruno manifested, he judged that the fox must

-be in it.

-

-“I’ll go and get the tools,” said he, “and we will dig him out.”

-

-[Sidenote: Hiram gets a little fox.]

-

-So Uncle Joe went for the tools, and he and Hiram began to dig. They

-dug for more than half an hour. Finally they came to the end of the

-hole, and then they found a young fox crouching close into a corner. He

-was about as large as a small kitten.

-

-[Sidenote: His plans for him. Hiram gives his fox a hole to live in.]

-

-Hiram said he meant to carry the fox home, and bring him up, and tame

-him. He accordingly took him in his arms, and carried him back to the

-place where they had been digging stones. Uncle Joe carried back the

-tools. Bruno jumped about and barked a great deal by the side of Hiram,

-but Hiram ordered him to be quiet, and finally he learned that the

-little fox was not to be killed. When they reached the stone quarry,

-Hiram made a small pen for the fox. He made it of four square stones,

-which he placed together so as to inclose a small space, and then he

-covered this space by means of a flat stone which he placed over it.

-Thus the little prisoner was secured.

-

-When the pen was completed, and the fox put in, Hiram resumed his work

-of digging stones with Uncle Joe. He was very eager now to get the load

-completed as soon as possible, so as to go home with his fox. While he

-was at work thus, Bruno crouched down before the place where Hiram had

-shut up his fox, and watched very earnestly. He understood that Hiram

-wished to keep the fox, and therefore he had no intention of hurting

-him. He only meant to be all ready to give the alarm, in case the

-little prisoner should attempt to get away.

-

-Hiram had very good success in training and taming his fox. Ralph and

-Eddy came often to see him, and they sometimes helped Hiram to feed

-him, and to take care of him. There was a place by an old wall behind

-the house where Hiram lived where there was a hole, which seemed to

-lead under ground, from a sort of angle between two large stones.

-

-“I’ll let him have that hole for his house,” said Hiram. “I don’t know

-how deep it is; but if it is not deep enough for him, he must dig it

-deeper.”

-

-[Sidenote: The chain.]

-

-Ralph had a small collar which was made for a dog’s collar; and one

-day, when he felt more good-natured than usual, and had in some measure

-forgotten Hiram’s refusal to sell Bruno to him, he offered to lend

-Hiram this collar to put around Foxy’s neck.

-

-“Then,” said Ralph, “you can get a long chain, and chain Foxy to a

-stake close to the mouth of his hole. And so the chain will allow him

-to go in and out of his hole, and to play about around it, and yet it

-will prevent his running away.”

-

-Hiram liked this plan very much. So Ralph brought the collar, and the

-boys put it upon Foxy’s neck. Hiram also found a kind of chain at a

-hardware store in the village, which he thought would be suitable to

-his purpose, and he bought two yards of it. This length of chain,

-when Foxy was fastened with it, gave him a very considerable degree

-of liberty, and, at the same time, prevented him from running away.

-He could go into his hole, where he was entirely out of sight, or he

-could come out and play in the grass, and under the lilac bushes that

-were about his hole, and eat the food which Hiram brought out for him

-there. Sometimes, too, he would climb up to the top of the wall, and

-lie there an hour at a time, asleep. If, however, on such occasions,

-he heard any one coming, he would run down the rocks that formed the

-wall, and disappear in his hole in an instant, and he would not come

-out again until he was quite confident that the danger had gone by.

-

-[Sidenote: The cunning of the fox.]

-

-It is not very difficult to tame a fox. And yet, in his natural state,

-he is very wild and very cunning. He resorts to all sorts of maneuvers

-and contrivances to entrap such animals as he likes for food. On the

-adjoining page is the picture of a fox lying in wait to catch some

-rabbits which he sees playing in a neighboring field. He watches for

-them very slyly; and when they come near enough, he will spring upon

-them, and seize them entirely unawares.

-

-[Illustration: Picture of a fox lying in wait for some rabbits.]

-

-He is very cunning, and yet, if he is caught young, it is not difficult

-to tame him.

-

-[Sidenote: Ralph offers half a dollar for Hiram’s fox.]

-

-One day, after some time, Ralph took it into his head to buy Foxy, as

-he had tried to buy Bruno; but he found Hiram as little disposed to

-sell the one as the other.

-

-“I will give you half a dollar for him,” said Ralph, “and that is twice

-as much as he is worth: a full grown fox is not worth more than that.”

-

-Ralph had some money in small silver pieces and cents, amounting to

-about half a dollar. This treasure he kept in a tin moneybox, shaped

-like a house, with a place to drop money in down the chimney.

-

-“No,” said Ralph, “I would rather not sell him.”

-

-Ralph tried a long time to persuade Hiram to sell the fox, but Hiram

-persisted firmly in his refusal. At length Ralph became very

-angry with him, because he would not consent. This was extremely

-unreasonable. Has not a boy a right to do as he pleases about selling

-or keeping his own property?

-

-Most certainly he has; and yet nothing is more common than for both men

-and boys to be angry with their friends and neighbors for not being

-willing to sell them property which they wish to buy.

-

-[Sidenote: “Ralph, are you stoning Bruno?”]

-

-When Ralph found that Hiram could not be induced to sell Foxy, he went

-off in great anger, muttering and threatening as he went. He passed out

-through the gate at the bottom of the garden, and then walked along

-the path toward the gate which led to his own garden. As he was going

-in, he saw Bruno lying down upon a grassy bank near the stream. He

-immediately began to take up stones to stone him. The first stone which

-he threw struck Bruno on the back, as he lay upon the grass, and hurt

-him very much. Bruno sprang up and ran away, barking and making other

-outcries indicative of pain and terror. Hiram came running down to the

-garden to see what was the matter. When he reached the place, he saw

-Ralph just aiming another stone.

-

-“Ralph!” exclaimed Hiram, greatly astonished, “are you stoning Bruno?”

-

-“Yes,” said Ralph; “I’ve stoned him a great many times before, and I’ll

-stone him again the next time I catch him down here.”

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno’s escape.]

-

-By this time Bruno had come to the gate. He scrambled in through his

-hole, and then, thinking that he was now safe, he walked along up one

-of the alleys of the garden.

-

-Hiram, knowing well that it would do no good to remonstrate with Ralph

-while he was in such a state of mind, shut the gate of the garden, and

-went to the house.

-

-[Sidenote: Ralph resolves to reclaim his collar.]

-

-That evening, while Hiram was in the house eating his supper, Ralph

-came down out of his own garden, and went into Hiram’s. He was talking

-to himself as he walked along.

-

-“I am going to get my collar,” said he. “I won’t lend it to such a

-fellow any longer. I shall take it off the fox’s neck, and carry it

-home. I don’t care if the fox does get away.”

-

-[Sidenote: He does so.]

-

-When he approached the old wall, the fox was on the top of it; but, on

-hearing Ralph coming, he ran down, and went into his hole. As soon as

-Ralph reached the place, he pulled the fox out roughly by the chain,

-saying,

-

-“Come out here, you red-headed son of a thief, and give me my collar.”

-

-So saying, he pulled the fox out, and unhooked the chain from the

-collar. He unfastened the collar, and took it off from the fox’s neck.

-He then threw the fox himself carelessly into the grass, and walked

-away down the garden.

-

-Just at this time Hiram came out from his supper, and, seeing Ralph

-walking away, he apprehended something wrong, and he accordingly

-hastened on to see if his fox was safe. To his great surprise and

-grief, he saw the chain lying on the ground, detached and useless. The

-fox was gone.

-

-He immediately called out to Ralph to ask an explanation.

-

-“Ralph,” said he, “where is my fox?”

-

-“_I_ haven’t got your fox,” said Ralph.

-

-“Where is he, then?” asked Hiram.

-

-“Gone off into the woods, I suppose,” said Ralph.

-

-Hiram stood still a moment, utterly confounded, and wondering what all

-this could mean.

-

-“I came to get my collar,” said Ralph, holding up the collar in his

-hand, “and if the fox has gone off, it is not my fault. You ought to

-have had a collar of your own.”

-

-[Sidenote: Hiram laments the loss of his fox.]

-

-Hiram was extremely grieved at the thought of having so wanton an

-injury inflicted upon him by his neighbor and playmate, and he turned

-toward the place where his fox had been kept with tears in his eyes.

-He looked all about, but the fox was nowhere to be seen. He then went

-slowly back to the house in great sorrow.

-

-As for Ralph, he went back into his own garden in a very unamiable

-state of mind. He went up into the loft over the tool-house to put the

-collar away. He climbed up upon a bench in order to reach a high shelf

-above, and in so doing he knocked down a box of lucifer matches, which

-had been left exposed upon a corner of the shelf. He uttered a peevish

-exclamation at the occurrence of this accident, and then got down upon

-the floor to pick up the matches. He gathered all that he could readily

-find upon the floor, and put them in the box, and then put the box back

-again upon the shelf. Then he went away into the house.

-

-[Sidenote: Hope.]

-

-About two hours after this, just before dark, Hiram was sitting on the

-steps of the door at his father’s house, thinking mournfully of his

-loss, when he suddenly heard a very loud barking at the foot of the

-garden.

-

-“There!” said he, starting up, greatly excited, “that’s Bruno, and he

-has found Foxy, I’ll engage.”

-

-[Sidenote: An alarm. The garden-house on fire.]

-

-So saying, Hiram ran down the garden, and on his way he was surprised

-to see a smoke rising from the direction of Ralph’s garden-house.

-He did not, however, pay any very particular attention to this

-circumstance, as it was very common for Ralph to have fires in the

-garden, to burn the dried weeds and the old straw which often collect

-in such places. He hastened on in the direction of Bruno’s barking,

-quite confident that the dog had found his lost fox, and was barking

-for him to come and get him.

-

-Just at this moment he saw Bruno come running to the gate at the

-bottom of the garden. He was barking violently, and he seemed very

-much excited. As soon as he saw Hiram coming, he ran back again and

-disappeared. Hiram hastened on, and, as soon as he got through the

-gate into the field, he saw that Bruno was standing at the gate which

-led into Ralph’s garden, and running in and out alternately, and

-looking eagerly at Hiram, as if he wished him to come. Hiram ran to

-the place, and, on looking in, he saw, to his utter consternation,

-that the garden-house was on fire. Dense volumes of smoke were pouring

-out of the doors and windows, with now and then great flashes of flame

-breaking out among them. Bruno, having brought Hiram to the spot,

-seemed now desirous of giving the alarm to Ralph; so he ran up toward

-the house in which Ralph lived, barking violently all the way.

-

-His effort was successful. In a minute or two he returned, barking as

-before, and followed by Ralph. Ralph was greatly terrified when he saw

-that the garden-house was on fire. He ran back to the house to call his

-mother. She came down to the place in great haste, though she seemed

-quite calm and composed. She was a woman of a very quiet disposition,

-and was almost always composed and self-possessed. She saw at a glance

-that the fire could not be put out. There was no sufficient supply of

-water at hand, and besides, if there had been water, she and the two

-boys could not have put it on fast enough to extinguish the flames.

-

-[Sidenote: “What shall we do?”]

-

-“Oh dear me! oh dear me!” exclaimed Ralph, in great distress, “what

-shall we do? Mother! mother! what shall we do?”

-

-“Nothing at all,” said his mother, quietly. “There is nothing for us to

-do but to stand still and see it burn.”

-

-“And there’s my poor robin all burning up!” said Ralph, as he ran to

-and fro in great distress. “Oh, I wish there was somebody here to save

-my robin!”

-

-[Sidenote: The robin in danger.]

-

-The cage containing the robin was hanging in its place, under the shelf

-by the side of the window. The smoke and flame, which came out from the

-window and from a door below, passed just over it, and so near as to

-envelop and conceal the top of the cage, and it was plain that the poor

-bird would soon be suffocated and burned to death, unless some plan

-for rescuing it could be devised. When Hiram knew the danger that the

-bird was in, his first thought was that he was glad of it. He pitied

-the bird very much, but he said to himself that it was good enough for

-Ralph to lose it. “He deserves to lose his bird,” thought he, “for

-having let my Foxy go.”

-

-This spirit, however, of resentment and retaliation remained but a

-moment in Hiram’s mind. When he saw how much interest Bruno seemed

-to feel in giving the alarm, and in desiring to have the fire

-extinguished, he said to himself, “Bruno forgives him, and why should

-not I? I will save the bird for him, if it is possible, even if I get

-scorched in doing it.”

-

-[Sidenote: Hiram rescues the robin by means of the ladder.]

-

-He accordingly ran round to the back side of the garden-house to get

-the ladder. Bruno followed him, watching him very eagerly to see what

-he was going to do. Hiram brought the ladder forward, and planted it

-against the garden-house, a little beyond the place where the cage, was

-hanging. In the mean time, Ralph had run off to the house to get a pail

-of water, vainly imagining that he could do at least something with it

-toward extinguishing the flames and rescuing the bird. By the time he

-got back, Hiram had placed the ladder, and was just going up, amid the

-smoke and sparks, to get the cage.[5] Bruno stood by at the foot of the

-ladder, looking up eagerly to Hiram, and watching as if he were going

-to take the cage as soon as it came down.

-

-    [5] See Frontispiece.

-

-Hiram had to stop once or twice in going up the ladder to get breath,

-for the wind blew the smoke and sparks over him so much at intervals as

-almost to suffocate him. He, however, persevered, and finally succeeded

-in reaching the cage. He took it off from its fastening, and brought

-it down the ladder. When he reached the ground, Bruno took it from his

-hand by means of the ring at the top, and ran off with it away from the

-fire. He then placed it carefully upon the ground, and began leaping

-around it, wagging his tail, and manifesting every other indication of

-excitement and delight.

-

-Ralph was very much pleased, too, to find that his robin was safe. He

-took the cage, and, carrying it away, set it down at a still greater

-distance from the fire. The garden-house was burned to the ground.

-Hiram and Bruno waited there until the fire was almost out, and then

-they went home. Hiram experienced a feeling of great satisfaction and

-pleasure at the thought that he had been able to save Ralph’s bird. “I

-should have been sorry,” said he to himself, “if he had lost his bird,

-and I think, too, that he will be sorry now that he let my little Foxy

-go.”

-

-The next morning, after breakfast, Hiram concluded that he would go

-round into Ralph’s garden, and look at the ruins of the fire. He passed

-out through the gate at the bottom of his father’s garden, and then

-turned into the path leading to the other gate, and there, to his

-surprise, he saw Ralph sitting on a stone, feeding Bruno with a piece

-of meat. It was a piece which he had saved from his own breakfast for

-the purpose. Bruno was eating the meat with an appearance of great

-satisfaction, while Ralph sat by, patting him on the head.

-

-[Sidenote: “Hiram, I am giving Bruno some breakfast.”]

-

-“Hiram,” said Ralph, as soon as he saw Hiram coming, “I am giving Bruno

-some breakfast.”

-

-Bruno looked up toward Hiram and wagged his tail.

-

-“That’s right,” said Hiram. “He seems to like it very much.”

-

-“Hiram,” said Ralph, again.

-

-“What?” said Hiram.

-

-Ralph hesitated. He seemed to have something on his mind, and not to

-know exactly how to express it.

-

-“How is the robin this morning? Did he get stifled any by the smoke?”

-

-[Sidenote: Restitution. Ralph proposes to get another fox for Hiram.]

-

-“No,” said Ralph; “he is as bright as a lark.” Then, after a moment’s

-pause, he added, “I am sorry I let your Foxy get away. I suppose I

-ought to pay you for him; and, if I could get another fox for you, I

-would. I have not got any thing but just my bird. I’ll give you him.”

-

-To find Ralph taking this view of the subject was something so new and

-strange to Hiram, that at first he did not know what to say.

-

-“No,” he replied, at length, “I would rather not take your bird, though

-I am very sorry that Foxy has got away. If you had only told me that

-you wanted your collar, I would have taken it off, and fastened Foxy

-with something else.”

-

-Ralph hung his head and had nothing to say.

-

-The boys went soon after this to look at the bed of ashes and embers

-that marked the spot where the garden-house had stood, and then they

-sauntered together slowly back into Hiram’s garden. Bruno followed

-them. He seemed to understand that a great change had somehow or other

-taken place in Ralph’s disposition of mind toward him, and he was no

-longer afraid. The boys went together to the place where Foxy had been

-confined.

-

-“John Thomas hunts foxes sometimes with his father,” said Ralph. “There

-are a great many in the woods back of their farm. I am going to see if

-I can’t get him to catch you another young one. I shall tell him I will

-give him half a dollar if he will get one, and that is all the money I

-have got.”

-

-Hiram did not reply to this suggestion. He did not know exactly what to

-say. His thought was, that no other fox that could possibly be found

-would supply the place, in his view, of the one that he had lost. He

-had taken so much pains to teach that one, and to tame him, that he had

-become quite attached to him individually, and he was very sure that he

-should never like any other one so well. He did not, however, like to

-say this to Ralph, for he perceived that Ralph was very much troubled

-about what he had done, and was quite anxious to make some reparation,

-and he thought that it would trouble him still more to learn that all

-reparation was wholly out of his power.

-

-“And if he catches one for you,” continued Ralph, “then I’ll give you

-the collar for your own. I would give it to you now, if it would do you

-any good.”

-

-“I’ll take the chain off, at any rate,” said Hiram, “and carry it in,

-and keep it, in case I ever should have another fox.”

-

-[Sidenote: Foxy found.]

-

-So he stooped down, and began to unhook the chain from the stake to

-which it was fastened. As he did this, his face was brought down pretty

-near to the hole under the wall, and, looking in there, his attention

-was attracted to two bright, shining spots there, that looked like the

-eyes of an animal.

-

-[Sidenote: “Run and get the collar.”]

-

-“Hi--yi,” said he, suddenly, “I verily believe he is here now. Run and

-get the collar.”

-

-Ralph took a peep, first, into the hole, and then ran for the collar.

-When he came back, he found Hiram sitting down on the grass, with the

-fox in his arms. The truth was, that the fox had been treated so kindly

-since he had been in Hiram’s keeping, and he had become so accustomed

-to his hole under the wall, that he did not wish to go away. When he

-found himself at liberty by the removal of the collar, he had gone off

-a little in the grass and among the bushes, but, when night came on,

-he had returned as usual to his hole; and when he heard the voices of

-the boys at the wall in the morning, he supposed that Hiram had come to

-give him his breakfast, and he came accordingly out to the mouth of his

-hole to see if his supposition were correct. He submitted to have his

-collar put on very readily.

-

-Thus there was a general reconciliation all round, and Bruno, Foxy,

-Hiram, and Ralph became, all four of them, very excellent friends.

-

-    Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.

-

-This story reminds me of another one relating to the burning of a small

-building in the bottom of a garden, called a tool-house. I will here

-relate that story, and then tell more about Bruno. It will be seen that

-this tool-house took fire in a very singular way. Precisely how Ralph’s

-garden-house took fire never was known. It was probably in some way

-connected with the matches which Ralph left upon the floor. Whether

-he stepped upon one of them, and thus ignited it, and left it slowly

-burning--or whether some mouse came by, and set one of them on fire by

-gnawing upon it--or whether one of the matches got into a crack of the

-floor, and was then inflamed by getting pinched there by some springing

-or working of the boards, produced by the gardener’s walking over the

-floor or wheeling the wheelbarrow in--whether, in fine, the mischief

-originated in either of these ways, or in some other wholly unknown,

-could never be ascertained.

-

-At all events, however--and this is the conclusion of the story--the

-garden-house was soon rebuilt, and Ralph was effectually cured of his

-resentment and enmity by the noble and magnanimous spirit which Hiram

-and Bruno exhibited in saving his bird.

-

-    _Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good._

-

-Three times I have put this precept in the story, in order that you may

-be sure to remember it.

-

-

-

-

-THE BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE.

-

-

-When one has committed a fault, to acknowledge it frankly, and to bear

-the consequences of it one’s self submissively, is magnanimous and

-noble. On the contrary, to resort to cunning tricks to conceal it, and

-especially to attempt to throw the blame of it upon others who are

-innocent, is mean and contemptible.

-

-[Sidenote: Description of the tool-house. Thomas, the gardener.]

-

-Once there were two boys, named William and John, who had a building

-for a tool-house and work-shop at the bottom of their father’s garden.

-It was very similar in its situation to the one described in the last

-story. The building was at a place where the land descended, so that

-while it was only one story high on the front side toward the garden,

-it was two stories high on the other side toward a brook, which ran

-along near the lower garden fence. The upper part of the building was

-the tool-room. This room opened out upon one of the alleys of the

-garden. The lower part was the shop. The door leading into the shop

-was behind. There was a fire-place in the shop, and the chimney passed

-up, of course, through the tool-room; but there was no fire-place in

-the tool-room, for there never was any occasion to make a fire there.

-The only use of that room was, that Thomas, the old gardener, used to

-keep his spades, and rakes, and hoes, and other garden tools in it;

-and sometimes of a summer evening, when his work was done, he used

-to sit at the door of it and smoke his pipe. The building was very

-convenient, though it was small, and old, and so not of much value.

-

-In the winter, the boys were accustomed occasionally to have a fire in

-the work-shop below, when they were at work there. There was not much

-danger in this, for the floor of the room was of stone.

-

-[Sidenote: Sealing the packages.]

-

-In the summer, of course, they never required a fire, except when they

-wished to use the glue. Then they were accustomed to make a small

-fire to dissolve the glue. One summer morning, however, they wanted a

-candle. They had been collecting garden seeds, and they wished to seal

-them up in small packages with sealing-wax. It would have been better,

-perhaps, to have tied the parcels up with twine; but the boys took a

-fancy to using sealing-wax, for the sake of the interest and pleasure

-which they expected to find in the work of sealing. So, just before

-noon, when they had got their seeds all ready, William went up to the

-house, and his mother gave him a long candle.

-

-When William came into the shop, John accosted him, saying,

-

-[Sidenote: The boys have no candlestick.]

-

-“Why, William, you have not brought any candlestick. What shall we do

-for a candlestick?”

-

-“I forgot that,” said William.

-

-“Never mind,” said John; “we can make one with a block and three nails.”

-

-There is a way of making a candlestick in a shop, which consists of

-driving three nails into a small block of wood, at such a distance

-apart as to leave just space for the end of the candle between them.

-If the nails are driven into the block in a proper manner, and if the

-heads of the nails are not too large, this contrivance makes quite a

-good candlestick.

-

-Another way is to take a similar block of wood, and bore a hole in the

-top of it just large enough to receive the end of the candle, and just

-deep enough to hold it firmly.

-

-William proposed that they should make the candlestick by boring a

-hole, but John thought it was best to do it by means of nails.

-

-[Sidenote: The two candlesticks.]

-

-So they concluded to make two. John was to make one with nails, and

-William one with the borer. So they both began to look about among

-the shavings under the bench for blocks, and when they found two that

-seemed to answer their purpose, William went to a drawer, and selected

-a borer of the proper size, while John began to choose nails with small

-heads out of a nail-box which was upon the bench for his operation.

-

-In due time the candlesticks were both finished. The one which William

-had made was really the best; but John insisted that the one which he

-had made was the best, and so William, who was a very good-natured boy,

-gave up the point. The candle was put into John’s candlestick, and

-William put his away upon a shelf, to be used, perhaps, on some future

-occasion. The boys then lighted the candle by means of a match, and put

-it on the end of the work-bench where they were going to do the work of

-putting up their seeds.

-

-[Sidenote: The boys leave the candle burning.]

-

-It was now, however, about noon, which was the hour for the boys to

-go home to dinner. They arranged their seeds a little upon the bench,

-but did not have time to begin to seal them up before they heard the

-dinner-bell ring. They then left their work, and went up to the house.

-Unfortunately, they left the candle burning. As it was bright daylight,

-and especially as the sun shone in near where the candle stood, the

-flame was very faint to the view; in fact, it was almost entirely

-invisible, and the boys, when they looked around the shop just before

-they left it, did not observe it at all.

-

-After dinner, the boys concluded that they would go a fishing that

-afternoon, and not finish putting up their seeds until the following

-day.

-

-[Sidenote: The matting. The pipe.]

-

-While they were gone, the candle was burning all the time, the flame

-gradually descending as the combustion went on, until, about tea-time,

-it reached the block of wood. It did not set the wood on fire, but

-the wick fell over, when the flame reached the wood, and communicated

-the fire to a roll of matting which lay upon the bench behind it. The

-matting had been used to wrap up plants in, and was damp; so it burned

-very slowly. About this time, Thomas, the old gardener, came and sat

-down in the doorway of the tool-house above, smoking his pipe. He did

-not know, however, what mischief was brewing in the room below; and so,

-when it began to grow dark, he knocked the ashes out of his pipe upon

-the ground of the garden, shut the tool-room door, and went home.

-

-[Sidenote: Fire! fire!]

-

-That night, about midnight, the boys were suddenly awakened and

-dreadfully terrified by a cry of fire, and, on opening their eyes, they

-perceived a strong light gleaming into the windows of their bed-room.

-They sprang up, and saw that the tool-house was all on fire. The people

-of the house dressed themselves as quick as possible, and hastened to

-the spot, and some of the neighbors came too. It was, however, too

-late to extinguish the fire. The building and all the tools which it

-contained, both in the tool-room and in the shop, and all the seeds

-that the boys had collected were entirely consumed.

-

-Nobody could imagine how the building took fire. Some said it must

-have been set on fire by malicious persons. Others thought that old

-Thomas must have been unconsciously the author of the mischief, with

-his pipe. Nothing certain, however, could be ascertained at that time,

-and so the company separated, determining to have the matter more fully

-investigated the following morning.

-

-William and John, who had dressed themselves when the alarm was first

-given, and had gone to the fire, now went back to their room, and went

-to bed again.

-

-[Sidenote: What was the origin of the fire? A conversation.]

-

-After they had been in bed some time, and each thought that the other

-must be asleep, William said to John,

-

-“John!”

-

-“What?” said John.

-

-“Are you asleep?” asked William.

-

-“No,” said John.

-

-“I will tell you how I think the tool-house got on fire,” said William.

-

-“How?” asked John.

-

-“Why, I believe we left our candle burning there,” replied William.

-

-“Yes,” said John, “I thought of that myself.”

-

-Here there was a little pause.

-

-Presently John said,

-

-“I don’t suppose that they will know that our candle set it on fire.”

-

-“No,” said William, “unless we tell them.”

-

-[Sidenote: The conversation continued.]

-

-“They will suppose, I expect,” added John, “that Thomas set it on fire

-with his pipe.”

-

-“Yes,” said William, “perhaps they will.”

-

-Here there was another pause.

-

-[Sidenote: The boys hesitate.]

-

-“Unless,” continued John, after reflecting on the subject a little

-while in silence, “unless mother should remember that she gave us the

-candle, and ask us about it.”

-

-“We could say,” he added again, “that we did not go into the shop any

-time in the afternoon or evening. That would be true.”

-

-“Yes,” said William. “We did not go into it at all after we went home

-to dinner.”

-

-The boys remained silent a few minutes after this, when John, who felt

-still quite uneasy in mind on the subject, said again,

-

-“I expect that father would be very much displeased with us if he knew

-that we set the tool-house on fire, for it has burned up all his tools.”

-

-“Yes,” said William.

-

-“And I suppose he would punish us in some way or other,” added John.

-

-“Yes,” said William, “I think it very likely that he would.”

-

-“But then, John,” continued William, “I don’t think it would be right

-to let Thomas bear the blame of setting the tool-house on fire, when we

-are the ones that did it.”

-

-John was silent.

-

-“I think we had better go and tell father all about it the first thing

-to-morrow morning.”

-

-“We shall get punished if we do,” said John.

-

-“Well,” said William, “I don’t care. I had rather be punished than try

-to keep it secret. If we try to keep it secret, and let Thomas bear the

-blame, we shall be miserable about it for a long time, and feel guilty

-or ashamed whenever we meet father or Thomas. I had rather be punished

-at once and have it done with.”

-

-[Sidenote: “Let us tell father.”]

-

-“Well,” said John, “let us tell father. We will tell him the first

-thing to-morrow morning.”

-

-The affair being thus arranged, the boys ceased talking about it,

-and shut up their eyes to go to sleep. After a few minutes, however,

-William spoke to his brother again.

-

-“John,” said he, “I think I could go to sleep better if I should go and

-tell father now all about it. I don’t suppose that he is asleep yet.”

-

-“Well,” said John, “go and tell him.”

-

-So William got up out of his bed, and went to the door of his father’s

-room. He knocked at the door, and his father said “Come in.” William

-opened the door. His father was in bed, and there was no light in the

-room, except a dim night-lamp that was burning on a table.

-

-[Sidenote: The explanation.]

-

-“Father,” said William, “I came to tell you that I suppose I know how

-our tool-house caught on fire.”

-

-“How was it?” asked his father.

-

-“Why, John and I had a candle there before dinner, and I believe we

-left it burning; and so I suppose that, when it burned down, it set the

-bench on fire.”

-

-“That could not have been the way,” said his father, “for, when it got

-down to the candlestick, it would go out.”

-

-“But there was not any candlestick,” said William, “only a wooden one,

-which we made out of a block and three nails.”

-

-“Oh! that was the way, was it?” said his father. “Indeed!”

-

-Here there was a short pause. William waited to hear what his father

-would say next.

-

-“Well, William,” said his father, at length, “you are a very good boy

-to come and tell me. Now go back to your bed, and go to sleep. We will

-see all about it in the morning.”

-

-So William went out; but, just as he was shutting the door, his father

-called to him again.

-

-“William!” said he.

-

-“What, sir?” said William.

-

-“Get up as early as you can to-morrow morning, and go to Thomas’s, and

-tell him how it was. He thinks that he must have set the tool-house on

-fire, and he is quite troubled about it.”

-

-“Yes, sir, I will,” said William.

-

-Then he went back to his room, and reported to John what he had done,

-and what his father had said. The boys were both very much relieved in

-mind from having made their confession.

-

-“I am very glad I told him,” said William; “and now I only wish I could

-tell Thomas about it without waiting till morning.”

-

-“So do I,” said John.

-

-“But we can’t,” said William, “so now we will go to sleep. But we will

-get up, and go to his house the first thing in the morning.”

-

-[Sidenote: The boys get up early to explain the accident to Thomas.]

-

-This the boys did. Thomas’s mind was very much relieved when he heard

-their story. He went directly into the house to tell his wife, who, as

-well as himself, had been very anxious about the origin of the fire.

-When he came out, he told the boys that he was very much obliged to

-them for coming to tell him about it so early. “In fact,” said he, “I

-think it is very generous and noble in you to take the blame of the

-fire upon yourselves, instead of letting it rest upon innocent people.

-There are very few boys that would have done so.”

-

-[Sidenote: The final result.]

-

-William and John were fortunately disappointed in their expectations

-that they would have to suffer some punishment for their fault. In

-fact, they were not even reproved. They told their father all about it

-at breakfast, and he said that, though it certainly was not a prudent

-thing for boys to trust themselves with a wooden candlestick in a shop

-full of wood and shavings, still he did not think that they deserved

-any particular censure for having made one. “The whole thing was one of

-those accidents which will sometimes occur,” said he, “and you need not

-think any thing more about it. I will have a new tool-house and shop

-built pretty soon, and will make it better than the old one was. And

-now, after breakfast, you may go down and rake over the ashes, and see

-if you can rake out any of the remains of the garden tools.”

-

-       *       *       *       *       *

-

-[Sidenote: An important principle.]

-

-It would have been better for the story if it had happened that the

-boys, in setting fire to the tool-house, had really been guilty of some

-serious fault, for which they were afterward to be punished; for the

-nobleness and magnanimity which are displayed in confessing a fault,

-are so much the greater when the person confessing occasions himself

-suffering by it.

-

-

-

-

-WILLING TO LEARN.

-

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno was willing to learn.]

-

-Bruno had one excellent quality, which made him a special favorite with

-the several boys that owned him at different times. He was _willing to

-learn_.

-

-[Sidenote: Boys and girls.]

-

-When you are attempting to teach a dog any new art or accomplishment,

-it is a great thing to have him willing to learn. It is the same, in

-fact, if it is a girl or a boy that is the pupil. Sometimes, however,

-when you are attempting to teach a dog, he shows very plainly all the

-time that he does not wish to learn. If you have got him harnessed into

-a little carriage, and wish to teach him to draw, he will stop and

-seem very unwilling to proceed, and, perhaps, sit right down upon the

-ground; or, if he has any chance to do so, he will run off and hide in

-the bushes, or, if it is in the house that you are teaching him, in a

-corner of the room or under the table. I was taking a walk once on the

-margin of a stream, and I met some boys who were attempting to teach

-their dog to dive into the water after sticks and such things, and the

-dog was so unwilling to make the attempt, that they were obliged every

-time to take him up and throw him in.

-

-[Sidenote: A difficult lesson for a dog.]

-

-I have known children to behave just in this way in learning to read or

-to write. They come to the work reluctantly, and get away from it as

-often and as quick as they can. But it was not so with Bruno. He was

-glad to learn any thing that the boys were willing to teach him. A boy

-at one time took it into his head to teach him to walk up a flight of

-steps backward, and although Bruno could not conceive what possible

-advantage it could ever be to him to learn such an accomplishment as

-that, still he went to work resolutely to learn it, and though at first

-he found it very difficult to do, he soon succeeded in going up very

-well.

-

-If any boy who reads this book should make the attempt to teach _his_

-dog to go up steps backward, and should find the dog unwilling to

-learn, he will know at once how hard it is for his teacher to teach

-him to write or to calculate, when he takes no interest in the work

-himself. If he then imagines that his dog were as desirous of learning

-to go up the steps backward as he is to teach him, and were willing

-to try, and thinks how easy it would be in that case to accomplish

-the object, he will see how much his own progress in study would be

-promoted by his being cordially interested himself in what he is doing.

-

-[Sidenote: The dog that went to market.]

-

-I am always surprised when I find a dog that is willing to learn, and

-am still more surprised when I find a child that is not willing. A

-dog learns for the benefit of his master, a child learns for his own

-benefit. I knew a dog who was taught to go to market. His master would

-put the money and a memorandum of the things that were to be bought in

-the basket, and the dog would then carry the basket to market by the

-handle, which he held in his mouth. Then the market-man would take out

-the money and the memorandum, and would put in the things that were

-wanted, and the dog would carry them home. Now this was of no advantage

-to the dog, except from the honorable satisfaction which he derived

-from it in the thought that he was usefully employed, and that he was

-considered worthy to sustain important trusts and responsibilities.

-So far as his own ease and comfort was concerned, it would have been

-better for him never to have learned such an art, and then, instead

-of carrying a heavy basket to and fro along the street, he could have

-spent his time in basking in the sun, or playing about with other

-dogs. There is no necessity for a dog to learn any thing for his own

-advantage. Nature teaches him every thing that he requires for himself.

-He has to study and learn only for the benefit of his master.

-

-It is very different from this with a child. When a child is in

-his earliest infancy, he is the most ignorant and helpless being

-imaginable. He can not speak; he can not walk; he can not stand; he

-can not even creep along the floor. Then, besides, he _knows_ nothing.

-He does not know any of the persons around him; he does not know the

-light; he is bewildered, and filled with a stupid kind of wonder when

-he looks at it; he does not know how to open and shut his hand, or to

-take hold of any thing; and long after this, when he begins to learn

-how to take hold of things, he is so ignorant and foolish, that he is

-as ready to take hold of a burning candle as any thing else.

-

-[Sidenote: Children learn for their own benefit.]

-

-Of course, to fit such a child to perform the duties of a man in such a

-busy world as this, he has a great many things to learn. And what is to

-be particularly noticed is, that he must learn every thing himself. His

-parents can not learn for him. His parents can _teach_ him--that is,

-they can show him how to learn--but they can not learn for him. When

-they show him how to learn, if he will not learn, and if they can not

-contrive any means to make him, there is an end of it. They can do no

-more. He must remain ignorant.

-

-[Illustration: The little child willing to learn to walk.]

-

-Here is a picture of a child that is willing to learn. His name is

-Josey. His parents are teaching him to walk. He is just old enough to

-learn to walk, and you see by his countenance, although it is turned

-somewhat away from us, that he is pleased with the opportunity. He is

-glad that he is going to learn to walk, and that his parents are going

-to teach him. I do not suppose that he feels _grateful_ to his father

-and mother for being willing to take so much pains to teach him, for he

-is not old enough for that. But he is _glad_, at any rate, and he is

-willing to try.

-

-His mother is helping him to begin, and his father is encouraging him

-to step along--holding out his hand, so that Josey may take hold of it

-as soon as he gets near enough, and thus save himself from falling.

-Since Josey is willing to learn, it gives his father and mother great

-pleasure to teach him. Thus all three are happy together.

-

-[Sidenote: Some children unwilling to learn.]

-

-Sometimes a child, when his father and mother wish to teach him to

-walk, is _not_ willing to learn. He will not try. He sits down at once

-upon the ground, and will not make any effort, like the dog who does

-not wish to learn to draw. So far as learning to walk is concerned,

-this is of no great consequence, for, as his strength increases, he

-will at last learn to walk himself, without any particular teaching.

-

-There are a great many things, however, which it is very important for

-children to know, that they never would learn of themselves. These they

-must be taught, and taught very patiently and carefully. Reading is one

-of those things, and writing is another. Then there is arithmetic, and

-all the other studies taught in schools. Some children are sensible

-enough to see how important it is that they should learn all these

-things, and are not only willing, but are glad to be taught them. Like

-Josey, they are pleased, and they try to learn. Others are unwilling to

-learn. They are sullen and ill-humored about it. They will not make any

-cordial and earnest efforts. The consequence is, that they learn very

-little. But then, when they grow up, and find out how much more other

-people know and can do than they, they bitterly regret their folly.

-

-[Sidenote: Some are willing.]

-

-Some children, instead of being unwilling to learn what their parents

-desire to teach them, are so eager to learn, that they ingeniously

-contrive ways and means to teach themselves. I once knew a boy, whose

-parents were poor, so that they could not afford to send him to school,

-and he went as an apprentice to learn the trade of shoemaking. He knew

-how important it was to study arithmetic, but he had no one to teach

-him, and, besides that, he had no book, and no slate and pencil. He,

-however, contrived to borrow an arithmetic book, and then he procured

-a large _shingle_[6] and a piece of chalk, to serve for slate and

-pencil. Thus provided, he went to work by himself in the evenings,

-ciphering in the chimney-corner by the light of the kitchen fire.

-Of course he met with great difficulties, but he persevered, and by

-industry and patience, and by such occasional help as he could obtain

-from the persons around him, he succeeded, and went regularly through

-the book. That boy afterward, when he grew up, became a senator.

-

-    [6] A shingle is a broad and thin piece of wood, formed like a

-    slate, and used for covering roofs. The word is explained here,

-    because, in some places where this book will go, shingles are

-    not used.

-

-[Sidenote: Things difficult to learn.]

-

-Some things are very difficult to learn, and children are very often

-displeased because their parents and teachers insist on teaching them

-such difficult things. But the reason is, that the things that are most

-difficult to learn are usually those that are most valuable to know.

-

-[Sidenote: The lawyer and the wood-sawyer.]

-

-Once I was in the country, and I had occasion to go into a lawyer’s

-office to get the lawyer to make a writing for me about the sale of

-a piece of land. It took the lawyer about half an hour to make the

-writing. When it was finished, and I asked him how much I was to pay,

-he said one dollar. I expected that it would have been much more than

-that. It was worth a great deal more than that to me. So I paid him the

-dollar, and went out.

-

-At the door was a laborer sawing wood. He had been sawing there all the

-time that I had been in the lawyer’s office. I asked him how long he

-had to saw wood to earn a dollar.

-

-“All day,” said he. “I get just a dollar a day.”

-

-[Sidenote: Difference of pay, and reason for it.]

-

-Now some persons might think it strange, that while the lawyer,

-sitting quietly in his office by a pleasant fire, and doing such easy

-work as writing, could earn a dollar in half an hour, that the laborer

-should have to work all day to earn the same sum. But the explanation

-of it is, that while the lawyer’s work is very easy to do after you

-have learned how to do it, it is very _difficult_ to _learn_. It takes

-a great many years of long and patient study to become a good lawyer,

-so as to make writings correctly. On the other hand, it is very easy to

-learn to saw wood. Any body that has strength enough to saw wood can

-learn to do it very well in two or three days. Thus the things that are

-the most difficult to learn are, of course, best paid for when they are

-learned; and parents wish to provide for their children the means of

-living easily and comfortably in future life, by teaching them, while

-they are young, a great many difficult things. The foolish children,

-however, are often ill-humored and sullen, and will not learn them.

-They would rather go and play.

-

-It is very excusable in a dog to evince this reluctance to be taught,

-but it is wholly inexcusable in a child.

-

-

-

-

-PANSITA.

-

-

-This is a true story of a dog named Pansita. They commonly called her

-Pannie.

-

-Pansita was a prairie-dog. These prairie-dogs are wild. They live in

-Mexico. They burrow in the ground, and it is extremely difficult to

-catch them. They are small, but very beautiful.

-

-Pansita belonged to an Indian girl on the western coast of Mexico.

-An American, who came into that country from Lima, which is a city in

-Peru, saw Pansita.

-

-“What a pretty dog!” said he. “How I should like her for a present to

-the American minister’s wife in Lima.”

-

-So he went to the Indian girl, and tried to buy the dog, but the girl

-would not sell her. She liked her dog better than any money that he

-could give her.

-

-[Sidenote: Pansita bought with gold.]

-

-Then the gentleman took some gold pieces out of his pocket, and showed

-them to the mother of the girl.

-

-“See,” said he; “I will give you all these gold pieces if you will sell

-me Pansita.”

-

-The Indian woman counted over the gold as the gentleman held it in his

-hand, and found that it made eighteen dollars. She said that the girl

-should sell Pansita for that money. So she took the dog out of the

-girl’s arms, and gave it to the gentleman. The poor girl burst into a

-loud cry of grief and alarm at the thought of losing her dog. She threw

-the pieces of gold which her mother had put into her hand down upon the

-ground, and screamed to the stranger to bring back her dog.

-

-But he would not hear. He put the dog in his pocket, and ran away as

-fast as he could run, till he got to his boat, and the sailors rowed

-him away.

-

-[Sidenote: She is taken off in a ship. Lima.]

-

-He took the dog in a ship, and carried her to Peru. When he landed,

-he wished to send her up to Lima. So he put her in a box. He had made

-openings in the box, so that little Pannie might breathe on the way. He

-gave the box to a friend of his who was going to Lima, and asked him to

-deliver it to the American minister.

-

-[Sidenote: A pretended chronometer.]

-

-He was afraid that the gentleman would not take good care of the box if

-he knew that there was only a dog inside, so he pretended that it was a

-chronometer, and he marked it, “_This side up, with care_.”

-

-A chronometer is a sort of large watch used at sea. It is a very exact

-and a very costly instrument.

-

-He gave the box to his friend, and said, “Will you be kind enough, sir,

-to take this chronometer in your lap, and carry it to Lima, and give it

-to the American minister there?”

-

-The gentleman said that he would, and he took the box in his lap, and

-carried it with great care.

-

-Before long, however, Pansita, not having quite air enough to breathe

-inside the box, put her nose out through one of the openings.

-

-“Ah!” said the gentleman, “this is something strange. I never knew a

-ship’s chronometer to have a nose before.”

-

-Thus he discovered that it was a dog, and not a chronometer that he was

-carrying.

-

-He, however, continued to carry the box very carefully, and when

-he arrived at Lima he delivered it safely to the minister, and the

-minister gave it to his wife.

-

-[Sidenote: The beauty of the dog. The lady is much pleased.]

-

-The lady was very much pleased to see such a beautiful dog. Its form

-was graceful, its eyes full of meaning, and its fur was like brown

-silk, very soft, and smooth, and glossy.

-

-[Sidenote: The American flag hoisted.]

-

-By-and-by a revolution broke out in Lima, and there was great confusion

-and violence in the streets. The Americans that were there flocked

-to the house of the minister for protection. The house was a sort of

-castle. It had a court, in the centre, and great iron gates across the

-passage-way that formed the entrance. The minister brought soldiers

-from the ships to guard his castle, and shut the gates to keep the

-people that were fighting in the streets from getting in. He hoisted

-the American flag, too, on the corner of the battlements. The Americans

-that had fled there for safety were all within the walls, greatly

-alarmed.[7]

-

-    [7] Such a minister as this is a high public officer of

-    government, who resides at a foreign capital for the purpose

-    of attending to the business of his own country there, and of

-    protecting the citizens in case of danger.

-

-[Sidenote: Danger.]

-

-Pansita, wondering what all the noise and confusion in the streets

-could mean, concluded that she would go out and see. So, watching her

-opportunity, she slipped through among the soldiers to the passage-way,

-and thence out between the bars of the great iron gates. The lady, when

-she found that Pansita had gone out, was greatly alarmed.

-

-“She will be killed!” said she. “She will be killed! What can I do to

-save her? She will certainly be killed!”

-

-But nothing could be done to save Pansita; for if they had opened the

-gates to go out and find her, the people that were fighting in the

-streets would have perhaps rushed in, and then they would all have been

-killed.

-

-[Sidenote: Pansita is recovered.]

-

-So they had to wait till the fighting was over, and then they went out

-to look for Pansita. To their great joy, they found her safe in a house

-round the corner.

-

-After a time, the minister and his wife returned to America, and

-they brought Pansita with them. They had a house on the North River,

-and Pansita lived with them there many years in great splendor and

-happiness.

-

-[Sidenote: Pannie’s bed.]

-

-The lady made a bed for Pannie in a basket, with nice and well-made

-bed-clothes to cover her when she was asleep. Pannie would get into

-this bed at night, but she would always scratch upon it with her claws

-before she lay down. This was her instinct.

-

-She was accustomed in her youth, when she was burrowing in the ground

-in the prairies in Mexico, to make the place soft where she was going

-to lie down by scratching up the earth with her paws, and she continued

-the practice now, though, of course, this was not a proper way to beat

-up a bed of feathers.

-

-Pannie was a great favorite with all who knew her. She was affectionate

-in her disposition, and mild and gentle in her demeanor; and, as is

-usually the case with those who possess such a character, she made a

-great many friends and no enemies.

-

-[Sidenote: Mistakes.]

-

-By-and-by Pannie grew old and infirm. She became deaf and blind, and

-sometimes, when the time came for her to go to bed at night, she would

-make a mistake, and get into the wrong basket--a basket that belonged

-to another dog. This would make Looly, the dog that the basket belonged

-to, very angry. Looly would run about the basket, and whine and moan

-until Pansita was taken out and put into her own place.

-

-[Sidenote: Pannie’s death and burial.]

-

-At last Pansita died. They put her body in a little leaden coffin, and

-buried it in a very pleasant place between two trees.

-

-This is a true story.

-

-

-

-

-THE DOG’S PETITION.

-

-

-[Sidenote: Letter-day.]

-

-One day, about the middle of the quarter, in a certain school, what the

-boys called Letter-day came. Letter-day was a day in which all the boys

-in the school were employed in writing letters.

-

-Each boy, on these occasions, selected some absent friend or

-acquaintance, and wrote a letter to him. The letters were written

-first on a slate, and then, after being carefully corrected, were

-copied neatly on sheets of paper and sent. The writing of these letters

-was thus made a regular exercise of the school. It was, in fact, an

-exercise in composition.

-

-[Sidenote: Erskine’s conversation with his teacher.]

-

-A boy named Erskine, after taking out his slate, and writing the date

-upon the top of it, asked the teacher whom he thought it would be best

-for him to write to.

-

-“How would you like to write to your aunt?” asked the teacher.

-

-“Why, _pretty_ well,” said Erskine, rather doubtfully.

-

-“I think it would be doing good to write to her,” said the teacher. “It

-will please her very much to have a letter from you.”

-

-“Then I will,” said Erskine. “On the whole, I should like to write to

-her very much.”

-

-So Erskine wrote the letter, and, when it had been corrected and

-copied, it was sent.

-

-This is the letter. It gives an account of a petition offered by a

-dog to his master, begging to be allowed to accompany the boys of the

-school on an excursion:

-

-[Sidenote: Erskine’s letter.]

-

-                                                    August 2, 1853.

-

-    DEAR AUNT,--I hope you have been well since I have heard from

-    you.

-

-    We took an excursion up to Orange Pond, and stayed all day. In

-    the morning it was very misty, but in about an hour it cleared

-    up, and the sun came out. Charles and Stephen went over to Mr.

-    Wingate’s to get a stage, and a lumber-wagon, and a carriage.

-    There were two horses in the stage, and an old gray one in the

-    lumber-wagon. Wright and I went down to get William Harmer, a

-    new scholar, to come up here before we started. At last we all

-    were ready, Crusoe and all. The teacher bought a little dog in

-    the vacation, and named him Crusoe. One of the boys wrote a

-    letter, and tied it about Crusoe’s neck, and this was it:

-

-        [Sidenote: The dog’s petition.]

-

-        MY VERY DEAR MASTER,--Can I go with the boys to-day on

-        the excursion? I will be very good, and not bark or

-        bite. I wish to go very much indeed, and I hope you

-        will let me.

-

-                  From your affectionate dog,

-

-                                                   Bow-wow-wow.

-

-    [Sidenote: Account of an excursion. Diving off the row-boats.

-    The hot rock. Coming home.]

-

-    Soon we started. It was very cool when we left home, but when

-    we got out on the hills it was very hot. The teacher let us

-    get out once and get some berries. After a ride of about nine

-    miles, we got out, and found it a very cool place. The public

-    house was very near to the pond, and we ran down there as

-    soon as we got our fishing-poles. Some of the boys got into

-    an old boat, and got a fish as soon as they cast their poles

-    out. The man said some of us should go out on an old rock

-    that was there, and the rest of us in a boat. We had a fine

-    time fishing, and caught about thirty small fish. Mr. Wingate

-    went out in another boat, and caught a very large perch and

-    pickerel, and a few other fish. After we had caught a few

-    more fish, we became tired, and wanted to go to the shore; so

-    the teacher took two or three of us at a time, and we went to

-    the shore. After we had played around a little, we had a nice

-    dinner, and then we went in swimming. The man said we might

-    dive off the small row-boats. We had fine fun pulling the boats

-    along while we were wading in the water, for it was nice and

-    sandy on the bottom. We found we could wade out to the rock

-    before named. We all waded out on it; but no sooner had we got

-    on the top, than we jumped off in all directions, for it was so

-    hot that one could roast an egg on it. We all ran back to the

-    shore as fast as we could go, laughing heartily. As soon as we

-    got up and were dressed, we went up to the house. Mr. Wingate

-    harnessed up the horses, and we were soon trotting home. We

-    went around by a different way from the one we came by, through

-    some woods, and had a fine ride home. That is the end of our

-    excursion to Orange Pond.

-

-              From your affectionate friend,

-

-                                                           ERSKINE.

-

-Erskine’s aunt was very much gratified at receiving this letter. She

-read it with great interest, and answered it very soon.

-

-

-

-

-THE STORM ON THE LAKE.

-

-

-[Sidenote: The philosophy of mountains, springs, brooks, and lakes.]

-

-Mountains make storms, storms make rain fall, and the rain that falls

-makes springs, brooks, and lakes; thus mountains, storms, brooks, and

-lakes go together.

-

-Mountains make storms, and cause the rain to fall by chilling the air

-around their summits, and condensing the vapor into rain and into snow.

-Around the lower parts of the mountains, where it is pretty warm, the

-vapor falls in rain. Around the higher parts, where it is cold, it

-falls in snow.

-

-[Sidenote: Formation of rivers.]

-

-Part of the water from the rain soaks into the ground, on the

-declivities of the mountains, and comes out again, lower down, in

-springs. Another portion flows down the ravines in brooks and torrents,

-and these, uniting together, form larger and larger streams, until, at

-length, they become great rivers, that flow across wide continents. If

-you were to follow up almost any river in the world, you would come to

-mountains at last.

-

-It does not always rain among the mountains, but the springs and

-streams always flow. The reason of this is, that before the water which

-falls in one storm or shower has had time to drain out from the ground

-and flow away, another storm comes and renews the supply. If it were to

-cease to rain altogether among the mountains, the water that is now in

-them would soon be all drained off, and the springs and streams would

-all be dry.

-

-But how is it in regard to lakes? How are the lakes formed?

-

-[Sidenote: How lakes are formed.]

-

-This is the way.

-

-When the water, in flowing down in the brooks and streams, comes to a

-valley from which it can not run out, it continues to run in and fill

-up the valley, until it reaches the level of some place where it _can_

-run out. As soon as it reaches that level, the surplus water runs out

-at the opening as fast as it comes in from the springs and streams, and

-then the lake never rises any higher.

-

-A lake, then, is nothing but a valley full of water.

-

-Of course, there are more valleys among mountains than any where else,

-and there, too, there are more streams and springs to fill them. Thus,

-among mountains, we generally find a great many lakes.

-

-[Sidenote: Outlets; feeders.]

-

-Since lakes are formed in this way, you would expect, in going around

-one, that you would find some streams flowing into it, and _one_ stream

-flowing out. This is the case with almost all lakes. The place where

-the water flows out of the lake is called the outlet. The streams which

-flow into the lake are sometimes called the _feeders_. They feed the

-lake, as it were, with water.

-

-[Sidenote: Ponds without outlets.]

-

-Sometimes a lake or pond has no outlet. This is the case when there are

-so few streams running into it that all the water that comes can dry up

-from the surface of the lake, or soak away into the ground.

-

-Sometimes you will find, among hilly pastures, a small pond, lying in a

-hollow, which has not any outlet, or any feeders either. Such a pond as

-this is fed either by secret springs beneath the ground, or else by the

-water which falls on the slopes around it when it is actually raining.

-

-If you were to take an umbrella, and go to visit such a pond in the

-midst of a shower, and were to look down among the grass, you would see

-a great many little streams of water flowing down into the pond.

-

-[Sidenote: The way to note the rise and fall of water in a lake.]

-

-Then if, after the shower was over, you were to put up a measure in

-the water, and leave it there a few days, or a week, and then visit

-it again, you would find that the surface of the water would have

-subsided--that is, gone down. As soon as the rain ceases, so that all

-fresh supplies of water are cut off, the water already in the pond

-begins at once to soak away slowly into the ground, and to evaporate

-into the air. Once I knew a boy who was of an inquiring turn of mind,

-and who concluded to ascertain precisely what the changes were which

-took place in the level of a small pond, which lay in a hollow behind

-his father’s garden. So he measured off the inches on a smooth stick,

-and marked them, and then he set up the stick in the water of the pond.

-Thus he could note exactly how the water should rise or fall. There

-came a great shower very soon after he set up his measure, and it

-caused the water in the pond to rise three inches. After that it was

-dry weather for a long time, and the level of the pond fell four inches

-lower than it was when he first put up the measure.

-

-Lakes among the mountains are often very large, and the waves which

-rise upon them in sudden tempests of wind and rain sometimes run very

-high.

-

-[Sidenote: The storm on the Lake of Gennesaret. Jesus in the ship.]

-

-The Lake of Gennesaret, so often mentioned in the New Testament, was

-such a lake, and violent storms of wind and rain rose sometimes very

-suddenly upon it. One evening, Jesus and his disciples undertook to

-cross this lake in a small vessel. It was very pleasant when they

-commenced the voyage, but in the night a sudden storm came on, and the

-waves rose so high that they beat into the ship. This was the time that

-the disciples came and awoke Jesus, who was asleep in the stern of the

-ship when the storm came on, and called upon him to save them. He arose

-immediately, and came forward, and rebuked the winds and the sea, and

-immediately they became calm.

-

-[Illustration]

-

-The adjoining engraving represents the scene. Jesus has come forward

-to the prow, and stands there looking out upon the waves, which seem

-ready to overwhelm the vessel. The disciples are greatly terrified. One

-of them is kneeling near the place where Jesus stands, and is praying

-to God for mercy. The others are behind. They are equally afraid. The

-sails have been torn by the wind, and are flying away. Jesus extends

-his hand, and says to the winds and waves, “Peace! be still!”

-

-The anchor of the ship is seen in the engraving hanging over the bow.

-But the anchor, in such a case as this, is useless. The water is

-too deep in the middle of the lake for it to reach the bottom; and,

-besides, if it were possible to anchor the vessel in such a place, it

-would do more harm than good, for any confining of the ship, in such a

-sea, would only help the waves to fill it the sooner.

-

-[Sidenote: Navigation of mountain lakes.]

-

-The people who live on the borders of the lakes that lie among the

-mountains often go out upon them in boats. Sometimes they go to fish,

-sometimes to make passages to and fro along the lake, when there is no

-convenient road by land, and sometimes they go to bring loads of hay or

-sheaves of grain home from some field which lies at a distance from the

-house, and is near the margin of the water.

-

-[Sidenote: Tempests and storms.]

-

-When a storm arises on the lake after the boat has gone out, the people

-who remain at home are often very anxious, fearing that the boats may

-have been overwhelmed by the waves. Over the leaf there is a picture

-of people watching for the return of a man and boy who have gone out

-on the lake. They went out in the middle of the day, and, though it is

-now night, they have not returned. The family are anxious about their

-safety, for in the middle of the afternoon there was a violent storm of

-thunder and lightning, with dreadful gusts of wind and pouring rain.

-The storm has now entirely passed away, and the moon, which has just

-risen, shines serenely in the sky. Still the boat does not return. The

-family fear that it may have foundered in the storm.

-

-[Sidenote: Conversation in Marie’s cottage.]

-

-The family live in a cottage on the margin of the lake. Marie, the wife

-of the man and the mother of the boy that went away in the boat, is

-very anxious and unhappy.

-

-“Do you think that they are lost?” she said to Orlando.

-

-Orlando was her oldest son.

-

-“Oh no,” replied Orlando. “When the black clouds began to come up in

-the sky, and they heard the thunder, they would go to the shore, and

-draw up their boat there till the storm was over. And now that the

-water is smooth again, and the air calm, I presume they are somewhere

-coming home.”

-

-“But how can they find their way home in the darkness of the night?”

-said Marie.

-

-“There is a moon to-night,” said Marie’s father. He was an old man, and

-he was sitting at this time in the chimney-corner.

-

-“Yes, there is a moon,” replied Marie, “but it is half hidden by the

-broken clouds that are still floating in the sky.”

-

-“I will light the lantern,” said Orlando, “and go out, and hold it up

-on a high part of the shore. They will then see the light of it, and it

-will guide them in.”

-

-[Sidenote: Orlando and Bruno.]

-

-Bruno was lying before the fire while this conversation was going

-on. He was listening to it very attentively, though he could not

-understand it all. He knew some words, and he learned from the words

-which he heard that they were talking about the boat and the water, and

-Pierre, the man who was gone. So, when Orlando rose, and went to get

-the lantern, Bruno started up too, and followed him. He did not know

-whether there would be any thing that he could do, but he wished to be

-ready at a moment’s notice, in case there should be any thing.

-

-[Sidenote: Anna and the baby.]

-

-He stood by Orlando’s side, and looked up very eagerly into his face

-while he was taking down the lantern, and then went with him out to the

-door. The old man went out too. He went down as near as he could get

-to the shore of the pond, in order to look off over the water. Orlando

-remained nearer the door of the cottage, where the land was higher, and

-where he thought the lantern could be better seen. Marie, with her baby

-in her arms, and her little daughter, Anna, by her side, came out to

-the steps of the door. Bruno took his place by Orlando’s side, ready

-to be called upon at any time, if there should be any thing that he

-could do, and looking eagerly over the water to see whether he could

-not himself make some discoveries.

-

-[Illustration: Watching for the boat.]

-

-He would have liked to have held the lantern, but it would not have

-been possible for him to have held it sufficiently high.

-

-Just at this time the moon began to come out from behind the clouds,

-and its light was reflected beautifully on the waters of the lake, and

-the old man obtained, as he thought, a glimpse of a dark object gliding

-slowly along over the surface of the distant water.

-

-[Sidenote: The boat is coming.]

-

-“They are coming!” he exclaimed. “They are coming! I see them coming!”

-

-Bruno saw the boat too, and he soon began to leap about and bark to

-express his joy.

-

-       *       *       *       *       *

-

-[Sidenote: Excellence of Bruno’s behavior.]

-

-Thus Bruno always felt an interest in all that interested his master,

-and he stood by ready to help, even when there was nothing for him to

-do. It is always a source of great pleasure to a father to observe that

-his boy takes an interest in what he is doing, and stands ready to help

-him, provided always that he does not interrupt the work by asking

-questions. This Bruno never did. He never interrupted work in any way,

-and least of all by asking questions.

-

-[Illustration: Play.]

-

-It is far more manly and noble for boys to take an interest, sometimes,

-in useful work, than to be wholly absorbed, as some boys are, all the

-time in idle play.

-

-

-

-

-TAKING AN INTEREST.

-

-

-[Sidenote: Important difference between the dog and the horse.]

-

-There is a great difference between the dog and the horse, in respect

-to the interest which they take in any work which they have to do. A

-horse does not like to work. He never runs to his master to be saddled

-when his master wishes to go and take a ride. If he runs either way,

-he runs off. If you wish any time to take a ride in a wagon, and you

-go into the pasture to find your horse, it is often very hard work to

-catch him. He knows that you are going to harness him up, and give

-him something to do, and he does not like to do it; so away he goes,

-bounding over the pasture, and looking back, first over one shoulder,

-and then over the other, to see whether you are pursuing him.

-

-It is very different with the dog. As soon as he sees his master

-take down his hat and cane, he jumps up and runs to accompany him.

-He desires, above all things, to accompany his master wherever he

-goes, that he may protect him, and render him any other service which

-occasion may require.

-

-It is true that a dog does not generally like to be harnessed into a

-wagon, and draw, but the reason of this probably is, that drawing a

-load is not a work that he is by nature fitted for. He is not properly

-built for such work. His shoulders are not fitted to receive a collar,

-and his feet are not of the right form to take good hold of the ground.

-The nature and qualities of the dog fit him for other duties, and these

-duties he is always greatly interested in performing. If his master is

-a traveler, he is always ready to set out on the journey with him. If

-his master stays at home, he is always on the watch about the house,

-guarding the premises, and ready to do any thing that he may be called

-upon to do. In a word, such duties as he is at all qualified for by his

-nature and habits, he is always ready to perform with alacrity and with

-hearty good-will.

-

-[Sidenote: Supposed black pony. How valuable such a pony would be.]

-

-What a fine thing it would be for a boy to have a horse of such a

-disposition--a little black pony, I will suppose--just large enough

-for the boy to harness and drive! Suppose you had such a pony. You

-take the bridle, and go out into the pasture for him some day when

-you feel inclined to take a ride. As soon as you enter the pasture,

-you call him. Immediately on hearing your voice, he runs out of the

-thicket where he was lying in the shade, and ascends an eminence near,

-so that he can see. He looks all around to find where the voice comes

-from, and when he sees you with the bridle in your hand, he immediately

-feels proud and happy at the thought of being employed, and he comes

-galloping toward you, prancing and capering in a very joyous manner.

-

-As soon as he gets near you, he ceases his prancing, and, walking up to

-you, he holds his head down that you may put the bridle on. As soon as

-the bridle is buckled, you put the bridle-rein over his neck, and say,

-

-“There! run along, pony!”

-

-So your pony runs along before you, looking back from time to time,

-first over one shoulder, and then over the other, not to see whether

-you are pursuing him, in order that he may escape, but to be sure that

-you are following him, and that he is going the right way. When he gets

-to the gate, he waits till you come to open it for him; or, if he has

-ingenuity enough to lift up the latch himself, he opens the gate and

-goes through, and then waits outside till you come. As soon as you have

-gone through the gate, he trots off to the barn. He does not know yet

-whether you are going to put the saddle on, or to harness him into your

-little wagon. But he is equally ready for either. He looks forward with

-great pleasure to the thought of carrying you along over a pleasant

-road, cantering merrily up and down the hills; and he resolves that he

-will take special care not to stumble or fall with you. Or, if he finds

-that you prefer riding in the wagon that day, he thinks how pleasant

-it will be to trot along over the road with you, and give you a good

-drive. If you stop any where by the way, he waits patiently where you

-leave him until you come back again. If he is in the wagon, he stands

-very still, lest he should do some damage to the vehicle by moving

-about. If he has a saddle on, he walks out to the road-side, perhaps,

-to crop the grass a little while he is waiting, but he lifts up his

-head now and then to see if you are coming, in order that he may be all

-ready to go on again when you wish to go.

-

-It would certainly be a fine thing to have such a pony as that.

-

-[Sidenote: How useful and valuable such a boy would be.]

-

-But for a man, it is a finer thing to have such a _boy_ as that. I

-never knew such ponies, but I have often known such boys. They take

-a special interest and pleasure in being useful, and especially in

-assisting their father and mother in any thing, no matter what it is,

-that their father and mother wish to do. They feel proud and happy to

-be employed, and come always with a ready alacrity whenever they are

-called upon, and to do what they can do with a hearty good-will.

-

-[Sidenote: Georgie at the raising. The way he acted.]

-

-Boys sometimes take an interest of the wrong kind in what their fathers

-are doing--that is, an interest which seeks for their own pleasure

-and amusement, and not for the furtherance of the work. There was a

-farmer, for instance, once, who had two sons, Lawrence and Georgie.

-The farmer was building a shed, and when the shed was framed, the

-carpenters came one afternoon to raise it. Lawrence was away from home

-when the carpenters came, having gone to mill, but Georgie was very

-much interested in the raising, and he brought several of the boys

-of the neighborhood to see it. With these boys he played about among

-the timbers of the frame, running along upon them from end to end, or

-jumping over them. He made a great deal of noise in singing to express

-his joy, and in calling to his companions.

-

-“Georgie,” said his father, at last, “be still, or I shall send you

-away.”

-

-His father should have sent him away at once, instead of threatening to

-do so if he was not still.

-

-[Sidenote: Boring.]

-

-Georgie was still after this, for he knew that his father would do as

-he said; but he soon found out other means of making trouble besides

-noise. He and the other boys went to one of the carpenters, who was

-boring a hole, and he began to beg the carpenter to let him take the

-auger and bore it.

-

-“I can bore,” said he.

-

-“I see you can,” said the carpenter, “but I wish you would not come

-here and bore me.”

-

-The other carpenters who were near laughed at hearing this, and

-Georgie, not liking to be laughed at, walked away to another part of

-the work. Here he began to ask questions, such as what this beam was

-for, and what tenon was going into that mortice, and whether such and

-such a hole was not bored wrong. All these questions interrupted the

-workmen, confused them in their calculations, and hindered the work. At

-last, Georgie’s father told him not to ask any more questions, but to

-keep perfectly still.

-

-[Sidenote: He and the other boys make a balancer.]

-

-His father would, in fact, have sent him away entirely, were it not

-that he was wanted from time to time to do an errand, or fetch a tool.

-These errands, however, he did very slowly and reluctantly, so that

-he was of little service. Finally, he proposed to the boys that they

-should make a balancer, and they did so. They put up one short beam of

-wood upon another, and then, placing a plank across, two of the boys

-got on, one at each end, and began see-sawing up and down. This was

-their balancer.

-

-“Isn’t it good fun,” said Georgie, as he went up into the air, “to have

-a raising?”

-

-“Yes,” said the other boy, who was then down by the ground.

-

-“I hope they won’t get through to-night,” said Georgie, coming down,

-“and then we can have some more fun to-morrow.”

-

-[Sidenote: A fall.]

-

-Just then the upper beam, which supported the balancer, fell off, and

-the plank, with the boys on it, came to the ground. There was now a

-great outcry. Georgie’s father and some of the carpenters came to see

-if the boys were hurt. They were not seriously hurt, but the accident

-occasioned quite an interruption to the raising.

-

-So Georgie’s father, finding that the trouble which Georgie made him

-was greater far than any service that he rendered, sent him away.

-

-Now this is not the right way to take an interest in what your father

-or mother is doing.

-

-[Sidenote: Lawrence comes home.]

-

-Lawrence got back from the mill just as Georgie went away. He

-immediately came and took Georgie’s place. He stationed himself near

-his father, so as to be ready to do any thing which might be required

-whenever he should be called upon. He observed carefully every thing

-that was done, but he asked no questions. If he saw that a tool was

-wanted, or going to be wanted, he brought it, so as to have it all

-ready the moment it should be required. Thus, although he could not do

-much substantial work himself, he assisted the men who could do it very

-much, and rendered very effectual service, so that the raising went on

-very prosperously, and was finished that night, greatly to his father’s

-satisfaction.

-

-[Sidenote: Conversation at the supper-table.]

-

-At supper that night the farmer took his seat at the table. His wife

-sat opposite to him. Lawrence was on one side, and Georgie on the other.

-

-“Have you finished the raising?” said his wife.

-

-“Yes,” said the farmer, “we have finished it. I did not expect to get

-through. But we _have_ got through, and it is all owing to Lawrence.”

-

-“Did he help you?” asked his wife.

-

-“Yes,” said the farmer; “he forwarded the work, I think, a full half

-hour, and that just saved us.”

-

-Now that is the right kind of interest to take in what your father and

-mother are doing.

-

-[Sidenote: Another incident.]

-

-At another time, one night after Georgie and Lawrence had gone to bed,

-they heard a sort of thumping sound out in the barn.

-

-“Hark!” said Lawrence; “what is that noise?”

-

-Georgie said he thought it could not be any thing of consequence, and

-so he shut up his eyes, and prepared to go to sleep. But Lawrence,

-though he was equally sleepy, felt afraid that something might be the

-matter with one of the horses; so he got up and went to his father’s

-room, and told his father about the noise. His father immediately rose

-and dressed himself, and went down to the barn.

-

-“Georgie,” said Lawrence, “let us get up too. Perhaps we can help.”

-

-“Oh no,” said Georgie, sleepily, “there is nothing that _we_ could do.”

-

-“I can hold the lantern, at any rate,” said Lawrence, “and do some

-good, perhaps, in that way.” So Lawrence dressed himself and went down

-stairs, while Georgie went to sleep again.

-

-[Sidenote: Lawrence takes an interest in his father’s concerns.]

-

-Lawrence got out into the barn just in time to find that the horse had

-fallen down, and had got entangled in his halter, so that he was in

-danger of choking to death.

-

-“Ah, Lawrence!” said his father, “you are just in time. I want you to

-hold the lantern for me.”

-

-So Lawrence took the lantern, and held it while his father disentangled

-the halter, and got the horse up. Lawrence, who was much interested all

-the time, held the lantern in the best possible way for his father to

-see.

-

-“That’s right,” said his father; “hold the lantern so that you can see

-yourself, and then you may be sure that I can see.”

-

-That is the right kind of interest for boys to take in what their

-father or mother are doing.

-

-That was, in fact, the kind of interest that Bruno took. He was always

-on the watch for opportunities to do good, and when he saw that he

-could not do any more good, he was extremely careful not to make any

-trouble.

-

-[Illustration: Driving the sheep to pasture in the morning.]

-

-[Sidenote: Bruno sits waiting for orders.]

-

-He would stand or sit silently by, looking on and watching what was

-going forward with great interest, ready to act the moment that he was

-called upon, as you see in the opposite engraving. They are driving

-some sheep to pasture very early in the morning. It was dark when they

-first came out with the flock, and so they brought a lantern; but the

-sun has risen now, and it is light. Although it was very early when the

-men set out with the flock, Bruno was eager to come with them. He has

-helped to drive the sheep all the way. They have reached the pasture

-at last, and there is now nothing more for him to do. So he is sitting

-down to rest, and contemplating with great satisfaction, while he

-rests, the accomplishment of the work which was to be done, and ready

-to do any thing more that may be required without a moment’s delay.

-

-In the distance, in the engraving, a river is seen, meandering through

-a rich and beautiful country, with the beams of the morning sun

-reflected from the surface of the water.

-

-       *       *       *       *       *

-

-[Sidenote: A good conscience.]

-

-The satisfaction which results from the faithful performance of duty

-is a very solid and substantial pleasure. It endures long, and has no

-alloy. There is something manly and noble in the very nature of it, and

-he who makes it the end and aim of all his efforts in his search for

-happiness is sure of a rich reward.

-

-[Sidenote: They who are not faithful in duty can never be happy.]

-

-Learn from the example of Bruno, then, to find your happiness in the

-diligent and faithful performance of duty. “Duty first, and pleasure

-afterward,” is the true rule for all. They who seek pleasure first,

-or, rather, who look for their happiness in personal and selfish

-gratifications, lead a very low and groveling life, and never exemplify

-the true nobleness and dignity to which the human soul should aspire.

-Nor do they ever attain to any real or permanent happiness. They

-experience a continual feeling of self-reproach and self-condemnation

-which mars all their enjoyments, and adds a fresh ingredient

-of bitterness to all their sorrows. In a word, they are always

-dissatisfied with themselves, and he who is dissatisfied with himself

-can never be happy.

-

-THE END.

-

-

-

-

-HARPER’S STORY BOOKS

-

-BY JACOB ABBOTT.

-

-TERMS.

-

-Each Number of HARPER’S STORY BOOKS will contain 160 pages, in small

-quarto form, very beautifully illustrated, and printed on superfine

-calendered paper.

-

-The Series may be obtained of Booksellers, Periodical Agents, and

-Postmasters, or from the Publishers, at THREE DOLLARS a year, or

-TWENTY-FIVE CENTS A NUMBER.

-

-The two Periodicals, HARPER’S NEW MONTHLY MAGAZINE and HARPER’S STORY

-BOOKS, will be supplied at FIVE DOLLARS a year, and will be published

-on the first day of each Month.

-

-The Postage upon HARPER’S STORY BOOKS, which must be paid quarterly in

-advance, is TWO CENTS.

-

-EACH NUMBER COMPLETE IN ITSELF.

-

-PRICE 25 Cts

-

-HARPER & BROTHERS

-

-FRANKLIN SQUARE, N. Y.

-

-

-

-

-

-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott

-

-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BRUNO ***

-

-***** This file should be named 51859-0.txt or 51859-0.zip *****

-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:

-        http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/8/5/51859/

-

-Produced by Suzanne Shell and the Online Distributed

-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was

-produced from images generously made available by The

-Internet Archive/American Libraries.)

-

-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will

-be renamed.

-

-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright

-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,

-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United

-States without permission and without paying copyright

-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part

-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm

-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,

-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive

-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this

-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook

-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,

-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given

-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks

-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the

-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.

-

-START: FULL LICENSE

-

-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE

-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

-

-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free

-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work

-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project

-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full

-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at

-www.gutenberg.org/license.

-

-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic works

-

-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to

-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property

-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all

-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or

-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your

-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a

-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound

-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the

-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph

-1.E.8.

-

-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be

-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who

-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few

-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works

-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See

-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this

-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.

-

-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the

-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection

-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual

-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United

-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the

-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not

-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,

-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as

-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope

-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting

-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm

-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the

-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily

-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the

-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when

-you share it without charge with others.

-

-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern

-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are

-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,

-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this

-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,

-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any

-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no

-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any

-country outside the United States.

-

-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

-

-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other

-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear

-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work

-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the

-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,

-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:

-

-  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and

-  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no

-  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it

-  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this

-  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the

-  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you

-  are located before using this ebook.

-

-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is

-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not

-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the

-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in

-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are

-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project

-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply

-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or

-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm

-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

-

-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted

-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution

-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any

-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms

-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works

-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the

-beginning of this work.

-

-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm

-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this

-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.

-

-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this

-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without

-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with

-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project

-Gutenberg-tm License.

-

-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,

-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including

-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access

-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format

-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official

-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site

-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense

-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means

-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain

-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the

-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

-

-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,

-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works

-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

-

-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing

-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works

-provided that

-

-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from

-  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method

-  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed

-  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has

-  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project

-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid

-  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are

-  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty

-  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project

-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in

-  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg

-  Literary Archive Foundation."

-

-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies

-  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he

-  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm

-  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all

-  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue

-  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm

-  works.

-

-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of

-  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the

-  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of

-  receipt of the work.

-

-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free

-  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.

-

-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than

-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing

-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The

-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm

-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

-

-1.F.

-

-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable

-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread

-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project

-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may

-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate

-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other

-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or

-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or

-cannot be read by your equipment.

-

-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right

-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project

-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project

-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all

-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal

-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE

-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE

-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE

-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR

-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH

-DAMAGE.

-

-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a

-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can

-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a

-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you

-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium

-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you

-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in

-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person

-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second

-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If

-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing

-without further opportunities to fix the problem.

-

-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth

-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO

-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT

-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

-

-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied

-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of

-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement

-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the

-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or

-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or

-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the

-remaining provisions.

-

-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the

-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone

-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in

-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the

-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,

-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of

-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this

-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or

-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any

-Defect you cause.

-

-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm

-

-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of

-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of

-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It

-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations

-from people in all walks of life.

-

-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the

-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's

-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will

-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project

-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure

-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future

-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary

-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see

-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at

-www.gutenberg.org

-

-

-

-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

-

-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit

-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the

-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal

-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification

-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary

-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by

-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.

-

-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the

-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its

-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous

-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt

-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to

-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and

-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

-

-For additional contact information:

-

-    Dr. Gregory B. Newby

-    Chief Executive and Director

-    gbnewby@pglaf.org

-

-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg

-Literary Archive Foundation

-

-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide

-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of

-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be

-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest

-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations

-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt

-status with the IRS.

-

-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating

-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United

-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a

-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up

-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations

-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND

-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular

-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate

-

-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we

-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition

-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who

-approach us with offers to donate.

-

-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make

-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from

-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

-

-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation

-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other

-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To

-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate

-

-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.

-

-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project

-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be

-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and

-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of

-volunteer support.

-

-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed

-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in

-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not

-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper

-edition.

-

-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search

-facility: www.gutenberg.org

-

-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,

-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary

-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to

-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

-

+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 51859 ***
+
+                               HARPER’S
+                              STORY BOOKS
+
+                                 No. 1
+
+                                BRUNO.
+
+                            [Illustration]
+
+                            DECEMBER, 1854.
+
+                             PRICE 25 Cts
+
+                           HARPER & BROTHERS
+                      FRANKLIN SQUARE, NEW YORK.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: “Bruno forgives him, and why should not I?” said Hiram.]
+
+
+
+
+                         HARPER’S STORY BOOKS.
+
+      A SERIES OF NARRATIVES, DIALOGUES, BIOGRAPHIES, AND TALES,
+                 FOR THE INSTRUCTION AND ENTERTAINMENT
+                             OF THE YOUNG.
+
+                                  BY
+
+                             JACOB ABBOT.
+
+                           Embellished with
+
+                  NUMEROUS AND BEAUTIFUL ENGRAVINGS.
+
+
+
+
+                                BRUNO;
+                                  OR,
+            LESSONS OF FIDELITY, PATIENCE, AND SELF-DENIAL
+                           Taught by a Dog.
+
+                               NEW YORK:
+                    HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS.
+
+       Entered, according to an Act of Congress, in the year one
+               thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, by
+
+                          HARPER & BROTHERS,
+
+     in the Clerk’s Office for the Southern District of New York.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The present volume is the first of a proposed monthly series of story
+books for the young.
+
+The publishers of the series, in view of the great improvements which
+have been made within a few years past in the means and appliances of
+the typographical art, and of the accumulation of their own facilities
+and resources, not only for the manufacture of such books in an
+attractive form, and the embellishment of them with every variety
+of illustration, but also for the circulation of them in the widest
+manner throughout the land, find that they are in a condition to make a
+monthly communication of this kind to a very large number of families,
+and under auspices far more favorable than would have been possible at
+any former period. They have accordingly resolved on undertaking the
+work, and they have intrusted to the writer of this notice the charge
+of preparing the volumes.
+
+The books, though called story books, are not intended to be works of
+amusement merely to those who may receive them, but of substantial
+instruction. The successive volumes will comprise a great variety,
+both in respect to the subjects which they treat, and to the form and
+manner in which the subjects will be presented; but the end and aim
+of all will be to impart useful knowledge, to develop the thinking
+and reasoning powers, to teach a correct and discriminating use of
+language, to present models of good conduct for imitation, and bad
+examples to be shunned, to explain and enforce the highest principles
+of moral duty, and, above all, to awaken and cherish the spirit of
+humble and unobtrusive, but heartfelt piety. The writer is aware of the
+great responsibility which devolves upon him, in being thus admitted
+into many thousands of families with monthly messages of counsel and
+instruction to the children, which he has the opportunity, through the
+artistic and mechanical resources placed at his disposal, to clothe in
+a form that will be calculated to open to him a very easy access to
+their attention, their confidence, and their hearts. He can only say
+that he will make every exertion in his power faithfully to fulfill his
+trust.
+
+JACOB ABBOTT.
+
+New York, 1854.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+                                   PAGE
+
+    THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF         13
+
+    COMBAT WITH A BOAR               16
+
+    JOOLY                            19
+
+    THE EMIGRANTS                    32
+
+    THE VOYAGE                       34
+
+    GOING ALONE                      38
+
+    SILVER BOWL STOLEN               41
+
+    THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED        52
+
+    BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY           62
+
+    BOYS ADRIFT                      84
+
+    BRUNO AND THE ROBIN              97
+
+    BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE       120
+
+    WILLING TO LEARN                129
+
+    PANSITA                         135
+
+    THE DOG’S PETITION              140
+
+    THE STORM ON THE LAKE           143
+
+    TAKING AN INTEREST              151
+
+
+
+
+ENGRAVINGS
+
+
+                                   PAGE
+
+    THE TOOL-HOUSE ON FIRE     _Frontispiece._
+
+    COMBAT WITH THE WOLF             15
+
+    THE TWO BOARS                    17
+
+    COMBAT WITH A BOAR               18
+
+    THE CHAMOIS HUNTERS              20
+
+    CHILDREN IN THE GROVE            21
+
+    BRUNO IN THE SNOW                28
+
+    THE COTTAGE                      30
+
+    BRUNO ON WOLF-SKIN               31
+
+    THE EMIGRANTS                    33
+
+    THE BEGINNING OF THE VOYAGE      35
+
+    THE STORM                        36
+
+    THE END OF THE VOYAGE            37
+
+    THE PARTING                      39
+
+    THE GIPSY CAMP                   43
+
+    FORTUNE TELLING                  51
+
+    FRANK AND LORENZO                58
+
+    THE PARLOR DOGS                  63
+
+    VARIETY                          64
+
+    THE WATCH-DOG                    66
+
+    THE GATEWAY IN THE WOOD          71
+
+    TONY LOST                        75
+
+    THE PIER                         88
+
+    THE PORT                         94
+
+    RALPH AND THE ROBIN             101
+
+    HIRAM’S SQUIRREL                104
+
+    THE SLY FOX                     109
+
+    WILLING TO LEARN                132
+
+    THE STORM ON THE LAKE           146
+
+    BRUNO WATCHING                  149
+
+    PLAY                            150
+
+    BRUNO AND THE SHEEP             158
+
+
+
+
+BRUNO.
+
+
+
+
+THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF.
+
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter alarmed.]
+
+In the night, a hunter, who lived in a cottage among the Alps, heard a
+howling.
+
+“Hark!” said he, “I heard a howling.”
+
+His wife raised her head from the pillow to listen, and one of the two
+children, who were lying in a little bed in the corner of the room,
+listened too. The other child was asleep.
+
+“It is a wolf,” said the hunter.
+
+“In the morning,” said the hunter, “I will take my spear, and my
+sheath-knife, and Bruno, and go and see if I can not kill him.”
+
+Bruno was the hunter’s dog.
+
+The hunter and his wife, and the child that was awake, listened a
+little longer to the howling of the wolf, and then, when at length the
+sounds died away, they all went to sleep.
+
+[Sidenote: Prepares for a hunt.]
+
+In the morning the hunter took his spear, and his sheath-knife, and his
+hunting-horn besides, and then, calling Bruno to follow him, went off
+among the rocks and mountains to find the wolf.
+
+[Sidenote: Discovers the animal.]
+
+While he was climbing up the mountains by a steep and narrow path,
+he thought he saw something black moving among the rocks at a great
+distance across the valley. He stopped to look at it. He looked at it
+very intently.
+
+At first he thought it was the wolf. But it was not the wolf.
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter blows his horn.]
+
+Then he thought it was a man. So he blew a loud and long blast with his
+horn. He thought that if the moving thing which he saw were another
+man, he would answer by blowing _his_ horn, and that then, perhaps, he
+would come and help the hunter hunt the wolf. He listened, but he heard
+no reply. He heard nothing but echoes.
+
+By-and-by he came to a stream of water. It was a torrent, flowing
+wildly among the rocks and bushes.
+
+“Bruno,” said the hunter, “how shall we get across this torrent?”
+
+Bruno stood upon a rock, looking at the torrent very earnestly, but he
+did not speak.
+
+“Bruno,” said the hunter again, “how shall we get across this torrent?”
+
+Bruno barked.
+
+[Sidenote: The rude bridge.]
+
+The hunter then walked along for some distance on the margin of the
+stream, and presently came to a place where there was a log lying
+across it. So he and Bruno went over on the log. Bruno ran over at
+once. The hunter was at first a little afraid to go, but at last he
+ventured. He got across in safety. Here the hunter stopped a few
+minutes to rest.
+
+[Sidenote: The wolf discovered.]
+
+He then went on up the mountain. At last Bruno began to bark and to
+run on forward, looking excited and wild. He saw the wolf. The hunter
+hastened forward after him, brandishing his spear. The wolf was in a
+solitary place, high up among the rocks. He was gnawing some bones. He
+was gaunt and hungry. Bruno attacked him, but the wolf was larger and
+stronger than he, and threw him back with great violence against the
+ground. The dog howled with pain and terror.
+
+[Illustration: Picture of the combat.]
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno’s courage. The wolf is killed.]
+
+The man thrust the spear at the wolf’s mouth, but the ferocious beast
+evaded the blow, and seized the shaft of the spear between his teeth.
+Then the great combat came on. Very soon the dog sprang up and seized
+the wolf by the throat, and held him down, and finally the man killed
+him with his spear.
+
+Then he took his horn from his belt, and blew a long and loud blast in
+token of victory.
+
+[Sidenote: What became of the skin of the wolf.]
+
+He took the skin of the wolf, and carried it home. The fur was long,
+and gray in color. The hunter tanned and dressed the skin, and made it
+soft like leather. He spread it down upon the floor before the fire
+in his cottage, and his children played upon it. Bruno was accustomed
+to lie upon it in the evening. He would lie quietly there for a long
+time, looking into the fire, and thinking of the combat he had with
+the savage monster that originally wore the skin, at the time when he
+fought him on the mountains, and helped the hunter kill him.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The hunter and the hunter’s children liked Bruno very much before, but
+they liked him more than ever after his combat with the wolf.
+
+
+
+
+COMBAT WITH A BOAR.
+
+
+Some wild animals are so ferocious and strong that it requires several
+dogs to attack and conquer them. Such animals are found generally in
+remote and uninhabited districts, among forests and mountains, or in
+countries inhabited by savages.
+
+[Sidenote: Habits of the boar.]
+
+The wild boar is one of the most terrible of these animals. He has long
+tusks projecting from his jaws. These serve him as weapons in attacking
+his enemies, whether dogs or men. He roams in a solitary manner
+among the mountains, and though he is very fierce and savage in his
+disposition, he will seldom molest any one who does not molest him. If,
+when he is passing along through the forests, he sees a man, he pays
+no regard to him, but goes on in his own way. If, however, when he is
+attacked by dogs, and is running through the forest to make his escape,
+he meets a man in his way, he thinks the man is the hunter that has
+set the dogs upon him, or at least that he is his enemy. So he rushes
+upon him with terrible fury, and kills him--sometimes with a single
+blow--and then, trampling over the dead body, goes on bounding through
+the thickets to escape from the dogs.
+
+[Illustration: Picture of a fight.]
+
+[Sidenote: The tusks.]
+
+Wild boars often have dreadful combats with each other. In this
+engraving we have a representation of such a fight. The weapons with
+which they fight are sharp tusks growing out of the under jaw. With
+these tusks they can inflict dreadful wounds.
+
+Savages, when they attack the wild boar, arm themselves with spears,
+and station themselves at different places in the forest, where they
+think the boar will pass. Sometimes they hide themselves in thickets,
+so as to be ready to come out suddenly and attack the boar when the
+dogs have seized him.
+
+[Illustration: Picture of the combat.]
+
+[Sidenote: The dogs and the boar. The spears.]
+
+Here is a picture of such a combat. The dogs have pursued the boar
+through the woods until he begins to be exhausted with fatigue and
+terror. Still, he fights them very desperately. One he has thrown down.
+He has wounded him with his tusks. The dog is crying out with pain and
+fright. There are three other dogs besides the one who is wounded. They
+are endeavoring to seize and hold the boar, while one of the hunters
+is thrusting the iron point of his spear into him. Two other hunters
+are coming out of a thicket near by to join in the attack. One of them
+looks as if he were afraid of the boar. He has good reason to be afraid.
+
+[Sidenote: Savages dress themselves in skins.]
+
+These hunters are savages. They are nearly naked. One of them is
+clothed with a skin. I suppose, by the claws, that it is a lion’s skin.
+He hunted and killed the lion, perhaps, in the same way that he is now
+hunting and killing the boar.
+
+Savages use the skins of beasts for clothing because they do not know
+how to spin and weave.
+
+But we must now go back to Bruno, the Alpine hunter’s dog that killed
+the wolf, and who used afterward to sleep before the fire in the
+hunter’s cottage on the skin.
+
+
+
+
+JOOLY.
+
+
+[Sidenote: The Alps.]
+
+Bruno’s master lived among the Alps. The Alps are very lofty mountains
+in Switzerland and Savoy.
+
+[Sidenote: Chamois hunting.]
+
+The upper portions of these mountains are very rocky and wild. There
+are crags, and precipices, and immense chasms among them, where it
+is very dangerous for any one to go. The hunters, however, climb up
+among these rocks and precipices to hunt the chamois, which is a small
+animal, much like a goat in form and character. He has small black
+horns, the tips of which turn back.
+
+The chamois climbs up among the highest rocks and precipices to feed
+upon the grass which grows there in the little nooks and corners. The
+chamois hunters climb up these after him. They take guns with them,
+in order to shoot the chamois when they see one. But sometimes it is
+difficult for them to get the game when they have killed it, as we see
+in this engraving. The hunters were on one side of a chasm and the
+chamois on the other, and though he has fallen dead upon the rocks,
+they can not easily reach him. One of the hunters is leaning across
+the chasm, and is attempting to get hold of the carcass with his right
+hand. With his left hand he grasps the rock to keep himself from
+falling. If his hand should slip, he would go headlong down into an
+awful abyss.
+
+[Illustration: Picture of the chamois hunters on the Alps.]
+
+The other hunter is coming up the rock to help his comrade. He has his
+gun across his shoulder. Both the hunters have ornamented their hats
+with flowers.
+
+The chamois lies upon the rock where he has fallen. We can see his
+black horns, with the tips turned backward.
+
+[Sidenote: The lower slopes of the mountains.]
+
+In the summer season, the valleys among these Alpine mountains are very
+delightful. The lower slopes of them are adorned with forests of fir
+and pine, which alternate with smooth, green pasturages, where ramble
+and feed great numbers of sheep and cows. Below are rich and beautiful
+valleys, with fields full of flowers, and cottages, and pretty little
+gardens, and every thing else that can make a country pleasant to
+see and to play in. There are no noxious or hurtful animals in these
+valleys, so that there is no danger in rambling about any where in
+them, either in the fields or in the groves. They must take care of the
+wet places, and of the thorns that hide among the roses, but beyond
+these dangers there is nothing to fear. In these valleys, therefore,
+the youngest children can go into the thickets to play or to gather
+flowers without any danger or fear; for there are no wild beasts, or
+noxious animals, or poisonous plants there, or any thing else that can
+injure them.
+
+[Illustration: Children at play.]
+
+[Sidenote: Winter in the Alps.]
+
+Thus the country of the Alps is very pleasant in summer, but in winter
+it is cold and stormy, and all the roads and fields, especially in
+the higher portions of the country, are buried up in snow. Still, the
+people who live there must go out in winter, and sometimes they are
+overtaken by storms, and perish in the cold.
+
+[Sidenote: Scene in the hunter’s cottage.]
+
+Once Bruno saved his master’s life when he was thus overtaken in a
+storm. The baby was sick, and the hunter thought he would go down in
+the valley to get some medicine for him. The baby was in a cradle. His
+grandmother took care of him and rocked him. His mother was at work
+about the room, feeling very anxious and unhappy. The hunter himself,
+who had come in tired from his work a short time before, was sitting
+in a comfortable easy-chair which stood in the corner by the fire. The
+head of the cradle was near the chair where the hunter was sitting.[1]
+
+    [1] For the positions of the chair and cradle in the hunter’s
+    cottage, see engraving on page 30.
+
+“George,” said the hunter’s wife, “I wish you would look at the baby.”
+
+George leaned forward over the head of the cradle, and looked down upon
+the baby.
+
+“Poor little thing!” said he.
+
+“What shall we do?” said his wife. As she said this she came to the
+cradle, and, bending down over it, she moved the baby’s head a little,
+so as to place it in a more comfortable position. The baby was very
+pale, and his eyes were shut. As soon as he felt his mother’s hand upon
+his cheek, he opened his eyes, but immediately shut them again. He was
+too sick to look very long even at his mother.
+
+[Sidenote: Consultation between the hunter and his wife.]
+
+“Poor little thing!” said George again. “He is very sick. I must go to
+the village and get some medicine from the doctor.”
+
+“Oh no!” said his wife. “You can not go to the village to-night. It is
+a _dreadful_ storm.”
+
+“Yes,” said the hunter, “I know it is.”
+
+“The snow is very deep, and it is drifting more and more,” said his
+wife. “It will be entirely dark before you get home, and you will lose
+your way, and perish in the snow.”
+
+The hunter did not say any thing. He knew very well that there would be
+great danger in going out on such a night.
+
+“You will get lost in the snow, and die,” continued his wife, “if you
+attempt to go.”
+
+[Sidenote: A hard alternative.]
+
+“And baby will die, perhaps, if I stay at home,” said the hunter.
+
+The hunter’s wife was in a state of great perplexity and distress. It
+was hard to decide between the life of her husband and that of her
+child. While the parents were hesitating and looking into the cradle,
+the babe opened its eyes, and, seeing its father and mother there,
+tried to put out its little hands to them as if for help, but finding
+itself too weak to hold them up, it let them drop again, and began to
+cry.
+
+“Poor little thing!” said the hunter. “I’ll go--I’ll go.”
+
+The mother made no more objection. She could not resist the mute appeal
+of the poor helpless babe. So she brought her husband his coat and cap,
+and forced her reluctant mind to consent to his going.
+
+It was strange, was it not, that she should be willing to risk the life
+of her husband, who was all the world to her, whose labor was her life,
+whose strength was her protection, whose companionship was her solace
+and support, for the sake of that helpless and useless baby?
+
+It was strange, too, was it not, that the hunter himself, who was
+already almost exhausted by the cold and exposure that he had suffered
+during the day, should be willing to go forth again into the storm, for
+a child that had never done any thing for him, and was utterly unable
+to do any thing for him now? Besides, by saving the child’s life, he
+was only compelling himself to work the harder, to procure food and
+clothing for him while he was growing up to be a man.
+
+What was the baby’s name?
+
+His name was Jooly.
+
+At least they called him Jooly. His real name was Julien.
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter bids little Jooly good-by.]
+
+When the hunter was all ready to go, he came to the cradle, and,
+putting his great rough and shaggy hand upon the baby’s wrist, he said,
+
+“Poor little Jooly! I will get the doctor himself to come and see you,
+if I can.”
+
+So he opened the door and went out, leaving Jooly’s grandmother rocking
+the cradle, and his mother at work about the room as before.
+
+When the hunter had gone out and shut the door, he went along the side
+of the house till he came to a small door leading to his cow-house,
+which was a sort of small barn.
+
+[Sidenote: He calls Bruno.]
+
+He opened the door of the cow-house and called out “BRUNO!”
+
+Bruno, who was asleep at this time in his bed, in a box half filled
+with straw, started up on hearing his master’s voice, and, leaping over
+the side of the box, came to his master in the storm.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno’s bed.]
+
+Bruno was glad to be called. And yet it was a dark and stormy night.
+The wind was blowing, and the snow was driving terribly. On the other
+hand, the bed where he had been lying was warm and comfortable. The
+cow was near him for company. He was enjoying, too, a very refreshing
+sleep, dreaming of races and frolics with other dogs on a pretty green.
+All this repose and comfort were disturbed. Still, Bruno was glad.
+He perceived at once that an unexpected emergency had occurred, and
+that some important duty was to be performed. Bruno had no desire to
+lead a useless life. He was always proud and happy when he had any
+duty to perform, and the more important and responsible the duty was,
+the more proud and happy it made him. He cared nothing at all for any
+discomfort, fatigue, or exposure that it might bring upon him.
+
+[Sidenote: A comparison.]
+
+Some boys are very different from Bruno in this respect. They do not
+share his noble nature. They never like duty. All they like is ease,
+comfort, and pleasure. When any unexpected emergency occurs, and they
+are called to duty, they go to their work with great reluctance, and
+with many murmurings and repinings, as if to do duty were an irksome
+task. I would give a great deal more for a _dog_ like Bruno than for
+such a boy.
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter and Bruno in the snow.]
+
+Bruno and his master took the road which led to the village. The hunter
+led the way, and Bruno followed. The road was steep and narrow, and
+in many places the ground was so buried in snow that the way was very
+difficult to find. Sometimes the snow was very soft and deep, and the
+hunter would sink into it so far that he could scarcely advance at
+all. At such times Bruno, being lighter and stronger, would wallow on
+through the drift, and then look back to his master, and wait for him
+to come, and then go back to him again, looking all the time at the
+hunter with an expression of animation and hope upon his countenance,
+and wagging his tail, as if he were endeavoring to cheer and encourage
+him. This action had the effect, at any rate, of encouragement. It
+cheered the hunter on; and so, in due time, they both arrived safely at
+the village.
+
+The doctor concluded, after hearing all about the case, that it would
+not be best for him to go up the mountain; but he gave the hunter some
+medicine for the baby.
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter attempts to return to the cottage.]
+
+The medicine was put in a phial, and the hunter put the phial in his
+pocket. When all was ready, the hunter set out again on his return home.
+
+[Sidenote: Difficulties in the way.]
+
+It was much harder going up than it had been to come down. The road was
+very steep. The snow, too, was getting deeper every hour. Besides, it
+was now dark, and it was more difficult than ever to find the way.
+
+At last, when the hunter had got pretty near his own cottage again, his
+strength began to fail. He staggered on a little farther, and then he
+sank down exhausted into the snow. Bruno leaped about him, and rubbed
+his head against his master’s cheek, and barked, and wagged his tail,
+and did every thing in his power to encourage his master to rise and
+make another effort. At length he succeeded.
+
+“Yes,” said the hunter, “I’ll get up, and try again.”
+
+[Sidenote: Getting lost.]
+
+So he rose and staggered feebly on a little farther. He looked about
+him, but he could not tell where he was. He began to feel that he was
+lost. Now, whenever a man gets really lost, either in the woods or in
+the snow, a feeling of great perplexity and bewilderment generally
+comes over his mind, which almost wholly deprives him of the use of
+his faculties. The feeling is very much like that which one experiences
+when half awake. You do not know where you are, or what you want, or
+where you want to go. Sometimes you scarcely seem to know who you are.
+The hunter began to be thus bewildered. Then it was bitter cold, and he
+began to be benumbed and stupefied.
+
+Intense cold almost always produces a stupefying effect, when one has
+been long exposed to it. The hunter knew very well that he must not
+yield to such a feeling as this, and so he forced himself to make a new
+effort. But the snow seemed to grow deeper and deeper, and it was very
+hard for him to make his way through it. It was freshly fallen, and,
+consequently, it was very light and soft, and the hunter sank down in
+it very far. If he had had snow shoes, he could have walked upon the
+top of it; but he had no snow shoes.
+
+At last he became very tired.
+
+“Bruno,” said he, “I must lie down here and rest a little, before I can
+go on any further.”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno tries to encourage and save his master.]
+
+But Bruno, when he saw his master preparing to lie down, jumped about
+him, and barked, and seemed very uneasy. Just then the hunter saw
+before him a deep black hole. He looked down, and saw that it was
+water. Instead of being in the road, he was going over some deep pit
+filled with water, covered, except in one place, with ice and snow. He
+perceived that he had had a very narrow escape from falling into this
+water, and he now felt more bewildered and lost than ever. He contrived
+to get by the dangerous hole, feeling his way with a stick, and then he
+sank down in the snow among the rocks, and gave up in despair.
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter comes very near perishing in the snow.]
+
+And yet the house was very near. The chimney and the gable end of it
+could just be distinguished in the distance through the falling snow.
+Bruno knew this, and he was extremely distressed that his master should
+give up when so near reaching home. He lay down in the snow by the
+side of his master, and putting his paw over his arm, to encourage
+him and keep him from absolute despair, he turned his head toward the
+house, and barked loud and long, again and again, in hopes of bringing
+somebody to the rescue.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+In the picture you can see the hunter lying in the snow, with Bruno
+over him. His cap has fallen off, and is half buried. His stick, too,
+lies on the snow near his cap. That was a stick that he got to feel
+down into the hole in the ice with, in order to ascertain how deep the
+water was, and to find his way around it. The rocks around the place
+are covered with snow, and the branches of the trees are white with it.
+
+[Sidenote: Danger of going to sleep when out in a storm.]
+
+It is extremely dangerous to lie down to sleep in the snow in a storm
+like this. People that do so usually never wake again. They think,
+always, that they only wish to rest themselves, and sleep a few
+minutes, and that then they will be refreshed, and be ready to proceed
+on their journey. But they are deceived. The drowsiness is produced,
+not by the fatigue, but by the cold. They are beginning to freeze, and
+the freezing benumbs all their sensations. The drowsiness is the effect
+of the benumbing of the brain.
+
+Sometimes, when several persons are traveling together in cold and
+storms, one of their number, who may perhaps be more delicate than the
+rest, and who feels the cold more sensibly, wishes very much to stop a
+few minutes to lie down and rest, and he begs his companions to allow
+him to do so. But they, if they are wise, will not consent. Then he
+sometimes declares that he _will_ stop, at any rate, even if they do
+not consent. Then they declare that he shall not, and they take hold
+of his shoulders and arms to pull him along. Then he gets angry, and
+attempts to resist them. The excitement of this quarrel warms him a
+little, and restores in some degree his sensibility, and so he goes
+on, and his life is saved. Then he is very grateful to them for having
+disregarded his remonstrances and resistance, and for compelling him to
+proceed.[2]
+
+    [2] Children, in the same way, often complain very strenuously
+    of what their parents and teachers require of them, and resist
+    and contend against it as long as they can; and then, if their
+    parents persevere, they are afterward, when they come to
+    perceive the benefit of it, very grateful.
+
+But now we must return to the story.
+
+[Sidenote: Alarm in the cottage. They open the door.]
+
+The hunter’s family heard the barking in the house. They all
+immediately went to the door. One of the children opened the door. The
+gusts of wind blew the snow in her face, and blinded her. She leaned
+back against the door, and wiped the snow from her face and eyes with
+her apron. Her grandmother came to the door with a light, but the wind
+blew it out in an instant. Her mother came too, and for a moment little
+Jooly was left alone.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+“It is my husband!” she exclaimed. “He is dying in the snow! Mercy upon
+us! What will become of us?
+
+“Give me the cordial,” said she. “Quick!”
+
+So saying, she turned to the shelves which you see in the picture near
+where she is standing, and hastily taking down a bottle containing
+a cordial, which was always kept there ready to be used on such
+occasions, she rushed out of the house. She shut the door after her as
+she went, charging the rest, with her last words, to take good care of
+little Jooly.
+
+[Sidenote: The puss. Little Jooly sleeps undisturbed.]
+
+Of course, those that were left in the cottage were all in a state of
+great distress and anxiety while she was gone--all except two, Jooly
+and the puss. Jooly was asleep in the cradle. The puss was not asleep,
+but was crouched very quietly before the fire in a warm and bright
+place near the grandmother’s chair. She was looking at the fire, and at
+the kettle which was boiling upon it, and wondering whether they would
+give her a piece of the meat by-and-by that was boiling in the kettle
+for the hunter’s supper.
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter and Jooly are both saved.]
+
+When the hunter felt the mouth of the cordial bottle pressed gently to
+his lips, and heard his wife’s voice calling to him, he opened his eyes
+and revived a little. The taste of the cordial revived him still more.
+He was now able to rise, and when he was told how near home he was, he
+felt so cheered and encouraged by the intelligence that he became quite
+strong. The company in the house were soon overjoyed at hearing voices
+at the door, and on opening it, the hunter, his wife, and Bruno all
+came safely in.
+
+Jooly took the medicine which his father brought him, and soon got well.
+
+Here is a picture of Bruno lying on the wolf-skin, and resting from his
+toils.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+THE EMIGRANTS.
+
+
+The hunter, Bruno’s master, emigrated to America, and when he went, he
+sold Bruno to another man. A great many people from Europe emigrate to
+America.
+
+[Sidenote: Emigrants. The way they cross the Atlantic.]
+
+To emigrate means to move from one country to another. The people in
+Europe come from all parts of the interior down to the sea-shore,
+and there embark in great ships to cross the Atlantic Ocean. A great
+many come in the same ship. While they are at sea, if the weather is
+pleasant, these passengers come up upon the deck, and have a very
+comfortable time. But when it is cold and stormy, they have to stay
+below, and they become sick, and are very miserable. They can not stay
+on deck at such times on account of the sea, which washes over the
+ships, and often keeps the decks wet from stem to stern.
+
+When the emigrants land in America, some of them remain in the cities,
+and get work there if they can. Others go to the West to buy land.
+
+[Sidenote: The English family.]
+
+Opposite you see a farmer’s family in England setting out for America.
+The young girl who stands with her hands joined together is named
+Esther. That is her father who is standing behind her. Her mother and
+her grandmother are in the wagon. Esther’s mother has an infant in her
+arms, and her grandmother is holding a young child. Both these children
+are Esther’s brothers. Their names are George and Benny. The baby’s
+name is Benny.
+
+[Illustration: The farmer’s family. The farewell.]
+
+Esther has two aunts--both very kind to her. One of her aunts is going
+to America, but the other--her aunt Lucy--is to remain behind. They are
+bidding each other good-by. The one who has a bonnet on her head is the
+one that is going. We can tell who are going on the journey by their
+having hats or bonnets on. Esther’s aunt Lucy, who has no bonnet on, is
+to remain. When the wagon goes away, she will go into the house again,
+very sorrowful.
+
+[Sidenote: The journey in the covered wagon.]
+
+The farmer has provided a _covered_ wagon for the journey, so as to
+protect his wife, and his mother, and his sister, and his children from
+the cold wind and from the rain. But they will not go all the way in
+this wagon. They will go to the sea-shore in the wagon, and then they
+will embark on board a ship, to cross the Atlantic Ocean.
+
+We can see the ship, all ready and waiting, in the background of the
+picture, on the right. There will be a great many other families on
+board the ship, all going to America. There will be sailors, too, to
+navigate the ship and to manage the sails.
+
+
+
+
+THE VOYAGE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: The voyage in the ship.]
+
+The voyage which the emigrants have to take is very long. It is three
+thousand miles from England to America, and it takes oftentimes many
+weeks to accomplish the transit. Sometimes during the voyage the breeze
+is light, and the water is smooth, and the ship glides very pleasantly
+and prosperously on its way. Then the emigrants pass their time very
+agreeably. They come up upon the decks, they look out upon the water,
+they talk, they sew, they play with the children--they enjoy, in fact,
+almost as many comforts and pleasures as if they were at home on land.
+
+Opposite is a picture of the ship sailing along very smoothly, in
+pleasant weather, at the commencement of the voyage. The cliff in the
+background, on the right, is part of the English shore, which the ship
+is just leaving. There is a light-house upon the cliff, and a town on
+the shore below.
+
+[Illustration: The emigrant ship setting sail. Smooth sea.]
+
+The wind is fair, and the water is smooth. The emigrants are out upon
+the decks. We can see their heads above the bulwarks.
+
+[Sidenote: The buoy.]
+
+The object in the foreground, floating in the water, is a _buoy_. It is
+placed there to mark a rock or a shoal. It is secured by an anchor.
+
+Thus, when the weather is fair, the emigrants pass their time very
+pleasantly. They amuse themselves on the decks by day, and at night
+they go down into the cabins, which are below the deck of the ship, and
+there they sleep.
+
+[Illustration: The ship in a storm. Great danger. Heavy seas.]
+
+But sometimes there comes a storm. The wind increases till it becomes a
+gale. Clouds are seen scudding swiftly across the sky. Immense billows,
+rolling heavily, dash against the ship, or chase each other furiously
+across the wide expanse of the water, breaking every where into foam
+and spray. The winds howl fearfully in the rigging, and sometimes a
+sail is burst from its fastenings by the violence of it, and flaps its
+tattered fragments in the air with the sound of thunder.
+
+[Sidenote: Discomfort and distress of the passengers.]
+
+While the storm continues, the poor emigrants are obliged to remain
+below, where they spend their time in misery and terror. By-and-by the
+storm subsides, the sailors repair the damages, and the ship proceeds
+on her voyage.
+
+In the engraving below we see the ship far advanced on her way. She
+is drawing near to the American shore. The sea is smooth, the wind is
+fair, and she is pressing rapidly onward.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+On the left is seen another vessel, and on the right two more, far in
+the offing.
+
+The emigrants on board the ship are rejoiced to believe that their
+voyage is drawing toward the end.
+
+[Sidenote: The arrival.]
+
+When the farmer and his family have landed in America, they will take
+another wagon, and go back into the country till they come to the place
+where they are going to have their farm. There they will cut down the
+trees of the forest, and build a house of logs. Then they will plow the
+ground, and sow the seeds, and make the farm. By-and-by they will gain
+enough by their industry to build a better house, and to fit it with
+convenient and comfortable furniture, and thenceforward they will live
+in plenty and happiness.
+
+[Sidenote: Benny and George.]
+
+All this time they will take great care of George and Benny, so that
+they shall not come to any harm. They will keep them warm in the
+wagon, and they will watch over them on board the ship, and carry them
+in their arms when they walk up the hills, in journeying in America,
+and make a warm bed for them in their house, and take a great deal of
+pains to have always plenty of good bread for them to eat, and warm
+milk for them to drink. They will suffer, themselves, continual toil,
+privation, and fatigue, but they will be very careful not to let the
+children suffer any thing if they can possibly help it.
+
+[Sidenote: Ingratitude.]
+
+By-and-by, when Benny and George grow up, they will find that their
+father lives upon a fine farm, with a good house and good furniture,
+and with every comfort around them. They will hardly know how much care
+and pains their father, and mother, and grandmother took to save them
+from all suffering, and to provide for them a comfortable and happy
+home. How ungrateful it would be in them to be unkind or disobedient to
+their father, and mother, and grandmother, when they grow up.
+
+
+
+
+GOING ALONE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Emigrant going alone.]
+
+Sometimes, when a man is intending to emigrate to America, he goes
+first himself alone, in order to see the country, and choose a place
+to live in, and buy a farm, intending afterward to come back for his
+family. He does not take them with him at first, for he does not know
+what he should do with his wife and all his young children while he is
+traveling from place to place to view the land.
+
+[Illustration: He bids his wife and children good-by. Picture of it.]
+
+When the emigrant goes first alone in this way, leaving his family
+at home, the parting is very sorrowful. His poor wife is almost
+broken-hearted. She gathers her little children around her, and clasps
+them in her arms, fearing that some mischief may befall their father
+when he is far away, and that they may never see him again. The man
+attempts to comfort her by saying that it will not be long before he
+comes back, and that then they shall never more be separated. His
+oldest boy stands holding his father’s staff, and almost wishing that
+he was going to accompany him. He turns away his face to hide his
+tears. As for the dog, he sees that his master is going away, and he is
+very earnestly desirous to go too. In fact, they know he _would_ go if
+he were left at liberty, and so they chain him to a post to keep him at
+home.
+
+[Sidenote: A sorrowful parting.]
+
+It is a hard thing for a wife and a mother that her husband should
+thus go away and leave her, to make so long a voyage, and to encounter
+so many difficulties and dangers, knowing, as she does, that it is
+uncertain whether he will ever live to return. She bears the pain of
+this parting out of love to her children. She thinks that their father
+will find some better and happier home for them in the New World, where
+they can live in greater plenty, and where, when they grow up, and
+become men and women, they will be better provided for than they were
+in their native land.
+
+[Sidenote: The ship. The emigrants.]
+
+In the distance, in the engraving, we see the ship in which this man
+is going to sail. We see a company of emigrants, too, down the road,
+going to embark. There is one child walking alone behind her father and
+mother, who seems too young to set out on such a voyage.
+
+
+
+
+SILVER BOWL STOLEN.
+
+
+Bruno belonged to several different masters in the course of his life.
+He was always sorry to leave his old master when the changes were made,
+but then he yielded to the necessity of the case in these emergencies
+with a degree of composure and self-control, which, in a man, would
+have been considered quite philosophical.
+
+The hunter of the Alps, whose life Bruno had saved, resolved at the
+time that he would never part with him.
+
+“I would not sell him,” said he, “for a thousand francs.”
+
+They reckon sums of money by francs in Switzerland. A franc is a silver
+coin. About five of them make a dollar.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno’s master is obliged to sell him. The reason why.]
+
+However, notwithstanding this resolution, the hunter found himself at
+last forced to sell his dog. He had concluded to emigrate to America.
+He found, on making proper inquiry and calculation, that it would cost
+a considerable sum of money to take Bruno with him across the ocean.
+In the first place, he would have to pay not a little for his passage.
+Then, besides, it would cost a good deal to feed him on the way, both
+while on board the ship and during his progress across the country.
+The hunter reflected that all the money which he should thus pay for
+the dog would be so much taken from the food, and clothing, and other
+comforts of his wife and children. Just at this time a traveler came by
+who offered to buy the dog, and promised always to take most excellent
+care of him. So the hunter sold him, and the traveler took him away.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno is sold and carried away to England.]
+
+Bruno was very unwilling at first to go away with the stranger. But the
+hunter ordered him to get into the gentleman’s carriage, and he obeyed.
+He looked out behind the carriage as they drove away, and wondered what
+it all could mean. He could not understand it; but as it was always a
+rule with him to submit contentedly to what could not be helped, he
+soon ceased to trouble himself about the matter, and so, lying down in
+the carriage, he went to sleep. He did not wake up for several hours
+afterward.
+
+The traveler conveyed the dog home with him to England, and kept him
+a long time. He made a kennel for him in the corner of the yard. Here
+Bruno lived several years in great peace and plenty.
+
+At length the gentleman was going away from home again on a long tour,
+and as there was nobody to be left at home to take an interest in
+Bruno, he put him under the charge, during his absence, of a boy named
+Lorenzo, who lived in a large house on the banks of a stream near his
+estate. Lorenzo liked Bruno very much, and took excellent care of
+him.[3]
+
+    [3] The house where Lorenzo lived was a large double house, of
+    a very peculiar form. There is a picture of it on page 58.
+
+There was a grove of tall trees near the house where Lorenzo lived,
+which contained the nests of thousands of rooks. Rooks are large black
+birds, very much like crows. Bruno used to lie in the yard where
+Lorenzo kept him, and watch the rooks for hours together.
+
+[Illustration: The encampment of gipsies.]
+
+[Sidenote: How gipsies live.]
+
+In a solitary place near where Lorenzo lived there was an encampment of
+gipsies. Gipsies live much like Indians. They wander about England in
+small bands, getting money by begging, and selling baskets, and they
+build little temporary huts from time to time in solitary places, where
+they live for a while, and then, breaking up their encampment, they
+wander on till they find another place, where they encamp again.
+
+[Sidenote: Their ingenuity in stealing.]
+
+Sometimes, when they can not get money enough by begging and selling
+baskets, they will steal. They show a great deal of ingenuity in the
+plans they devise for stealing. In fact, they are very adroit and
+cunning in every thing they undertake.
+
+At one time Lorenzo’s father went away, and one of the gipsies, named
+Murphy, resolved to take that opportunity to steal something from the
+house.
+
+[Sidenote: Murphy’s plan.]
+
+“We can get in,” said he to his comrade, “very easily, in the night, by
+the back door, and get the silver bowl. We can melt the bowl, and sell
+it for four or five sovereigns.”
+
+The silver bowl which Murphy referred to was one which had been given
+to Lorenzo by his uncle when he was a baby. Lorenzo’s name was engraved
+upon the side of it.
+
+Lorenzo used his bowl to eat his bread and milk from every night for
+supper. It was kept on a shelf in a closet opening from the kitchen.
+Murphy had seen it put there once or twice, when he had been in the
+kitchen at night, selling baskets.
+
+“We can get that bowl just as well as not,” said Murphy, “when the man
+is away.”
+
+“There’s a big dog there,” said his comrade.
+
+“Yes,” said Murphy, “but I’ll manage the dog.”
+
+“How will you manage him?” asked his comrade.
+
+“I’ll try coaxing and flattery first,” said Murphy. “If that don’t do,
+I’ll try threatening; if threatening won’t do, I’ll try bribing; and if
+he won’t be bribed, I’ll poison him.”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno is on the watch.]
+
+That night, about twelve o’clock, Murphy crept stealthily round to a
+back gate which led into the yard behind the house where Lorenzo lived.
+The instant that Bruno heard the noise, he sprang up, and went bounding
+down the path till he came to the gate. As soon as he saw the gipsy, he
+began to bark very vociferously.
+
+Lorenzo was asleep at this time; but as his room was on the back side
+of the house, and his window was open, he heard the barking. So he got
+up and went to the window, and called out,
+
+“Bruno, what’s the matter?”
+
+Bruno was at some distance from the house, and did not hear Lorenzo’s
+voice. He was watching Murphy.
+
+Murphy immediately began to coax and cajole the dog, calling him “Nice
+fellow,” and “Good dog,” and “Poor Bruno,” speaking all the time in a
+very friendly and affectionate tone to him. Bruno, however, had sense
+enough to know that there was something wrong in such a man being seen
+prowling about the house at that time of night, and he refused to be
+quieted. He went on barking louder than ever.
+
+“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, calling louder, “what’s the matter? Come back to
+your house, and be quiet.”
+
+Murphy thought he heard a voice, and, peeping through a crack in the
+fence, he saw Lorenzo standing at the window. The moon shone upon his
+white night-gown, so that he could be seen very distinctly.
+
+[Sidenote: Murphy disappears.]
+
+As soon as Murphy saw him, he crept away into a thicket, and
+disappeared. Bruno, after waiting a little time to be sure that the man
+had really gone, turned about, and came back to the house. When he saw
+Lorenzo, he began to wag his tail. He would have told him about the
+gipsy if he had been able to speak.
+
+“Go to bed, Bruno,” said he, “and not be keeping us awake, barking at
+the moon this time of night.”
+
+So Bruno went into his house, and Lorenzo to his bed.
+
+[Sidenote: Murphy tries threats.]
+
+The next night, Murphy, finding that Bruno could not be coaxed away
+from his duty by flattery, concluded to try what virtue there might
+be in threats and scolding. So he came armed with a club and stones.
+As soon as he got near the gate, Bruno, as he had expected, took the
+alarm, and came bounding down the path again to see who was there.
+
+As soon as he saw Murphy, he set up a loud and violent barking as
+before.
+
+“Down, Bruno, down!” exclaimed Murphy, in a stern and angry voice.
+“Stop that noise, or I’ll break your head.”
+
+So saying, he brandished his club, and then stooped down to pick up one
+of the stones which he had brought, and which he had laid down on the
+ground where he was standing, so as to have them all ready.
+
+[Sidenote: He is unsuccessful.]
+
+Bruno, instead of being intimidated and silenced by these
+demonstrations, barked louder than ever.
+
+Lorenzo jumped out of bed and came to the window.
+
+“Bruno!” said he, calling out loud, “what’s the matter? There’s nothing
+there. Come back to your house, and be still.”
+
+The gipsy, finding that Bruno did not fear his clubs and stones, and
+hearing Lorenzo’s voice again moreover, went back into the thicket.
+Bruno waited until he was sure that he was really gone, and then
+returned slowly up the pathway to the house.
+
+“Go to bed, Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “and not be keeping us awake,
+barking at the moon this time of night.”
+
+So Bruno and Lorenzo both went to bed again.
+
+[Sidenote: He tries bribes, which Bruno refuses.]
+
+The next night Murphy came again, with two or three pieces of meat in
+his hands.
+
+“I’ll bribe him,” said he. “He likes meat.”
+
+Bruno, on hearing the sound of Murphy’s footsteps, leaped out of his
+bed, and ran down the path as before. As soon as he saw the gipsy
+again, he began to bark. Murphy threw a piece of meat toward him,
+expecting that, as soon as Bruno saw it, he would stop barking at
+once, and go to eating it greedily. But Bruno paid no attention to the
+offered bribe. He kept his eyes fixed closely on the gipsy, and barked
+away as loud as ever.
+
+Lorenzo, hearing the sound, was awakened from his sleep, and getting up
+as before, he came to the window.
+
+“Bruno,” said he, “what _is_ the matter now? Come back to your house,
+and go to bed, and be quiet.”
+
+Murphy, finding that the house was alarmed again, and that Bruno would
+not take the bribe that he offered him, crept away back into the
+thicket, and disappeared.
+
+“I’ll poison him to-morrow night,” said he--“the savage cur!”
+
+[Sidenote: The poisoned meat.]
+
+Accordingly, the next evening, a little before sunset, he put some
+poison in a piece of meat, and having wrapped it up in paper, he put it
+in his pocket. He then went openly to the house where Lorenzo lived,
+with some baskets on his arm for sale. When he entered the yard, he
+took the meat out of the paper, and secretly threw it into Bruno’s
+house. Bruno was not there at the time. He had gone away with Lorenzo.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno imprisoned.]
+
+Murphy then went into the kitchen, and remained there some time,
+talking about his baskets. When he came out, he found Lorenzo shutting
+up Bruno in his house, and putting a board up before the door.
+
+“What are you doing, Lorenzo?” said the gipsy.
+
+“I am shutting Bruno up,” said Lorenzo. “He makes such a barking in the
+night that we can not sleep.”
+
+“That’s right,” replied the gipsy. So he went away, saying to himself,
+as he went down the pathway, “He won’t bark much more, I think, after
+he has eaten the supper I have put in there for him.”
+
+Bruno wondered what the reason was that Lorenzo was shutting him up
+so closely. He little thought it was on account of his vigilance and
+fidelity in watching the house. He had, however, nothing to do but to
+submit. So, when Lorenzo had finished fastening the door, and had gone
+away, he lay down in a corner of his apartment, extended his paws out
+before him, rested his chin upon them, and prepared to shut his eyes
+and go to sleep.
+
+[Sidenote: He discovers the meat.]
+
+His eyes, however, before he had shut them, fell upon the piece of meat
+which Murphy had thrown in there for him. So he got up again, and went
+toward it.
+
+He smelt of it. He at once perceived the smell of the gipsy upon it.
+Any thing that a man handles, or even touches, retains for a time a
+scent, which, though we can not perceive it is very sensible to a dog.
+Thus a dog can follow the track of a man over a road by the scent
+which his footsteps leave upon the ground. He can even single out a
+particular track from among a multitude of others on the same ground,
+each scent being apparently different in character from all the rest.
+
+[Sidenote: He distrusts Murphy’s present, and maintains a faithful
+watch.]
+
+In this way Bruno perceived that the meat which he found in his house
+had been handled by the same man that he had barked at so many times at
+midnight at the foot of the pathway. This made him suspicious of it.
+He thought that that man must be a bad man, and he did not consider it
+prudent to have any thing to do with bad men or any of their gifts. So
+he left the meat where it was, and went back into his corner.
+
+His first thought in reflecting on the situation in which he found
+himself placed was, that since Lorenzo had forbidden him so sternly
+and positively to bark in the night, and had shut him up so close a
+prisoner, he would give up all care or concern about the premises, and
+let the robber, if it was a robber, do what he pleased. But then, on
+more sober reflection, he perceived that Lorenzo must have acted under
+some mistake in doing as he had done, and that it was very foolish in
+him to cherish a feeling of resentment on account of it.
+
+“The wrong doings of other people,” thought he to himself, “are no
+reason why I should neglect _my_ duty. I will watch, even if I am shut
+up.”
+
+So he lay listening very carefully. When all was still, he fell into
+a light slumber now and then; but the least sound without caused him
+to prick up his ears and open one eye, until he was satisfied that
+the noise he heard was nothing but the wind. Thus things went on till
+midnight.
+
+[Sidenote: The robber enters the house, and carries away the bowl.]
+
+About midnight he heard a sound. He raised his head and listened. It
+seemed like the sound of footsteps going through the yard. He started
+up, and put his head close to the door. He heard the footsteps going
+up close to the house. He began to bark very loud and violently. The
+robbers opened the door with a false key, and went into the house.
+Bruno barked louder and louder. He crowded hard against the door,
+trying to get it open. He moaned and whined, and then barked again
+louder than ever.
+
+Lorenzo came to the window.
+
+“Bruno,” said he, “what a plague you are! Lie down, and go to sleep.”
+
+Bruno, hearing Lorenzo’s voice, barked again with all the energy that
+he possessed.
+
+“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, very sternly, “if you don’t lie down and be
+still, to-morrow night I’ll tie your mouth up.”
+
+Murphy was now in the house, and all was still. He had got the silver
+bowl, and was waiting for Lorenzo to go to bed. Bruno listened
+attentively, but not hearing any more sounds, ceased to bark. Presently
+Lorenzo went away from the window back to his bed, and lay down. Bruno
+watched some time longer, and then he went and lay down too.
+
+In about half an hour, Murphy began slowly and stealthily to creep out
+of the house. He walked on tiptoe. For a time he made no noise. He had
+the bowl in one hand, and his shoes in the other. He had taken off
+his shoes, so as not to make any noise in walking. Bruno heard him,
+however, as he was going by, and, starting up, he began to bark again.
+But Murphy hastened on, and the yard was accordingly soon entirely
+still. Bruno listened a long time, but, hearing no more noise, he
+finally lay down again in his corner as before.
+
+[Sidenote: What could be the reason that the poison failed?]
+
+Murphy crept away into the thicket, and so went home to his encampment,
+wondering why Bruno had not been killed by the poison.
+
+“I put in poison enough,” said he to himself, “for half a dozen dogs.
+What could be the reason it did not take effect?”
+
+When the people of the house came down into the kitchen the next
+morning, they found that the door was wide open, and the silver bowl
+was gone.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+What became of the silver bowl will be related in another story. I will
+only add here that gipsies have various other modes of obtaining money
+dishonestly besides stealing. One of these modes is by pretending to
+tell fortunes. Here is a picture of a gipsy endeavoring to persuade
+an innocent country boy to have his fortune told. She wishes him to
+give her some money. The boy wears a frock. He is dressed very neatly.
+He looks as if he were half persuaded to give the gipsy his money. He
+might, however, just as well throw it away.
+
+
+
+
+THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED.
+
+
+On the night when Lorenzo’s silver bowl was stolen by the gipsy, all
+the family, except Lorenzo, were asleep, and none of them knew aught
+about the theft which had been committed until the following morning.
+Lorenzo got up that morning before any body else in the house, as was
+his usual custom, and, when he was dressed, he looked out at the window.
+
+“Ah!” said he, “now I recollect; Bruno is fastened up in his house. I
+will go the first thing and let him out.”
+
+[Sidenote: Lorenzo discovers the open door.]
+
+So Lorenzo hastened down stairs into the kitchen, in order to go out
+into the yard. He was surprised, when he got there, to find the kitchen
+door open.
+
+“Ah!” said he to himself, “how came this door open? I did not know that
+any body was up. It must be that Almira is up, and has gone out to get
+a pail of water.”
+
+[Sidenote: He releases Bruno.]
+
+Lorenzo went out to Bruno’s house, and took down the board by which he
+had fastened the door. Then he opened the door. The moment that the
+door was opened Bruno sprang out. He was very glad to be released from
+his imprisonment. He leaped up about Lorenzo’s knees a little at first,
+to express his joy, and then ran off, and began smelling about the yard.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno’s mysterious behavior.]
+
+He found the traces of Murphy’s steps, and, as soon as he perceived
+them, he began to bark. He followed them to the kitchen door, and
+thence into the house, barking all the time, and looking very much
+excited.
+
+“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”
+
+Bruno went to the door of the closet where the bowl had been kept. The
+door was open a little way. Bruno insinuated his nose into the crevice,
+and so pushing the door open, he went in. As soon as he was in he began
+to bark again.
+
+“Bruno!” exclaimed Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”
+
+Bruno looked up on the shelf where the bowl was usually placed, and
+barked louder than ever.
+
+“Where’s my bowl?” exclaimed Lorenzo, looking at the vacant place, and
+beginning to feel alarmed. “Where’s my bowl?”
+
+He spoke in a tone of great astonishment and alarm. He looked about on
+all the shelves; the bowl was nowhere to be seen.
+
+“Where can my bowl be gone to?” said he, more and more frightened. He
+went out of the closet into the kitchen, and looked all about there for
+his bowl. Of course, his search was vain. Bruno followed him all the
+time, barking incessantly, and looking up very eagerly into Lorenzo’s
+face with an appearance of great excitement.
+
+“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “you know something about it, I am sure, if you
+could only tell.”
+
+[Sidenote: The wind-mill.]
+
+Lorenzo, however, did not yet suspect that his bowl had been stolen.
+He presumed that his mother had put it away in some other place, and
+that, when she came down, it would readily be found again. So he went
+out into the yard, and sat on a stone step, and went to work to finish
+a wind-mill he had begun the day before.
+
+[Sidenote: Lorenzo’s mother explains the mystery.]
+
+By-and-by his mother came down; and as soon as she had heard Lorenzo’s
+story about the bowl, and learned, too, that the outer door had
+been found open when Lorenzo first came down stairs, she immediately
+expressed the opinion that the bowl had been stolen.
+
+“Some thief has been breaking into the house,” said she, “I’ve no
+doubt, and has stolen it.”
+
+“Stolen it!” exclaimed Lorenzo.
+
+“Yes,” replied his mother; “I’ve no doubt of it.”
+
+So saying, she went into the closet again, to see if she could discover
+any traces of the thieves there. But she could not. Every thing seemed
+to have remained undisturbed, just as she had left it the night before,
+except that the bowl was missing.
+
+“Somebody has been in and stolen it,” said she, “most assuredly.”
+
+Bruno, who had followed Lorenzo and his mother into the room, was
+standing up at this time upon his hind legs, with his paws upon
+the edge of the shelf, and he now began to bark loudly, by way of
+expressing his concurrence in this opinion.
+
+[Sidenote: “Seek him, Bruno!”]
+
+“Seize him, Bruno!” said Lorenzo. “Seize him!”
+
+Bruno, on hearing this command, began smelling about the floor, and
+barking more eagerly than ever.
+
+“Bruno smells his tracks, I verily believe,” said Lorenzo, speaking to
+his mother. Then, addressing Bruno again, he clapped his hands together
+and pointed to the ground, saying,
+
+“Go seek him, Bruno! seek him!”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno departs upon his errand.]
+
+Bruno began immediately to follow the scent of Murphy’s footsteps along
+the floor, out from the closet into the kitchen, and from the kitchen
+into the yard; he ran along the path a little way, and then made a wide
+circuit over the grass, at a place where Murphy had gone round to get
+as far as possible away from Bruno’s house. He then came back into the
+path again, smelling as he ran, and thence passed out through the gate;
+here, keeping his nose still close to the ground, he went on faster and
+faster, until he entered the thicket and disappeared.
+
+Lorenzo did not pay particular attention to these motions. He had given
+Bruno the order, “Seek him!” rather from habit than any thing else,
+and without any idea that Bruno would really follow the tracks of the
+thief. Accordingly, when Bruno ran off down the yard, he imagined that
+he had gone away somewhere to play a little while, and that he would
+soon come back.
+
+“He’ll be sure to come back pretty soon,” said he, “to get his
+breakfast.”
+
+But Bruno did not come back to breakfast. Lorenzo waited an hour after
+breakfast, and still he did not come.
+
+He waited two hours longer, and still he did not come.
+
+Where was Bruno all this time? He was at the camp of the gipsies,
+watching at the place where Murphy had hid the stolen bowl.
+
+[Sidenote: He reaches the gipsy camp. He discovers the place where the
+bowl was hidden.]
+
+When he followed the gipsy’s tracks into the thicket, he perceived the
+scent more and more distinctly as he went on, and this encouraged him
+to proceed. Lorenzo had said “Seek him!” and this Bruno understood as
+an order that he should follow the track until he found the man, and
+finding him, that he should keep watch at the place till Lorenzo or
+some one from the family should come. Accordingly, when he arrived at
+the camp, he followed the scent round to the back end of a little low
+hut, where Murphy had hidden the bowl. The gipsy had dug a hole in the
+ground, and buried the bowl in it, out of sight, intending in a day or
+two to dig it up and melt it. Bruno found the place where the bowl was
+buried, but he could not dig it up himself, so he determined to wait
+there and watch until some one should come. He accordingly squatted
+down upon the grass, near the place where the gipsies were seated
+around their fire, and commenced his watch.[4]
+
+    [4] See engraving, page 43.
+
+There were two gipsy women sitting by the fire. There was also a man
+sitting near by. Murphy was standing up near the entrance of the tent
+when Bruno came. He was telling the other gipsies about the bowl. He
+had a long stick in his hand, and Bruno saw this, and concluded that it
+was best for him to keep quiet until some one should come.
+
+“I had the greatest trouble with Bruno,” said Murphy. “He barked at
+me whenever he saw me, and nothing would quiet him. But he is getting
+acquainted now. See, he has come here of his own accord.”
+
+“You said you were going to poison him,” remarked the other man.
+
+“Yes,” replied Murphy. “I did put some poisoned meat in his house, but
+he did not eat it. I expect he smelled the poison.”
+
+[Sidenote: Lorenzo goes in search of Bruno.]
+
+The hours of the day passed on, and Lorenzo wondered more and more what
+could have become of his dog. At last he resolved to go and look him up.
+
+“Mother,” said he, “I am going to see if I can find out what’s become
+of Bruno.”
+
+“I would rather that you would find out what’s become of your bowl,”
+said his mother.
+
+“Why, mother,” said Lorenzo, “Bruno is worth a great deal more than the
+bowl.”
+
+“That may be,” replied his mother, “but there is much less danger of
+his being lost.”
+
+Lorenzo walked slowly away from the house, pondering with much
+perplexity the double loss he had incurred.
+
+“I can not do any thing,” he said, “to get back the bowl, but I can
+look about for Bruno, and if I find him, that’s all I can do. I must
+leave it for father to decide what is to be done about the bowl, when
+he comes home.”
+
+So Lorenzo came out from his father’s house, and after hesitating for
+some minutes which way to go, he was at length decided by seeing a
+boy coming across the fields at a distance with a fishing-pole on his
+shoulder.
+
+“Perhaps that boy has seen him somewhere,” said he. “I’ll go and ask
+him. And, at any rate, I should like to know who the boy is, and
+whether he has caught any fish.”
+
+[Sidenote: The sheep. The geese.]
+
+So Lorenzo turned in the direction where he saw the boy. He walked
+under some tall elm-trees, and then passed a small flock of sheep that
+were lying on the grass in the field. He looked carefully among them
+to see if Bruno was there, but he was not. After passing the sheep,
+he walked along on the margin of a broad and shallow stream of water.
+There were two geese floating quietly upon the surface of this water,
+near where the sheep were lying upon the shore. These geese floated
+quietly upon the water, like vessels riding at anchor. Lorenzo was
+convinced that they had not seen any thing of Bruno for some time. If
+they had, they would not have been so composed.
+
+[Sidenote: The ducks in the water.]
+
+Lorenzo walked on toward the boy. He met him at a place where the path
+approached near the margin of the water. There was some tall grass on
+the brink. Three ducks were swimming near. The ducks turned away when
+they saw the boys coming, and sailed gracefully out toward the middle
+of the stream.
+
+[Illustration: Lorenzo meets Frank going a fishing.]
+
+Lorenzo, when he drew near the boy, perceived that it was an
+acquaintance of his, named Frank. Frank had a long fishing-pole in one
+hand, with a basket containing his dinner in the other.
+
+“Frank,” said Lorenzo, “where are you going?”
+
+“I am going a fishing,” said Frank. “Go with me.”
+
+“No,” said Lorenzo, “I am looking for Bruno.”
+
+“I know where he is,” said Frank.
+
+“Where?” asked Lorenzo.
+
+“I saw him a little while ago at the gipsies’ camp, down in the glen.
+He was lying down there quietly by the gipsies’ fire.”
+
+“What a dog!” said Lorenzo. “Here I have been wondering what had become
+of him all the morning. He has run away, I suppose, because I shut him
+up last night.”
+
+“What made you shut him up?” asked Frank.
+
+“Oh, because he made such a barking every night,” replied Lorenzo. “We
+could not sleep.”
+
+“He is still enough now,” said Frank. “He is lying down very quietly
+with the gipsies.”
+
+Lorenzo then asked Frank some questions about his fishing, and
+afterward walked on. Before long he came to a stile, where there was a
+path leading to a field. He got over the stile, and followed the path
+until at last he came to the gipsies’ encampment.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno in the camp of the gipsies.]
+
+There he found Bruno lying quietly on the ground, at a little distance
+from the fire. As soon as he came in sight of him, he called him.
+“Bruno! Bruno!” said he.
+
+Bruno looked up, and, seeing Lorenzo, ran to meet him, but immediately
+returned to the camp, whining, and barking, and seeming very uneasy.
+He, however, soon became quiet again, for he knew very well, or seemed
+to know, that it would require more of a man than Lorenzo to take the
+bowl away from the gipsies, and, consequently, that he must wait there
+quietly till somebody else should come.
+
+[Sidenote: Lorenzo tries to drive Bruno home, but Bruno will not go.]
+
+“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, speaking very sternly, “_come home_!”
+
+Bruno paid no attention to this command, but, after smelling about the
+ground a little, and running to and fro uneasily, lay down again where
+he was before.
+
+“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, stamping with his foot.
+
+“Won’t your dog obey you?” said Murphy.
+
+“No,” said Lorenzo. “I wish you would take a stick, and drive him
+along.”
+
+Now the gipsies did not wish to have the dog go away. They preferred
+that he should stay with them, and be their dog. They had no idea that
+he was there to watch over the stolen bowl.
+
+“Don’t drive him away,” said one of the gipsy women, speaking in a low
+tone, so that Lorenzo could not hear.
+
+“I’ll only make believe,” said Murphy.
+
+So Murphy took up a little stick, and threw it at the dog, saying, “Go
+home, Bruno!”
+
+Bruno paid no heed to this demonstration.
+
+Lorenzo then advanced to where Bruno was lying, and attempted to pull
+him along, but Bruno would not come. He would not even get up from the
+ground.
+
+“I’ll make you come,” said Lorenzo. So he took hold of him by the neck
+and the ears, and began to pull him. Bruno uttered a low growl.
+
+“Oh, dear me!” said Lorenzo, “what shall I do?”
+
+In fact, he was beginning to grow desperate. So he looked about among
+the bushes for a stick, and when he had found one sufficient for his
+purpose, he came to Bruno, and said, in a very stern voice,
+
+“Now, Bruno, go home!”
+
+Bruno did not move.
+
+“Bruno,” repeated Lorenzo, in a thundering voice, and brandishing his
+stick over Bruno’s head, “GO HOME!”
+
+Bruno, afraid of being beaten with the stick, jumped up, and ran off
+into the bushes. Lorenzo followed him, and attempted to drive him
+toward the path that led toward home. But he could accomplish nothing.
+The dog darted to and fro in the thickets, keeping well out of the way
+of Lorenzo’s stick, but evincing a most obstinate determination not to
+go home. On the contrary, in all his dodgings to and fro, he took care
+to keep as near as possible to the spot where the bowl was buried.
+
+[Sidenote: Lorenzo goes home.]
+
+At last Lorenzo gave up in despair, and concluded to go back to the
+house, and wait till his father got home.
+
+[Sidenote: The search for the bowl.]
+
+His father returned about the middle of the afternoon, and Lorenzo
+immediately told him of the double loss which he had met with. He
+explained all the circumstances connected with the loss of the bowl,
+and described Bruno’s strange behavior. His father listened in silence.
+He immediately suspected that the gipsies had taken the bowl, and
+that Bruno had traced it to them. So he sent for some officers and a
+warrant, and went to the camp.
+
+[Sidenote: The bowl found.]
+
+As soon as Bruno saw the men coming, he seemed to be overjoyed. He
+jumped up, and ran to meet them, and then, running back to the camp
+again, he barked, and leaped about in great excitement. The men
+followed him, and he led them round behind the hut, and there he began
+digging into the ground with his paws. The men took a shovel which was
+there, one belonging to the gipsies, and began to dig. In a short time
+they came to a flat stone, and, on taking up the stone, they found the
+bowl under it.
+
+[Sidenote: Pursuing Murphy.]
+
+Bruno seemed overjoyed. He leaped and jumped about for a minute or two
+when he saw the bowl come out from its hiding-place, and raced round
+and round the man who held the bowl, and then ran away home to find
+Lorenzo. The officers, in the mean time, went off hastily in pursuit of
+Murphy, who had made his escape while they had been digging up the bowl.
+
+
+
+
+BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY.
+
+
+Bruno was quite a large dog. There are a great many different kinds
+of dogs. Some are large, others are small. Some are irritable and
+fierce, others are good-natured and gentle. Some are stout and massive
+in form, others are slender and delicate. Some are distinguished for
+their strength, others for their fleetness, and others still for their
+beauty. Some are very affectionate, others are sagacious, others are
+playful and cunning. Thus dogs differ from each other not only in form
+and size, but in their disposition and character as well.
+
+[Sidenote: Pointers.]
+
+Some dogs are very intelligent, others are less so, and even among
+intelligent dogs there is a great difference in respect to the modes
+in which their intelligence manifests itself. Some dogs naturally love
+the water, and can be taught very easily to swim and dive, and perform
+other aquatic exploits. Others are afraid of the water, and can never
+be taught to like it; but they are excellent hunters, and go into the
+fields with their masters, and find the game. They run to and fro
+about the field that their master goes into, until they see a bird, and
+then they stop suddenly, and remain motionless till their master comes
+and shoots the bird. As soon as they hear the report of the gun, they
+run to get the game. Sometimes quite small dogs are very intelligent
+indeed, though of course they have not so much strength as large dogs.
+
+[Illustration: The little parlor dogs.]
+
+In the above engraving we see several small dogs playing in a parlor.
+The ladies are amusing themselves with flowers that they are arranging,
+and the dogs are playing upon the carpet at their feet.
+
+There are three dogs in all. Two of them are playing together near the
+foreground, on the left. The other is alone.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno was a large dog.]
+
+Bruno was a large dog. He was a very large dog indeed. When other dogs
+were playing around him, he would look down upon them with an air of
+great condescension and dignity. He was, however, very kind to them.
+They would jump upon him, and play around him, but he never did them
+any harm.
+
+[Illustration: Bruno among his companions.]
+
+[Sidenote: Faithfulness.]
+
+Bruno was a very faithful dog. In the summer, when the farmer, his
+master (at a time when he belonged to a farmer), went into the field to
+his work in the morning, he would sometimes take his dinner with him in
+a tin pail, and he would put the pail down under a tree by the side of
+a little brook, and then, pointing to it, would say to Bruno,
+
+[Sidenote: Watching.]
+
+“Bruno, watch!”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno and his master eating dinner in the fields.]
+
+So Bruno would take his place by the side of the pail, and remain there
+watching faithfully all the morning. Sometimes he would become very
+hungry before his master came back, but, though he knew that there was
+meat in the pail, and that there was nothing to cover it but a cloth,
+he would never touch it. If he was thirsty, he would go down to the
+brook and drink, turning his head continually as he went, and while he
+was drinking, to see that no one came near the pail. Then at noon, when
+his master came for his dinner, Bruno would be rejoiced to see him. He
+would run out to meet him with great delight. He would then sit down
+before his master, and look up into his face while he was eating his
+dinner, and his master would give him pieces of bread and meat from
+time to time, to reward him for his fidelity.
+
+Bruno was kind and gentle as well as faithful. If any body came through
+the field while he was watching his master’s dinner, or any thing else
+that had been intrusted to his charge, he would not, as some fierce and
+ill-tempered dogs are apt to do, fly at them and bite them at once, but
+he would wait to see if they were going to pass by peaceably. If they
+were, he would not molest them. If they came near to whatever he was
+set to guard, he would growl a little, to give them a gentle warning.
+If they came nearer still, he would growl louder; but he would never
+bite them unless they actually attempted to seize and take away his
+trust. Thus he was considerate and kind as well as faithful.
+
+[Sidenote: Fierceness.]
+
+Some dogs, though faithful, are very fierce. They are sometimes
+_trained_ to be fierce when they are employed to watch against thieves,
+in order that they may attack the thieves furiously. To make them more
+fierce, their masters never play with them, but keep them chained up
+near their kennels, and do not give them too much to eat. Wild animals
+are always more ferocious while hungry.
+
+[Illustration: The hungry watch-dog.]
+
+Here is a picture of a fierce watch-dog, set to watch against thieves.
+He is kept hungry, in some degree, all the time, to make him more
+ferocious. He looks hollow and gaunt. There is a pan upon the ground,
+from which his master feeds him, but he has eaten up all that it
+contained, and he wants more. This makes him watchful. If he had eaten
+too much, he would probably now be lying asleep in his kennel. The
+kennel is a small house, with a door in front, where the dog goes in
+and out. There is straw upon the floor of the kennel. The dog was lying
+down upon the floor of his kennel, when he thought he heard a noise. He
+sprang up from his place, came out of the door, and has now stopped to
+listen. He is listening and watching very attentively, and is all ready
+to spring. The thief is coming; we can see him climbing over the gate.
+He is coming softly. He thinks no one hears. A moment more, and the dog
+will spring out upon him, and perhaps seize him by the throat, and hold
+him till men come and take him prisoner.
+
+This dog is chained during the day, but his chain is unhooked at night,
+so as to leave him at liberty. By day he can do no harm, and yet the
+children who live in the neighborhood are afraid to go near his kennel,
+he barks so ferociously when he hears a noise; besides, they think it
+possible that, by some accident, his chain may get unfastened.
+
+[Sidenote: Tiger’s fidelity. His ferocious character.]
+
+This dog’s name is Tiger. Bruno was not such a dog as Tiger. He was
+vigilant and faithful, but then he was gentle and kind.
+
+Bruno’s master, the farmer, had a son named Antonio. That is, his name
+was properly Antonio, though they commonly called him Tony.
+
+[Sidenote: The difference between Antonio and Bruno.]
+
+Tony was very different from Bruno in his character. He was as
+faithless and remiss in all his duties as Bruno was trusty and true.
+When his father set him at work in the field, instead of remaining,
+like Bruno, at his post, and discharging his duty, he would take the
+first opportunity, as soon as his father was out of sight, to go away
+and play. Sometimes, when Bruno was upon his watch, Tony would attempt
+to entice him away. He would throw sticks and stones across the brook,
+and attempt to make Bruno go and fetch them. But Bruno would resist all
+these temptations, and remain immovable at his post.
+
+It might be supposed that it would be very tiresome for Bruno to remain
+so many hours lying under a tree, watching a pail, with nothing to
+do and nothing to amuse him, and that, consequently, he would always
+endeavor to escape from the duty. We might suppose that, when he saw
+the farmer’s wife taking down the pail from its shelf, and preparing
+to put the farmer’s dinner in it, he would immediately run away, and
+hide himself under the barn, or among the currant-bushes in the garden,
+or resort to some other scheme to make his escape from such a duty.
+But, in fact, he used to do exactly the contrary of this. As soon as
+he saw that his master was preparing to go into the field, he would
+leap about with great delight. He would run into the house, and take
+his place by the door of the closet where the tin pail was usually
+kept. He would stand there until the farmer’s wife came for the pail,
+and then he would follow her and watch her while she was preparing the
+dinner and putting it into the pail, and then would run along, with
+every appearance of satisfaction and joy, by the side of his master, as
+he went into the field, and finally take his place by the side of the
+pail, as if he were pleased with the duty, and proud of the trust that
+was thus committed to him.
+
+[Sidenote: Antonio’s expedients to avoid work.]
+
+In fact, he _was_ really proud of it. He liked to be employed, and to
+prove himself useful. With Tony it was the reverse. He adopted all
+sorts of schemes and maneuvers to avoid the performance of any duty.
+When he had reason to suppose that any work was to be done in which his
+aid was to be required, he would take his fishing-line, immediately
+after breakfast, and steal secretly away out of the back door, and go
+down to a brook which was near his father’s house, and there--hiding
+himself in some secluded place among the bushes, where he thought they
+could not find him--he would sit down upon a stone and go to fishing.
+If he heard a sound as of his father’s voice calling him, he would
+make a rustling of the leaves, or some other similar noise, so as to
+prevent his hearing whether his father was calling to him or not. Thus
+his father was obliged to do without him. And though his father would
+reprove him very seriously, when he came home at noon, for thus going
+away, Tony would pretend that he did not know that his father wanted
+him, and that he did not hear him when he called.
+
+[Sidenote: The plowing.]
+
+One evening in the spring, Tony heard his father say that he was going
+to plow a certain piece of ground the following day, and he supposed
+that he should be wanted to ride the horse. His father was accustomed
+to plow such land as that field by means of a yoke of oxen, and a
+horse in front of them; and by having Tony to ride the horse, he could
+generally manage to get along without any driver for the oxen, as the
+oxen in that case had nothing to do but to follow on where the horse
+led the way. But if Tony was not there to ride the horse, then it was
+necessary for the farmer to have his man Thomas with him, to drive
+the horse and the oxen. There was no way, therefore, by which Tony
+could be so useful to his father as by thus assisting in this work of
+plowing; for, by so doing, he saved the time of Thomas, who could then
+be employed the whole day in other fields, planting, or hoeing, or
+making fence, or doing any other farm-work which at that season of the
+year required to be done.
+
+[Sidenote: Antonio escapes.]
+
+Accordingly, when Tony understood that this was the plan of work for
+the following day, he stole away from the house immediately after
+breakfast, and ran out into the garden. He had previously put his
+fishing-line, and other necessary apparatus for fishing, upon a certain
+bench there was in an arbor. He now took these things, and then went
+down through the garden to a back gate, which led into a wood beyond.
+He looked around from time to time as he went on, to see if any one at
+the house was observing him. He saw no one; so he escaped safely into
+the wood, without being called back, or even seen.
+
+He felt glad when he found that he had thus made his escape--glad, but
+not happy. It is quite possible to be glad, and yet to be not at all
+happy. Tony felt guilty. He knew that he was doing very wrong; and the
+feeling that we are doing wrong always makes us miserable, whatever may
+be the pleasure that we seek.
+
+[Sidenote: His walk through the wood.]
+
+There was a wild and solitary road which led through the wood. Tony
+went on through this road, with his fishing-pole over his shoulder, and
+his box of bait in his hand. He wore a frock, like a plowman’s frock,
+over his dress. It was one which his mother had made for him. This
+frock was a light and cool garment, and Tony liked to wear it very much.
+
+When Tony had got so far that he thought there was no danger of his
+being called back, and the interest which he had felt in making his
+escape began to subside, as the work had been accomplished, he paused,
+and began to reflect upon what he was doing.
+
+[Sidenote: He almost decides to return and help his father.]
+
+“I have a great mind to go back, after all,” he said, “and help my
+father.”
+
+So he turned round, and began to walk slowly back toward the house.
+
+“No, I won’t,” said he again; “I will go a fishing.”
+
+[Illustration]
+
+So he turned again, and began to walk on.
+
+“At any rate,” he added, speaking to himself all the time, “I will go
+a fishing for a while, and then, perhaps, I will go back and help my
+father.”
+
+So Tony went on in the path until at length he came to a place where
+there was a gateway leading into a dark and secluded wood. The wood was
+very dark and secluded indeed, and Tony thought that the path through
+it must lead to some very retired and solitary place, where nobody
+could find him.
+
+“I presume there is a brook, too, somewhere in that wood,” he added,
+“where I can fish.”
+
+The gate was fastened, but there was a short length of fence on the
+left-hand side of it, formed of only two rails, and these were so far
+apart that Tony could easily creep through between them. So he crept
+through, and went into the wood.
+
+[Sidenote: He comes to the brook.]
+
+He rambled about in the wood for some time, following various paths
+that he found there, until at length he came to a brook. He was quite
+rejoiced to find the brook, and he immediately began fishing in it. He
+followed the bank of this brook for nearly a mile, going, of course,
+farther and farther into the wood all the time. He caught a few small
+fishes at some places, while at others he caught none. He was, however,
+restless and dissatisfied in mind. Again and again he wished that he
+had not come away from home, and he was continually on the point of
+resolving to return. He thought, however, that his father would have
+brought Thomas into the field, and commenced his plowing long before
+then, and that, consequently, it would do no good to return.
+
+[Sidenote: Fishing. The squirrel.]
+
+While he was sitting thus, with a disconsolate air, upon a large stone
+by the side of the brook, fishing in a dark and deep place, where he
+hoped that there might be some trout, he suddenly saw a large gray
+squirrel. He immediately dropped his fishing-pole, and ran to see where
+the squirrel would go. In fact, he had some faint and vague idea that
+there might, by some possibility, be a way to catch him.
+
+The squirrel ran along a log, then up the stem of a tree to a branch,
+along the branch to the end of it, whence he sprang a long distance
+through the air to another branch, and then ran along that branch to
+the tree which it grew from. From this tree he descended to a rock. He
+mounted to the highest point of the rock, and there he turned round and
+looked at Tony, sitting upon his hind legs, and holding his fore paws
+before him, like a dog begging for supper.
+
+[Sidenote: An unsuccessful hunt.]
+
+“The rogue!” said Tony. “How I wish I could catch him!”
+
+Very soon the squirrel, feeling somewhat alarmed at the apparition of
+a boy in the woods, and not knowing what to make of so strange a sight,
+ran down the side of the rock, and continued his flight. Tony followed
+him for some time, until at last the squirrel contrived to make his
+escape altogether, by running up a large tree, keeping cunningly on the
+farther side of it all the way, so that Tony could not see him. When
+he had reached the branches of the tree, he crept into a small hollow
+which he found there, and crouching down, he remained motionless in
+this hiding-place until Tony became tired of looking for him, and went
+away.
+
+[Sidenote: The lost boy.]
+
+Tony, when at last he gave up the search for the squirrel, attempted
+to find his way back to the place where he had left his fishing-pole.
+Unfortunately, he had left his cap there too, so that he was doubly
+desirous of finding the place. There was, however, no path, for
+squirrels in their rambles in the woods are of course always quite
+independent of every thing like roadways. Tony went back in the
+direction from which he thought he came; but he could find no traces of
+his fishing-pole. He could not even find the brook. He began to feel
+quite uneasy, and, after going around in very circuitous and devious
+wanderings for some time, he became quite bewildered. He at length
+determined to give up the attempt to find his fishing-line and cap, and
+to get out of the woods, and make his way home in the quickest possible
+way.
+
+[Sidenote: Tony’s difficulties.]
+
+The poor boy now began to feel more guilty and more wretched than ever
+before. He was not really more guilty, though he _felt_ his guilt far
+more acutely than he had done when every thing was going well with him.
+This is always so. The feeling of self-condemnation is not generally
+the strongest at the time when we are doing the wrong. It becomes far
+more acute and far more painful when we begin to experience the bitter
+consequences which we bring upon ourselves by the transgression. Tony
+hurried along wherever he could find a path which promised to lead him
+to the gateway, breathless with fatigue and excitement, and with his
+face flushed and full of anxiety. He was in great distress.
+
+He stopped from time to time, to call aloud to his father and to
+Thomas. He was now as anxious that they should find him as he had been
+before to escape from them. He listened, in the hope that he might hear
+the barking of Bruno, or some other sound that might help him to find
+his way out of the woods.
+
+[Sidenote: He is misled by various sounds.]
+
+Once he actually heard a sound among the trees, at some distance from
+him. He thought that it was some one working in the woods. He went
+eagerly in the direction from which the sound proceeded, scrambling,
+by the way, over the rocks and brambles, and leaping from hummock to
+hummock in crossing bogs and mire. When at length he reached the place,
+he found that the noise was nothing but one tree creaking against
+another in the wind.
+
+At another time, he followed a sound which appeared different from
+this; when he came up to it, he found it to be a woodpecker tapping an
+old hollow tree.
+
+[Sidenote: Tony at the brook.]
+
+Tony wandered about thus in the wood nearly all the day, and at length,
+about the middle of the afternoon, he became so exhausted with fatigue,
+anxiety, and hunger, that he could go no farther. He was very thirsty
+too, for he could find no water. He began to fear that he should die
+in the woods of starvation and thirst. At length, however, a short
+time before the sun went down, he came, to his great joy, to a stream
+of water. It was wide and deep, so that he could not cross it. He,
+however, went down to the brink of the water, and got a good drink.
+This refreshed him very much, and then he went back again up the bank,
+and lay down upon the grass there to rest.
+
+[Sidenote: Cows in the water.]
+
+Presently two cows came down to the water, on the side opposite to
+where Tony was sitting. They came to drink. Tony wished very much that
+they would come over to his side of the water, so that he could get
+some milk from them. If he could get a good drink of milk from them, he
+thought it would restore his strength, so that he could make one more
+effort to return home. He called the cows, and endeavored, by every
+means in his power, to make them come through the water to his side.
+One of them waded into the water a little way, and stood there staring
+stupidly at Tony, but she would not come any farther.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Then Tony thought of attempting to wade across the water to the cows,
+but he was afraid that it might be very deep, and that he should get
+drowned. He thought, too, that if he could contrive in any way to get
+near the cows, there would still be a difficulty in getting a drink of
+their milk, for he had no cup or mug to milk into. He wondered whether
+or not it would be possible for him to get down under one of the cows
+and milk into his mouth. He soon found, however, that it was of no use
+to consider this question, for it was not possible for him to get near
+the cows at all.
+
+Then he reflected how many times his mother, in the evenings at home,
+when the cows were milked, had brought him drinks of the milk in a cup
+or mug, very convenient to drink out of, and how many long and weary
+days his father had worked in the fields, mowing grass to feed the
+cows, and in the barns in the winter, to take care of them, so as to
+provide the means of giving his boy this rich and luxurious food; and
+he felt how ungrateful he had been, in not being willing to aid his
+father in his work, when opportunities offered to him to be useful.
+
+[Sidenote: Good resolutions.]
+
+“If I ever get home,” said he to himself, “I’ll be a better boy.”
+
+[Sidenote: Here comes Bruno.]
+
+Just then Tony heard a noise in the bushes behind him. At first he was
+startled, as most people are, at hearing suddenly a noise in the woods.
+Immediately afterward, however, he felt glad, as he hoped that the
+noise was made by some one coming. He had scarcely time to look around
+before Bruno came rushing through the bushes, and, with a single bound,
+came to Tony’s feet. He leaped up upon him, wagging his tail most
+energetically, and in other ways manifesting the most extraordinary
+joy.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno leads the way through the woods.]
+
+In a minute or two he began to walk away again into the woods, looking
+behind him toward Tony, intimating that Tony was to follow him. Tony
+slowly rose from his place, and attempted to go.
+
+“Yes, Bruno,” said he, “I know. You are going to show me the way home.
+I’ll come along as fast as I can.”
+
+Tony soon found, however, that he could not come very fast. In fact,
+he was almost exhausted by fatigue and hunger, and he had now little
+strength remaining. He accordingly staggered rather than walked in
+attempting to follow Bruno, and he was obliged frequently to stop and
+rest. On such occasions Bruno would come back and fawn around him,
+wagging his tail, and expressing his sympathy in such other ways as
+a dog has at command, and would finally lie down quietly by Tony’s
+side until the poor boy was ready to proceed again. Then he would go
+forward, and lead the way as before.
+
+It is very extraordinary that a dog can find his way through the woods
+under certain circumstances so much better than a boy, or even than a
+man. But so it is; for, though so greatly inferior to a boy in respect
+to the faculties of speech and reason, he is greatly superior to him
+in certain instincts, granted to him by the Creator to fit him for the
+life which he was originally designed to lead as a wild animal. It was
+by means of these instincts that Bruno found Tony.
+
+[Sidenote: The various expeditions in search of Tony.]
+
+Bruno had commenced his search about the middle of the afternoon. It
+was not until some time after dinner that the family began to be uneasy
+about Tony’s absence. During all the forenoon they supposed that he had
+gone away somewhere a fishing or to play, and that he would certainly
+come home to dinner. When, however, the dinner hour, which was twelve
+o’clock, arrived, and Tony did not appear, they began to wonder what
+had become of him. So, after dinner, they sent Thomas down behind the
+garden, and to the brook, and to all the other places where they knew
+that Tony was accustomed to go, to see if he could find him. Thomas
+went to all those places, and not only looked to see whether Tony was
+there, but he called also very loud, and listened long after every
+calling for an answer. But he could neither see nor hear any thing of
+the lost boy.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno’s search.]
+
+Then Tony’s mother began to be very seriously alarmed, and his father,
+too, determined to leave his work, and go and see if he could find him.
+He accordingly sent Thomas one way, while he himself went another.
+Bruno watched all these movements with great interest. He understood
+what they meant. He determined to see what he could do. He accordingly
+ran out into the garden, where he had seen Tony go after breakfast in
+the morning. He smelled about there in all the paths until at length he
+found Tony’s track. He followed this track to the seat in the arbor,
+where Tony had gone to get his fishing-line. Taking _a new departure_
+from this point, he went on, smelling the track along the paths as he
+advanced, to the bottom of the garden, thence into a wood behind the
+garden, thence along the road till he came to the gate under the trees
+where Tony had gone in.
+
+[Sidenote: He finds Tony’s cap and fishing-pole.]
+
+By smelling about this gate, he ascertained that Tony did not open the
+gate, but that he crept through between the bars on the left-hand side
+of it. Bruno did the same. He then followed the track of Tony in the
+solitary woods until he came to the brook where Tony had been fishing.
+Here, to his great astonishment, he found Tony’s cap and fishing-pole
+lying by the margin of the water.
+
+What this could mean he was utterly unable to imagine. The sight of
+these things, however, only increased his interest in the search for
+Tony. He soon found the track again, and he followed it along by the
+side of the bog, and to the great rock, and by the old trees. What
+could have induced Tony to leave his cap and pole by the brook, and
+go scrambling through the bushes in this devious way, he could not
+imagine, not knowing, of course, any thing about the squirrel.
+
+He, however, proceeded very industriously in the search, following the
+scent which Tony’s footsteps had left on the leaves and grass wherever
+he had gone, until at length, to his great joy, he came up with the
+object of his search by the brink of the water, as has already been
+described.
+
+Tony had gone but a short distance from the place where Bruno had
+discovered him, before he found his strength failing him so rapidly
+that he was obliged to make his rests longer and longer. At one of
+these stops, Bruno, instead of waiting by his side, as he had done
+before, until Tony had become sufficiently rested to go on, ran off
+through the bushes and left him.
+
+“Now, Bruno!” said Tony, in a mournful tone, “if you go away and leave
+me, I don’t know what I shall do.”
+
+[Sidenote: The cap restored.]
+
+Bruno was gone about five minutes, at the end of which time he came
+back, bringing Tony’s cap in his mouth. He had been to the brook to get
+it.
+
+Tony was overjoyed to see Bruno again, and he was, moreover,
+particularly pleased to get his cap again.
+
+So he took his cap and put it on, patting Bruno’s head at the same
+time, and commending him in a very cordial manner.
+
+“I am very much obliged to you, Bruno,” said he, “for bringing me my
+cap--_very_ much obliged indeed. The cap is all I care for; never mind
+about the fishing-pole.”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno returns home.]
+
+Tony spoke these words very feebly, for he was very tired and faint.
+Bruno perceived that he was not able to go on; so, after remaining
+by his side a few minutes, he ran off again into the bushes and
+disappeared.
+
+“Now he has gone to bring the fishing-pole, I suppose,” said Tony. “I
+wish he would not go for that; I would rather have him stay here with
+me.”
+
+[Sidenote: His strange conduct.]
+
+Tony was mistaken in his supposition that Bruno had gone for the
+fishing-pole; for, instead of going to the brook again, where he had
+found the cap, he ran as fast as he could toward home. His object was
+to see if he could not get some thing for Tony to eat. As soon as he
+arrived at the house, he went to the farmer’s wife, who was all this
+time walking about the rooms of the house in great distress of mind,
+and waiting anxiously to hear some news of those who were in search
+of Tony, and began to pull her by her dress toward the place in the
+kitchen where the tin pail was kept, in which she was accustomed to put
+the farmer’s dinner. At first she could not understand what he wanted.
+
+“My senses!” said she, “what does the dog mean?”
+
+“Bruno!” said she again, after wondering a moment, “what do you want?”
+
+Bruno looked up toward the pail and whined piteously, wagging his tail
+all the time, and moving about with eager impatience.
+
+[Sidenote: He succeeds in obtaining a dinner for Tony.]
+
+At length the farmer’s wife took hold of the pail, and, as soon as she
+had done so, Bruno ran off toward the closet where the food was kept,
+which she was accustomed to put into the pail for her husband’s dinner.
+He took his station by the door, and waited there, as he had been
+accustomed to do, looking up eagerly all the time to Tony’s mother, who
+was slowly following him.
+
+“I verily believe,” said she, joyfully, “that Bruno has found Tony, and
+is going to carry him something to eat.”
+
+She immediately went into the closet, and filled the pail up, in a very
+hurried manner, with something for Tony to eat, taking care not to put
+in so much as to make the pail too heavy. As soon as she had done this,
+and put on a cover, and then set the pail down upon the floor, Bruno
+immediately took it up by means of the handle, and ran off with it.
+Tony’s mother followed him, but she could not keep up with him, and was
+soon obliged to relinquish the pursuit.
+
+Bruno had some difficulty in getting over the fences and through the
+bars with his burden, as he went on toward the place where he had left
+Tony. He, however, persevered in his efforts, and finally succeeded;
+and at length had the satisfaction of bringing the pail safely, and
+laying it down at Tony’s feet. Tony, who was by this time extremely
+hungry, as well as faint and exhausted by fatigue, was overjoyed at
+receiving this unexpected supply. He opened the pail, and found there
+every thing which he required. There was a supply of bread and butter
+in slices, with ham, sandwich fashion, placed between. At the bottom of
+the pail, too, was a small bottle filled with milk.
+
+[Sidenote: He conducts Tony home, and goes back for the fishing-pole.]
+
+After eating and drinking what Bruno had thus brought him, Tony felt
+greatly relieved and strengthened. He now could walk along, where Bruno
+led the way, without stopping to rest at all. So the boy and the dog
+went on together, until they safely reached the bottom of the garden.
+Here they were met by Tony’s mother, who was almost beside herself with
+joy when she saw them coming. She ran to meet Tony, and conducted him
+into the house, while Bruno, as soon as he found that his charge was
+safe, turned back, and, without waiting to be thanked, ran off into the
+woods again.
+
+And where do you think he was going, reader?
+
+He was going to get Tony’s fishing-pole.
+
+Tony’s mother brought her boy into the house, and, after she had bathed
+his face, and his hands, and his feet with warm water to refresh and
+soothe him, agitated as he was by his anxiety and terror, she gave him
+a comfortable seat by the side of the kitchen fire, while she went to
+work to get ready the supper. As soon as Tony had arrived, she blew
+the horn at the door, which was the signal which had been previously
+agreed upon to denote that he was found. Thomas and Tony’s father heard
+this sound as they were wandering about in the woods, and both joyfully
+hastened home. Tony, in the mean time, dreaded his father’s return.
+He expected to be bitterly reproached by him for what he had done. He
+was, however, happily disappointed in this expectation. His father did
+not reproach him. He thought he had already been punished enough; and
+besides, he was so glad to have his son home again, safe and sound,
+that he had not the heart to say a word to give him any additional pain.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno lies down to sleep.]
+
+Bruno himself came home about the same time that Thomas did, bringing
+the fishing-pole and line with him. The apparatus was all safe, except
+that the hook was gone. It had got torn off by catching against the
+bushes on the way. Bruno brought the pole and line to Tony. Tony took
+them, and when he had wound up the line, he set the pole up in the
+corner, while Bruno stretched himself out before the fire, and there,
+with his mind in a state of great satisfaction, in view of what he had
+done, he prepared to go to sleep. The bright fire glanced upon the
+hearth and about the room, forming a very cheerful and pleasant scene.
+
+[Sidenote: Tony’s reflections.]
+
+How shameful it is, thought Tony, as he looked upon Bruno by the fire,
+that while a dog can be so faithful, and seem to take so much pride and
+pleasure in doing his duty, and in making himself as useful in every
+way as he possibly can, a boy, whose power and opportunities are so
+much superior to his, should be faithless and negligent, and try to
+contrive ways and means to evade his proper work. You have taught me a
+lesson, Bruno. You have set me an example. We will see whether, after
+this, I will allow myself to be beaten in fidelity and gratitude by a
+dog.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+This story reminds me of another one about a boy named Antonio,
+who got away from home, and was in trouble to get back, though the
+circumstances were very different from those which I have just related.
+The name of this new story is “Boys Adrift.”
+
+
+
+
+BOYS ADRIFT.
+
+
+Boys are generally greatly pleased with seeing ships and the water.
+In fact, the view of a harbor, filled with boats and shipping, forms
+usually for all persons, old as well as young, a very attractive scene.
+
+There was once a boy named Antonio Van Tromp. They commonly called him
+Antony. Sometimes they called him Van Tromp. He lived in a certain
+sea-port town, where his father used to come in with a ship from sea.
+His father was captain of the ship. Antonio used to be very fond of
+going down to the pier while his father’s ship was unloading. One day
+he persuaded his cousin, who was several years younger than himself, to
+go down with him.
+
+[Sidenote: Antonio and his cousin amuse themselves on the pier.]
+
+The boys played about upon the pier for an hour very happily. The
+seamen and laborers were unloading the ship, and there were a great
+many boxes, and bales, and hogsheads, and other packages of merchandise
+lying upon the pier. There were porters at work carrying the goods
+away, and sailors rolling hogsheads and barrels to and fro. There was
+an anchor on the pier, and weights, and chains, and trucks, and other
+similar objects lying around. The boys amused themselves for some time
+in jumping about upon these things. At length, on looking down over
+the edge of the pier, they saw that there was a boat there. It was
+fastened by means of a rope to one of the links of an enormous chain,
+which was lying over the edge of the pier. On seeing this boat, they
+conceived the idea of getting into it, and rowing about a little in the
+neighborhood of the pier.
+
+[Sidenote: The boat.]
+
+There were no oars in the boat, and so Van Tromp asked a sailor, whom
+he saw at work near, to go and get them for him on board the ship.
+
+[Sidenote: Conversation with the sailor.]
+
+“Not I,” said the sailor.
+
+“Why not?” asked Van Tromp.
+
+“It is ebb tide,” said the sailor, “and if you two boys cast off from
+the pier in that boat, you will get carried out to sea.”
+
+“Why, I can _scull_,” said Van Tromp.
+
+“Oh no,” said the sailor.
+
+“At least I can pull,” said Van Tromp.
+
+“Oh no,” said the sailor.
+
+The boys stood perplexed, not knowing what to do.
+
+All along the shores of the sea the tide rises for six hours, and while
+it is thus rising, the water, of course, wherever there are harbors,
+creeks, and bays, flows _in_. Afterward the tide falls for six hours,
+and while it is falling, the water of the harbors, creeks, and bays
+flows _out_. When the water is going out, they call it ebb tide. That
+is what the sailor meant by saying it was ebb tide.
+
+[Sidenote: Sculling and pulling.]
+
+_Sculling_ is a mode of propelling a boat by one oar. The oar in this
+case is put out behind the boat, that is, at the stern, and is moved
+to and fro in a peculiar manner, somewhat resembling the motion of the
+tail of a fish when he is swimming through the water. It is difficult
+to learn how to scull. Antony could scull pretty well in smooth water,
+but he could not have worked his way in this manner against an ebb
+tide.
+
+_Pulling_, as Antony called it, is another name for rowing. In rowing,
+it is necessary to have two oars. To row a boat requires more strength,
+though less skill, than to scull it.
+
+The boys, after hesitating for some time, finally concluded at least
+to get into the boat. They had unfastened the painter, that is, the
+rope by which the boat was tied, while they had been talking with the
+sailor, in order to be all ready to cast off. When they found that the
+sailor would not bring them any oars, they fastened the painter again,
+so that the boat should not get away, and then climbed down the side of
+the pier, and got into the boat.
+
+[Sidenote: The boat adrift.]
+
+Unfortunately, when, after untying the painter, they attempted to make
+it fast again into the link of the chain, they did not do it securely;
+and as they moved to and fro about the boat, pushing it one way and
+another, the rope finally got loose, and the boat floated slowly away
+from the pier. The boys were engaged very intently at the time in
+watching some sun-fish which they saw in the water. They were leaning
+over the side of the boat to look at them, so that they did not see
+the pier when it began to recede, and thus the tide carried them to
+a considerable distance from it before they observed that they were
+adrift.
+
+At length Larry--for that was the name of Antony’s cousin--looking up
+accidentally, observed that the boat was moving away.
+
+“Antony! Antony!” exclaimed, he, “we’re adrift.”
+
+As he said this, Larry looked very much terrified.
+
+Antony rose from his reclining position, and stood upright in the
+bottom of the boat. He looked back toward the pier, which he observed
+was rapidly receding.
+
+[Sidenote: Adrift.]
+
+“Yes,” said he, “we’re adrift; but who cares?”
+
+When a boy gets into difficulty or danger by doing something wrong, he
+is generally very much frightened. When, however, he knows that he has
+not been doing any thing wrong, but has got into difficulty purely by
+accident, he is much less likely to be afraid.
+
+Antony knew that he had done nothing wrong in getting into the boat.
+His father was a sea-captain, and he was allowed to get into boats
+whenever he chose to do so. He was accustomed, too, to be in boats on
+the water, and now, if he had only had an oar or a paddle, he would not
+have felt any concern whatever. As it was, he felt very little concern.
+
+His first thought was to call out to the sailor whom they had left on
+the pier. The boys both called to him long and loud, but he was so busy
+turning over boxes, and bales, and rolling hogsheads about, that he did
+not hear.
+
+“What shall we do?” asked Larry, with a very anxious look.
+
+[Sidenote: The sail-boat.]
+
+“Oh, we shall get ashore again easily enough,” replied Antony. “Here is
+a large sail-boat coming up. We will hail them, and they will take us
+aboard.”
+
+“Do you think they will take us on board?” asked Larry.
+
+“Yes, I am sure they will,” said Antony.
+
+Just then the boat which the boys were drifting in came along opposite
+to a large sail-boat. This boat was sloop-rigged; that is, it had one
+mast and a fore-and-aft sail. She was standing up the harbor, and was
+headed toward the pier. The sail was spread, and the sail-boat was
+gliding along smoothly, but quite swiftly, through the water.
+
+There were two men on board. One was at the helm, steering. The other,
+who had on a red flannel shirt, came to the side of the boat, and
+looked over toward the boys. We can just see the head of this man above
+the gunwale on the starboard side of the boat in the picture.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+[Sidenote: Antony calls for help. He receives none.]
+
+“Hallo! sail-boat!” said Antony.
+
+“Hallo!” said the flannel shirt.
+
+“Take us aboard of your boat,” said Antony; “we have got adrift, and
+have not got any oar.”
+
+“We can’t take you on board,” said the man; “we have got beyond you
+already.”
+
+“Throw us a rope,” said Antony.
+
+“We have not got any rope long enough,” said the sailor.
+
+As he said these words, the sail-boat passed entirely by.
+
+“What _shall_ we do?” said Larry, much alarmed.
+
+Larry was much smaller than Antony, and much less accustomed to be in
+boats on the water, and he was much more easily terrified.
+
+“Don’t be afraid,” said Antony; “we shall get brought up among some of
+the shipping below. There are plenty of vessels coming up the harbor.”
+
+[Sidenote: The boys float down the channel.]
+
+So they went on--slowly, but very steadily--wherever they were borne by
+the course of the ebbing tide. Instead of being brought up, however, as
+Antony had predicted, by some of the ships, they were kept by the tide
+in the middle of the channel, while the ships were all, as it happened,
+on one side or the other, and they did not go within calling distance
+of any one of them. At last even Antony began to think that they were
+certainly about to be carried out to sea.
+
+“If the water was not so deep, we could anchor,” said Antony.
+
+“We have not got any anchor,” said Larry.
+
+[Sidenote: The grapnel.]
+
+“Yes,” replied Antony, “there is a grapnel in the bow of the boat.”
+
+Larry looked in a small cuddy under the bow of the boat, and found
+there a sort of grapnel that was intended to be used as an anchor.
+
+“Let us heave it over,” said Larry, “and then the boat will stop.”
+
+“No,” replied Antony, “the rope is not long enough to reach the bottom;
+the water is too deep here. We are in the middle of the channel; but
+perhaps, by-and-by, the tide will carry us over upon the flats, and
+then we can anchor.”
+
+“How shall we know when we get to the flats?” asked Larry.
+
+“We can see the bottom then,” said Antony, “by looking over the side of
+the boat.”
+
+“I mean to watch,” said Larry; and he began forthwith to look over the
+side of the boat.
+
+[Sidenote: They see the bottom.]
+
+It was not long before Antony’s expectations were fulfilled. The tide
+carried the boat over a place where the water was shallow, the bottom
+being formed there of broad and level tracts of sand and mud, called
+flats.
+
+“I see the bottom,” said Larry, joyfully.
+
+Antony looked over the side of the boat, and there, down several feet
+beneath the surface of the water, he could clearly distinguish the
+bottom. It was a smooth expanse of mud and water, and it seemed to be
+slowly gliding away from beneath them. The real motion was in the boat,
+but _this_ motion was imperceptible to the boys, except by the apparent
+motion of the bottom, which was produced by it. Such a deceiving of the
+sight as this is commonly called an optical illusion.
+
+“Yes,” said Antony, “that’s the bottom; now we will anchor.”
+
+[Sidenote: Anchoring.]
+
+So the two boys went forward, and, after taking care to see that the
+inner end of the grapnel rope was made fast properly to the bow of the
+boat, they lifted the heavy iron over the side of the boat, and let it
+plunge into the water. It sank to the bottom in a moment, drawing out
+the rope after it. It immediately fastened itself by its prongs in the
+mud, and when the rope was all out, the bow of the boat was “brought
+up” by it--that is, was stopped at once. The stern of the boat was
+swung round by the force of the tide, which still continued to act upon
+it, and then the boat came to its rest, with the head pointing up the
+harbor.
+
+“There,” said Antony, “now we are safe.”
+
+“But how are we going to get back to the shore?” inquired Larry.
+
+[Sidenote: The boys wait for the tide.]
+
+“Why, by-and-by the tide will turn,” said Antony, “and flow in, and
+then we shall get up our anchor, and let it carry us home again.”
+
+“And how long shall we have to wait?” asked Larry.
+
+“Oh, about three or four hours,” said Antony.
+
+“My mother will be very much frightened,” said Larry. “How sorry I am
+that we got into the boat!”
+
+“So am I,” said Antony; “or, rather, I should be, if I thought it would
+do any good to be sorry.”
+
+[Sidenote: Captain Van Tromp misses them.]
+
+In the mean time, while the boys had thus been making their involuntary
+voyage down the harbor, Captain Van Tromp, on board his ship, had been
+employed very busily with his accounts in his cabin. It was now nearly
+noon, and he concluded, accordingly, that it was time for him to go
+home to dinner. So he called one of the sailors to him, and directed
+him to look about on the pier and try to find the boys, and tell them
+that he was going home to dinner.
+
+In a few minutes the sailor came back, and told the captain that he
+could not find the boys; and that Jack, who was at work outside on the
+pier, said that they had not been seen about there for more than an
+hour, and that the boat was missing too; and he was afraid that they
+had got into it, and had gone adrift.
+
+“Send Jack to me,” said the captain.
+
+When Jack came into the cabin, the captain was at work, as usual, on
+his accounts. Jack stood by his side a moment, with his cap in his
+hand, waiting for the captain to be at leisure to speak to him. At
+length the captain looked up.
+
+“Jack,” said he, “do you say that the boys have gone off with the boat?”
+
+“I don’t know, sir,” said Jack. “The boat is gone, and the boys are
+gone, but whether the boat has gone off with the boys, or the boys with
+the boat, I couldn’t say.”
+
+The captain paused a moment, with a thoughtful expression upon his
+countenance, and then said,
+
+“Tell Nelson to take the glass, and go aloft, and look around to see if
+he can see any thing of them.”
+
+“Ay, ay, sir,” said Jack.
+
+The captain then resumed his work as if nothing particular had happened.
+
+[Sidenote: Mr. Nelson discovers them by means of his spy-glass.]
+
+Nelson was the mate of the ship. The mate is the second in command
+under the captain.
+
+When Nelson received the captain’s order, he took the spy-glass, and
+went up the shrouds to the mast-head. In about ten minutes he came down
+again, and gave Jack a message for the captain. Jack came down again
+into the cabin. He found the captain, as before, busy at his work. The
+captain had been exposed to too many great and terrible dangers at sea
+to be much alarmed at the idea of two boys being adrift, in a strong
+boat and in a crowded harbor.
+
+“Mr. Nelson says, sir,” said Jack, “that he sees our boat, with two
+boys in it, about a mile and a half down the harbor. She is lying a
+little to the eastward of the red buoy.”
+
+A buoy is a floating beam of wood, or other light substance, anchored
+on the point of a shoal, or over a ledge of rocks, to warn the seamen
+that they must not sail there. The different buoys are painted of
+different colors, so that they may be easily distinguished one from
+another.
+
+The captain paused a moment on hearing Jack’s report, and looked
+undecided. In fact, his attention was so much occupied by his accounts,
+that only half his thoughts seemed to be given to the case of the boys.
+At length he asked if there was any wind.
+
+“Not a capful,” said the sailor.
+
+“Tell Nelson, then,” said the captain, “to send down the gig with four
+men, and bring the boys back.”
+
+[Sidenote: The gig.]
+
+The gig, as the captain called it, was a light boat belonging to the
+ship, being intended for rowing swiftly in smooth water.
+
+[Sidenote: Nelson fits out an expedition to relieve the boys.]
+
+So Nelson called out four men, and directed them to get ready with the
+gig. The men accordingly lowered the gig down from the side of the ship
+into the water, and then, with the oars in their hands, they climbed
+down into it. In a few minutes they were rowing swiftly down the
+harbor, in the direction of the red buoy, while Captain Van Tromp went
+home to dinner. On his way home he left word, at the house where Larry
+lived, that the boys had gone down the harbor, and would not be home
+under an hour.
+
+[Sidenote: The boys watch the progress of the tide.]
+
+While these occurrences had been taking place on the pier, the boys
+had been sitting very patiently in their boat, waiting for the tide
+to turn, or for some one to come to their assistance. They could see
+how it was with the tide by the motion of the water, as it glided past
+them. The current, in fact, when they first anchored, made quite a
+ripple at the bows of the boat. They had a fine view of the harbor,
+as they looked back toward the town from their boat, though the view
+was so distant that they could not make out which was the pier where
+Captain Van Tromp’s vessel was lying.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Of course, as the tide went out more and more, the surface of the water
+was continually falling, and the depth growing less and less all the
+time. The boys could easily perceive the increasing shallowness of
+the water, as they looked over the side of the boat, and watched the
+appearance of the bottom.
+
+[Sidenote: A new danger. A discussion.]
+
+“Now here’s another trouble,” said Antony. “If we don’t look out, we
+shall get left aground. I’ve a great mind to pull up the anchor, and
+let the boat drift on a little way, till we come to deeper water.”
+
+“Oh no,” said Larry, “don’t let us go out to sea any farther.”
+
+“Why, if we stay here,” said Antony, “until the tide falls so as to
+leave us aground, we may have to stay some hours after the tide turns
+before we get afloat again.”
+
+“Well,” said Larry, “no matter. Besides, if you go adrift again, the
+water may deepen suddenly.”
+
+“Yes,” said Antony, “and then we should lose hold of the bottom
+altogether. We had better not move.”
+
+“Unless,” added Antony, after a moment’s thought, “we can contrive to
+_warp_ the boat _up_ a little.”
+
+[Sidenote: Warping the boat.]
+
+So saying, Antony went forward to examine into the feasibility of this
+plan. He found, on looking over the bow of the boat, that the water was
+very shallow, and nearly still; for the tide, being nearly out, flowed
+now with a very gentle and almost imperceptible current. Of course, as
+the water was shallow, and the rope that was attached to the anchor was
+pretty long, the anchor itself was at a considerable distance from the
+boat. The boys could see the rope passing obliquely along under the
+water, but could not see the anchor.
+
+Antony took hold of the rope, and began to draw it in. The effect of
+this operation was to draw the boat up the harbor toward the anchor.
+When, at length, the rope was all in, Antony pulled up the grapnel,
+which was small and easily raised, and then swinging it to and fro
+several times to give it an impetus, he threw it with all his force
+forward. It fell into the water nearly ten feet from where it had lain
+before, and there sinking immediately, it laid hold of the bottom
+again. Antony now, by pulling upon the rope, as he had done at first,
+drew the boat up to the anchor at its new holding. He repeated this
+operation a number of times, watching the water from time to time over
+the bows of the boat, to see whether it was getting deeper or not.
+While Antony was thus engaged, the attention of Larry was suddenly
+attracted to the sound of oars. He looked in the direction from which
+the sound proceeded, and saw, at a considerable distance, a boat coming
+toward them.
+
+[Sidenote: “Here comes the gig!”]
+
+“Here comes a boat,” said Larry.
+
+Antony looked where Larry pointed.
+
+“Yes,” said he, “and she is headed directly toward us.”
+
+“So she is,” said Larry.
+
+“I verily believe it is our gig,” said Antony.
+
+“It is,” he added, after looking a moment longer, “and there is Jack on
+board of her. They are coming for us.”
+
+In a few minutes more the gig was alongside. Two of the sailors that
+had come down in the gig got on board of the boys’ boat with their
+oars, and then both boats rowed up the harbor again, and in due time
+the boys reached home in safety.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Sidenote: Moral.]
+
+The moral of this story is, that in all cases of difficulty and danger
+it is best to keep quiet and composed in mind, and not to give way to
+excitement and terror. Being frightened never does any good, excepting
+when there is a chance to run away; in that case, it sometimes helps
+one to run a little faster. In all other cases, it is best to be
+cool and collected, and encounter whatever comes with calmness and
+equanimity.
+
+
+
+
+BRUNO AND THE ROBIN.
+
+    “Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.”
+
+
+[Sidenote: Hiram and Ralph. The robin.]
+
+At one time Bruno had for his master a boy named Hiram. Hiram had a
+friend and companion who lived in the next house to him, whose name was
+Ralph. This Ralph had a robin. He kept the robin in a cage.
+
+[Sidenote: The loft.]
+
+There was a small building near the bottom of Ralph’s father’s garden,
+which was used as a place of deposit for gardening implements, seeds,
+bundles of straw, matting for covering plants, and other similar
+articles employed about the garden. This building was called the
+“garden-house.” In the upper part of it was a loft, which Ralph had
+taken possession of as a storehouse for his wagons, trucks, traps, and
+other playthings. He used to go up to this loft by means of a number of
+large wooden pins, or pegs, that were driven into one of the posts of
+the frame of the garden-house, in a corner. Somebody once recommended
+to Ralph to have a staircase made to lead up to his loft, but he
+said he liked better to climb up by these pins than to have the best
+staircase that ever was made.
+
+Ralph used frequently to carry his robin to this garden-house when he
+was playing about there, and on such occasions he would sometimes hang
+the cage on a nail out of the window of his loft. He drove the nail
+himself into the edge of a sort of a shelf, which was near the window
+on the outside. The shelf was put there for doves to light upon, in
+going in and out of their house, which was made in the peak of the
+roof, over Ralph’s loft.
+
+[Sidenote: Account of Ralph’s robin.]
+
+Ralph caught his robin when he was very young. He caught him in a net.
+He saw the nest when the birds were first building it. About a week
+after the birds had finished it, he thought it was time for the eggs to
+be laid. So he got a ladder, which was usually kept on the back side of
+the tool-house, and, having planted it against a tree, he began to go
+up. Just then, his little brother Eddy, who was walking along one of
+the alleys of the garden near where the bird’s nest was, saw him.
+
+[Sidenote: Eddy’s advice.]
+
+“Ralph,” said Eddy, “what are you going to do?”
+
+“I’m going to get the eggs out of the nest,” said Ralph.
+
+“No,” replied Eddy, “you must not do that.”
+
+Ralph paid no regard to this, but went on slowly mounting the ladder.
+The top of the ladder, resting as it did against some of the branches
+of the tree, was not very steady, and so Ralph could not go up very
+fast. Besides, Ralph was somewhat afraid of the old birds; for they,
+seeing that their nest was in danger, were flying about him with
+very loud chirpings, being apparently in a state of great terror and
+distress.
+
+“Ralph,” said Eddy, “you must not trouble those birds.”
+
+Ralph went steadily on.
+
+“Besides,” said Eddy, when he saw that his brother paid no heed to his
+remonstrances, “it would be a great deal better to wait till the eggs
+are hatched, and then get one of the birds.”
+
+[Sidenote: The plan changed.]
+
+Ralph paused when he heard this suggestion. He began to think that it
+might possibly be a better plan to wait, as Eddy proposed, and to get a
+bird instead of an egg. He paused a moment on the ladder, standing on
+one foot, and holding himself on by one hand.
+
+“Would you, Eddy?” said he.
+
+“Yes,” said Eddy, “I certainly would.”
+
+Eddy proposed this plan, not so much from any desire he had that Ralph
+should get one of the birds when they were hatched, as to save the
+eggs from being taken away then. He had an instinctive feeling that it
+was wrong to take away the eggs, and he pitied the poor birds in their
+distress, and so he said what he thought was most likely to induce
+Ralph to desist from his design.
+
+After hesitating a few minutes, Ralph said, “Well, I will.” He then
+came down to the ground again, and, taking up the ladder, he carried it
+away.
+
+About a week after this, Ralph got the ladder one day when the birds
+were not there, and climbed up to the nest. He found three very pretty
+blue eggs in it.
+
+[Sidenote: The birds are hatched.]
+
+About a week after this he climbed up again, and he found that the eggs
+were hatched. There were three little birds there, not fledged. When
+they heard Ralph’s rustling of the branches over their heads, they
+opened their mouths very wide, expecting that the old birds had come to
+bring them something to eat.
+
+About a week after this Ralph climbed up again, but, just before he
+reached the nest, the three birds, having now grown old enough to fly,
+all clambered out of the nest, and flew away in all directions.
+
+[Sidenote: “Here’s one!”]
+
+“Stop ’em! stop ’em! Eddy,” said Ralph, “or watch them at least, and
+see where they go, till I come down.”
+
+“Here’s one,” said Eddy.
+
+He pointed, as he said this, under some currant-bushes, near an alley
+where he was walking. The little bird was crouched down, and was
+looking about him full of wonder. In fact, he was quite astonished to
+find how far he had flown.
+
+Ralph clambered down the ladder as fast as he could, and then ran off
+to the tool-house, saying as he ran,
+
+“Keep him there, Eddy, till I go and get my net.”
+
+“I can’t keep him,” said Eddy, “unless he has a mind to stay. But I
+will watch him.”
+
+So Eddy stood still and watched the bird while Ralph went after his
+net. The bird hopped along a little way, and then stopped, and remained
+perfectly still until Ralph returned.
+
+[Sidenote: A bird pursued.]
+
+The net was a round net, the mouth of it being kept open by means of a
+hoop. It was fastened to the end of a long pole. Ralph crept up softly
+toward the place where the bird had alighted, and, when he was near
+enough, he extended the pole, and clapped the net down over the bird,
+and made it prisoner.
+
+[Sidenote: Caught and caged.]
+
+“I’ve caught him! I’ve caught him!” said Ralph, greatly excited. “Run,
+Eddy, and get the cage. Run quick. No, stop; you come here, and hold
+the net down, and I’ll go and get the cage myself.”
+
+So Eddy held the net down, while Ralph went into the tool-house after
+the cage. He succeeded in putting the bird into the cage safely, and
+then went home.
+
+[Sidenote: The feeding.]
+
+Ralph attended his bird very carefully for many days, feeding him
+with strawberries and crumbs of bread. The natural food of most small
+birds consists of seeds, berries, and insects. Ralph knew, therefore,
+that strawberries would be good for his bird, and as for bread, he
+reflected that it was made from seeds, namely, the seeds of wheat. The
+only difference was, that in bread the seeds were ground up, mixed with
+water, and baked. So Ralph concluded that bread would be a very proper
+food for his robin.
+
+[Illustration: Ralph taming the robin.]
+
+[Sidenote: The stile.]
+
+As soon as the robin grew old enough to hop about a little, Ralph
+used often to take him out of his cage and put him on the walk in the
+garden, or on the end of a fence, near a stile, where was a broad,
+flat place convenient for the little bird to stand on. In such cases,
+he would, himself, always stand at a little distance off, so as not to
+frighten the bird, and in this manner he gradually taught him to be
+very tame and familiar.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno and Hiram. Description of the premises.]
+
+Although Ralph was thus very kind to his robin, he was generally a very
+unreasonable and selfish boy. Bruno, at this time, lived in the house
+next to the one where he lived. Bruno belonged, as has already been
+said, to a boy named Hiram. The two houses that these two boys lived in
+were pretty near together, and the gardens adjoined, being separated
+from each other only by a wall. At the foot of each garden was a gate,
+and there was a little path which led along from one gate to the other,
+through a field where there was a brook, and also a great many trees
+overshadowing the banks of it. The boys used often to visit each other
+by going from one of these gates to the other along this path. There
+was a space under Hiram’s gate where Bruno could get through. He used
+often to go through this opening, and pass down into the field, to
+drink in the brook, or to play about among the trees. Sometimes both
+the gates were left open, and then Bruno would go and look into Ralph’s
+garden; and once he went in, and walked along as far as the tool-house,
+looking about and examining the premises very curiously. As soon as he
+had seen what sort of a place it was, however, he turned round and ran
+out again, not knowing what might happen to him if he stayed there.
+
+[Sidenote: Ralph wishes to buy Bruno.]
+
+Ralph saw Bruno often when he went to visit Hiram in his garden, and he
+wished that he could have such a dog himself. In fact, he tried to buy
+him of Hiram a long time, but Hiram would not sell him. Ralph became
+very angry with Hiram at last for so strenuously refusing to sell his
+dog.
+
+“You are a great fool,” said he, “for not being willing to sell me the
+dog. I would give you any price you would name.”
+
+“That makes no difference,” said Hiram; “I would rather have the dog
+than any amount of money, no matter how much.”
+
+[Sidenote: Ralph becomes Bruno’s enemy.]
+
+So Ralph turned, and went away in a rage; and the next time he saw
+Bruno out in the field behind the garden, he ran down to his gate and
+pelted him with stones.
+
+Bruno could not understand what reason Ralph could have for wishing to
+hurt him, or being his enemy in any way. He perceived, however, that
+Ralph was his enemy, and so he became very much afraid of him. When he
+wished to go down to the brook, he always looked out through the hole
+under the gate very carefully to see if Ralph was near, and if he was,
+he did not go. If he could not see Ralph any where, he would creep out
+stealthily, and walk along in a very cautious manner, turning his head
+continually toward Ralph’s gate, to watch for the slightest indications
+of danger; and if he caught a glimpse of Ralph in the garden, he would
+turn back and run into Hiram’s garden again.
+
+[Sidenote: The boys play together.]
+
+Bruno was a very courageous dog, and he would not have run away from
+Ralph, but would have attacked him in the most determined manner, and
+driven him away from the garden gate, and thus taught him better than
+to throw stones at an innocent and unoffending dog, had he not been
+prevented from doing this by one consideration. He perceived that Ralph
+was one of Hiram’s friends. Hiram went often to visit Ralph, and Ralph,
+in return, came often to visit Hiram. They used to employ themselves
+together in various schemes of amusement, and Bruno, who often stood
+by at such times, although he could not understand the conversation
+that passed between them, perceived, nevertheless, that they were
+good friends. He would not, therefore, do any harm to Ralph, even in
+self-defense, for fear of displeasing Hiram. Accordingly, when Ralph
+assaulted him with sticks and stones, the only alternative left him was
+to run away.
+
+[Sidenote: Hiram catches a squirrel. Ralph wishes to buy the squirrel.]
+
+It is singular enough that Ralph, though often very unreasonable and
+selfish in his dealings with other boys, and though in this instance
+very cruel to Bruno, was still generally kind to animals. He was very
+fond of animals, and used to get as many as he could; and whenever
+Hiram had any, he used to go to see them, and he took a great interest
+in them. Once Hiram caught a beautiful gray squirrel in a box-trap. He
+put the trap down upon a chopping-block in a little room that was used
+as a shop in his father’s barn. Ralph came in to see the squirrel. He
+kneeled down before the block, and, lifting up the trap a little way,
+he peeped in. The squirrel was in the back corner of the trap, crouched
+down, and feeling, apparently, very much afraid. He had a long, bushy
+tail, which was curled over his back in a very graceful manner. Ralph
+resolved to buy this squirrel too, but Hiram was unwilling to sell
+him. However, he said that _perhaps_ he would sell him, if Ralph would
+wait till the next day. Ralph accordingly waited; but that night the
+squirrel gnawed out of his trap, and as the shop window was left open,
+he made his escape, and got off into the woods again, where he leaped
+back and forth among the branches of the trees, and turned head over
+heels again and again in the exuberance of his joy.
+
+[Illustration: The shop.]
+
+[Sidenote: Hiram and Joe go into the woods.]
+
+One day Hiram went out into the woods with a man whom they called Uncle
+Joe, to get some stones to mend a wall. They went in a cart. They
+placed a board across the cart for a seat. Uncle Joe and Hiram sat
+upon this seat together, side by side, Hiram on the right, as he was
+going to drive. The tools for digging out the stones, consisting of a
+spade, a shovel, a hoe, and a crowbar, were laid in the bottom of the
+cart. Thus they rode to the woods. Bruno followed them, trotting along
+by the road-side, and now and then running off under the fences and
+walls, to see if he could smell the tracks of any wild animals among
+the ferns and bushes.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno barks at something.]
+
+He was not successful in this hunting on his way to the woods, but,
+after he arrived there, he accomplished quite a brilliant achievement.
+Hiram and Uncle Joe were very busy digging out stones, when their
+attention was arrested by a very loud and violent barking. Hiram knew
+at once that it was Bruno that was barking, though he could not see
+him. The reason why they could not see the dog was, that he was down
+in the bottom of a shady glen, that lay near where Hiram and Uncle Joe
+were digging the stones.
+
+“What’s that?” said Hiram. “What is Bruno barking at?”
+
+“I don’t know,” said Uncle Joe; “go and see.”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno finds a fox’s hole.]
+
+So Hiram threw down his hoe, and, seizing a stick, he ran down into the
+glen. He found Bruno stationed before a hole, which opened in under
+a bank, near a small spring. He seemed very much excited, sometimes
+running back and forth before the hole, sometimes digging into it with
+his fore paws, and barking all the time in a very loud and earnest
+manner. He seemed greatly pleased when he saw Hiram coming.
+
+As soon as Hiram saw that Bruno was barking at a hole, which seemed to
+be the hole of some wild animal, he went back and called Uncle Joe to
+come and see. Uncle Joe said he thought it was the hole of a fox, and
+from the excitement that Bruno manifested, he judged that the fox must
+be in it.
+
+“I’ll go and get the tools,” said he, “and we will dig him out.”
+
+[Sidenote: Hiram gets a little fox.]
+
+So Uncle Joe went for the tools, and he and Hiram began to dig. They
+dug for more than half an hour. Finally they came to the end of the
+hole, and then they found a young fox crouching close into a corner. He
+was about as large as a small kitten.
+
+[Sidenote: His plans for him. Hiram gives his fox a hole to live in.]
+
+Hiram said he meant to carry the fox home, and bring him up, and tame
+him. He accordingly took him in his arms, and carried him back to the
+place where they had been digging stones. Uncle Joe carried back the
+tools. Bruno jumped about and barked a great deal by the side of Hiram,
+but Hiram ordered him to be quiet, and finally he learned that the
+little fox was not to be killed. When they reached the stone quarry,
+Hiram made a small pen for the fox. He made it of four square stones,
+which he placed together so as to inclose a small space, and then he
+covered this space by means of a flat stone which he placed over it.
+Thus the little prisoner was secured.
+
+When the pen was completed, and the fox put in, Hiram resumed his work
+of digging stones with Uncle Joe. He was very eager now to get the load
+completed as soon as possible, so as to go home with his fox. While he
+was at work thus, Bruno crouched down before the place where Hiram had
+shut up his fox, and watched very earnestly. He understood that Hiram
+wished to keep the fox, and therefore he had no intention of hurting
+him. He only meant to be all ready to give the alarm, in case the
+little prisoner should attempt to get away.
+
+Hiram had very good success in training and taming his fox. Ralph and
+Eddy came often to see him, and they sometimes helped Hiram to feed
+him, and to take care of him. There was a place by an old wall behind
+the house where Hiram lived where there was a hole, which seemed to
+lead under ground, from a sort of angle between two large stones.
+
+“I’ll let him have that hole for his house,” said Hiram. “I don’t know
+how deep it is; but if it is not deep enough for him, he must dig it
+deeper.”
+
+[Sidenote: The chain.]
+
+Ralph had a small collar which was made for a dog’s collar; and one
+day, when he felt more good-natured than usual, and had in some measure
+forgotten Hiram’s refusal to sell Bruno to him, he offered to lend
+Hiram this collar to put around Foxy’s neck.
+
+“Then,” said Ralph, “you can get a long chain, and chain Foxy to a
+stake close to the mouth of his hole. And so the chain will allow him
+to go in and out of his hole, and to play about around it, and yet it
+will prevent his running away.”
+
+Hiram liked this plan very much. So Ralph brought the collar, and the
+boys put it upon Foxy’s neck. Hiram also found a kind of chain at a
+hardware store in the village, which he thought would be suitable to
+his purpose, and he bought two yards of it. This length of chain,
+when Foxy was fastened with it, gave him a very considerable degree
+of liberty, and, at the same time, prevented him from running away.
+He could go into his hole, where he was entirely out of sight, or he
+could come out and play in the grass, and under the lilac bushes that
+were about his hole, and eat the food which Hiram brought out for him
+there. Sometimes, too, he would climb up to the top of the wall, and
+lie there an hour at a time, asleep. If, however, on such occasions,
+he heard any one coming, he would run down the rocks that formed the
+wall, and disappear in his hole in an instant, and he would not come
+out again until he was quite confident that the danger had gone by.
+
+[Sidenote: The cunning of the fox.]
+
+It is not very difficult to tame a fox. And yet, in his natural state,
+he is very wild and very cunning. He resorts to all sorts of maneuvers
+and contrivances to entrap such animals as he likes for food. On the
+adjoining page is the picture of a fox lying in wait to catch some
+rabbits which he sees playing in a neighboring field. He watches for
+them very slyly; and when they come near enough, he will spring upon
+them, and seize them entirely unawares.
+
+[Illustration: Picture of a fox lying in wait for some rabbits.]
+
+He is very cunning, and yet, if he is caught young, it is not difficult
+to tame him.
+
+[Sidenote: Ralph offers half a dollar for Hiram’s fox.]
+
+One day, after some time, Ralph took it into his head to buy Foxy, as
+he had tried to buy Bruno; but he found Hiram as little disposed to
+sell the one as the other.
+
+“I will give you half a dollar for him,” said Ralph, “and that is twice
+as much as he is worth: a full grown fox is not worth more than that.”
+
+Ralph had some money in small silver pieces and cents, amounting to
+about half a dollar. This treasure he kept in a tin moneybox, shaped
+like a house, with a place to drop money in down the chimney.
+
+“No,” said Ralph, “I would rather not sell him.”
+
+Ralph tried a long time to persuade Hiram to sell the fox, but Hiram
+persisted firmly in his refusal. At length Ralph became very
+angry with him, because he would not consent. This was extremely
+unreasonable. Has not a boy a right to do as he pleases about selling
+or keeping his own property?
+
+Most certainly he has; and yet nothing is more common than for both men
+and boys to be angry with their friends and neighbors for not being
+willing to sell them property which they wish to buy.
+
+[Sidenote: “Ralph, are you stoning Bruno?”]
+
+When Ralph found that Hiram could not be induced to sell Foxy, he went
+off in great anger, muttering and threatening as he went. He passed out
+through the gate at the bottom of the garden, and then walked along
+the path toward the gate which led to his own garden. As he was going
+in, he saw Bruno lying down upon a grassy bank near the stream. He
+immediately began to take up stones to stone him. The first stone which
+he threw struck Bruno on the back, as he lay upon the grass, and hurt
+him very much. Bruno sprang up and ran away, barking and making other
+outcries indicative of pain and terror. Hiram came running down to the
+garden to see what was the matter. When he reached the place, he saw
+Ralph just aiming another stone.
+
+“Ralph!” exclaimed Hiram, greatly astonished, “are you stoning Bruno?”
+
+“Yes,” said Ralph; “I’ve stoned him a great many times before, and I’ll
+stone him again the next time I catch him down here.”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno’s escape.]
+
+By this time Bruno had come to the gate. He scrambled in through his
+hole, and then, thinking that he was now safe, he walked along up one
+of the alleys of the garden.
+
+Hiram, knowing well that it would do no good to remonstrate with Ralph
+while he was in such a state of mind, shut the gate of the garden, and
+went to the house.
+
+[Sidenote: Ralph resolves to reclaim his collar.]
+
+That evening, while Hiram was in the house eating his supper, Ralph
+came down out of his own garden, and went into Hiram’s. He was talking
+to himself as he walked along.
+
+“I am going to get my collar,” said he. “I won’t lend it to such a
+fellow any longer. I shall take it off the fox’s neck, and carry it
+home. I don’t care if the fox does get away.”
+
+[Sidenote: He does so.]
+
+When he approached the old wall, the fox was on the top of it; but, on
+hearing Ralph coming, he ran down, and went into his hole. As soon as
+Ralph reached the place, he pulled the fox out roughly by the chain,
+saying,
+
+“Come out here, you red-headed son of a thief, and give me my collar.”
+
+So saying, he pulled the fox out, and unhooked the chain from the
+collar. He unfastened the collar, and took it off from the fox’s neck.
+He then threw the fox himself carelessly into the grass, and walked
+away down the garden.
+
+Just at this time Hiram came out from his supper, and, seeing Ralph
+walking away, he apprehended something wrong, and he accordingly
+hastened on to see if his fox was safe. To his great surprise and
+grief, he saw the chain lying on the ground, detached and useless. The
+fox was gone.
+
+He immediately called out to Ralph to ask an explanation.
+
+“Ralph,” said he, “where is my fox?”
+
+“_I_ haven’t got your fox,” said Ralph.
+
+“Where is he, then?” asked Hiram.
+
+“Gone off into the woods, I suppose,” said Ralph.
+
+Hiram stood still a moment, utterly confounded, and wondering what all
+this could mean.
+
+“I came to get my collar,” said Ralph, holding up the collar in his
+hand, “and if the fox has gone off, it is not my fault. You ought to
+have had a collar of your own.”
+
+[Sidenote: Hiram laments the loss of his fox.]
+
+Hiram was extremely grieved at the thought of having so wanton an
+injury inflicted upon him by his neighbor and playmate, and he turned
+toward the place where his fox had been kept with tears in his eyes.
+He looked all about, but the fox was nowhere to be seen. He then went
+slowly back to the house in great sorrow.
+
+As for Ralph, he went back into his own garden in a very unamiable
+state of mind. He went up into the loft over the tool-house to put the
+collar away. He climbed up upon a bench in order to reach a high shelf
+above, and in so doing he knocked down a box of lucifer matches, which
+had been left exposed upon a corner of the shelf. He uttered a peevish
+exclamation at the occurrence of this accident, and then got down upon
+the floor to pick up the matches. He gathered all that he could readily
+find upon the floor, and put them in the box, and then put the box back
+again upon the shelf. Then he went away into the house.
+
+[Sidenote: Hope.]
+
+About two hours after this, just before dark, Hiram was sitting on the
+steps of the door at his father’s house, thinking mournfully of his
+loss, when he suddenly heard a very loud barking at the foot of the
+garden.
+
+“There!” said he, starting up, greatly excited, “that’s Bruno, and he
+has found Foxy, I’ll engage.”
+
+[Sidenote: An alarm. The garden-house on fire.]
+
+So saying, Hiram ran down the garden, and on his way he was surprised
+to see a smoke rising from the direction of Ralph’s garden-house.
+He did not, however, pay any very particular attention to this
+circumstance, as it was very common for Ralph to have fires in the
+garden, to burn the dried weeds and the old straw which often collect
+in such places. He hastened on in the direction of Bruno’s barking,
+quite confident that the dog had found his lost fox, and was barking
+for him to come and get him.
+
+Just at this moment he saw Bruno come running to the gate at the
+bottom of the garden. He was barking violently, and he seemed very
+much excited. As soon as he saw Hiram coming, he ran back again and
+disappeared. Hiram hastened on, and, as soon as he got through the
+gate into the field, he saw that Bruno was standing at the gate which
+led into Ralph’s garden, and running in and out alternately, and
+looking eagerly at Hiram, as if he wished him to come. Hiram ran to
+the place, and, on looking in, he saw, to his utter consternation,
+that the garden-house was on fire. Dense volumes of smoke were pouring
+out of the doors and windows, with now and then great flashes of flame
+breaking out among them. Bruno, having brought Hiram to the spot,
+seemed now desirous of giving the alarm to Ralph; so he ran up toward
+the house in which Ralph lived, barking violently all the way.
+
+His effort was successful. In a minute or two he returned, barking as
+before, and followed by Ralph. Ralph was greatly terrified when he saw
+that the garden-house was on fire. He ran back to the house to call his
+mother. She came down to the place in great haste, though she seemed
+quite calm and composed. She was a woman of a very quiet disposition,
+and was almost always composed and self-possessed. She saw at a glance
+that the fire could not be put out. There was no sufficient supply of
+water at hand, and besides, if there had been water, she and the two
+boys could not have put it on fast enough to extinguish the flames.
+
+[Sidenote: “What shall we do?”]
+
+“Oh dear me! oh dear me!” exclaimed Ralph, in great distress, “what
+shall we do? Mother! mother! what shall we do?”
+
+“Nothing at all,” said his mother, quietly. “There is nothing for us to
+do but to stand still and see it burn.”
+
+“And there’s my poor robin all burning up!” said Ralph, as he ran to
+and fro in great distress. “Oh, I wish there was somebody here to save
+my robin!”
+
+[Sidenote: The robin in danger.]
+
+The cage containing the robin was hanging in its place, under the shelf
+by the side of the window. The smoke and flame, which came out from the
+window and from a door below, passed just over it, and so near as to
+envelop and conceal the top of the cage, and it was plain that the poor
+bird would soon be suffocated and burned to death, unless some plan
+for rescuing it could be devised. When Hiram knew the danger that the
+bird was in, his first thought was that he was glad of it. He pitied
+the bird very much, but he said to himself that it was good enough for
+Ralph to lose it. “He deserves to lose his bird,” thought he, “for
+having let my Foxy go.”
+
+This spirit, however, of resentment and retaliation remained but a
+moment in Hiram’s mind. When he saw how much interest Bruno seemed
+to feel in giving the alarm, and in desiring to have the fire
+extinguished, he said to himself, “Bruno forgives him, and why should
+not I? I will save the bird for him, if it is possible, even if I get
+scorched in doing it.”
+
+[Sidenote: Hiram rescues the robin by means of the ladder.]
+
+He accordingly ran round to the back side of the garden-house to get
+the ladder. Bruno followed him, watching him very eagerly to see what
+he was going to do. Hiram brought the ladder forward, and planted it
+against the garden-house, a little beyond the place where the cage, was
+hanging. In the mean time, Ralph had run off to the house to get a pail
+of water, vainly imagining that he could do at least something with it
+toward extinguishing the flames and rescuing the bird. By the time he
+got back, Hiram had placed the ladder, and was just going up, amid the
+smoke and sparks, to get the cage.[5] Bruno stood by at the foot of the
+ladder, looking up eagerly to Hiram, and watching as if he were going
+to take the cage as soon as it came down.
+
+    [5] See Frontispiece.
+
+Hiram had to stop once or twice in going up the ladder to get breath,
+for the wind blew the smoke and sparks over him so much at intervals as
+almost to suffocate him. He, however, persevered, and finally succeeded
+in reaching the cage. He took it off from its fastening, and brought
+it down the ladder. When he reached the ground, Bruno took it from his
+hand by means of the ring at the top, and ran off with it away from the
+fire. He then placed it carefully upon the ground, and began leaping
+around it, wagging his tail, and manifesting every other indication of
+excitement and delight.
+
+Ralph was very much pleased, too, to find that his robin was safe. He
+took the cage, and, carrying it away, set it down at a still greater
+distance from the fire. The garden-house was burned to the ground.
+Hiram and Bruno waited there until the fire was almost out, and then
+they went home. Hiram experienced a feeling of great satisfaction and
+pleasure at the thought that he had been able to save Ralph’s bird. “I
+should have been sorry,” said he to himself, “if he had lost his bird,
+and I think, too, that he will be sorry now that he let my little Foxy
+go.”
+
+The next morning, after breakfast, Hiram concluded that he would go
+round into Ralph’s garden, and look at the ruins of the fire. He passed
+out through the gate at the bottom of his father’s garden, and then
+turned into the path leading to the other gate, and there, to his
+surprise, he saw Ralph sitting on a stone, feeding Bruno with a piece
+of meat. It was a piece which he had saved from his own breakfast for
+the purpose. Bruno was eating the meat with an appearance of great
+satisfaction, while Ralph sat by, patting him on the head.
+
+[Sidenote: “Hiram, I am giving Bruno some breakfast.”]
+
+“Hiram,” said Ralph, as soon as he saw Hiram coming, “I am giving Bruno
+some breakfast.”
+
+Bruno looked up toward Hiram and wagged his tail.
+
+“That’s right,” said Hiram. “He seems to like it very much.”
+
+“Hiram,” said Ralph, again.
+
+“What?” said Hiram.
+
+Ralph hesitated. He seemed to have something on his mind, and not to
+know exactly how to express it.
+
+“How is the robin this morning? Did he get stifled any by the smoke?”
+
+[Sidenote: Restitution. Ralph proposes to get another fox for Hiram.]
+
+“No,” said Ralph; “he is as bright as a lark.” Then, after a moment’s
+pause, he added, “I am sorry I let your Foxy get away. I suppose I
+ought to pay you for him; and, if I could get another fox for you, I
+would. I have not got any thing but just my bird. I’ll give you him.”
+
+To find Ralph taking this view of the subject was something so new and
+strange to Hiram, that at first he did not know what to say.
+
+“No,” he replied, at length, “I would rather not take your bird, though
+I am very sorry that Foxy has got away. If you had only told me that
+you wanted your collar, I would have taken it off, and fastened Foxy
+with something else.”
+
+Ralph hung his head and had nothing to say.
+
+The boys went soon after this to look at the bed of ashes and embers
+that marked the spot where the garden-house had stood, and then they
+sauntered together slowly back into Hiram’s garden. Bruno followed
+them. He seemed to understand that a great change had somehow or other
+taken place in Ralph’s disposition of mind toward him, and he was no
+longer afraid. The boys went together to the place where Foxy had been
+confined.
+
+“John Thomas hunts foxes sometimes with his father,” said Ralph. “There
+are a great many in the woods back of their farm. I am going to see if
+I can’t get him to catch you another young one. I shall tell him I will
+give him half a dollar if he will get one, and that is all the money I
+have got.”
+
+Hiram did not reply to this suggestion. He did not know exactly what to
+say. His thought was, that no other fox that could possibly be found
+would supply the place, in his view, of the one that he had lost. He
+had taken so much pains to teach that one, and to tame him, that he had
+become quite attached to him individually, and he was very sure that he
+should never like any other one so well. He did not, however, like to
+say this to Ralph, for he perceived that Ralph was very much troubled
+about what he had done, and was quite anxious to make some reparation,
+and he thought that it would trouble him still more to learn that all
+reparation was wholly out of his power.
+
+“And if he catches one for you,” continued Ralph, “then I’ll give you
+the collar for your own. I would give it to you now, if it would do you
+any good.”
+
+“I’ll take the chain off, at any rate,” said Hiram, “and carry it in,
+and keep it, in case I ever should have another fox.”
+
+[Sidenote: Foxy found.]
+
+So he stooped down, and began to unhook the chain from the stake to
+which it was fastened. As he did this, his face was brought down pretty
+near to the hole under the wall, and, looking in there, his attention
+was attracted to two bright, shining spots there, that looked like the
+eyes of an animal.
+
+[Sidenote: “Run and get the collar.”]
+
+“Hi--yi,” said he, suddenly, “I verily believe he is here now. Run and
+get the collar.”
+
+Ralph took a peep, first, into the hole, and then ran for the collar.
+When he came back, he found Hiram sitting down on the grass, with the
+fox in his arms. The truth was, that the fox had been treated so kindly
+since he had been in Hiram’s keeping, and he had become so accustomed
+to his hole under the wall, that he did not wish to go away. When he
+found himself at liberty by the removal of the collar, he had gone off
+a little in the grass and among the bushes, but, when night came on,
+he had returned as usual to his hole; and when he heard the voices of
+the boys at the wall in the morning, he supposed that Hiram had come to
+give him his breakfast, and he came accordingly out to the mouth of his
+hole to see if his supposition were correct. He submitted to have his
+collar put on very readily.
+
+Thus there was a general reconciliation all round, and Bruno, Foxy,
+Hiram, and Ralph became, all four of them, very excellent friends.
+
+    Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.
+
+This story reminds me of another one relating to the burning of a small
+building in the bottom of a garden, called a tool-house. I will here
+relate that story, and then tell more about Bruno. It will be seen that
+this tool-house took fire in a very singular way. Precisely how Ralph’s
+garden-house took fire never was known. It was probably in some way
+connected with the matches which Ralph left upon the floor. Whether
+he stepped upon one of them, and thus ignited it, and left it slowly
+burning--or whether some mouse came by, and set one of them on fire by
+gnawing upon it--or whether one of the matches got into a crack of the
+floor, and was then inflamed by getting pinched there by some springing
+or working of the boards, produced by the gardener’s walking over the
+floor or wheeling the wheelbarrow in--whether, in fine, the mischief
+originated in either of these ways, or in some other wholly unknown,
+could never be ascertained.
+
+At all events, however--and this is the conclusion of the story--the
+garden-house was soon rebuilt, and Ralph was effectually cured of his
+resentment and enmity by the noble and magnanimous spirit which Hiram
+and Bruno exhibited in saving his bird.
+
+    _Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good._
+
+Three times I have put this precept in the story, in order that you may
+be sure to remember it.
+
+
+
+
+THE BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE.
+
+
+When one has committed a fault, to acknowledge it frankly, and to bear
+the consequences of it one’s self submissively, is magnanimous and
+noble. On the contrary, to resort to cunning tricks to conceal it, and
+especially to attempt to throw the blame of it upon others who are
+innocent, is mean and contemptible.
+
+[Sidenote: Description of the tool-house. Thomas, the gardener.]
+
+Once there were two boys, named William and John, who had a building
+for a tool-house and work-shop at the bottom of their father’s garden.
+It was very similar in its situation to the one described in the last
+story. The building was at a place where the land descended, so that
+while it was only one story high on the front side toward the garden,
+it was two stories high on the other side toward a brook, which ran
+along near the lower garden fence. The upper part of the building was
+the tool-room. This room opened out upon one of the alleys of the
+garden. The lower part was the shop. The door leading into the shop
+was behind. There was a fire-place in the shop, and the chimney passed
+up, of course, through the tool-room; but there was no fire-place in
+the tool-room, for there never was any occasion to make a fire there.
+The only use of that room was, that Thomas, the old gardener, used to
+keep his spades, and rakes, and hoes, and other garden tools in it;
+and sometimes of a summer evening, when his work was done, he used
+to sit at the door of it and smoke his pipe. The building was very
+convenient, though it was small, and old, and so not of much value.
+
+In the winter, the boys were accustomed occasionally to have a fire in
+the work-shop below, when they were at work there. There was not much
+danger in this, for the floor of the room was of stone.
+
+[Sidenote: Sealing the packages.]
+
+In the summer, of course, they never required a fire, except when they
+wished to use the glue. Then they were accustomed to make a small
+fire to dissolve the glue. One summer morning, however, they wanted a
+candle. They had been collecting garden seeds, and they wished to seal
+them up in small packages with sealing-wax. It would have been better,
+perhaps, to have tied the parcels up with twine; but the boys took a
+fancy to using sealing-wax, for the sake of the interest and pleasure
+which they expected to find in the work of sealing. So, just before
+noon, when they had got their seeds all ready, William went up to the
+house, and his mother gave him a long candle.
+
+When William came into the shop, John accosted him, saying,
+
+[Sidenote: The boys have no candlestick.]
+
+“Why, William, you have not brought any candlestick. What shall we do
+for a candlestick?”
+
+“I forgot that,” said William.
+
+“Never mind,” said John; “we can make one with a block and three nails.”
+
+There is a way of making a candlestick in a shop, which consists of
+driving three nails into a small block of wood, at such a distance
+apart as to leave just space for the end of the candle between them.
+If the nails are driven into the block in a proper manner, and if the
+heads of the nails are not too large, this contrivance makes quite a
+good candlestick.
+
+Another way is to take a similar block of wood, and bore a hole in the
+top of it just large enough to receive the end of the candle, and just
+deep enough to hold it firmly.
+
+William proposed that they should make the candlestick by boring a
+hole, but John thought it was best to do it by means of nails.
+
+[Sidenote: The two candlesticks.]
+
+So they concluded to make two. John was to make one with nails, and
+William one with the borer. So they both began to look about among
+the shavings under the bench for blocks, and when they found two that
+seemed to answer their purpose, William went to a drawer, and selected
+a borer of the proper size, while John began to choose nails with small
+heads out of a nail-box which was upon the bench for his operation.
+
+In due time the candlesticks were both finished. The one which William
+had made was really the best; but John insisted that the one which he
+had made was the best, and so William, who was a very good-natured boy,
+gave up the point. The candle was put into John’s candlestick, and
+William put his away upon a shelf, to be used, perhaps, on some future
+occasion. The boys then lighted the candle by means of a match, and put
+it on the end of the work-bench where they were going to do the work of
+putting up their seeds.
+
+[Sidenote: The boys leave the candle burning.]
+
+It was now, however, about noon, which was the hour for the boys to
+go home to dinner. They arranged their seeds a little upon the bench,
+but did not have time to begin to seal them up before they heard the
+dinner-bell ring. They then left their work, and went up to the house.
+Unfortunately, they left the candle burning. As it was bright daylight,
+and especially as the sun shone in near where the candle stood, the
+flame was very faint to the view; in fact, it was almost entirely
+invisible, and the boys, when they looked around the shop just before
+they left it, did not observe it at all.
+
+After dinner, the boys concluded that they would go a fishing that
+afternoon, and not finish putting up their seeds until the following
+day.
+
+[Sidenote: The matting. The pipe.]
+
+While they were gone, the candle was burning all the time, the flame
+gradually descending as the combustion went on, until, about tea-time,
+it reached the block of wood. It did not set the wood on fire, but
+the wick fell over, when the flame reached the wood, and communicated
+the fire to a roll of matting which lay upon the bench behind it. The
+matting had been used to wrap up plants in, and was damp; so it burned
+very slowly. About this time, Thomas, the old gardener, came and sat
+down in the doorway of the tool-house above, smoking his pipe. He did
+not know, however, what mischief was brewing in the room below; and so,
+when it began to grow dark, he knocked the ashes out of his pipe upon
+the ground of the garden, shut the tool-room door, and went home.
+
+[Sidenote: Fire! fire!]
+
+That night, about midnight, the boys were suddenly awakened and
+dreadfully terrified by a cry of fire, and, on opening their eyes, they
+perceived a strong light gleaming into the windows of their bed-room.
+They sprang up, and saw that the tool-house was all on fire. The people
+of the house dressed themselves as quick as possible, and hastened to
+the spot, and some of the neighbors came too. It was, however, too
+late to extinguish the fire. The building and all the tools which it
+contained, both in the tool-room and in the shop, and all the seeds
+that the boys had collected were entirely consumed.
+
+Nobody could imagine how the building took fire. Some said it must
+have been set on fire by malicious persons. Others thought that old
+Thomas must have been unconsciously the author of the mischief, with
+his pipe. Nothing certain, however, could be ascertained at that time,
+and so the company separated, determining to have the matter more fully
+investigated the following morning.
+
+William and John, who had dressed themselves when the alarm was first
+given, and had gone to the fire, now went back to their room, and went
+to bed again.
+
+[Sidenote: What was the origin of the fire? A conversation.]
+
+After they had been in bed some time, and each thought that the other
+must be asleep, William said to John,
+
+“John!”
+
+“What?” said John.
+
+“Are you asleep?” asked William.
+
+“No,” said John.
+
+“I will tell you how I think the tool-house got on fire,” said William.
+
+“How?” asked John.
+
+“Why, I believe we left our candle burning there,” replied William.
+
+“Yes,” said John, “I thought of that myself.”
+
+Here there was a little pause.
+
+Presently John said,
+
+“I don’t suppose that they will know that our candle set it on fire.”
+
+“No,” said William, “unless we tell them.”
+
+[Sidenote: The conversation continued.]
+
+“They will suppose, I expect,” added John, “that Thomas set it on fire
+with his pipe.”
+
+“Yes,” said William, “perhaps they will.”
+
+Here there was another pause.
+
+[Sidenote: The boys hesitate.]
+
+“Unless,” continued John, after reflecting on the subject a little
+while in silence, “unless mother should remember that she gave us the
+candle, and ask us about it.”
+
+“We could say,” he added again, “that we did not go into the shop any
+time in the afternoon or evening. That would be true.”
+
+“Yes,” said William. “We did not go into it at all after we went home
+to dinner.”
+
+The boys remained silent a few minutes after this, when John, who felt
+still quite uneasy in mind on the subject, said again,
+
+“I expect that father would be very much displeased with us if he knew
+that we set the tool-house on fire, for it has burned up all his tools.”
+
+“Yes,” said William.
+
+“And I suppose he would punish us in some way or other,” added John.
+
+“Yes,” said William, “I think it very likely that he would.”
+
+“But then, John,” continued William, “I don’t think it would be right
+to let Thomas bear the blame of setting the tool-house on fire, when we
+are the ones that did it.”
+
+John was silent.
+
+“I think we had better go and tell father all about it the first thing
+to-morrow morning.”
+
+“We shall get punished if we do,” said John.
+
+“Well,” said William, “I don’t care. I had rather be punished than try
+to keep it secret. If we try to keep it secret, and let Thomas bear the
+blame, we shall be miserable about it for a long time, and feel guilty
+or ashamed whenever we meet father or Thomas. I had rather be punished
+at once and have it done with.”
+
+[Sidenote: “Let us tell father.”]
+
+“Well,” said John, “let us tell father. We will tell him the first
+thing to-morrow morning.”
+
+The affair being thus arranged, the boys ceased talking about it,
+and shut up their eyes to go to sleep. After a few minutes, however,
+William spoke to his brother again.
+
+“John,” said he, “I think I could go to sleep better if I should go and
+tell father now all about it. I don’t suppose that he is asleep yet.”
+
+“Well,” said John, “go and tell him.”
+
+So William got up out of his bed, and went to the door of his father’s
+room. He knocked at the door, and his father said “Come in.” William
+opened the door. His father was in bed, and there was no light in the
+room, except a dim night-lamp that was burning on a table.
+
+[Sidenote: The explanation.]
+
+“Father,” said William, “I came to tell you that I suppose I know how
+our tool-house caught on fire.”
+
+“How was it?” asked his father.
+
+“Why, John and I had a candle there before dinner, and I believe we
+left it burning; and so I suppose that, when it burned down, it set the
+bench on fire.”
+
+“That could not have been the way,” said his father, “for, when it got
+down to the candlestick, it would go out.”
+
+“But there was not any candlestick,” said William, “only a wooden one,
+which we made out of a block and three nails.”
+
+“Oh! that was the way, was it?” said his father. “Indeed!”
+
+Here there was a short pause. William waited to hear what his father
+would say next.
+
+“Well, William,” said his father, at length, “you are a very good boy
+to come and tell me. Now go back to your bed, and go to sleep. We will
+see all about it in the morning.”
+
+So William went out; but, just as he was shutting the door, his father
+called to him again.
+
+“William!” said he.
+
+“What, sir?” said William.
+
+“Get up as early as you can to-morrow morning, and go to Thomas’s, and
+tell him how it was. He thinks that he must have set the tool-house on
+fire, and he is quite troubled about it.”
+
+“Yes, sir, I will,” said William.
+
+Then he went back to his room, and reported to John what he had done,
+and what his father had said. The boys were both very much relieved in
+mind from having made their confession.
+
+“I am very glad I told him,” said William; “and now I only wish I could
+tell Thomas about it without waiting till morning.”
+
+“So do I,” said John.
+
+“But we can’t,” said William, “so now we will go to sleep. But we will
+get up, and go to his house the first thing in the morning.”
+
+[Sidenote: The boys get up early to explain the accident to Thomas.]
+
+This the boys did. Thomas’s mind was very much relieved when he heard
+their story. He went directly into the house to tell his wife, who, as
+well as himself, had been very anxious about the origin of the fire.
+When he came out, he told the boys that he was very much obliged to
+them for coming to tell him about it so early. “In fact,” said he, “I
+think it is very generous and noble in you to take the blame of the
+fire upon yourselves, instead of letting it rest upon innocent people.
+There are very few boys that would have done so.”
+
+[Sidenote: The final result.]
+
+William and John were fortunately disappointed in their expectations
+that they would have to suffer some punishment for their fault. In
+fact, they were not even reproved. They told their father all about it
+at breakfast, and he said that, though it certainly was not a prudent
+thing for boys to trust themselves with a wooden candlestick in a shop
+full of wood and shavings, still he did not think that they deserved
+any particular censure for having made one. “The whole thing was one of
+those accidents which will sometimes occur,” said he, “and you need not
+think any thing more about it. I will have a new tool-house and shop
+built pretty soon, and will make it better than the old one was. And
+now, after breakfast, you may go down and rake over the ashes, and see
+if you can rake out any of the remains of the garden tools.”
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Sidenote: An important principle.]
+
+It would have been better for the story if it had happened that the
+boys, in setting fire to the tool-house, had really been guilty of some
+serious fault, for which they were afterward to be punished; for the
+nobleness and magnanimity which are displayed in confessing a fault,
+are so much the greater when the person confessing occasions himself
+suffering by it.
+
+
+
+
+WILLING TO LEARN.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno was willing to learn.]
+
+Bruno had one excellent quality, which made him a special favorite with
+the several boys that owned him at different times. He was _willing to
+learn_.
+
+[Sidenote: Boys and girls.]
+
+When you are attempting to teach a dog any new art or accomplishment,
+it is a great thing to have him willing to learn. It is the same, in
+fact, if it is a girl or a boy that is the pupil. Sometimes, however,
+when you are attempting to teach a dog, he shows very plainly all the
+time that he does not wish to learn. If you have got him harnessed into
+a little carriage, and wish to teach him to draw, he will stop and
+seem very unwilling to proceed, and, perhaps, sit right down upon the
+ground; or, if he has any chance to do so, he will run off and hide in
+the bushes, or, if it is in the house that you are teaching him, in a
+corner of the room or under the table. I was taking a walk once on the
+margin of a stream, and I met some boys who were attempting to teach
+their dog to dive into the water after sticks and such things, and the
+dog was so unwilling to make the attempt, that they were obliged every
+time to take him up and throw him in.
+
+[Sidenote: A difficult lesson for a dog.]
+
+I have known children to behave just in this way in learning to read or
+to write. They come to the work reluctantly, and get away from it as
+often and as quick as they can. But it was not so with Bruno. He was
+glad to learn any thing that the boys were willing to teach him. A boy
+at one time took it into his head to teach him to walk up a flight of
+steps backward, and although Bruno could not conceive what possible
+advantage it could ever be to him to learn such an accomplishment as
+that, still he went to work resolutely to learn it, and though at first
+he found it very difficult to do, he soon succeeded in going up very
+well.
+
+If any boy who reads this book should make the attempt to teach _his_
+dog to go up steps backward, and should find the dog unwilling to
+learn, he will know at once how hard it is for his teacher to teach
+him to write or to calculate, when he takes no interest in the work
+himself. If he then imagines that his dog were as desirous of learning
+to go up the steps backward as he is to teach him, and were willing
+to try, and thinks how easy it would be in that case to accomplish
+the object, he will see how much his own progress in study would be
+promoted by his being cordially interested himself in what he is doing.
+
+[Sidenote: The dog that went to market.]
+
+I am always surprised when I find a dog that is willing to learn, and
+am still more surprised when I find a child that is not willing. A
+dog learns for the benefit of his master, a child learns for his own
+benefit. I knew a dog who was taught to go to market. His master would
+put the money and a memorandum of the things that were to be bought in
+the basket, and the dog would then carry the basket to market by the
+handle, which he held in his mouth. Then the market-man would take out
+the money and the memorandum, and would put in the things that were
+wanted, and the dog would carry them home. Now this was of no advantage
+to the dog, except from the honorable satisfaction which he derived
+from it in the thought that he was usefully employed, and that he was
+considered worthy to sustain important trusts and responsibilities.
+So far as his own ease and comfort was concerned, it would have been
+better for him never to have learned such an art, and then, instead
+of carrying a heavy basket to and fro along the street, he could have
+spent his time in basking in the sun, or playing about with other
+dogs. There is no necessity for a dog to learn any thing for his own
+advantage. Nature teaches him every thing that he requires for himself.
+He has to study and learn only for the benefit of his master.
+
+It is very different from this with a child. When a child is in
+his earliest infancy, he is the most ignorant and helpless being
+imaginable. He can not speak; he can not walk; he can not stand; he
+can not even creep along the floor. Then, besides, he _knows_ nothing.
+He does not know any of the persons around him; he does not know the
+light; he is bewildered, and filled with a stupid kind of wonder when
+he looks at it; he does not know how to open and shut his hand, or to
+take hold of any thing; and long after this, when he begins to learn
+how to take hold of things, he is so ignorant and foolish, that he is
+as ready to take hold of a burning candle as any thing else.
+
+[Sidenote: Children learn for their own benefit.]
+
+Of course, to fit such a child to perform the duties of a man in such a
+busy world as this, he has a great many things to learn. And what is to
+be particularly noticed is, that he must learn every thing himself. His
+parents can not learn for him. His parents can _teach_ him--that is,
+they can show him how to learn--but they can not learn for him. When
+they show him how to learn, if he will not learn, and if they can not
+contrive any means to make him, there is an end of it. They can do no
+more. He must remain ignorant.
+
+[Illustration: The little child willing to learn to walk.]
+
+Here is a picture of a child that is willing to learn. His name is
+Josey. His parents are teaching him to walk. He is just old enough to
+learn to walk, and you see by his countenance, although it is turned
+somewhat away from us, that he is pleased with the opportunity. He is
+glad that he is going to learn to walk, and that his parents are going
+to teach him. I do not suppose that he feels _grateful_ to his father
+and mother for being willing to take so much pains to teach him, for he
+is not old enough for that. But he is _glad_, at any rate, and he is
+willing to try.
+
+His mother is helping him to begin, and his father is encouraging him
+to step along--holding out his hand, so that Josey may take hold of it
+as soon as he gets near enough, and thus save himself from falling.
+Since Josey is willing to learn, it gives his father and mother great
+pleasure to teach him. Thus all three are happy together.
+
+[Sidenote: Some children unwilling to learn.]
+
+Sometimes a child, when his father and mother wish to teach him to
+walk, is _not_ willing to learn. He will not try. He sits down at once
+upon the ground, and will not make any effort, like the dog who does
+not wish to learn to draw. So far as learning to walk is concerned,
+this is of no great consequence, for, as his strength increases, he
+will at last learn to walk himself, without any particular teaching.
+
+There are a great many things, however, which it is very important for
+children to know, that they never would learn of themselves. These they
+must be taught, and taught very patiently and carefully. Reading is one
+of those things, and writing is another. Then there is arithmetic, and
+all the other studies taught in schools. Some children are sensible
+enough to see how important it is that they should learn all these
+things, and are not only willing, but are glad to be taught them. Like
+Josey, they are pleased, and they try to learn. Others are unwilling to
+learn. They are sullen and ill-humored about it. They will not make any
+cordial and earnest efforts. The consequence is, that they learn very
+little. But then, when they grow up, and find out how much more other
+people know and can do than they, they bitterly regret their folly.
+
+[Sidenote: Some are willing.]
+
+Some children, instead of being unwilling to learn what their parents
+desire to teach them, are so eager to learn, that they ingeniously
+contrive ways and means to teach themselves. I once knew a boy, whose
+parents were poor, so that they could not afford to send him to school,
+and he went as an apprentice to learn the trade of shoemaking. He knew
+how important it was to study arithmetic, but he had no one to teach
+him, and, besides that, he had no book, and no slate and pencil. He,
+however, contrived to borrow an arithmetic book, and then he procured
+a large _shingle_[6] and a piece of chalk, to serve for slate and
+pencil. Thus provided, he went to work by himself in the evenings,
+ciphering in the chimney-corner by the light of the kitchen fire.
+Of course he met with great difficulties, but he persevered, and by
+industry and patience, and by such occasional help as he could obtain
+from the persons around him, he succeeded, and went regularly through
+the book. That boy afterward, when he grew up, became a senator.
+
+    [6] A shingle is a broad and thin piece of wood, formed like a
+    slate, and used for covering roofs. The word is explained here,
+    because, in some places where this book will go, shingles are
+    not used.
+
+[Sidenote: Things difficult to learn.]
+
+Some things are very difficult to learn, and children are very often
+displeased because their parents and teachers insist on teaching them
+such difficult things. But the reason is, that the things that are most
+difficult to learn are usually those that are most valuable to know.
+
+[Sidenote: The lawyer and the wood-sawyer.]
+
+Once I was in the country, and I had occasion to go into a lawyer’s
+office to get the lawyer to make a writing for me about the sale of
+a piece of land. It took the lawyer about half an hour to make the
+writing. When it was finished, and I asked him how much I was to pay,
+he said one dollar. I expected that it would have been much more than
+that. It was worth a great deal more than that to me. So I paid him the
+dollar, and went out.
+
+At the door was a laborer sawing wood. He had been sawing there all the
+time that I had been in the lawyer’s office. I asked him how long he
+had to saw wood to earn a dollar.
+
+“All day,” said he. “I get just a dollar a day.”
+
+[Sidenote: Difference of pay, and reason for it.]
+
+Now some persons might think it strange, that while the lawyer,
+sitting quietly in his office by a pleasant fire, and doing such easy
+work as writing, could earn a dollar in half an hour, that the laborer
+should have to work all day to earn the same sum. But the explanation
+of it is, that while the lawyer’s work is very easy to do after you
+have learned how to do it, it is very _difficult_ to _learn_. It takes
+a great many years of long and patient study to become a good lawyer,
+so as to make writings correctly. On the other hand, it is very easy to
+learn to saw wood. Any body that has strength enough to saw wood can
+learn to do it very well in two or three days. Thus the things that are
+the most difficult to learn are, of course, best paid for when they are
+learned; and parents wish to provide for their children the means of
+living easily and comfortably in future life, by teaching them, while
+they are young, a great many difficult things. The foolish children,
+however, are often ill-humored and sullen, and will not learn them.
+They would rather go and play.
+
+It is very excusable in a dog to evince this reluctance to be taught,
+but it is wholly inexcusable in a child.
+
+
+
+
+PANSITA.
+
+
+This is a true story of a dog named Pansita. They commonly called her
+Pannie.
+
+Pansita was a prairie-dog. These prairie-dogs are wild. They live in
+Mexico. They burrow in the ground, and it is extremely difficult to
+catch them. They are small, but very beautiful.
+
+Pansita belonged to an Indian girl on the western coast of Mexico.
+An American, who came into that country from Lima, which is a city in
+Peru, saw Pansita.
+
+“What a pretty dog!” said he. “How I should like her for a present to
+the American minister’s wife in Lima.”
+
+So he went to the Indian girl, and tried to buy the dog, but the girl
+would not sell her. She liked her dog better than any money that he
+could give her.
+
+[Sidenote: Pansita bought with gold.]
+
+Then the gentleman took some gold pieces out of his pocket, and showed
+them to the mother of the girl.
+
+“See,” said he; “I will give you all these gold pieces if you will sell
+me Pansita.”
+
+The Indian woman counted over the gold as the gentleman held it in his
+hand, and found that it made eighteen dollars. She said that the girl
+should sell Pansita for that money. So she took the dog out of the
+girl’s arms, and gave it to the gentleman. The poor girl burst into a
+loud cry of grief and alarm at the thought of losing her dog. She threw
+the pieces of gold which her mother had put into her hand down upon the
+ground, and screamed to the stranger to bring back her dog.
+
+But he would not hear. He put the dog in his pocket, and ran away as
+fast as he could run, till he got to his boat, and the sailors rowed
+him away.
+
+[Sidenote: She is taken off in a ship. Lima.]
+
+He took the dog in a ship, and carried her to Peru. When he landed,
+he wished to send her up to Lima. So he put her in a box. He had made
+openings in the box, so that little Pannie might breathe on the way. He
+gave the box to a friend of his who was going to Lima, and asked him to
+deliver it to the American minister.
+
+[Sidenote: A pretended chronometer.]
+
+He was afraid that the gentleman would not take good care of the box if
+he knew that there was only a dog inside, so he pretended that it was a
+chronometer, and he marked it, “_This side up, with care_.”
+
+A chronometer is a sort of large watch used at sea. It is a very exact
+and a very costly instrument.
+
+He gave the box to his friend, and said, “Will you be kind enough, sir,
+to take this chronometer in your lap, and carry it to Lima, and give it
+to the American minister there?”
+
+The gentleman said that he would, and he took the box in his lap, and
+carried it with great care.
+
+Before long, however, Pansita, not having quite air enough to breathe
+inside the box, put her nose out through one of the openings.
+
+“Ah!” said the gentleman, “this is something strange. I never knew a
+ship’s chronometer to have a nose before.”
+
+Thus he discovered that it was a dog, and not a chronometer that he was
+carrying.
+
+He, however, continued to carry the box very carefully, and when
+he arrived at Lima he delivered it safely to the minister, and the
+minister gave it to his wife.
+
+[Sidenote: The beauty of the dog. The lady is much pleased.]
+
+The lady was very much pleased to see such a beautiful dog. Its form
+was graceful, its eyes full of meaning, and its fur was like brown
+silk, very soft, and smooth, and glossy.
+
+[Sidenote: The American flag hoisted.]
+
+By-and-by a revolution broke out in Lima, and there was great confusion
+and violence in the streets. The Americans that were there flocked
+to the house of the minister for protection. The house was a sort of
+castle. It had a court, in the centre, and great iron gates across the
+passage-way that formed the entrance. The minister brought soldiers
+from the ships to guard his castle, and shut the gates to keep the
+people that were fighting in the streets from getting in. He hoisted
+the American flag, too, on the corner of the battlements. The Americans
+that had fled there for safety were all within the walls, greatly
+alarmed.[7]
+
+    [7] Such a minister as this is a high public officer of
+    government, who resides at a foreign capital for the purpose
+    of attending to the business of his own country there, and of
+    protecting the citizens in case of danger.
+
+[Sidenote: Danger.]
+
+Pansita, wondering what all the noise and confusion in the streets
+could mean, concluded that she would go out and see. So, watching her
+opportunity, she slipped through among the soldiers to the passage-way,
+and thence out between the bars of the great iron gates. The lady, when
+she found that Pansita had gone out, was greatly alarmed.
+
+“She will be killed!” said she. “She will be killed! What can I do to
+save her? She will certainly be killed!”
+
+But nothing could be done to save Pansita; for if they had opened the
+gates to go out and find her, the people that were fighting in the
+streets would have perhaps rushed in, and then they would all have been
+killed.
+
+[Sidenote: Pansita is recovered.]
+
+So they had to wait till the fighting was over, and then they went out
+to look for Pansita. To their great joy, they found her safe in a house
+round the corner.
+
+After a time, the minister and his wife returned to America, and
+they brought Pansita with them. They had a house on the North River,
+and Pansita lived with them there many years in great splendor and
+happiness.
+
+[Sidenote: Pannie’s bed.]
+
+The lady made a bed for Pannie in a basket, with nice and well-made
+bed-clothes to cover her when she was asleep. Pannie would get into
+this bed at night, but she would always scratch upon it with her claws
+before she lay down. This was her instinct.
+
+She was accustomed in her youth, when she was burrowing in the ground
+in the prairies in Mexico, to make the place soft where she was going
+to lie down by scratching up the earth with her paws, and she continued
+the practice now, though, of course, this was not a proper way to beat
+up a bed of feathers.
+
+Pannie was a great favorite with all who knew her. She was affectionate
+in her disposition, and mild and gentle in her demeanor; and, as is
+usually the case with those who possess such a character, she made a
+great many friends and no enemies.
+
+[Sidenote: Mistakes.]
+
+By-and-by Pannie grew old and infirm. She became deaf and blind, and
+sometimes, when the time came for her to go to bed at night, she would
+make a mistake, and get into the wrong basket--a basket that belonged
+to another dog. This would make Looly, the dog that the basket belonged
+to, very angry. Looly would run about the basket, and whine and moan
+until Pansita was taken out and put into her own place.
+
+[Sidenote: Pannie’s death and burial.]
+
+At last Pansita died. They put her body in a little leaden coffin, and
+buried it in a very pleasant place between two trees.
+
+This is a true story.
+
+
+
+
+THE DOG’S PETITION.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Letter-day.]
+
+One day, about the middle of the quarter, in a certain school, what the
+boys called Letter-day came. Letter-day was a day in which all the boys
+in the school were employed in writing letters.
+
+Each boy, on these occasions, selected some absent friend or
+acquaintance, and wrote a letter to him. The letters were written
+first on a slate, and then, after being carefully corrected, were
+copied neatly on sheets of paper and sent. The writing of these letters
+was thus made a regular exercise of the school. It was, in fact, an
+exercise in composition.
+
+[Sidenote: Erskine’s conversation with his teacher.]
+
+A boy named Erskine, after taking out his slate, and writing the date
+upon the top of it, asked the teacher whom he thought it would be best
+for him to write to.
+
+“How would you like to write to your aunt?” asked the teacher.
+
+“Why, _pretty_ well,” said Erskine, rather doubtfully.
+
+“I think it would be doing good to write to her,” said the teacher. “It
+will please her very much to have a letter from you.”
+
+“Then I will,” said Erskine. “On the whole, I should like to write to
+her very much.”
+
+So Erskine wrote the letter, and, when it had been corrected and
+copied, it was sent.
+
+This is the letter. It gives an account of a petition offered by a
+dog to his master, begging to be allowed to accompany the boys of the
+school on an excursion:
+
+[Sidenote: Erskine’s letter.]
+
+                                                    August 2, 1853.
+
+    DEAR AUNT,--I hope you have been well since I have heard from
+    you.
+
+    We took an excursion up to Orange Pond, and stayed all day. In
+    the morning it was very misty, but in about an hour it cleared
+    up, and the sun came out. Charles and Stephen went over to Mr.
+    Wingate’s to get a stage, and a lumber-wagon, and a carriage.
+    There were two horses in the stage, and an old gray one in the
+    lumber-wagon. Wright and I went down to get William Harmer, a
+    new scholar, to come up here before we started. At last we all
+    were ready, Crusoe and all. The teacher bought a little dog in
+    the vacation, and named him Crusoe. One of the boys wrote a
+    letter, and tied it about Crusoe’s neck, and this was it:
+
+        [Sidenote: The dog’s petition.]
+
+        MY VERY DEAR MASTER,--Can I go with the boys to-day on
+        the excursion? I will be very good, and not bark or
+        bite. I wish to go very much indeed, and I hope you
+        will let me.
+
+                  From your affectionate dog,
+
+                                                   Bow-wow-wow.
+
+    [Sidenote: Account of an excursion. Diving off the row-boats.
+    The hot rock. Coming home.]
+
+    Soon we started. It was very cool when we left home, but when
+    we got out on the hills it was very hot. The teacher let us
+    get out once and get some berries. After a ride of about nine
+    miles, we got out, and found it a very cool place. The public
+    house was very near to the pond, and we ran down there as
+    soon as we got our fishing-poles. Some of the boys got into
+    an old boat, and got a fish as soon as they cast their poles
+    out. The man said some of us should go out on an old rock
+    that was there, and the rest of us in a boat. We had a fine
+    time fishing, and caught about thirty small fish. Mr. Wingate
+    went out in another boat, and caught a very large perch and
+    pickerel, and a few other fish. After we had caught a few
+    more fish, we became tired, and wanted to go to the shore; so
+    the teacher took two or three of us at a time, and we went to
+    the shore. After we had played around a little, we had a nice
+    dinner, and then we went in swimming. The man said we might
+    dive off the small row-boats. We had fine fun pulling the boats
+    along while we were wading in the water, for it was nice and
+    sandy on the bottom. We found we could wade out to the rock
+    before named. We all waded out on it; but no sooner had we got
+    on the top, than we jumped off in all directions, for it was so
+    hot that one could roast an egg on it. We all ran back to the
+    shore as fast as we could go, laughing heartily. As soon as we
+    got up and were dressed, we went up to the house. Mr. Wingate
+    harnessed up the horses, and we were soon trotting home. We
+    went around by a different way from the one we came by, through
+    some woods, and had a fine ride home. That is the end of our
+    excursion to Orange Pond.
+
+              From your affectionate friend,
+
+                                                           ERSKINE.
+
+Erskine’s aunt was very much gratified at receiving this letter. She
+read it with great interest, and answered it very soon.
+
+
+
+
+THE STORM ON THE LAKE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: The philosophy of mountains, springs, brooks, and lakes.]
+
+Mountains make storms, storms make rain fall, and the rain that falls
+makes springs, brooks, and lakes; thus mountains, storms, brooks, and
+lakes go together.
+
+Mountains make storms, and cause the rain to fall by chilling the air
+around their summits, and condensing the vapor into rain and into snow.
+Around the lower parts of the mountains, where it is pretty warm, the
+vapor falls in rain. Around the higher parts, where it is cold, it
+falls in snow.
+
+[Sidenote: Formation of rivers.]
+
+Part of the water from the rain soaks into the ground, on the
+declivities of the mountains, and comes out again, lower down, in
+springs. Another portion flows down the ravines in brooks and torrents,
+and these, uniting together, form larger and larger streams, until, at
+length, they become great rivers, that flow across wide continents. If
+you were to follow up almost any river in the world, you would come to
+mountains at last.
+
+It does not always rain among the mountains, but the springs and
+streams always flow. The reason of this is, that before the water which
+falls in one storm or shower has had time to drain out from the ground
+and flow away, another storm comes and renews the supply. If it were to
+cease to rain altogether among the mountains, the water that is now in
+them would soon be all drained off, and the springs and streams would
+all be dry.
+
+But how is it in regard to lakes? How are the lakes formed?
+
+[Sidenote: How lakes are formed.]
+
+This is the way.
+
+When the water, in flowing down in the brooks and streams, comes to a
+valley from which it can not run out, it continues to run in and fill
+up the valley, until it reaches the level of some place where it _can_
+run out. As soon as it reaches that level, the surplus water runs out
+at the opening as fast as it comes in from the springs and streams, and
+then the lake never rises any higher.
+
+A lake, then, is nothing but a valley full of water.
+
+Of course, there are more valleys among mountains than any where else,
+and there, too, there are more streams and springs to fill them. Thus,
+among mountains, we generally find a great many lakes.
+
+[Sidenote: Outlets; feeders.]
+
+Since lakes are formed in this way, you would expect, in going around
+one, that you would find some streams flowing into it, and _one_ stream
+flowing out. This is the case with almost all lakes. The place where
+the water flows out of the lake is called the outlet. The streams which
+flow into the lake are sometimes called the _feeders_. They feed the
+lake, as it were, with water.
+
+[Sidenote: Ponds without outlets.]
+
+Sometimes a lake or pond has no outlet. This is the case when there are
+so few streams running into it that all the water that comes can dry up
+from the surface of the lake, or soak away into the ground.
+
+Sometimes you will find, among hilly pastures, a small pond, lying in a
+hollow, which has not any outlet, or any feeders either. Such a pond as
+this is fed either by secret springs beneath the ground, or else by the
+water which falls on the slopes around it when it is actually raining.
+
+If you were to take an umbrella, and go to visit such a pond in the
+midst of a shower, and were to look down among the grass, you would see
+a great many little streams of water flowing down into the pond.
+
+[Sidenote: The way to note the rise and fall of water in a lake.]
+
+Then if, after the shower was over, you were to put up a measure in
+the water, and leave it there a few days, or a week, and then visit
+it again, you would find that the surface of the water would have
+subsided--that is, gone down. As soon as the rain ceases, so that all
+fresh supplies of water are cut off, the water already in the pond
+begins at once to soak away slowly into the ground, and to evaporate
+into the air. Once I knew a boy who was of an inquiring turn of mind,
+and who concluded to ascertain precisely what the changes were which
+took place in the level of a small pond, which lay in a hollow behind
+his father’s garden. So he measured off the inches on a smooth stick,
+and marked them, and then he set up the stick in the water of the pond.
+Thus he could note exactly how the water should rise or fall. There
+came a great shower very soon after he set up his measure, and it
+caused the water in the pond to rise three inches. After that it was
+dry weather for a long time, and the level of the pond fell four inches
+lower than it was when he first put up the measure.
+
+Lakes among the mountains are often very large, and the waves which
+rise upon them in sudden tempests of wind and rain sometimes run very
+high.
+
+[Sidenote: The storm on the Lake of Gennesaret. Jesus in the ship.]
+
+The Lake of Gennesaret, so often mentioned in the New Testament, was
+such a lake, and violent storms of wind and rain rose sometimes very
+suddenly upon it. One evening, Jesus and his disciples undertook to
+cross this lake in a small vessel. It was very pleasant when they
+commenced the voyage, but in the night a sudden storm came on, and the
+waves rose so high that they beat into the ship. This was the time that
+the disciples came and awoke Jesus, who was asleep in the stern of the
+ship when the storm came on, and called upon him to save them. He arose
+immediately, and came forward, and rebuked the winds and the sea, and
+immediately they became calm.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+The adjoining engraving represents the scene. Jesus has come forward
+to the prow, and stands there looking out upon the waves, which seem
+ready to overwhelm the vessel. The disciples are greatly terrified. One
+of them is kneeling near the place where Jesus stands, and is praying
+to God for mercy. The others are behind. They are equally afraid. The
+sails have been torn by the wind, and are flying away. Jesus extends
+his hand, and says to the winds and waves, “Peace! be still!”
+
+The anchor of the ship is seen in the engraving hanging over the bow.
+But the anchor, in such a case as this, is useless. The water is
+too deep in the middle of the lake for it to reach the bottom; and,
+besides, if it were possible to anchor the vessel in such a place, it
+would do more harm than good, for any confining of the ship, in such a
+sea, would only help the waves to fill it the sooner.
+
+[Sidenote: Navigation of mountain lakes.]
+
+The people who live on the borders of the lakes that lie among the
+mountains often go out upon them in boats. Sometimes they go to fish,
+sometimes to make passages to and fro along the lake, when there is no
+convenient road by land, and sometimes they go to bring loads of hay or
+sheaves of grain home from some field which lies at a distance from the
+house, and is near the margin of the water.
+
+[Sidenote: Tempests and storms.]
+
+When a storm arises on the lake after the boat has gone out, the people
+who remain at home are often very anxious, fearing that the boats may
+have been overwhelmed by the waves. Over the leaf there is a picture
+of people watching for the return of a man and boy who have gone out
+on the lake. They went out in the middle of the day, and, though it is
+now night, they have not returned. The family are anxious about their
+safety, for in the middle of the afternoon there was a violent storm of
+thunder and lightning, with dreadful gusts of wind and pouring rain.
+The storm has now entirely passed away, and the moon, which has just
+risen, shines serenely in the sky. Still the boat does not return. The
+family fear that it may have foundered in the storm.
+
+[Sidenote: Conversation in Marie’s cottage.]
+
+The family live in a cottage on the margin of the lake. Marie, the wife
+of the man and the mother of the boy that went away in the boat, is
+very anxious and unhappy.
+
+“Do you think that they are lost?” she said to Orlando.
+
+Orlando was her oldest son.
+
+“Oh no,” replied Orlando. “When the black clouds began to come up in
+the sky, and they heard the thunder, they would go to the shore, and
+draw up their boat there till the storm was over. And now that the
+water is smooth again, and the air calm, I presume they are somewhere
+coming home.”
+
+“But how can they find their way home in the darkness of the night?”
+said Marie.
+
+“There is a moon to-night,” said Marie’s father. He was an old man, and
+he was sitting at this time in the chimney-corner.
+
+“Yes, there is a moon,” replied Marie, “but it is half hidden by the
+broken clouds that are still floating in the sky.”
+
+“I will light the lantern,” said Orlando, “and go out, and hold it up
+on a high part of the shore. They will then see the light of it, and it
+will guide them in.”
+
+[Sidenote: Orlando and Bruno.]
+
+Bruno was lying before the fire while this conversation was going
+on. He was listening to it very attentively, though he could not
+understand it all. He knew some words, and he learned from the words
+which he heard that they were talking about the boat and the water, and
+Pierre, the man who was gone. So, when Orlando rose, and went to get
+the lantern, Bruno started up too, and followed him. He did not know
+whether there would be any thing that he could do, but he wished to be
+ready at a moment’s notice, in case there should be any thing.
+
+[Sidenote: Anna and the baby.]
+
+He stood by Orlando’s side, and looked up very eagerly into his face
+while he was taking down the lantern, and then went with him out to the
+door. The old man went out too. He went down as near as he could get
+to the shore of the pond, in order to look off over the water. Orlando
+remained nearer the door of the cottage, where the land was higher, and
+where he thought the lantern could be better seen. Marie, with her baby
+in her arms, and her little daughter, Anna, by her side, came out to
+the steps of the door. Bruno took his place by Orlando’s side, ready
+to be called upon at any time, if there should be any thing that he
+could do, and looking eagerly over the water to see whether he could
+not himself make some discoveries.
+
+[Illustration: Watching for the boat.]
+
+He would have liked to have held the lantern, but it would not have
+been possible for him to have held it sufficiently high.
+
+Just at this time the moon began to come out from behind the clouds,
+and its light was reflected beautifully on the waters of the lake, and
+the old man obtained, as he thought, a glimpse of a dark object gliding
+slowly along over the surface of the distant water.
+
+[Sidenote: The boat is coming.]
+
+“They are coming!” he exclaimed. “They are coming! I see them coming!”
+
+Bruno saw the boat too, and he soon began to leap about and bark to
+express his joy.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Sidenote: Excellence of Bruno’s behavior.]
+
+Thus Bruno always felt an interest in all that interested his master,
+and he stood by ready to help, even when there was nothing for him to
+do. It is always a source of great pleasure to a father to observe that
+his boy takes an interest in what he is doing, and stands ready to help
+him, provided always that he does not interrupt the work by asking
+questions. This Bruno never did. He never interrupted work in any way,
+and least of all by asking questions.
+
+[Illustration: Play.]
+
+It is far more manly and noble for boys to take an interest, sometimes,
+in useful work, than to be wholly absorbed, as some boys are, all the
+time in idle play.
+
+
+
+
+TAKING AN INTEREST.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Important difference between the dog and the horse.]
+
+There is a great difference between the dog and the horse, in respect
+to the interest which they take in any work which they have to do. A
+horse does not like to work. He never runs to his master to be saddled
+when his master wishes to go and take a ride. If he runs either way,
+he runs off. If you wish any time to take a ride in a wagon, and you
+go into the pasture to find your horse, it is often very hard work to
+catch him. He knows that you are going to harness him up, and give
+him something to do, and he does not like to do it; so away he goes,
+bounding over the pasture, and looking back, first over one shoulder,
+and then over the other, to see whether you are pursuing him.
+
+It is very different with the dog. As soon as he sees his master
+take down his hat and cane, he jumps up and runs to accompany him.
+He desires, above all things, to accompany his master wherever he
+goes, that he may protect him, and render him any other service which
+occasion may require.
+
+It is true that a dog does not generally like to be harnessed into a
+wagon, and draw, but the reason of this probably is, that drawing a
+load is not a work that he is by nature fitted for. He is not properly
+built for such work. His shoulders are not fitted to receive a collar,
+and his feet are not of the right form to take good hold of the ground.
+The nature and qualities of the dog fit him for other duties, and these
+duties he is always greatly interested in performing. If his master is
+a traveler, he is always ready to set out on the journey with him. If
+his master stays at home, he is always on the watch about the house,
+guarding the premises, and ready to do any thing that he may be called
+upon to do. In a word, such duties as he is at all qualified for by his
+nature and habits, he is always ready to perform with alacrity and with
+hearty good-will.
+
+[Sidenote: Supposed black pony. How valuable such a pony would be.]
+
+What a fine thing it would be for a boy to have a horse of such a
+disposition--a little black pony, I will suppose--just large enough
+for the boy to harness and drive! Suppose you had such a pony. You
+take the bridle, and go out into the pasture for him some day when
+you feel inclined to take a ride. As soon as you enter the pasture,
+you call him. Immediately on hearing your voice, he runs out of the
+thicket where he was lying in the shade, and ascends an eminence near,
+so that he can see. He looks all around to find where the voice comes
+from, and when he sees you with the bridle in your hand, he immediately
+feels proud and happy at the thought of being employed, and he comes
+galloping toward you, prancing and capering in a very joyous manner.
+
+As soon as he gets near you, he ceases his prancing, and, walking up to
+you, he holds his head down that you may put the bridle on. As soon as
+the bridle is buckled, you put the bridle-rein over his neck, and say,
+
+“There! run along, pony!”
+
+So your pony runs along before you, looking back from time to time,
+first over one shoulder, and then over the other, not to see whether
+you are pursuing him, in order that he may escape, but to be sure that
+you are following him, and that he is going the right way. When he gets
+to the gate, he waits till you come to open it for him; or, if he has
+ingenuity enough to lift up the latch himself, he opens the gate and
+goes through, and then waits outside till you come. As soon as you have
+gone through the gate, he trots off to the barn. He does not know yet
+whether you are going to put the saddle on, or to harness him into your
+little wagon. But he is equally ready for either. He looks forward with
+great pleasure to the thought of carrying you along over a pleasant
+road, cantering merrily up and down the hills; and he resolves that he
+will take special care not to stumble or fall with you. Or, if he finds
+that you prefer riding in the wagon that day, he thinks how pleasant
+it will be to trot along over the road with you, and give you a good
+drive. If you stop any where by the way, he waits patiently where you
+leave him until you come back again. If he is in the wagon, he stands
+very still, lest he should do some damage to the vehicle by moving
+about. If he has a saddle on, he walks out to the road-side, perhaps,
+to crop the grass a little while he is waiting, but he lifts up his
+head now and then to see if you are coming, in order that he may be all
+ready to go on again when you wish to go.
+
+It would certainly be a fine thing to have such a pony as that.
+
+[Sidenote: How useful and valuable such a boy would be.]
+
+But for a man, it is a finer thing to have such a _boy_ as that. I
+never knew such ponies, but I have often known such boys. They take
+a special interest and pleasure in being useful, and especially in
+assisting their father and mother in any thing, no matter what it is,
+that their father and mother wish to do. They feel proud and happy to
+be employed, and come always with a ready alacrity whenever they are
+called upon, and to do what they can do with a hearty good-will.
+
+[Sidenote: Georgie at the raising. The way he acted.]
+
+Boys sometimes take an interest of the wrong kind in what their fathers
+are doing--that is, an interest which seeks for their own pleasure
+and amusement, and not for the furtherance of the work. There was a
+farmer, for instance, once, who had two sons, Lawrence and Georgie.
+The farmer was building a shed, and when the shed was framed, the
+carpenters came one afternoon to raise it. Lawrence was away from home
+when the carpenters came, having gone to mill, but Georgie was very
+much interested in the raising, and he brought several of the boys
+of the neighborhood to see it. With these boys he played about among
+the timbers of the frame, running along upon them from end to end, or
+jumping over them. He made a great deal of noise in singing to express
+his joy, and in calling to his companions.
+
+“Georgie,” said his father, at last, “be still, or I shall send you
+away.”
+
+His father should have sent him away at once, instead of threatening to
+do so if he was not still.
+
+[Sidenote: Boring.]
+
+Georgie was still after this, for he knew that his father would do as
+he said; but he soon found out other means of making trouble besides
+noise. He and the other boys went to one of the carpenters, who was
+boring a hole, and he began to beg the carpenter to let him take the
+auger and bore it.
+
+“I can bore,” said he.
+
+“I see you can,” said the carpenter, “but I wish you would not come
+here and bore me.”
+
+The other carpenters who were near laughed at hearing this, and
+Georgie, not liking to be laughed at, walked away to another part of
+the work. Here he began to ask questions, such as what this beam was
+for, and what tenon was going into that mortice, and whether such and
+such a hole was not bored wrong. All these questions interrupted the
+workmen, confused them in their calculations, and hindered the work. At
+last, Georgie’s father told him not to ask any more questions, but to
+keep perfectly still.
+
+[Sidenote: He and the other boys make a balancer.]
+
+His father would, in fact, have sent him away entirely, were it not
+that he was wanted from time to time to do an errand, or fetch a tool.
+These errands, however, he did very slowly and reluctantly, so that
+he was of little service. Finally, he proposed to the boys that they
+should make a balancer, and they did so. They put up one short beam of
+wood upon another, and then, placing a plank across, two of the boys
+got on, one at each end, and began see-sawing up and down. This was
+their balancer.
+
+“Isn’t it good fun,” said Georgie, as he went up into the air, “to have
+a raising?”
+
+“Yes,” said the other boy, who was then down by the ground.
+
+“I hope they won’t get through to-night,” said Georgie, coming down,
+“and then we can have some more fun to-morrow.”
+
+[Sidenote: A fall.]
+
+Just then the upper beam, which supported the balancer, fell off, and
+the plank, with the boys on it, came to the ground. There was now a
+great outcry. Georgie’s father and some of the carpenters came to see
+if the boys were hurt. They were not seriously hurt, but the accident
+occasioned quite an interruption to the raising.
+
+So Georgie’s father, finding that the trouble which Georgie made him
+was greater far than any service that he rendered, sent him away.
+
+Now this is not the right way to take an interest in what your father
+or mother is doing.
+
+[Sidenote: Lawrence comes home.]
+
+Lawrence got back from the mill just as Georgie went away. He
+immediately came and took Georgie’s place. He stationed himself near
+his father, so as to be ready to do any thing which might be required
+whenever he should be called upon. He observed carefully every thing
+that was done, but he asked no questions. If he saw that a tool was
+wanted, or going to be wanted, he brought it, so as to have it all
+ready the moment it should be required. Thus, although he could not do
+much substantial work himself, he assisted the men who could do it very
+much, and rendered very effectual service, so that the raising went on
+very prosperously, and was finished that night, greatly to his father’s
+satisfaction.
+
+[Sidenote: Conversation at the supper-table.]
+
+At supper that night the farmer took his seat at the table. His wife
+sat opposite to him. Lawrence was on one side, and Georgie on the other.
+
+“Have you finished the raising?” said his wife.
+
+“Yes,” said the farmer, “we have finished it. I did not expect to get
+through. But we _have_ got through, and it is all owing to Lawrence.”
+
+“Did he help you?” asked his wife.
+
+“Yes,” said the farmer; “he forwarded the work, I think, a full half
+hour, and that just saved us.”
+
+Now that is the right kind of interest to take in what your father and
+mother are doing.
+
+[Sidenote: Another incident.]
+
+At another time, one night after Georgie and Lawrence had gone to bed,
+they heard a sort of thumping sound out in the barn.
+
+“Hark!” said Lawrence; “what is that noise?”
+
+Georgie said he thought it could not be any thing of consequence, and
+so he shut up his eyes, and prepared to go to sleep. But Lawrence,
+though he was equally sleepy, felt afraid that something might be the
+matter with one of the horses; so he got up and went to his father’s
+room, and told his father about the noise. His father immediately rose
+and dressed himself, and went down to the barn.
+
+“Georgie,” said Lawrence, “let us get up too. Perhaps we can help.”
+
+“Oh no,” said Georgie, sleepily, “there is nothing that _we_ could do.”
+
+“I can hold the lantern, at any rate,” said Lawrence, “and do some
+good, perhaps, in that way.” So Lawrence dressed himself and went down
+stairs, while Georgie went to sleep again.
+
+[Sidenote: Lawrence takes an interest in his father’s concerns.]
+
+Lawrence got out into the barn just in time to find that the horse had
+fallen down, and had got entangled in his halter, so that he was in
+danger of choking to death.
+
+“Ah, Lawrence!” said his father, “you are just in time. I want you to
+hold the lantern for me.”
+
+So Lawrence took the lantern, and held it while his father disentangled
+the halter, and got the horse up. Lawrence, who was much interested all
+the time, held the lantern in the best possible way for his father to
+see.
+
+“That’s right,” said his father; “hold the lantern so that you can see
+yourself, and then you may be sure that I can see.”
+
+That is the right kind of interest for boys to take in what their
+father or mother are doing.
+
+That was, in fact, the kind of interest that Bruno took. He was always
+on the watch for opportunities to do good, and when he saw that he
+could not do any more good, he was extremely careful not to make any
+trouble.
+
+[Illustration: Driving the sheep to pasture in the morning.]
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno sits waiting for orders.]
+
+He would stand or sit silently by, looking on and watching what was
+going forward with great interest, ready to act the moment that he was
+called upon, as you see in the opposite engraving. They are driving
+some sheep to pasture very early in the morning. It was dark when they
+first came out with the flock, and so they brought a lantern; but the
+sun has risen now, and it is light. Although it was very early when the
+men set out with the flock, Bruno was eager to come with them. He has
+helped to drive the sheep all the way. They have reached the pasture
+at last, and there is now nothing more for him to do. So he is sitting
+down to rest, and contemplating with great satisfaction, while he
+rests, the accomplishment of the work which was to be done, and ready
+to do any thing more that may be required without a moment’s delay.
+
+In the distance, in the engraving, a river is seen, meandering through
+a rich and beautiful country, with the beams of the morning sun
+reflected from the surface of the water.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Sidenote: A good conscience.]
+
+The satisfaction which results from the faithful performance of duty
+is a very solid and substantial pleasure. It endures long, and has no
+alloy. There is something manly and noble in the very nature of it, and
+he who makes it the end and aim of all his efforts in his search for
+happiness is sure of a rich reward.
+
+[Sidenote: They who are not faithful in duty can never be happy.]
+
+Learn from the example of Bruno, then, to find your happiness in the
+diligent and faithful performance of duty. “Duty first, and pleasure
+afterward,” is the true rule for all. They who seek pleasure first,
+or, rather, who look for their happiness in personal and selfish
+gratifications, lead a very low and groveling life, and never exemplify
+the true nobleness and dignity to which the human soul should aspire.
+Nor do they ever attain to any real or permanent happiness. They
+experience a continual feeling of self-reproach and self-condemnation
+which mars all their enjoyments, and adds a fresh ingredient
+of bitterness to all their sorrows. In a word, they are always
+dissatisfied with themselves, and he who is dissatisfied with himself
+can never be happy.
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+HARPER’S STORY BOOKS
+
+BY JACOB ABBOTT.
+
+TERMS.
+
+Each Number of HARPER’S STORY BOOKS will contain 160 pages, in small
+quarto form, very beautifully illustrated, and printed on superfine
+calendered paper.
+
+The Series may be obtained of Booksellers, Periodical Agents, and
+Postmasters, or from the Publishers, at THREE DOLLARS a year, or
+TWENTY-FIVE CENTS A NUMBER.
+
+The two Periodicals, HARPER’S NEW MONTHLY MAGAZINE and HARPER’S STORY
+BOOKS, will be supplied at FIVE DOLLARS a year, and will be published
+on the first day of each Month.
+
+The Postage upon HARPER’S STORY BOOKS, which must be paid quarterly in
+advance, is TWO CENTS.
+
+EACH NUMBER COMPLETE IN ITSELF.
+
+PRICE 25 Cts
+
+HARPER & BROTHERS
+
+FRANKLIN SQUARE, N. Y.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 51859 ***
diff --git a/51859-h/51859-h.htm b/51859-h/51859-h.htm
index d314cef..5a60db9 100644
--- a/51859-h/51859-h.htm
+++ b/51859-h/51859-h.htm
@@ -1,6279 +1,5857 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"

-    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">

-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">

-  <head>

-    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />

-    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />

-    <title>

-      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Bruno; or, Lessons of Fidelity, Patience and Self-Denial Taught by a Dog, by Jacob Abbot.

-    </title>

-

-    <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />

-

-<style type="text/css">

-

-a {

-    text-decoration: none;

-}

-

-body {

-    margin-left: 10%;

-    margin-right: 10%;

-}

-

-h1,h2 {

-    text-align: center;

-    clear: both;

-}

-

-hr {

-    width: 33%;

-    margin-left: 33.5%;

-    margin-right: 33.5%;

-    margin-top: 2em;

-    margin-bottom: 2em;

-    clear: both;

-}

-

-hr.tb {

-    width: 45%;

-    margin-left: 27.5%;

-    margin-right: 27.5%;

-}

-

-hr.chap {

-    width: 65%;

-    margin-left: 17.5%;

-    margin-right: 17.5%;

-}

-

-p {

-    margin-top: 0.5em;

-    text-align: justify;

-    margin-bottom: 0.5em;

-    text-indent: 1em;

-}

-

-table {

-    max-width: 40em;

-    margin: 1em auto 1em auto;

-}

-

-td {

-    padding-left: 0.25em;

-    padding-right: 0.25em;

-    vertical-align: top;

-}

-

-.tdr {

-    text-align: right;

-}

-

-.blockquote {

-    margin-left: 10%;

-    margin-right: 10%;

-}

-

-.caption {

-    text-align: center;

-    margin-bottom: 1em;

-    font-size: 90%;

-    text-indent: 0em;

-}

-

-.center {

-    text-align: center;

-    text-indent: 0em;

-}

-

-.figcenter {

-    margin: auto;

-    text-align: center;

-}

-

-.figright {

-    float: right;

-    clear: right;

-    margin-left: 1em;

-    margin-bottom: 1em;

-    margin-top: 1em;

-    margin-right: 0;

-    padding: 0;

-    text-align: center;

-}

-

-.footnote {

-    margin-left: 10%;

-    margin-right: 10%;

-    font-size: 0.9em;

-}

-

-.footnote .label {

-    position: absolute;

-    right: 84%;

-    text-align: right;

-}

-

-.fnanchor {

-    vertical-align: super;

-    font-size: .8em;

-    text-decoration: none;

-}

-

-.larger {

-    font-size: 150%;

-}

-

-.pagenum {

-    position: absolute;

-    right: 4%;

-    font-size: smaller;

-    text-align: right;

-}

-

-.right {

-    text-align: right;

-}

-

-.sidenote {

-    width: 20%;

-    padding-bottom: .5em;

-    padding-top: .5em;

-    padding-left: .5em;

-    padding-right: .5em;

-    margin-right: 1em;

-    float: left;

-    clear: left;

-    margin-top: 1em;

-    font-size: smaller;

-    color: black;

-    background: #eeeeee;

-    border: dashed 1px;

-}

-

-.smaller {

-    font-size: 80%;

-}

-

-.smcap {

-    font-variant: small-caps;

-    font-style: normal;

-}

-

-.smcapuc {

-    font-variant: small-caps;

-    font-style: normal;

-    text-transform: lowercase;

-}

-

-.titlepage {

-    text-align: center;

-    margin-top: 3em;

-    text-indent: 0em;

-}

-

-@media handheld {

-

-img {

-    max-width: 100%;

-    width: auto;

-    height: auto;

-}

-

-.blockquote {

-    margin-left: 5%;

-    margin-right: 5%;

-}

-}

-    </style>

-  </head>

-<body>

-

-

-<pre>

-

-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott

-

-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most

-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions

-whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of

-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at

-www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have

-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.

-

-Title: Bruno

-       or, lessons of fidelity, patience, and self-denial taught by a dog

-

-Author: Jacob Abbott

-

-Release Date: April 25, 2016 [EBook #51859]

-

-Language: English

-

-Character set encoding: UTF-8

-

-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BRUNO ***

-

-

-

-

-Produced by Suzanne Shell and the Online Distributed

-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was

-produced from images generously made available by The

-Internet Archive/American Libraries.)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-</pre>

-

-

-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">

-

-<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="500" height="650" alt="Image of the front cover" />

-

-<p class="caption">HARPER’S<br />

-STORY BOOKS</p>

-

-<p class="caption">No. 1</p>

-

-<p class="caption">BRUNO.</p>

-

-<p class="caption">DECEMBER, 1854.</p>

-

-<p class="caption">PRICE 25 C<sup>ts</sup></p>

-

-<p class="caption">HARPER &amp; BROTHERS<br />

-FRANKLIN SQUARE, NEW YORK.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_i" id="Page_i">[i]</a><br />

-<a name="Page_ii" id="Page_ii">[ii]</a></span></p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii">[iii]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration1" style="width: 500px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill001.jpg" width="500" height="340" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">“Bruno forgives him, and why should not I?” said Hiram.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p class="titlepage larger">HARPER’S STORY BOOKS.</p>

-

-<p class="titlepage">A SERIES OF NARRATIVES, DIALOGUES, BIOGRAPHIES, AND TALES,<br />

-FOR THE INSTRUCTION AND ENTERTAINMENT<br />

-OF THE YOUNG.</p>

-

-<p class="titlepage smaller">BY</p>

-

-<p class="titlepage">JACOB ABBOT.</p>

-

-<p class="titlepage">Embellished with</p>

-

-<p class="titlepage">NUMEROUS AND BEAUTIFUL ENGRAVINGS.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iv" id="Page_iv">[iv]</a><br />

-<a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">[v]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">

-

-<img src="images/titlepage.jpg" width="500" height="650" alt="Image of the title page" />

-

-<p class="caption">BRUNO;<br />

-OR,<br />

-LESSONS OF FIDELITY, PATIENCE, AND SELF-DENIAL<br />

-Taught by a Dog.</p>

-

-<p class="caption">NEW YORK:<br />

-HARPER &amp; BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">[vi]</a></span></p>

-

-<p class="titlepage">Entered, according to an Act of Congress, in the year<br />

-one thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, by</p>

-

-<p class="titlepage">HARPER &amp; BROTHERS,</p>

-

-<p class="titlepage">in the Clerk’s Office for the Southern District of New York.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[vii]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2>PREFACE.</h2>

-

-<p>The present volume is the first of a proposed monthly series

-of story books for the young.</p>

-

-<p>The publishers of the series, in view of the great improvements

-which have been made within a few years past in the means and

-appliances of the typographical art, and of the accumulation of

-their own facilities and resources, not only for the manufacture

-of such books in an attractive form, and the embellishment of

-them with every variety of illustration, but also for the circulation

-of them in the widest manner throughout the land, find that

-they are in a condition to make a monthly communication of this

-kind to a very large number of families, and under auspices far

-more favorable than would have been possible at any former

-period. They have accordingly resolved on undertaking the

-work, and they have intrusted to the writer of this notice the

-charge of preparing the volumes.</p>

-

-<p>The books, though called story books, are not intended to be

-works of amusement merely to those who may receive them, but

-of substantial instruction. The successive volumes will comprise<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[viii]</a></span>

-a great variety, both in respect to the subjects which they treat,

-and to the form and manner in which the subjects will be presented;

-but the end and aim of all will be to impart useful

-knowledge, to develop the thinking and reasoning powers, to

-teach a correct and discriminating use of language, to present

-models of good conduct for imitation, and bad examples to be

-shunned, to explain and enforce the highest principles of moral

-duty, and, above all, to awaken and cherish the spirit of humble

-and unobtrusive, but heartfelt piety. The writer is aware of the

-great responsibility which devolves upon him, in being thus admitted

-into many thousands of families with monthly messages of

-counsel and instruction to the children, which he has the opportunity,

-through the artistic and mechanical resources placed at

-his disposal, to clothe in a form that will be calculated to open to

-him a very easy access to their attention, their confidence, and

-their hearts. He can only say that he will make every exertion

-in his power faithfully to fulfill his trust.</p>

-

-<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Jacob Abbott.</span></p>

-

-<p class="smaller">New York, 1854.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix">[ix]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2>CONTENTS.</h2>

-

-<table summary="Contents">

-  <tr>

-    <td></td><td class="tdr">PAGE</td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#THE_COMBAT_WITH_THE_WOLF">THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_13">13</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#COMBAT_WITH_A_BOAR">COMBAT WITH A BOAR</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_16">16</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#JOOLY">JOOLY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_19">19</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#THE_EMIGRANTS">THE EMIGRANTS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_32">32</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#THE_VOYAGE">THE VOYAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_34">34</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#GOING_ALONE">GOING ALONE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_38">38</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#SILVER_BOWL_STOLEN">SILVER BOWL STOLEN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_41">41</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#THE_SILVER_BOWL_RECOVERED">THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_52">52</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#BRUNO_AND_THE_LOST_BOY">BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_62">62</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#BOYS_ADRIFT">BOYS ADRIFT</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_84">84</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#BRUNO_AND_THE_ROBIN">BRUNO AND THE ROBIN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_97">97</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#THE_BURNING_OF_THE_TOOL-HOUSE">BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_120">120</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#WILLING_TO_LEARN">WILLING TO LEARN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_129">129</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#PANSITA">PANSITA</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_135">135</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#THE_DOGS_PETITION">THE DOG’S PETITION</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_140">140</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#THE_STORM_ON_THE_LAKE">THE STORM ON THE LAKE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_143">143</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#TAKING_AN_INTEREST">TAKING AN INTEREST</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_151">151</a></td>

-  </tr>

-</table>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_x" id="Page_x">[x]</a><br />

-<a name="Page_xi" id="Page_xi">[xi]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2>ENGRAVINGS</h2>

-

-<table summary="Engravings">

-  <tr>

-    <td></td><td class="tdr">PAGE</td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration1">THE TOOL-HOUSE ON FIRE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_iii"><i>Frontispiece.</i></a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration2">COMBAT WITH THE WOLF</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_15">15</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration3">THE TWO BOARS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_17">17</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration4">COMBAT WITH A BOAR</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_18">18</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration5">THE CHAMOIS HUNTERS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_20">20</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration6">CHILDREN IN THE GROVE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_21">21</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration7">BRUNO IN THE SNOW</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_28">28</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration8">THE COTTAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_30">30</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration9">BRUNO ON WOLF-SKIN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_31">31</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration10">THE EMIGRANTS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_33">33</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration11">THE BEGINNING OF THE VOYAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_35">35</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration12">THE STORM</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_36">36</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration13">THE END OF THE VOYAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_37">37</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration14">THE PARTING</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_39">39</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration15">THE GIPSY CAMP</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration16">FORTUNE TELLING</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_51">51</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration17">FRANK AND LORENZO</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_58">58</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration18">THE PARLOR DOGS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_63">63</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration19">VARIETY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_64">64</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration20">THE WATCH-DOG</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_66">66</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration21">THE GATEWAY IN THE WOOD</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_71">71</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration22">TONY LOST</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_75">75</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration23">THE PIER</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_88">88</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration24">THE PORT</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_94">94</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration25">RALPH AND THE ROBIN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_101">101</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration26">HIRAM’S SQUIRREL</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_104">104</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration27">THE SLY FOX</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_109">109</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration28">WILLING TO LEARN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_132">132</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration29">THE STORM ON THE LAKE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_146">146</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration30">BRUNO WATCHING</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_149">149</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration31">PLAY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_150">150</a></td>

-  </tr>

-  <tr>

-    <td><a href="#illustration32">BRUNO AND THE SHEEP</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_158">158</a></td>

-  </tr>

-</table>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_xii" id="Page_xii">[xii]</a><br />

-<a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span></p>

-

-<h1>BRUNO.</h1>

-

-<h2><a name="THE_COMBAT_WITH_THE_WOLF" id="THE_COMBAT_WITH_THE_WOLF"></a>THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF.</h2>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The hunter alarmed.</div>

-

-<p>In the night, a hunter, who lived in a cottage among the Alps,

-heard a howling.</p>

-

-<p>“Hark!” said he, “I heard a howling.”</p>

-

-<p>His wife raised her head from the pillow to listen, and one of

-the two children, who were lying in a little bed in the corner of

-the room, listened too. The other child was asleep.</p>

-

-<p>“It is a wolf,” said the hunter.</p>

-

-<p>“In the morning,” said the hunter, “I will take my spear, and

-my sheath-knife, and Bruno, and go and see if I can not kill him.”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno was the hunter’s dog.</p>

-

-<p>The hunter and his wife, and the child that was awake, listened

-a little longer to the howling of the wolf, and then, when at length

-the sounds died away, they all went to sleep.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Prepares for a hunt.</div>

-

-<p>In the morning the hunter took his spear, and his sheath-knife,

-and his hunting-horn besides, and then, calling Bruno to follow

-him, went off among the rocks and mountains to find the wolf.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Discovers the animal.</div>

-

-<p>While he was climbing up the mountains by a steep and narrow

-path, he thought he saw something black moving among the rocks

-at a great distance across the valley. He stopped to look at it.

-He looked at it very intently.</p>

-

-<p>At first he thought it was the wolf. But it was not the wolf.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The hunter blows his horn.</div>

-

-<p>Then he thought it was a man. So he blew a loud and long

-blast with his horn. He thought that if the moving thing which

-he saw were another man, he would answer by blowing <em>his</em> horn,

-and that then, perhaps, he would come and help the hunter hunt

-the wolf. He listened, but he heard no reply. He heard nothing

-but echoes.</p>

-

-<p>By-and-by he came to a stream of water. It was a torrent,

-flowing wildly among the rocks and bushes.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno,” said the hunter, “how shall we get across this torrent?”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno stood upon a rock, looking at the torrent very earnestly,

-but he did not speak.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno,” said the hunter again, “how shall we get across this

-torrent?”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno barked.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The rude bridge.</div>

-

-<p>The hunter then walked along for some distance on the margin

-of the stream, and presently came to a place where there was a

-log lying across it. So he and Bruno went over on the log. Bruno

-ran over at once. The hunter was at first a little afraid to go, but

-at last he ventured. He got across in safety. Here the hunter

-stopped a few minutes to rest.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The wolf discovered.</div>

-

-<p>He then went on up the mountain. At last Bruno began to

-bark and to run on forward, looking excited and wild. He saw

-the wolf. The hunter hastened forward after him, brandishing

-his spear. The wolf was in a solitary place, high up among the

-rocks. He was gnawing some bones. He was gaunt and hungry.

-Bruno attacked him, but the wolf was larger and stronger than he,

-and threw him back with great violence against the ground. The

-dog howled with pain and terror.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration2" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill002.jpg" width="450" height="400" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">Picture of the combat.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s courage. The wolf is killed.</div>

-

-<p>The man thrust the spear at the wolf’s mouth, but the ferocious

-beast evaded the blow, and seized the shaft of the spear between

-his teeth. Then the great combat came on. Very soon the dog

-sprang up and seized the wolf by the throat, and held him down,

-and finally the man killed him with his spear.</p>

-

-<p>Then he took his horn from his belt, and blew a long and loud

-blast in token of victory.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">What became of the skin of the wolf.</div>

-

-<p>He took the skin of the wolf, and carried it home. The fur

-was long, and gray in color. The hunter tanned and dressed the

-skin, and made it soft like leather. He spread it down upon the

-floor before the fire in his cottage, and his children played upon

-it. Bruno was accustomed to lie upon it in the evening. He

-would lie quietly there for a long time, looking into the fire, and

-thinking of the combat he had with the savage monster that originally

-wore the skin, at the time when he fought him on the mountains,

-and helped the hunter kill him.</p>

-

-<hr class="tb" />

-

-<p>The hunter and the hunter’s children liked Bruno very much

-before, but they liked him more than ever after his combat with

-the wolf.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<h2><a name="COMBAT_WITH_A_BOAR" id="COMBAT_WITH_A_BOAR"></a>COMBAT WITH A BOAR.</h2>

-

-<p>Some wild animals are so ferocious and strong that it requires

-several dogs to attack and conquer them. Such animals are found

-generally in remote and uninhabited districts, among forests and

-mountains, or in countries inhabited by savages.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Habits of the boar.</div>

-

-<p>The wild boar is one of the most terrible of these animals.

-He has long tusks projecting from his jaws. These serve him as

-weapons in attacking his enemies, whether dogs or men. He

-roams in a solitary manner among the mountains, and though he

-is very fierce and savage in his disposition, he will seldom molest

-any one who does not molest him. If, when he is passing along

-through the forests, he sees a man, he pays no regard to him, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span>

-goes on in his own way. If, however, when he is attacked by

-dogs, and is running through the forest to make his escape, he

-meets a man in his way, he thinks the man is the hunter that has

-set the dogs upon him, or at least that he is his enemy. So he

-rushes upon him with terrible fury, and kills him&mdash;sometimes with

-a single blow&mdash;and then, trampling over the dead body, goes on

-bounding through the thickets to escape from the dogs.</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration3" style="width: 400px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill003.jpg" width="400" height="241" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">Picture of a fight.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The tusks.</div>

-

-<p>Wild boars often have dreadful combats with each other. In

-this engraving we have a representation of such a fight. The

-weapons with which they fight are sharp tusks growing out of the

-under jaw. With these tusks they can inflict dreadful wounds.</p>

-

-<p>Savages, when they attack the wild boar, arm themselves with

-spears, and station themselves at different places in the forest,

-where they think the boar will pass. Sometimes they hide themselves

-in thickets, so as to be ready to come out suddenly and attack

-the boar when the dogs have seized him.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration4" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill004.jpg" width="450" height="450" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">Picture of the combat.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The dogs and the boar. The spears.</div>

-

-<p>Here is a picture of such a combat. The dogs have pursued

-the boar through the woods until he begins to be exhausted with

-fatigue and terror. Still, he fights them very desperately. One

-he has thrown down. He has wounded him with his tusks. The

-dog is crying out with pain and fright. There are three other

-dogs besides the one who is wounded. They are endeavoring

-to seize and hold the boar, while one of the hunters is

-thrusting the iron point of his spear into him. Two

-other hunters are coming out of a thicket near by to

-join in the attack. One of them looks as if he were

-afraid of the

-boar. He has

-good reason to

-be afraid.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Savages dress themselves in skins.</div>

-

-<p>These hunters<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>

-are savages. They are nearly naked. One of them is clothed

-with a skin. I suppose, by the claws, that it is a lion’s skin. He

-hunted and killed the lion, perhaps, in the same way that he is

-now hunting and killing the boar.</p>

-

-<p>Savages use the skins of beasts for clothing because they do

-not know how to spin and weave.</p>

-

-<p>But we must now go back to Bruno, the Alpine hunter’s dog

-that killed the wolf, and who used afterward to sleep before the

-fire in the hunter’s cottage on the skin.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<h2><a name="JOOLY" id="JOOLY"></a>JOOLY.</h2>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The Alps.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno’s master lived among the Alps. The Alps are very

-lofty mountains in Switzerland and Savoy.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Chamois hunting.</div>

-

-<p>The upper portions of these mountains are very rocky and

-wild. There are crags, and precipices, and immense chasms

-among them, where it is very dangerous for any one to go. The

-hunters, however, climb up among these rocks and precipices to

-hunt the chamois, which is a small animal, much like a goat in

-form and character. He has small black horns, the tips of which

-turn back.</p>

-

-<p>The chamois climbs up among the highest rocks and precipices

-to feed upon the grass which grows there in the little nooks and

-corners. The chamois hunters climb up these after him. They

-take guns with them, in order to shoot the chamois when they see

-one. But sometimes it is difficult for them to get the game when

-they have killed it, as we see in this engraving. The hunters<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span>

-were on one side of a chasm and the chamois on the other, and

-though he has fallen dead upon the rocks, they can not easily

-reach him. One of the hunters is leaning across the chasm, and

-is attempting to get hold of the carcass with his right hand. With

-his left hand he grasps the rock to keep himself from falling. If

-his hand should slip, he would go headlong down into an awful

-abyss.</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration5" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill005.jpg" width="450" height="427" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">Picture of the chamois hunters on the Alps.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>The other hunter is coming up the rock to help his comrade.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span>

-He has his gun across his shoulder. Both the hunters have ornamented

-their hats with flowers.</p>

-

-<p>The chamois lies upon the rock where he has fallen. We can

-see his black horns, with the tips turned backward.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The lower slopes of the mountains.</div>

-

-<p>In the summer season, the valleys among these Alpine mountains

-are very delightful. The lower slopes of them are adorned

-with forests of fir and pine, which alternate with smooth, green

-pasturages, where ramble and feed great numbers of sheep and

-cows. Below are rich and beautiful valleys, with fields full of

-flowers, and cottages, and pretty little gardens, and every thing

-else that can make a country pleasant to see and to play in.

-There are no noxious or hurtful animals in these valleys, so that

-there is no danger in rambling

-about any where in

-them, either in the fields

-or in the groves. They

-must take care of the wet

-places, and of the thorns

-that hide among the roses,

-but beyond these dangers

-there is nothing to fear.

-In these valleys, therefore,

-the youngest children can go into the thickets to play or to

-gather flowers without any danger or fear; for there are no wild

-beasts, or noxious animals, or poisonous plants there, or any thing

-else that can injure them.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration6" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill006.jpg" width="450" height="286" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">Children at play.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Winter in the Alps.</div>

-

-<p>Thus the country of the Alps is very pleasant in summer, but

-in winter it is cold and stormy, and all the roads and fields, especially<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span>

-in the higher portions of the country, are buried up in snow.

-Still, the people who live there must go out in winter, and sometimes

-they are overtaken by storms, and perish in the cold.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Scene in the hunter’s cottage.</div>

-

-<p>Once Bruno saved his master’s life when he was thus overtaken

-in a storm. The baby was sick, and the hunter thought he would

-go down in the valley to get some medicine for him. The baby

-was in a cradle. His grandmother took care of him and rocked

-him. His mother was at work about the room, feeling very anxious

-and unhappy. The hunter himself, who had come in tired

-from his work a short time before, was sitting in a comfortable

-easy-chair which stood in the corner by the fire. The head of

-the cradle was near the chair where the hunter was sitting.<a name="FNanchor_1" id="FNanchor_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></p>

-

-<div class="footnote">

-

-<p><a name="Footnote_1" id="Footnote_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> For the positions of the chair and cradle in the hunter’s cottage, see engraving

-on <a href="#Page_30">page 30</a>.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>“George,” said the hunter’s wife, “I wish you would look at

-the baby.”</p>

-

-<p>George leaned forward over the head of the cradle, and looked

-down upon the baby.</p>

-

-<p>“Poor little thing!” said he.</p>

-

-<p>“What shall we do?” said his wife. As she said this she came

-to the cradle, and, bending down over it, she moved the baby’s

-head a little, so as to place it in a more comfortable position.

-The baby was very pale, and his eyes were shut. As soon as he

-felt his mother’s hand upon his cheek, he opened his eyes, but

-immediately shut them again. He was too sick to look very long

-even at his mother.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Consultation between the hunter and his wife.</div>

-

-<p>“Poor little thing!” said George again.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span> “He is very sick. I

-must go to the village and get some medicine from the doctor.”</p>

-

-<p>“Oh no!” said his wife. “You can not go to the village to-night.

-It is a <em>dreadful</em> storm.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said the hunter, “I know it is.”</p>

-

-<p>“The snow is very deep, and it is drifting more and more,”

-said his wife. “It will be entirely dark before you get home,

-and you will lose your way, and perish in the snow.”</p>

-

-<p>The hunter did not say any thing. He knew very well that

-there would be great danger in going out on such a night.</p>

-

-<p>“You will get lost in the snow, and die,” continued his wife,

-“if you attempt to go.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">A hard alternative.</div>

-

-<p>“And baby will die, perhaps, if I stay at home,” said the hunter.</p>

-

-<p>The hunter’s wife was in a state of great perplexity and distress.

-It was hard to decide between the life of her husband and that of

-her child. While the parents were hesitating and looking into

-the cradle, the babe opened its eyes, and, seeing its father and

-mother there, tried to put out its little hands to them as if for

-help, but finding itself too weak to hold them up, it let them drop

-again, and began to cry.</p>

-

-<p>“Poor little thing!” said the hunter. “I’ll go&mdash;I’ll go.”</p>

-

-<p>The mother made no more objection. She could not resist the

-mute appeal of the poor helpless babe. So she brought her husband

-his coat and cap, and forced her reluctant mind to consent to

-his going.</p>

-

-<p>It was strange, was it not, that she should be willing to risk the

-life of her husband, who was all the world to her, whose labor

-was her life, whose strength was her protection, whose companionship

-was her solace and support, for the sake of that helpless

-and useless baby?</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>It was strange, too, was it not, that the hunter himself, who

-was already almost exhausted by the cold and exposure that he

-had suffered during the day, should be willing to go forth again

-into the storm, for a child that had never done any thing for him,

-and was utterly unable to do any thing for him now? Besides,

-by saving the child’s life, he was only compelling himself to work

-the harder, to procure food and clothing for him while he was

-growing up to be a man.</p>

-

-<p>What was the baby’s name?</p>

-

-<p>His name was Jooly.</p>

-

-<p>At least they called him Jooly. His real name was Julien.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The hunter bids little Jooly good-by.</div>

-

-<p>When the hunter was all ready to go, he came to the cradle,

-and, putting his great rough and shaggy hand upon the baby’s

-wrist, he said,</p>

-

-<p>“Poor little Jooly! I will get the doctor himself to come and

-see you, if I can.”</p>

-

-<p>So he opened the door and went out, leaving Jooly’s grandmother

-rocking the cradle, and his mother at work about the room

-as before.</p>

-

-<p>When the hunter had gone out and shut the door, he went

-along the side of the house till he came to a small door leading to

-his cow-house, which was a sort of small barn.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He calls Bruno.</div>

-

-<p>He opened the door of the cow-house and called out “<span class="smcap">Bruno!</span>”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno, who was asleep at this time in his bed, in a box half

-filled with straw, started up on hearing his master’s voice, and,

-leaping over the side of the box, came to his master in the storm.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s bed.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno was glad to be called. And yet it was a dark and stormy

-night. The wind was blowing, and the snow was driving terribly.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>

-On the other hand, the bed where he had been lying was warm

-and comfortable. The cow was near him for company. He was

-enjoying, too, a very refreshing sleep, dreaming of races and frolics

-with other dogs on a pretty green. All this repose and comfort

-were disturbed. Still, Bruno was glad. He perceived at once

-that an unexpected emergency had occurred, and that some important

-duty was to be performed. Bruno had no desire to lead a

-useless life. He was always proud and happy when he had any

-duty to perform, and the more important and responsible the duty

-was, the more proud and happy it made him. He cared nothing

-at all for any discomfort, fatigue, or exposure that it might bring

-upon him.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">A comparison.</div>

-

-<p>Some boys are very different from Bruno in this respect. They

-do not share his noble nature. They never like duty. All they

-like is ease, comfort, and pleasure. When any unexpected emergency

-occurs, and they are called to duty, they go to their work

-with great reluctance, and with many murmurings and repinings,

-as if to do duty were an irksome task. I would give a great deal

-more for a <em>dog</em> like Bruno than for such a boy.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The hunter and Bruno in the snow.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno and his master took the road which led to the village.

-The hunter led the way, and Bruno followed. The road was

-steep and narrow, and in many places the ground was so buried

-in snow that the way was very difficult to find. Sometimes the

-snow was very soft and deep, and the hunter would sink into it

-so far that he could scarcely advance at all. At such times Bruno,

-being lighter and stronger, would wallow on through the drift, and

-then look back to his master, and wait for him to come, and then

-go back to him again, looking all the time at the hunter with an<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>

-expression of animation and hope upon his countenance, and wagging

-his tail, as if he were endeavoring to cheer and encourage

-him. This action had the effect, at any rate, of encouragement.

-It cheered the hunter on; and so, in due time, they both arrived

-safely at the village.</p>

-

-<p>The doctor concluded, after hearing all about the case, that it

-would not be best for him to go up the mountain; but he gave

-the hunter some medicine for the baby.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The hunter attempts to return to the cottage.</div>

-

-<p>The medicine was put in a phial, and the hunter put the phial

-in his pocket. When all was ready, the hunter set out again on

-his return home.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Difficulties in the way.</div>

-

-<p>It was much harder going up than it had been to come down.

-The road was very steep. The snow, too, was getting deeper

-every hour. Besides, it was now dark, and it was more difficult

-than ever to find the way.</p>

-

-<p>At last, when the hunter had got pretty near his own cottage

-again, his strength began to fail. He staggered on a little farther,

-and then he sank down exhausted into the snow. Bruno leaped

-about him, and rubbed his head against his master’s cheek, and

-barked, and wagged his tail, and did every thing in his power to

-encourage his master to rise and make another effort. At length

-he succeeded.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said the hunter, “I’ll get up, and try again.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Getting lost.</div>

-

-<p>So he rose and staggered feebly on a little farther. He looked

-about him, but he could not tell where he was. He began to feel

-that he was lost. Now, whenever a man gets really lost, either

-in the woods or in the snow, a feeling of great perplexity and bewilderment

-generally comes over his mind, which almost wholly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span>

-deprives him of the use of his faculties. The feeling is very much

-like that which one experiences when half awake. You do not

-know where you are, or what you want, or where you want to go.

-Sometimes you scarcely seem to know who you are. The hunter

-began to be thus bewildered. Then it was bitter cold, and he began

-to be benumbed and stupefied.</p>

-

-<p>Intense cold almost always produces a stupefying effect, when

-one has been long exposed to it. The hunter knew very well that

-he must not yield to such a feeling as this, and so he forced himself

-to make a new effort. But the snow seemed to grow deeper

-and deeper, and it was very hard for him to make his way through

-it. It was freshly fallen, and, consequently, it was very light and

-soft, and the hunter sank down in it very far. If he had had snow

-shoes, he could have walked upon the top of it; but he had no

-snow shoes.</p>

-

-<p>At last he became very tired.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno,” said he, “I must lie down here and rest a little, before

-I can go on any further.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno tries to encourage and save his master.</div>

-

-<p>But Bruno, when he saw his master preparing to lie down,

-jumped about him, and barked, and seemed very uneasy. Just

-then the hunter saw before him a deep black hole. He looked

-down, and saw that it was water. Instead of being in the road,

-he was going over some deep pit filled with water, covered, except

-in one place, with ice and snow. He perceived that he had had

-a very narrow escape from falling into this water, and he now

-felt more bewildered and lost than ever. He contrived to get by

-the dangerous hole, feeling his way with a stick, and then he sank

-down in the snow among the rocks, and gave up in despair.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The hunter comes very near perishing in the snow.</div>

-

-<p>And yet the house was very near. The chimney and the gable

-end of it could just be distinguished in the

-distance through the falling snow. Bruno knew

-this, and he was extremely distressed that his

-master should give up when so near reaching

-home. He lay down in the snow by the side of

-his master, and putting his paw over his arm, to

-encourage him and keep him from absolute despair,

-he turned his head toward the house, and

-barked loud and long, again and again, in hopes

-of bringing somebody to the rescue.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration7" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill007.jpg" width="450" height="460" alt="The hunter lying in

-the snow, with Bruno over him" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p>In the picture you can see the hunter lying in

-the snow, with Bruno over him. His cap has fallen

-off, and is half buried. His stick, too, lies on the snow near his

-cap. That was a stick that he got to feel down into the hole in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>

-the ice with, in order to ascertain how deep the water was, and to

-find his way around it. The rocks around the place are covered

-with snow, and the branches of the trees are white with it.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Danger of going to sleep when out in a storm.</div>

-

-<p>It is extremely dangerous to lie down to sleep in the snow in a

-storm like this. People that do so usually never wake again.

-They think, always, that they only wish to rest themselves, and

-sleep a few minutes, and that then they will be refreshed, and be

-ready to proceed on their journey. But they are deceived. The

-drowsiness is produced, not by the fatigue, but by the cold. They

-are beginning to freeze, and the freezing benumbs all their sensations.

-The drowsiness is the effect of the benumbing of the brain.</p>

-

-<p>Sometimes, when several persons are traveling together in cold

-and storms, one of their number, who may perhaps be more delicate

-than the rest, and who feels the cold more sensibly, wishes

-very much to stop a few minutes to lie down and rest, and he

-begs his companions to allow him to do so. But they, if they are

-wise, will not consent. Then he sometimes declares that he <em>will</em>

-stop, at any rate, even if they do not consent. Then they declare

-that he shall not, and they take hold of his shoulders and arms to

-pull him along. Then he gets angry, and attempts to resist them.

-The excitement of this quarrel warms him a little, and restores in

-some degree his sensibility, and so he goes on, and his life is saved.

-Then he is very grateful to them for having disregarded his remonstrances

-and resistance, and for compelling him to proceed.<a name="FNanchor_2" id="FNanchor_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p>

-

-<div class="footnote">

-

-<p><a name="Footnote_2" id="Footnote_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Children, in the same way, often complain very strenuously of what their parents

-and teachers require of them, and resist and contend against it as long as they

-can; and then, if their parents persevere, they are afterward, when they come to

-perceive the benefit of it, very grateful.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>But now we must return to the story.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Alarm in the cottage. They open the door.</div>

-

-<p>The hunter’s family heard the barking in the house. They all

-immediately went to the door. One of the children opened the

-door. The gusts of wind blew the snow in her face, and blinded

-her. She leaned back against the door, and wiped the snow from

-her face and eyes with her apron. Her grandmother came to the

-door with a light, but the wind blew it out in an instant. Her

-mother came too, and for a moment little Jooly was left alone.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration8" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill008.jpg" width="450" height="193" alt="The family at the door" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p>“It is my husband!” she exclaimed. “He is dying in the

-snow! Mercy upon us! What will become of us?</p>

-

-<p>“Give me the cordial,” said she. “Quick!”</p>

-

-<p>So saying, she turned to the shelves which you see in the picture

-near where she is standing, and hastily taking down a bottle

-containing a cordial, which was always kept there ready to be

-used on such occasions, she rushed out of the house. She shut

-the door after her as she went, charging the rest, with her last

-words, to take good care of little Jooly.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The puss. Little Jooly sleeps undisturbed.</div>

-

-<p>Of course, those that were left in the cottage were all in a state

-of great distress and anxiety while she was gone&mdash;all except two,

-Jooly and the puss. Jooly was asleep in the cradle. The puss

-was not asleep, but was crouched very quietly before the fire in

-a warm and bright place near the grandmother’s chair. She was

-looking at the fire, and at the kettle which was boiling upon it,

-and wondering whether they would give her a piece of the meat

-by-and-by that was boiling in the kettle for the hunter’s supper.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The hunter and Jooly are both saved.</div>

-

-<p>When the hunter felt the mouth of the cordial bottle pressed

-gently to his lips, and heard his wife’s voice calling to him, he

-opened his eyes and revived a little. The taste of the cordial revived

-him still more. He was now able to rise, and when he was

-told how near home he was, he felt so cheered and encouraged by

-the intelligence that he became quite strong. The company in

-the house were soon overjoyed at hearing voices at the door, and

-on opening it, the hunter, his wife, and Bruno all came safely in.</p>

-

-<p>Jooly took the medicine which his father brought him, and soon

-got well.</p>

-

-<p>Here is a picture of Bruno lying on the wolf-skin, and resting

-from his toils.</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration9" style="width: 250px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill009.jpg" width="250" height="123" alt="Bruno" />

-

-</div>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2><a name="THE_EMIGRANTS" id="THE_EMIGRANTS"></a>THE EMIGRANTS.</h2>

-

-<p>The hunter, Bruno’s master, emigrated to America, and when

-he went, he sold Bruno to another man. A great many people

-from Europe emigrate to America.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Emigrants. The way they cross the Atlantic.</div>

-

-<p>To emigrate means to move from one country to another. The

-people in Europe come from all parts of the interior down to the

-sea-shore, and there embark in great ships to cross the Atlantic

-Ocean. A great many come in the same ship. While they are at

-sea, if the weather is pleasant, these passengers come up upon the

-deck, and have a very comfortable time. But when it is cold and

-stormy, they have to stay below, and they become sick, and are

-very miserable. They can not stay on deck at such times on

-account of the sea, which washes over the ships, and often keeps

-the decks wet from stem to stern.</p>

-

-<p>When the emigrants land in America, some of them remain in

-the cities, and get work there if they can. Others go to the West

-to buy land.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The English family.</div>

-

-<p>Opposite you see a farmer’s family in England setting out for

-America. The young girl who stands with her hands joined

-together is named Esther. That is her father who is standing

-behind her. Her mother and her grandmother are in the wagon.

-Esther’s mother has an infant in her arms, and her grandmother

-is holding a young child. Both these children are Esther’s brothers.

-Their names are George and Benny. The baby’s name is

-Benny.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration10" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill010.jpg" width="450" height="435" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">The farmer’s family. The farewell.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>Esther has two aunts&mdash;both very kind to her. One of her aunts

-is going to America, but the other&mdash;her aunt Lucy&mdash;is to remain

-behind. They are bidding each other good-by. The one who

-has a bonnet on her head is the one that is going. We can tell<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>

-who are going on the journey by their having hats or bonnets on.

-Esther’s aunt Lucy, who has no bonnet on, is to remain. When

-the wagon goes away, she will go into the house again, very sorrowful.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The journey in the covered wagon.</div>

-

-<p>The farmer has provided a <em>covered</em> wagon for the journey, so as

-to protect his wife, and his mother, and his sister, and his children

-from the cold wind and from the rain. But they will not go

-all the way in this wagon. They will go to the sea-shore in the

-wagon, and then they will embark on board a ship, to cross the

-Atlantic Ocean.</p>

-

-<p>We can see the ship, all ready and waiting, in the background

-of the picture, on the right. There will be a great many other

-families on board the ship, all going to America. There will be

-sailors, too, to navigate the ship and to manage the sails.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<h2><a name="THE_VOYAGE" id="THE_VOYAGE"></a>THE VOYAGE.</h2>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The voyage in the ship.</div>

-

-<p>The voyage which the emigrants have to take is very long. It

-is three thousand miles from England to America, and it takes

-oftentimes many weeks to accomplish the transit. Sometimes

-during the voyage the breeze is light, and the water is smooth,

-and the ship glides very pleasantly and prosperously on its way.

-Then the emigrants pass their time very agreeably. They come

-up upon the decks, they look out upon the water, they talk, they

-sew, they play with the children&mdash;they enjoy, in fact, almost as

-many comforts and pleasures as if they were at home on land.</p>

-

-<p>Opposite is a picture of the ship sailing along very smoothly, in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>

-pleasant weather, at the commencement of the voyage. The cliff

-in the background, on the right, is part of the English shore, which

-the ship is just leaving. There is a light-house upon the cliff, and

-a town on the shore below.</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration11" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill011.jpg" width="450" height="400" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">The emigrant ship setting sail. Smooth sea.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>The wind is fair, and the water is smooth. The emigrants are

-out upon the decks. We can see their heads above the bulwarks.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The buoy.</div>

-

-<p>The object in the foreground, floating in the water, is a <em>buoy</em>. It

-is placed there to mark a rock or a shoal. It is secured by an

-anchor.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Thus, when the weather is fair, the emigrants pass their time

-very pleasantly. They amuse themselves on the decks by day,

-and at night they go down into the cabins, which are below the

-deck of the ship, and there they sleep.</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration12" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill012.jpg" width="450" height="426" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">The ship in a storm. Great danger. Heavy seas.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>But sometimes there comes a storm. The wind increases till

-it becomes a gale. Clouds are seen scudding swiftly across the

-sky. Immense billows, rolling heavily, dash against the ship, or

-chase each other furiously across the wide expanse of the water,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span>

-breaking every where into foam and spray. The winds howl fearfully

-in the rigging, and sometimes a sail is burst from its fastenings

-by the violence of it, and flaps its tattered fragments in the

-air with the sound of thunder.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Discomfort and distress of the passengers.</div>

-

-<p>While the storm continues, the poor emigrants are obliged to

-remain below, where they spend their time in misery and terror.

-By-and-by the storm subsides, the sailors repair the damages, and

-the ship proceeds on her voyage.</p>

-

-<p>In the engraving below we see the ship far advanced on her

-way. She is drawing near to the American shore. The sea is

-smooth, the wind is fair, and she is pressing

-rapidly onward.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration13" style="width: 250px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill013.jpg" width="250" height="226" alt="Ship" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p>On the left is seen another vessel, and on

-the right two more, far in the offing.</p>

-

-<p>The emigrants on board the ship are rejoiced

-to believe that their voyage is drawing

-toward the end.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The arrival.</div>

-

-<p>When the farmer and his family have

-landed in America, they will take another wagon, and go back

-into the country till they come to the place where they are going

-to have their farm. There they will cut down the trees of the

-forest, and build a house of logs. Then they will plow the ground,

-and sow the seeds, and make the farm. By-and-by they will gain

-enough by their industry to build a better house, and to fit it with

-convenient and comfortable furniture, and thenceforward they will

-live in plenty and happiness.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Benny and George.</div>

-

-<p>All this time they will take great care of George and Benny, so

-that they shall not come to any harm. They will keep them warm<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>

-in the wagon, and they will watch over them on board the ship, and

-carry them in their arms when they walk up the hills, in journeying

-in America, and make a warm bed for them in their house, and

-take a great deal of pains to have always plenty of good bread for

-them to eat, and warm milk for them to drink. They will suffer,

-themselves, continual toil, privation, and fatigue, but they will be

-very careful not to let the children suffer any thing if they can

-possibly help it.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Ingratitude.</div>

-

-<p>By-and-by, when Benny and George grow up, they will find that

-their father lives upon a fine farm, with a good house and good furniture,

-and with every comfort around them. They will hardly

-know how much care and pains their father, and mother, and grandmother

-took to save them from all suffering, and to provide for

-them a comfortable and happy home. How ungrateful it would

-be in them to be unkind or disobedient to their father, and mother,

-and grandmother, when they grow up.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<h2><a name="GOING_ALONE" id="GOING_ALONE"></a>GOING ALONE.</h2>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Emigrant going alone.</div>

-

-<p>Sometimes, when a man is intending to emigrate to America,

-he goes first himself alone, in order to see the country, and choose

-a place to live in, and buy a farm, intending afterward to come

-back for his family. He does not take them with him at first, for

-he does not know what he should do with his wife and all his

-young children while he is traveling from place to place to view

-the land.</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration14" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill014.jpg" width="450" height="423" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">He bids his wife and children good-by. Picture of it.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>When the emigrant goes first alone in this way, leaving his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>

-family at home, the parting is very sorrowful. His poor wife is

-almost broken-hearted. She gathers her little children around

-her, and clasps them in her arms, fearing that some mischief may

-befall their father when he is far away, and that they may never<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>

-see him again. The man attempts to comfort her by saying that

-it will not be long before he comes back, and that then they shall

-never more be separated. His oldest boy stands holding his father’s

-staff, and almost wishing that he was going to accompany

-him. He turns away his face to hide his tears. As for the dog,

-he sees that his master is going away, and he is very earnestly

-desirous to go too. In fact, they know he <em>would</em> go if he were

-left at liberty, and so they chain him to a post to keep him at

-home.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">A sorrowful parting.</div>

-

-<p>It is a hard thing for a wife and a mother that her husband

-should thus go away and leave her, to make so long a voyage,

-and to encounter so many difficulties and dangers, knowing, as

-she does, that it is uncertain whether he will ever live to return.

-She bears the pain of this parting out of love to her children.

-She thinks that their father will find some better and happier

-home for them in the New World, where they can live in greater

-plenty, and where, when they grow up, and become men and

-women, they will be better provided for than they were in their

-native land.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The ship. The emigrants.</div>

-

-<p>In the distance, in the engraving, we see the ship in which this

-man is going to sail. We see a company of emigrants, too, down

-the road, going to embark. There is one child walking alone behind

-her father and mother, who seems too young to set out on

-such a voyage.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2><a name="SILVER_BOWL_STOLEN" id="SILVER_BOWL_STOLEN"></a>SILVER BOWL STOLEN.</h2>

-

-<p>Bruno belonged to several different masters in the course of

-his life. He was always sorry to leave his old master when the

-changes were made, but then he yielded to the necessity of the

-case in these emergencies with a degree of composure and self-control,

-which, in a man, would have been considered quite philosophical.</p>

-

-<p>The hunter of the Alps, whose life Bruno had saved, resolved

-at the time that he would never part with him.</p>

-

-<p>“I would not sell him,” said he, “for a thousand francs.”</p>

-

-<p>They reckon sums of money by francs in Switzerland. A franc

-is a silver coin. About five of them make a dollar.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s master is obliged to sell him. The reason why.</div>

-

-<p>However, notwithstanding this resolution, the hunter found himself

-at last forced to sell his dog. He had concluded to emigrate

-to America. He found, on making proper inquiry and calculation,

-that it would cost a considerable sum of money to take Bruno

-with him across the ocean. In the first place, he would have to

-pay not a little for his passage. Then, besides, it would cost a

-good deal to feed him on the way, both while on board the ship

-and during his progress across the country. The hunter reflected

-that all the money which he should thus pay for the dog would be

-so much taken from the food, and clothing, and other comforts of

-his wife and children. Just at this time a traveler came by who

-offered to buy the dog, and promised always to take most excellent<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span>

-care of him. So the hunter sold him, and the traveler took

-him away.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno is sold and carried away to England.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno was very unwilling at first to go away with the stranger.

-But the hunter ordered him to get into the gentleman’s carriage,

-and he obeyed. He looked out behind the carriage as they

-drove away, and wondered what it all could mean. He could

-not understand it; but as it was always a rule with him to submit

-contentedly to what could not be helped, he soon ceased to

-trouble himself about the matter, and so, lying down in the carriage,

-he went to sleep. He did not wake up for several hours

-afterward.</p>

-

-<p>The traveler conveyed the dog home with him to England, and

-kept him a long time. He made a kennel for him in the corner

-of the yard. Here Bruno lived several years in great peace and

-plenty.</p>

-

-<p>At length the gentleman was going away from home again on

-a long tour, and as there was nobody to be left at home to take

-an interest in Bruno, he put him under the charge, during his

-absence, of a boy named Lorenzo, who lived in a large house on

-the banks of a stream near his estate. Lorenzo liked Bruno very

-much, and took excellent care of him.<a name="FNanchor_3" id="FNanchor_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p>

-

-<div class="footnote">

-

-<p><a name="Footnote_3" id="Footnote_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> The house where Lorenzo lived was a large double house, of a very peculiar

-form. There is a picture of it on <a href="#Page_58">page 58</a>.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>There was a grove of tall trees near the house where Lorenzo

-lived, which contained the nests of thousands of rooks. Rooks

-are large black birds, very much like crows. Bruno used to lie in

-the yard where Lorenzo kept him, and watch the rooks for hours

-together.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration15" style="width: 334px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill015.jpg" width="334" height="450" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">The encampment of gipsies.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">How gipsies live.</div>

-

-<p>In a solitary place near where Lorenzo lived there was an

-encampment of gipsies. Gipsies live much like Indians. They

-wander about England in small bands, getting money by begging,

-and selling baskets, and they build little temporary huts from

-time to time in solitary places, where they live for a while, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span>

-then, breaking up their encampment, they wander on till they find

-another place, where they encamp again.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Their ingenuity in stealing.</div>

-

-<p>Sometimes, when they can not get money enough by begging

-and selling baskets, they will steal. They show a great deal of

-ingenuity in the plans they devise for stealing. In fact, they are

-very adroit and cunning in every thing they undertake.</p>

-

-<p>At one time Lorenzo’s father went away, and one of the gipsies,

-named Murphy, resolved to take that opportunity to steal something

-from the house.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Murphy’s plan.</div>

-

-<p>“We can get in,” said he to his comrade, “very easily, in the

-night, by the back door, and get the silver bowl. We can melt

-the bowl, and sell it for four or five sovereigns.”</p>

-

-<p>The silver bowl which Murphy referred to was one which had

-been given to Lorenzo by his uncle when he was a baby. Lorenzo’s

-name was engraved upon the side of it.</p>

-

-<p>Lorenzo used his bowl to eat his bread and milk from every

-night for supper. It was kept on a shelf in a closet opening from

-the kitchen. Murphy had seen it put there once or twice, when

-he had been in the kitchen at night, selling baskets.</p>

-

-<p>“We can get that bowl just as well as not,” said Murphy,

-“when the man is away.”</p>

-

-<p>“There’s a big dog there,” said his comrade.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said Murphy, “but I’ll manage the dog.”</p>

-

-<p>“How will you manage him?” asked his comrade.</p>

-

-<p>“I’ll try coaxing and flattery first,” said Murphy. “If that

-don’t do, I’ll try threatening; if threatening won’t do, I’ll try

-bribing; and if he won’t be bribed, I’ll poison him.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno is on the watch.</div>

-

-<p>That night, about twelve o’clock, Murphy crept stealthily round<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>

-to a back gate which led into the yard behind the house where

-Lorenzo lived. The instant that Bruno heard the noise, he sprang

-up, and went bounding down the path till he came to the gate.

-As soon as he saw the gipsy, he began to bark very vociferously.</p>

-

-<p>Lorenzo was asleep at this time; but as his room was on the

-back side of the house, and his window was open, he heard the

-barking. So he got up and went to the window, and called out,</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno, what’s the matter?”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno was at some distance from the house, and did not hear

-Lorenzo’s voice. He was watching Murphy.</p>

-

-<p>Murphy immediately began to coax and cajole the dog, calling

-him “Nice fellow,” and “Good dog,” and “Poor Bruno,” speaking

-all the time in a very friendly and affectionate tone to him. Bruno,

-however, had sense enough to know that there was something

-wrong in such a man being seen prowling about the house at that

-time of night, and he refused to be quieted. He went on barking

-louder than ever.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, calling louder, “what’s the matter?

-Come back to your house, and be quiet.”</p>

-

-<p>Murphy thought he heard a voice, and, peeping through a crack

-in the fence, he saw Lorenzo standing at the window. The moon

-shone upon his white night-gown, so that he could be seen very

-distinctly.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Murphy disappears.</div>

-

-<p>As soon as Murphy saw him, he crept away into a thicket, and

-disappeared. Bruno, after waiting a little time to be sure that the

-man had really gone, turned about, and came back to the house.

-When he saw Lorenzo, he began to wag his tail. He would have

-told him about the gipsy if he had been able to speak.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Go to bed, Bruno,” said he, “and not be keeping us awake,

-barking at the moon this time of night.”</p>

-

-<p>So Bruno went into his house, and Lorenzo to his bed.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Murphy tries threats.</div>

-

-<p>The next night, Murphy, finding that Bruno could not be coaxed

-away from his duty by flattery, concluded to try what virtue there

-might be in threats and scolding. So he came armed with a club

-and stones. As soon as he got near the gate, Bruno, as he had

-expected, took the alarm, and came bounding down the path again

-to see who was there.</p>

-

-<p>As soon as he saw Murphy, he set up a loud and violent barking

-as before.</p>

-

-<p>“Down, Bruno, down!” exclaimed Murphy, in a stern and angry

-voice. “Stop that noise, or I’ll break your head.”</p>

-

-<p>So saying, he brandished his club, and then stooped down to

-pick up one of the stones which he had brought, and which he

-had laid down on the ground where he was standing, so as to

-have them all ready.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He is unsuccessful.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno, instead of being intimidated and silenced by these demonstrations,

-barked louder than ever.</p>

-

-<p>Lorenzo jumped out of bed and came to the window.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno!” said he, calling out loud, “what’s the matter? There’s

-nothing there. Come back to your house, and be still.”</p>

-

-<p>The gipsy, finding that Bruno did not fear his clubs and stones,

-and hearing Lorenzo’s voice again moreover, went back into the

-thicket. Bruno waited until he was sure that he was really gone,

-and then returned slowly up the pathway to the house.</p>

-

-<p>“Go to bed, Bruno,” said Lorenzo,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span> “and not be keeping us

-awake, barking at the moon this time of night.”</p>

-

-<p>So Bruno and Lorenzo both went to bed again.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He tries bribes, which Bruno refuses.</div>

-

-<p>The next night Murphy came again, with two or three pieces

-of meat in his hands.</p>

-

-<p>“I’ll bribe him,” said he. “He likes meat.”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno, on hearing the sound of Murphy’s footsteps, leaped out

-of his bed, and ran down the path as before. As soon as he saw

-the gipsy again, he began to bark. Murphy threw a piece of meat

-toward him, expecting that, as soon as Bruno saw it, he would stop

-barking at once, and go to eating it greedily. But Bruno paid no

-attention to the offered bribe. He kept his eyes fixed closely on

-the gipsy, and barked away as loud as ever.</p>

-

-<p>Lorenzo, hearing the sound, was awakened from his sleep, and

-getting up as before, he came to the window.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno,” said he, “what <em>is</em> the matter now? Come back to

-your house, and go to bed, and be quiet.”</p>

-

-<p>Murphy, finding that the house was alarmed again, and that

-Bruno would not take the bribe that he offered him, crept away

-back into the thicket, and disappeared.</p>

-

-<p>“I’ll poison him to-morrow night,” said he&mdash;“the savage cur!”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The poisoned meat.</div>

-

-<p>Accordingly, the next evening, a little before sunset, he put some

-poison in a piece of meat, and having wrapped it up in paper, he

-put it in his pocket. He then went openly to the house where

-Lorenzo lived, with some baskets on his arm for sale. When he

-entered the yard, he took the meat out of the paper, and secretly

-threw it into Bruno’s house. Bruno was not there at the time.

-He had gone away with Lorenzo.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno imprisoned.</div>

-

-<p>Murphy then went into the kitchen, and remained there some

-time, talking about his baskets. When he came out, he found<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span>

-Lorenzo shutting up Bruno in his house, and putting a board up

-before the door.</p>

-

-<p>“What are you doing, Lorenzo?” said the gipsy.</p>

-

-<p>“I am shutting Bruno up,” said Lorenzo. “He makes such a

-barking in the night that we can not sleep.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s right,” replied the gipsy. So he went away, saying to

-himself, as he went down the pathway, “He won’t bark much

-more, I think, after he has eaten the supper I have put in there

-for him.”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno wondered what the reason was that Lorenzo was shutting

-him up so closely. He little thought it was on account of his

-vigilance and fidelity in watching the house. He had, however,

-nothing to do but to submit. So, when Lorenzo had finished fastening

-the door, and had gone away, he lay down in a corner of his

-apartment, extended his paws out before him, rested his chin upon

-them, and prepared to shut his eyes and go to sleep.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He discovers the meat.</div>

-

-<p>His eyes, however, before he had shut them, fell upon the piece

-of meat which Murphy had thrown in there for him. So he got

-up again, and went toward it.</p>

-

-<p>He smelt of it. He at once perceived the smell of the gipsy

-upon it. Any thing that a man handles, or even touches, retains

-for a time a scent, which, though we can not perceive it is very

-sensible to a dog. Thus a dog can follow the track of a man over

-a road by the scent which his footsteps leave upon the ground. He

-can even single out a particular track from among a multitude of

-others on the same ground, each scent being apparently different

-in character from all the rest.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He distrusts Murphy’s present, and maintains a faithful watch.</div>

-

-<p>In this way Bruno perceived that the meat which he found in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>

-his house had been handled by the same man that he had barked

-at so many times at midnight at the foot of the pathway. This

-made him suspicious of it. He thought that that man must be a

-bad man, and he did not consider it prudent to have any thing to

-do with bad men or any of their gifts. So he left the meat where

-it was, and went back into his corner.</p>

-

-<p>His first thought in reflecting on the situation in which he found

-himself placed was, that since Lorenzo had forbidden him so

-sternly and positively to bark in the night, and had shut him up

-so close a prisoner, he would give up all care or concern about

-the premises, and let the robber, if it was a robber, do what he

-pleased. But then, on more sober reflection, he perceived that

-Lorenzo must have acted under some mistake in doing as he had

-done, and that it was very foolish in him to cherish a feeling of

-resentment on account of it.</p>

-

-<p>“The wrong doings of other people,” thought he to himself,

-“are no reason why I should neglect <em>my</em> duty. I will watch,

-even if I am shut up.”</p>

-

-<p>So he lay listening very carefully. When all was still, he fell

-into a light slumber now and then; but the least sound without

-caused him to prick up his ears and open one eye, until he was

-satisfied that the noise he heard was nothing but the wind. Thus

-things went on till midnight.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The robber enters the house, and carries away the bowl.</div>

-

-<p>About midnight he heard a sound. He raised his head and

-listened. It seemed like the sound of footsteps going through the

-yard. He started up, and put his head close to the door. He

-heard the footsteps going up close to the house. He began to

-bark very loud and violently. The robbers opened the door with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>

-a false key, and went into the house. Bruno barked louder and

-louder. He crowded hard against the door, trying to get it open.

-He moaned and whined, and then barked again louder than ever.</p>

-

-<p>Lorenzo came to the window.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno,” said he, “what a plague you are! Lie down, and go

-to sleep.”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno, hearing Lorenzo’s voice, barked again with all the energy

-that he possessed.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, very sternly, “if you don’t lie down and

-be still, to-morrow night I’ll tie your mouth up.”</p>

-

-<p>Murphy was now in the house, and all was still. He had got

-the silver bowl, and was waiting for Lorenzo to go to bed. Bruno

-listened attentively, but not hearing any more sounds, ceased to

-bark. Presently Lorenzo went away from the window back to

-his bed, and lay down. Bruno watched some time longer, and

-then he went and lay down too.</p>

-

-<p>In about half an hour, Murphy began slowly and stealthily to

-creep out of the house. He walked on tiptoe. For a time he

-made no noise. He had the bowl in one hand, and his shoes in

-the other. He had taken off his shoes, so as not to make any

-noise in walking. Bruno heard him, however, as he was going

-by, and, starting up, he began to bark again. But Murphy hastened

-on, and the yard was accordingly soon entirely still. Bruno

-listened a long time, but, hearing no more noise, he finally lay

-down again in his corner as before.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">What could be the reason that the poison failed?</div>

-

-<p>Murphy crept away into the thicket, and so went home to his

-encampment, wondering why Bruno had not been killed by the

-poison.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I put in poison enough,” said he to himself, “for half a dozen

-dogs. What could be the reason it did not take effect?”</p>

-

-<p>When the people of the house came down into the kitchen the

-next morning, they found that the door was wide open, and the

-silver bowl was gone.</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration16" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill016.jpg" width="450" height="364" alt="Gipsy and boy" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p>What became of the silver bowl will be related in another

-story. I will only add here that gipsies have various other modes

-of obtaining money dishonestly besides stealing. One of these

-modes is by pretending to tell fortunes. Here is a picture of a

-gipsy endeavoring to persuade an innocent country boy to have

-his fortune told. She wishes him to give her some money. The

-boy wears a frock. He is dressed very neatly. He looks as if

-he were half persuaded to give the gipsy his money. He might,

-however, just as well throw it away.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2><a name="THE_SILVER_BOWL_RECOVERED" id="THE_SILVER_BOWL_RECOVERED"></a>THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED.</h2>

-

-<p>On the night when Lorenzo’s silver bowl was stolen by the

-gipsy, all the family, except Lorenzo, were asleep, and none of

-them knew aught about the theft which had been committed until

-the following morning. Lorenzo got up that morning before any

-body else in the house, as was his usual custom, and, when he

-was dressed, he looked out at the window.</p>

-

-<p>“Ah!” said he, “now I recollect; Bruno is fastened up in his

-house. I will go the first thing and let him out.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo discovers the open door.</div>

-

-<p>So Lorenzo hastened down stairs into the kitchen, in order to

-go out into the yard. He was surprised, when he got there, to

-find the kitchen door open.</p>

-

-<p>“Ah!” said he to himself, “how came this door open? I did

-not know that any body was up. It must be that Almira is up,

-and has gone out to get a pail of water.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He releases Bruno.</div>

-

-<p>Lorenzo went out to Bruno’s house, and took down the board

-by which he had fastened the door. Then he opened the door.

-The moment that the door was opened Bruno sprang out. He

-was very glad to be released from his imprisonment. He leaped

-up about Lorenzo’s knees a little at first, to express his joy, and

-then ran off, and began smelling about the yard.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s mysterious behavior.</div>

-

-<p>He found the traces of Murphy’s steps, and, as soon as he perceived

-them, he began to bark. He followed them to the kitchen

-door, and thence into the house, barking all the time, and looking

-very much excited.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno went to the door of the closet where the bowl had been

-kept. The door was open a little way. Bruno insinuated his

-nose into the crevice, and so pushing the door open, he went in.

-As soon as he was in he began to bark again.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno!” exclaimed Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno looked up on the shelf where the bowl was usually

-placed, and barked louder than ever.</p>

-

-<p>“Where’s my bowl?” exclaimed Lorenzo, looking at the vacant

-place, and beginning to feel alarmed. “Where’s my bowl?”</p>

-

-<p>He spoke in a tone of great astonishment and alarm. He looked

-about on all the shelves; the bowl was nowhere to be seen.</p>

-

-<p>“Where can my bowl be gone to?” said he, more and more

-frightened. He went out of the closet into the kitchen, and

-looked all about there for his bowl. Of course, his search was

-vain. Bruno followed him all the time, barking incessantly, and

-looking up very eagerly into Lorenzo’s face with an appearance

-of great excitement.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “you know something about it, I am

-sure, if you could only tell.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The wind-mill.</div>

-

-<p>Lorenzo, however, did not yet suspect that his bowl had been

-stolen. He presumed that his mother had put it away in some

-other place, and that, when she came down, it would readily be

-found again. So he went out into the yard, and sat on a stone

-step, and went to work to finish a wind-mill he had begun the

-day before.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo’s mother explains the mystery.</div>

-

-<p>By-and-by his mother came down; and as soon as she had heard

-Lorenzo’s story about the bowl, and learned, too, that the outer<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>

-door had been found open when Lorenzo first came down stairs,

-she immediately expressed the opinion that the bowl had been

-stolen.</p>

-

-<p>“Some thief has been breaking into the house,” said she, “I’ve

-no doubt, and has stolen it.”</p>

-

-<p>“Stolen it!” exclaimed Lorenzo.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” replied his mother; “I’ve no doubt of it.”</p>

-

-<p>So saying, she went into the closet again, to see if she could

-discover any traces of the thieves there. But she could not. Every

-thing seemed to have remained undisturbed, just as she had

-left it the night before, except that the bowl was missing.</p>

-

-<p>“Somebody has been in and stolen it,” said she, “most assuredly.”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno, who had followed Lorenzo and his mother into the room,

-was standing up at this time upon his hind legs, with his paws upon

-the edge of the shelf, and he now began to bark loudly, by way of

-expressing his concurrence in this opinion.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">“Seek him, Bruno!”</div>

-

-<p>“Seize him, Bruno!” said Lorenzo. “Seize him!”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno, on hearing this command, began smelling about the floor,

-and barking more eagerly than ever.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno smells his tracks, I verily believe,” said Lorenzo, speaking

-to his mother. Then, addressing Bruno again, he clapped his

-hands together and pointed to the ground, saying,</p>

-

-<p>“Go seek him, Bruno! seek him!”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno departs upon his errand.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno began immediately to follow the scent of Murphy’s footsteps

-along the floor, out from the closet into the kitchen, and from

-the kitchen into the yard; he ran along the path a little way, and

-then made a wide circuit over the grass, at a place where Murphy<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>

-had gone round to get as far as possible away from Bruno’s house.

-He then came back into the path again, smelling as he ran, and

-thence passed out through the gate; here, keeping his nose still

-close to the ground, he went on faster and faster, until he entered

-the thicket and disappeared.</p>

-

-<p>Lorenzo did not pay particular attention to these motions. He

-had given Bruno the order, “Seek him!” rather from habit than

-any thing else, and without any idea that Bruno would really follow

-the tracks of the thief. Accordingly, when Bruno ran off

-down the yard, he imagined that he had gone away somewhere to

-play a little while, and that he would soon come back.</p>

-

-<p>“He’ll be sure to come back pretty soon,” said he, “to get his

-breakfast.”</p>

-

-<p>But Bruno did not come back to breakfast. Lorenzo waited an

-hour after breakfast, and still he did not come.</p>

-

-<p>He waited two hours longer, and still he did not come.</p>

-

-<p>Where was Bruno all this time? He was at the camp of the

-gipsies, watching at the place where Murphy had hid the stolen

-bowl.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He reaches the gipsy camp. He discovers the place where the bowl was hidden.</div>

-

-<p>When he followed the gipsy’s tracks into the thicket, he perceived

-the scent more and more distinctly as he went on, and this

-encouraged him to proceed. Lorenzo had said “Seek him!” and

-this Bruno understood as an order that he should follow the track

-until he found the man, and finding him, that he should keep watch

-at the place till Lorenzo or some one from the family should come.

-Accordingly, when he arrived at the camp, he followed the scent

-round to the back end of a little low hut, where Murphy had hidden

-the bowl. The gipsy had dug a hole in the ground, and buried<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span>

-the bowl in it, out of sight, intending in a day or two to dig it

-up and melt it. Bruno found the place where the bowl was buried,

-but he could not dig it up himself, so he determined to wait there

-and watch until some one should come. He accordingly squatted

-down upon the grass, near the place where the gipsies were seated

-around their fire, and commenced his watch.<a name="FNanchor_4" id="FNanchor_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></p>

-

-<div class="footnote">

-

-<p><a name="Footnote_4" id="Footnote_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> See engraving, <a href="#Page_43">page 43</a>.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>There were two gipsy women sitting by the fire. There was

-also a man sitting near by. Murphy was standing up near the entrance

-of the tent when Bruno came. He was telling the other

-gipsies about the bowl. He had a long stick in his hand, and

-Bruno saw this, and concluded that it was best for him to keep

-quiet until some one should come.</p>

-

-<p>“I had the greatest trouble with Bruno,” said Murphy. “He

-barked at me whenever he saw me, and nothing would quiet him.

-But he is getting acquainted now. See, he has come here of his

-own accord.”</p>

-

-<p>“You said you were going to poison him,” remarked the other

-man.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” replied Murphy. “I did put some poisoned meat in his

-house, but he did not eat it. I expect he smelled the poison.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo goes in search of Bruno.</div>

-

-<p>The hours of the day passed on, and Lorenzo wondered more

-and more what could have become of his dog. At last he resolved

-to go and look him up.</p>

-

-<p>“Mother,” said he, “I am going to see if I can find out what’s

-become of Bruno.”</p>

-

-<p>“I would rather that you would find out what’s become of your

-bowl,” said his mother.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Why, mother,” said Lorenzo, “Bruno is worth a great deal

-more than the bowl.”</p>

-

-<p>“That may be,” replied his mother, “but there is much less danger

-of his being lost.”</p>

-

-<p>Lorenzo walked slowly away from the house, pondering with

-much perplexity the double loss he had incurred.</p>

-

-<p>“I can not do any thing,” he said, “to get back the bowl, but I

-can look about for Bruno, and if I find him, that’s all I can do. I

-must leave it for father to decide what is to be done about the

-bowl, when he comes home.”</p>

-

-<p>So Lorenzo came out from his father’s house, and after hesitating

-for some minutes which way to go, he was at length decided

-by seeing a boy coming across the fields at a distance with a fishing-pole

-on his shoulder.</p>

-

-<p>“Perhaps that boy has seen him somewhere,” said he. “I’ll go

-and ask him. And, at any rate, I should like to know who the

-boy is, and whether he has caught any fish.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The sheep. The geese.</div>

-

-<p>So Lorenzo turned in the direction where he saw the boy. He

-walked under some tall elm-trees, and then passed a small flock of

-sheep that were lying on the grass in the field. He looked carefully

-among them to see if Bruno was there, but he was not. After

-passing the sheep, he walked along on the margin of a broad

-and shallow stream of water. There were two geese floating quietly

-upon the surface of this water, near where the sheep were

-lying upon the shore. These geese floated quietly upon the water,

-like vessels riding at anchor. Lorenzo was convinced that

-they had not seen any thing of Bruno for some time. If they

-had, they would not have been so composed.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The ducks in the water.</div>

-

-<p>Lorenzo walked on toward the boy. He met him at a place

-where the path approached near the margin of the water. There

-was some tall grass on the brink. Three ducks were swimming

-near. The ducks turned away when they saw the boys coming,

-and sailed gracefully out toward the middle of the stream.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration17" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill017.jpg" width="450" height="431" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">Lorenzo meets Frank going a fishing.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>Lorenzo, when he drew near the boy, perceived that it was an

-acquaintance of his, named Frank. Frank had a long fishing-pole

-in one hand, with a basket containing his dinner in the other.</p>

-

-<p>“Frank,” said Lorenzo,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span> “where are you going?”</p>

-

-<p>“I am going a fishing,” said Frank. “Go with me.”</p>

-

-<p>“No,” said Lorenzo, “I am looking for Bruno.”</p>

-

-<p>“I know where he is,” said Frank.</p>

-

-<p>“Where?” asked Lorenzo.</p>

-

-<p>“I saw him a little while ago at the gipsies’ camp, down in the

-glen. He was lying down there quietly by the gipsies’ fire.”</p>

-

-<p>“What a dog!” said Lorenzo. “Here I have been wondering

-what had become of him all the morning. He has run away, I

-suppose, because I shut him up last night.”</p>

-

-<p>“What made you shut him up?” asked Frank.</p>

-

-<p>“Oh, because he made such a barking every night,” replied

-Lorenzo. “We could not sleep.”</p>

-

-<p>“He is still enough now,” said Frank. “He is lying down

-very quietly with the gipsies.”</p>

-

-<p>Lorenzo then asked Frank some questions about his fishing,

-and afterward walked on. Before long he came to a stile, where

-there was a path leading to a field. He got over the stile, and followed

-the path until at last he came to the gipsies’ encampment.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno in the camp of the gipsies.</div>

-

-<p>There he found Bruno lying quietly on the ground, at a little

-distance from the fire. As soon as he came in sight of him, he

-called him. “Bruno! Bruno!” said he.</p>

-

-<p>Bruno looked up, and, seeing Lorenzo, ran to meet him, but

-immediately returned to the camp, whining, and barking, and

-seeming very uneasy. He, however, soon became quiet again,

-for he knew very well, or seemed to know, that it would require

-more of a man than Lorenzo to take the bowl away from the gipsies,

-and, consequently, that he must wait there quietly till somebody

-else should come.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo tries to drive Bruno home, but Bruno will not go.</div>

-

-<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, speaking very sternly, “<em>come home</em>!”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno paid no attention to this command, but, after smelling

-about the ground a little, and running to and fro uneasily, lay

-down again where he was before.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, stamping with his foot.</p>

-

-<p>“Won’t your dog obey you?” said Murphy.</p>

-

-<p>“No,” said Lorenzo. “I wish you would take a stick, and

-drive him along.”</p>

-

-<p>Now the gipsies did not wish to have the dog go away. They

-preferred that he should stay with them, and be their dog. They

-had no idea that he was there to watch over the stolen bowl.</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t drive him away,” said one of the gipsy women, speaking

-in a low tone, so that Lorenzo could not hear.</p>

-

-<p>“I’ll only make believe,” said Murphy.</p>

-

-<p>So Murphy took up a little stick, and threw it at the dog, saying,

-“Go home, Bruno!”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno paid no heed to this demonstration.</p>

-

-<p>Lorenzo then advanced to where Bruno was lying, and attempted

-to pull him along, but Bruno would not come. He would not

-even get up from the ground.</p>

-

-<p>“I’ll make you come,” said Lorenzo. So he took hold of him

-by the neck and the ears, and began to pull him. Bruno uttered

-a low growl.</p>

-

-<p>“Oh, dear me!” said Lorenzo, “what shall I do?”</p>

-

-<p>In fact, he was beginning to grow desperate. So he looked

-about among the bushes for a stick, and when he had found one

-sufficient for his purpose, he came to Bruno, and said, in a very

-stern voice,</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Now, Bruno, go home!”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno did not move.</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno,” repeated Lorenzo, in a thundering voice, and brandishing

-his stick over Bruno’s head, “<span class="smcapuc">GO HOME</span>!”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno, afraid of being beaten with the stick, jumped up, and

-ran off into the bushes. Lorenzo followed him, and attempted to

-drive him toward the path that led toward home. But he could

-accomplish nothing. The dog darted to and fro in the thickets,

-keeping well out of the way of Lorenzo’s stick, but evincing a

-most obstinate determination not to go home. On the contrary,

-in all his dodgings to and fro, he took care to keep as near as

-possible to the spot where the bowl was buried.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo goes home.</div>

-

-<p>At last Lorenzo gave up in despair, and concluded to go back

-to the house, and wait till his father got home.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The search for the bowl.</div>

-

-<p>His father returned about the middle of the afternoon, and

-Lorenzo immediately told him of the double loss which he had

-met with. He explained all the circumstances connected with

-the loss of the bowl, and described Bruno’s strange behavior. His

-father listened in silence. He immediately suspected that the

-gipsies had taken the bowl, and that Bruno had traced it to them.

-So he sent for some officers and a warrant, and went to the camp.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The bowl found.</div>

-

-<p>As soon as Bruno saw the men coming, he seemed to be overjoyed.

-He jumped up, and ran to meet them, and then, running

-back to the camp again, he barked, and leaped about in great

-excitement. The men followed him, and he led them round

-behind the hut, and there he began digging into the ground with

-his paws. The men took a shovel which was there, one belonging

-to the gipsies, and began to dig. In a short time they came<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span>

-to a flat stone, and, on taking up the stone, they found the bowl

-under it.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Pursuing Murphy.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno seemed overjoyed. He leaped and jumped about for a

-minute or two when he saw the bowl come out from its hiding-place,

-and raced round and round the man who held the bowl, and

-then ran away home to find Lorenzo. The officers, in the mean

-time, went off hastily in pursuit of Murphy, who had made his

-escape while they had been digging up the bowl.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<h2><a name="BRUNO_AND_THE_LOST_BOY" id="BRUNO_AND_THE_LOST_BOY"></a>BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY.</h2>

-

-<p>Bruno was quite a large dog. There are a great many different

-kinds of dogs. Some are large, others are small. Some are

-irritable and fierce, others are good-natured and gentle. Some

-are stout and massive in form, others are slender and delicate.

-Some are distinguished for their strength, others for their fleetness,

-and others still for their beauty. Some are very affectionate, others

-are sagacious, others are playful and cunning. Thus dogs differ

-from each other not only in form and size, but in their disposition

-and character as well.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Pointers.</div>

-

-<p>Some dogs are very intelligent, others are less so, and even

-among intelligent dogs there is a great difference in respect to the

-modes in which their intelligence manifests itself. Some dogs

-naturally love the water, and can be taught very easily to swim

-and dive, and perform other aquatic exploits. Others are afraid

-of the water, and can never be taught to like it; but they are

-excellent hunters, and go into the fields with their masters, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>

-find the game. They run to and fro about the field that their

-master goes into, until they see a bird, and then they stop suddenly,

-and remain motionless till their master comes and shoots

-the bird. As soon as they hear the report of the gun, they run

-to get the game. Sometimes quite small dogs are very intelligent

-indeed, though of course they have not so much strength as

-large dogs.</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration18" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill018.jpg" width="450" height="333" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">The little parlor dogs.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>In the above engraving we see several small dogs playing in a

-parlor. The ladies are amusing themselves with flowers that

-they are arranging, and the dogs are playing upon the carpet at

-their feet.</p>

-

-<p>There are three dogs in all. Two of them are playing together

-near the foreground, on the left. The other is alone.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno was a large dog.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno was a large dog. He was a very large dog indeed.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>

-When other dogs were playing around him, he would look down

-upon them with an air of great condescension and dignity. He

-was, however, very kind to them. They would jump upon him,

-and play around him, but he never did them any harm.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration19" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill019.jpg" width="450" height="410" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">Bruno among his companions.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Faithfulness.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno was a very faithful dog. In the summer, when the farmer,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span>

-his master (at a time when he belonged to a farmer), went into

-the field to his work in the morning, he would sometimes take his

-dinner with him in a tin pail, and he would put the pail down under

-a tree by the side of a little brook, and then, pointing to it,

-would say to Bruno,</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Watching.</div>

-

-<p>“Bruno, watch!”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno and his master eating dinner in the fields.</div>

-

-<p>So Bruno would take his place by the side of the pail, and remain

-there watching faithfully all the morning. Sometimes he

-would become very hungry before his master came back, but,

-though he knew that there was meat in the pail, and that there was

-nothing to cover it but a cloth, he would never touch it. If he was

-thirsty, he would go down to the brook and drink, turning his head

-continually as he went, and while he was drinking, to see that no

-one came near the pail. Then at noon, when his master came for

-his dinner, Bruno would be rejoiced to see him. He would run out

-to meet him with great delight. He would then sit down before

-his master, and look up into his face while he was eating his dinner,

-and his master would give him pieces of bread and meat from

-time to time, to reward him for his fidelity.</p>

-

-<p>Bruno was kind and gentle as well as faithful. If any body

-came through the field while he was watching his master’s dinner,

-or any thing else that had been intrusted to his charge, he would

-not, as some fierce and ill-tempered dogs are apt to do, fly at them

-and bite them at once, but he would wait to see if they were going

-to pass by peaceably. If they were, he would not molest

-them. If they came near to whatever he was set to guard, he

-would growl a little, to give them a gentle warning. If they came

-nearer still, he would growl louder; but he would never bite them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span>

-unless they actually attempted to seize and take away his trust.

-Thus he was considerate and kind as well as faithful.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Fierceness.</div>

-

-<p>Some dogs, though faithful, are very fierce. They are sometimes

-<em>trained</em> to be fierce when they are employed

-to watch against thieves, in order that

-they may attack the thieves furiously. To

-make them more fierce, their masters never

-play with them, but keep them chained up

-near their kennels, and do not give them too

-much to eat. Wild animals are always more

-ferocious while hungry.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration20" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill020.jpg" width="450" height="459" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">The hungry watch-dog.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>Here is a picture of a fierce watch-dog, set

-to watch against thieves. He is kept hungry,

-in some degree, all the time, to make<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>

-him more ferocious. He looks hollow and gaunt. There is a

-pan upon the ground, from which his master feeds him, but he has

-eaten up all that it contained, and he wants more. This makes

-him watchful. If he had eaten too much, he would probably now

-be lying asleep in his kennel. The kennel is a small house, with

-a door in front, where the dog goes in and out. There is straw

-upon the floor of the kennel. The dog was lying down upon the

-floor of his kennel, when he thought he heard a noise. He sprang

-up from his place, came out of the door, and has now stopped to

-listen. He is listening and watching very attentively, and is all

-ready to spring. The thief is coming; we can see him climbing

-over the gate. He is coming softly. He thinks no one hears. A

-moment more, and the dog will spring out upon him, and perhaps

-seize him by the throat, and hold him till men come and take him

-prisoner.</p>

-

-<p>This dog is chained during the day, but his chain is unhooked

-at night, so as to leave him at liberty. By day he can do no

-harm, and yet the children who live in the neighborhood are afraid

-to go near his kennel, he barks so ferociously when he hears a

-noise; besides, they think it possible that, by some accident, his

-chain may get unfastened.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Tiger’s fidelity. His ferocious character.</div>

-

-<p>This dog’s name is Tiger. Bruno was not such a dog as Tiger.

-He was vigilant and faithful, but then he was gentle and kind.</p>

-

-<p>Bruno’s master, the farmer, had a son named Antonio. That

-is, his name was properly Antonio, though they commonly called

-him Tony.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The difference between Antonio and Bruno.</div>

-

-<p>Tony was very different from Bruno in his character. He was

-as faithless and remiss in all his duties as Bruno was trusty and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span>

-true. When his father set him at work in the field, instead of

-remaining, like Bruno, at his post, and discharging his duty, he

-would take the first opportunity, as soon as his father was out of

-sight, to go away and play. Sometimes, when Bruno was upon

-his watch, Tony would attempt to entice him away. He would

-throw sticks and stones across the brook, and attempt to make

-Bruno go and fetch them. But Bruno would resist all these temptations,

-and remain immovable at his post.</p>

-

-<p>It might be supposed that it would be very tiresome for Bruno

-to remain so many hours lying under a tree, watching a pail, with

-nothing to do and nothing to amuse him, and that, consequently,

-he would always endeavor to escape from the duty. We might

-suppose that, when he saw the farmer’s wife taking down the pail

-from its shelf, and preparing to put the farmer’s dinner in it, he

-would immediately run away, and hide himself under the barn, or

-among the currant-bushes in the garden, or resort to some other

-scheme to make his escape from such a duty. But, in fact, he

-used to do exactly the contrary of this. As soon as he saw that

-his master was preparing to go into the field, he would leap about

-with great delight. He would run into the house, and take his

-place by the door of the closet where the tin pail was usually kept.

-He would stand there until the farmer’s wife came for the pail, and

-then he would follow her and watch her while she was preparing

-the dinner and putting it into the pail, and then would run along,

-with every appearance of satisfaction and joy, by the side of his

-master, as he went into the field, and finally take his place by the

-side of the pail, as if he were pleased with the duty, and proud of

-the trust that was thus committed to him.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Antonio’s expedients to avoid work.</div>

-

-<p>In fact, he <em>was</em> really proud of it. He liked to be employed,

-and to prove himself useful. With Tony it was the reverse. He

-adopted all sorts of schemes and maneuvers to avoid the performance

-of any duty. When he had reason to suppose that any work

-was to be done in which his aid was to be required, he would take

-his fishing-line, immediately after breakfast, and steal secretly

-away out of the back door, and go down to a brook which was

-near his father’s house, and there&mdash;hiding himself in some secluded

-place among the bushes, where he thought they could not

-find him&mdash;he would sit down upon a stone and go to fishing. If

-he heard a sound as of his father’s voice calling him, he would

-make a rustling of the leaves, or some other similar noise, so as

-to prevent his hearing whether his father was calling to him or

-not. Thus his father was obliged to do without him. And

-though his father would reprove him very seriously, when he

-came home at noon, for thus going away, Tony would pretend

-that he did not know that his father wanted him, and that he did

-not hear him when he called.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The plowing.</div>

-

-<p>One evening in the spring, Tony heard his father say that he

-was going to plow a certain piece of ground the following day,

-and he supposed that he should be wanted to ride the horse. His

-father was accustomed to plow such land as that field by means

-of a yoke of oxen, and a horse in front of them; and by having

-Tony to ride the horse, he could generally manage to get along

-without any driver for the oxen, as the oxen in that case had

-nothing to do but to follow on where the horse led the way. But

-if Tony was not there to ride the horse, then it was necessary for

-the farmer to have his man Thomas with him, to drive the horse<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>

-and the oxen. There was no way, therefore, by which Tony

-could be so useful to his father as by thus assisting in this work

-of plowing; for, by so doing, he saved the time of Thomas, who

-could then be employed the whole day in other fields, planting,

-or hoeing, or making fence, or doing any other farm-work which

-at that season of the year required to be done.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Antonio escapes.</div>

-

-<p>Accordingly, when Tony understood that this was the plan of

-work for the following day, he stole away from the house immediately

-after breakfast, and ran out into the garden. He had

-previously put his fishing-line, and other necessary apparatus for

-fishing, upon a certain bench there was in an arbor. He now

-took these things, and then went down through the garden to a

-back gate, which led into a wood beyond. He looked around

-from time to time as he went on, to see if any one at the house

-was observing him. He saw no one; so he escaped safely into

-the wood, without being called back, or even seen.</p>

-

-<p>He felt glad when he found that he had thus made his escape&mdash;glad,

-but not happy. It is quite possible to be glad, and yet to

-be not at all happy. Tony felt guilty. He knew that he was

-doing very wrong; and the feeling that we are doing wrong always

-makes us miserable, whatever may be the pleasure that we seek.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">His walk through the wood.</div>

-

-<p>There was a wild and solitary road which led through the wood.

-Tony went on through this road, with his fishing-pole over his

-shoulder, and his box of bait in his hand. He wore a frock, like a

-plowman’s frock, over his dress. It was one which his mother

-had made for him. This frock was a light and cool garment, and

-Tony liked to wear it very much.</p>

-

-<p>When Tony had got so far that he thought there was no danger<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span>

-of his being called back, and the interest which he had felt in

-making his escape began to subside, as the work had been accomplished,

-he paused, and began to reflect upon what he was doing.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He almost decides to return and help his father.</div>

-

-<p>“I have a great mind to go back, after all,” he said, “and help

-my father.”</p>

-

-<p>So he turned round, and began to walk slowly back toward the

-house.</p>

-

-<p>“No, I won’t,” said he again; “I will go a fishing.”</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration21" style="width: 118px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill021.jpg" width="118" height="250" alt="The gate into the wood" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p>So he turned again, and began to walk on.</p>

-

-<p>“At any rate,” he added, speaking to himself all the time, “I

-will go a fishing for a while, and then, perhaps, I will go back and

-help my father.”</p>

-

-<p>So Tony went on in the path until at length

-he came to a place where there was a gateway

-leading into a dark and secluded wood. The

-wood was very dark and secluded indeed, and

-Tony thought that the path through it must

-lead to some very retired and solitary place,

-where nobody could find him.</p>

-

-<p>“I presume there is a brook, too, somewhere

-in that wood,” he added, “where I can fish.”</p>

-

-<p>The gate was fastened, but there was a

-short length of fence on the left-hand side of it,

-formed of only two rails, and these were so far

-apart that Tony could easily creep through between

-them. So he crept through, and went

-into the wood.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He comes to the brook.</div>

-

-<p>He rambled about in the wood for some time, following various<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span>

-paths that he found there, until at length he came to a brook.

-He was quite rejoiced to find the brook, and he immediately

-began fishing in it. He followed the bank of this brook for nearly

-a mile, going, of course, farther and farther into the wood all the

-time. He caught a few small fishes at some places, while at

-others he caught none. He was, however, restless and dissatisfied

-in mind. Again and again he wished that he had not come

-away from home, and he was continually on the point of resolving

-to return. He thought, however, that his father would have

-brought Thomas into the field, and commenced his plowing long

-before then, and that, consequently, it would do no good to return.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Fishing. The squirrel.</div>

-

-<p>While he was sitting thus, with a disconsolate air, upon a large

-stone by the side of the brook, fishing in a dark and deep place,

-where he hoped that there might be some trout, he suddenly saw

-a large gray squirrel. He immediately dropped his fishing-pole,

-and ran to see where the squirrel would go. In fact, he had some

-faint and vague idea that there might, by some possibility, be a

-way to catch him.</p>

-

-<p>The squirrel ran along a log, then up the stem of a tree to a

-branch, along the branch to the end of it, whence he sprang a long

-distance through the air to another branch, and then ran along

-that branch to the tree which it grew from. From this tree he

-descended to a rock. He mounted to the highest point of the

-rock, and there he turned round and looked at Tony, sitting upon

-his hind legs, and holding his fore paws before him, like a dog begging

-for supper.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">An unsuccessful hunt.</div>

-

-<p>“The rogue!” said Tony. “How I wish I could catch him!”</p>

-

-<p>Very soon the squirrel, feeling somewhat alarmed at the apparition<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>

-of a boy in the woods, and not knowing what to make of so

-strange a sight, ran down the side of the rock, and continued his

-flight. Tony followed him for some time, until at last the squirrel

-contrived to make his escape altogether, by running up a large

-tree, keeping cunningly on the farther side of it all the way, so

-that Tony could not see him. When he had reached the branches

-of the tree, he crept into a small hollow which he found there, and

-crouching down, he remained motionless in this hiding-place until

-Tony became tired of looking for him, and went away.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The lost boy.</div>

-

-<p>Tony, when at last he gave up the search for the squirrel, attempted

-to find his way back to the place where he had left his

-fishing-pole. Unfortunately, he had left his cap there too, so that

-he was doubly desirous of finding the place. There was, however,

-no path, for squirrels in their rambles in the woods are of course

-always quite independent of every thing like roadways. Tony

-went back in the direction from which he thought he came; but

-he could find no traces of his fishing-pole. He could not even

-find the brook. He began to feel quite uneasy, and, after going

-around in very circuitous and devious wanderings for some time,

-he became quite bewildered. He at length determined to give

-up the attempt to find his fishing-line and cap, and to get out of

-the woods, and make his way home in the quickest possible way.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Tony’s difficulties.</div>

-

-<p>The poor boy now began to feel more guilty and more wretched

-than ever before. He was not really more guilty, though he

-<em>felt</em> his guilt far more acutely than he had done when every thing

-was going well with him. This is always so. The feeling of self-condemnation

-is not generally the strongest at the time when we

-are doing the wrong. It becomes far more acute and far more<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span>

-painful when we begin to experience the bitter consequences

-which we bring upon ourselves by the transgression. Tony hurried

-along wherever he could find a path which promised to lead

-him to the gateway, breathless with fatigue and excitement, and

-with his face flushed and full of anxiety. He was in great distress.</p>

-

-<p>He stopped from time to time, to call aloud to his father and to

-Thomas. He was now as anxious that they should find him as he

-had been before to escape from them. He listened, in the hope

-that he might hear the barking of Bruno, or some other sound that

-might help him to find his way out of the woods.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He is misled by various sounds.</div>

-

-<p>Once he actually heard a sound among the trees, at some distance

-from him. He thought that it was some one working in the

-woods. He went eagerly in the direction from which the sound

-proceeded, scrambling, by the way, over the rocks and brambles,

-and leaping from hummock to hummock in crossing bogs and mire.

-When at length he reached the place, he found that the noise was

-nothing but one tree creaking against another in the wind.</p>

-

-<p>At another time, he followed a sound which appeared different

-from this; when he came up to it, he found it to be a woodpecker

-tapping an old hollow tree.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Tony at the brook.</div>

-

-<p>Tony wandered about thus in the wood nearly all the day, and

-at length, about the middle of the afternoon, he became so exhausted

-with fatigue, anxiety, and hunger, that he could go no farther.

-He was very thirsty too, for he could find no water. He

-began to fear that he should die in the woods of starvation and

-thirst. At length, however, a short time before the sun went

-down, he came, to his great joy, to a stream of water. It was

-wide and deep, so that he could not cross it. He, however, went<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span>

-down to the brink of the water, and got a good drink. This refreshed

-him very much, and then he went back again up the bank,

-and lay down upon the grass there to rest.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Cows in the water.</div>

-

-<p>Presently two cows came down to the water, on

-the side opposite to where Tony was sitting. They

-came to drink. Tony wished very much that they

-would come over to his side of the water, so that he

-could get some milk from them. If he could get a

-good drink of milk from them, he thought it would

-restore his strength, so that he could make one more

-effort to return home. He called the cows, and endeavored,

-by every means in his power, to make

-them come through the water to his side. One of

-them waded into the water a little way, and stood

-there staring stupidly at Tony, but she would not

-come any farther.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration22" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill022.jpg" width="450" height="459" alt="Tony by the brook, looking

-at the cows on the opposite side" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Then Tony thought of attempting to wade across the water to

-the cows, but he was afraid that it might be very deep, and that

-he should get drowned. He thought, too, that if he could contrive

-in any way to get near the cows, there would still be a difficulty

-in getting a drink of their milk, for he had no cup or mug to milk

-into. He wondered whether or not it would be possible for him

-to get down under one of the cows and milk into his mouth. He

-soon found, however, that it was of no use to consider this question,

-for it was not possible for him to get near the cows at all.</p>

-

-<p>Then he reflected how many times his mother, in the evenings

-at home, when the cows were milked, had brought him drinks of

-the milk in a cup or mug, very convenient to drink out of, and

-how many long and weary days his father had worked in the

-fields, mowing grass to feed the cows, and in the barns in the

-winter, to take care of them, so as to provide the means of giving

-his boy this rich and luxurious food; and he felt how ungrateful

-he had been, in not being willing to aid his father in his work,

-when opportunities offered to him to be useful.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Good resolutions.</div>

-

-<p>“If I ever get home,” said he to himself, “I’ll be a better

-boy.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Here comes Bruno.</div>

-

-<p>Just then Tony heard a noise in the bushes behind him. At

-first he was startled, as most people are, at hearing suddenly a

-noise in the woods. Immediately afterward, however, he felt

-glad, as he hoped that the noise was made by some one coming.

-He had scarcely time to look around before Bruno came rushing

-through the bushes, and, with a single bound, came to Tony’s

-feet. He leaped up upon him, wagging his tail most energetically,

-and in other ways manifesting the most extraordinary joy.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno leads the way through the woods.</div>

-

-<p>In a minute or two he began to walk away again into the woods,

-looking behind him toward Tony, intimating that Tony was to follow

-him. Tony slowly rose from his place, and attempted to go.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, Bruno,” said he, “I know. You are going to show me

-the way home. I’ll come along as fast as I can.”</p>

-

-<p>Tony soon found, however, that he could not come very fast.

-In fact, he was almost exhausted by fatigue and hunger, and he

-had now little strength remaining. He accordingly staggered

-rather than walked in attempting to follow Bruno, and he was

-obliged frequently to stop and rest. On such occasions Bruno

-would come back and fawn around him, wagging his tail, and

-expressing his sympathy in such other ways as a dog has at command,

-and would finally lie down quietly by Tony’s side until

-the poor boy was ready to proceed again. Then he would go forward,

-and lead the way as before.</p>

-

-<p>It is very extraordinary that a dog can find his way through

-the woods under certain circumstances so much better than a

-boy, or even than a man. But so it is; for, though so greatly

-inferior to a boy in respect to the faculties of speech and reason,

-he is greatly superior to him in certain instincts, granted to him

-by the Creator to fit him for the life which he was originally

-designed to lead as a wild animal. It was by means of these instincts

-that Bruno found Tony.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The various expeditions in search of Tony.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno had commenced his search about the middle of the

-afternoon. It was not until some time after dinner that the

-family began to be uneasy about Tony’s absence. During all

-the forenoon they supposed that he had gone away somewhere

-a fishing or to play, and that he would certainly come home to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span>

-dinner. When, however, the dinner hour, which was twelve

-o’clock, arrived, and Tony did not appear, they began to wonder

-what had become of him. So, after dinner, they sent Thomas

-down behind the garden, and to the brook, and to all the other

-places where they knew that Tony was accustomed to go, to see

-if he could find him. Thomas went to all those places, and not

-only looked to see whether Tony was there, but he called also

-very loud, and listened long after every calling for an answer.

-But he could neither see nor hear any thing of the lost boy.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s search.</div>

-

-<p>Then Tony’s mother began to be very seriously alarmed, and

-his father, too, determined to leave his work, and go and see if he

-could find him. He accordingly sent Thomas one way, while he

-himself went another. Bruno watched all these movements with

-great interest. He understood what they meant. He determined

-to see what he could do. He accordingly ran out into the garden,

-where he had seen Tony go after breakfast in the morning. He

-smelled about there in all the paths until at length he found Tony’s

-track. He followed this track to the seat in the arbor, where

-Tony had gone to get his fishing-line. Taking <em>a new departure</em>

-from this point, he went on, smelling the track along the paths as

-he advanced, to the bottom of the garden, thence into a wood

-behind the garden, thence along the road till he came to the gate

-under the trees where Tony had gone in.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He finds Tony’s cap and fishing-pole.</div>

-

-<p>By smelling about this gate, he ascertained that Tony did not

-open the gate, but that he crept through between the bars on the

-left-hand side of it. Bruno did the same. He then followed the

-track of Tony in the solitary woods until he came to the brook

-where Tony had been fishing. Here, to his great astonishment,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span>

-he found Tony’s cap and fishing-pole lying by the margin of the

-water.</p>

-

-<p>What this could mean he was utterly unable to imagine. The

-sight of these things, however, only increased his interest in the

-search for Tony. He soon found the track again, and he followed

-it along by the side of the bog, and to the great rock, and by the

-old trees. What could have induced Tony to leave his cap and

-pole by the brook, and go scrambling through the bushes in this

-devious way, he could not imagine, not knowing, of course, any

-thing about the squirrel.</p>

-

-<p>He, however, proceeded very industriously in the search, following

-the scent which Tony’s footsteps had left on the leaves

-and grass wherever he had gone, until at length, to his great joy,

-he came up with the object of his search by the brink of the

-water, as has already been described.</p>

-

-<p>Tony had gone but a short distance from the place where

-Bruno had discovered him, before he found his strength failing

-him so rapidly that he was obliged to make his rests longer and

-longer. At one of these stops, Bruno, instead of waiting by his

-side, as he had done before, until Tony had become sufficiently

-rested to go on, ran off through the bushes and left him.</p>

-

-<p>“Now, Bruno!” said Tony, in a mournful tone, “if you go away

-and leave me, I don’t know what I shall do.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The cap restored.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno was gone about five minutes, at the end of which time he

-came back, bringing Tony’s cap in his mouth. He had been to

-the brook to get it.</p>

-

-<p>Tony was overjoyed to see Bruno again, and he was, moreover,

-particularly pleased to get his cap again.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>So he took his cap and put it on, patting Bruno’s head at the

-same time, and commending him in a very cordial manner.</p>

-

-<p>“I am very much obliged to you, Bruno,” said he, “for bringing

-me my cap&mdash;<em>very</em> much obliged indeed. The cap is all I care

-for; never mind about the fishing-pole.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno returns home.</div>

-

-<p>Tony spoke these words very feebly, for he was very tired and

-faint. Bruno perceived that he was not able to go on; so, after remaining

-by his side a few minutes, he ran off again into the bushes

-and disappeared.</p>

-

-<p>“Now he has gone to bring the fishing-pole, I suppose,” said

-Tony. “I wish he would not go for that; I would rather have

-him stay here with me.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">His strange conduct.</div>

-

-<p>Tony was mistaken in his supposition that Bruno had gone for

-the fishing-pole; for, instead of going to the brook again, where he

-had found the cap, he ran as fast as he could toward home. His

-object was to see if he could not get some thing for Tony to eat.

-As soon as he arrived at the house, he went to the farmer’s wife,

-who was all this time walking about the rooms of the house in

-great distress of mind, and waiting anxiously to hear some news

-of those who were in search of Tony, and began to pull her by

-her dress toward the place in the kitchen where the tin pail was

-kept, in which she was accustomed to put the farmer’s dinner.

-At first she could not understand what he wanted.</p>

-

-<p>“My senses!” said she, “what does the dog mean?”</p>

-

-<p>“Bruno!” said she again, after wondering a moment, “what do

-you want?”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno looked up toward the pail and whined piteously, wagging

-his tail all the time, and moving about with eager impatience.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He succeeds in obtaining a dinner for Tony.</div>

-

-<p>At length the farmer’s wife took hold of the pail, and, as soon as

-she had done so, Bruno ran off toward the closet where the food

-was kept, which she was accustomed to put into the pail for her

-husband’s dinner. He took his station by the door, and waited

-there, as he had been accustomed to do, looking up eagerly all the

-time to Tony’s mother, who was slowly following him.</p>

-

-<p>“I verily believe,” said she, joyfully, “that Bruno has found

-Tony, and is going to carry him something to eat.”</p>

-

-<p>She immediately went into the closet, and filled the pail up, in

-a very hurried manner, with something for Tony to eat, taking care

-not to put in so much as to make the pail too heavy. As soon as

-she had done this, and put on a cover, and then set the pail down

-upon the floor, Bruno immediately took it up by means of the

-handle, and ran off with it. Tony’s mother followed him, but she

-could not keep up with him, and was soon obliged to relinquish

-the pursuit.</p>

-

-<p>Bruno had some difficulty in getting over the fences and through

-the bars with his burden, as he went on toward the place where he

-had left Tony. He, however, persevered in his efforts, and finally

-succeeded; and at length had the satisfaction of bringing the

-pail safely, and laying it down at Tony’s feet. Tony, who was by

-this time extremely hungry, as well as faint and exhausted by fatigue,

-was overjoyed at receiving this unexpected supply. He

-opened the pail, and found there every thing which he required.

-There was a supply of bread and butter in slices, with ham, sandwich

-fashion, placed between. At the bottom of the pail, too, was

-a small bottle filled with milk.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He conducts Tony home, and goes back for the fishing-pole.</div>

-

-<p>After eating and drinking what Bruno had thus brought him,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>

-Tony felt greatly relieved and strengthened. He now could walk

-along, where Bruno led the way, without stopping to rest at all.

-So the boy and the dog went on together, until they safely reached

-the bottom of the garden. Here they were met by Tony’s mother,

-who was almost beside herself with joy when she saw them

-coming. She ran to meet Tony, and conducted him into the

-house, while Bruno, as soon as he found that his charge was safe,

-turned back, and, without waiting to be thanked, ran off into the

-woods again.</p>

-

-<p>And where do you think he was going, reader?</p>

-

-<p>He was going to get Tony’s fishing-pole.</p>

-

-<p>Tony’s mother brought her boy into the house, and, after she had

-bathed his face, and his hands, and his feet with warm water to

-refresh and soothe him, agitated as he was by his anxiety and terror,

-she gave him a comfortable seat by the side of the kitchen

-fire, while she went to work to get ready the supper. As soon

-as Tony had arrived, she blew the horn at the door, which was

-the signal which had been previously agreed upon to denote that

-he was found. Thomas and Tony’s father heard this sound as

-they were wandering about in the woods, and both joyfully hastened

-home. Tony, in the mean time, dreaded his father’s return.

-He expected to be bitterly reproached by him for what he had

-done. He was, however, happily disappointed in this expectation.

-His father did not reproach him. He thought he had already been

-punished enough; and besides, he was so glad to have his son

-home again, safe and sound, that he had not the heart to say a

-word to give him any additional pain.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno lies down to sleep.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno himself came home about the same time that Thomas<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>

-did, bringing the fishing-pole and line with him. The apparatus

-was all safe, except that the hook was gone. It had got torn off

-by catching against the bushes on the way. Bruno brought the

-pole and line to Tony. Tony took them, and when he had wound

-up the line, he set the pole up in the corner, while Bruno stretched

-himself out before the fire, and there, with his mind in a state

-of great satisfaction, in view of what he had done, he prepared to

-go to sleep. The bright fire glanced upon the hearth and about

-the room, forming a very cheerful and pleasant scene.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Tony’s reflections.</div>

-

-<p>How shameful it is, thought Tony, as he looked upon Bruno by

-the fire, that while a dog can be so faithful, and seem to take so

-much pride and pleasure in doing his duty, and in making himself

-as useful in every way as he possibly can, a boy, whose power

-and opportunities are so much superior to his, should be faithless

-and negligent, and try to contrive ways and means to evade his

-proper work. You have taught me a lesson, Bruno. You have

-set me an example. We will see whether, after this, I will allow

-myself to be beaten in fidelity and gratitude by a dog.</p>

-

-<hr class="tb" />

-

-<p>This story reminds me of another one about a boy named Antonio,

-who got away from home, and was in trouble to get back,

-though the circumstances were very different from those which I

-have just related. The name of this new story is “Boys Adrift.”</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2><a name="BOYS_ADRIFT" id="BOYS_ADRIFT"></a>BOYS ADRIFT.</h2>

-

-<p>Boys are generally greatly pleased with seeing ships and the

-water. In fact, the view of a harbor, filled with boats and shipping,

-forms usually for all persons, old as well as young, a very

-attractive scene.</p>

-

-<p>There was once a boy named Antonio Van Tromp. They

-commonly called him Antony. Sometimes they called him Van

-Tromp. He lived in a certain sea-port town, where his father

-used to come in with a ship from sea. His father was captain of

-the ship. Antonio used to be very fond of going down to the pier

-while his father’s ship was unloading. One day he persuaded his

-cousin, who was several years younger than himself, to go down

-with him.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Antonio and his cousin amuse themselves on the pier.</div>

-

-<p>The boys played about upon the pier for an hour very happily.

-The seamen and laborers were unloading the ship, and there

-were a great many boxes, and bales, and hogsheads, and other

-packages of merchandise lying upon the pier. There were porters

-at work carrying the goods away, and sailors rolling hogsheads

-and barrels to and fro. There was an anchor on the pier, and

-weights, and chains, and trucks, and other similar objects lying

-around. The boys amused themselves for some time in jumping

-about upon these things. At length, on looking down over the

-edge of the pier, they saw that there was a boat there. It was

-fastened by means of a rope to one of the links of an enormous

-chain, which was lying over the edge of the pier. On seeing this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span>

-boat, they conceived the idea of getting into it, and rowing about

-a little in the neighborhood of the pier.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The boat.</div>

-

-<p>There were no oars in the boat, and so Van Tromp asked a

-sailor, whom he saw at work near, to go and get them for him on

-board the ship.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Conversation with the sailor.</div>

-

-<p>“Not I,” said the sailor.</p>

-

-<p>“Why not?” asked Van Tromp.</p>

-

-<p>“It is ebb tide,” said the sailor, “and if you two boys cast off

-from the pier in that boat, you will get carried out to sea.”</p>

-

-<p>“Why, I can <em>scull</em>,” said Van Tromp.</p>

-

-<p>“Oh no,” said the sailor.</p>

-

-<p>“At least I can pull,” said Van Tromp.</p>

-

-<p>“Oh no,” said the sailor.</p>

-

-<p>The boys stood perplexed, not knowing what to do.</p>

-

-<p>All along the shores of the sea the tide rises for six hours, and

-while it is thus rising, the water, of course, wherever there are

-harbors, creeks, and bays, flows <em>in</em>. Afterward the tide falls for

-six hours, and while it is falling, the water of the harbors, creeks,

-and bays flows <em>out</em>. When the water is going out, they call it

-ebb tide. That is what the sailor meant by saying it was ebb

-tide.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Sculling and pulling.</div>

-

-<p><em>Sculling</em> is a mode of propelling a boat by one oar. The oar

-in this case is put out behind the boat, that is, at the stern, and is

-moved to and fro in a peculiar manner, somewhat resembling the

-motion of the tail of a fish when he is swimming through the

-water. It is difficult to learn how to scull. Antony could scull

-pretty well in smooth water, but he could not have worked his

-way in this manner against an ebb tide.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span></p>

-

-<p><em>Pulling</em>, as Antony called it, is another name for rowing. In

-rowing, it is necessary to have two oars. To row a boat requires

-more strength, though less skill, than to scull it.</p>

-

-<p>The boys, after hesitating for some time, finally concluded at

-least to get into the boat. They had unfastened the painter,

-that is, the rope by which the boat was tied, while they had been

-talking with the sailor, in order to be all ready to cast off. When

-they found that the sailor would not bring them any oars, they

-fastened the painter again, so that the boat should not get away,

-and then climbed down the side of the pier, and got into the

-boat.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The boat adrift.</div>

-

-<p>Unfortunately, when, after untying the painter, they attempted

-to make it fast again into the link of the chain, they did not do it

-securely; and as they moved to and fro about the boat, pushing

-it one way and another, the rope finally got loose, and the boat

-floated slowly away from the pier. The boys were engaged very

-intently at the time in watching some sun-fish which they saw in

-the water. They were leaning over the side of the boat to look

-at them, so that they did not see the pier when it began to recede,

-and thus the tide carried them to a considerable distance from it

-before they observed that they were adrift.</p>

-

-<p>At length Larry&mdash;for that was the name of Antony’s cousin&mdash;looking

-up accidentally, observed that the boat was moving away.</p>

-

-<p>“Antony! Antony!” exclaimed, he, “we’re adrift.”</p>

-

-<p>As he said this, Larry looked very much terrified.</p>

-

-<p>Antony rose from his reclining position, and stood upright in the

-bottom of the boat. He looked back toward the pier, which he

-observed was rapidly receding.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Adrift.</div>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said he, “we’re adrift; but who cares?”</p>

-

-<p>When a boy gets into difficulty or danger by doing something

-wrong, he is generally very much frightened. When, however,

-he knows that he has not been doing any thing wrong, but has

-got into difficulty purely by accident, he is much less likely to be

-afraid.</p>

-

-<p>Antony knew that he had done nothing wrong in getting into

-the boat. His father was a sea-captain, and he was allowed to

-get into boats whenever he chose to do so. He was accustomed,

-too, to be in boats on the water, and now, if he had only had an

-oar or a paddle, he would not have felt any concern whatever.

-As it was, he felt very little concern.</p>

-

-<p>His first thought was to call out to the sailor whom they had

-left on the pier. The boys both called to him long and loud, but

-he was so busy turning over boxes, and bales, and rolling hogsheads

-about, that he did not hear.</p>

-

-<p>“What shall we do?” asked Larry, with a very anxious look.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The sail-boat.</div>

-

-<p>“Oh, we shall get ashore again easily enough,” replied Antony.

-“Here is a large sail-boat coming up. We will hail them, and

-they will take us aboard.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you think they will take us on board?” asked Larry.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, I am sure they will,” said Antony.</p>

-

-<p>Just then the boat which the boys were drifting in came along

-opposite to a large sail-boat. This boat was sloop-rigged; that is,

-it had one mast and a fore-and-aft sail. She was standing up the

-harbor, and was headed toward the pier. The sail was spread,

-and the sail-boat was gliding along smoothly, but quite swiftly,

-through the water.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>There were two men on board. One was at the helm, steering.

-The other, who had on a red flannel shirt, came to the side of the

-boat, and looked over toward the boys. We

-can just see the head of this man above the

-gunwale on the starboard side of the boat in

-the picture.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration23" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill023.jpg" width="450" height="300" alt="Boats in the harbor" />

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Antony calls for help. He receives none.</div>

-

-<p>“Hallo! sail-boat!” said Antony.</p>

-

-<p>“Hallo!” said the flannel shirt.</p>

-

-<p>“Take us aboard of your boat,” said Antony; “we have got

-adrift, and have not got any oar.”</p>

-

-<p>“We can’t take you on board,” said the man; “we have got

-beyond you already.”</p>

-

-<p>“Throw us a rope,” said Antony.</p>

-

-<p>“We have not got any rope long enough,” said the sailor.</p>

-

-<p>As he said these words, the sail-boat passed entirely by.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“What <em>shall</em> we do?” said Larry, much alarmed.</p>

-

-<p>Larry was much smaller than Antony, and much less accustomed

-to be in boats on the water, and he was much more easily terrified.</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t be afraid,” said Antony; “we shall get brought up

-among some of the shipping below. There are plenty of vessels

-coming up the harbor.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The boys float down the channel.</div>

-

-<p>So they went on&mdash;slowly, but very steadily&mdash;wherever they

-were borne by the course of the ebbing tide. Instead of being

-brought up, however, as Antony had predicted, by some of the

-ships, they were kept by the tide in the middle of the channel,

-while the ships were all, as it happened, on one side or the other,

-and they did not go within calling distance of any one of them.

-At last even Antony began to think that they were certainly about

-to be carried out to sea.</p>

-

-<p>“If the water was not so deep, we could anchor,” said Antony.</p>

-

-<p>“We have not got any anchor,” said Larry.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The grapnel.</div>

-

-<p>“Yes,” replied Antony, “there is a grapnel in the bow of the

-boat.”</p>

-

-<p>Larry looked in a small cuddy under the bow of the boat, and

-found there a sort of grapnel that was intended to be used as an

-anchor.</p>

-

-<p>“Let us heave it over,” said Larry, “and then the boat will

-stop.”</p>

-

-<p>“No,” replied Antony, “the rope is not long enough to reach

-the bottom; the water is too deep here. We are in the middle

-of the channel; but perhaps, by-and-by, the tide will carry us

-over upon the flats, and then we can anchor.”</p>

-

-<p>“How shall we know when we get to the flats?” asked Larry.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“We can see the bottom then,” said Antony, “by looking over

-the side of the boat.”</p>

-

-<p>“I mean to watch,” said Larry; and he began forthwith to look

-over the side of the boat.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">They see the bottom.</div>

-

-<p>It was not long before Antony’s expectations were fulfilled.

-The tide carried the boat over a place where the water was shallow,

-the bottom being formed there of broad and level tracts of

-sand and mud, called flats.</p>

-

-<p>“I see the bottom,” said Larry, joyfully.</p>

-

-<p>Antony looked over the side of the boat, and there, down several

-feet beneath the surface of the water, he could clearly distinguish

-the bottom. It was a smooth expanse of mud and water,

-and it seemed to be slowly gliding away from beneath them.

-The real motion was in the boat, but <em>this</em> motion was imperceptible

-to the boys, except by the apparent motion of the bottom,

-which was produced by it. Such a deceiving of the sight as this

-is commonly called an optical illusion.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said Antony, “that’s the bottom; now we will anchor.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Anchoring.</div>

-

-<p>So the two boys went forward, and, after taking care to see that

-the inner end of the grapnel rope was made fast properly to the

-bow of the boat, they lifted the heavy iron over the side of the

-boat, and let it plunge into the water. It sank to the bottom in a

-moment, drawing out the rope after it. It immediately fastened

-itself by its prongs in the mud, and when the rope was all out,

-the bow of the boat was “brought up” by it&mdash;that is, was stopped

-at once. The stern of the boat was swung round by the force of

-the tide, which still continued to act upon it, and then the boat

-came to its rest, with the head pointing up the harbor.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“There,” said Antony, “now we are safe.”</p>

-

-<p>“But how are we going to get back to the shore?” inquired

-Larry.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The boys wait for the tide.</div>

-

-<p>“Why, by-and-by the tide will turn,” said Antony, “and flow in,

-and then we shall get up our anchor, and let it carry us home

-again.”</p>

-

-<p>“And how long shall we have to wait?” asked Larry.</p>

-

-<p>“Oh, about three or four hours,” said Antony.</p>

-

-<p>“My mother will be very much frightened,” said Larry. “How

-sorry I am that we got into the boat!”</p>

-

-<p>“So am I,” said Antony; “or, rather, I should be, if I thought

-it would do any good to be sorry.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Captain Van Tromp misses them.</div>

-

-<p>In the mean time, while the boys had thus been making their

-involuntary voyage down the harbor, Captain Van Tromp, on board

-his ship, had been employed very busily with his accounts in his

-cabin. It was now nearly noon, and he concluded, accordingly,

-that it was time for him to go home to dinner. So he called one

-of the sailors to him, and directed him to look about on the pier

-and try to find the boys, and tell them that he was going home to

-dinner.</p>

-

-<p>In a few minutes the sailor came back, and told the captain that

-he could not find the boys; and that Jack, who was at work outside

-on the pier, said that they had not been seen about there for

-more than an hour, and that the boat was missing too; and he was

-afraid that they had got into it, and had gone adrift.</p>

-

-<p>“Send Jack to me,” said the captain.</p>

-

-<p>When Jack came into the cabin, the captain was at work, as

-usual, on his accounts. Jack stood by his side a moment, with his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span>

-cap in his hand, waiting for the captain to be at leisure to speak to

-him. At length the captain looked up.</p>

-

-<p>“Jack,” said he, “do you say that the boys have gone off with

-the boat?”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know, sir,” said Jack. “The boat is gone, and the boys

-are gone, but whether the boat has gone off with the boys, or the

-boys with the boat, I couldn’t say.”</p>

-

-<p>The captain paused a moment, with a thoughtful expression

-upon his countenance, and then said,</p>

-

-<p>“Tell Nelson to take the glass, and go aloft, and look around to

-see if he can see any thing of them.”</p>

-

-<p>“Ay, ay, sir,” said Jack.</p>

-

-<p>The captain then resumed his work as if nothing particular had

-happened.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Mr. Nelson discovers them by means of his spy-glass.</div>

-

-<p>Nelson was the mate of the ship. The mate is the second in

-command under the captain.</p>

-

-<p>When Nelson received the captain’s order, he took the spy-glass,

-and went up the shrouds to the mast-head. In about ten

-minutes he came down again, and gave Jack a message for the

-captain. Jack came down again into the cabin. He found the

-captain, as before, busy at his work. The captain had been exposed

-to too many great and terrible dangers at sea to be much

-alarmed at the idea of two boys being adrift, in a strong boat and

-in a crowded harbor.</p>

-

-<p>“Mr. Nelson says, sir,” said Jack, “that he sees our boat, with

-two boys in it, about a mile and a half down the harbor. She is

-lying a little to the eastward of the red buoy.”</p>

-

-<p>A buoy is a floating beam of wood, or other light substance, anchored<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span>

-on the point of a shoal, or over a ledge of rocks, to warn

-the seamen that they must not sail there. The different buoys

-are painted of different colors, so that they may be easily distinguished

-one from another.</p>

-

-<p>The captain paused a moment on hearing Jack’s report, and looked

-undecided. In fact, his attention was so much occupied by his

-accounts, that only half his thoughts seemed to be given to the case

-of the boys. At length he asked if there was any wind.</p>

-

-<p>“Not a capful,” said the sailor.</p>

-

-<p>“Tell Nelson, then,” said the captain, “to send down the gig

-with four men, and bring the boys back.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The gig.</div>

-

-<p>The gig, as the captain called it, was a light boat belonging to

-the ship, being intended for rowing swiftly in smooth water.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Nelson fits out an expedition to relieve the boys.</div>

-

-<p>So Nelson called out four men, and directed them to get ready

-with the gig. The men accordingly lowered the gig down from

-the side of the ship into the water, and then, with the oars in their

-hands, they climbed down into it. In a few minutes they were

-rowing swiftly down the harbor, in the direction of the red buoy,

-while Captain Van Tromp went home to dinner. On his way

-home he left word, at the house where Larry lived, that the boys

-had gone down the harbor, and would not be home under an

-hour.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The boys watch the progress of the tide.</div>

-

-<p>While these occurrences had been taking place on the pier, the

-boys had been sitting very patiently in their boat, waiting for the

-tide to turn, or for some one to come to their assistance. They

-could see how it was with the tide by the motion of the water, as

-it glided past them. The current, in fact, when they first anchored,

-made quite a ripple at the bows of the boat. They had a fine view<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span>

-of the harbor, as they looked back toward the town from their

-boat, though the view was so distant that they could not make out

-which was the pier where Captain Van Tromp’s vessel was lying.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration24" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill024.jpg" width="450" height="210" alt="The view of the harbor" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p>Of course, as the tide went out more and more, the surface of

-the water was continually falling, and the depth growing less and

-less all the time. The boys could easily perceive the increasing

-shallowness of the water, as they looked over the side of the boat,

-and watched the appearance of the bottom.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">A new danger. A discussion.</div>

-

-<p>“Now here’s another trouble,” said Antony. “If we don’t look

-out, we shall get left aground. I’ve a great mind to pull up the

-anchor, and let the boat drift on a little way, till we come to deeper

-water.”</p>

-

-<p>“Oh no,” said Larry, “don’t let us go out to sea any farther.”</p>

-

-<p>“Why, if we stay here,” said Antony,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span> “until the tide falls so as

-to leave us aground, we may have to stay some hours after the tide

-turns before we get afloat again.”</p>

-

-<p>“Well,” said Larry, “no matter. Besides, if you go adrift

-again, the water may deepen suddenly.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said Antony, “and then we should lose hold of the bottom

-altogether. We had better not move.”</p>

-

-<p>“Unless,” added Antony, after a moment’s thought, “we can

-contrive to <em>warp</em> the boat <em>up</em> a little.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Warping the boat.</div>

-

-<p>So saying, Antony went forward to examine into the feasibility

-of this plan. He found, on looking over the bow of the boat, that

-the water was very shallow, and nearly still; for the tide, being

-nearly out, flowed now with a very gentle and almost imperceptible

-current. Of course, as the water was shallow, and the rope

-that was attached to the anchor was pretty long, the anchor itself

-was at a considerable distance from the boat. The boys could see

-the rope passing obliquely along under the water, but could not see

-the anchor.</p>

-

-<p>Antony took hold of the rope, and began to draw it in. The

-effect of this operation was to draw the boat up the harbor toward

-the anchor. When, at length, the rope was all in, Antony

-pulled up the grapnel, which was small and easily raised, and

-then swinging it to and fro several times to give it an impetus, he

-threw it with all his force forward. It fell into the water nearly

-ten feet from where it had lain before, and there sinking immediately,

-it laid hold of the bottom again. Antony now, by pulling

-upon the rope, as he had done at first, drew the boat up to the anchor

-at its new holding. He repeated this operation a number of

-times, watching the water from time to time over the bows of the

-boat, to see whether it was getting deeper or not. While Antony

-was thus engaged, the attention of Larry was suddenly attracted<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span>

-to the sound of oars. He looked in the direction from which the

-sound proceeded, and saw, at a considerable distance, a boat coming

-toward them.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">“Here comes the gig!”</div>

-

-<p>“Here comes a boat,” said Larry.</p>

-

-<p>Antony looked where Larry pointed.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said he, “and she is headed directly toward us.”</p>

-

-<p>“So she is,” said Larry.</p>

-

-<p>“I verily believe it is our gig,” said Antony.</p>

-

-<p>“It is,” he added, after looking a moment longer, “and there is

-Jack on board of her. They are coming for us.”</p>

-

-<p>In a few minutes more the gig was alongside. Two of the sailors

-that had come down in the gig got on board of the boys’ boat

-with their oars, and then both boats rowed up the harbor again,

-and in due time the boys reached home in safety.</p>

-

-<hr class="tb" />

-

-<div class="sidenote">Moral.</div>

-

-<p>The moral of this story is, that in all cases of difficulty and danger

-it is best to keep quiet and composed in mind, and not to give

-way to excitement and terror. Being frightened never does any

-good, excepting when there is a chance to run away; in that case,

-it sometimes helps one to run a little faster. In all other cases, it

-is best to be cool and collected, and encounter whatever comes

-with calmness and equanimity.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2><a name="BRUNO_AND_THE_ROBIN" id="BRUNO_AND_THE_ROBIN"></a>BRUNO AND THE ROBIN.</h2>

-

-<p class="center">“Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Hiram and Ralph. The robin.</div>

-

-<p>At one time Bruno had for his master a boy named Hiram.

-Hiram had a friend and companion who lived in the next house

-to him, whose name was Ralph. This Ralph had a robin. He

-kept the robin in a cage.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The loft.</div>

-

-<p>There was a small building near the bottom of Ralph’s father’s

-garden, which was used as a place of deposit for gardening implements,

-seeds, bundles of straw, matting for covering plants, and

-other similar articles employed about the garden. This building

-was called the “garden-house.” In the upper part of it was a

-loft, which Ralph had taken possession of as a storehouse for his

-wagons, trucks, traps, and other playthings. He used to go up

-to this loft by means of a number of large wooden pins, or pegs,

-that were driven into one of the posts of the frame of the garden-house,

-in a corner. Somebody once recommended to Ralph to

-have a staircase made to lead up to his loft, but he said he liked

-better to climb up by these pins than to have the best staircase

-that ever was made.</p>

-

-<p>Ralph used frequently to carry his robin to this garden-house

-when he was playing about there, and on such occasions he would

-sometimes hang the cage on a nail out of the window of his loft.

-He drove the nail himself into the edge of a sort of a shelf, which

-was near the window on the outside. The shelf was put there<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span>

-for doves to light upon, in going in and out of their house, which

-was made in the peak of the roof, over Ralph’s loft.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Account of Ralph’s robin.</div>

-

-<p>Ralph caught his robin when he was very young. He caught

-him in a net. He saw the nest when the birds were first building

-it. About a week after the birds had finished it, he thought

-it was time for the eggs to be laid. So he got a ladder, which

-was usually kept on the back side of the tool-house, and, having

-planted it against a tree, he began to go up. Just then, his little

-brother Eddy, who was walking along one of the alleys of the garden

-near where the bird’s nest was, saw him.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Eddy’s advice.</div>

-

-<p>“Ralph,” said Eddy, “what are you going to do?”</p>

-

-<p>“I’m going to get the eggs out of the nest,” said Ralph.</p>

-

-<p>“No,” replied Eddy, “you must not do that.”</p>

-

-<p>Ralph paid no regard to this, but went on slowly mounting the

-ladder. The top of the ladder, resting as it did against some of

-the branches of the tree, was not very steady, and so Ralph could

-not go up very fast. Besides, Ralph was somewhat afraid of the

-old birds; for they, seeing that their nest was in danger, were

-flying about him with very loud chirpings, being apparently in a

-state of great terror and distress.</p>

-

-<p>“Ralph,” said Eddy, “you must not trouble those birds.”</p>

-

-<p>Ralph went steadily on.</p>

-

-<p>“Besides,” said Eddy, when he saw that his brother paid no

-heed to his remonstrances, “it would be a great deal better to

-wait till the eggs are hatched, and then get one of the birds.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The plan changed.</div>

-

-<p>Ralph paused when he heard this suggestion. He began to

-think that it might possibly be a better plan to wait, as Eddy proposed,

-and to get a bird instead of an egg. He paused a moment<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span>

-on the ladder, standing on one foot, and holding himself on by one

-hand.</p>

-

-<p>“Would you, Eddy?” said he.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said Eddy, “I certainly would.”</p>

-

-<p>Eddy proposed this plan, not so much from any desire he had

-that Ralph should get one of the birds when they were hatched,

-as to save the eggs from being taken away then. He had an

-instinctive feeling that it was wrong to take away the eggs, and

-he pitied the poor birds in their distress, and so he said what he

-thought was most likely to induce Ralph to desist from his design.</p>

-

-<p>After hesitating a few minutes, Ralph said, “Well, I will.” He

-then came down to the ground again, and, taking up the ladder,

-he carried it away.</p>

-

-<p>About a week after this, Ralph got the ladder one day when

-the birds were not there, and climbed up to the nest. He found

-three very pretty blue eggs in it.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The birds are hatched.</div>

-

-<p>About a week after this he climbed up again, and he found that

-the eggs were hatched. There were three little birds there, not

-fledged. When they heard Ralph’s rustling of the branches over

-their heads, they opened their mouths very wide, expecting that

-the old birds had come to bring them something to eat.</p>

-

-<p>About a week after this Ralph climbed up again, but, just before

-he reached the nest, the three birds, having now grown old enough

-to fly, all clambered out of the nest, and flew away in all directions.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">“Here’s one!”</div>

-

-<p>“Stop ’em! stop ’em! Eddy,” said Ralph, “or watch them at

-least, and see where they go, till I come down.”</p>

-

-<p>“Here’s one,” said Eddy.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>He pointed, as he said this, under some currant-bushes, near an

-alley where he was walking. The little bird was crouched down,

-and was looking about him full of wonder. In fact, he was quite

-astonished to find how far he had flown.</p>

-

-<p>Ralph clambered down the ladder as fast as he could, and then

-ran off to the tool-house, saying as he ran,</p>

-

-<p>“Keep him there, Eddy, till I go and get my net.”</p>

-

-<p>“I can’t keep him,” said Eddy, “unless he has a mind to stay.

-But I will watch him.”</p>

-

-<p>So Eddy stood still and watched the bird while Ralph went

-after his net. The bird hopped along a little way, and then stopped,

-and remained perfectly still until Ralph returned.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">A bird pursued.</div>

-

-<p>The net was a round net, the mouth of it being kept open by

-means of a hoop. It was fastened to the end of a long pole.

-Ralph crept up softly toward the place where the bird had alighted,

-and, when he was near enough, he extended the pole, and

-clapped the net down over the bird, and made it prisoner.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Caught and caged.</div>

-

-<p>“I’ve caught him! I’ve caught him!” said Ralph, greatly excited.

-“Run, Eddy, and get the cage. Run quick. No, stop;

-you come here, and hold the net down, and I’ll go and get the

-cage myself.”</p>

-

-<p>So Eddy held the net down, while Ralph went into the tool-house

-after the cage. He succeeded in putting the bird into the

-cage safely, and then went home.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The feeding.</div>

-

-<p>Ralph attended his bird very carefully for many days, feeding

-him with strawberries and crumbs of bread. The natural food of

-most small birds consists of seeds, berries, and insects. Ralph

-knew, therefore, that strawberries would be good for his bird,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span>

-and as for bread, he reflected that it was made from seeds,

-namely, the seeds of wheat. The only difference was, that in

-bread the seeds were ground up, mixed with water, and baked.

-So Ralph concluded that bread would be a very proper food for

-his robin.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration25" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill025.jpg" width="450" height="379" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">Ralph taming the robin.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The stile.</div>

-

-<p>As soon as the robin grew old enough to hop about a little,

-Ralph used often to take him out of his cage and put him on the

-walk in the garden, or on the end of a fence, near a stile, where

-was a broad, flat

-place convenient

-for the little bird

-to stand on. In

-such cases, he

-would, himself,

-always stand at

-a little distance

-off, so as not to

-frighten the bird,

-and in this manner

-he gradually

-taught him to be

-very tame and familiar.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno and Hiram. Description of the premises.</div>

-

-<p>Although Ralph was thus very kind to his robin, he was generally

-a very unreasonable and selfish boy. Bruno, at this time,

-lived in the house next to the one where he lived. Bruno

-belonged, as has already been said, to a boy named Hiram. The

-two houses that these two boys lived in were pretty near together,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span>

-and the gardens adjoined, being separated from each other only

-by a wall. At the foot of each garden was a gate, and there was

-a little path which led along from one gate to the other, through

-a field where there was a brook, and also a great many trees

-overshadowing the banks of it. The boys used often to visit each

-other by going from one of these gates to the other along this

-path. There was a space under Hiram’s gate where Bruno could

-get through. He used often to go through this opening, and pass

-down into the field, to drink in the brook, or to play about among

-the trees. Sometimes both the gates were left open, and then

-Bruno would go and look into Ralph’s garden; and once he went

-in, and walked along as far as the tool-house, looking about and

-examining the premises very curiously. As soon as he had seen

-what sort of a place it was, however, he turned round and ran

-out again, not knowing what might happen to him if he stayed

-there.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Ralph wishes to buy Bruno.</div>

-

-<p>Ralph saw Bruno often when he went to visit Hiram in his

-garden, and he wished that he could have such a dog himself.

-In fact, he tried to buy him of Hiram a long time, but Hiram

-would not sell him. Ralph became very angry with Hiram at

-last for so strenuously refusing to sell his dog.</p>

-

-<p>“You are a great fool,” said he, “for not being willing to sell

-me the dog. I would give you any price you would name.”</p>

-

-<p>“That makes no difference,” said Hiram; “I would rather

-have the dog than any amount of money, no matter how much.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Ralph becomes Bruno’s enemy.</div>

-

-<p>So Ralph turned, and went away in a rage; and the next time

-he saw Bruno out in the field behind the garden, he ran down to

-his gate and pelted him with stones.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Bruno could not understand what reason Ralph could have for

-wishing to hurt him, or being his enemy in any way. He perceived,

-however, that Ralph was his enemy, and so he became

-very much afraid of him. When he wished to go down to the

-brook, he always looked out through the hole under the gate

-very carefully to see if Ralph was near, and if he was, he did not

-go. If he could not see Ralph any where, he would creep out

-stealthily, and walk along in a very cautious manner, turning his

-head continually toward Ralph’s gate, to watch for the slightest

-indications of danger; and if he caught a glimpse of Ralph in the

-garden, he would turn back and run into Hiram’s garden again.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The boys play together.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno was a very courageous dog, and he would not have run

-away from Ralph, but would have attacked him in the most

-determined manner, and driven him away from the garden gate,

-and thus taught him better than to throw stones at an innocent

-and unoffending dog, had he not been prevented from doing this

-by one consideration. He perceived that Ralph was one of

-Hiram’s friends. Hiram went often to visit Ralph, and Ralph, in

-return, came often to visit Hiram. They used to employ themselves

-together in various schemes of amusement, and Bruno,

-who often stood by at such times, although he could not understand

-the conversation that passed between them, perceived, nevertheless,

-that they were good friends. He would not, therefore,

-do any harm to Ralph, even in self-defense, for fear of displeasing

-Hiram. Accordingly, when Ralph assaulted him with sticks and

-stones, the only alternative left him was to run away.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Hiram catches a squirrel. Ralph wishes to buy the squirrel.</div>

-

-<p>It is singular enough that Ralph, though often very unreasonable

-and selfish in his dealings with other boys, and though in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span>

-this instance very cruel to Bruno, was still generally kind to animals.

-He was very fond of animals, and used to get as many as

-he could; and whenever Hiram had any, he used to go to see

-them, and he took a great interest in them. Once Hiram caught

-a beautiful gray squirrel in a box-trap.

-He put the trap down upon

-a chopping-block in a little room that

-was used as a shop in his father’s

-barn. Ralph came in to see the

-squirrel. He kneeled down before

-the block, and, lifting up the trap a

-little way, he peeped in. The squirrel

-was in the back corner of the

-trap, crouched down, and feeling,

-apparently, very much afraid. He

-had a long, bushy tail, which was

-curled over his back in a very graceful

-manner. Ralph resolved to buy this squirrel too, but Hiram

-was unwilling to sell him. However, he said that <em>perhaps</em> he

-would sell him, if Ralph would wait till the next day. Ralph

-accordingly waited; but that night the squirrel gnawed out of his

-trap, and as the shop window was left open, he made his escape,

-and got off into the woods again, where he leaped back and forth

-among the branches of the trees, and turned head over heels again

-and again in the exuberance of his joy.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration26" style="width: 216px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill026.jpg" width="216" height="250" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">The shop.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Hiram and Joe go into the woods.</div>

-

-<p>One day Hiram went out into the woods with a man whom

-they called Uncle Joe, to get some stones to mend a wall. They

-went in a cart. They placed a board across the cart for a seat.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span>

-Uncle Joe and Hiram sat upon this seat together, side by side,

-Hiram on the right, as he was going to drive. The tools for digging

-out the stones, consisting of a spade, a shovel, a hoe, and a

-crowbar, were laid in the bottom of the cart. Thus they rode to

-the woods. Bruno followed them, trotting along by the road-side,

-and now and then running off under the fences and walls, to see

-if he could smell the tracks of any wild animals among the ferns

-and bushes.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno barks at something.</div>

-

-<p>He was not successful in this hunting on his way to the

-woods, but, after he arrived there, he accomplished quite a brilliant

-achievement. Hiram and Uncle Joe were very busy digging

-out stones, when their attention was arrested by a very loud

-and violent barking. Hiram knew at once that it was Bruno that

-was barking, though he could not see him. The reason why they

-could not see the dog was, that he was down in the bottom of a

-shady glen, that lay near where Hiram and Uncle Joe were digging

-the stones.</p>

-

-<p>“What’s that?” said Hiram. “What is Bruno barking at?”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know,” said Uncle Joe; “go and see.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno finds a fox’s hole.</div>

-

-<p>So Hiram threw down his hoe, and, seizing a stick, he ran

-down into the glen. He found Bruno stationed before a hole,

-which opened in under a bank, near a small spring. He seemed

-very much excited, sometimes running back and forth before the

-hole, sometimes digging into it with his fore paws, and barking

-all the time in a very loud and earnest manner. He seemed

-greatly pleased when he saw Hiram coming.</p>

-

-<p>As soon as Hiram saw that Bruno was barking at a hole, which

-seemed to be the hole of some wild animal, he went back and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span>

-called Uncle Joe to come and see. Uncle Joe said he thought it

-was the hole of a fox, and from the excitement that Bruno manifested,

-he judged that the fox must be in it.</p>

-

-<p>“I’ll go and get the tools,” said he, “and we will dig him out.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Hiram gets a little fox.</div>

-

-<p>So Uncle Joe went for the tools, and he and Hiram began to

-dig. They dug for more than half an hour. Finally they came

-to the end of the hole, and then they found a young fox crouching

-close into a corner. He was about as large as a small kitten.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">His plans for him. Hiram gives his fox a hole to live in.</div>

-

-<p>Hiram said he meant to carry the fox home, and bring him up,

-and tame him. He accordingly took him in his arms, and carried

-him back to the place where they had been digging stones. Uncle

-Joe carried back the tools. Bruno jumped about and barked a

-great deal by the side of Hiram, but Hiram ordered him to be

-quiet, and finally he learned that the little fox was not to be

-killed. When they reached the stone quarry, Hiram made a

-small pen for the fox. He made it of four square stones, which

-he placed together so as to inclose a small space, and then he

-covered this space by means of a flat stone which he placed over

-it. Thus the little prisoner was secured.</p>

-

-<p>When the pen was completed, and the fox put in, Hiram

-resumed his work of digging stones with Uncle Joe. He was

-very eager now to get the load completed as soon as possible, so

-as to go home with his fox. While he was at work thus, Bruno

-crouched down before the place where Hiram had shut up his

-fox, and watched very earnestly. He understood that Hiram

-wished to keep the fox, and therefore he had no intention of

-hurting him. He only meant to be all ready to give the alarm,

-in case the little prisoner should attempt to get away.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Hiram had very good success in training and taming his fox.

-Ralph and Eddy came often to see him, and they sometimes

-helped Hiram to feed him, and to take care of him. There was

-a place by an old wall behind the house where Hiram lived where

-there was a hole, which seemed to lead under ground, from a sort

-of angle between two large stones.</p>

-

-<p>“I’ll let him have that hole for his house,” said Hiram. “I

-don’t know how deep it is; but if it is not deep enough for him,

-he must dig it deeper.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The chain.</div>

-

-<p>Ralph had a small collar which was made for a dog’s collar;

-and one day, when he felt more good-natured than usual, and had

-in some measure forgotten Hiram’s refusal to sell Bruno to him,

-he offered to lend Hiram this collar to put around Foxy’s neck.</p>

-

-<p>“Then,” said Ralph, “you can get a long chain, and chain

-Foxy to a stake close to the mouth of his hole. And so the chain

-will allow him to go in and out of his hole, and to play about

-around it, and yet it will prevent his running away.”</p>

-

-<p>Hiram liked this plan very much. So Ralph brought the collar,

-and the boys put it upon Foxy’s neck. Hiram also found a

-kind of chain at a hardware store in the village, which he thought

-would be suitable to his purpose, and he bought two yards of it.

-This length of chain, when Foxy was fastened with it, gave him

-a very considerable degree of liberty, and, at the same time, prevented

-him from running away. He could go into his hole, where

-he was entirely out of sight, or he could come out and play in

-the grass, and under the lilac bushes that were about his hole,

-and eat the food which Hiram brought out for him there. Sometimes,

-too, he would climb up to the top of the wall, and lie there<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span>

-an hour at a time, asleep. If, however, on such occasions, he

-heard any one coming, he would run down the rocks that formed

-the wall, and disappear in his hole in an instant, and he would

-not come out again until he was quite confident that the danger

-had gone by.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The cunning of the fox.</div>

-

-<p>It is not very difficult to tame a fox. And yet, in his natural

-state, he is very wild and very cunning. He resorts to all sorts

-of maneuvers and contrivances to entrap such animals as he likes

-for food. On the adjoining page is the picture of a fox lying in

-wait to catch some rabbits which he sees playing in a neighboring

-field. He watches for them very slyly; and when they come

-near enough, he will spring upon them, and seize them entirely

-unawares.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration27" style="width: 329px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill027.jpg" width="329" height="450" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">Picture of a fox lying in wait for some rabbits.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>He is very cunning, and yet, if he is caught young, it is not

-difficult to tame him.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Ralph offers half a dollar for Hiram’s fox.</div>

-

-<p>One day, after some time, Ralph took it into his head to buy

-Foxy, as he had tried to buy Bruno; but he found Hiram as little

-disposed to sell the one as the other.</p>

-

-<p>“I will give you half a dollar for him,” said Ralph, “and that

-is twice as much as he is worth: a full grown fox is not worth

-more than that.”</p>

-

-<p>Ralph had some money in small silver pieces and cents, amounting

-to about half a dollar. This treasure he kept in a tin moneybox,

-shaped like a house, with a place to drop money in down the

-chimney.</p>

-

-<p>“No,” said Ralph, “I would rather not sell him.”</p>

-

-<p>Ralph tried a long time to persuade Hiram to sell the fox, but

-Hiram persisted firmly in his refusal. At length Ralph became<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a><br /><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span>

-very angry with him, because he would not consent. This was

-extremely unreasonable. Has not a boy a right to do as he

-pleases about selling or keeping his own property?</p>

-

-<p>Most certainly he has; and yet nothing is more common than

-for both men and boys to be angry with their friends and neighbors

-for not being willing to sell them property which they wish

-to buy.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">“Ralph, are you stoning Bruno?”</div>

-

-<p>When Ralph found that Hiram could not be induced to sell

-Foxy, he went off in great anger, muttering and threatening as he

-went. He passed out through the gate at the bottom of the garden,

-and then walked along the path toward the gate which led to

-his own garden. As he was going in, he saw Bruno lying down

-upon a grassy bank near the stream. He immediately began to

-take up stones to stone him. The first stone which he threw

-struck Bruno on the back, as he lay upon the grass, and hurt him

-very much. Bruno sprang up and ran away, barking and making

-other outcries indicative of pain and terror. Hiram came running

-down to the garden to see what was the matter. When he

-reached the place, he saw Ralph just aiming another stone.</p>

-

-<p>“Ralph!” exclaimed Hiram, greatly astonished, “are you stoning

-Bruno?”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said Ralph; “I’ve stoned him a great many times before,

-and I’ll stone him again the next time I catch him down

-here.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s escape.</div>

-

-<p>By this time Bruno had come to the gate. He scrambled in

-through his hole, and then, thinking that he was now safe, he

-walked along up one of the alleys of the garden.</p>

-

-<p>Hiram, knowing well that it would do no good to remonstrate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span>

-with Ralph while he was in such a state of mind, shut the gate

-of the garden, and went to the house.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Ralph resolves to reclaim his collar.</div>

-

-<p>That evening, while Hiram was in the house eating his supper,

-Ralph came down out of his own garden, and went into Hiram’s.

-He was talking to himself as he walked along.</p>

-

-<p>“I am going to get my collar,” said he. “I won’t lend it to

-such a fellow any longer. I shall take it off the fox’s neck, and

-carry it home. I don’t care if the fox does get away.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He does so.</div>

-

-<p>When he approached the old wall, the fox was on the top of it;

-but, on hearing Ralph coming, he ran down, and went into his

-hole. As soon as Ralph reached the place, he pulled the fox out

-roughly by the chain, saying,</p>

-

-<p>“Come out here, you red-headed son of a thief, and give me my

-collar.”</p>

-

-<p>So saying, he pulled the fox out, and unhooked the chain from

-the collar. He unfastened the collar, and took it off from the fox’s

-neck. He then threw the fox himself carelessly into the grass, and

-walked away down the garden.</p>

-

-<p>Just at this time Hiram came out from his supper, and, seeing

-Ralph walking away, he apprehended something wrong, and he

-accordingly hastened on to see if his fox was safe. To his great

-surprise and grief, he saw the chain lying on the ground, detached

-and useless. The fox was gone.</p>

-

-<p>He immediately called out to Ralph to ask an explanation.</p>

-

-<p>“Ralph,” said he, “where is my fox?”</p>

-

-<p>“<em>I</em> haven’t got your fox,” said Ralph.</p>

-

-<p>“Where is he, then?” asked Hiram.</p>

-

-<p>“Gone off into the woods, I suppose,” said Ralph.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Hiram stood still a moment, utterly confounded, and wondering

-what all this could mean.</p>

-

-<p>“I came to get my collar,” said Ralph, holding up the collar in

-his hand, “and if the fox has gone off, it is not my fault. You

-ought to have had a collar of your own.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Hiram laments the loss of his fox.</div>

-

-<p>Hiram was extremely grieved at the thought of having so wanton

-an injury inflicted upon him by his neighbor and playmate,

-and he turned toward the place where his fox had been kept with

-tears in his eyes. He looked all about, but the fox was nowhere

-to be seen. He then went slowly back to the house in great sorrow.</p>

-

-<p>As for Ralph, he went back into his own garden in a very unamiable

-state of mind. He went up into the loft over the tool-house

-to put the collar away. He climbed up upon a bench in

-order to reach a high shelf above, and in so doing he knocked down

-a box of lucifer matches, which had been left exposed upon a corner

-of the shelf. He uttered a peevish exclamation at the occurrence

-of this accident, and then got down upon the floor to pick up

-the matches. He gathered all that he could readily find upon the

-floor, and put them in the box, and then put the box back again

-upon the shelf. Then he went away into the house.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Hope.</div>

-

-<p>About two hours after this, just before dark, Hiram was sitting

-on the steps of the door at his father’s house, thinking mournfully

-of his loss, when he suddenly heard a very loud barking at the foot

-of the garden.</p>

-

-<p>“There!” said he, starting up, greatly excited, “that’s Bruno,

-and he has found Foxy, I’ll engage.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">An alarm. The garden-house on fire.</div>

-

-<p>So saying, Hiram ran down the garden, and on his way he was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span>

-surprised to see a smoke rising from the direction of Ralph’s garden-house.

-He did not, however, pay any very particular attention

-to this circumstance, as it was very common for Ralph to

-have fires in the garden, to burn the dried weeds and the old straw

-which often collect in such places. He hastened on in the direction

-of Bruno’s barking, quite confident that the dog had found his

-lost fox, and was barking for him to come and get him.</p>

-

-<p>Just at this moment he saw Bruno come running to the gate at

-the bottom of the garden. He was barking violently, and he

-seemed very much excited. As soon as he saw Hiram coming,

-he ran back again and disappeared. Hiram hastened on, and, as

-soon as he got through the gate into the field, he saw that Bruno

-was standing at the gate which led into Ralph’s garden, and running

-in and out alternately, and looking eagerly at Hiram, as if he

-wished him to come. Hiram ran to the place, and, on looking in,

-he saw, to his utter consternation, that the garden-house was on

-fire. Dense volumes of smoke were pouring out of the doors and

-windows, with now and then great flashes of flame breaking out

-among them. Bruno, having brought Hiram to the spot, seemed

-now desirous of giving the alarm to Ralph; so he ran up toward

-the house in which Ralph lived, barking violently all the way.</p>

-

-<p>His effort was successful. In a minute or two he returned, barking

-as before, and followed by Ralph. Ralph was greatly terrified

-when he saw that the garden-house was on fire. He ran back

-to the house to call his mother. She came down to the place in

-great haste, though she seemed quite calm and composed. She

-was a woman of a very quiet disposition, and was almost always

-composed and self-possessed. She saw at a glance that the fire<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span>

-could not be put out. There was no sufficient supply of water at

-hand, and besides, if there had been water, she and the two boys

-could not have put it on fast enough to extinguish the flames.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">“What shall we do?”</div>

-

-<p>“Oh dear me! oh dear me!” exclaimed Ralph, in great distress,

-“what shall we do? Mother! mother! what shall we do?”</p>

-

-<p>“Nothing at all,” said his mother, quietly. “There is nothing

-for us to do but to stand still and see it burn.”</p>

-

-<p>“And there’s my poor robin all burning up!” said Ralph, as he

-ran to and fro in great distress. “Oh, I wish there was somebody

-here to save my robin!”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The robin in danger.</div>

-

-<p>The cage containing the robin was hanging in its place, under

-the shelf by the side of the window. The smoke and flame,

-which came out from the window and from a door below, passed

-just over it, and so near as to envelop and conceal the top of the

-cage, and it was plain that the poor bird would soon be suffocated

-and burned to death, unless some plan for rescuing it could be devised.

-When Hiram knew the danger that the bird was in, his

-first thought was that he was glad of it. He pitied the bird very

-much, but he said to himself that it was good enough for Ralph

-to lose it. “He deserves to lose his bird,” thought he, “for having

-let my Foxy go.”</p>

-

-<p>This spirit, however, of resentment and retaliation remained but

-a moment in Hiram’s mind. When he saw how much interest

-Bruno seemed to feel in giving the alarm, and in desiring to have

-the fire extinguished, he said to himself, “Bruno forgives him, and

-why should not I? I will save the bird for him, if it is possible,

-even if I get scorched in doing it.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Hiram rescues the robin by means of the ladder.</div>

-

-<p>He accordingly ran round to the back side of the garden-house<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span>

-to get the ladder. Bruno followed him, watching him very eagerly

-to see what he was going to do. Hiram brought the ladder forward,

-and planted it against the garden-house, a little beyond the

-place where the cage, was hanging. In the mean time, Ralph

-had run off to the house to get a pail of water, vainly imagining

-that he could do at least something with it toward extinguishing

-the flames and rescuing the bird. By the time he got back,

-Hiram had placed the ladder, and was just going up, amid the

-smoke and sparks, to get the cage.<a name="FNanchor_5" id="FNanchor_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> Bruno stood by at the foot

-of the ladder, looking up eagerly to Hiram, and watching as if he

-were going to take the cage as soon as it came down.</p>

-

-<div class="footnote">

-

-<p><a name="Footnote_5" id="Footnote_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> See Frontispiece.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>Hiram had to stop once or twice in going up the ladder to get

-breath, for the wind blew the smoke and sparks over him so much

-at intervals as almost to suffocate him. He, however, persevered,

-and finally succeeded in reaching the cage. He took it off from

-its fastening, and brought it down the ladder. When he reached

-the ground, Bruno took it from his hand by means of the ring at

-the top, and ran off with it away from the fire. He then placed

-it carefully upon the ground, and began leaping around it, wagging

-his tail, and manifesting every other indication of excitement and

-delight.</p>

-

-<p>Ralph was very much pleased, too, to find that his robin was

-safe. He took the cage, and, carrying it away, set it down at

-a still greater distance from the fire. The garden-house was

-burned to the ground. Hiram and Bruno waited there until the

-fire was almost out, and then they went home. Hiram experienced

-a feeling of great satisfaction and pleasure at the thought<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span>

-that he had been able to save Ralph’s bird. “I should have been

-sorry,” said he to himself, “if he had lost his bird, and I think,

-too, that he will be sorry now that he let my little Foxy go.”</p>

-

-<p>The next morning, after breakfast, Hiram concluded that he

-would go round into Ralph’s garden, and look at the ruins of the

-fire. He passed out through the gate at the bottom of his father’s

-garden, and then turned into the path leading to the other gate,

-and there, to his surprise, he saw Ralph sitting on a stone, feeding

-Bruno with a piece of meat. It was a piece which he had

-saved from his own breakfast for the purpose. Bruno was eating

-the meat with an appearance of great satisfaction, while Ralph

-sat by, patting him on the head.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">“Hiram, I am giving Bruno some breakfast.”</div>

-

-<p>“Hiram,” said Ralph, as soon as he saw Hiram coming, “I am

-giving Bruno some breakfast.”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno looked up toward Hiram and wagged his tail.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s right,” said Hiram. “He seems to like it very much.”</p>

-

-<p>“Hiram,” said Ralph, again.</p>

-

-<p>“What?” said Hiram.</p>

-

-<p>Ralph hesitated. He seemed to have something on his mind,

-and not to know exactly how to express it.</p>

-

-<p>“How is the robin this morning? Did he get stifled any by

-the smoke?”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Restitution. Ralph proposes to get another fox for Hiram.</div>

-

-<p>“No,” said Ralph; “he is as bright as a lark.” Then, after a

-moment’s pause, he added, “I am sorry I let your Foxy get away.

-I suppose I ought to pay you for him; and, if I could get another

-fox for you, I would. I have not got any thing but just my bird.

-I’ll give you him.”</p>

-

-<p>To find Ralph taking this view of the subject was something so<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span>

-new and strange to Hiram, that at first he did not know what to

-say.</p>

-

-<p>“No,” he replied, at length, “I would rather not take your

-bird, though I am very sorry that Foxy has got away. If you

-had only told me that you wanted your collar, I would have

-taken it off, and fastened Foxy with something else.”</p>

-

-<p>Ralph hung his head and had nothing to say.</p>

-

-<p>The boys went soon after this to look at the bed of ashes and

-embers that marked the spot where the garden-house had stood,

-and then they sauntered together slowly back into Hiram’s garden.

-Bruno followed them. He seemed to understand that a great

-change had somehow or other taken place in Ralph’s disposition

-of mind toward him, and he was no longer afraid. The boys went

-together to the place where Foxy had been confined.</p>

-

-<p>“John Thomas hunts foxes sometimes with his father,” said

-Ralph. “There are a great many in the woods back of their

-farm. I am going to see if I can’t get him to catch you another

-young one. I shall tell him I will give him half a dollar if he

-will get one, and that is all the money I have got.”</p>

-

-<p>Hiram did not reply to this suggestion. He did not know exactly

-what to say. His thought was, that no other fox that could possibly

-be found would supply the place, in his view, of the one that

-he had lost. He had taken so much pains to teach that one, and

-to tame him, that he had become quite attached to him individually,

-and he was very sure that he should never like any other one

-so well. He did not, however, like to say this to Ralph, for he

-perceived that Ralph was very much troubled about what he

-had done, and was quite anxious to make some reparation, and he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span>

-thought that it would trouble him still more to learn that all reparation

-was wholly out of his power.</p>

-

-<p>“And if he catches one for you,” continued Ralph, “then I’ll

-give you the collar for your own. I would give it to you now,

-if it would do you any good.”</p>

-

-<p>“I’ll take the chain off, at any rate,” said Hiram, “and carry it

-in, and keep it, in case I ever should have another fox.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Foxy found.</div>

-

-<p>So he stooped down, and began to unhook the chain from the

-stake to which it was fastened. As he did this, his face was

-brought down pretty near to the hole under the wall, and, looking

-in there, his attention was attracted to two bright, shining spots

-there, that looked like the eyes of an animal.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">“Run and get the collar.”</div>

-

-<p>“Hi&mdash;yi,” said he, suddenly, “I verily believe he is here now.

-Run and get the collar.”</p>

-

-<p>Ralph took a peep, first, into the hole, and then ran for the collar.

-When he came back, he found Hiram sitting down on the

-grass, with the fox in his arms. The truth was, that the fox had

-been treated so kindly since he had been in Hiram’s keeping, and

-he had become so accustomed to his hole under the wall, that he

-did not wish to go away. When he found himself at liberty by

-the removal of the collar, he had gone off a little in the grass and

-among the bushes, but, when night came on, he had returned as

-usual to his hole; and when he heard the voices of the boys at the

-wall in the morning, he supposed that Hiram had come to give

-him his breakfast, and he came accordingly out to the mouth of

-his hole to see if his supposition were correct. He submitted to

-have his collar put on very readily.</p>

-

-<p>Thus there was a general reconciliation all round, and Bruno,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span>

-Foxy, Hiram, and Ralph became, all four of them, very excellent

-friends.</p>

-

-<p class="center">Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.</p>

-

-<p>This story reminds me of another one relating to the burning of

-a small building in the bottom of a garden, called a tool-house. I

-will here relate that story, and then tell more about Bruno. It

-will be seen that this tool-house took fire in a very singular way.

-Precisely how Ralph’s garden-house took fire never was known.

-It was probably in some way connected with the matches which

-Ralph left upon the floor. Whether he stepped upon one of them,

-and thus ignited it, and left it slowly burning&mdash;or whether some

-mouse came by, and set one of them on fire by gnawing upon it&mdash;or

-whether one of the matches got into a crack of the floor, and

-was then inflamed by getting pinched there by some springing or

-working of the boards, produced by the gardener’s walking over

-the floor or wheeling the wheelbarrow in&mdash;whether, in fine, the

-mischief originated in either of these ways, or in some other

-wholly unknown, could never be ascertained.</p>

-

-<p>At all events, however&mdash;and this is the conclusion of the story&mdash;the

-garden-house was soon rebuilt, and Ralph was effectually cured

-of his resentment and enmity by the noble and magnanimous spirit

-which Hiram and Bruno exhibited in saving his bird.</p>

-

-<p class="center"><em>Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.</em></p>

-

-<p>Three times I have put this precept in the story, in order that

-you may be sure to remember it.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2><a name="THE_BURNING_OF_THE_TOOL-HOUSE" id="THE_BURNING_OF_THE_TOOL-HOUSE"></a>THE BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE.</h2>

-

-<p>When one has committed a fault, to acknowledge it frankly,

-and to bear the consequences of it one’s self submissively, is

-magnanimous and noble. On the contrary, to resort to cunning

-tricks to conceal it, and especially to attempt to throw the

-blame of it upon others who are innocent, is mean and contemptible.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Description of the tool-house. Thomas, the gardener.</div>

-

-<p>Once there were two boys, named William and John, who had

-a building for a tool-house and work-shop at the bottom of their

-father’s garden. It was very similar in its situation to the one

-described in the last story. The building was at a place where

-the land descended, so that while it was only one story high on

-the front side toward the garden, it was two stories high on the

-other side toward a brook, which ran along near the lower garden

-fence. The upper part of the building was the tool-room. This

-room opened out upon one of the alleys of the garden. The

-lower part was the shop. The door leading into the shop was

-behind. There was a fire-place in the shop, and the chimney

-passed up, of course, through the tool-room; but there was no

-fire-place in the tool-room, for there never was any occasion to

-make a fire there. The only use of that room was, that Thomas,

-the old gardener, used to keep his spades, and rakes, and hoes,

-and other garden tools in it; and sometimes of a summer evening,

-when his work was done, he used to sit at the door of it and smoke<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span>

-his pipe. The building was very convenient, though it was small,

-and old, and so not of much value.</p>

-

-<p>In the winter, the boys were accustomed occasionally to have a

-fire in the work-shop below, when they were at work there. There

-was not much danger in this, for the floor of the room was of stone.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Sealing the packages.</div>

-

-<p>In the summer, of course, they never required a fire, except

-when they wished to use the glue. Then they were accustomed

-to make a small fire to dissolve the glue. One summer morning,

-however, they wanted a candle. They had been collecting garden

-seeds, and they wished to seal them up in small packages

-with sealing-wax. It would have been better, perhaps, to have

-tied the parcels up with twine; but the boys took a fancy to using

-sealing-wax, for the sake of the interest and pleasure which they

-expected to find in the work of sealing. So, just before noon,

-when they had got their seeds all ready, William went up to the

-house, and his mother gave him a long candle.</p>

-

-<p>When William came into the shop, John accosted him, saying,</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The boys have no candlestick.</div>

-

-<p>“Why, William, you have not brought any candlestick. What shall

-we do for a candlestick?”</p>

-

-<p>“I forgot that,” said William.</p>

-

-<p>“Never mind,” said John; “we can make one with a block

-and three nails.”</p>

-

-<p>There is a way of making a candlestick in a shop, which consists

-of driving three nails into a small block of wood, at such a

-distance apart as to leave just space for the end of the candle between

-them. If the nails are driven into the block in a proper

-manner, and if the heads of the nails are not too large, this contrivance

-makes quite a good candlestick.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Another way is to take a similar block of wood, and bore a hole

-in the top of it just large enough to receive the end of the candle,

-and just deep enough to hold it firmly.</p>

-

-<p>William proposed that they should make the candlestick by

-boring a hole, but John thought it was best to do it by means of

-nails.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The two candlesticks.</div>

-

-<p>So they concluded to make two. John was to make one with

-nails, and William one with the borer. So they both began to

-look about among the shavings under the bench for blocks, and

-when they found two that seemed to answer their purpose, William

-went to a drawer, and selected a borer of the proper size,

-while John began to choose nails with small heads out of a nail-box

-which was upon the bench for his operation.</p>

-

-<p>In due time the candlesticks were both finished. The one

-which William had made was really the best; but John insisted

-that the one which he had made was the best, and so William,

-who was a very good-natured boy, gave up the point. The candle

-was put into John’s candlestick, and William put his away

-upon a shelf, to be used, perhaps, on some future occasion. The

-boys then lighted the candle by means of a match, and put it on

-the end of the work-bench where they were going to do the work

-of putting up their seeds.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The boys leave the candle burning.</div>

-

-<p>It was now, however, about noon, which was the hour for the

-boys to go home to dinner. They arranged their seeds a little upon

-the bench, but did not have time to begin to seal them up before

-they heard the dinner-bell ring. They then left their work, and

-went up to the house. Unfortunately, they left the candle burning.

-As it was bright daylight, and especially as the sun shone<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span>

-in near where the candle stood, the flame was very faint to the

-view; in fact, it was almost entirely invisible, and the boys, when

-they looked around the shop just before they left it, did not observe

-it at all.</p>

-

-<p>After dinner, the boys concluded that they would go a fishing

-that afternoon, and not finish putting up their seeds until the following

-day.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The matting. The pipe.</div>

-

-<p>While they were gone, the candle was burning all the time,

-the flame gradually descending as the combustion went on, until,

-about tea-time, it reached the block of wood. It did not set the

-wood on fire, but the wick fell over, when the flame reached the

-wood, and communicated the fire to a roll of matting which lay

-upon the bench behind it. The matting had been used to wrap

-up plants in, and was damp; so it burned very slowly. About

-this time, Thomas, the old gardener, came and sat down in the

-doorway of the tool-house above, smoking his pipe. He did not

-know, however, what mischief was brewing in the room below;

-and so, when it began to grow dark, he knocked the ashes out of

-his pipe upon the ground of the garden, shut the tool-room door,

-and went home.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Fire! fire!</div>

-

-<p>That night, about midnight, the boys were suddenly awakened

-and dreadfully terrified by a cry of fire, and, on opening their eyes,

-they perceived a strong light gleaming into the windows of their

-bed-room. They sprang up, and saw that the tool-house was all

-on fire. The people of the house dressed themselves as quick as

-possible, and hastened to the spot, and some of the neighbors came

-too. It was, however, too late to extinguish the fire. The building

-and all the tools which it contained, both in the tool-room and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>

-in the shop, and all the seeds that the boys had collected were entirely

-consumed.</p>

-

-<p>Nobody could imagine how the building took fire. Some said

-it must have been set on fire by malicious persons. Others thought

-that old Thomas must have been unconsciously the author of the

-mischief, with his pipe. Nothing certain, however, could be ascertained

-at that time, and so the company separated, determining to

-have the matter more fully investigated the following morning.</p>

-

-<p>William and John, who had dressed themselves when the alarm

-was first given, and had gone to the fire, now went back to their

-room, and went to bed again.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">What was the origin of the fire? A conversation.</div>

-

-<p>After they had been in bed some time, and each thought that

-the other must be asleep, William said to John,</p>

-

-<p>“John!”</p>

-

-<p>“What?” said John.</p>

-

-<p>“Are you asleep?” asked William.</p>

-

-<p>“No,” said John.</p>

-

-<p>“I will tell you how I think the tool-house got on fire,” said

-William.</p>

-

-<p>“How?” asked John.</p>

-

-<p>“Why, I believe we left our candle burning there,” replied

-William.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said John, “I thought of that myself.”</p>

-

-<p>Here there was a little pause.</p>

-

-<p>Presently John said,</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t suppose that they will know that our candle set it on

-fire.”</p>

-

-<p>“No,” said William,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span> “unless we tell them.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The conversation continued.</div>

-

-<p>“They will suppose, I expect,” added John, “that Thomas set

-it on fire with his pipe.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said William, “perhaps they will.”</p>

-

-<p>Here there was another pause.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The boys hesitate.</div>

-

-<p>“Unless,” continued John, after reflecting on the subject a little

-while in silence, “unless mother should remember that she gave

-us the candle, and ask us about it.”</p>

-

-<p>“We could say,” he added again, “that we did not go into the

-shop any time in the afternoon or evening. That would be true.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said William. “We did not go into it at all after we

-went home to dinner.”</p>

-

-<p>The boys remained silent a few minutes after this, when John,

-who felt still quite uneasy in mind on the subject, said again,</p>

-

-<p>“I expect that father would be very much displeased with us

-if he knew that we set the tool-house on fire, for it has burned up

-all his tools.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said William.</p>

-

-<p>“And I suppose he would punish us in some way or other,”

-added John.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said William, “I think it very likely that he would.”</p>

-

-<p>“But then, John,” continued William, “I don’t think it would

-be right to let Thomas bear the blame of setting the tool-house on

-fire, when we are the ones that did it.”</p>

-

-<p>John was silent.</p>

-

-<p>“I think we had better go and tell father all about it the first

-thing to-morrow morning.”</p>

-

-<p>“We shall get punished if we do,” said John.</p>

-

-<p>“Well,” said William,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span> “I don’t care. I had rather be punished

-than try to keep it secret. If we try to keep it secret, and let

-Thomas bear the blame, we shall be miserable about it for a long

-time, and feel guilty or ashamed whenever we meet father or

-Thomas. I had rather be punished at once and have it done with.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">“Let us tell father.”</div>

-

-<p>“Well,” said John, “let us tell father. We will tell him the

-first thing to-morrow morning.”</p>

-

-<p>The affair being thus arranged, the boys ceased talking about

-it, and shut up their eyes to go to sleep. After a few minutes,

-however, William spoke to his brother again.</p>

-

-<p>“John,” said he, “I think I could go to sleep better if I should

-go and tell father now all about it. I don’t suppose that he is

-asleep yet.”</p>

-

-<p>“Well,” said John, “go and tell him.”</p>

-

-<p>So William got up out of his bed, and went to the door of his

-father’s room. He knocked at the door, and his father said

-“Come in.” William opened the door. His father was in bed,

-and there was no light in the room, except a dim night-lamp that

-was burning on a table.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The explanation.</div>

-

-<p>“Father,” said William, “I came to tell you that I suppose I

-know how our tool-house caught on fire.”</p>

-

-<p>“How was it?” asked his father.</p>

-

-<p>“Why, John and I had a candle there before dinner, and I believe

-we left it burning; and so I suppose that, when it burned

-down, it set the bench on fire.”</p>

-

-<p>“That could not have been the way,” said his father, “for,

-when it got down to the candlestick, it would go out.”</p>

-

-<p>“But there was not any candlestick,” said William,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span> “only a

-wooden one, which we made out of a block and three nails.”</p>

-

-<p>“Oh! that was the way, was it?” said his father. “Indeed!”</p>

-

-<p>Here there was a short pause. William waited to hear what

-his father would say next.</p>

-

-<p>“Well, William,” said his father, at length, “you are a very

-good boy to come and tell me. Now go back to your bed, and go

-to sleep. We will see all about it in the morning.”</p>

-

-<p>So William went out; but, just as he was shutting the door, his

-father called to him again.</p>

-

-<p>“William!” said he.</p>

-

-<p>“What, sir?” said William.</p>

-

-<p>“Get up as early as you can to-morrow morning, and go to

-Thomas’s, and tell him how it was. He thinks that he must have

-set the tool-house on fire, and he is quite troubled about it.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, sir, I will,” said William.</p>

-

-<p>Then he went back to his room, and reported to John what he

-had done, and what his father had said. The boys were both very

-much relieved in mind from having made their confession.</p>

-

-<p>“I am very glad I told him,” said William; “and now I only

-wish I could tell Thomas about it without waiting till morning.”</p>

-

-<p>“So do I,” said John.</p>

-

-<p>“But we can’t,” said William, “so now we will go to sleep.

-But we will get up, and go to his house the first thing in the

-morning.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The boys get up early to explain the accident to Thomas.</div>

-

-<p>This the boys did. Thomas’s mind was very much relieved

-when he heard their story. He went directly into the house to

-tell his wife, who, as well as himself, had been very anxious about

-the origin of the fire. When he came out, he told the boys that

-he was very much obliged to them for coming to tell him about it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span>

-so early. “In fact,” said he, “I think it is very generous and noble

-in you to take the blame of the fire upon yourselves, instead

-of letting it rest upon innocent people. There are very few boys

-that would have done so.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The final result.</div>

-

-<p>William and John were fortunately disappointed in their expectations

-that they would have to suffer some punishment for their

-fault. In fact, they were not even reproved. They told their father

-all about it at breakfast, and he said that, though it certainly

-was not a prudent thing for boys to trust themselves with a wooden

-candlestick in a shop full of wood and shavings, still he did not

-think that they deserved any particular censure for having made

-one. “The whole thing was one of those accidents which will

-sometimes occur,” said he, “and you need not think any thing

-more about it. I will have a new tool-house and shop built pretty

-soon, and will make it better than the old one was. And now,

-after breakfast, you may go down and rake over the ashes, and see

-if you can rake out any of the remains of the garden tools.”</p>

-

-<hr class="tb" />

-

-<div class="sidenote">An important principle.</div>

-

-<p>It would have been better for the story if it had happened that

-the boys, in setting fire to the tool-house, had really been guilty

-of some serious fault, for which they were afterward to be punished;

-for the nobleness and magnanimity which are displayed in confessing

-a fault, are so much the greater when the person confessing

-occasions himself suffering by it.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2><a name="WILLING_TO_LEARN" id="WILLING_TO_LEARN"></a>WILLING TO LEARN.</h2>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno was willing to learn.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno had one excellent quality, which made him a special

-favorite with the several boys that owned him at different times.

-He was <em>willing to learn</em>.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Boys and girls.</div>

-

-<p>When you are attempting to teach a dog any new art or accomplishment,

-it is a great thing to have him willing to learn. It is

-the same, in fact, if it is a girl or a boy that is the pupil. Sometimes,

-however, when you are attempting to teach a dog, he shows

-very plainly all the time that he does not wish to learn. If you

-have got him harnessed into a little carriage, and wish to teach

-him to draw, he will stop and seem very unwilling to proceed, and,

-perhaps, sit right down upon the ground; or, if he has any chance

-to do so, he will run off and hide in the bushes, or, if it is in the

-house that you are teaching him, in a corner of the room or under

-the table. I was taking a walk once on the margin of a stream,

-and I met some boys who were attempting to teach their dog to

-dive into the water after sticks and such things, and the dog was

-so unwilling to make the attempt, that they were obliged every

-time to take him up and throw him in.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">A difficult lesson for a dog.</div>

-

-<p>I have known children to behave just in this way in learning to

-read or to write. They come to the work reluctantly, and get

-away from it as often and as quick as they can. But it was not so

-with Bruno. He was glad to learn any thing that the boys were

-willing to teach him. A boy at one time took it into his head<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span>

-to teach him to walk up a flight of steps backward, and although

-Bruno could not conceive what possible advantage it could ever

-be to him to learn such an accomplishment as that, still he went

-to work resolutely to learn it, and though at first he found it very

-difficult to do, he soon succeeded in going up very well.</p>

-

-<p>If any boy who reads this book should make the attempt to

-teach <em>his</em> dog to go up steps backward, and should find the dog

-unwilling to learn, he will know at once how hard it is for his

-teacher to teach him to write or to calculate, when he takes no interest

-in the work himself. If he then imagines that his dog were

-as desirous of learning to go up the steps backward as he is to

-teach him, and were willing to try, and thinks how easy it would

-be in that case to accomplish the object, he will see how much his

-own progress in study would be promoted by his being cordially

-interested himself in what he is doing.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The dog that went to market.</div>

-

-<p>I am always surprised when I find a dog that is willing to learn,

-and am still more surprised when I find a child that is not willing.

-A dog learns for the benefit of his master, a child learns for his

-own benefit. I knew a dog who was taught to go to market.

-His master would put the money and a memorandum of the things

-that were to be bought in the basket, and the dog would then carry

-the basket to market by the handle, which he held in his mouth.

-Then the market-man would take out the money and the memorandum,

-and would put in the things that were wanted, and the

-dog would carry them home. Now this was of no advantage

-to the dog, except from the honorable satisfaction which he derived

-from it in the thought that he was usefully employed, and

-that he was considered worthy to sustain important trusts and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span>

-responsibilities. So far as his own ease and comfort was concerned,

-it would have been better for him never to have learned such an

-art, and then, instead of carrying a heavy basket to and fro along

-the street, he could have spent his time in basking in the sun, or

-playing about with other dogs. There is no necessity for a dog

-to learn any thing for his own advantage. Nature teaches him

-every thing that he requires for himself. He has to study and

-learn only for the benefit of his master.</p>

-

-<p>It is very different from this with a child. When a child is in

-his earliest infancy, he is the most ignorant and helpless being imaginable.

-He can not speak; he can not walk; he can not stand;

-he can not even creep along the floor. Then, besides, he <em>knows</em>

-nothing. He does not know any of the persons around him; he

-does not know the light; he is bewildered, and filled with a stupid

-kind of wonder when he looks at it; he does not know how to

-open and shut his hand, or to take hold of any thing; and long

-after this, when he begins to learn how to take hold of things, he

-is so ignorant and foolish, that he is as ready to take hold of a

-burning candle as any thing else.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Children learn for their own benefit.</div>

-

-<p>Of course, to fit such a child to perform the duties of a man in

-such a busy world as this, he has a great many things to learn.

-And what is to be particularly noticed is, that he must learn every

-thing himself. His parents can not learn for him. His parents

-can <em>teach</em> him&mdash;that is, they can show him how to learn&mdash;but

-they can not learn for him. When they show him how to learn,

-if he will not learn, and if they can not contrive any means to make

-him, there is an end of it. They can do no more. He must remain

-ignorant.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration28" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill028.jpg" width="450" height="184" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">The little child willing to learn to walk.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>Here is a picture of a child that is willing to learn. His name

-is Josey. His parents are teaching him to walk. He is just old

-enough to learn to walk, and you see by his countenance, although

-it is turned somewhat away from us, that he is pleased with the

-opportunity. He is glad that he is going to learn to walk, and

-that his parents are going to teach him. I do not suppose that

-he feels <em>grateful</em> to his father and mother for being willing to take

-so much pains to teach him, for he is not old enough for that.

-But he is <em>glad</em>, at any rate, and he is willing to try.</p>

-

-<p>His mother is helping him to begin, and his father is encouraging

-him to step along&mdash;holding out his hand, so that Josey may

-take hold of it as soon as he gets near enough, and thus save himself

-from falling. Since Josey is willing to learn, it gives his father

-and mother great pleasure to teach him. Thus all three are

-happy together.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Some children unwilling to learn.</div>

-

-<p>Sometimes a child, when his father and mother wish to teach

-him to walk, is <em>not</em> willing to learn. He will not try. He sits<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span>

-down at once upon the ground, and will not make any effort, like

-the dog who does not wish to learn to draw. So far as learning

-to walk is concerned, this is of no great consequence, for, as his

-strength increases, he will at last learn to walk himself, without

-any particular teaching.</p>

-

-<p>There are a great many things, however, which it is very important

-for children to know, that they never would learn of themselves.

-These they must be taught, and taught very patiently and

-carefully. Reading is one of those things, and writing is another.

-Then there is arithmetic, and all the other studies taught in

-schools. Some children are sensible enough to see how important

-it is that they should learn all these things, and are not only

-willing, but are glad to be taught them. Like Josey, they are

-pleased, and they try to learn. Others are unwilling to learn.

-They are sullen and ill-humored about it. They will not make

-any cordial and earnest efforts. The consequence is, that they

-learn very little. But then, when they grow up, and find out how

-much more other people know and can do than they, they bitterly

-regret their folly.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Some are willing.</div>

-

-<p>Some children, instead of being unwilling to learn what their

-parents desire to teach them, are so eager to learn, that they ingeniously

-contrive ways and means to teach themselves. I once

-knew a boy, whose parents were poor, so that they could not afford

-to send him to school, and he went as an apprentice to learn

-the trade of shoemaking. He knew how important it was to study

-arithmetic, but he had no one to teach him, and, besides that, he

-had no book, and no slate and pencil. He, however, contrived to

-borrow an arithmetic book, and then he procured a large<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span>

-<em>shingle</em><a name="FNanchor_6" id="FNanchor_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> and a piece of chalk, to serve for slate and pencil. Thus provided,

-he went to work by himself in the evenings, ciphering in

-the chimney-corner by the light of the kitchen fire. Of course he

-met with great difficulties, but he persevered, and by industry and

-patience, and by such occasional help as he could obtain from the

-persons around him, he succeeded, and went regularly through

-the book. That boy afterward, when he grew up, became a senator.</p>

-

-<div class="footnote">

-

-<p><a name="Footnote_6" id="Footnote_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> A shingle is a broad and thin piece of wood, formed like a slate, and used for

-covering roofs. The word is explained here, because, in some places where this

-book will go, shingles are not used.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Things difficult to learn.</div>

-

-<p>Some things are very difficult to learn, and children are very

-often displeased because their parents and teachers insist on

-teaching them such difficult things. But the reason is, that the

-things that are most difficult to learn are usually those that are

-most valuable to know.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The lawyer and the wood-sawyer.</div>

-

-<p>Once I was in the country, and I had occasion to go into a lawyer’s

-office to get the lawyer to make a writing for me about the

-sale of a piece of land. It took the lawyer about half an hour to

-make the writing. When it was finished, and I asked him how

-much I was to pay, he said one dollar. I expected that it would

-have been much more than that. It was worth a great deal more

-than that to me. So I paid him the dollar, and went out.</p>

-

-<p>At the door was a laborer sawing wood. He had been sawing

-there all the time that I had been in the lawyer’s office. I asked

-him how long he had to saw wood to earn a dollar.</p>

-

-<p>“All day,” said he. “I get just a dollar a day.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Difference of pay, and reason for it.</div>

-

-<p>Now some persons might think it strange, that while the lawyer,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span>

-sitting quietly in his office by a pleasant fire, and doing such

-easy work as writing, could earn a dollar in half an hour, that the

-laborer should have to work all day to earn the same sum. But

-the explanation of it is, that while the lawyer’s work is very easy

-to do after you have learned how to do it, it is very <em>difficult</em> to

-<em>learn</em>. It takes a great many years of long and patient study to

-become a good lawyer, so as to make writings correctly. On the

-other hand, it is very easy to learn to saw wood. Any body that

-has strength enough to saw wood can learn to do it very well in

-two or three days. Thus the things that are the most difficult to

-learn are, of course, best paid for when they are learned; and parents

-wish to provide for their children the means of living easily

-and comfortably in future life, by teaching them, while they are

-young, a great many difficult things. The foolish children, however,

-are often ill-humored and sullen, and will not learn them.

-They would rather go and play.</p>

-

-<p>It is very excusable in a dog to evince this reluctance to be

-taught, but it is wholly inexcusable in a child.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<h2><a name="PANSITA" id="PANSITA"></a>PANSITA.</h2>

-

-<p>This is a true story of a dog named Pansita. They commonly

-called her Pannie.</p>

-

-<p>Pansita was a prairie-dog. These prairie-dogs are wild. They

-live in Mexico. They burrow in the ground, and it is extremely

-difficult to catch them. They are small, but very beautiful.</p>

-

-<p>Pansita belonged to an Indian girl on the western coast of Mexico.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span>

-An American, who came into that country from Lima, which

-is a city in Peru, saw Pansita.</p>

-

-<p>“What a pretty dog!” said he. “How I should like her for a

-present to the American minister’s wife in Lima.”</p>

-

-<p>So he went to the Indian girl, and tried to buy the dog, but the

-girl would not sell her. She liked her dog better than any money

-that he could give her.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Pansita bought with gold.</div>

-

-<p>Then the gentleman took some gold pieces out of his pocket,

-and showed them to the mother of the girl.</p>

-

-<p>“See,” said he; “I will give you all these gold pieces if you will

-sell me Pansita.”</p>

-

-<p>The Indian woman counted over the gold as the gentleman held

-it in his hand, and found that it made eighteen dollars. She said

-that the girl should sell Pansita for that money. So she took the

-dog out of the girl’s arms, and gave it to the gentleman. The poor

-girl burst into a loud cry of grief and alarm at the thought of losing

-her dog. She threw the pieces of gold which her mother had

-put into her hand down upon the ground, and screamed to the

-stranger to bring back her dog.</p>

-

-<p>But he would not hear. He put the dog in his pocket, and ran

-away as fast as he could run, till he got to his boat, and the sailors

-rowed him away.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">She is taken off in a ship. Lima.</div>

-

-<p>He took the dog in a ship, and carried her to Peru. When

-he landed, he wished to send her up to Lima. So he put her in a

-box. He had made openings in the box, so that little Pannie

-might breathe on the way. He gave the box to a friend of his

-who was going to Lima, and asked him to deliver it to the American

-minister.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">A pretended chronometer.</div>

-

-<p>He was afraid that the gentleman would not take good care of

-the box if he knew that there was only a dog inside, so he pretended

-that it was a chronometer, and he marked it, “<i>This side

-up, with care</i>.”</p>

-

-<p>A chronometer is a sort of large watch used at sea. It is a

-very exact and a very costly instrument.</p>

-

-<p>He gave the box to his friend, and said, “Will you be kind

-enough, sir, to take this chronometer in your lap, and carry it to

-Lima, and give it to the American minister there?”</p>

-

-<p>The gentleman said that he would, and he took the box in his

-lap, and carried it with great care.</p>

-

-<p>Before long, however, Pansita, not having quite air enough to

-breathe inside the box, put her nose out through one of the openings.</p>

-

-<p>“Ah!” said the gentleman, “this is something strange. I never

-knew a ship’s chronometer to have a nose before.”</p>

-

-<p>Thus he discovered that it was a dog, and not a chronometer

-that he was carrying.</p>

-

-<p>He, however, continued to carry the box very carefully, and

-when he arrived at Lima he delivered it safely to the minister, and

-the minister gave it to his wife.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The beauty of the dog. The lady is much pleased.</div>

-

-<p>The lady was very much pleased to see such a beautiful dog.

-Its form was graceful, its eyes full of meaning, and its fur was

-like brown silk, very soft, and smooth, and glossy.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The American flag hoisted.</div>

-

-<p>By-and-by a revolution broke out in Lima, and there was great

-confusion and violence in the streets. The Americans that were

-there flocked to the house of the minister for protection. The

-house was a sort of castle. It had a court, in the centre, and great<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span>

-iron gates across the passage-way that formed the entrance. The

-minister brought soldiers from the ships to guard his castle, and

-shut the gates to keep the people that were fighting in the streets

-from getting in. He hoisted the American flag, too, on the corner

-of the battlements. The Americans that had fled there for

-safety were all within the walls, greatly alarmed.<a name="FNanchor_7" id="FNanchor_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></p>

-

-<div class="footnote">

-

-<p><a name="Footnote_7" id="Footnote_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> Such a minister as this is a high public officer of government, who resides at a

-foreign capital for the purpose of attending to the business of his own country there,

-and of protecting the citizens in case of danger.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Danger.</div>

-

-<p>Pansita, wondering what all the noise and confusion in the

-streets could mean, concluded that she would go out and see.

-So, watching her opportunity, she slipped through among the soldiers

-to the passage-way, and thence out between the bars of the

-great iron gates. The lady, when she found that Pansita had

-gone out, was greatly alarmed.</p>

-

-<p>“She will be killed!” said she. “She will be killed! What

-can I do to save her? She will certainly be killed!”</p>

-

-<p>But nothing could be done to save Pansita; for if they had

-opened the gates to go out and find her, the people that were

-fighting in the streets would have perhaps rushed in, and then

-they would all have been killed.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Pansita is recovered.</div>

-

-<p>So they had to wait till the fighting was over, and then they

-went out to look for Pansita. To their great joy, they found her

-safe in a house round the corner.</p>

-

-<p>After a time, the minister and his wife returned to America,

-and they brought Pansita with them. They had a house on the

-North River, and Pansita lived with them there many years in

-great splendor and happiness.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Pannie’s bed.</div>

-

-<p>The lady made a bed for Pannie in a basket, with nice and well-made

-bed-clothes to cover her when she was asleep. Pannie

-would get into this bed at night, but she would always scratch

-upon it with her claws before she lay down. This was her instinct.</p>

-

-<p>She was accustomed in her youth, when she was burrowing in

-the ground in the prairies in Mexico, to make the place soft where

-she was going to lie down by scratching up the earth with her

-paws, and she continued the practice now, though, of course, this

-was not a proper way to beat up a bed of feathers.</p>

-

-<p>Pannie was a great favorite with all who knew her. She was

-affectionate in her disposition, and mild and gentle in her demeanor;

-and, as is usually the case with those who possess such a character,

-she made a great many friends and no enemies.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Mistakes.</div>

-

-<p>By-and-by Pannie grew old and infirm. She became deaf and

-blind, and sometimes, when the time came for her to go to bed at

-night, she would make a mistake, and get into the wrong basket&mdash;a

-basket that belonged to another dog. This would make Looly,

-the dog that the basket belonged to, very angry. Looly would

-run about the basket, and whine and moan until Pansita was

-taken out and put into her own place.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Pannie’s death and burial.</div>

-

-<p>At last Pansita died. They put her body in a little leaden coffin,

-and buried it in a very pleasant place between two trees.</p>

-

-<p>This is a true story.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2><a name="THE_DOGS_PETITION" id="THE_DOGS_PETITION"></a>THE DOG’S PETITION.</h2>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Letter-day.</div>

-

-<p>One day, about the middle of the quarter, in a certain school,

-what the boys called Letter-day came. Letter-day was a day in

-which all the boys in the school were employed in writing letters.</p>

-

-<p>Each boy, on these occasions, selected some absent friend or

-acquaintance, and wrote a letter to him. The letters were written

-first on a slate, and then, after being carefully corrected, were

-copied neatly on sheets of paper and sent. The writing of these

-letters was thus made a regular exercise of the school. It was,

-in fact, an exercise in composition.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Erskine’s conversation with his teacher.</div>

-

-<p>A boy named Erskine, after taking out his slate, and writing the

-date upon the top of it, asked the teacher whom he thought it

-would be best for him to write to.</p>

-

-<p>“How would you like to write to your aunt?” asked the teacher.</p>

-

-<p>“Why, <em>pretty</em> well,” said Erskine, rather doubtfully.</p>

-

-<p>“I think it would be doing good to write to her,” said the

-teacher. “It will please her very much to have a letter from

-you.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then I will,” said Erskine. “On the whole, I should like to

-write to her very much.”</p>

-

-<p>So Erskine wrote the letter, and, when it had been corrected

-and copied, it was sent.</p>

-

-<p>This is the letter. It gives an account of a petition offered by

-a dog to his master, begging to be allowed to accompany the boys

-of the school on an excursion:</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="blockquote">

-

-<div class="sidenote">Erskine’s letter.</div>

-

-<p class="right">August 2, 1853.</p>

-

-<p><span class="smcap">Dear Aunt</span>,&mdash;I hope you have been well since I have heard

-from you.</p>

-

-<p>We took an excursion up to Orange Pond, and stayed all day.

-In the morning it was very misty, but in about an hour it cleared

-up, and the sun came out. Charles and Stephen went over to

-Mr. Wingate’s to get a stage, and a lumber-wagon, and a carriage.

-There were two horses in the stage, and an old gray one in the

-lumber-wagon. Wright and I went down to get William Harmer,

-a new scholar, to come up here before we started. At last we all

-were ready, Crusoe and all. The teacher bought a little dog in

-the vacation, and named him Crusoe. One of the boys wrote a

-letter, and tied it about Crusoe’s neck, and this was it:</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The dog’s petition.</div>

-

-<div class="blockquote">

-

-<p><span class="smcap">My very dear Master</span>,&mdash;Can I go with the boys to-day on

-the excursion? I will be very good, and not bark or bite. I wish

-to go very much indeed, and I hope you will let me.</p>

-

-<p>From your affectionate dog,</p>

-

-<p class="right">Bow-wow-wow.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Account of an excursion. Diving off the row-boats.

-The hot rock. Coming home.</div>

-

-<p>Soon we started. It was very cool when we left home, but

-when we got out on the hills it was very hot. The teacher let

-us get out once and get some berries. After a ride of about nine

-miles, we got out, and found it a very cool place. The public

-house was very near to the pond, and we ran down there as soon

-as we got our fishing-poles. Some of the boys got into an old

-boat, and got a fish as soon as they cast their poles out. The

-man said some of us should go out on an old rock that was there,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span>

-and the rest of us in a boat. We had a fine time fishing, and

-caught about thirty small fish. Mr. Wingate went out in another

-boat, and caught a very large perch and pickerel, and a few other

-fish. After we had caught a few more fish, we became tired, and

-wanted to go to the shore; so the teacher took two or three of us

-at a time, and we went to the shore. After we had played around

-a little, we had a nice dinner, and then we went in swimming.

-The man said we might dive off the small row-boats. We had

-fine fun pulling the boats along while we were wading in the water,

-for it was nice and sandy on the bottom. We found we could

-wade out to the rock before named. We all waded out on it; but

-no sooner had we got on the top, than we jumped off in all directions,

-for it was so hot that one could roast an egg on it. We all

-ran back to the shore as fast as we could go, laughing heartily.

-As soon as we got up and were dressed, we went up to the house.

-Mr. Wingate harnessed up the horses, and we were soon trotting

-home. We went around by a different way from the one we came

-by, through some woods, and had a fine ride home. That is the

-end of our excursion to Orange Pond.</p>

-

-<p>From your affectionate friend,</p>

-

-<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Erskine</span>.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>Erskine’s aunt was very much gratified at receiving this letter.

-She read it with great interest, and answered it very soon.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2><a name="THE_STORM_ON_THE_LAKE" id="THE_STORM_ON_THE_LAKE"></a>THE STORM ON THE LAKE.</h2>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The philosophy of mountains, springs, brooks, and lakes.</div>

-

-<p>Mountains make storms, storms make rain fall, and the rain

-that falls makes springs, brooks, and lakes; thus mountains,

-storms, brooks, and lakes go together.</p>

-

-<p>Mountains make storms, and cause the rain to fall by chilling

-the air around their summits, and condensing the vapor into rain

-and into snow. Around the lower parts of the mountains, where

-it is pretty warm, the vapor falls in rain. Around the higher

-parts, where it is cold, it falls in snow.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Formation of rivers.</div>

-

-<p>Part of the water from the rain soaks into the ground, on the

-declivities of the mountains, and comes out again, lower down, in

-springs. Another portion flows down the ravines in brooks and torrents,

-and these, uniting together, form larger and larger streams,

-until, at length, they become great rivers, that flow across wide

-continents. If you were to follow up almost any river in the

-world, you would come to mountains at last.</p>

-

-<p>It does not always rain among the mountains, but the springs

-and streams always flow. The reason of this is, that before the

-water which falls in one storm or shower has had time to drain

-out from the ground and flow away, another storm comes and renews

-the supply. If it were to cease to rain altogether among the

-mountains, the water that is now in them would soon be all drained

-off, and the springs and streams would all be dry.</p>

-

-<p>But how is it in regard to lakes? How are the lakes formed?</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">How lakes are formed.</div>

-

-<p>This is the way.</p>

-

-<p>When the water, in flowing down in the brooks and streams,

-comes to a valley from which it can not run out, it continues to

-run in and fill up the valley, until it reaches the level of some

-place where it <em>can</em> run out. As soon as it reaches that level,

-the surplus water runs out at the opening as fast as it comes in

-from the springs and streams, and then the lake never rises any

-higher.</p>

-

-<p>A lake, then, is nothing but a valley full of water.</p>

-

-<p>Of course, there are more valleys among mountains than any

-where else, and there, too, there are more streams and springs to

-fill them. Thus, among mountains, we generally find a great many

-lakes.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Outlets; feeders.</div>

-

-<p>Since lakes are formed in this way, you would expect, in going

-around one, that you would find some streams flowing into it, and

-<em>one</em> stream flowing out. This is the case with almost all lakes.

-The place where the water flows out of the lake is called the outlet.

-The streams which flow into the lake are sometimes called

-the <em>feeders</em>. They feed the lake, as it were, with water.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Ponds without outlets.</div>

-

-<p>Sometimes a lake or pond has no outlet. This is the case when

-there are so few streams running into it that all the water that

-comes can dry up from the surface of the lake, or soak away into

-the ground.</p>

-

-<p>Sometimes you will find, among hilly pastures, a small pond, lying

-in a hollow, which has not any outlet, or any feeders either.

-Such a pond as this is fed either by secret springs beneath the

-ground, or else by the water which falls on the slopes around it

-when it is actually raining.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>If you were to take an umbrella, and go to visit such a pond in

-the midst of a shower, and were to look down among the grass,

-you would see a great many little streams of water flowing down

-into the pond.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The way to note the rise and fall of water in a lake.</div>

-

-<p>Then if, after the shower was over, you were to put up a measure

-in the water, and leave it there a few days, or a week, and

-then visit it again, you would find that the surface of the water

-would have subsided&mdash;that is, gone down. As soon as the rain

-ceases, so that all fresh supplies of water are cut off, the water already

-in the pond begins at once to soak away slowly into the

-ground, and to evaporate into the air. Once I knew a boy who

-was of an inquiring turn of mind, and who concluded to ascertain

-precisely what the changes were which took place in the level of

-a small pond, which lay in a hollow behind his father’s garden. So

-he measured off the inches on a smooth stick, and marked them,

-and then he set up the stick in the water of the pond. Thus he

-could note exactly how the water should rise or fall. There came

-a great shower very soon after he set up his measure, and it

-caused the water in the pond to rise three inches. After that it

-was dry weather for a long time, and the level of the pond fell

-four inches lower than it was when he first put up the measure.</p>

-

-<p>Lakes among the mountains are often very large, and the waves

-which rise upon them in sudden tempests of wind and rain sometimes

-run very high.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The storm on the Lake of Gennesaret. Jesus in the ship.</div>

-

-<p>The Lake of Gennesaret, so often mentioned in the New Testament,

-was such a lake, and violent storms of wind and rain rose

-sometimes very suddenly upon it. One evening, Jesus and his

-disciples undertook to cross this lake in a small vessel. It was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span>

-very pleasant when they commenced the voyage, but in the night

-a sudden storm came on, and the waves rose so high that they

-beat into the ship. This was the time that the disciples came

-and awoke Jesus, who was asleep in the stern of the ship when

-the storm came on, and called upon him to save them. He arose

-immediately, and came forward, and rebuked the winds and the

-sea, and immediately they became calm.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration29" style="width: 250px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill029.jpg" width="250" height="250" alt="Jesus in the prow of the boat,

-telling the waves to stop that at once" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p>The adjoining engraving represents

-the scene. Jesus has come

-forward to the prow, and stands

-there looking out upon the waves,

-which seem ready to overwhelm

-the vessel. The disciples are

-greatly terrified. One of them is

-kneeling near the place where

-Jesus stands, and is praying to

-God for mercy. The others are

-behind. They are equally afraid.

-The sails have been torn by the

-wind, and are flying away. Jesus

-extends his hand, and says to the winds and waves, “Peace!

-be still!”</p>

-

-<p>The anchor of the ship is seen in the engraving hanging over

-the bow. But the anchor, in such a case as this, is useless. The

-water is too deep in the middle of the lake for it to reach the bottom;

-and, besides, if it were possible to anchor the vessel in such

-a place, it would do more harm than good, for any confining of the

-ship, in such a sea, would only help the waves to fill it the sooner.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Navigation of mountain lakes.</div>

-

-<p>The people who live on the borders of the lakes that lie among

-the mountains often go out upon them in boats. Sometimes they

-go to fish, sometimes to make passages to and fro along the lake,

-when there is no convenient road by land, and sometimes they go

-to bring loads of hay or sheaves of grain home from some field

-which lies at a distance from the house, and is near the margin of

-the water.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Tempests and storms.</div>

-

-<p>When a storm arises on the lake after the boat has gone out,

-the people who remain at home are often very anxious, fearing

-that the boats may have been overwhelmed by the waves. Over

-the leaf there is a picture of people watching for the return of a

-man and boy who have gone out on the lake. They went out in

-the middle of the day, and, though it is now night, they have not

-returned. The family are anxious about their safety, for in the

-middle of the afternoon there was a violent storm of thunder and

-lightning, with dreadful gusts of wind and pouring rain. The

-storm has now entirely passed away, and the moon, which has

-just risen, shines serenely in the sky. Still the boat does not

-return. The family fear that it may have foundered in the

-storm.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Conversation in Marie’s cottage.</div>

-

-<p>The family live in a cottage on the margin of the lake. Marie,

-the wife of the man and the mother of the boy that went away in

-the boat, is very anxious and unhappy.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you think that they are lost?” she said to Orlando.</p>

-

-<p>Orlando was her oldest son.</p>

-

-<p>“Oh no,” replied Orlando.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span> “When the black clouds began to

-come up in the sky, and they heard the thunder, they would go to

-the shore, and draw up their boat there till the storm was over.

-And now that the water is smooth again, and the air calm, I presume

-they are somewhere coming home.”</p>

-

-<p>“But how can they find their way home in the darkness of the

-night?” said Marie.</p>

-

-<p>“There is a moon to-night,” said Marie’s father. He was an

-old man, and he was sitting at this time in the chimney-corner.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, there is a moon,” replied Marie, “but it is half hidden by

-the broken clouds that are still floating in the sky.”</p>

-

-<p>“I will light the lantern,” said Orlando, “and go out, and hold

-it up on a high part of the shore. They will then see the light of

-it, and it will guide them in.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Orlando and Bruno.</div>

-

-<p>Bruno was lying before the fire while this conversation was going

-on. He was listening to it very attentively, though he could

-not understand it all. He knew some words, and he learned from

-the words which he heard that they were talking about the boat

-and the water, and Pierre, the man who was gone. So, when

-Orlando rose, and went to get the lantern, Bruno started up too,

-and followed him. He did not know whether there would be

-any thing that he could do, but he wished to be ready at a moment’s

-notice, in case there should be any thing.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Anna and the baby.</div>

-

-<p>He stood by Orlando’s side, and looked up very eagerly into his

-face while he was taking down the lantern, and then went with

-him out to the door. The old man went out too. He went down

-as near as he could get to the shore of the pond, in order to look

-off over the water. Orlando remained nearer the door of the cottage,

-where the land was higher, and where he thought the lantern

-could be better seen. Marie, with her baby in her arms, and

-her little daughter, Anna, by her side, came out to the steps of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span>

-door. Bruno took his place by Orlando’s side, ready to be called

-upon at any time, if there should be any thing that

-he could do, and looking eagerly over the water

-to see whether he could not himself make some

-discoveries.</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration30" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill030.jpg" width="450" height="375" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">Watching for the boat.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>He would have liked to have held the lantern, but it would not

-have been possible for him to have held it sufficiently high.</p>

-

-<p>Just at this time the moon began to come out from behind the

-clouds, and its light was reflected beautifully on the waters of the

-lake, and the old man obtained, as he thought, a glimpse of a dark

-object gliding slowly along over the surface of the distant water.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">The boat is coming.</div>

-

-<p>“They are coming!” he exclaimed. “They are coming! I

-see them coming!”</p>

-

-<p>Bruno saw the boat too, and he soon began to leap about and

-bark to express his joy.</p>

-

-<hr class="tb" />

-

-<div class="sidenote">Excellence of Bruno’s behavior.</div>

-

-<p>Thus Bruno always felt an interest in all that interested his

-master, and he stood by ready to help, even when there was nothing

-for him to do. It is always a source of great pleasure to a father

-to observe that his boy takes an interest in what he is doing,

-and stands ready to help him, provided always that he does not

-interrupt the work by asking questions. This Bruno never did.

-He never interrupted work in any way, and least of all by asking

-questions.</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter" id="illustration31" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill031.jpg" width="450" height="277" alt="A boy with a kite" />

-

-<p class="caption">Play.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<p>It is far more manly and noble for boys to take an interest,

-sometimes, in useful work, than to be wholly absorbed, as some

-boys are, all the time in idle play.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span></p>

-

-<h2><a name="TAKING_AN_INTEREST" id="TAKING_AN_INTEREST"></a>TAKING AN INTEREST.</h2>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Important difference between the dog and the horse.</div>

-

-<p>There is a great difference between the dog and the horse, in

-respect to the interest which they take in any work which they

-have to do. A horse does not like to work. He never runs to

-his master to be saddled when his master wishes to go and take

-a ride. If he runs either way, he runs off. If you wish any time

-to take a ride in a wagon, and you go into the pasture to find your

-horse, it is often very hard work to catch him. He knows that

-you are going to harness him up, and give him something to do,

-and he does not like to do it; so away he goes, bounding over the

-pasture, and looking back, first over one shoulder, and then over

-the other, to see whether you are pursuing him.</p>

-

-<p>It is very different with the dog. As soon as he sees his master

-take down his hat and cane, he jumps up and runs to accompany

-him. He desires, above all things, to accompany his master

-wherever he goes, that he may protect him, and render him any

-other service which occasion may require.</p>

-

-<p>It is true that a dog does not generally like to be harnessed into

-a wagon, and draw, but the reason of this probably is, that drawing

-a load is not a work that he is by nature fitted for. He is not

-properly built for such work. His shoulders are not fitted to receive

-a collar, and his feet are not of the right form to take good

-hold of the ground. The nature and qualities of the dog fit him

-for other duties, and these duties he is always greatly interested<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span>

-in performing. If his master is a traveler, he is always ready to

-set out on the journey with him. If his master stays at home, he

-is always on the watch about the house, guarding the premises,

-and ready to do any thing that he may be called upon to do. In

-a word, such duties as he is at all qualified for by his nature and

-habits, he is always ready to perform with alacrity and with

-hearty good-will.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Supposed black pony. How valuable such a pony would be.</div>

-

-<p>What a fine thing it would be for a boy to have a horse of

-such a disposition&mdash;a little black pony, I will suppose&mdash;just large

-enough for the boy to harness and drive! Suppose you had such

-a pony. You take the bridle, and go out into the pasture for him

-some day when you feel inclined to take a ride. As soon as you

-enter the pasture, you call him. Immediately on hearing your

-voice, he runs out of the thicket where he was lying in the

-shade, and ascends an eminence near, so that he can see. He

-looks all around to find where the voice comes from, and when

-he sees you with the bridle in your hand, he immediately feels

-proud and happy at the thought of being employed, and he comes

-galloping toward you, prancing and capering in a very joyous

-manner.</p>

-

-<p>As soon as he gets near you, he ceases his prancing, and, walking

-up to you, he holds his head down that you may put the bridle

-on. As soon as the bridle is buckled, you put the bridle-rein over

-his neck, and say,</p>

-

-<p>“There! run along, pony!”</p>

-

-<p>So your pony runs along before you, looking back from time to

-time, first over one shoulder, and then over the other, not to see

-whether you are pursuing him, in order that he may escape, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span>

-to be sure that you are following him, and that he is going the

-right way. When he gets to the gate, he waits till you come to

-open it for him; or, if he has ingenuity enough to lift up the latch

-himself, he opens the gate and goes through, and then waits outside

-till you come. As soon as you have gone through the gate,

-he trots off to the barn. He does not know yet whether you are

-going to put the saddle on, or to harness him into your little wagon.

-But he is equally ready for either. He looks forward with

-great pleasure to the thought of carrying you along over a pleasant

-road, cantering merrily up and down the hills; and he resolves

-that he will take special care not to stumble or fall with you. Or,

-if he finds that you prefer riding in the wagon that day, he thinks

-how pleasant it will be to trot along over the road with you, and

-give you a good drive. If you stop any where by the way, he

-waits patiently where you leave him until you come back again.

-If he is in the wagon, he stands very still, lest he should do some

-damage to the vehicle by moving about. If he has a saddle on,

-he walks out to the road-side, perhaps, to crop the grass a little

-while he is waiting, but he lifts up his head now and then to see

-if you are coming, in order that he may be all ready to go on

-again when you wish to go.</p>

-

-<p>It would certainly be a fine thing to have such a pony as that.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">How useful and valuable such a boy would be.</div>

-

-<p>But for a man, it is a finer thing to have such a <em>boy</em> as that. I

-never knew such ponies, but I have often known such boys. They

-take a special interest and pleasure in being useful, and especially

-in assisting their father and mother in any thing, no matter what

-it is, that their father and mother wish to do. They feel proud

-and happy to be employed, and come always with a ready alacrity<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span>

-whenever they are called upon, and to do what they can do

-with a hearty good-will.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Georgie at the raising. The way he acted.</div>

-

-<p>Boys sometimes take an interest of the wrong kind in what

-their fathers are doing&mdash;that is, an interest which seeks for their

-own pleasure and amusement, and not for the furtherance of the

-work. There was a farmer, for instance, once, who had two sons,

-Lawrence and Georgie. The farmer was building a shed, and

-when the shed was framed, the carpenters came one afternoon to

-raise it. Lawrence was away from home when the carpenters

-came, having gone to mill, but Georgie was very much interested

-in the raising, and he brought several of the boys of the neighborhood

-to see it. With these boys he played about among the timbers

-of the frame, running along upon them from end to end, or

-jumping over them. He made a great deal of noise in singing to

-express his joy, and in calling to his companions.</p>

-

-<p>“Georgie,” said his father, at last, “be still, or I shall send you

-away.”</p>

-

-<p>His father should have sent him away at once, instead of threatening

-to do so if he was not still.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Boring.</div>

-

-<p>Georgie was still after this, for he knew that his father would

-do as he said; but he soon found out other means of making

-trouble besides noise. He and the other boys went to one of the

-carpenters, who was boring a hole, and he began to beg the carpenter

-to let him take the auger and bore it.</p>

-

-<p>“I can bore,” said he.</p>

-

-<p>“I see you can,” said the carpenter, “but I wish you would not

-come here and bore me.”</p>

-

-<p>The other carpenters who were near laughed at hearing this,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span>

-and Georgie, not liking to be laughed at, walked away to another

-part of the work. Here he began to ask questions, such as what

-this beam was for, and what tenon was going into that mortice,

-and whether such and such a hole was not bored wrong. All

-these questions interrupted the workmen, confused them in their

-calculations, and hindered the work. At last, Georgie’s father

-told him not to ask any more questions, but to keep perfectly

-still.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">He and the other boys make a balancer.</div>

-

-<p>His father would, in fact, have sent him away entirely, were it

-not that he was wanted from time to time to do an errand, or

-fetch a tool. These errands, however, he did very slowly and

-reluctantly, so that he was of little service. Finally, he proposed

-to the boys that they should make a balancer, and they did so.

-They put up one short beam of wood upon another, and then,

-placing a plank across, two of the boys got on, one at each end,

-and began see-sawing up and down. This was their balancer.</p>

-

-<p>“Isn’t it good fun,” said Georgie, as he went up into the air,

-“to have a raising?”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said the other boy, who was then down by the ground.</p>

-

-<p>“I hope they won’t get through to-night,” said Georgie, coming

-down, “and then we can have some more fun to-morrow.”</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">A fall.</div>

-

-<p>Just then the upper beam, which supported the balancer, fell

-off, and the plank, with the boys on it, came to the ground. There

-was now a great outcry. Georgie’s father and some of the carpenters

-came to see if the boys were hurt. They were not seriously

-hurt, but the accident occasioned quite an interruption to the

-raising.</p>

-

-<p>So Georgie’s father, finding that the trouble which Georgie<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span>

-made him was greater far than any service that he rendered,

-sent him away.</p>

-

-<p>Now this is not the right way to take an interest in what your

-father or mother is doing.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Lawrence comes home.</div>

-

-<p>Lawrence got back from the mill just as Georgie went away.

-He immediately came and took Georgie’s place. He stationed

-himself near his father, so as to be ready to do any thing which

-might be required whenever he should be called upon. He

-observed carefully every thing that was done, but he asked no

-questions. If he saw that a tool was wanted, or going to be

-wanted, he brought it, so as to have it all ready the moment it

-should be required. Thus, although he could not do much substantial

-work himself, he assisted the men who could do it very

-much, and rendered very effectual service, so that the raising

-went on very prosperously, and was finished that night, greatly

-to his father’s satisfaction.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Conversation at the supper-table.</div>

-

-<p>At supper that night the farmer took his seat at the table.

-His wife sat opposite to him. Lawrence was on one side, and

-Georgie on the other.</p>

-

-<p>“Have you finished the raising?” said his wife.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said the farmer, “we have finished it. I did not expect

-to get through. But we <em>have</em> got through, and it is all owing to

-Lawrence.”</p>

-

-<p>“Did he help you?” asked his wife.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,” said the farmer; “he forwarded the work, I think, a

-full half hour, and that just saved us.”</p>

-

-<p>Now that is the right kind of interest to take in what your

-father and mother are doing.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Another incident.</div>

-

-<p>At another time, one night after Georgie and Lawrence had

-gone to bed, they heard a sort of thumping sound out in the barn.</p>

-

-<p>“Hark!” said Lawrence; “what is that noise?”</p>

-

-<p>Georgie said he thought it could not be any thing of consequence,

-and so he shut up his eyes, and prepared to go to sleep.

-But Lawrence, though he was equally sleepy, felt afraid that

-something might be the matter with one of the horses; so he got

-up and went to his father’s room, and told his father about the

-noise. His father immediately rose and dressed himself, and

-went down to the barn.</p>

-

-<p>“Georgie,” said Lawrence, “let us get up too. Perhaps we

-can help.”</p>

-

-<p>“Oh no,” said Georgie, sleepily, “there is nothing that <em>we</em>

-could do.”</p>

-

-<p>“I can hold the lantern, at any rate,” said Lawrence, “and do

-some good, perhaps, in that way.” So Lawrence dressed himself

-and went down stairs, while Georgie went to sleep again.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Lawrence takes an interest in his father’s concerns.</div>

-

-<p>Lawrence got out into the barn just in time to find that the

-horse had fallen down, and had got entangled in his halter, so

-that he was in danger of choking to death.</p>

-

-<p>“Ah, Lawrence!” said his father, “you are just in time. I

-want you to hold the lantern for me.”</p>

-

-<p>So Lawrence took the lantern, and held it while his father disentangled

-the halter, and got the horse up. Lawrence, who was

-much interested all the time, held the lantern in the best possible

-way for his father to see.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s right,” said his father;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span> “hold the lantern so that you

-can see yourself, and then you may be sure that I can see.”</p>

-

-<p>That is the right kind of interest for boys to take in what their

-father or mother are doing.</p>

-

-<p>That was, in fact, the kind of interest that Bruno took. He

-was always on the watch for opportunities to do good, and when

-he saw that he could not do any more good, he was extremely

-careful not to make any trouble.</p>

-

-<div class="figright" id="illustration32" style="width: 450px;">

-

-<img src="images/ill032.jpg" width="450" height="381" alt="" />

-

-<p class="caption">Driving the sheep to pasture in the morning.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="sidenote">Bruno sits waiting for orders.</div>

-

-<p>He would stand or sit silently by, looking on and watching what<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span>

-was going forward with great interest, ready to act the moment

-that he was called upon, as you see in the opposite engraving.

-They are driving some sheep to pasture very early in the morning.

-It was dark when they first came out with the flock, and so

-they brought a lantern; but the sun has risen now, and it is light.

-Although it was very early when the men set out with the flock,

-Bruno was eager to come with them. He has helped to drive the

-sheep all the way. They have reached the pasture at last, and

-there is now nothing more for him to do. So he is sitting down

-to rest, and contemplating with great satisfaction, while he rests,

-the accomplishment of the work which was to be done, and ready

-to do any thing more that may be required without a moment’s

-delay.</p>

-

-<p>In the distance, in the engraving, a river is seen, meandering

-through a rich and beautiful country, with the beams of the morning

-sun reflected from the surface of the water.</p>

-

-<hr class="tb" />

-

-<div class="sidenote">A good conscience.</div>

-

-<p>The satisfaction which results from the faithful performance

-of duty is a very solid and substantial pleasure. It endures long,

-and has no alloy. There is something manly and noble in the

-very nature of it, and he who makes it the end and aim of all his

-efforts in his search for happiness is sure of a rich reward.</p>

-

-<div class="sidenote">They who are not faithful in duty can never be happy.</div>

-

-<p>Learn from the example of Bruno, then, to find your happiness

-in the diligent and faithful performance of duty. “Duty first,

-and pleasure afterward,” is the true rule for all. They who seek

-pleasure first, or, rather, who look for their happiness in personal

-and selfish gratifications, lead a very low and groveling life, and

-never exemplify the true nobleness and dignity to which the human<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span>

-soul should aspire. Nor do they ever attain to any real or

-permanent happiness. They experience a continual feeling of

-self-reproach and self-condemnation which mars all their enjoyments,

-and adds a fresh ingredient of bitterness to all their sorrows.

-In a word, they are always dissatisfied with themselves,

-and he who is dissatisfied with himself can never be happy.</p>

-

-<p class="center">THE END.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">

-

-<img src="images/cover-back.jpg" width="500" height="650" alt="Image of the back cover" />

-

-<p class="caption">HARPER’S<br />

-STORY BOOKS</p>

-

-<p class="caption">BY<br />

-JACOB ABBOTT.</p>

-

-<p class="caption">TERMS.</p>

-

-<p class="caption">Each Number of <span class="smcap">Harper’s Story

-Books</span> will contain 160 pages, in small

-quarto form, very beautifully illustrated,

-and printed on superfine calendered

-paper.</p>

-

-<p class="caption">The Series may be obtained of Booksellers,

-Periodical Agents, and Postmasters,

-or from the Publishers, at

-<span class="smcap">Three Dollars</span> a year, or <span class="smcap">Twenty-five

-Cents a Number</span>.</p>

-

-<p class="caption">The two Periodicals, <span class="smcap">Harper’s New

-Monthly Magazine</span> and <span class="smcap">Harper’s Story

-Books</span>, will be supplied at <span class="smcap">Five

-Dollars</span> a year, and will be published

-on the first day of each Month.</p>

-

-<p class="caption">The Postage upon <span class="smcap">Harper’s Story

-Books</span>, which must be paid quarterly

-in advance, is <span class="smcap">Two Cents</span>.</p>

-

-<p class="caption">EACH NUMBER COMPLETE IN ITSELF.</p>

-

-<p class="caption">PRICE 25 C<sup>ts</sup></p>

-

-<p class="caption">HARPER &amp; BROTHERS<br />

-FRANKLIN SQUARE, N. Y.</p>

-

-</div>

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-<pre>

-

-

-

-

-

-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott

-

-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BRUNO ***

-

-***** This file should be named 51859-h.htm or 51859-h.zip *****

-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:

-        http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/8/5/51859/

-

-Produced by Suzanne Shell and the Online Distributed

-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was

-produced from images generously made available by The

-Internet Archive/American Libraries.)

-

-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will

-be renamed.

-

-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright

-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,

-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United

-States without permission and without paying copyright

-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part

-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm

-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,

-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive

-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this

-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook

-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,

-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given

-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks

-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the

-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.

-

-START: FULL LICENSE

-

-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE

-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

-

-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free

-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work

-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project

-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full

-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at

-www.gutenberg.org/license.

-

-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic works

-

-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to

-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property

-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all

-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or

-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your

-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a

-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound

-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the

-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph

-1.E.8.

-

-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be

-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who

-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few

-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works

-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See

-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this

-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.

-

-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the

-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection

-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual

-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United

-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the

-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not

-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,

-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as

-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope

-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting

-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm

-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the

-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily

-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the

-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when

-you share it without charge with others.

-

-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern

-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are

-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,

-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this

-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,

-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any

-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no

-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any

-country outside the United States.

-

-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

-

-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other

-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear

-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work

-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the

-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,

-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:

-

-  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and

-  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no

-  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it

-  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this

-  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the

-  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you

-  are located before using this ebook.

-

-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is

-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not

-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the

-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in

-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are

-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project

-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply

-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or

-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm

-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

-

-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted

-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution

-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any

-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms

-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works

-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the

-beginning of this work.

-

-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm

-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this

-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.

-

-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this

-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without

-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with

-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project

-Gutenberg-tm License.

-

-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,

-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including

-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access

-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format

-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official

-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site

-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense

-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means

-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain

-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the

-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

-

-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,

-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works

-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

-

-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing

-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works

-provided that

-

-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from

-  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method

-  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed

-  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has

-  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project

-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid

-  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are

-  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty

-  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project

-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in

-  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg

-  Literary Archive Foundation."

-

-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies

-  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he

-  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm

-  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all

-  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue

-  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm

-  works.

-

-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of

-  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the

-  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of

-  receipt of the work.

-

-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free

-  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.

-

-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than

-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing

-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The

-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm

-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

-

-1.F.

-

-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable

-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread

-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project

-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may

-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate

-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other

-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or

-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or

-cannot be read by your equipment.

-

-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right

-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project

-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project

-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all

-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal

-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE

-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE

-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE

-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR

-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH

-DAMAGE.

-

-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a

-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can

-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a

-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you

-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium

-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you

-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in

-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person

-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second

-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If

-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing

-without further opportunities to fix the problem.

-

-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth

-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO

-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT

-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

-

-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied

-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of

-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement

-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the

-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or

-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or

-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the

-remaining provisions.

-

-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the

-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone

-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in

-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the

-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,

-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of

-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this

-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or

-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any

-Defect you cause.

-

-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm

-

-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of

-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of

-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It

-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations

-from people in all walks of life.

-

-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the

-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's

-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will

-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project

-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure

-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future

-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary

-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see

-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at

-www.gutenberg.org

-

-

-

-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

-

-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit

-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the

-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal

-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification

-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary

-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by

-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.

-

-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the

-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its

-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous

-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt

-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to

-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and

-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

-

-For additional contact information:

-

-    Dr. Gregory B. Newby

-    Chief Executive and Director

-    gbnewby@pglaf.org

-

-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg

-Literary Archive Foundation

-

-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide

-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of

-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be

-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest

-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations

-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt

-status with the IRS.

-

-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating

-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United

-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a

-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up

-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations

-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND

-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular

-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate

-

-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we

-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition

-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who

-approach us with offers to donate.

-

-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make

-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from

-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

-

-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation

-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other

-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To

-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate

-

-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.

-

-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project

-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be

-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and

-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of

-volunteer support.

-

-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed

-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in

-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not

-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper

-edition.

-

-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search

-facility: www.gutenberg.org

-

-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,

-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary

-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to

-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

-

-

-

-</pre>

-

-</body>

-</html>

+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Bruno; or, Lessons of Fidelity, Patience and Self-Denial Taught by a Dog, by Jacob Abbot.
+    </title>
+
+    <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
+
+<style type="text/css">
+
+a {
+    text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+body {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+h1,h2 {
+    text-align: center;
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+hr {
+    width: 33%;
+    margin-left: 33.5%;
+    margin-right: 33.5%;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+hr.tb {
+    width: 45%;
+    margin-left: 27.5%;
+    margin-right: 27.5%;
+}
+
+hr.chap {
+    width: 65%;
+    margin-left: 17.5%;
+    margin-right: 17.5%;
+}
+
+p {
+    margin-top: 0.5em;
+    text-align: justify;
+    margin-bottom: 0.5em;
+    text-indent: 1em;
+}
+
+table {
+    max-width: 40em;
+    margin: 1em auto 1em auto;
+}
+
+td {
+    padding-left: 0.25em;
+    padding-right: 0.25em;
+    vertical-align: top;
+}
+
+.tdr {
+    text-align: right;
+}
+
+.blockquote {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+.caption {
+    text-align: center;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    font-size: 90%;
+    text-indent: 0em;
+}
+
+.center {
+    text-align: center;
+    text-indent: 0em;
+}
+
+.figcenter {
+    margin: auto;
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+.figright {
+    float: right;
+    clear: right;
+    margin-left: 1em;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    margin-right: 0;
+    padding: 0;
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+.footnote {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+    font-size: 0.9em;
+}
+
+.footnote .label {
+    position: absolute;
+    right: 84%;
+    text-align: right;
+}
+
+.fnanchor {
+    vertical-align: super;
+    font-size: .8em;
+    text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+.larger {
+    font-size: 150%;
+}
+
+.pagenum {
+    position: absolute;
+    right: 4%;
+    font-size: smaller;
+    text-align: right;
+}
+
+.right {
+    text-align: right;
+}
+
+.sidenote {
+    width: 20%;
+    padding-bottom: .5em;
+    padding-top: .5em;
+    padding-left: .5em;
+    padding-right: .5em;
+    margin-right: 1em;
+    float: left;
+    clear: left;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    font-size: smaller;
+    color: black;
+    background: #eeeeee;
+    border: dashed 1px;
+}
+
+.smaller {
+    font-size: 80%;
+}
+
+.smcap {
+    font-variant: small-caps;
+    font-style: normal;
+}
+
+.smcapuc {
+    font-variant: small-caps;
+    font-style: normal;
+    text-transform: lowercase;
+}
+
+.titlepage {
+    text-align: center;
+    margin-top: 3em;
+    text-indent: 0em;
+}
+
+@media handheld {
+
+img {
+    max-width: 100%;
+    width: auto;
+    height: auto;
+}
+
+.blockquote {
+    margin-left: 5%;
+    margin-right: 5%;
+}
+}
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 51859 ***</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+
+<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="500" height="650" alt="Image of the front cover" />
+
+<p class="caption">HARPER’S<br />
+STORY BOOKS</p>
+
+<p class="caption">No. 1</p>
+
+<p class="caption">BRUNO.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">DECEMBER, 1854.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">PRICE 25 C<sup>ts</sup></p>
+
+<p class="caption">HARPER &amp; BROTHERS<br />
+FRANKLIN SQUARE, NEW YORK.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_i" id="Page_i">[i]</a><br />
+<a name="Page_ii" id="Page_ii">[ii]</a></span></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii">[iii]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration1" style="width: 500px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill001.jpg" width="500" height="340" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">“Bruno forgives him, and why should not I?” said Hiram.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p class="titlepage larger">HARPER’S STORY BOOKS.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">A SERIES OF NARRATIVES, DIALOGUES, BIOGRAPHIES, AND TALES,<br />
+FOR THE INSTRUCTION AND ENTERTAINMENT<br />
+OF THE YOUNG.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage smaller">BY</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">JACOB ABBOT.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">Embellished with</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">NUMEROUS AND BEAUTIFUL ENGRAVINGS.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iv" id="Page_iv">[iv]</a><br />
+<a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">[v]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+
+<img src="images/titlepage.jpg" width="500" height="650" alt="Image of the title page" />
+
+<p class="caption">BRUNO;<br />
+OR,<br />
+LESSONS OF FIDELITY, PATIENCE, AND SELF-DENIAL<br />
+Taught by a Dog.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">NEW YORK:<br />
+HARPER &amp; BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">[vi]</a></span></p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">Entered, according to an Act of Congress, in the year<br />
+one thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, by</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">HARPER &amp; BROTHERS,</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">in the Clerk’s Office for the Southern District of New York.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[vii]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>PREFACE.</h2>
+
+<p>The present volume is the first of a proposed monthly series
+of story books for the young.</p>
+
+<p>The publishers of the series, in view of the great improvements
+which have been made within a few years past in the means and
+appliances of the typographical art, and of the accumulation of
+their own facilities and resources, not only for the manufacture
+of such books in an attractive form, and the embellishment of
+them with every variety of illustration, but also for the circulation
+of them in the widest manner throughout the land, find that
+they are in a condition to make a monthly communication of this
+kind to a very large number of families, and under auspices far
+more favorable than would have been possible at any former
+period. They have accordingly resolved on undertaking the
+work, and they have intrusted to the writer of this notice the
+charge of preparing the volumes.</p>
+
+<p>The books, though called story books, are not intended to be
+works of amusement merely to those who may receive them, but
+of substantial instruction. The successive volumes will comprise<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[viii]</a></span>
+a great variety, both in respect to the subjects which they treat,
+and to the form and manner in which the subjects will be presented;
+but the end and aim of all will be to impart useful
+knowledge, to develop the thinking and reasoning powers, to
+teach a correct and discriminating use of language, to present
+models of good conduct for imitation, and bad examples to be
+shunned, to explain and enforce the highest principles of moral
+duty, and, above all, to awaken and cherish the spirit of humble
+and unobtrusive, but heartfelt piety. The writer is aware of the
+great responsibility which devolves upon him, in being thus admitted
+into many thousands of families with monthly messages of
+counsel and instruction to the children, which he has the opportunity,
+through the artistic and mechanical resources placed at
+his disposal, to clothe in a form that will be calculated to open to
+him a very easy access to their attention, their confidence, and
+their hearts. He can only say that he will make every exertion
+in his power faithfully to fulfill his trust.</p>
+
+<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Jacob Abbott.</span></p>
+
+<p class="smaller">New York, 1854.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix">[ix]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+<table summary="Contents">
+  <tr>
+    <td></td><td class="tdr">PAGE</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_COMBAT_WITH_THE_WOLF">THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_13">13</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#COMBAT_WITH_A_BOAR">COMBAT WITH A BOAR</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_16">16</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#JOOLY">JOOLY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_19">19</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_EMIGRANTS">THE EMIGRANTS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_32">32</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_VOYAGE">THE VOYAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_34">34</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#GOING_ALONE">GOING ALONE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_38">38</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#SILVER_BOWL_STOLEN">SILVER BOWL STOLEN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_41">41</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_SILVER_BOWL_RECOVERED">THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_52">52</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#BRUNO_AND_THE_LOST_BOY">BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_62">62</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#BOYS_ADRIFT">BOYS ADRIFT</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_84">84</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#BRUNO_AND_THE_ROBIN">BRUNO AND THE ROBIN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_97">97</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_BURNING_OF_THE_TOOL-HOUSE">BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_120">120</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#WILLING_TO_LEARN">WILLING TO LEARN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_129">129</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#PANSITA">PANSITA</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_135">135</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_DOGS_PETITION">THE DOG’S PETITION</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_140">140</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_STORM_ON_THE_LAKE">THE STORM ON THE LAKE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_143">143</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#TAKING_AN_INTEREST">TAKING AN INTEREST</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_151">151</a></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_x" id="Page_x">[x]</a><br />
+<a name="Page_xi" id="Page_xi">[xi]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>ENGRAVINGS</h2>
+
+<table summary="Engravings">
+  <tr>
+    <td></td><td class="tdr">PAGE</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration1">THE TOOL-HOUSE ON FIRE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_iii"><i>Frontispiece.</i></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration2">COMBAT WITH THE WOLF</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_15">15</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration3">THE TWO BOARS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_17">17</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration4">COMBAT WITH A BOAR</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_18">18</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration5">THE CHAMOIS HUNTERS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_20">20</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration6">CHILDREN IN THE GROVE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_21">21</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration7">BRUNO IN THE SNOW</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_28">28</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration8">THE COTTAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_30">30</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration9">BRUNO ON WOLF-SKIN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_31">31</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration10">THE EMIGRANTS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_33">33</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration11">THE BEGINNING OF THE VOYAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_35">35</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration12">THE STORM</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_36">36</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration13">THE END OF THE VOYAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_37">37</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration14">THE PARTING</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_39">39</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration15">THE GIPSY CAMP</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration16">FORTUNE TELLING</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_51">51</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration17">FRANK AND LORENZO</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_58">58</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration18">THE PARLOR DOGS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_63">63</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration19">VARIETY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_64">64</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration20">THE WATCH-DOG</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_66">66</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration21">THE GATEWAY IN THE WOOD</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_71">71</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration22">TONY LOST</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_75">75</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration23">THE PIER</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_88">88</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration24">THE PORT</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_94">94</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration25">RALPH AND THE ROBIN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_101">101</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration26">HIRAM’S SQUIRREL</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_104">104</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration27">THE SLY FOX</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_109">109</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration28">WILLING TO LEARN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_132">132</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration29">THE STORM ON THE LAKE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_146">146</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration30">BRUNO WATCHING</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_149">149</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration31">PLAY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_150">150</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration32">BRUNO AND THE SHEEP</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_158">158</a></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_xii" id="Page_xii">[xii]</a><br />
+<a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span></p>
+
+<h1>BRUNO.</h1>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_COMBAT_WITH_THE_WOLF" id="THE_COMBAT_WITH_THE_WOLF"></a>THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter alarmed.</div>
+
+<p>In the night, a hunter, who lived in a cottage among the Alps,
+heard a howling.</p>
+
+<p>“Hark!” said he, “I heard a howling.”</p>
+
+<p>His wife raised her head from the pillow to listen, and one of
+the two children, who were lying in a little bed in the corner of
+the room, listened too. The other child was asleep.</p>
+
+<p>“It is a wolf,” said the hunter.</p>
+
+<p>“In the morning,” said the hunter, “I will take my spear, and
+my sheath-knife, and Bruno, and go and see if I can not kill him.”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno was the hunter’s dog.</p>
+
+<p>The hunter and his wife, and the child that was awake, listened
+a little longer to the howling of the wolf, and then, when at length
+the sounds died away, they all went to sleep.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Prepares for a hunt.</div>
+
+<p>In the morning the hunter took his spear, and his sheath-knife,
+and his hunting-horn besides, and then, calling Bruno to follow
+him, went off among the rocks and mountains to find the wolf.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Discovers the animal.</div>
+
+<p>While he was climbing up the mountains by a steep and narrow
+path, he thought he saw something black moving among the rocks
+at a great distance across the valley. He stopped to look at it.
+He looked at it very intently.</p>
+
+<p>At first he thought it was the wolf. But it was not the wolf.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter blows his horn.</div>
+
+<p>Then he thought it was a man. So he blew a loud and long
+blast with his horn. He thought that if the moving thing which
+he saw were another man, he would answer by blowing <em>his</em> horn,
+and that then, perhaps, he would come and help the hunter hunt
+the wolf. He listened, but he heard no reply. He heard nothing
+but echoes.</p>
+
+<p>By-and-by he came to a stream of water. It was a torrent,
+flowing wildly among the rocks and bushes.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said the hunter, “how shall we get across this torrent?”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno stood upon a rock, looking at the torrent very earnestly,
+but he did not speak.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said the hunter again, “how shall we get across this
+torrent?”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno barked.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The rude bridge.</div>
+
+<p>The hunter then walked along for some distance on the margin
+of the stream, and presently came to a place where there was a
+log lying across it. So he and Bruno went over on the log. Bruno
+ran over at once. The hunter was at first a little afraid to go, but
+at last he ventured. He got across in safety. Here the hunter
+stopped a few minutes to rest.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The wolf discovered.</div>
+
+<p>He then went on up the mountain. At last Bruno began to
+bark and to run on forward, looking excited and wild. He saw
+the wolf. The hunter hastened forward after him, brandishing
+his spear. The wolf was in a solitary place, high up among the
+rocks. He was gnawing some bones. He was gaunt and hungry.
+Bruno attacked him, but the wolf was larger and stronger than he,
+and threw him back with great violence against the ground. The
+dog howled with pain and terror.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration2" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill002.jpg" width="450" height="400" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Picture of the combat.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s courage. The wolf is killed.</div>
+
+<p>The man thrust the spear at the wolf’s mouth, but the ferocious
+beast evaded the blow, and seized the shaft of the spear between
+his teeth. Then the great combat came on. Very soon the dog
+sprang up and seized the wolf by the throat, and held him down,
+and finally the man killed him with his spear.</p>
+
+<p>Then he took his horn from his belt, and blew a long and loud
+blast in token of victory.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">What became of the skin of the wolf.</div>
+
+<p>He took the skin of the wolf, and carried it home. The fur
+was long, and gray in color. The hunter tanned and dressed the
+skin, and made it soft like leather. He spread it down upon the
+floor before the fire in his cottage, and his children played upon
+it. Bruno was accustomed to lie upon it in the evening. He
+would lie quietly there for a long time, looking into the fire, and
+thinking of the combat he had with the savage monster that originally
+wore the skin, at the time when he fought him on the mountains,
+and helped the hunter kill him.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>The hunter and the hunter’s children liked Bruno very much
+before, but they liked him more than ever after his combat with
+the wolf.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2><a name="COMBAT_WITH_A_BOAR" id="COMBAT_WITH_A_BOAR"></a>COMBAT WITH A BOAR.</h2>
+
+<p>Some wild animals are so ferocious and strong that it requires
+several dogs to attack and conquer them. Such animals are found
+generally in remote and uninhabited districts, among forests and
+mountains, or in countries inhabited by savages.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Habits of the boar.</div>
+
+<p>The wild boar is one of the most terrible of these animals.
+He has long tusks projecting from his jaws. These serve him as
+weapons in attacking his enemies, whether dogs or men. He
+roams in a solitary manner among the mountains, and though he
+is very fierce and savage in his disposition, he will seldom molest
+any one who does not molest him. If, when he is passing along
+through the forests, he sees a man, he pays no regard to him, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span>
+goes on in his own way. If, however, when he is attacked by
+dogs, and is running through the forest to make his escape, he
+meets a man in his way, he thinks the man is the hunter that has
+set the dogs upon him, or at least that he is his enemy. So he
+rushes upon him with terrible fury, and kills him&mdash;sometimes with
+a single blow&mdash;and then, trampling over the dead body, goes on
+bounding through the thickets to escape from the dogs.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration3" style="width: 400px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill003.jpg" width="400" height="241" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Picture of a fight.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The tusks.</div>
+
+<p>Wild boars often have dreadful combats with each other. In
+this engraving we have a representation of such a fight. The
+weapons with which they fight are sharp tusks growing out of the
+under jaw. With these tusks they can inflict dreadful wounds.</p>
+
+<p>Savages, when they attack the wild boar, arm themselves with
+spears, and station themselves at different places in the forest,
+where they think the boar will pass. Sometimes they hide themselves
+in thickets, so as to be ready to come out suddenly and attack
+the boar when the dogs have seized him.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration4" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill004.jpg" width="450" height="450" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Picture of the combat.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The dogs and the boar. The spears.</div>
+
+<p>Here is a picture of such a combat. The dogs have pursued
+the boar through the woods until he begins to be exhausted with
+fatigue and terror. Still, he fights them very desperately. One
+he has thrown down. He has wounded him with his tusks. The
+dog is crying out with pain and fright. There are three other
+dogs besides the one who is wounded. They are endeavoring
+to seize and hold the boar, while one of the hunters is
+thrusting the iron point of his spear into him. Two
+other hunters are coming out of a thicket near by to
+join in the attack. One of them looks as if he were
+afraid of the
+boar. He has
+good reason to
+be afraid.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Savages dress themselves in skins.</div>
+
+<p>These hunters<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>
+are savages. They are nearly naked. One of them is clothed
+with a skin. I suppose, by the claws, that it is a lion’s skin. He
+hunted and killed the lion, perhaps, in the same way that he is
+now hunting and killing the boar.</p>
+
+<p>Savages use the skins of beasts for clothing because they do
+not know how to spin and weave.</p>
+
+<p>But we must now go back to Bruno, the Alpine hunter’s dog
+that killed the wolf, and who used afterward to sleep before the
+fire in the hunter’s cottage on the skin.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2><a name="JOOLY" id="JOOLY"></a>JOOLY.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The Alps.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno’s master lived among the Alps. The Alps are very
+lofty mountains in Switzerland and Savoy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Chamois hunting.</div>
+
+<p>The upper portions of these mountains are very rocky and
+wild. There are crags, and precipices, and immense chasms
+among them, where it is very dangerous for any one to go. The
+hunters, however, climb up among these rocks and precipices to
+hunt the chamois, which is a small animal, much like a goat in
+form and character. He has small black horns, the tips of which
+turn back.</p>
+
+<p>The chamois climbs up among the highest rocks and precipices
+to feed upon the grass which grows there in the little nooks and
+corners. The chamois hunters climb up these after him. They
+take guns with them, in order to shoot the chamois when they see
+one. But sometimes it is difficult for them to get the game when
+they have killed it, as we see in this engraving. The hunters<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span>
+were on one side of a chasm and the chamois on the other, and
+though he has fallen dead upon the rocks, they can not easily
+reach him. One of the hunters is leaning across the chasm, and
+is attempting to get hold of the carcass with his right hand. With
+his left hand he grasps the rock to keep himself from falling. If
+his hand should slip, he would go headlong down into an awful
+abyss.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration5" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill005.jpg" width="450" height="427" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Picture of the chamois hunters on the Alps.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>The other hunter is coming up the rock to help his comrade.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span>
+He has his gun across his shoulder. Both the hunters have ornamented
+their hats with flowers.</p>
+
+<p>The chamois lies upon the rock where he has fallen. We can
+see his black horns, with the tips turned backward.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The lower slopes of the mountains.</div>
+
+<p>In the summer season, the valleys among these Alpine mountains
+are very delightful. The lower slopes of them are adorned
+with forests of fir and pine, which alternate with smooth, green
+pasturages, where ramble and feed great numbers of sheep and
+cows. Below are rich and beautiful valleys, with fields full of
+flowers, and cottages, and pretty little gardens, and every thing
+else that can make a country pleasant to see and to play in.
+There are no noxious or hurtful animals in these valleys, so that
+there is no danger in rambling
+about any where in
+them, either in the fields
+or in the groves. They
+must take care of the wet
+places, and of the thorns
+that hide among the roses,
+but beyond these dangers
+there is nothing to fear.
+In these valleys, therefore,
+the youngest children can go into the thickets to play or to
+gather flowers without any danger or fear; for there are no wild
+beasts, or noxious animals, or poisonous plants there, or any thing
+else that can injure them.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration6" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill006.jpg" width="450" height="286" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Children at play.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Winter in the Alps.</div>
+
+<p>Thus the country of the Alps is very pleasant in summer, but
+in winter it is cold and stormy, and all the roads and fields, especially<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span>
+in the higher portions of the country, are buried up in snow.
+Still, the people who live there must go out in winter, and sometimes
+they are overtaken by storms, and perish in the cold.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Scene in the hunter’s cottage.</div>
+
+<p>Once Bruno saved his master’s life when he was thus overtaken
+in a storm. The baby was sick, and the hunter thought he would
+go down in the valley to get some medicine for him. The baby
+was in a cradle. His grandmother took care of him and rocked
+him. His mother was at work about the room, feeling very anxious
+and unhappy. The hunter himself, who had come in tired
+from his work a short time before, was sitting in a comfortable
+easy-chair which stood in the corner by the fire. The head of
+the cradle was near the chair where the hunter was sitting.<a name="FNanchor_1" id="FNanchor_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_1" id="Footnote_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> For the positions of the chair and cradle in the hunter’s cottage, see engraving
+on <a href="#Page_30">page 30</a>.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>“George,” said the hunter’s wife, “I wish you would look at
+the baby.”</p>
+
+<p>George leaned forward over the head of the cradle, and looked
+down upon the baby.</p>
+
+<p>“Poor little thing!” said he.</p>
+
+<p>“What shall we do?” said his wife. As she said this she came
+to the cradle, and, bending down over it, she moved the baby’s
+head a little, so as to place it in a more comfortable position.
+The baby was very pale, and his eyes were shut. As soon as he
+felt his mother’s hand upon his cheek, he opened his eyes, but
+immediately shut them again. He was too sick to look very long
+even at his mother.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Consultation between the hunter and his wife.</div>
+
+<p>“Poor little thing!” said George again.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span> “He is very sick. I
+must go to the village and get some medicine from the doctor.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh no!” said his wife. “You can not go to the village to-night.
+It is a <em>dreadful</em> storm.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said the hunter, “I know it is.”</p>
+
+<p>“The snow is very deep, and it is drifting more and more,”
+said his wife. “It will be entirely dark before you get home,
+and you will lose your way, and perish in the snow.”</p>
+
+<p>The hunter did not say any thing. He knew very well that
+there would be great danger in going out on such a night.</p>
+
+<p>“You will get lost in the snow, and die,” continued his wife,
+“if you attempt to go.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A hard alternative.</div>
+
+<p>“And baby will die, perhaps, if I stay at home,” said the hunter.</p>
+
+<p>The hunter’s wife was in a state of great perplexity and distress.
+It was hard to decide between the life of her husband and that of
+her child. While the parents were hesitating and looking into
+the cradle, the babe opened its eyes, and, seeing its father and
+mother there, tried to put out its little hands to them as if for
+help, but finding itself too weak to hold them up, it let them drop
+again, and began to cry.</p>
+
+<p>“Poor little thing!” said the hunter. “I’ll go&mdash;I’ll go.”</p>
+
+<p>The mother made no more objection. She could not resist the
+mute appeal of the poor helpless babe. So she brought her husband
+his coat and cap, and forced her reluctant mind to consent to
+his going.</p>
+
+<p>It was strange, was it not, that she should be willing to risk the
+life of her husband, who was all the world to her, whose labor
+was her life, whose strength was her protection, whose companionship
+was her solace and support, for the sake of that helpless
+and useless baby?</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It was strange, too, was it not, that the hunter himself, who
+was already almost exhausted by the cold and exposure that he
+had suffered during the day, should be willing to go forth again
+into the storm, for a child that had never done any thing for him,
+and was utterly unable to do any thing for him now? Besides,
+by saving the child’s life, he was only compelling himself to work
+the harder, to procure food and clothing for him while he was
+growing up to be a man.</p>
+
+<p>What was the baby’s name?</p>
+
+<p>His name was Jooly.</p>
+
+<p>At least they called him Jooly. His real name was Julien.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter bids little Jooly good-by.</div>
+
+<p>When the hunter was all ready to go, he came to the cradle,
+and, putting his great rough and shaggy hand upon the baby’s
+wrist, he said,</p>
+
+<p>“Poor little Jooly! I will get the doctor himself to come and
+see you, if I can.”</p>
+
+<p>So he opened the door and went out, leaving Jooly’s grandmother
+rocking the cradle, and his mother at work about the room
+as before.</p>
+
+<p>When the hunter had gone out and shut the door, he went
+along the side of the house till he came to a small door leading to
+his cow-house, which was a sort of small barn.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He calls Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>He opened the door of the cow-house and called out “<span class="smcap">Bruno!</span>”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno, who was asleep at this time in his bed, in a box half
+filled with straw, started up on hearing his master’s voice, and,
+leaping over the side of the box, came to his master in the storm.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s bed.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was glad to be called. And yet it was a dark and stormy
+night. The wind was blowing, and the snow was driving terribly.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>
+On the other hand, the bed where he had been lying was warm
+and comfortable. The cow was near him for company. He was
+enjoying, too, a very refreshing sleep, dreaming of races and frolics
+with other dogs on a pretty green. All this repose and comfort
+were disturbed. Still, Bruno was glad. He perceived at once
+that an unexpected emergency had occurred, and that some important
+duty was to be performed. Bruno had no desire to lead a
+useless life. He was always proud and happy when he had any
+duty to perform, and the more important and responsible the duty
+was, the more proud and happy it made him. He cared nothing
+at all for any discomfort, fatigue, or exposure that it might bring
+upon him.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A comparison.</div>
+
+<p>Some boys are very different from Bruno in this respect. They
+do not share his noble nature. They never like duty. All they
+like is ease, comfort, and pleasure. When any unexpected emergency
+occurs, and they are called to duty, they go to their work
+with great reluctance, and with many murmurings and repinings,
+as if to do duty were an irksome task. I would give a great deal
+more for a <em>dog</em> like Bruno than for such a boy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter and Bruno in the snow.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno and his master took the road which led to the village.
+The hunter led the way, and Bruno followed. The road was
+steep and narrow, and in many places the ground was so buried
+in snow that the way was very difficult to find. Sometimes the
+snow was very soft and deep, and the hunter would sink into it
+so far that he could scarcely advance at all. At such times Bruno,
+being lighter and stronger, would wallow on through the drift, and
+then look back to his master, and wait for him to come, and then
+go back to him again, looking all the time at the hunter with an<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>
+expression of animation and hope upon his countenance, and wagging
+his tail, as if he were endeavoring to cheer and encourage
+him. This action had the effect, at any rate, of encouragement.
+It cheered the hunter on; and so, in due time, they both arrived
+safely at the village.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor concluded, after hearing all about the case, that it
+would not be best for him to go up the mountain; but he gave
+the hunter some medicine for the baby.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter attempts to return to the cottage.</div>
+
+<p>The medicine was put in a phial, and the hunter put the phial
+in his pocket. When all was ready, the hunter set out again on
+his return home.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Difficulties in the way.</div>
+
+<p>It was much harder going up than it had been to come down.
+The road was very steep. The snow, too, was getting deeper
+every hour. Besides, it was now dark, and it was more difficult
+than ever to find the way.</p>
+
+<p>At last, when the hunter had got pretty near his own cottage
+again, his strength began to fail. He staggered on a little farther,
+and then he sank down exhausted into the snow. Bruno leaped
+about him, and rubbed his head against his master’s cheek, and
+barked, and wagged his tail, and did every thing in his power to
+encourage his master to rise and make another effort. At length
+he succeeded.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said the hunter, “I’ll get up, and try again.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Getting lost.</div>
+
+<p>So he rose and staggered feebly on a little farther. He looked
+about him, but he could not tell where he was. He began to feel
+that he was lost. Now, whenever a man gets really lost, either
+in the woods or in the snow, a feeling of great perplexity and bewilderment
+generally comes over his mind, which almost wholly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span>
+deprives him of the use of his faculties. The feeling is very much
+like that which one experiences when half awake. You do not
+know where you are, or what you want, or where you want to go.
+Sometimes you scarcely seem to know who you are. The hunter
+began to be thus bewildered. Then it was bitter cold, and he began
+to be benumbed and stupefied.</p>
+
+<p>Intense cold almost always produces a stupefying effect, when
+one has been long exposed to it. The hunter knew very well that
+he must not yield to such a feeling as this, and so he forced himself
+to make a new effort. But the snow seemed to grow deeper
+and deeper, and it was very hard for him to make his way through
+it. It was freshly fallen, and, consequently, it was very light and
+soft, and the hunter sank down in it very far. If he had had snow
+shoes, he could have walked upon the top of it; but he had no
+snow shoes.</p>
+
+<p>At last he became very tired.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said he, “I must lie down here and rest a little, before
+I can go on any further.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno tries to encourage and save his master.</div>
+
+<p>But Bruno, when he saw his master preparing to lie down,
+jumped about him, and barked, and seemed very uneasy. Just
+then the hunter saw before him a deep black hole. He looked
+down, and saw that it was water. Instead of being in the road,
+he was going over some deep pit filled with water, covered, except
+in one place, with ice and snow. He perceived that he had had
+a very narrow escape from falling into this water, and he now
+felt more bewildered and lost than ever. He contrived to get by
+the dangerous hole, feeling his way with a stick, and then he sank
+down in the snow among the rocks, and gave up in despair.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter comes very near perishing in the snow.</div>
+
+<p>And yet the house was very near. The chimney and the gable
+end of it could just be distinguished in the
+distance through the falling snow. Bruno knew
+this, and he was extremely distressed that his
+master should give up when so near reaching
+home. He lay down in the snow by the side of
+his master, and putting his paw over his arm, to
+encourage him and keep him from absolute despair,
+he turned his head toward the house, and
+barked loud and long, again and again, in hopes
+of bringing somebody to the rescue.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration7" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill007.jpg" width="450" height="460" alt="The hunter lying in
+the snow, with Bruno over him" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>In the picture you can see the hunter lying in
+the snow, with Bruno over him. His cap has fallen
+off, and is half buried. His stick, too, lies on the snow near his
+cap. That was a stick that he got to feel down into the hole in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>
+the ice with, in order to ascertain how deep the water was, and to
+find his way around it. The rocks around the place are covered
+with snow, and the branches of the trees are white with it.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Danger of going to sleep when out in a storm.</div>
+
+<p>It is extremely dangerous to lie down to sleep in the snow in a
+storm like this. People that do so usually never wake again.
+They think, always, that they only wish to rest themselves, and
+sleep a few minutes, and that then they will be refreshed, and be
+ready to proceed on their journey. But they are deceived. The
+drowsiness is produced, not by the fatigue, but by the cold. They
+are beginning to freeze, and the freezing benumbs all their sensations.
+The drowsiness is the effect of the benumbing of the brain.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes, when several persons are traveling together in cold
+and storms, one of their number, who may perhaps be more delicate
+than the rest, and who feels the cold more sensibly, wishes
+very much to stop a few minutes to lie down and rest, and he
+begs his companions to allow him to do so. But they, if they are
+wise, will not consent. Then he sometimes declares that he <em>will</em>
+stop, at any rate, even if they do not consent. Then they declare
+that he shall not, and they take hold of his shoulders and arms to
+pull him along. Then he gets angry, and attempts to resist them.
+The excitement of this quarrel warms him a little, and restores in
+some degree his sensibility, and so he goes on, and his life is saved.
+Then he is very grateful to them for having disregarded his remonstrances
+and resistance, and for compelling him to proceed.<a name="FNanchor_2" id="FNanchor_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_2" id="Footnote_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Children, in the same way, often complain very strenuously of what their parents
+and teachers require of them, and resist and contend against it as long as they
+can; and then, if their parents persevere, they are afterward, when they come to
+perceive the benefit of it, very grateful.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>But now we must return to the story.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Alarm in the cottage. They open the door.</div>
+
+<p>The hunter’s family heard the barking in the house. They all
+immediately went to the door. One of the children opened the
+door. The gusts of wind blew the snow in her face, and blinded
+her. She leaned back against the door, and wiped the snow from
+her face and eyes with her apron. Her grandmother came to the
+door with a light, but the wind blew it out in an instant. Her
+mother came too, and for a moment little Jooly was left alone.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration8" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill008.jpg" width="450" height="193" alt="The family at the door" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>“It is my husband!” she exclaimed. “He is dying in the
+snow! Mercy upon us! What will become of us?</p>
+
+<p>“Give me the cordial,” said she. “Quick!”</p>
+
+<p>So saying, she turned to the shelves which you see in the picture
+near where she is standing, and hastily taking down a bottle
+containing a cordial, which was always kept there ready to be
+used on such occasions, she rushed out of the house. She shut
+the door after her as she went, charging the rest, with her last
+words, to take good care of little Jooly.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The puss. Little Jooly sleeps undisturbed.</div>
+
+<p>Of course, those that were left in the cottage were all in a state
+of great distress and anxiety while she was gone&mdash;all except two,
+Jooly and the puss. Jooly was asleep in the cradle. The puss
+was not asleep, but was crouched very quietly before the fire in
+a warm and bright place near the grandmother’s chair. She was
+looking at the fire, and at the kettle which was boiling upon it,
+and wondering whether they would give her a piece of the meat
+by-and-by that was boiling in the kettle for the hunter’s supper.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter and Jooly are both saved.</div>
+
+<p>When the hunter felt the mouth of the cordial bottle pressed
+gently to his lips, and heard his wife’s voice calling to him, he
+opened his eyes and revived a little. The taste of the cordial revived
+him still more. He was now able to rise, and when he was
+told how near home he was, he felt so cheered and encouraged by
+the intelligence that he became quite strong. The company in
+the house were soon overjoyed at hearing voices at the door, and
+on opening it, the hunter, his wife, and Bruno all came safely in.</p>
+
+<p>Jooly took the medicine which his father brought him, and soon
+got well.</p>
+
+<p>Here is a picture of Bruno lying on the wolf-skin, and resting
+from his toils.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration9" style="width: 250px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill009.jpg" width="250" height="123" alt="Bruno" />
+
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_EMIGRANTS" id="THE_EMIGRANTS"></a>THE EMIGRANTS.</h2>
+
+<p>The hunter, Bruno’s master, emigrated to America, and when
+he went, he sold Bruno to another man. A great many people
+from Europe emigrate to America.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Emigrants. The way they cross the Atlantic.</div>
+
+<p>To emigrate means to move from one country to another. The
+people in Europe come from all parts of the interior down to the
+sea-shore, and there embark in great ships to cross the Atlantic
+Ocean. A great many come in the same ship. While they are at
+sea, if the weather is pleasant, these passengers come up upon the
+deck, and have a very comfortable time. But when it is cold and
+stormy, they have to stay below, and they become sick, and are
+very miserable. They can not stay on deck at such times on
+account of the sea, which washes over the ships, and often keeps
+the decks wet from stem to stern.</p>
+
+<p>When the emigrants land in America, some of them remain in
+the cities, and get work there if they can. Others go to the West
+to buy land.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The English family.</div>
+
+<p>Opposite you see a farmer’s family in England setting out for
+America. The young girl who stands with her hands joined
+together is named Esther. That is her father who is standing
+behind her. Her mother and her grandmother are in the wagon.
+Esther’s mother has an infant in her arms, and her grandmother
+is holding a young child. Both these children are Esther’s brothers.
+Their names are George and Benny. The baby’s name is
+Benny.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration10" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill010.jpg" width="450" height="435" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The farmer’s family. The farewell.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Esther has two aunts&mdash;both very kind to her. One of her aunts
+is going to America, but the other&mdash;her aunt Lucy&mdash;is to remain
+behind. They are bidding each other good-by. The one who
+has a bonnet on her head is the one that is going. We can tell<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>
+who are going on the journey by their having hats or bonnets on.
+Esther’s aunt Lucy, who has no bonnet on, is to remain. When
+the wagon goes away, she will go into the house again, very sorrowful.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The journey in the covered wagon.</div>
+
+<p>The farmer has provided a <em>covered</em> wagon for the journey, so as
+to protect his wife, and his mother, and his sister, and his children
+from the cold wind and from the rain. But they will not go
+all the way in this wagon. They will go to the sea-shore in the
+wagon, and then they will embark on board a ship, to cross the
+Atlantic Ocean.</p>
+
+<p>We can see the ship, all ready and waiting, in the background
+of the picture, on the right. There will be a great many other
+families on board the ship, all going to America. There will be
+sailors, too, to navigate the ship and to manage the sails.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2><a name="THE_VOYAGE" id="THE_VOYAGE"></a>THE VOYAGE.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The voyage in the ship.</div>
+
+<p>The voyage which the emigrants have to take is very long. It
+is three thousand miles from England to America, and it takes
+oftentimes many weeks to accomplish the transit. Sometimes
+during the voyage the breeze is light, and the water is smooth,
+and the ship glides very pleasantly and prosperously on its way.
+Then the emigrants pass their time very agreeably. They come
+up upon the decks, they look out upon the water, they talk, they
+sew, they play with the children&mdash;they enjoy, in fact, almost as
+many comforts and pleasures as if they were at home on land.</p>
+
+<p>Opposite is a picture of the ship sailing along very smoothly, in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>
+pleasant weather, at the commencement of the voyage. The cliff
+in the background, on the right, is part of the English shore, which
+the ship is just leaving. There is a light-house upon the cliff, and
+a town on the shore below.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration11" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill011.jpg" width="450" height="400" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The emigrant ship setting sail. Smooth sea.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>The wind is fair, and the water is smooth. The emigrants are
+out upon the decks. We can see their heads above the bulwarks.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The buoy.</div>
+
+<p>The object in the foreground, floating in the water, is a <em>buoy</em>. It
+is placed there to mark a rock or a shoal. It is secured by an
+anchor.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Thus, when the weather is fair, the emigrants pass their time
+very pleasantly. They amuse themselves on the decks by day,
+and at night they go down into the cabins, which are below the
+deck of the ship, and there they sleep.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration12" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill012.jpg" width="450" height="426" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The ship in a storm. Great danger. Heavy seas.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>But sometimes there comes a storm. The wind increases till
+it becomes a gale. Clouds are seen scudding swiftly across the
+sky. Immense billows, rolling heavily, dash against the ship, or
+chase each other furiously across the wide expanse of the water,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span>
+breaking every where into foam and spray. The winds howl fearfully
+in the rigging, and sometimes a sail is burst from its fastenings
+by the violence of it, and flaps its tattered fragments in the
+air with the sound of thunder.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Discomfort and distress of the passengers.</div>
+
+<p>While the storm continues, the poor emigrants are obliged to
+remain below, where they spend their time in misery and terror.
+By-and-by the storm subsides, the sailors repair the damages, and
+the ship proceeds on her voyage.</p>
+
+<p>In the engraving below we see the ship far advanced on her
+way. She is drawing near to the American shore. The sea is
+smooth, the wind is fair, and she is pressing
+rapidly onward.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration13" style="width: 250px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill013.jpg" width="250" height="226" alt="Ship" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>On the left is seen another vessel, and on
+the right two more, far in the offing.</p>
+
+<p>The emigrants on board the ship are rejoiced
+to believe that their voyage is drawing
+toward the end.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The arrival.</div>
+
+<p>When the farmer and his family have
+landed in America, they will take another wagon, and go back
+into the country till they come to the place where they are going
+to have their farm. There they will cut down the trees of the
+forest, and build a house of logs. Then they will plow the ground,
+and sow the seeds, and make the farm. By-and-by they will gain
+enough by their industry to build a better house, and to fit it with
+convenient and comfortable furniture, and thenceforward they will
+live in plenty and happiness.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Benny and George.</div>
+
+<p>All this time they will take great care of George and Benny, so
+that they shall not come to any harm. They will keep them warm<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>
+in the wagon, and they will watch over them on board the ship, and
+carry them in their arms when they walk up the hills, in journeying
+in America, and make a warm bed for them in their house, and
+take a great deal of pains to have always plenty of good bread for
+them to eat, and warm milk for them to drink. They will suffer,
+themselves, continual toil, privation, and fatigue, but they will be
+very careful not to let the children suffer any thing if they can
+possibly help it.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Ingratitude.</div>
+
+<p>By-and-by, when Benny and George grow up, they will find that
+their father lives upon a fine farm, with a good house and good furniture,
+and with every comfort around them. They will hardly
+know how much care and pains their father, and mother, and grandmother
+took to save them from all suffering, and to provide for
+them a comfortable and happy home. How ungrateful it would
+be in them to be unkind or disobedient to their father, and mother,
+and grandmother, when they grow up.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2><a name="GOING_ALONE" id="GOING_ALONE"></a>GOING ALONE.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Emigrant going alone.</div>
+
+<p>Sometimes, when a man is intending to emigrate to America,
+he goes first himself alone, in order to see the country, and choose
+a place to live in, and buy a farm, intending afterward to come
+back for his family. He does not take them with him at first, for
+he does not know what he should do with his wife and all his
+young children while he is traveling from place to place to view
+the land.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration14" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill014.jpg" width="450" height="423" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">He bids his wife and children good-by. Picture of it.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>When the emigrant goes first alone in this way, leaving his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>
+family at home, the parting is very sorrowful. His poor wife is
+almost broken-hearted. She gathers her little children around
+her, and clasps them in her arms, fearing that some mischief may
+befall their father when he is far away, and that they may never<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>
+see him again. The man attempts to comfort her by saying that
+it will not be long before he comes back, and that then they shall
+never more be separated. His oldest boy stands holding his father’s
+staff, and almost wishing that he was going to accompany
+him. He turns away his face to hide his tears. As for the dog,
+he sees that his master is going away, and he is very earnestly
+desirous to go too. In fact, they know he <em>would</em> go if he were
+left at liberty, and so they chain him to a post to keep him at
+home.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A sorrowful parting.</div>
+
+<p>It is a hard thing for a wife and a mother that her husband
+should thus go away and leave her, to make so long a voyage,
+and to encounter so many difficulties and dangers, knowing, as
+she does, that it is uncertain whether he will ever live to return.
+She bears the pain of this parting out of love to her children.
+She thinks that their father will find some better and happier
+home for them in the New World, where they can live in greater
+plenty, and where, when they grow up, and become men and
+women, they will be better provided for than they were in their
+native land.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The ship. The emigrants.</div>
+
+<p>In the distance, in the engraving, we see the ship in which this
+man is going to sail. We see a company of emigrants, too, down
+the road, going to embark. There is one child walking alone behind
+her father and mother, who seems too young to set out on
+such a voyage.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="SILVER_BOWL_STOLEN" id="SILVER_BOWL_STOLEN"></a>SILVER BOWL STOLEN.</h2>
+
+<p>Bruno belonged to several different masters in the course of
+his life. He was always sorry to leave his old master when the
+changes were made, but then he yielded to the necessity of the
+case in these emergencies with a degree of composure and self-control,
+which, in a man, would have been considered quite philosophical.</p>
+
+<p>The hunter of the Alps, whose life Bruno had saved, resolved
+at the time that he would never part with him.</p>
+
+<p>“I would not sell him,” said he, “for a thousand francs.”</p>
+
+<p>They reckon sums of money by francs in Switzerland. A franc
+is a silver coin. About five of them make a dollar.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s master is obliged to sell him. The reason why.</div>
+
+<p>However, notwithstanding this resolution, the hunter found himself
+at last forced to sell his dog. He had concluded to emigrate
+to America. He found, on making proper inquiry and calculation,
+that it would cost a considerable sum of money to take Bruno
+with him across the ocean. In the first place, he would have to
+pay not a little for his passage. Then, besides, it would cost a
+good deal to feed him on the way, both while on board the ship
+and during his progress across the country. The hunter reflected
+that all the money which he should thus pay for the dog would be
+so much taken from the food, and clothing, and other comforts of
+his wife and children. Just at this time a traveler came by who
+offered to buy the dog, and promised always to take most excellent<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span>
+care of him. So the hunter sold him, and the traveler took
+him away.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno is sold and carried away to England.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was very unwilling at first to go away with the stranger.
+But the hunter ordered him to get into the gentleman’s carriage,
+and he obeyed. He looked out behind the carriage as they
+drove away, and wondered what it all could mean. He could
+not understand it; but as it was always a rule with him to submit
+contentedly to what could not be helped, he soon ceased to
+trouble himself about the matter, and so, lying down in the carriage,
+he went to sleep. He did not wake up for several hours
+afterward.</p>
+
+<p>The traveler conveyed the dog home with him to England, and
+kept him a long time. He made a kennel for him in the corner
+of the yard. Here Bruno lived several years in great peace and
+plenty.</p>
+
+<p>At length the gentleman was going away from home again on
+a long tour, and as there was nobody to be left at home to take
+an interest in Bruno, he put him under the charge, during his
+absence, of a boy named Lorenzo, who lived in a large house on
+the banks of a stream near his estate. Lorenzo liked Bruno very
+much, and took excellent care of him.<a name="FNanchor_3" id="FNanchor_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_3" id="Footnote_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> The house where Lorenzo lived was a large double house, of a very peculiar
+form. There is a picture of it on <a href="#Page_58">page 58</a>.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>There was a grove of tall trees near the house where Lorenzo
+lived, which contained the nests of thousands of rooks. Rooks
+are large black birds, very much like crows. Bruno used to lie in
+the yard where Lorenzo kept him, and watch the rooks for hours
+together.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration15" style="width: 334px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill015.jpg" width="334" height="450" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The encampment of gipsies.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">How gipsies live.</div>
+
+<p>In a solitary place near where Lorenzo lived there was an
+encampment of gipsies. Gipsies live much like Indians. They
+wander about England in small bands, getting money by begging,
+and selling baskets, and they build little temporary huts from
+time to time in solitary places, where they live for a while, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span>
+then, breaking up their encampment, they wander on till they find
+another place, where they encamp again.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Their ingenuity in stealing.</div>
+
+<p>Sometimes, when they can not get money enough by begging
+and selling baskets, they will steal. They show a great deal of
+ingenuity in the plans they devise for stealing. In fact, they are
+very adroit and cunning in every thing they undertake.</p>
+
+<p>At one time Lorenzo’s father went away, and one of the gipsies,
+named Murphy, resolved to take that opportunity to steal something
+from the house.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Murphy’s plan.</div>
+
+<p>“We can get in,” said he to his comrade, “very easily, in the
+night, by the back door, and get the silver bowl. We can melt
+the bowl, and sell it for four or five sovereigns.”</p>
+
+<p>The silver bowl which Murphy referred to was one which had
+been given to Lorenzo by his uncle when he was a baby. Lorenzo’s
+name was engraved upon the side of it.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo used his bowl to eat his bread and milk from every
+night for supper. It was kept on a shelf in a closet opening from
+the kitchen. Murphy had seen it put there once or twice, when
+he had been in the kitchen at night, selling baskets.</p>
+
+<p>“We can get that bowl just as well as not,” said Murphy,
+“when the man is away.”</p>
+
+<p>“There’s a big dog there,” said his comrade.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said Murphy, “but I’ll manage the dog.”</p>
+
+<p>“How will you manage him?” asked his comrade.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll try coaxing and flattery first,” said Murphy. “If that
+don’t do, I’ll try threatening; if threatening won’t do, I’ll try
+bribing; and if he won’t be bribed, I’ll poison him.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno is on the watch.</div>
+
+<p>That night, about twelve o’clock, Murphy crept stealthily round<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>
+to a back gate which led into the yard behind the house where
+Lorenzo lived. The instant that Bruno heard the noise, he sprang
+up, and went bounding down the path till he came to the gate.
+As soon as he saw the gipsy, he began to bark very vociferously.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo was asleep at this time; but as his room was on the
+back side of the house, and his window was open, he heard the
+barking. So he got up and went to the window, and called out,</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno, what’s the matter?”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno was at some distance from the house, and did not hear
+Lorenzo’s voice. He was watching Murphy.</p>
+
+<p>Murphy immediately began to coax and cajole the dog, calling
+him “Nice fellow,” and “Good dog,” and “Poor Bruno,” speaking
+all the time in a very friendly and affectionate tone to him. Bruno,
+however, had sense enough to know that there was something
+wrong in such a man being seen prowling about the house at that
+time of night, and he refused to be quieted. He went on barking
+louder than ever.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, calling louder, “what’s the matter?
+Come back to your house, and be quiet.”</p>
+
+<p>Murphy thought he heard a voice, and, peeping through a crack
+in the fence, he saw Lorenzo standing at the window. The moon
+shone upon his white night-gown, so that he could be seen very
+distinctly.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Murphy disappears.</div>
+
+<p>As soon as Murphy saw him, he crept away into a thicket, and
+disappeared. Bruno, after waiting a little time to be sure that the
+man had really gone, turned about, and came back to the house.
+When he saw Lorenzo, he began to wag his tail. He would have
+told him about the gipsy if he had been able to speak.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Go to bed, Bruno,” said he, “and not be keeping us awake,
+barking at the moon this time of night.”</p>
+
+<p>So Bruno went into his house, and Lorenzo to his bed.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Murphy tries threats.</div>
+
+<p>The next night, Murphy, finding that Bruno could not be coaxed
+away from his duty by flattery, concluded to try what virtue there
+might be in threats and scolding. So he came armed with a club
+and stones. As soon as he got near the gate, Bruno, as he had
+expected, took the alarm, and came bounding down the path again
+to see who was there.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as he saw Murphy, he set up a loud and violent barking
+as before.</p>
+
+<p>“Down, Bruno, down!” exclaimed Murphy, in a stern and angry
+voice. “Stop that noise, or I’ll break your head.”</p>
+
+<p>So saying, he brandished his club, and then stooped down to
+pick up one of the stones which he had brought, and which he
+had laid down on the ground where he was standing, so as to
+have them all ready.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He is unsuccessful.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno, instead of being intimidated and silenced by these demonstrations,
+barked louder than ever.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo jumped out of bed and came to the window.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno!” said he, calling out loud, “what’s the matter? There’s
+nothing there. Come back to your house, and be still.”</p>
+
+<p>The gipsy, finding that Bruno did not fear his clubs and stones,
+and hearing Lorenzo’s voice again moreover, went back into the
+thicket. Bruno waited until he was sure that he was really gone,
+and then returned slowly up the pathway to the house.</p>
+
+<p>“Go to bed, Bruno,” said Lorenzo,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span> “and not be keeping us
+awake, barking at the moon this time of night.”</p>
+
+<p>So Bruno and Lorenzo both went to bed again.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He tries bribes, which Bruno refuses.</div>
+
+<p>The next night Murphy came again, with two or three pieces
+of meat in his hands.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll bribe him,” said he. “He likes meat.”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno, on hearing the sound of Murphy’s footsteps, leaped out
+of his bed, and ran down the path as before. As soon as he saw
+the gipsy again, he began to bark. Murphy threw a piece of meat
+toward him, expecting that, as soon as Bruno saw it, he would stop
+barking at once, and go to eating it greedily. But Bruno paid no
+attention to the offered bribe. He kept his eyes fixed closely on
+the gipsy, and barked away as loud as ever.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo, hearing the sound, was awakened from his sleep, and
+getting up as before, he came to the window.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said he, “what <em>is</em> the matter now? Come back to
+your house, and go to bed, and be quiet.”</p>
+
+<p>Murphy, finding that the house was alarmed again, and that
+Bruno would not take the bribe that he offered him, crept away
+back into the thicket, and disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll poison him to-morrow night,” said he&mdash;“the savage cur!”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The poisoned meat.</div>
+
+<p>Accordingly, the next evening, a little before sunset, he put some
+poison in a piece of meat, and having wrapped it up in paper, he
+put it in his pocket. He then went openly to the house where
+Lorenzo lived, with some baskets on his arm for sale. When he
+entered the yard, he took the meat out of the paper, and secretly
+threw it into Bruno’s house. Bruno was not there at the time.
+He had gone away with Lorenzo.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno imprisoned.</div>
+
+<p>Murphy then went into the kitchen, and remained there some
+time, talking about his baskets. When he came out, he found<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span>
+Lorenzo shutting up Bruno in his house, and putting a board up
+before the door.</p>
+
+<p>“What are you doing, Lorenzo?” said the gipsy.</p>
+
+<p>“I am shutting Bruno up,” said Lorenzo. “He makes such a
+barking in the night that we can not sleep.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s right,” replied the gipsy. So he went away, saying to
+himself, as he went down the pathway, “He won’t bark much
+more, I think, after he has eaten the supper I have put in there
+for him.”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno wondered what the reason was that Lorenzo was shutting
+him up so closely. He little thought it was on account of his
+vigilance and fidelity in watching the house. He had, however,
+nothing to do but to submit. So, when Lorenzo had finished fastening
+the door, and had gone away, he lay down in a corner of his
+apartment, extended his paws out before him, rested his chin upon
+them, and prepared to shut his eyes and go to sleep.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He discovers the meat.</div>
+
+<p>His eyes, however, before he had shut them, fell upon the piece
+of meat which Murphy had thrown in there for him. So he got
+up again, and went toward it.</p>
+
+<p>He smelt of it. He at once perceived the smell of the gipsy
+upon it. Any thing that a man handles, or even touches, retains
+for a time a scent, which, though we can not perceive it is very
+sensible to a dog. Thus a dog can follow the track of a man over
+a road by the scent which his footsteps leave upon the ground. He
+can even single out a particular track from among a multitude of
+others on the same ground, each scent being apparently different
+in character from all the rest.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He distrusts Murphy’s present, and maintains a faithful watch.</div>
+
+<p>In this way Bruno perceived that the meat which he found in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>
+his house had been handled by the same man that he had barked
+at so many times at midnight at the foot of the pathway. This
+made him suspicious of it. He thought that that man must be a
+bad man, and he did not consider it prudent to have any thing to
+do with bad men or any of their gifts. So he left the meat where
+it was, and went back into his corner.</p>
+
+<p>His first thought in reflecting on the situation in which he found
+himself placed was, that since Lorenzo had forbidden him so
+sternly and positively to bark in the night, and had shut him up
+so close a prisoner, he would give up all care or concern about
+the premises, and let the robber, if it was a robber, do what he
+pleased. But then, on more sober reflection, he perceived that
+Lorenzo must have acted under some mistake in doing as he had
+done, and that it was very foolish in him to cherish a feeling of
+resentment on account of it.</p>
+
+<p>“The wrong doings of other people,” thought he to himself,
+“are no reason why I should neglect <em>my</em> duty. I will watch,
+even if I am shut up.”</p>
+
+<p>So he lay listening very carefully. When all was still, he fell
+into a light slumber now and then; but the least sound without
+caused him to prick up his ears and open one eye, until he was
+satisfied that the noise he heard was nothing but the wind. Thus
+things went on till midnight.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The robber enters the house, and carries away the bowl.</div>
+
+<p>About midnight he heard a sound. He raised his head and
+listened. It seemed like the sound of footsteps going through the
+yard. He started up, and put his head close to the door. He
+heard the footsteps going up close to the house. He began to
+bark very loud and violently. The robbers opened the door with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>
+a false key, and went into the house. Bruno barked louder and
+louder. He crowded hard against the door, trying to get it open.
+He moaned and whined, and then barked again louder than ever.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo came to the window.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said he, “what a plague you are! Lie down, and go
+to sleep.”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno, hearing Lorenzo’s voice, barked again with all the energy
+that he possessed.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, very sternly, “if you don’t lie down and
+be still, to-morrow night I’ll tie your mouth up.”</p>
+
+<p>Murphy was now in the house, and all was still. He had got
+the silver bowl, and was waiting for Lorenzo to go to bed. Bruno
+listened attentively, but not hearing any more sounds, ceased to
+bark. Presently Lorenzo went away from the window back to
+his bed, and lay down. Bruno watched some time longer, and
+then he went and lay down too.</p>
+
+<p>In about half an hour, Murphy began slowly and stealthily to
+creep out of the house. He walked on tiptoe. For a time he
+made no noise. He had the bowl in one hand, and his shoes in
+the other. He had taken off his shoes, so as not to make any
+noise in walking. Bruno heard him, however, as he was going
+by, and, starting up, he began to bark again. But Murphy hastened
+on, and the yard was accordingly soon entirely still. Bruno
+listened a long time, but, hearing no more noise, he finally lay
+down again in his corner as before.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">What could be the reason that the poison failed?</div>
+
+<p>Murphy crept away into the thicket, and so went home to his
+encampment, wondering why Bruno had not been killed by the
+poison.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I put in poison enough,” said he to himself, “for half a dozen
+dogs. What could be the reason it did not take effect?”</p>
+
+<p>When the people of the house came down into the kitchen the
+next morning, they found that the door was wide open, and the
+silver bowl was gone.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration16" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill016.jpg" width="450" height="364" alt="Gipsy and boy" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>What became of the silver bowl will be related in another
+story. I will only add here that gipsies have various other modes
+of obtaining money dishonestly besides stealing. One of these
+modes is by pretending to tell fortunes. Here is a picture of a
+gipsy endeavoring to persuade an innocent country boy to have
+his fortune told. She wishes him to give her some money. The
+boy wears a frock. He is dressed very neatly. He looks as if
+he were half persuaded to give the gipsy his money. He might,
+however, just as well throw it away.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_SILVER_BOWL_RECOVERED" id="THE_SILVER_BOWL_RECOVERED"></a>THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED.</h2>
+
+<p>On the night when Lorenzo’s silver bowl was stolen by the
+gipsy, all the family, except Lorenzo, were asleep, and none of
+them knew aught about the theft which had been committed until
+the following morning. Lorenzo got up that morning before any
+body else in the house, as was his usual custom, and, when he
+was dressed, he looked out at the window.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah!” said he, “now I recollect; Bruno is fastened up in his
+house. I will go the first thing and let him out.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo discovers the open door.</div>
+
+<p>So Lorenzo hastened down stairs into the kitchen, in order to
+go out into the yard. He was surprised, when he got there, to
+find the kitchen door open.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah!” said he to himself, “how came this door open? I did
+not know that any body was up. It must be that Almira is up,
+and has gone out to get a pail of water.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He releases Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>Lorenzo went out to Bruno’s house, and took down the board
+by which he had fastened the door. Then he opened the door.
+The moment that the door was opened Bruno sprang out. He
+was very glad to be released from his imprisonment. He leaped
+up about Lorenzo’s knees a little at first, to express his joy, and
+then ran off, and began smelling about the yard.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s mysterious behavior.</div>
+
+<p>He found the traces of Murphy’s steps, and, as soon as he perceived
+them, he began to bark. He followed them to the kitchen
+door, and thence into the house, barking all the time, and looking
+very much excited.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno went to the door of the closet where the bowl had been
+kept. The door was open a little way. Bruno insinuated his
+nose into the crevice, and so pushing the door open, he went in.
+As soon as he was in he began to bark again.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno!” exclaimed Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno looked up on the shelf where the bowl was usually
+placed, and barked louder than ever.</p>
+
+<p>“Where’s my bowl?” exclaimed Lorenzo, looking at the vacant
+place, and beginning to feel alarmed. “Where’s my bowl?”</p>
+
+<p>He spoke in a tone of great astonishment and alarm. He looked
+about on all the shelves; the bowl was nowhere to be seen.</p>
+
+<p>“Where can my bowl be gone to?” said he, more and more
+frightened. He went out of the closet into the kitchen, and
+looked all about there for his bowl. Of course, his search was
+vain. Bruno followed him all the time, barking incessantly, and
+looking up very eagerly into Lorenzo’s face with an appearance
+of great excitement.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “you know something about it, I am
+sure, if you could only tell.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The wind-mill.</div>
+
+<p>Lorenzo, however, did not yet suspect that his bowl had been
+stolen. He presumed that his mother had put it away in some
+other place, and that, when she came down, it would readily be
+found again. So he went out into the yard, and sat on a stone
+step, and went to work to finish a wind-mill he had begun the
+day before.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo’s mother explains the mystery.</div>
+
+<p>By-and-by his mother came down; and as soon as she had heard
+Lorenzo’s story about the bowl, and learned, too, that the outer<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>
+door had been found open when Lorenzo first came down stairs,
+she immediately expressed the opinion that the bowl had been
+stolen.</p>
+
+<p>“Some thief has been breaking into the house,” said she, “I’ve
+no doubt, and has stolen it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Stolen it!” exclaimed Lorenzo.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” replied his mother; “I’ve no doubt of it.”</p>
+
+<p>So saying, she went into the closet again, to see if she could
+discover any traces of the thieves there. But she could not. Every
+thing seemed to have remained undisturbed, just as she had
+left it the night before, except that the bowl was missing.</p>
+
+<p>“Somebody has been in and stolen it,” said she, “most assuredly.”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno, who had followed Lorenzo and his mother into the room,
+was standing up at this time upon his hind legs, with his paws upon
+the edge of the shelf, and he now began to bark loudly, by way of
+expressing his concurrence in this opinion.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Seek him, Bruno!”</div>
+
+<p>“Seize him, Bruno!” said Lorenzo. “Seize him!”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno, on hearing this command, began smelling about the floor,
+and barking more eagerly than ever.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno smells his tracks, I verily believe,” said Lorenzo, speaking
+to his mother. Then, addressing Bruno again, he clapped his
+hands together and pointed to the ground, saying,</p>
+
+<p>“Go seek him, Bruno! seek him!”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno departs upon his errand.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno began immediately to follow the scent of Murphy’s footsteps
+along the floor, out from the closet into the kitchen, and from
+the kitchen into the yard; he ran along the path a little way, and
+then made a wide circuit over the grass, at a place where Murphy<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>
+had gone round to get as far as possible away from Bruno’s house.
+He then came back into the path again, smelling as he ran, and
+thence passed out through the gate; here, keeping his nose still
+close to the ground, he went on faster and faster, until he entered
+the thicket and disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo did not pay particular attention to these motions. He
+had given Bruno the order, “Seek him!” rather from habit than
+any thing else, and without any idea that Bruno would really follow
+the tracks of the thief. Accordingly, when Bruno ran off
+down the yard, he imagined that he had gone away somewhere to
+play a little while, and that he would soon come back.</p>
+
+<p>“He’ll be sure to come back pretty soon,” said he, “to get his
+breakfast.”</p>
+
+<p>But Bruno did not come back to breakfast. Lorenzo waited an
+hour after breakfast, and still he did not come.</p>
+
+<p>He waited two hours longer, and still he did not come.</p>
+
+<p>Where was Bruno all this time? He was at the camp of the
+gipsies, watching at the place where Murphy had hid the stolen
+bowl.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He reaches the gipsy camp. He discovers the place where the bowl was hidden.</div>
+
+<p>When he followed the gipsy’s tracks into the thicket, he perceived
+the scent more and more distinctly as he went on, and this
+encouraged him to proceed. Lorenzo had said “Seek him!” and
+this Bruno understood as an order that he should follow the track
+until he found the man, and finding him, that he should keep watch
+at the place till Lorenzo or some one from the family should come.
+Accordingly, when he arrived at the camp, he followed the scent
+round to the back end of a little low hut, where Murphy had hidden
+the bowl. The gipsy had dug a hole in the ground, and buried<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span>
+the bowl in it, out of sight, intending in a day or two to dig it
+up and melt it. Bruno found the place where the bowl was buried,
+but he could not dig it up himself, so he determined to wait there
+and watch until some one should come. He accordingly squatted
+down upon the grass, near the place where the gipsies were seated
+around their fire, and commenced his watch.<a name="FNanchor_4" id="FNanchor_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_4" id="Footnote_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> See engraving, <a href="#Page_43">page 43</a>.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>There were two gipsy women sitting by the fire. There was
+also a man sitting near by. Murphy was standing up near the entrance
+of the tent when Bruno came. He was telling the other
+gipsies about the bowl. He had a long stick in his hand, and
+Bruno saw this, and concluded that it was best for him to keep
+quiet until some one should come.</p>
+
+<p>“I had the greatest trouble with Bruno,” said Murphy. “He
+barked at me whenever he saw me, and nothing would quiet him.
+But he is getting acquainted now. See, he has come here of his
+own accord.”</p>
+
+<p>“You said you were going to poison him,” remarked the other
+man.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” replied Murphy. “I did put some poisoned meat in his
+house, but he did not eat it. I expect he smelled the poison.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo goes in search of Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>The hours of the day passed on, and Lorenzo wondered more
+and more what could have become of his dog. At last he resolved
+to go and look him up.</p>
+
+<p>“Mother,” said he, “I am going to see if I can find out what’s
+become of Bruno.”</p>
+
+<p>“I would rather that you would find out what’s become of your
+bowl,” said his mother.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Why, mother,” said Lorenzo, “Bruno is worth a great deal
+more than the bowl.”</p>
+
+<p>“That may be,” replied his mother, “but there is much less danger
+of his being lost.”</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo walked slowly away from the house, pondering with
+much perplexity the double loss he had incurred.</p>
+
+<p>“I can not do any thing,” he said, “to get back the bowl, but I
+can look about for Bruno, and if I find him, that’s all I can do. I
+must leave it for father to decide what is to be done about the
+bowl, when he comes home.”</p>
+
+<p>So Lorenzo came out from his father’s house, and after hesitating
+for some minutes which way to go, he was at length decided
+by seeing a boy coming across the fields at a distance with a fishing-pole
+on his shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps that boy has seen him somewhere,” said he. “I’ll go
+and ask him. And, at any rate, I should like to know who the
+boy is, and whether he has caught any fish.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The sheep. The geese.</div>
+
+<p>So Lorenzo turned in the direction where he saw the boy. He
+walked under some tall elm-trees, and then passed a small flock of
+sheep that were lying on the grass in the field. He looked carefully
+among them to see if Bruno was there, but he was not. After
+passing the sheep, he walked along on the margin of a broad
+and shallow stream of water. There were two geese floating quietly
+upon the surface of this water, near where the sheep were
+lying upon the shore. These geese floated quietly upon the water,
+like vessels riding at anchor. Lorenzo was convinced that
+they had not seen any thing of Bruno for some time. If they
+had, they would not have been so composed.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The ducks in the water.</div>
+
+<p>Lorenzo walked on toward the boy. He met him at a place
+where the path approached near the margin of the water. There
+was some tall grass on the brink. Three ducks were swimming
+near. The ducks turned away when they saw the boys coming,
+and sailed gracefully out toward the middle of the stream.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration17" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill017.jpg" width="450" height="431" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Lorenzo meets Frank going a fishing.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Lorenzo, when he drew near the boy, perceived that it was an
+acquaintance of his, named Frank. Frank had a long fishing-pole
+in one hand, with a basket containing his dinner in the other.</p>
+
+<p>“Frank,” said Lorenzo,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span> “where are you going?”</p>
+
+<p>“I am going a fishing,” said Frank. “Go with me.”</p>
+
+<p>“No,” said Lorenzo, “I am looking for Bruno.”</p>
+
+<p>“I know where he is,” said Frank.</p>
+
+<p>“Where?” asked Lorenzo.</p>
+
+<p>“I saw him a little while ago at the gipsies’ camp, down in the
+glen. He was lying down there quietly by the gipsies’ fire.”</p>
+
+<p>“What a dog!” said Lorenzo. “Here I have been wondering
+what had become of him all the morning. He has run away, I
+suppose, because I shut him up last night.”</p>
+
+<p>“What made you shut him up?” asked Frank.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, because he made such a barking every night,” replied
+Lorenzo. “We could not sleep.”</p>
+
+<p>“He is still enough now,” said Frank. “He is lying down
+very quietly with the gipsies.”</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo then asked Frank some questions about his fishing,
+and afterward walked on. Before long he came to a stile, where
+there was a path leading to a field. He got over the stile, and followed
+the path until at last he came to the gipsies’ encampment.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno in the camp of the gipsies.</div>
+
+<p>There he found Bruno lying quietly on the ground, at a little
+distance from the fire. As soon as he came in sight of him, he
+called him. “Bruno! Bruno!” said he.</p>
+
+<p>Bruno looked up, and, seeing Lorenzo, ran to meet him, but
+immediately returned to the camp, whining, and barking, and
+seeming very uneasy. He, however, soon became quiet again,
+for he knew very well, or seemed to know, that it would require
+more of a man than Lorenzo to take the bowl away from the gipsies,
+and, consequently, that he must wait there quietly till somebody
+else should come.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo tries to drive Bruno home, but Bruno will not go.</div>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, speaking very sternly, “<em>come home</em>!”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno paid no attention to this command, but, after smelling
+about the ground a little, and running to and fro uneasily, lay
+down again where he was before.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, stamping with his foot.</p>
+
+<p>“Won’t your dog obey you?” said Murphy.</p>
+
+<p>“No,” said Lorenzo. “I wish you would take a stick, and
+drive him along.”</p>
+
+<p>Now the gipsies did not wish to have the dog go away. They
+preferred that he should stay with them, and be their dog. They
+had no idea that he was there to watch over the stolen bowl.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t drive him away,” said one of the gipsy women, speaking
+in a low tone, so that Lorenzo could not hear.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll only make believe,” said Murphy.</p>
+
+<p>So Murphy took up a little stick, and threw it at the dog, saying,
+“Go home, Bruno!”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno paid no heed to this demonstration.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo then advanced to where Bruno was lying, and attempted
+to pull him along, but Bruno would not come. He would not
+even get up from the ground.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll make you come,” said Lorenzo. So he took hold of him
+by the neck and the ears, and began to pull him. Bruno uttered
+a low growl.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, dear me!” said Lorenzo, “what shall I do?”</p>
+
+<p>In fact, he was beginning to grow desperate. So he looked
+about among the bushes for a stick, and when he had found one
+sufficient for his purpose, he came to Bruno, and said, in a very
+stern voice,</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Now, Bruno, go home!”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno did not move.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” repeated Lorenzo, in a thundering voice, and brandishing
+his stick over Bruno’s head, “<span class="smcapuc">GO HOME</span>!”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno, afraid of being beaten with the stick, jumped up, and
+ran off into the bushes. Lorenzo followed him, and attempted to
+drive him toward the path that led toward home. But he could
+accomplish nothing. The dog darted to and fro in the thickets,
+keeping well out of the way of Lorenzo’s stick, but evincing a
+most obstinate determination not to go home. On the contrary,
+in all his dodgings to and fro, he took care to keep as near as
+possible to the spot where the bowl was buried.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo goes home.</div>
+
+<p>At last Lorenzo gave up in despair, and concluded to go back
+to the house, and wait till his father got home.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The search for the bowl.</div>
+
+<p>His father returned about the middle of the afternoon, and
+Lorenzo immediately told him of the double loss which he had
+met with. He explained all the circumstances connected with
+the loss of the bowl, and described Bruno’s strange behavior. His
+father listened in silence. He immediately suspected that the
+gipsies had taken the bowl, and that Bruno had traced it to them.
+So he sent for some officers and a warrant, and went to the camp.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The bowl found.</div>
+
+<p>As soon as Bruno saw the men coming, he seemed to be overjoyed.
+He jumped up, and ran to meet them, and then, running
+back to the camp again, he barked, and leaped about in great
+excitement. The men followed him, and he led them round
+behind the hut, and there he began digging into the ground with
+his paws. The men took a shovel which was there, one belonging
+to the gipsies, and began to dig. In a short time they came<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span>
+to a flat stone, and, on taking up the stone, they found the bowl
+under it.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Pursuing Murphy.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno seemed overjoyed. He leaped and jumped about for a
+minute or two when he saw the bowl come out from its hiding-place,
+and raced round and round the man who held the bowl, and
+then ran away home to find Lorenzo. The officers, in the mean
+time, went off hastily in pursuit of Murphy, who had made his
+escape while they had been digging up the bowl.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2><a name="BRUNO_AND_THE_LOST_BOY" id="BRUNO_AND_THE_LOST_BOY"></a>BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY.</h2>
+
+<p>Bruno was quite a large dog. There are a great many different
+kinds of dogs. Some are large, others are small. Some are
+irritable and fierce, others are good-natured and gentle. Some
+are stout and massive in form, others are slender and delicate.
+Some are distinguished for their strength, others for their fleetness,
+and others still for their beauty. Some are very affectionate, others
+are sagacious, others are playful and cunning. Thus dogs differ
+from each other not only in form and size, but in their disposition
+and character as well.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Pointers.</div>
+
+<p>Some dogs are very intelligent, others are less so, and even
+among intelligent dogs there is a great difference in respect to the
+modes in which their intelligence manifests itself. Some dogs
+naturally love the water, and can be taught very easily to swim
+and dive, and perform other aquatic exploits. Others are afraid
+of the water, and can never be taught to like it; but they are
+excellent hunters, and go into the fields with their masters, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>
+find the game. They run to and fro about the field that their
+master goes into, until they see a bird, and then they stop suddenly,
+and remain motionless till their master comes and shoots
+the bird. As soon as they hear the report of the gun, they run
+to get the game. Sometimes quite small dogs are very intelligent
+indeed, though of course they have not so much strength as
+large dogs.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration18" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill018.jpg" width="450" height="333" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The little parlor dogs.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>In the above engraving we see several small dogs playing in a
+parlor. The ladies are amusing themselves with flowers that
+they are arranging, and the dogs are playing upon the carpet at
+their feet.</p>
+
+<p>There are three dogs in all. Two of them are playing together
+near the foreground, on the left. The other is alone.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno was a large dog.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was a large dog. He was a very large dog indeed.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>
+When other dogs were playing around him, he would look down
+upon them with an air of great condescension and dignity. He
+was, however, very kind to them. They would jump upon him,
+and play around him, but he never did them any harm.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration19" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill019.jpg" width="450" height="410" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Bruno among his companions.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Faithfulness.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was a very faithful dog. In the summer, when the farmer,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span>
+his master (at a time when he belonged to a farmer), went into
+the field to his work in the morning, he would sometimes take his
+dinner with him in a tin pail, and he would put the pail down under
+a tree by the side of a little brook, and then, pointing to it,
+would say to Bruno,</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Watching.</div>
+
+<p>“Bruno, watch!”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno and his master eating dinner in the fields.</div>
+
+<p>So Bruno would take his place by the side of the pail, and remain
+there watching faithfully all the morning. Sometimes he
+would become very hungry before his master came back, but,
+though he knew that there was meat in the pail, and that there was
+nothing to cover it but a cloth, he would never touch it. If he was
+thirsty, he would go down to the brook and drink, turning his head
+continually as he went, and while he was drinking, to see that no
+one came near the pail. Then at noon, when his master came for
+his dinner, Bruno would be rejoiced to see him. He would run out
+to meet him with great delight. He would then sit down before
+his master, and look up into his face while he was eating his dinner,
+and his master would give him pieces of bread and meat from
+time to time, to reward him for his fidelity.</p>
+
+<p>Bruno was kind and gentle as well as faithful. If any body
+came through the field while he was watching his master’s dinner,
+or any thing else that had been intrusted to his charge, he would
+not, as some fierce and ill-tempered dogs are apt to do, fly at them
+and bite them at once, but he would wait to see if they were going
+to pass by peaceably. If they were, he would not molest
+them. If they came near to whatever he was set to guard, he
+would growl a little, to give them a gentle warning. If they came
+nearer still, he would growl louder; but he would never bite them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span>
+unless they actually attempted to seize and take away his trust.
+Thus he was considerate and kind as well as faithful.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Fierceness.</div>
+
+<p>Some dogs, though faithful, are very fierce. They are sometimes
+<em>trained</em> to be fierce when they are employed
+to watch against thieves, in order that
+they may attack the thieves furiously. To
+make them more fierce, their masters never
+play with them, but keep them chained up
+near their kennels, and do not give them too
+much to eat. Wild animals are always more
+ferocious while hungry.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration20" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill020.jpg" width="450" height="459" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The hungry watch-dog.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Here is a picture of a fierce watch-dog, set
+to watch against thieves. He is kept hungry,
+in some degree, all the time, to make<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>
+him more ferocious. He looks hollow and gaunt. There is a
+pan upon the ground, from which his master feeds him, but he has
+eaten up all that it contained, and he wants more. This makes
+him watchful. If he had eaten too much, he would probably now
+be lying asleep in his kennel. The kennel is a small house, with
+a door in front, where the dog goes in and out. There is straw
+upon the floor of the kennel. The dog was lying down upon the
+floor of his kennel, when he thought he heard a noise. He sprang
+up from his place, came out of the door, and has now stopped to
+listen. He is listening and watching very attentively, and is all
+ready to spring. The thief is coming; we can see him climbing
+over the gate. He is coming softly. He thinks no one hears. A
+moment more, and the dog will spring out upon him, and perhaps
+seize him by the throat, and hold him till men come and take him
+prisoner.</p>
+
+<p>This dog is chained during the day, but his chain is unhooked
+at night, so as to leave him at liberty. By day he can do no
+harm, and yet the children who live in the neighborhood are afraid
+to go near his kennel, he barks so ferociously when he hears a
+noise; besides, they think it possible that, by some accident, his
+chain may get unfastened.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tiger’s fidelity. His ferocious character.</div>
+
+<p>This dog’s name is Tiger. Bruno was not such a dog as Tiger.
+He was vigilant and faithful, but then he was gentle and kind.</p>
+
+<p>Bruno’s master, the farmer, had a son named Antonio. That
+is, his name was properly Antonio, though they commonly called
+him Tony.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The difference between Antonio and Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>Tony was very different from Bruno in his character. He was
+as faithless and remiss in all his duties as Bruno was trusty and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span>
+true. When his father set him at work in the field, instead of
+remaining, like Bruno, at his post, and discharging his duty, he
+would take the first opportunity, as soon as his father was out of
+sight, to go away and play. Sometimes, when Bruno was upon
+his watch, Tony would attempt to entice him away. He would
+throw sticks and stones across the brook, and attempt to make
+Bruno go and fetch them. But Bruno would resist all these temptations,
+and remain immovable at his post.</p>
+
+<p>It might be supposed that it would be very tiresome for Bruno
+to remain so many hours lying under a tree, watching a pail, with
+nothing to do and nothing to amuse him, and that, consequently,
+he would always endeavor to escape from the duty. We might
+suppose that, when he saw the farmer’s wife taking down the pail
+from its shelf, and preparing to put the farmer’s dinner in it, he
+would immediately run away, and hide himself under the barn, or
+among the currant-bushes in the garden, or resort to some other
+scheme to make his escape from such a duty. But, in fact, he
+used to do exactly the contrary of this. As soon as he saw that
+his master was preparing to go into the field, he would leap about
+with great delight. He would run into the house, and take his
+place by the door of the closet where the tin pail was usually kept.
+He would stand there until the farmer’s wife came for the pail, and
+then he would follow her and watch her while she was preparing
+the dinner and putting it into the pail, and then would run along,
+with every appearance of satisfaction and joy, by the side of his
+master, as he went into the field, and finally take his place by the
+side of the pail, as if he were pleased with the duty, and proud of
+the trust that was thus committed to him.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Antonio’s expedients to avoid work.</div>
+
+<p>In fact, he <em>was</em> really proud of it. He liked to be employed,
+and to prove himself useful. With Tony it was the reverse. He
+adopted all sorts of schemes and maneuvers to avoid the performance
+of any duty. When he had reason to suppose that any work
+was to be done in which his aid was to be required, he would take
+his fishing-line, immediately after breakfast, and steal secretly
+away out of the back door, and go down to a brook which was
+near his father’s house, and there&mdash;hiding himself in some secluded
+place among the bushes, where he thought they could not
+find him&mdash;he would sit down upon a stone and go to fishing. If
+he heard a sound as of his father’s voice calling him, he would
+make a rustling of the leaves, or some other similar noise, so as
+to prevent his hearing whether his father was calling to him or
+not. Thus his father was obliged to do without him. And
+though his father would reprove him very seriously, when he
+came home at noon, for thus going away, Tony would pretend
+that he did not know that his father wanted him, and that he did
+not hear him when he called.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The plowing.</div>
+
+<p>One evening in the spring, Tony heard his father say that he
+was going to plow a certain piece of ground the following day,
+and he supposed that he should be wanted to ride the horse. His
+father was accustomed to plow such land as that field by means
+of a yoke of oxen, and a horse in front of them; and by having
+Tony to ride the horse, he could generally manage to get along
+without any driver for the oxen, as the oxen in that case had
+nothing to do but to follow on where the horse led the way. But
+if Tony was not there to ride the horse, then it was necessary for
+the farmer to have his man Thomas with him, to drive the horse<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>
+and the oxen. There was no way, therefore, by which Tony
+could be so useful to his father as by thus assisting in this work
+of plowing; for, by so doing, he saved the time of Thomas, who
+could then be employed the whole day in other fields, planting,
+or hoeing, or making fence, or doing any other farm-work which
+at that season of the year required to be done.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Antonio escapes.</div>
+
+<p>Accordingly, when Tony understood that this was the plan of
+work for the following day, he stole away from the house immediately
+after breakfast, and ran out into the garden. He had
+previously put his fishing-line, and other necessary apparatus for
+fishing, upon a certain bench there was in an arbor. He now
+took these things, and then went down through the garden to a
+back gate, which led into a wood beyond. He looked around
+from time to time as he went on, to see if any one at the house
+was observing him. He saw no one; so he escaped safely into
+the wood, without being called back, or even seen.</p>
+
+<p>He felt glad when he found that he had thus made his escape&mdash;glad,
+but not happy. It is quite possible to be glad, and yet to
+be not at all happy. Tony felt guilty. He knew that he was
+doing very wrong; and the feeling that we are doing wrong always
+makes us miserable, whatever may be the pleasure that we seek.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">His walk through the wood.</div>
+
+<p>There was a wild and solitary road which led through the wood.
+Tony went on through this road, with his fishing-pole over his
+shoulder, and his box of bait in his hand. He wore a frock, like a
+plowman’s frock, over his dress. It was one which his mother
+had made for him. This frock was a light and cool garment, and
+Tony liked to wear it very much.</p>
+
+<p>When Tony had got so far that he thought there was no danger<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span>
+of his being called back, and the interest which he had felt in
+making his escape began to subside, as the work had been accomplished,
+he paused, and began to reflect upon what he was doing.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He almost decides to return and help his father.</div>
+
+<p>“I have a great mind to go back, after all,” he said, “and help
+my father.”</p>
+
+<p>So he turned round, and began to walk slowly back toward the
+house.</p>
+
+<p>“No, I won’t,” said he again; “I will go a fishing.”</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration21" style="width: 118px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill021.jpg" width="118" height="250" alt="The gate into the wood" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>So he turned again, and began to walk on.</p>
+
+<p>“At any rate,” he added, speaking to himself all the time, “I
+will go a fishing for a while, and then, perhaps, I will go back and
+help my father.”</p>
+
+<p>So Tony went on in the path until at length
+he came to a place where there was a gateway
+leading into a dark and secluded wood. The
+wood was very dark and secluded indeed, and
+Tony thought that the path through it must
+lead to some very retired and solitary place,
+where nobody could find him.</p>
+
+<p>“I presume there is a brook, too, somewhere
+in that wood,” he added, “where I can fish.”</p>
+
+<p>The gate was fastened, but there was a
+short length of fence on the left-hand side of it,
+formed of only two rails, and these were so far
+apart that Tony could easily creep through between
+them. So he crept through, and went
+into the wood.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He comes to the brook.</div>
+
+<p>He rambled about in the wood for some time, following various<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span>
+paths that he found there, until at length he came to a brook.
+He was quite rejoiced to find the brook, and he immediately
+began fishing in it. He followed the bank of this brook for nearly
+a mile, going, of course, farther and farther into the wood all the
+time. He caught a few small fishes at some places, while at
+others he caught none. He was, however, restless and dissatisfied
+in mind. Again and again he wished that he had not come
+away from home, and he was continually on the point of resolving
+to return. He thought, however, that his father would have
+brought Thomas into the field, and commenced his plowing long
+before then, and that, consequently, it would do no good to return.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Fishing. The squirrel.</div>
+
+<p>While he was sitting thus, with a disconsolate air, upon a large
+stone by the side of the brook, fishing in a dark and deep place,
+where he hoped that there might be some trout, he suddenly saw
+a large gray squirrel. He immediately dropped his fishing-pole,
+and ran to see where the squirrel would go. In fact, he had some
+faint and vague idea that there might, by some possibility, be a
+way to catch him.</p>
+
+<p>The squirrel ran along a log, then up the stem of a tree to a
+branch, along the branch to the end of it, whence he sprang a long
+distance through the air to another branch, and then ran along
+that branch to the tree which it grew from. From this tree he
+descended to a rock. He mounted to the highest point of the
+rock, and there he turned round and looked at Tony, sitting upon
+his hind legs, and holding his fore paws before him, like a dog begging
+for supper.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">An unsuccessful hunt.</div>
+
+<p>“The rogue!” said Tony. “How I wish I could catch him!”</p>
+
+<p>Very soon the squirrel, feeling somewhat alarmed at the apparition<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>
+of a boy in the woods, and not knowing what to make of so
+strange a sight, ran down the side of the rock, and continued his
+flight. Tony followed him for some time, until at last the squirrel
+contrived to make his escape altogether, by running up a large
+tree, keeping cunningly on the farther side of it all the way, so
+that Tony could not see him. When he had reached the branches
+of the tree, he crept into a small hollow which he found there, and
+crouching down, he remained motionless in this hiding-place until
+Tony became tired of looking for him, and went away.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The lost boy.</div>
+
+<p>Tony, when at last he gave up the search for the squirrel, attempted
+to find his way back to the place where he had left his
+fishing-pole. Unfortunately, he had left his cap there too, so that
+he was doubly desirous of finding the place. There was, however,
+no path, for squirrels in their rambles in the woods are of course
+always quite independent of every thing like roadways. Tony
+went back in the direction from which he thought he came; but
+he could find no traces of his fishing-pole. He could not even
+find the brook. He began to feel quite uneasy, and, after going
+around in very circuitous and devious wanderings for some time,
+he became quite bewildered. He at length determined to give
+up the attempt to find his fishing-line and cap, and to get out of
+the woods, and make his way home in the quickest possible way.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tony’s difficulties.</div>
+
+<p>The poor boy now began to feel more guilty and more wretched
+than ever before. He was not really more guilty, though he
+<em>felt</em> his guilt far more acutely than he had done when every thing
+was going well with him. This is always so. The feeling of self-condemnation
+is not generally the strongest at the time when we
+are doing the wrong. It becomes far more acute and far more<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span>
+painful when we begin to experience the bitter consequences
+which we bring upon ourselves by the transgression. Tony hurried
+along wherever he could find a path which promised to lead
+him to the gateway, breathless with fatigue and excitement, and
+with his face flushed and full of anxiety. He was in great distress.</p>
+
+<p>He stopped from time to time, to call aloud to his father and to
+Thomas. He was now as anxious that they should find him as he
+had been before to escape from them. He listened, in the hope
+that he might hear the barking of Bruno, or some other sound that
+might help him to find his way out of the woods.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He is misled by various sounds.</div>
+
+<p>Once he actually heard a sound among the trees, at some distance
+from him. He thought that it was some one working in the
+woods. He went eagerly in the direction from which the sound
+proceeded, scrambling, by the way, over the rocks and brambles,
+and leaping from hummock to hummock in crossing bogs and mire.
+When at length he reached the place, he found that the noise was
+nothing but one tree creaking against another in the wind.</p>
+
+<p>At another time, he followed a sound which appeared different
+from this; when he came up to it, he found it to be a woodpecker
+tapping an old hollow tree.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tony at the brook.</div>
+
+<p>Tony wandered about thus in the wood nearly all the day, and
+at length, about the middle of the afternoon, he became so exhausted
+with fatigue, anxiety, and hunger, that he could go no farther.
+He was very thirsty too, for he could find no water. He
+began to fear that he should die in the woods of starvation and
+thirst. At length, however, a short time before the sun went
+down, he came, to his great joy, to a stream of water. It was
+wide and deep, so that he could not cross it. He, however, went<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span>
+down to the brink of the water, and got a good drink. This refreshed
+him very much, and then he went back again up the bank,
+and lay down upon the grass there to rest.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Cows in the water.</div>
+
+<p>Presently two cows came down to the water, on
+the side opposite to where Tony was sitting. They
+came to drink. Tony wished very much that they
+would come over to his side of the water, so that he
+could get some milk from them. If he could get a
+good drink of milk from them, he thought it would
+restore his strength, so that he could make one more
+effort to return home. He called the cows, and endeavored,
+by every means in his power, to make
+them come through the water to his side. One of
+them waded into the water a little way, and stood
+there staring stupidly at Tony, but she would not
+come any farther.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration22" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill022.jpg" width="450" height="459" alt="Tony by the brook, looking
+at the cows on the opposite side" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Then Tony thought of attempting to wade across the water to
+the cows, but he was afraid that it might be very deep, and that
+he should get drowned. He thought, too, that if he could contrive
+in any way to get near the cows, there would still be a difficulty
+in getting a drink of their milk, for he had no cup or mug to milk
+into. He wondered whether or not it would be possible for him
+to get down under one of the cows and milk into his mouth. He
+soon found, however, that it was of no use to consider this question,
+for it was not possible for him to get near the cows at all.</p>
+
+<p>Then he reflected how many times his mother, in the evenings
+at home, when the cows were milked, had brought him drinks of
+the milk in a cup or mug, very convenient to drink out of, and
+how many long and weary days his father had worked in the
+fields, mowing grass to feed the cows, and in the barns in the
+winter, to take care of them, so as to provide the means of giving
+his boy this rich and luxurious food; and he felt how ungrateful
+he had been, in not being willing to aid his father in his work,
+when opportunities offered to him to be useful.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Good resolutions.</div>
+
+<p>“If I ever get home,” said he to himself, “I’ll be a better
+boy.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Here comes Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>Just then Tony heard a noise in the bushes behind him. At
+first he was startled, as most people are, at hearing suddenly a
+noise in the woods. Immediately afterward, however, he felt
+glad, as he hoped that the noise was made by some one coming.
+He had scarcely time to look around before Bruno came rushing
+through the bushes, and, with a single bound, came to Tony’s
+feet. He leaped up upon him, wagging his tail most energetically,
+and in other ways manifesting the most extraordinary joy.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno leads the way through the woods.</div>
+
+<p>In a minute or two he began to walk away again into the woods,
+looking behind him toward Tony, intimating that Tony was to follow
+him. Tony slowly rose from his place, and attempted to go.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, Bruno,” said he, “I know. You are going to show me
+the way home. I’ll come along as fast as I can.”</p>
+
+<p>Tony soon found, however, that he could not come very fast.
+In fact, he was almost exhausted by fatigue and hunger, and he
+had now little strength remaining. He accordingly staggered
+rather than walked in attempting to follow Bruno, and he was
+obliged frequently to stop and rest. On such occasions Bruno
+would come back and fawn around him, wagging his tail, and
+expressing his sympathy in such other ways as a dog has at command,
+and would finally lie down quietly by Tony’s side until
+the poor boy was ready to proceed again. Then he would go forward,
+and lead the way as before.</p>
+
+<p>It is very extraordinary that a dog can find his way through
+the woods under certain circumstances so much better than a
+boy, or even than a man. But so it is; for, though so greatly
+inferior to a boy in respect to the faculties of speech and reason,
+he is greatly superior to him in certain instincts, granted to him
+by the Creator to fit him for the life which he was originally
+designed to lead as a wild animal. It was by means of these instincts
+that Bruno found Tony.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The various expeditions in search of Tony.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno had commenced his search about the middle of the
+afternoon. It was not until some time after dinner that the
+family began to be uneasy about Tony’s absence. During all
+the forenoon they supposed that he had gone away somewhere
+a fishing or to play, and that he would certainly come home to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span>
+dinner. When, however, the dinner hour, which was twelve
+o’clock, arrived, and Tony did not appear, they began to wonder
+what had become of him. So, after dinner, they sent Thomas
+down behind the garden, and to the brook, and to all the other
+places where they knew that Tony was accustomed to go, to see
+if he could find him. Thomas went to all those places, and not
+only looked to see whether Tony was there, but he called also
+very loud, and listened long after every calling for an answer.
+But he could neither see nor hear any thing of the lost boy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s search.</div>
+
+<p>Then Tony’s mother began to be very seriously alarmed, and
+his father, too, determined to leave his work, and go and see if he
+could find him. He accordingly sent Thomas one way, while he
+himself went another. Bruno watched all these movements with
+great interest. He understood what they meant. He determined
+to see what he could do. He accordingly ran out into the garden,
+where he had seen Tony go after breakfast in the morning. He
+smelled about there in all the paths until at length he found Tony’s
+track. He followed this track to the seat in the arbor, where
+Tony had gone to get his fishing-line. Taking <em>a new departure</em>
+from this point, he went on, smelling the track along the paths as
+he advanced, to the bottom of the garden, thence into a wood
+behind the garden, thence along the road till he came to the gate
+under the trees where Tony had gone in.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He finds Tony’s cap and fishing-pole.</div>
+
+<p>By smelling about this gate, he ascertained that Tony did not
+open the gate, but that he crept through between the bars on the
+left-hand side of it. Bruno did the same. He then followed the
+track of Tony in the solitary woods until he came to the brook
+where Tony had been fishing. Here, to his great astonishment,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span>
+he found Tony’s cap and fishing-pole lying by the margin of the
+water.</p>
+
+<p>What this could mean he was utterly unable to imagine. The
+sight of these things, however, only increased his interest in the
+search for Tony. He soon found the track again, and he followed
+it along by the side of the bog, and to the great rock, and by the
+old trees. What could have induced Tony to leave his cap and
+pole by the brook, and go scrambling through the bushes in this
+devious way, he could not imagine, not knowing, of course, any
+thing about the squirrel.</p>
+
+<p>He, however, proceeded very industriously in the search, following
+the scent which Tony’s footsteps had left on the leaves
+and grass wherever he had gone, until at length, to his great joy,
+he came up with the object of his search by the brink of the
+water, as has already been described.</p>
+
+<p>Tony had gone but a short distance from the place where
+Bruno had discovered him, before he found his strength failing
+him so rapidly that he was obliged to make his rests longer and
+longer. At one of these stops, Bruno, instead of waiting by his
+side, as he had done before, until Tony had become sufficiently
+rested to go on, ran off through the bushes and left him.</p>
+
+<p>“Now, Bruno!” said Tony, in a mournful tone, “if you go away
+and leave me, I don’t know what I shall do.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The cap restored.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was gone about five minutes, at the end of which time he
+came back, bringing Tony’s cap in his mouth. He had been to
+the brook to get it.</p>
+
+<p>Tony was overjoyed to see Bruno again, and he was, moreover,
+particularly pleased to get his cap again.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>So he took his cap and put it on, patting Bruno’s head at the
+same time, and commending him in a very cordial manner.</p>
+
+<p>“I am very much obliged to you, Bruno,” said he, “for bringing
+me my cap&mdash;<em>very</em> much obliged indeed. The cap is all I care
+for; never mind about the fishing-pole.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno returns home.</div>
+
+<p>Tony spoke these words very feebly, for he was very tired and
+faint. Bruno perceived that he was not able to go on; so, after remaining
+by his side a few minutes, he ran off again into the bushes
+and disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>“Now he has gone to bring the fishing-pole, I suppose,” said
+Tony. “I wish he would not go for that; I would rather have
+him stay here with me.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">His strange conduct.</div>
+
+<p>Tony was mistaken in his supposition that Bruno had gone for
+the fishing-pole; for, instead of going to the brook again, where he
+had found the cap, he ran as fast as he could toward home. His
+object was to see if he could not get some thing for Tony to eat.
+As soon as he arrived at the house, he went to the farmer’s wife,
+who was all this time walking about the rooms of the house in
+great distress of mind, and waiting anxiously to hear some news
+of those who were in search of Tony, and began to pull her by
+her dress toward the place in the kitchen where the tin pail was
+kept, in which she was accustomed to put the farmer’s dinner.
+At first she could not understand what he wanted.</p>
+
+<p>“My senses!” said she, “what does the dog mean?”</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno!” said she again, after wondering a moment, “what do
+you want?”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno looked up toward the pail and whined piteously, wagging
+his tail all the time, and moving about with eager impatience.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He succeeds in obtaining a dinner for Tony.</div>
+
+<p>At length the farmer’s wife took hold of the pail, and, as soon as
+she had done so, Bruno ran off toward the closet where the food
+was kept, which she was accustomed to put into the pail for her
+husband’s dinner. He took his station by the door, and waited
+there, as he had been accustomed to do, looking up eagerly all the
+time to Tony’s mother, who was slowly following him.</p>
+
+<p>“I verily believe,” said she, joyfully, “that Bruno has found
+Tony, and is going to carry him something to eat.”</p>
+
+<p>She immediately went into the closet, and filled the pail up, in
+a very hurried manner, with something for Tony to eat, taking care
+not to put in so much as to make the pail too heavy. As soon as
+she had done this, and put on a cover, and then set the pail down
+upon the floor, Bruno immediately took it up by means of the
+handle, and ran off with it. Tony’s mother followed him, but she
+could not keep up with him, and was soon obliged to relinquish
+the pursuit.</p>
+
+<p>Bruno had some difficulty in getting over the fences and through
+the bars with his burden, as he went on toward the place where he
+had left Tony. He, however, persevered in his efforts, and finally
+succeeded; and at length had the satisfaction of bringing the
+pail safely, and laying it down at Tony’s feet. Tony, who was by
+this time extremely hungry, as well as faint and exhausted by fatigue,
+was overjoyed at receiving this unexpected supply. He
+opened the pail, and found there every thing which he required.
+There was a supply of bread and butter in slices, with ham, sandwich
+fashion, placed between. At the bottom of the pail, too, was
+a small bottle filled with milk.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He conducts Tony home, and goes back for the fishing-pole.</div>
+
+<p>After eating and drinking what Bruno had thus brought him,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>
+Tony felt greatly relieved and strengthened. He now could walk
+along, where Bruno led the way, without stopping to rest at all.
+So the boy and the dog went on together, until they safely reached
+the bottom of the garden. Here they were met by Tony’s mother,
+who was almost beside herself with joy when she saw them
+coming. She ran to meet Tony, and conducted him into the
+house, while Bruno, as soon as he found that his charge was safe,
+turned back, and, without waiting to be thanked, ran off into the
+woods again.</p>
+
+<p>And where do you think he was going, reader?</p>
+
+<p>He was going to get Tony’s fishing-pole.</p>
+
+<p>Tony’s mother brought her boy into the house, and, after she had
+bathed his face, and his hands, and his feet with warm water to
+refresh and soothe him, agitated as he was by his anxiety and terror,
+she gave him a comfortable seat by the side of the kitchen
+fire, while she went to work to get ready the supper. As soon
+as Tony had arrived, she blew the horn at the door, which was
+the signal which had been previously agreed upon to denote that
+he was found. Thomas and Tony’s father heard this sound as
+they were wandering about in the woods, and both joyfully hastened
+home. Tony, in the mean time, dreaded his father’s return.
+He expected to be bitterly reproached by him for what he had
+done. He was, however, happily disappointed in this expectation.
+His father did not reproach him. He thought he had already been
+punished enough; and besides, he was so glad to have his son
+home again, safe and sound, that he had not the heart to say a
+word to give him any additional pain.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno lies down to sleep.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno himself came home about the same time that Thomas<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>
+did, bringing the fishing-pole and line with him. The apparatus
+was all safe, except that the hook was gone. It had got torn off
+by catching against the bushes on the way. Bruno brought the
+pole and line to Tony. Tony took them, and when he had wound
+up the line, he set the pole up in the corner, while Bruno stretched
+himself out before the fire, and there, with his mind in a state
+of great satisfaction, in view of what he had done, he prepared to
+go to sleep. The bright fire glanced upon the hearth and about
+the room, forming a very cheerful and pleasant scene.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tony’s reflections.</div>
+
+<p>How shameful it is, thought Tony, as he looked upon Bruno by
+the fire, that while a dog can be so faithful, and seem to take so
+much pride and pleasure in doing his duty, and in making himself
+as useful in every way as he possibly can, a boy, whose power
+and opportunities are so much superior to his, should be faithless
+and negligent, and try to contrive ways and means to evade his
+proper work. You have taught me a lesson, Bruno. You have
+set me an example. We will see whether, after this, I will allow
+myself to be beaten in fidelity and gratitude by a dog.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>This story reminds me of another one about a boy named Antonio,
+who got away from home, and was in trouble to get back,
+though the circumstances were very different from those which I
+have just related. The name of this new story is “Boys Adrift.”</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="BOYS_ADRIFT" id="BOYS_ADRIFT"></a>BOYS ADRIFT.</h2>
+
+<p>Boys are generally greatly pleased with seeing ships and the
+water. In fact, the view of a harbor, filled with boats and shipping,
+forms usually for all persons, old as well as young, a very
+attractive scene.</p>
+
+<p>There was once a boy named Antonio Van Tromp. They
+commonly called him Antony. Sometimes they called him Van
+Tromp. He lived in a certain sea-port town, where his father
+used to come in with a ship from sea. His father was captain of
+the ship. Antonio used to be very fond of going down to the pier
+while his father’s ship was unloading. One day he persuaded his
+cousin, who was several years younger than himself, to go down
+with him.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Antonio and his cousin amuse themselves on the pier.</div>
+
+<p>The boys played about upon the pier for an hour very happily.
+The seamen and laborers were unloading the ship, and there
+were a great many boxes, and bales, and hogsheads, and other
+packages of merchandise lying upon the pier. There were porters
+at work carrying the goods away, and sailors rolling hogsheads
+and barrels to and fro. There was an anchor on the pier, and
+weights, and chains, and trucks, and other similar objects lying
+around. The boys amused themselves for some time in jumping
+about upon these things. At length, on looking down over the
+edge of the pier, they saw that there was a boat there. It was
+fastened by means of a rope to one of the links of an enormous
+chain, which was lying over the edge of the pier. On seeing this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span>
+boat, they conceived the idea of getting into it, and rowing about
+a little in the neighborhood of the pier.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boat.</div>
+
+<p>There were no oars in the boat, and so Van Tromp asked a
+sailor, whom he saw at work near, to go and get them for him on
+board the ship.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Conversation with the sailor.</div>
+
+<p>“Not I,” said the sailor.</p>
+
+<p>“Why not?” asked Van Tromp.</p>
+
+<p>“It is ebb tide,” said the sailor, “and if you two boys cast off
+from the pier in that boat, you will get carried out to sea.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why, I can <em>scull</em>,” said Van Tromp.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh no,” said the sailor.</p>
+
+<p>“At least I can pull,” said Van Tromp.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh no,” said the sailor.</p>
+
+<p>The boys stood perplexed, not knowing what to do.</p>
+
+<p>All along the shores of the sea the tide rises for six hours, and
+while it is thus rising, the water, of course, wherever there are
+harbors, creeks, and bays, flows <em>in</em>. Afterward the tide falls for
+six hours, and while it is falling, the water of the harbors, creeks,
+and bays flows <em>out</em>. When the water is going out, they call it
+ebb tide. That is what the sailor meant by saying it was ebb
+tide.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Sculling and pulling.</div>
+
+<p><em>Sculling</em> is a mode of propelling a boat by one oar. The oar
+in this case is put out behind the boat, that is, at the stern, and is
+moved to and fro in a peculiar manner, somewhat resembling the
+motion of the tail of a fish when he is swimming through the
+water. It is difficult to learn how to scull. Antony could scull
+pretty well in smooth water, but he could not have worked his
+way in this manner against an ebb tide.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span></p>
+
+<p><em>Pulling</em>, as Antony called it, is another name for rowing. In
+rowing, it is necessary to have two oars. To row a boat requires
+more strength, though less skill, than to scull it.</p>
+
+<p>The boys, after hesitating for some time, finally concluded at
+least to get into the boat. They had unfastened the painter,
+that is, the rope by which the boat was tied, while they had been
+talking with the sailor, in order to be all ready to cast off. When
+they found that the sailor would not bring them any oars, they
+fastened the painter again, so that the boat should not get away,
+and then climbed down the side of the pier, and got into the
+boat.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boat adrift.</div>
+
+<p>Unfortunately, when, after untying the painter, they attempted
+to make it fast again into the link of the chain, they did not do it
+securely; and as they moved to and fro about the boat, pushing
+it one way and another, the rope finally got loose, and the boat
+floated slowly away from the pier. The boys were engaged very
+intently at the time in watching some sun-fish which they saw in
+the water. They were leaning over the side of the boat to look
+at them, so that they did not see the pier when it began to recede,
+and thus the tide carried them to a considerable distance from it
+before they observed that they were adrift.</p>
+
+<p>At length Larry&mdash;for that was the name of Antony’s cousin&mdash;looking
+up accidentally, observed that the boat was moving away.</p>
+
+<p>“Antony! Antony!” exclaimed, he, “we’re adrift.”</p>
+
+<p>As he said this, Larry looked very much terrified.</p>
+
+<p>Antony rose from his reclining position, and stood upright in the
+bottom of the boat. He looked back toward the pier, which he
+observed was rapidly receding.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Adrift.</div>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said he, “we’re adrift; but who cares?”</p>
+
+<p>When a boy gets into difficulty or danger by doing something
+wrong, he is generally very much frightened. When, however,
+he knows that he has not been doing any thing wrong, but has
+got into difficulty purely by accident, he is much less likely to be
+afraid.</p>
+
+<p>Antony knew that he had done nothing wrong in getting into
+the boat. His father was a sea-captain, and he was allowed to
+get into boats whenever he chose to do so. He was accustomed,
+too, to be in boats on the water, and now, if he had only had an
+oar or a paddle, he would not have felt any concern whatever.
+As it was, he felt very little concern.</p>
+
+<p>His first thought was to call out to the sailor whom they had
+left on the pier. The boys both called to him long and loud, but
+he was so busy turning over boxes, and bales, and rolling hogsheads
+about, that he did not hear.</p>
+
+<p>“What shall we do?” asked Larry, with a very anxious look.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The sail-boat.</div>
+
+<p>“Oh, we shall get ashore again easily enough,” replied Antony.
+“Here is a large sail-boat coming up. We will hail them, and
+they will take us aboard.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you think they will take us on board?” asked Larry.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I am sure they will,” said Antony.</p>
+
+<p>Just then the boat which the boys were drifting in came along
+opposite to a large sail-boat. This boat was sloop-rigged; that is,
+it had one mast and a fore-and-aft sail. She was standing up the
+harbor, and was headed toward the pier. The sail was spread,
+and the sail-boat was gliding along smoothly, but quite swiftly,
+through the water.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>There were two men on board. One was at the helm, steering.
+The other, who had on a red flannel shirt, came to the side of the
+boat, and looked over toward the boys. We
+can just see the head of this man above the
+gunwale on the starboard side of the boat in
+the picture.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration23" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill023.jpg" width="450" height="300" alt="Boats in the harbor" />
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Antony calls for help. He receives none.</div>
+
+<p>“Hallo! sail-boat!” said Antony.</p>
+
+<p>“Hallo!” said the flannel shirt.</p>
+
+<p>“Take us aboard of your boat,” said Antony; “we have got
+adrift, and have not got any oar.”</p>
+
+<p>“We can’t take you on board,” said the man; “we have got
+beyond you already.”</p>
+
+<p>“Throw us a rope,” said Antony.</p>
+
+<p>“We have not got any rope long enough,” said the sailor.</p>
+
+<p>As he said these words, the sail-boat passed entirely by.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“What <em>shall</em> we do?” said Larry, much alarmed.</p>
+
+<p>Larry was much smaller than Antony, and much less accustomed
+to be in boats on the water, and he was much more easily terrified.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t be afraid,” said Antony; “we shall get brought up
+among some of the shipping below. There are plenty of vessels
+coming up the harbor.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys float down the channel.</div>
+
+<p>So they went on&mdash;slowly, but very steadily&mdash;wherever they
+were borne by the course of the ebbing tide. Instead of being
+brought up, however, as Antony had predicted, by some of the
+ships, they were kept by the tide in the middle of the channel,
+while the ships were all, as it happened, on one side or the other,
+and they did not go within calling distance of any one of them.
+At last even Antony began to think that they were certainly about
+to be carried out to sea.</p>
+
+<p>“If the water was not so deep, we could anchor,” said Antony.</p>
+
+<p>“We have not got any anchor,” said Larry.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The grapnel.</div>
+
+<p>“Yes,” replied Antony, “there is a grapnel in the bow of the
+boat.”</p>
+
+<p>Larry looked in a small cuddy under the bow of the boat, and
+found there a sort of grapnel that was intended to be used as an
+anchor.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us heave it over,” said Larry, “and then the boat will
+stop.”</p>
+
+<p>“No,” replied Antony, “the rope is not long enough to reach
+the bottom; the water is too deep here. We are in the middle
+of the channel; but perhaps, by-and-by, the tide will carry us
+over upon the flats, and then we can anchor.”</p>
+
+<p>“How shall we know when we get to the flats?” asked Larry.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“We can see the bottom then,” said Antony, “by looking over
+the side of the boat.”</p>
+
+<p>“I mean to watch,” said Larry; and he began forthwith to look
+over the side of the boat.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">They see the bottom.</div>
+
+<p>It was not long before Antony’s expectations were fulfilled.
+The tide carried the boat over a place where the water was shallow,
+the bottom being formed there of broad and level tracts of
+sand and mud, called flats.</p>
+
+<p>“I see the bottom,” said Larry, joyfully.</p>
+
+<p>Antony looked over the side of the boat, and there, down several
+feet beneath the surface of the water, he could clearly distinguish
+the bottom. It was a smooth expanse of mud and water,
+and it seemed to be slowly gliding away from beneath them.
+The real motion was in the boat, but <em>this</em> motion was imperceptible
+to the boys, except by the apparent motion of the bottom,
+which was produced by it. Such a deceiving of the sight as this
+is commonly called an optical illusion.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said Antony, “that’s the bottom; now we will anchor.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Anchoring.</div>
+
+<p>So the two boys went forward, and, after taking care to see that
+the inner end of the grapnel rope was made fast properly to the
+bow of the boat, they lifted the heavy iron over the side of the
+boat, and let it plunge into the water. It sank to the bottom in a
+moment, drawing out the rope after it. It immediately fastened
+itself by its prongs in the mud, and when the rope was all out,
+the bow of the boat was “brought up” by it&mdash;that is, was stopped
+at once. The stern of the boat was swung round by the force of
+the tide, which still continued to act upon it, and then the boat
+came to its rest, with the head pointing up the harbor.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“There,” said Antony, “now we are safe.”</p>
+
+<p>“But how are we going to get back to the shore?” inquired
+Larry.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys wait for the tide.</div>
+
+<p>“Why, by-and-by the tide will turn,” said Antony, “and flow in,
+and then we shall get up our anchor, and let it carry us home
+again.”</p>
+
+<p>“And how long shall we have to wait?” asked Larry.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, about three or four hours,” said Antony.</p>
+
+<p>“My mother will be very much frightened,” said Larry. “How
+sorry I am that we got into the boat!”</p>
+
+<p>“So am I,” said Antony; “or, rather, I should be, if I thought
+it would do any good to be sorry.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Captain Van Tromp misses them.</div>
+
+<p>In the mean time, while the boys had thus been making their
+involuntary voyage down the harbor, Captain Van Tromp, on board
+his ship, had been employed very busily with his accounts in his
+cabin. It was now nearly noon, and he concluded, accordingly,
+that it was time for him to go home to dinner. So he called one
+of the sailors to him, and directed him to look about on the pier
+and try to find the boys, and tell them that he was going home to
+dinner.</p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes the sailor came back, and told the captain that
+he could not find the boys; and that Jack, who was at work outside
+on the pier, said that they had not been seen about there for
+more than an hour, and that the boat was missing too; and he was
+afraid that they had got into it, and had gone adrift.</p>
+
+<p>“Send Jack to me,” said the captain.</p>
+
+<p>When Jack came into the cabin, the captain was at work, as
+usual, on his accounts. Jack stood by his side a moment, with his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span>
+cap in his hand, waiting for the captain to be at leisure to speak to
+him. At length the captain looked up.</p>
+
+<p>“Jack,” said he, “do you say that the boys have gone off with
+the boat?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know, sir,” said Jack. “The boat is gone, and the boys
+are gone, but whether the boat has gone off with the boys, or the
+boys with the boat, I couldn’t say.”</p>
+
+<p>The captain paused a moment, with a thoughtful expression
+upon his countenance, and then said,</p>
+
+<p>“Tell Nelson to take the glass, and go aloft, and look around to
+see if he can see any thing of them.”</p>
+
+<p>“Ay, ay, sir,” said Jack.</p>
+
+<p>The captain then resumed his work as if nothing particular had
+happened.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Mr. Nelson discovers them by means of his spy-glass.</div>
+
+<p>Nelson was the mate of the ship. The mate is the second in
+command under the captain.</p>
+
+<p>When Nelson received the captain’s order, he took the spy-glass,
+and went up the shrouds to the mast-head. In about ten
+minutes he came down again, and gave Jack a message for the
+captain. Jack came down again into the cabin. He found the
+captain, as before, busy at his work. The captain had been exposed
+to too many great and terrible dangers at sea to be much
+alarmed at the idea of two boys being adrift, in a strong boat and
+in a crowded harbor.</p>
+
+<p>“Mr. Nelson says, sir,” said Jack, “that he sees our boat, with
+two boys in it, about a mile and a half down the harbor. She is
+lying a little to the eastward of the red buoy.”</p>
+
+<p>A buoy is a floating beam of wood, or other light substance, anchored<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span>
+on the point of a shoal, or over a ledge of rocks, to warn
+the seamen that they must not sail there. The different buoys
+are painted of different colors, so that they may be easily distinguished
+one from another.</p>
+
+<p>The captain paused a moment on hearing Jack’s report, and looked
+undecided. In fact, his attention was so much occupied by his
+accounts, that only half his thoughts seemed to be given to the case
+of the boys. At length he asked if there was any wind.</p>
+
+<p>“Not a capful,” said the sailor.</p>
+
+<p>“Tell Nelson, then,” said the captain, “to send down the gig
+with four men, and bring the boys back.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The gig.</div>
+
+<p>The gig, as the captain called it, was a light boat belonging to
+the ship, being intended for rowing swiftly in smooth water.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Nelson fits out an expedition to relieve the boys.</div>
+
+<p>So Nelson called out four men, and directed them to get ready
+with the gig. The men accordingly lowered the gig down from
+the side of the ship into the water, and then, with the oars in their
+hands, they climbed down into it. In a few minutes they were
+rowing swiftly down the harbor, in the direction of the red buoy,
+while Captain Van Tromp went home to dinner. On his way
+home he left word, at the house where Larry lived, that the boys
+had gone down the harbor, and would not be home under an
+hour.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys watch the progress of the tide.</div>
+
+<p>While these occurrences had been taking place on the pier, the
+boys had been sitting very patiently in their boat, waiting for the
+tide to turn, or for some one to come to their assistance. They
+could see how it was with the tide by the motion of the water, as
+it glided past them. The current, in fact, when they first anchored,
+made quite a ripple at the bows of the boat. They had a fine view<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span>
+of the harbor, as they looked back toward the town from their
+boat, though the view was so distant that they could not make out
+which was the pier where Captain Van Tromp’s vessel was lying.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration24" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill024.jpg" width="450" height="210" alt="The view of the harbor" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Of course, as the tide went out more and more, the surface of
+the water was continually falling, and the depth growing less and
+less all the time. The boys could easily perceive the increasing
+shallowness of the water, as they looked over the side of the boat,
+and watched the appearance of the bottom.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A new danger. A discussion.</div>
+
+<p>“Now here’s another trouble,” said Antony. “If we don’t look
+out, we shall get left aground. I’ve a great mind to pull up the
+anchor, and let the boat drift on a little way, till we come to deeper
+water.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh no,” said Larry, “don’t let us go out to sea any farther.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why, if we stay here,” said Antony,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span> “until the tide falls so as
+to leave us aground, we may have to stay some hours after the tide
+turns before we get afloat again.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well,” said Larry, “no matter. Besides, if you go adrift
+again, the water may deepen suddenly.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said Antony, “and then we should lose hold of the bottom
+altogether. We had better not move.”</p>
+
+<p>“Unless,” added Antony, after a moment’s thought, “we can
+contrive to <em>warp</em> the boat <em>up</em> a little.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Warping the boat.</div>
+
+<p>So saying, Antony went forward to examine into the feasibility
+of this plan. He found, on looking over the bow of the boat, that
+the water was very shallow, and nearly still; for the tide, being
+nearly out, flowed now with a very gentle and almost imperceptible
+current. Of course, as the water was shallow, and the rope
+that was attached to the anchor was pretty long, the anchor itself
+was at a considerable distance from the boat. The boys could see
+the rope passing obliquely along under the water, but could not see
+the anchor.</p>
+
+<p>Antony took hold of the rope, and began to draw it in. The
+effect of this operation was to draw the boat up the harbor toward
+the anchor. When, at length, the rope was all in, Antony
+pulled up the grapnel, which was small and easily raised, and
+then swinging it to and fro several times to give it an impetus, he
+threw it with all his force forward. It fell into the water nearly
+ten feet from where it had lain before, and there sinking immediately,
+it laid hold of the bottom again. Antony now, by pulling
+upon the rope, as he had done at first, drew the boat up to the anchor
+at its new holding. He repeated this operation a number of
+times, watching the water from time to time over the bows of the
+boat, to see whether it was getting deeper or not. While Antony
+was thus engaged, the attention of Larry was suddenly attracted<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span>
+to the sound of oars. He looked in the direction from which the
+sound proceeded, and saw, at a considerable distance, a boat coming
+toward them.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Here comes the gig!”</div>
+
+<p>“Here comes a boat,” said Larry.</p>
+
+<p>Antony looked where Larry pointed.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said he, “and she is headed directly toward us.”</p>
+
+<p>“So she is,” said Larry.</p>
+
+<p>“I verily believe it is our gig,” said Antony.</p>
+
+<p>“It is,” he added, after looking a moment longer, “and there is
+Jack on board of her. They are coming for us.”</p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes more the gig was alongside. Two of the sailors
+that had come down in the gig got on board of the boys’ boat
+with their oars, and then both boats rowed up the harbor again,
+and in due time the boys reached home in safety.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<div class="sidenote">Moral.</div>
+
+<p>The moral of this story is, that in all cases of difficulty and danger
+it is best to keep quiet and composed in mind, and not to give
+way to excitement and terror. Being frightened never does any
+good, excepting when there is a chance to run away; in that case,
+it sometimes helps one to run a little faster. In all other cases, it
+is best to be cool and collected, and encounter whatever comes
+with calmness and equanimity.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="BRUNO_AND_THE_ROBIN" id="BRUNO_AND_THE_ROBIN"></a>BRUNO AND THE ROBIN.</h2>
+
+<p class="center">“Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hiram and Ralph. The robin.</div>
+
+<p>At one time Bruno had for his master a boy named Hiram.
+Hiram had a friend and companion who lived in the next house
+to him, whose name was Ralph. This Ralph had a robin. He
+kept the robin in a cage.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The loft.</div>
+
+<p>There was a small building near the bottom of Ralph’s father’s
+garden, which was used as a place of deposit for gardening implements,
+seeds, bundles of straw, matting for covering plants, and
+other similar articles employed about the garden. This building
+was called the “garden-house.” In the upper part of it was a
+loft, which Ralph had taken possession of as a storehouse for his
+wagons, trucks, traps, and other playthings. He used to go up
+to this loft by means of a number of large wooden pins, or pegs,
+that were driven into one of the posts of the frame of the garden-house,
+in a corner. Somebody once recommended to Ralph to
+have a staircase made to lead up to his loft, but he said he liked
+better to climb up by these pins than to have the best staircase
+that ever was made.</p>
+
+<p>Ralph used frequently to carry his robin to this garden-house
+when he was playing about there, and on such occasions he would
+sometimes hang the cage on a nail out of the window of his loft.
+He drove the nail himself into the edge of a sort of a shelf, which
+was near the window on the outside. The shelf was put there<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span>
+for doves to light upon, in going in and out of their house, which
+was made in the peak of the roof, over Ralph’s loft.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Account of Ralph’s robin.</div>
+
+<p>Ralph caught his robin when he was very young. He caught
+him in a net. He saw the nest when the birds were first building
+it. About a week after the birds had finished it, he thought
+it was time for the eggs to be laid. So he got a ladder, which
+was usually kept on the back side of the tool-house, and, having
+planted it against a tree, he began to go up. Just then, his little
+brother Eddy, who was walking along one of the alleys of the garden
+near where the bird’s nest was, saw him.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Eddy’s advice.</div>
+
+<p>“Ralph,” said Eddy, “what are you going to do?”</p>
+
+<p>“I’m going to get the eggs out of the nest,” said Ralph.</p>
+
+<p>“No,” replied Eddy, “you must not do that.”</p>
+
+<p>Ralph paid no regard to this, but went on slowly mounting the
+ladder. The top of the ladder, resting as it did against some of
+the branches of the tree, was not very steady, and so Ralph could
+not go up very fast. Besides, Ralph was somewhat afraid of the
+old birds; for they, seeing that their nest was in danger, were
+flying about him with very loud chirpings, being apparently in a
+state of great terror and distress.</p>
+
+<p>“Ralph,” said Eddy, “you must not trouble those birds.”</p>
+
+<p>Ralph went steadily on.</p>
+
+<p>“Besides,” said Eddy, when he saw that his brother paid no
+heed to his remonstrances, “it would be a great deal better to
+wait till the eggs are hatched, and then get one of the birds.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The plan changed.</div>
+
+<p>Ralph paused when he heard this suggestion. He began to
+think that it might possibly be a better plan to wait, as Eddy proposed,
+and to get a bird instead of an egg. He paused a moment<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span>
+on the ladder, standing on one foot, and holding himself on by one
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>“Would you, Eddy?” said he.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said Eddy, “I certainly would.”</p>
+
+<p>Eddy proposed this plan, not so much from any desire he had
+that Ralph should get one of the birds when they were hatched,
+as to save the eggs from being taken away then. He had an
+instinctive feeling that it was wrong to take away the eggs, and
+he pitied the poor birds in their distress, and so he said what he
+thought was most likely to induce Ralph to desist from his design.</p>
+
+<p>After hesitating a few minutes, Ralph said, “Well, I will.” He
+then came down to the ground again, and, taking up the ladder,
+he carried it away.</p>
+
+<p>About a week after this, Ralph got the ladder one day when
+the birds were not there, and climbed up to the nest. He found
+three very pretty blue eggs in it.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The birds are hatched.</div>
+
+<p>About a week after this he climbed up again, and he found that
+the eggs were hatched. There were three little birds there, not
+fledged. When they heard Ralph’s rustling of the branches over
+their heads, they opened their mouths very wide, expecting that
+the old birds had come to bring them something to eat.</p>
+
+<p>About a week after this Ralph climbed up again, but, just before
+he reached the nest, the three birds, having now grown old enough
+to fly, all clambered out of the nest, and flew away in all directions.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Here’s one!”</div>
+
+<p>“Stop ’em! stop ’em! Eddy,” said Ralph, “or watch them at
+least, and see where they go, till I come down.”</p>
+
+<p>“Here’s one,” said Eddy.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>He pointed, as he said this, under some currant-bushes, near an
+alley where he was walking. The little bird was crouched down,
+and was looking about him full of wonder. In fact, he was quite
+astonished to find how far he had flown.</p>
+
+<p>Ralph clambered down the ladder as fast as he could, and then
+ran off to the tool-house, saying as he ran,</p>
+
+<p>“Keep him there, Eddy, till I go and get my net.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can’t keep him,” said Eddy, “unless he has a mind to stay.
+But I will watch him.”</p>
+
+<p>So Eddy stood still and watched the bird while Ralph went
+after his net. The bird hopped along a little way, and then stopped,
+and remained perfectly still until Ralph returned.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A bird pursued.</div>
+
+<p>The net was a round net, the mouth of it being kept open by
+means of a hoop. It was fastened to the end of a long pole.
+Ralph crept up softly toward the place where the bird had alighted,
+and, when he was near enough, he extended the pole, and
+clapped the net down over the bird, and made it prisoner.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Caught and caged.</div>
+
+<p>“I’ve caught him! I’ve caught him!” said Ralph, greatly excited.
+“Run, Eddy, and get the cage. Run quick. No, stop;
+you come here, and hold the net down, and I’ll go and get the
+cage myself.”</p>
+
+<p>So Eddy held the net down, while Ralph went into the tool-house
+after the cage. He succeeded in putting the bird into the
+cage safely, and then went home.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The feeding.</div>
+
+<p>Ralph attended his bird very carefully for many days, feeding
+him with strawberries and crumbs of bread. The natural food of
+most small birds consists of seeds, berries, and insects. Ralph
+knew, therefore, that strawberries would be good for his bird,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span>
+and as for bread, he reflected that it was made from seeds,
+namely, the seeds of wheat. The only difference was, that in
+bread the seeds were ground up, mixed with water, and baked.
+So Ralph concluded that bread would be a very proper food for
+his robin.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration25" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill025.jpg" width="450" height="379" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Ralph taming the robin.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The stile.</div>
+
+<p>As soon as the robin grew old enough to hop about a little,
+Ralph used often to take him out of his cage and put him on the
+walk in the garden, or on the end of a fence, near a stile, where
+was a broad, flat
+place convenient
+for the little bird
+to stand on. In
+such cases, he
+would, himself,
+always stand at
+a little distance
+off, so as not to
+frighten the bird,
+and in this manner
+he gradually
+taught him to be
+very tame and familiar.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno and Hiram. Description of the premises.</div>
+
+<p>Although Ralph was thus very kind to his robin, he was generally
+a very unreasonable and selfish boy. Bruno, at this time,
+lived in the house next to the one where he lived. Bruno
+belonged, as has already been said, to a boy named Hiram. The
+two houses that these two boys lived in were pretty near together,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span>
+and the gardens adjoined, being separated from each other only
+by a wall. At the foot of each garden was a gate, and there was
+a little path which led along from one gate to the other, through
+a field where there was a brook, and also a great many trees
+overshadowing the banks of it. The boys used often to visit each
+other by going from one of these gates to the other along this
+path. There was a space under Hiram’s gate where Bruno could
+get through. He used often to go through this opening, and pass
+down into the field, to drink in the brook, or to play about among
+the trees. Sometimes both the gates were left open, and then
+Bruno would go and look into Ralph’s garden; and once he went
+in, and walked along as far as the tool-house, looking about and
+examining the premises very curiously. As soon as he had seen
+what sort of a place it was, however, he turned round and ran
+out again, not knowing what might happen to him if he stayed
+there.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Ralph wishes to buy Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>Ralph saw Bruno often when he went to visit Hiram in his
+garden, and he wished that he could have such a dog himself.
+In fact, he tried to buy him of Hiram a long time, but Hiram
+would not sell him. Ralph became very angry with Hiram at
+last for so strenuously refusing to sell his dog.</p>
+
+<p>“You are a great fool,” said he, “for not being willing to sell
+me the dog. I would give you any price you would name.”</p>
+
+<p>“That makes no difference,” said Hiram; “I would rather
+have the dog than any amount of money, no matter how much.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Ralph becomes Bruno’s enemy.</div>
+
+<p>So Ralph turned, and went away in a rage; and the next time
+he saw Bruno out in the field behind the garden, he ran down to
+his gate and pelted him with stones.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Bruno could not understand what reason Ralph could have for
+wishing to hurt him, or being his enemy in any way. He perceived,
+however, that Ralph was his enemy, and so he became
+very much afraid of him. When he wished to go down to the
+brook, he always looked out through the hole under the gate
+very carefully to see if Ralph was near, and if he was, he did not
+go. If he could not see Ralph any where, he would creep out
+stealthily, and walk along in a very cautious manner, turning his
+head continually toward Ralph’s gate, to watch for the slightest
+indications of danger; and if he caught a glimpse of Ralph in the
+garden, he would turn back and run into Hiram’s garden again.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys play together.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was a very courageous dog, and he would not have run
+away from Ralph, but would have attacked him in the most
+determined manner, and driven him away from the garden gate,
+and thus taught him better than to throw stones at an innocent
+and unoffending dog, had he not been prevented from doing this
+by one consideration. He perceived that Ralph was one of
+Hiram’s friends. Hiram went often to visit Ralph, and Ralph, in
+return, came often to visit Hiram. They used to employ themselves
+together in various schemes of amusement, and Bruno,
+who often stood by at such times, although he could not understand
+the conversation that passed between them, perceived, nevertheless,
+that they were good friends. He would not, therefore,
+do any harm to Ralph, even in self-defense, for fear of displeasing
+Hiram. Accordingly, when Ralph assaulted him with sticks and
+stones, the only alternative left him was to run away.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hiram catches a squirrel. Ralph wishes to buy the squirrel.</div>
+
+<p>It is singular enough that Ralph, though often very unreasonable
+and selfish in his dealings with other boys, and though in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span>
+this instance very cruel to Bruno, was still generally kind to animals.
+He was very fond of animals, and used to get as many as
+he could; and whenever Hiram had any, he used to go to see
+them, and he took a great interest in them. Once Hiram caught
+a beautiful gray squirrel in a box-trap.
+He put the trap down upon
+a chopping-block in a little room that
+was used as a shop in his father’s
+barn. Ralph came in to see the
+squirrel. He kneeled down before
+the block, and, lifting up the trap a
+little way, he peeped in. The squirrel
+was in the back corner of the
+trap, crouched down, and feeling,
+apparently, very much afraid. He
+had a long, bushy tail, which was
+curled over his back in a very graceful
+manner. Ralph resolved to buy this squirrel too, but Hiram
+was unwilling to sell him. However, he said that <em>perhaps</em> he
+would sell him, if Ralph would wait till the next day. Ralph
+accordingly waited; but that night the squirrel gnawed out of his
+trap, and as the shop window was left open, he made his escape,
+and got off into the woods again, where he leaped back and forth
+among the branches of the trees, and turned head over heels again
+and again in the exuberance of his joy.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration26" style="width: 216px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill026.jpg" width="216" height="250" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The shop.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hiram and Joe go into the woods.</div>
+
+<p>One day Hiram went out into the woods with a man whom
+they called Uncle Joe, to get some stones to mend a wall. They
+went in a cart. They placed a board across the cart for a seat.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span>
+Uncle Joe and Hiram sat upon this seat together, side by side,
+Hiram on the right, as he was going to drive. The tools for digging
+out the stones, consisting of a spade, a shovel, a hoe, and a
+crowbar, were laid in the bottom of the cart. Thus they rode to
+the woods. Bruno followed them, trotting along by the road-side,
+and now and then running off under the fences and walls, to see
+if he could smell the tracks of any wild animals among the ferns
+and bushes.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno barks at something.</div>
+
+<p>He was not successful in this hunting on his way to the
+woods, but, after he arrived there, he accomplished quite a brilliant
+achievement. Hiram and Uncle Joe were very busy digging
+out stones, when their attention was arrested by a very loud
+and violent barking. Hiram knew at once that it was Bruno that
+was barking, though he could not see him. The reason why they
+could not see the dog was, that he was down in the bottom of a
+shady glen, that lay near where Hiram and Uncle Joe were digging
+the stones.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s that?” said Hiram. “What is Bruno barking at?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know,” said Uncle Joe; “go and see.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno finds a fox’s hole.</div>
+
+<p>So Hiram threw down his hoe, and, seizing a stick, he ran
+down into the glen. He found Bruno stationed before a hole,
+which opened in under a bank, near a small spring. He seemed
+very much excited, sometimes running back and forth before the
+hole, sometimes digging into it with his fore paws, and barking
+all the time in a very loud and earnest manner. He seemed
+greatly pleased when he saw Hiram coming.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as Hiram saw that Bruno was barking at a hole, which
+seemed to be the hole of some wild animal, he went back and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span>
+called Uncle Joe to come and see. Uncle Joe said he thought it
+was the hole of a fox, and from the excitement that Bruno manifested,
+he judged that the fox must be in it.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll go and get the tools,” said he, “and we will dig him out.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hiram gets a little fox.</div>
+
+<p>So Uncle Joe went for the tools, and he and Hiram began to
+dig. They dug for more than half an hour. Finally they came
+to the end of the hole, and then they found a young fox crouching
+close into a corner. He was about as large as a small kitten.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">His plans for him. Hiram gives his fox a hole to live in.</div>
+
+<p>Hiram said he meant to carry the fox home, and bring him up,
+and tame him. He accordingly took him in his arms, and carried
+him back to the place where they had been digging stones. Uncle
+Joe carried back the tools. Bruno jumped about and barked a
+great deal by the side of Hiram, but Hiram ordered him to be
+quiet, and finally he learned that the little fox was not to be
+killed. When they reached the stone quarry, Hiram made a
+small pen for the fox. He made it of four square stones, which
+he placed together so as to inclose a small space, and then he
+covered this space by means of a flat stone which he placed over
+it. Thus the little prisoner was secured.</p>
+
+<p>When the pen was completed, and the fox put in, Hiram
+resumed his work of digging stones with Uncle Joe. He was
+very eager now to get the load completed as soon as possible, so
+as to go home with his fox. While he was at work thus, Bruno
+crouched down before the place where Hiram had shut up his
+fox, and watched very earnestly. He understood that Hiram
+wished to keep the fox, and therefore he had no intention of
+hurting him. He only meant to be all ready to give the alarm,
+in case the little prisoner should attempt to get away.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Hiram had very good success in training and taming his fox.
+Ralph and Eddy came often to see him, and they sometimes
+helped Hiram to feed him, and to take care of him. There was
+a place by an old wall behind the house where Hiram lived where
+there was a hole, which seemed to lead under ground, from a sort
+of angle between two large stones.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll let him have that hole for his house,” said Hiram. “I
+don’t know how deep it is; but if it is not deep enough for him,
+he must dig it deeper.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The chain.</div>
+
+<p>Ralph had a small collar which was made for a dog’s collar;
+and one day, when he felt more good-natured than usual, and had
+in some measure forgotten Hiram’s refusal to sell Bruno to him,
+he offered to lend Hiram this collar to put around Foxy’s neck.</p>
+
+<p>“Then,” said Ralph, “you can get a long chain, and chain
+Foxy to a stake close to the mouth of his hole. And so the chain
+will allow him to go in and out of his hole, and to play about
+around it, and yet it will prevent his running away.”</p>
+
+<p>Hiram liked this plan very much. So Ralph brought the collar,
+and the boys put it upon Foxy’s neck. Hiram also found a
+kind of chain at a hardware store in the village, which he thought
+would be suitable to his purpose, and he bought two yards of it.
+This length of chain, when Foxy was fastened with it, gave him
+a very considerable degree of liberty, and, at the same time, prevented
+him from running away. He could go into his hole, where
+he was entirely out of sight, or he could come out and play in
+the grass, and under the lilac bushes that were about his hole,
+and eat the food which Hiram brought out for him there. Sometimes,
+too, he would climb up to the top of the wall, and lie there<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span>
+an hour at a time, asleep. If, however, on such occasions, he
+heard any one coming, he would run down the rocks that formed
+the wall, and disappear in his hole in an instant, and he would
+not come out again until he was quite confident that the danger
+had gone by.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The cunning of the fox.</div>
+
+<p>It is not very difficult to tame a fox. And yet, in his natural
+state, he is very wild and very cunning. He resorts to all sorts
+of maneuvers and contrivances to entrap such animals as he likes
+for food. On the adjoining page is the picture of a fox lying in
+wait to catch some rabbits which he sees playing in a neighboring
+field. He watches for them very slyly; and when they come
+near enough, he will spring upon them, and seize them entirely
+unawares.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration27" style="width: 329px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill027.jpg" width="329" height="450" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Picture of a fox lying in wait for some rabbits.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>He is very cunning, and yet, if he is caught young, it is not
+difficult to tame him.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Ralph offers half a dollar for Hiram’s fox.</div>
+
+<p>One day, after some time, Ralph took it into his head to buy
+Foxy, as he had tried to buy Bruno; but he found Hiram as little
+disposed to sell the one as the other.</p>
+
+<p>“I will give you half a dollar for him,” said Ralph, “and that
+is twice as much as he is worth: a full grown fox is not worth
+more than that.”</p>
+
+<p>Ralph had some money in small silver pieces and cents, amounting
+to about half a dollar. This treasure he kept in a tin moneybox,
+shaped like a house, with a place to drop money in down the
+chimney.</p>
+
+<p>“No,” said Ralph, “I would rather not sell him.”</p>
+
+<p>Ralph tried a long time to persuade Hiram to sell the fox, but
+Hiram persisted firmly in his refusal. At length Ralph became<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a><br /><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span>
+very angry with him, because he would not consent. This was
+extremely unreasonable. Has not a boy a right to do as he
+pleases about selling or keeping his own property?</p>
+
+<p>Most certainly he has; and yet nothing is more common than
+for both men and boys to be angry with their friends and neighbors
+for not being willing to sell them property which they wish
+to buy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Ralph, are you stoning Bruno?”</div>
+
+<p>When Ralph found that Hiram could not be induced to sell
+Foxy, he went off in great anger, muttering and threatening as he
+went. He passed out through the gate at the bottom of the garden,
+and then walked along the path toward the gate which led to
+his own garden. As he was going in, he saw Bruno lying down
+upon a grassy bank near the stream. He immediately began to
+take up stones to stone him. The first stone which he threw
+struck Bruno on the back, as he lay upon the grass, and hurt him
+very much. Bruno sprang up and ran away, barking and making
+other outcries indicative of pain and terror. Hiram came running
+down to the garden to see what was the matter. When he
+reached the place, he saw Ralph just aiming another stone.</p>
+
+<p>“Ralph!” exclaimed Hiram, greatly astonished, “are you stoning
+Bruno?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said Ralph; “I’ve stoned him a great many times before,
+and I’ll stone him again the next time I catch him down
+here.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s escape.</div>
+
+<p>By this time Bruno had come to the gate. He scrambled in
+through his hole, and then, thinking that he was now safe, he
+walked along up one of the alleys of the garden.</p>
+
+<p>Hiram, knowing well that it would do no good to remonstrate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span>
+with Ralph while he was in such a state of mind, shut the gate
+of the garden, and went to the house.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Ralph resolves to reclaim his collar.</div>
+
+<p>That evening, while Hiram was in the house eating his supper,
+Ralph came down out of his own garden, and went into Hiram’s.
+He was talking to himself as he walked along.</p>
+
+<p>“I am going to get my collar,” said he. “I won’t lend it to
+such a fellow any longer. I shall take it off the fox’s neck, and
+carry it home. I don’t care if the fox does get away.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He does so.</div>
+
+<p>When he approached the old wall, the fox was on the top of it;
+but, on hearing Ralph coming, he ran down, and went into his
+hole. As soon as Ralph reached the place, he pulled the fox out
+roughly by the chain, saying,</p>
+
+<p>“Come out here, you red-headed son of a thief, and give me my
+collar.”</p>
+
+<p>So saying, he pulled the fox out, and unhooked the chain from
+the collar. He unfastened the collar, and took it off from the fox’s
+neck. He then threw the fox himself carelessly into the grass, and
+walked away down the garden.</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time Hiram came out from his supper, and, seeing
+Ralph walking away, he apprehended something wrong, and he
+accordingly hastened on to see if his fox was safe. To his great
+surprise and grief, he saw the chain lying on the ground, detached
+and useless. The fox was gone.</p>
+
+<p>He immediately called out to Ralph to ask an explanation.</p>
+
+<p>“Ralph,” said he, “where is my fox?”</p>
+
+<p>“<em>I</em> haven’t got your fox,” said Ralph.</p>
+
+<p>“Where is he, then?” asked Hiram.</p>
+
+<p>“Gone off into the woods, I suppose,” said Ralph.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Hiram stood still a moment, utterly confounded, and wondering
+what all this could mean.</p>
+
+<p>“I came to get my collar,” said Ralph, holding up the collar in
+his hand, “and if the fox has gone off, it is not my fault. You
+ought to have had a collar of your own.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hiram laments the loss of his fox.</div>
+
+<p>Hiram was extremely grieved at the thought of having so wanton
+an injury inflicted upon him by his neighbor and playmate,
+and he turned toward the place where his fox had been kept with
+tears in his eyes. He looked all about, but the fox was nowhere
+to be seen. He then went slowly back to the house in great sorrow.</p>
+
+<p>As for Ralph, he went back into his own garden in a very unamiable
+state of mind. He went up into the loft over the tool-house
+to put the collar away. He climbed up upon a bench in
+order to reach a high shelf above, and in so doing he knocked down
+a box of lucifer matches, which had been left exposed upon a corner
+of the shelf. He uttered a peevish exclamation at the occurrence
+of this accident, and then got down upon the floor to pick up
+the matches. He gathered all that he could readily find upon the
+floor, and put them in the box, and then put the box back again
+upon the shelf. Then he went away into the house.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hope.</div>
+
+<p>About two hours after this, just before dark, Hiram was sitting
+on the steps of the door at his father’s house, thinking mournfully
+of his loss, when he suddenly heard a very loud barking at the foot
+of the garden.</p>
+
+<p>“There!” said he, starting up, greatly excited, “that’s Bruno,
+and he has found Foxy, I’ll engage.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">An alarm. The garden-house on fire.</div>
+
+<p>So saying, Hiram ran down the garden, and on his way he was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span>
+surprised to see a smoke rising from the direction of Ralph’s garden-house.
+He did not, however, pay any very particular attention
+to this circumstance, as it was very common for Ralph to
+have fires in the garden, to burn the dried weeds and the old straw
+which often collect in such places. He hastened on in the direction
+of Bruno’s barking, quite confident that the dog had found his
+lost fox, and was barking for him to come and get him.</p>
+
+<p>Just at this moment he saw Bruno come running to the gate at
+the bottom of the garden. He was barking violently, and he
+seemed very much excited. As soon as he saw Hiram coming,
+he ran back again and disappeared. Hiram hastened on, and, as
+soon as he got through the gate into the field, he saw that Bruno
+was standing at the gate which led into Ralph’s garden, and running
+in and out alternately, and looking eagerly at Hiram, as if he
+wished him to come. Hiram ran to the place, and, on looking in,
+he saw, to his utter consternation, that the garden-house was on
+fire. Dense volumes of smoke were pouring out of the doors and
+windows, with now and then great flashes of flame breaking out
+among them. Bruno, having brought Hiram to the spot, seemed
+now desirous of giving the alarm to Ralph; so he ran up toward
+the house in which Ralph lived, barking violently all the way.</p>
+
+<p>His effort was successful. In a minute or two he returned, barking
+as before, and followed by Ralph. Ralph was greatly terrified
+when he saw that the garden-house was on fire. He ran back
+to the house to call his mother. She came down to the place in
+great haste, though she seemed quite calm and composed. She
+was a woman of a very quiet disposition, and was almost always
+composed and self-possessed. She saw at a glance that the fire<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span>
+could not be put out. There was no sufficient supply of water at
+hand, and besides, if there had been water, she and the two boys
+could not have put it on fast enough to extinguish the flames.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“What shall we do?”</div>
+
+<p>“Oh dear me! oh dear me!” exclaimed Ralph, in great distress,
+“what shall we do? Mother! mother! what shall we do?”</p>
+
+<p>“Nothing at all,” said his mother, quietly. “There is nothing
+for us to do but to stand still and see it burn.”</p>
+
+<p>“And there’s my poor robin all burning up!” said Ralph, as he
+ran to and fro in great distress. “Oh, I wish there was somebody
+here to save my robin!”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The robin in danger.</div>
+
+<p>The cage containing the robin was hanging in its place, under
+the shelf by the side of the window. The smoke and flame,
+which came out from the window and from a door below, passed
+just over it, and so near as to envelop and conceal the top of the
+cage, and it was plain that the poor bird would soon be suffocated
+and burned to death, unless some plan for rescuing it could be devised.
+When Hiram knew the danger that the bird was in, his
+first thought was that he was glad of it. He pitied the bird very
+much, but he said to himself that it was good enough for Ralph
+to lose it. “He deserves to lose his bird,” thought he, “for having
+let my Foxy go.”</p>
+
+<p>This spirit, however, of resentment and retaliation remained but
+a moment in Hiram’s mind. When he saw how much interest
+Bruno seemed to feel in giving the alarm, and in desiring to have
+the fire extinguished, he said to himself, “Bruno forgives him, and
+why should not I? I will save the bird for him, if it is possible,
+even if I get scorched in doing it.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hiram rescues the robin by means of the ladder.</div>
+
+<p>He accordingly ran round to the back side of the garden-house<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span>
+to get the ladder. Bruno followed him, watching him very eagerly
+to see what he was going to do. Hiram brought the ladder forward,
+and planted it against the garden-house, a little beyond the
+place where the cage, was hanging. In the mean time, Ralph
+had run off to the house to get a pail of water, vainly imagining
+that he could do at least something with it toward extinguishing
+the flames and rescuing the bird. By the time he got back,
+Hiram had placed the ladder, and was just going up, amid the
+smoke and sparks, to get the cage.<a name="FNanchor_5" id="FNanchor_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> Bruno stood by at the foot
+of the ladder, looking up eagerly to Hiram, and watching as if he
+were going to take the cage as soon as it came down.</p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_5" id="Footnote_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> See Frontispiece.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Hiram had to stop once or twice in going up the ladder to get
+breath, for the wind blew the smoke and sparks over him so much
+at intervals as almost to suffocate him. He, however, persevered,
+and finally succeeded in reaching the cage. He took it off from
+its fastening, and brought it down the ladder. When he reached
+the ground, Bruno took it from his hand by means of the ring at
+the top, and ran off with it away from the fire. He then placed
+it carefully upon the ground, and began leaping around it, wagging
+his tail, and manifesting every other indication of excitement and
+delight.</p>
+
+<p>Ralph was very much pleased, too, to find that his robin was
+safe. He took the cage, and, carrying it away, set it down at
+a still greater distance from the fire. The garden-house was
+burned to the ground. Hiram and Bruno waited there until the
+fire was almost out, and then they went home. Hiram experienced
+a feeling of great satisfaction and pleasure at the thought<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span>
+that he had been able to save Ralph’s bird. “I should have been
+sorry,” said he to himself, “if he had lost his bird, and I think,
+too, that he will be sorry now that he let my little Foxy go.”</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, after breakfast, Hiram concluded that he
+would go round into Ralph’s garden, and look at the ruins of the
+fire. He passed out through the gate at the bottom of his father’s
+garden, and then turned into the path leading to the other gate,
+and there, to his surprise, he saw Ralph sitting on a stone, feeding
+Bruno with a piece of meat. It was a piece which he had
+saved from his own breakfast for the purpose. Bruno was eating
+the meat with an appearance of great satisfaction, while Ralph
+sat by, patting him on the head.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Hiram, I am giving Bruno some breakfast.”</div>
+
+<p>“Hiram,” said Ralph, as soon as he saw Hiram coming, “I am
+giving Bruno some breakfast.”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno looked up toward Hiram and wagged his tail.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s right,” said Hiram. “He seems to like it very much.”</p>
+
+<p>“Hiram,” said Ralph, again.</p>
+
+<p>“What?” said Hiram.</p>
+
+<p>Ralph hesitated. He seemed to have something on his mind,
+and not to know exactly how to express it.</p>
+
+<p>“How is the robin this morning? Did he get stifled any by
+the smoke?”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Restitution. Ralph proposes to get another fox for Hiram.</div>
+
+<p>“No,” said Ralph; “he is as bright as a lark.” Then, after a
+moment’s pause, he added, “I am sorry I let your Foxy get away.
+I suppose I ought to pay you for him; and, if I could get another
+fox for you, I would. I have not got any thing but just my bird.
+I’ll give you him.”</p>
+
+<p>To find Ralph taking this view of the subject was something so<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span>
+new and strange to Hiram, that at first he did not know what to
+say.</p>
+
+<p>“No,” he replied, at length, “I would rather not take your
+bird, though I am very sorry that Foxy has got away. If you
+had only told me that you wanted your collar, I would have
+taken it off, and fastened Foxy with something else.”</p>
+
+<p>Ralph hung his head and had nothing to say.</p>
+
+<p>The boys went soon after this to look at the bed of ashes and
+embers that marked the spot where the garden-house had stood,
+and then they sauntered together slowly back into Hiram’s garden.
+Bruno followed them. He seemed to understand that a great
+change had somehow or other taken place in Ralph’s disposition
+of mind toward him, and he was no longer afraid. The boys went
+together to the place where Foxy had been confined.</p>
+
+<p>“John Thomas hunts foxes sometimes with his father,” said
+Ralph. “There are a great many in the woods back of their
+farm. I am going to see if I can’t get him to catch you another
+young one. I shall tell him I will give him half a dollar if he
+will get one, and that is all the money I have got.”</p>
+
+<p>Hiram did not reply to this suggestion. He did not know exactly
+what to say. His thought was, that no other fox that could possibly
+be found would supply the place, in his view, of the one that
+he had lost. He had taken so much pains to teach that one, and
+to tame him, that he had become quite attached to him individually,
+and he was very sure that he should never like any other one
+so well. He did not, however, like to say this to Ralph, for he
+perceived that Ralph was very much troubled about what he
+had done, and was quite anxious to make some reparation, and he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span>
+thought that it would trouble him still more to learn that all reparation
+was wholly out of his power.</p>
+
+<p>“And if he catches one for you,” continued Ralph, “then I’ll
+give you the collar for your own. I would give it to you now,
+if it would do you any good.”</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll take the chain off, at any rate,” said Hiram, “and carry it
+in, and keep it, in case I ever should have another fox.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Foxy found.</div>
+
+<p>So he stooped down, and began to unhook the chain from the
+stake to which it was fastened. As he did this, his face was
+brought down pretty near to the hole under the wall, and, looking
+in there, his attention was attracted to two bright, shining spots
+there, that looked like the eyes of an animal.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Run and get the collar.”</div>
+
+<p>“Hi&mdash;yi,” said he, suddenly, “I verily believe he is here now.
+Run and get the collar.”</p>
+
+<p>Ralph took a peep, first, into the hole, and then ran for the collar.
+When he came back, he found Hiram sitting down on the
+grass, with the fox in his arms. The truth was, that the fox had
+been treated so kindly since he had been in Hiram’s keeping, and
+he had become so accustomed to his hole under the wall, that he
+did not wish to go away. When he found himself at liberty by
+the removal of the collar, he had gone off a little in the grass and
+among the bushes, but, when night came on, he had returned as
+usual to his hole; and when he heard the voices of the boys at the
+wall in the morning, he supposed that Hiram had come to give
+him his breakfast, and he came accordingly out to the mouth of
+his hole to see if his supposition were correct. He submitted to
+have his collar put on very readily.</p>
+
+<p>Thus there was a general reconciliation all round, and Bruno,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span>
+Foxy, Hiram, and Ralph became, all four of them, very excellent
+friends.</p>
+
+<p class="center">Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.</p>
+
+<p>This story reminds me of another one relating to the burning of
+a small building in the bottom of a garden, called a tool-house. I
+will here relate that story, and then tell more about Bruno. It
+will be seen that this tool-house took fire in a very singular way.
+Precisely how Ralph’s garden-house took fire never was known.
+It was probably in some way connected with the matches which
+Ralph left upon the floor. Whether he stepped upon one of them,
+and thus ignited it, and left it slowly burning&mdash;or whether some
+mouse came by, and set one of them on fire by gnawing upon it&mdash;or
+whether one of the matches got into a crack of the floor, and
+was then inflamed by getting pinched there by some springing or
+working of the boards, produced by the gardener’s walking over
+the floor or wheeling the wheelbarrow in&mdash;whether, in fine, the
+mischief originated in either of these ways, or in some other
+wholly unknown, could never be ascertained.</p>
+
+<p>At all events, however&mdash;and this is the conclusion of the story&mdash;the
+garden-house was soon rebuilt, and Ralph was effectually cured
+of his resentment and enmity by the noble and magnanimous spirit
+which Hiram and Bruno exhibited in saving his bird.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><em>Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.</em></p>
+
+<p>Three times I have put this precept in the story, in order that
+you may be sure to remember it.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_BURNING_OF_THE_TOOL-HOUSE" id="THE_BURNING_OF_THE_TOOL-HOUSE"></a>THE BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE.</h2>
+
+<p>When one has committed a fault, to acknowledge it frankly,
+and to bear the consequences of it one’s self submissively, is
+magnanimous and noble. On the contrary, to resort to cunning
+tricks to conceal it, and especially to attempt to throw the
+blame of it upon others who are innocent, is mean and contemptible.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Description of the tool-house. Thomas, the gardener.</div>
+
+<p>Once there were two boys, named William and John, who had
+a building for a tool-house and work-shop at the bottom of their
+father’s garden. It was very similar in its situation to the one
+described in the last story. The building was at a place where
+the land descended, so that while it was only one story high on
+the front side toward the garden, it was two stories high on the
+other side toward a brook, which ran along near the lower garden
+fence. The upper part of the building was the tool-room. This
+room opened out upon one of the alleys of the garden. The
+lower part was the shop. The door leading into the shop was
+behind. There was a fire-place in the shop, and the chimney
+passed up, of course, through the tool-room; but there was no
+fire-place in the tool-room, for there never was any occasion to
+make a fire there. The only use of that room was, that Thomas,
+the old gardener, used to keep his spades, and rakes, and hoes,
+and other garden tools in it; and sometimes of a summer evening,
+when his work was done, he used to sit at the door of it and smoke<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span>
+his pipe. The building was very convenient, though it was small,
+and old, and so not of much value.</p>
+
+<p>In the winter, the boys were accustomed occasionally to have a
+fire in the work-shop below, when they were at work there. There
+was not much danger in this, for the floor of the room was of stone.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Sealing the packages.</div>
+
+<p>In the summer, of course, they never required a fire, except
+when they wished to use the glue. Then they were accustomed
+to make a small fire to dissolve the glue. One summer morning,
+however, they wanted a candle. They had been collecting garden
+seeds, and they wished to seal them up in small packages
+with sealing-wax. It would have been better, perhaps, to have
+tied the parcels up with twine; but the boys took a fancy to using
+sealing-wax, for the sake of the interest and pleasure which they
+expected to find in the work of sealing. So, just before noon,
+when they had got their seeds all ready, William went up to the
+house, and his mother gave him a long candle.</p>
+
+<p>When William came into the shop, John accosted him, saying,</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys have no candlestick.</div>
+
+<p>“Why, William, you have not brought any candlestick. What shall
+we do for a candlestick?”</p>
+
+<p>“I forgot that,” said William.</p>
+
+<p>“Never mind,” said John; “we can make one with a block
+and three nails.”</p>
+
+<p>There is a way of making a candlestick in a shop, which consists
+of driving three nails into a small block of wood, at such a
+distance apart as to leave just space for the end of the candle between
+them. If the nails are driven into the block in a proper
+manner, and if the heads of the nails are not too large, this contrivance
+makes quite a good candlestick.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Another way is to take a similar block of wood, and bore a hole
+in the top of it just large enough to receive the end of the candle,
+and just deep enough to hold it firmly.</p>
+
+<p>William proposed that they should make the candlestick by
+boring a hole, but John thought it was best to do it by means of
+nails.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The two candlesticks.</div>
+
+<p>So they concluded to make two. John was to make one with
+nails, and William one with the borer. So they both began to
+look about among the shavings under the bench for blocks, and
+when they found two that seemed to answer their purpose, William
+went to a drawer, and selected a borer of the proper size,
+while John began to choose nails with small heads out of a nail-box
+which was upon the bench for his operation.</p>
+
+<p>In due time the candlesticks were both finished. The one
+which William had made was really the best; but John insisted
+that the one which he had made was the best, and so William,
+who was a very good-natured boy, gave up the point. The candle
+was put into John’s candlestick, and William put his away
+upon a shelf, to be used, perhaps, on some future occasion. The
+boys then lighted the candle by means of a match, and put it on
+the end of the work-bench where they were going to do the work
+of putting up their seeds.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys leave the candle burning.</div>
+
+<p>It was now, however, about noon, which was the hour for the
+boys to go home to dinner. They arranged their seeds a little upon
+the bench, but did not have time to begin to seal them up before
+they heard the dinner-bell ring. They then left their work, and
+went up to the house. Unfortunately, they left the candle burning.
+As it was bright daylight, and especially as the sun shone<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span>
+in near where the candle stood, the flame was very faint to the
+view; in fact, it was almost entirely invisible, and the boys, when
+they looked around the shop just before they left it, did not observe
+it at all.</p>
+
+<p>After dinner, the boys concluded that they would go a fishing
+that afternoon, and not finish putting up their seeds until the following
+day.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The matting. The pipe.</div>
+
+<p>While they were gone, the candle was burning all the time,
+the flame gradually descending as the combustion went on, until,
+about tea-time, it reached the block of wood. It did not set the
+wood on fire, but the wick fell over, when the flame reached the
+wood, and communicated the fire to a roll of matting which lay
+upon the bench behind it. The matting had been used to wrap
+up plants in, and was damp; so it burned very slowly. About
+this time, Thomas, the old gardener, came and sat down in the
+doorway of the tool-house above, smoking his pipe. He did not
+know, however, what mischief was brewing in the room below;
+and so, when it began to grow dark, he knocked the ashes out of
+his pipe upon the ground of the garden, shut the tool-room door,
+and went home.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Fire! fire!</div>
+
+<p>That night, about midnight, the boys were suddenly awakened
+and dreadfully terrified by a cry of fire, and, on opening their eyes,
+they perceived a strong light gleaming into the windows of their
+bed-room. They sprang up, and saw that the tool-house was all
+on fire. The people of the house dressed themselves as quick as
+possible, and hastened to the spot, and some of the neighbors came
+too. It was, however, too late to extinguish the fire. The building
+and all the tools which it contained, both in the tool-room and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>
+in the shop, and all the seeds that the boys had collected were entirely
+consumed.</p>
+
+<p>Nobody could imagine how the building took fire. Some said
+it must have been set on fire by malicious persons. Others thought
+that old Thomas must have been unconsciously the author of the
+mischief, with his pipe. Nothing certain, however, could be ascertained
+at that time, and so the company separated, determining to
+have the matter more fully investigated the following morning.</p>
+
+<p>William and John, who had dressed themselves when the alarm
+was first given, and had gone to the fire, now went back to their
+room, and went to bed again.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">What was the origin of the fire? A conversation.</div>
+
+<p>After they had been in bed some time, and each thought that
+the other must be asleep, William said to John,</p>
+
+<p>“John!”</p>
+
+<p>“What?” said John.</p>
+
+<p>“Are you asleep?” asked William.</p>
+
+<p>“No,” said John.</p>
+
+<p>“I will tell you how I think the tool-house got on fire,” said
+William.</p>
+
+<p>“How?” asked John.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, I believe we left our candle burning there,” replied
+William.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said John, “I thought of that myself.”</p>
+
+<p>Here there was a little pause.</p>
+
+<p>Presently John said,</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t suppose that they will know that our candle set it on
+fire.”</p>
+
+<p>“No,” said William,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span> “unless we tell them.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The conversation continued.</div>
+
+<p>“They will suppose, I expect,” added John, “that Thomas set
+it on fire with his pipe.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said William, “perhaps they will.”</p>
+
+<p>Here there was another pause.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys hesitate.</div>
+
+<p>“Unless,” continued John, after reflecting on the subject a little
+while in silence, “unless mother should remember that she gave
+us the candle, and ask us about it.”</p>
+
+<p>“We could say,” he added again, “that we did not go into the
+shop any time in the afternoon or evening. That would be true.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said William. “We did not go into it at all after we
+went home to dinner.”</p>
+
+<p>The boys remained silent a few minutes after this, when John,
+who felt still quite uneasy in mind on the subject, said again,</p>
+
+<p>“I expect that father would be very much displeased with us
+if he knew that we set the tool-house on fire, for it has burned up
+all his tools.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said William.</p>
+
+<p>“And I suppose he would punish us in some way or other,”
+added John.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said William, “I think it very likely that he would.”</p>
+
+<p>“But then, John,” continued William, “I don’t think it would
+be right to let Thomas bear the blame of setting the tool-house on
+fire, when we are the ones that did it.”</p>
+
+<p>John was silent.</p>
+
+<p>“I think we had better go and tell father all about it the first
+thing to-morrow morning.”</p>
+
+<p>“We shall get punished if we do,” said John.</p>
+
+<p>“Well,” said William,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span> “I don’t care. I had rather be punished
+than try to keep it secret. If we try to keep it secret, and let
+Thomas bear the blame, we shall be miserable about it for a long
+time, and feel guilty or ashamed whenever we meet father or
+Thomas. I had rather be punished at once and have it done with.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Let us tell father.”</div>
+
+<p>“Well,” said John, “let us tell father. We will tell him the
+first thing to-morrow morning.”</p>
+
+<p>The affair being thus arranged, the boys ceased talking about
+it, and shut up their eyes to go to sleep. After a few minutes,
+however, William spoke to his brother again.</p>
+
+<p>“John,” said he, “I think I could go to sleep better if I should
+go and tell father now all about it. I don’t suppose that he is
+asleep yet.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well,” said John, “go and tell him.”</p>
+
+<p>So William got up out of his bed, and went to the door of his
+father’s room. He knocked at the door, and his father said
+“Come in.” William opened the door. His father was in bed,
+and there was no light in the room, except a dim night-lamp that
+was burning on a table.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The explanation.</div>
+
+<p>“Father,” said William, “I came to tell you that I suppose I
+know how our tool-house caught on fire.”</p>
+
+<p>“How was it?” asked his father.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, John and I had a candle there before dinner, and I believe
+we left it burning; and so I suppose that, when it burned
+down, it set the bench on fire.”</p>
+
+<p>“That could not have been the way,” said his father, “for,
+when it got down to the candlestick, it would go out.”</p>
+
+<p>“But there was not any candlestick,” said William,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span> “only a
+wooden one, which we made out of a block and three nails.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh! that was the way, was it?” said his father. “Indeed!”</p>
+
+<p>Here there was a short pause. William waited to hear what
+his father would say next.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, William,” said his father, at length, “you are a very
+good boy to come and tell me. Now go back to your bed, and go
+to sleep. We will see all about it in the morning.”</p>
+
+<p>So William went out; but, just as he was shutting the door, his
+father called to him again.</p>
+
+<p>“William!” said he.</p>
+
+<p>“What, sir?” said William.</p>
+
+<p>“Get up as early as you can to-morrow morning, and go to
+Thomas’s, and tell him how it was. He thinks that he must have
+set the tool-house on fire, and he is quite troubled about it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir, I will,” said William.</p>
+
+<p>Then he went back to his room, and reported to John what he
+had done, and what his father had said. The boys were both very
+much relieved in mind from having made their confession.</p>
+
+<p>“I am very glad I told him,” said William; “and now I only
+wish I could tell Thomas about it without waiting till morning.”</p>
+
+<p>“So do I,” said John.</p>
+
+<p>“But we can’t,” said William, “so now we will go to sleep.
+But we will get up, and go to his house the first thing in the
+morning.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys get up early to explain the accident to Thomas.</div>
+
+<p>This the boys did. Thomas’s mind was very much relieved
+when he heard their story. He went directly into the house to
+tell his wife, who, as well as himself, had been very anxious about
+the origin of the fire. When he came out, he told the boys that
+he was very much obliged to them for coming to tell him about it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span>
+so early. “In fact,” said he, “I think it is very generous and noble
+in you to take the blame of the fire upon yourselves, instead
+of letting it rest upon innocent people. There are very few boys
+that would have done so.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The final result.</div>
+
+<p>William and John were fortunately disappointed in their expectations
+that they would have to suffer some punishment for their
+fault. In fact, they were not even reproved. They told their father
+all about it at breakfast, and he said that, though it certainly
+was not a prudent thing for boys to trust themselves with a wooden
+candlestick in a shop full of wood and shavings, still he did not
+think that they deserved any particular censure for having made
+one. “The whole thing was one of those accidents which will
+sometimes occur,” said he, “and you need not think any thing
+more about it. I will have a new tool-house and shop built pretty
+soon, and will make it better than the old one was. And now,
+after breakfast, you may go down and rake over the ashes, and see
+if you can rake out any of the remains of the garden tools.”</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<div class="sidenote">An important principle.</div>
+
+<p>It would have been better for the story if it had happened that
+the boys, in setting fire to the tool-house, had really been guilty
+of some serious fault, for which they were afterward to be punished;
+for the nobleness and magnanimity which are displayed in confessing
+a fault, are so much the greater when the person confessing
+occasions himself suffering by it.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="WILLING_TO_LEARN" id="WILLING_TO_LEARN"></a>WILLING TO LEARN.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno was willing to learn.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno had one excellent quality, which made him a special
+favorite with the several boys that owned him at different times.
+He was <em>willing to learn</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Boys and girls.</div>
+
+<p>When you are attempting to teach a dog any new art or accomplishment,
+it is a great thing to have him willing to learn. It is
+the same, in fact, if it is a girl or a boy that is the pupil. Sometimes,
+however, when you are attempting to teach a dog, he shows
+very plainly all the time that he does not wish to learn. If you
+have got him harnessed into a little carriage, and wish to teach
+him to draw, he will stop and seem very unwilling to proceed, and,
+perhaps, sit right down upon the ground; or, if he has any chance
+to do so, he will run off and hide in the bushes, or, if it is in the
+house that you are teaching him, in a corner of the room or under
+the table. I was taking a walk once on the margin of a stream,
+and I met some boys who were attempting to teach their dog to
+dive into the water after sticks and such things, and the dog was
+so unwilling to make the attempt, that they were obliged every
+time to take him up and throw him in.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A difficult lesson for a dog.</div>
+
+<p>I have known children to behave just in this way in learning to
+read or to write. They come to the work reluctantly, and get
+away from it as often and as quick as they can. But it was not so
+with Bruno. He was glad to learn any thing that the boys were
+willing to teach him. A boy at one time took it into his head<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span>
+to teach him to walk up a flight of steps backward, and although
+Bruno could not conceive what possible advantage it could ever
+be to him to learn such an accomplishment as that, still he went
+to work resolutely to learn it, and though at first he found it very
+difficult to do, he soon succeeded in going up very well.</p>
+
+<p>If any boy who reads this book should make the attempt to
+teach <em>his</em> dog to go up steps backward, and should find the dog
+unwilling to learn, he will know at once how hard it is for his
+teacher to teach him to write or to calculate, when he takes no interest
+in the work himself. If he then imagines that his dog were
+as desirous of learning to go up the steps backward as he is to
+teach him, and were willing to try, and thinks how easy it would
+be in that case to accomplish the object, he will see how much his
+own progress in study would be promoted by his being cordially
+interested himself in what he is doing.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The dog that went to market.</div>
+
+<p>I am always surprised when I find a dog that is willing to learn,
+and am still more surprised when I find a child that is not willing.
+A dog learns for the benefit of his master, a child learns for his
+own benefit. I knew a dog who was taught to go to market.
+His master would put the money and a memorandum of the things
+that were to be bought in the basket, and the dog would then carry
+the basket to market by the handle, which he held in his mouth.
+Then the market-man would take out the money and the memorandum,
+and would put in the things that were wanted, and the
+dog would carry them home. Now this was of no advantage
+to the dog, except from the honorable satisfaction which he derived
+from it in the thought that he was usefully employed, and
+that he was considered worthy to sustain important trusts and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span>
+responsibilities. So far as his own ease and comfort was concerned,
+it would have been better for him never to have learned such an
+art, and then, instead of carrying a heavy basket to and fro along
+the street, he could have spent his time in basking in the sun, or
+playing about with other dogs. There is no necessity for a dog
+to learn any thing for his own advantage. Nature teaches him
+every thing that he requires for himself. He has to study and
+learn only for the benefit of his master.</p>
+
+<p>It is very different from this with a child. When a child is in
+his earliest infancy, he is the most ignorant and helpless being imaginable.
+He can not speak; he can not walk; he can not stand;
+he can not even creep along the floor. Then, besides, he <em>knows</em>
+nothing. He does not know any of the persons around him; he
+does not know the light; he is bewildered, and filled with a stupid
+kind of wonder when he looks at it; he does not know how to
+open and shut his hand, or to take hold of any thing; and long
+after this, when he begins to learn how to take hold of things, he
+is so ignorant and foolish, that he is as ready to take hold of a
+burning candle as any thing else.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Children learn for their own benefit.</div>
+
+<p>Of course, to fit such a child to perform the duties of a man in
+such a busy world as this, he has a great many things to learn.
+And what is to be particularly noticed is, that he must learn every
+thing himself. His parents can not learn for him. His parents
+can <em>teach</em> him&mdash;that is, they can show him how to learn&mdash;but
+they can not learn for him. When they show him how to learn,
+if he will not learn, and if they can not contrive any means to make
+him, there is an end of it. They can do no more. He must remain
+ignorant.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration28" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill028.jpg" width="450" height="184" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The little child willing to learn to walk.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Here is a picture of a child that is willing to learn. His name
+is Josey. His parents are teaching him to walk. He is just old
+enough to learn to walk, and you see by his countenance, although
+it is turned somewhat away from us, that he is pleased with the
+opportunity. He is glad that he is going to learn to walk, and
+that his parents are going to teach him. I do not suppose that
+he feels <em>grateful</em> to his father and mother for being willing to take
+so much pains to teach him, for he is not old enough for that.
+But he is <em>glad</em>, at any rate, and he is willing to try.</p>
+
+<p>His mother is helping him to begin, and his father is encouraging
+him to step along&mdash;holding out his hand, so that Josey may
+take hold of it as soon as he gets near enough, and thus save himself
+from falling. Since Josey is willing to learn, it gives his father
+and mother great pleasure to teach him. Thus all three are
+happy together.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Some children unwilling to learn.</div>
+
+<p>Sometimes a child, when his father and mother wish to teach
+him to walk, is <em>not</em> willing to learn. He will not try. He sits<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span>
+down at once upon the ground, and will not make any effort, like
+the dog who does not wish to learn to draw. So far as learning
+to walk is concerned, this is of no great consequence, for, as his
+strength increases, he will at last learn to walk himself, without
+any particular teaching.</p>
+
+<p>There are a great many things, however, which it is very important
+for children to know, that they never would learn of themselves.
+These they must be taught, and taught very patiently and
+carefully. Reading is one of those things, and writing is another.
+Then there is arithmetic, and all the other studies taught in
+schools. Some children are sensible enough to see how important
+it is that they should learn all these things, and are not only
+willing, but are glad to be taught them. Like Josey, they are
+pleased, and they try to learn. Others are unwilling to learn.
+They are sullen and ill-humored about it. They will not make
+any cordial and earnest efforts. The consequence is, that they
+learn very little. But then, when they grow up, and find out how
+much more other people know and can do than they, they bitterly
+regret their folly.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Some are willing.</div>
+
+<p>Some children, instead of being unwilling to learn what their
+parents desire to teach them, are so eager to learn, that they ingeniously
+contrive ways and means to teach themselves. I once
+knew a boy, whose parents were poor, so that they could not afford
+to send him to school, and he went as an apprentice to learn
+the trade of shoemaking. He knew how important it was to study
+arithmetic, but he had no one to teach him, and, besides that, he
+had no book, and no slate and pencil. He, however, contrived to
+borrow an arithmetic book, and then he procured a large<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span>
+<em>shingle</em><a name="FNanchor_6" id="FNanchor_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> and a piece of chalk, to serve for slate and pencil. Thus provided,
+he went to work by himself in the evenings, ciphering in
+the chimney-corner by the light of the kitchen fire. Of course he
+met with great difficulties, but he persevered, and by industry and
+patience, and by such occasional help as he could obtain from the
+persons around him, he succeeded, and went regularly through
+the book. That boy afterward, when he grew up, became a senator.</p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_6" id="Footnote_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> A shingle is a broad and thin piece of wood, formed like a slate, and used for
+covering roofs. The word is explained here, because, in some places where this
+book will go, shingles are not used.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Things difficult to learn.</div>
+
+<p>Some things are very difficult to learn, and children are very
+often displeased because their parents and teachers insist on
+teaching them such difficult things. But the reason is, that the
+things that are most difficult to learn are usually those that are
+most valuable to know.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The lawyer and the wood-sawyer.</div>
+
+<p>Once I was in the country, and I had occasion to go into a lawyer’s
+office to get the lawyer to make a writing for me about the
+sale of a piece of land. It took the lawyer about half an hour to
+make the writing. When it was finished, and I asked him how
+much I was to pay, he said one dollar. I expected that it would
+have been much more than that. It was worth a great deal more
+than that to me. So I paid him the dollar, and went out.</p>
+
+<p>At the door was a laborer sawing wood. He had been sawing
+there all the time that I had been in the lawyer’s office. I asked
+him how long he had to saw wood to earn a dollar.</p>
+
+<p>“All day,” said he. “I get just a dollar a day.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Difference of pay, and reason for it.</div>
+
+<p>Now some persons might think it strange, that while the lawyer,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span>
+sitting quietly in his office by a pleasant fire, and doing such
+easy work as writing, could earn a dollar in half an hour, that the
+laborer should have to work all day to earn the same sum. But
+the explanation of it is, that while the lawyer’s work is very easy
+to do after you have learned how to do it, it is very <em>difficult</em> to
+<em>learn</em>. It takes a great many years of long and patient study to
+become a good lawyer, so as to make writings correctly. On the
+other hand, it is very easy to learn to saw wood. Any body that
+has strength enough to saw wood can learn to do it very well in
+two or three days. Thus the things that are the most difficult to
+learn are, of course, best paid for when they are learned; and parents
+wish to provide for their children the means of living easily
+and comfortably in future life, by teaching them, while they are
+young, a great many difficult things. The foolish children, however,
+are often ill-humored and sullen, and will not learn them.
+They would rather go and play.</p>
+
+<p>It is very excusable in a dog to evince this reluctance to be
+taught, but it is wholly inexcusable in a child.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2><a name="PANSITA" id="PANSITA"></a>PANSITA.</h2>
+
+<p>This is a true story of a dog named Pansita. They commonly
+called her Pannie.</p>
+
+<p>Pansita was a prairie-dog. These prairie-dogs are wild. They
+live in Mexico. They burrow in the ground, and it is extremely
+difficult to catch them. They are small, but very beautiful.</p>
+
+<p>Pansita belonged to an Indian girl on the western coast of Mexico.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span>
+An American, who came into that country from Lima, which
+is a city in Peru, saw Pansita.</p>
+
+<p>“What a pretty dog!” said he. “How I should like her for a
+present to the American minister’s wife in Lima.”</p>
+
+<p>So he went to the Indian girl, and tried to buy the dog, but the
+girl would not sell her. She liked her dog better than any money
+that he could give her.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Pansita bought with gold.</div>
+
+<p>Then the gentleman took some gold pieces out of his pocket,
+and showed them to the mother of the girl.</p>
+
+<p>“See,” said he; “I will give you all these gold pieces if you will
+sell me Pansita.”</p>
+
+<p>The Indian woman counted over the gold as the gentleman held
+it in his hand, and found that it made eighteen dollars. She said
+that the girl should sell Pansita for that money. So she took the
+dog out of the girl’s arms, and gave it to the gentleman. The poor
+girl burst into a loud cry of grief and alarm at the thought of losing
+her dog. She threw the pieces of gold which her mother had
+put into her hand down upon the ground, and screamed to the
+stranger to bring back her dog.</p>
+
+<p>But he would not hear. He put the dog in his pocket, and ran
+away as fast as he could run, till he got to his boat, and the sailors
+rowed him away.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">She is taken off in a ship. Lima.</div>
+
+<p>He took the dog in a ship, and carried her to Peru. When
+he landed, he wished to send her up to Lima. So he put her in a
+box. He had made openings in the box, so that little Pannie
+might breathe on the way. He gave the box to a friend of his
+who was going to Lima, and asked him to deliver it to the American
+minister.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A pretended chronometer.</div>
+
+<p>He was afraid that the gentleman would not take good care of
+the box if he knew that there was only a dog inside, so he pretended
+that it was a chronometer, and he marked it, “<i>This side
+up, with care</i>.”</p>
+
+<p>A chronometer is a sort of large watch used at sea. It is a
+very exact and a very costly instrument.</p>
+
+<p>He gave the box to his friend, and said, “Will you be kind
+enough, sir, to take this chronometer in your lap, and carry it to
+Lima, and give it to the American minister there?”</p>
+
+<p>The gentleman said that he would, and he took the box in his
+lap, and carried it with great care.</p>
+
+<p>Before long, however, Pansita, not having quite air enough to
+breathe inside the box, put her nose out through one of the openings.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah!” said the gentleman, “this is something strange. I never
+knew a ship’s chronometer to have a nose before.”</p>
+
+<p>Thus he discovered that it was a dog, and not a chronometer
+that he was carrying.</p>
+
+<p>He, however, continued to carry the box very carefully, and
+when he arrived at Lima he delivered it safely to the minister, and
+the minister gave it to his wife.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The beauty of the dog. The lady is much pleased.</div>
+
+<p>The lady was very much pleased to see such a beautiful dog.
+Its form was graceful, its eyes full of meaning, and its fur was
+like brown silk, very soft, and smooth, and glossy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The American flag hoisted.</div>
+
+<p>By-and-by a revolution broke out in Lima, and there was great
+confusion and violence in the streets. The Americans that were
+there flocked to the house of the minister for protection. The
+house was a sort of castle. It had a court, in the centre, and great<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span>
+iron gates across the passage-way that formed the entrance. The
+minister brought soldiers from the ships to guard his castle, and
+shut the gates to keep the people that were fighting in the streets
+from getting in. He hoisted the American flag, too, on the corner
+of the battlements. The Americans that had fled there for
+safety were all within the walls, greatly alarmed.<a name="FNanchor_7" id="FNanchor_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_7" id="Footnote_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> Such a minister as this is a high public officer of government, who resides at a
+foreign capital for the purpose of attending to the business of his own country there,
+and of protecting the citizens in case of danger.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Danger.</div>
+
+<p>Pansita, wondering what all the noise and confusion in the
+streets could mean, concluded that she would go out and see.
+So, watching her opportunity, she slipped through among the soldiers
+to the passage-way, and thence out between the bars of the
+great iron gates. The lady, when she found that Pansita had
+gone out, was greatly alarmed.</p>
+
+<p>“She will be killed!” said she. “She will be killed! What
+can I do to save her? She will certainly be killed!”</p>
+
+<p>But nothing could be done to save Pansita; for if they had
+opened the gates to go out and find her, the people that were
+fighting in the streets would have perhaps rushed in, and then
+they would all have been killed.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Pansita is recovered.</div>
+
+<p>So they had to wait till the fighting was over, and then they
+went out to look for Pansita. To their great joy, they found her
+safe in a house round the corner.</p>
+
+<p>After a time, the minister and his wife returned to America,
+and they brought Pansita with them. They had a house on the
+North River, and Pansita lived with them there many years in
+great splendor and happiness.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Pannie’s bed.</div>
+
+<p>The lady made a bed for Pannie in a basket, with nice and well-made
+bed-clothes to cover her when she was asleep. Pannie
+would get into this bed at night, but she would always scratch
+upon it with her claws before she lay down. This was her instinct.</p>
+
+<p>She was accustomed in her youth, when she was burrowing in
+the ground in the prairies in Mexico, to make the place soft where
+she was going to lie down by scratching up the earth with her
+paws, and she continued the practice now, though, of course, this
+was not a proper way to beat up a bed of feathers.</p>
+
+<p>Pannie was a great favorite with all who knew her. She was
+affectionate in her disposition, and mild and gentle in her demeanor;
+and, as is usually the case with those who possess such a character,
+she made a great many friends and no enemies.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Mistakes.</div>
+
+<p>By-and-by Pannie grew old and infirm. She became deaf and
+blind, and sometimes, when the time came for her to go to bed at
+night, she would make a mistake, and get into the wrong basket&mdash;a
+basket that belonged to another dog. This would make Looly,
+the dog that the basket belonged to, very angry. Looly would
+run about the basket, and whine and moan until Pansita was
+taken out and put into her own place.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Pannie’s death and burial.</div>
+
+<p>At last Pansita died. They put her body in a little leaden coffin,
+and buried it in a very pleasant place between two trees.</p>
+
+<p>This is a true story.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_DOGS_PETITION" id="THE_DOGS_PETITION"></a>THE DOG’S PETITION.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Letter-day.</div>
+
+<p>One day, about the middle of the quarter, in a certain school,
+what the boys called Letter-day came. Letter-day was a day in
+which all the boys in the school were employed in writing letters.</p>
+
+<p>Each boy, on these occasions, selected some absent friend or
+acquaintance, and wrote a letter to him. The letters were written
+first on a slate, and then, after being carefully corrected, were
+copied neatly on sheets of paper and sent. The writing of these
+letters was thus made a regular exercise of the school. It was,
+in fact, an exercise in composition.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Erskine’s conversation with his teacher.</div>
+
+<p>A boy named Erskine, after taking out his slate, and writing the
+date upon the top of it, asked the teacher whom he thought it
+would be best for him to write to.</p>
+
+<p>“How would you like to write to your aunt?” asked the teacher.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, <em>pretty</em> well,” said Erskine, rather doubtfully.</p>
+
+<p>“I think it would be doing good to write to her,” said the
+teacher. “It will please her very much to have a letter from
+you.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then I will,” said Erskine. “On the whole, I should like to
+write to her very much.”</p>
+
+<p>So Erskine wrote the letter, and, when it had been corrected
+and copied, it was sent.</p>
+
+<p>This is the letter. It gives an account of a petition offered by
+a dog to his master, begging to be allowed to accompany the boys
+of the school on an excursion:</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquote">
+
+<div class="sidenote">Erskine’s letter.</div>
+
+<p class="right">August 2, 1853.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dear Aunt</span>,&mdash;I hope you have been well since I have heard
+from you.</p>
+
+<p>We took an excursion up to Orange Pond, and stayed all day.
+In the morning it was very misty, but in about an hour it cleared
+up, and the sun came out. Charles and Stephen went over to
+Mr. Wingate’s to get a stage, and a lumber-wagon, and a carriage.
+There were two horses in the stage, and an old gray one in the
+lumber-wagon. Wright and I went down to get William Harmer,
+a new scholar, to come up here before we started. At last we all
+were ready, Crusoe and all. The teacher bought a little dog in
+the vacation, and named him Crusoe. One of the boys wrote a
+letter, and tied it about Crusoe’s neck, and this was it:</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The dog’s petition.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquote">
+
+<p><span class="smcap">My very dear Master</span>,&mdash;Can I go with the boys to-day on
+the excursion? I will be very good, and not bark or bite. I wish
+to go very much indeed, and I hope you will let me.</p>
+
+<p>From your affectionate dog,</p>
+
+<p class="right">Bow-wow-wow.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Account of an excursion. Diving off the row-boats.
+The hot rock. Coming home.</div>
+
+<p>Soon we started. It was very cool when we left home, but
+when we got out on the hills it was very hot. The teacher let
+us get out once and get some berries. After a ride of about nine
+miles, we got out, and found it a very cool place. The public
+house was very near to the pond, and we ran down there as soon
+as we got our fishing-poles. Some of the boys got into an old
+boat, and got a fish as soon as they cast their poles out. The
+man said some of us should go out on an old rock that was there,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span>
+and the rest of us in a boat. We had a fine time fishing, and
+caught about thirty small fish. Mr. Wingate went out in another
+boat, and caught a very large perch and pickerel, and a few other
+fish. After we had caught a few more fish, we became tired, and
+wanted to go to the shore; so the teacher took two or three of us
+at a time, and we went to the shore. After we had played around
+a little, we had a nice dinner, and then we went in swimming.
+The man said we might dive off the small row-boats. We had
+fine fun pulling the boats along while we were wading in the water,
+for it was nice and sandy on the bottom. We found we could
+wade out to the rock before named. We all waded out on it; but
+no sooner had we got on the top, than we jumped off in all directions,
+for it was so hot that one could roast an egg on it. We all
+ran back to the shore as fast as we could go, laughing heartily.
+As soon as we got up and were dressed, we went up to the house.
+Mr. Wingate harnessed up the horses, and we were soon trotting
+home. We went around by a different way from the one we came
+by, through some woods, and had a fine ride home. That is the
+end of our excursion to Orange Pond.</p>
+
+<p>From your affectionate friend,</p>
+
+<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Erskine</span>.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Erskine’s aunt was very much gratified at receiving this letter.
+She read it with great interest, and answered it very soon.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_STORM_ON_THE_LAKE" id="THE_STORM_ON_THE_LAKE"></a>THE STORM ON THE LAKE.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The philosophy of mountains, springs, brooks, and lakes.</div>
+
+<p>Mountains make storms, storms make rain fall, and the rain
+that falls makes springs, brooks, and lakes; thus mountains,
+storms, brooks, and lakes go together.</p>
+
+<p>Mountains make storms, and cause the rain to fall by chilling
+the air around their summits, and condensing the vapor into rain
+and into snow. Around the lower parts of the mountains, where
+it is pretty warm, the vapor falls in rain. Around the higher
+parts, where it is cold, it falls in snow.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Formation of rivers.</div>
+
+<p>Part of the water from the rain soaks into the ground, on the
+declivities of the mountains, and comes out again, lower down, in
+springs. Another portion flows down the ravines in brooks and torrents,
+and these, uniting together, form larger and larger streams,
+until, at length, they become great rivers, that flow across wide
+continents. If you were to follow up almost any river in the
+world, you would come to mountains at last.</p>
+
+<p>It does not always rain among the mountains, but the springs
+and streams always flow. The reason of this is, that before the
+water which falls in one storm or shower has had time to drain
+out from the ground and flow away, another storm comes and renews
+the supply. If it were to cease to rain altogether among the
+mountains, the water that is now in them would soon be all drained
+off, and the springs and streams would all be dry.</p>
+
+<p>But how is it in regard to lakes? How are the lakes formed?</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">How lakes are formed.</div>
+
+<p>This is the way.</p>
+
+<p>When the water, in flowing down in the brooks and streams,
+comes to a valley from which it can not run out, it continues to
+run in and fill up the valley, until it reaches the level of some
+place where it <em>can</em> run out. As soon as it reaches that level,
+the surplus water runs out at the opening as fast as it comes in
+from the springs and streams, and then the lake never rises any
+higher.</p>
+
+<p>A lake, then, is nothing but a valley full of water.</p>
+
+<p>Of course, there are more valleys among mountains than any
+where else, and there, too, there are more streams and springs to
+fill them. Thus, among mountains, we generally find a great many
+lakes.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Outlets; feeders.</div>
+
+<p>Since lakes are formed in this way, you would expect, in going
+around one, that you would find some streams flowing into it, and
+<em>one</em> stream flowing out. This is the case with almost all lakes.
+The place where the water flows out of the lake is called the outlet.
+The streams which flow into the lake are sometimes called
+the <em>feeders</em>. They feed the lake, as it were, with water.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Ponds without outlets.</div>
+
+<p>Sometimes a lake or pond has no outlet. This is the case when
+there are so few streams running into it that all the water that
+comes can dry up from the surface of the lake, or soak away into
+the ground.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes you will find, among hilly pastures, a small pond, lying
+in a hollow, which has not any outlet, or any feeders either.
+Such a pond as this is fed either by secret springs beneath the
+ground, or else by the water which falls on the slopes around it
+when it is actually raining.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>If you were to take an umbrella, and go to visit such a pond in
+the midst of a shower, and were to look down among the grass,
+you would see a great many little streams of water flowing down
+into the pond.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The way to note the rise and fall of water in a lake.</div>
+
+<p>Then if, after the shower was over, you were to put up a measure
+in the water, and leave it there a few days, or a week, and
+then visit it again, you would find that the surface of the water
+would have subsided&mdash;that is, gone down. As soon as the rain
+ceases, so that all fresh supplies of water are cut off, the water already
+in the pond begins at once to soak away slowly into the
+ground, and to evaporate into the air. Once I knew a boy who
+was of an inquiring turn of mind, and who concluded to ascertain
+precisely what the changes were which took place in the level of
+a small pond, which lay in a hollow behind his father’s garden. So
+he measured off the inches on a smooth stick, and marked them,
+and then he set up the stick in the water of the pond. Thus he
+could note exactly how the water should rise or fall. There came
+a great shower very soon after he set up his measure, and it
+caused the water in the pond to rise three inches. After that it
+was dry weather for a long time, and the level of the pond fell
+four inches lower than it was when he first put up the measure.</p>
+
+<p>Lakes among the mountains are often very large, and the waves
+which rise upon them in sudden tempests of wind and rain sometimes
+run very high.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The storm on the Lake of Gennesaret. Jesus in the ship.</div>
+
+<p>The Lake of Gennesaret, so often mentioned in the New Testament,
+was such a lake, and violent storms of wind and rain rose
+sometimes very suddenly upon it. One evening, Jesus and his
+disciples undertook to cross this lake in a small vessel. It was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span>
+very pleasant when they commenced the voyage, but in the night
+a sudden storm came on, and the waves rose so high that they
+beat into the ship. This was the time that the disciples came
+and awoke Jesus, who was asleep in the stern of the ship when
+the storm came on, and called upon him to save them. He arose
+immediately, and came forward, and rebuked the winds and the
+sea, and immediately they became calm.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration29" style="width: 250px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill029.jpg" width="250" height="250" alt="Jesus in the prow of the boat,
+telling the waves to stop that at once" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>The adjoining engraving represents
+the scene. Jesus has come
+forward to the prow, and stands
+there looking out upon the waves,
+which seem ready to overwhelm
+the vessel. The disciples are
+greatly terrified. One of them is
+kneeling near the place where
+Jesus stands, and is praying to
+God for mercy. The others are
+behind. They are equally afraid.
+The sails have been torn by the
+wind, and are flying away. Jesus
+extends his hand, and says to the winds and waves, “Peace!
+be still!”</p>
+
+<p>The anchor of the ship is seen in the engraving hanging over
+the bow. But the anchor, in such a case as this, is useless. The
+water is too deep in the middle of the lake for it to reach the bottom;
+and, besides, if it were possible to anchor the vessel in such
+a place, it would do more harm than good, for any confining of the
+ship, in such a sea, would only help the waves to fill it the sooner.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Navigation of mountain lakes.</div>
+
+<p>The people who live on the borders of the lakes that lie among
+the mountains often go out upon them in boats. Sometimes they
+go to fish, sometimes to make passages to and fro along the lake,
+when there is no convenient road by land, and sometimes they go
+to bring loads of hay or sheaves of grain home from some field
+which lies at a distance from the house, and is near the margin of
+the water.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tempests and storms.</div>
+
+<p>When a storm arises on the lake after the boat has gone out,
+the people who remain at home are often very anxious, fearing
+that the boats may have been overwhelmed by the waves. Over
+the leaf there is a picture of people watching for the return of a
+man and boy who have gone out on the lake. They went out in
+the middle of the day, and, though it is now night, they have not
+returned. The family are anxious about their safety, for in the
+middle of the afternoon there was a violent storm of thunder and
+lightning, with dreadful gusts of wind and pouring rain. The
+storm has now entirely passed away, and the moon, which has
+just risen, shines serenely in the sky. Still the boat does not
+return. The family fear that it may have foundered in the
+storm.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Conversation in Marie’s cottage.</div>
+
+<p>The family live in a cottage on the margin of the lake. Marie,
+the wife of the man and the mother of the boy that went away in
+the boat, is very anxious and unhappy.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you think that they are lost?” she said to Orlando.</p>
+
+<p>Orlando was her oldest son.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh no,” replied Orlando.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span> “When the black clouds began to
+come up in the sky, and they heard the thunder, they would go to
+the shore, and draw up their boat there till the storm was over.
+And now that the water is smooth again, and the air calm, I presume
+they are somewhere coming home.”</p>
+
+<p>“But how can they find their way home in the darkness of the
+night?” said Marie.</p>
+
+<p>“There is a moon to-night,” said Marie’s father. He was an
+old man, and he was sitting at this time in the chimney-corner.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, there is a moon,” replied Marie, “but it is half hidden by
+the broken clouds that are still floating in the sky.”</p>
+
+<p>“I will light the lantern,” said Orlando, “and go out, and hold
+it up on a high part of the shore. They will then see the light of
+it, and it will guide them in.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Orlando and Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was lying before the fire while this conversation was going
+on. He was listening to it very attentively, though he could
+not understand it all. He knew some words, and he learned from
+the words which he heard that they were talking about the boat
+and the water, and Pierre, the man who was gone. So, when
+Orlando rose, and went to get the lantern, Bruno started up too,
+and followed him. He did not know whether there would be
+any thing that he could do, but he wished to be ready at a moment’s
+notice, in case there should be any thing.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Anna and the baby.</div>
+
+<p>He stood by Orlando’s side, and looked up very eagerly into his
+face while he was taking down the lantern, and then went with
+him out to the door. The old man went out too. He went down
+as near as he could get to the shore of the pond, in order to look
+off over the water. Orlando remained nearer the door of the cottage,
+where the land was higher, and where he thought the lantern
+could be better seen. Marie, with her baby in her arms, and
+her little daughter, Anna, by her side, came out to the steps of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span>
+door. Bruno took his place by Orlando’s side, ready to be called
+upon at any time, if there should be any thing that
+he could do, and looking eagerly over the water
+to see whether he could not himself make some
+discoveries.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration30" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill030.jpg" width="450" height="375" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Watching for the boat.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>He would have liked to have held the lantern, but it would not
+have been possible for him to have held it sufficiently high.</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time the moon began to come out from behind the
+clouds, and its light was reflected beautifully on the waters of the
+lake, and the old man obtained, as he thought, a glimpse of a dark
+object gliding slowly along over the surface of the distant water.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boat is coming.</div>
+
+<p>“They are coming!” he exclaimed. “They are coming! I
+see them coming!”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno saw the boat too, and he soon began to leap about and
+bark to express his joy.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<div class="sidenote">Excellence of Bruno’s behavior.</div>
+
+<p>Thus Bruno always felt an interest in all that interested his
+master, and he stood by ready to help, even when there was nothing
+for him to do. It is always a source of great pleasure to a father
+to observe that his boy takes an interest in what he is doing,
+and stands ready to help him, provided always that he does not
+interrupt the work by asking questions. This Bruno never did.
+He never interrupted work in any way, and least of all by asking
+questions.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration31" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill031.jpg" width="450" height="277" alt="A boy with a kite" />
+
+<p class="caption">Play.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>It is far more manly and noble for boys to take an interest,
+sometimes, in useful work, than to be wholly absorbed, as some
+boys are, all the time in idle play.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="TAKING_AN_INTEREST" id="TAKING_AN_INTEREST"></a>TAKING AN INTEREST.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Important difference between the dog and the horse.</div>
+
+<p>There is a great difference between the dog and the horse, in
+respect to the interest which they take in any work which they
+have to do. A horse does not like to work. He never runs to
+his master to be saddled when his master wishes to go and take
+a ride. If he runs either way, he runs off. If you wish any time
+to take a ride in a wagon, and you go into the pasture to find your
+horse, it is often very hard work to catch him. He knows that
+you are going to harness him up, and give him something to do,
+and he does not like to do it; so away he goes, bounding over the
+pasture, and looking back, first over one shoulder, and then over
+the other, to see whether you are pursuing him.</p>
+
+<p>It is very different with the dog. As soon as he sees his master
+take down his hat and cane, he jumps up and runs to accompany
+him. He desires, above all things, to accompany his master
+wherever he goes, that he may protect him, and render him any
+other service which occasion may require.</p>
+
+<p>It is true that a dog does not generally like to be harnessed into
+a wagon, and draw, but the reason of this probably is, that drawing
+a load is not a work that he is by nature fitted for. He is not
+properly built for such work. His shoulders are not fitted to receive
+a collar, and his feet are not of the right form to take good
+hold of the ground. The nature and qualities of the dog fit him
+for other duties, and these duties he is always greatly interested<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span>
+in performing. If his master is a traveler, he is always ready to
+set out on the journey with him. If his master stays at home, he
+is always on the watch about the house, guarding the premises,
+and ready to do any thing that he may be called upon to do. In
+a word, such duties as he is at all qualified for by his nature and
+habits, he is always ready to perform with alacrity and with
+hearty good-will.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Supposed black pony. How valuable such a pony would be.</div>
+
+<p>What a fine thing it would be for a boy to have a horse of
+such a disposition&mdash;a little black pony, I will suppose&mdash;just large
+enough for the boy to harness and drive! Suppose you had such
+a pony. You take the bridle, and go out into the pasture for him
+some day when you feel inclined to take a ride. As soon as you
+enter the pasture, you call him. Immediately on hearing your
+voice, he runs out of the thicket where he was lying in the
+shade, and ascends an eminence near, so that he can see. He
+looks all around to find where the voice comes from, and when
+he sees you with the bridle in your hand, he immediately feels
+proud and happy at the thought of being employed, and he comes
+galloping toward you, prancing and capering in a very joyous
+manner.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as he gets near you, he ceases his prancing, and, walking
+up to you, he holds his head down that you may put the bridle
+on. As soon as the bridle is buckled, you put the bridle-rein over
+his neck, and say,</p>
+
+<p>“There! run along, pony!”</p>
+
+<p>So your pony runs along before you, looking back from time to
+time, first over one shoulder, and then over the other, not to see
+whether you are pursuing him, in order that he may escape, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span>
+to be sure that you are following him, and that he is going the
+right way. When he gets to the gate, he waits till you come to
+open it for him; or, if he has ingenuity enough to lift up the latch
+himself, he opens the gate and goes through, and then waits outside
+till you come. As soon as you have gone through the gate,
+he trots off to the barn. He does not know yet whether you are
+going to put the saddle on, or to harness him into your little wagon.
+But he is equally ready for either. He looks forward with
+great pleasure to the thought of carrying you along over a pleasant
+road, cantering merrily up and down the hills; and he resolves
+that he will take special care not to stumble or fall with you. Or,
+if he finds that you prefer riding in the wagon that day, he thinks
+how pleasant it will be to trot along over the road with you, and
+give you a good drive. If you stop any where by the way, he
+waits patiently where you leave him until you come back again.
+If he is in the wagon, he stands very still, lest he should do some
+damage to the vehicle by moving about. If he has a saddle on,
+he walks out to the road-side, perhaps, to crop the grass a little
+while he is waiting, but he lifts up his head now and then to see
+if you are coming, in order that he may be all ready to go on
+again when you wish to go.</p>
+
+<p>It would certainly be a fine thing to have such a pony as that.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">How useful and valuable such a boy would be.</div>
+
+<p>But for a man, it is a finer thing to have such a <em>boy</em> as that. I
+never knew such ponies, but I have often known such boys. They
+take a special interest and pleasure in being useful, and especially
+in assisting their father and mother in any thing, no matter what
+it is, that their father and mother wish to do. They feel proud
+and happy to be employed, and come always with a ready alacrity<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span>
+whenever they are called upon, and to do what they can do
+with a hearty good-will.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Georgie at the raising. The way he acted.</div>
+
+<p>Boys sometimes take an interest of the wrong kind in what
+their fathers are doing&mdash;that is, an interest which seeks for their
+own pleasure and amusement, and not for the furtherance of the
+work. There was a farmer, for instance, once, who had two sons,
+Lawrence and Georgie. The farmer was building a shed, and
+when the shed was framed, the carpenters came one afternoon to
+raise it. Lawrence was away from home when the carpenters
+came, having gone to mill, but Georgie was very much interested
+in the raising, and he brought several of the boys of the neighborhood
+to see it. With these boys he played about among the timbers
+of the frame, running along upon them from end to end, or
+jumping over them. He made a great deal of noise in singing to
+express his joy, and in calling to his companions.</p>
+
+<p>“Georgie,” said his father, at last, “be still, or I shall send you
+away.”</p>
+
+<p>His father should have sent him away at once, instead of threatening
+to do so if he was not still.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Boring.</div>
+
+<p>Georgie was still after this, for he knew that his father would
+do as he said; but he soon found out other means of making
+trouble besides noise. He and the other boys went to one of the
+carpenters, who was boring a hole, and he began to beg the carpenter
+to let him take the auger and bore it.</p>
+
+<p>“I can bore,” said he.</p>
+
+<p>“I see you can,” said the carpenter, “but I wish you would not
+come here and bore me.”</p>
+
+<p>The other carpenters who were near laughed at hearing this,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span>
+and Georgie, not liking to be laughed at, walked away to another
+part of the work. Here he began to ask questions, such as what
+this beam was for, and what tenon was going into that mortice,
+and whether such and such a hole was not bored wrong. All
+these questions interrupted the workmen, confused them in their
+calculations, and hindered the work. At last, Georgie’s father
+told him not to ask any more questions, but to keep perfectly
+still.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He and the other boys make a balancer.</div>
+
+<p>His father would, in fact, have sent him away entirely, were it
+not that he was wanted from time to time to do an errand, or
+fetch a tool. These errands, however, he did very slowly and
+reluctantly, so that he was of little service. Finally, he proposed
+to the boys that they should make a balancer, and they did so.
+They put up one short beam of wood upon another, and then,
+placing a plank across, two of the boys got on, one at each end,
+and began see-sawing up and down. This was their balancer.</p>
+
+<p>“Isn’t it good fun,” said Georgie, as he went up into the air,
+“to have a raising?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said the other boy, who was then down by the ground.</p>
+
+<p>“I hope they won’t get through to-night,” said Georgie, coming
+down, “and then we can have some more fun to-morrow.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A fall.</div>
+
+<p>Just then the upper beam, which supported the balancer, fell
+off, and the plank, with the boys on it, came to the ground. There
+was now a great outcry. Georgie’s father and some of the carpenters
+came to see if the boys were hurt. They were not seriously
+hurt, but the accident occasioned quite an interruption to the
+raising.</p>
+
+<p>So Georgie’s father, finding that the trouble which Georgie<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span>
+made him was greater far than any service that he rendered,
+sent him away.</p>
+
+<p>Now this is not the right way to take an interest in what your
+father or mother is doing.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lawrence comes home.</div>
+
+<p>Lawrence got back from the mill just as Georgie went away.
+He immediately came and took Georgie’s place. He stationed
+himself near his father, so as to be ready to do any thing which
+might be required whenever he should be called upon. He
+observed carefully every thing that was done, but he asked no
+questions. If he saw that a tool was wanted, or going to be
+wanted, he brought it, so as to have it all ready the moment it
+should be required. Thus, although he could not do much substantial
+work himself, he assisted the men who could do it very
+much, and rendered very effectual service, so that the raising
+went on very prosperously, and was finished that night, greatly
+to his father’s satisfaction.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Conversation at the supper-table.</div>
+
+<p>At supper that night the farmer took his seat at the table.
+His wife sat opposite to him. Lawrence was on one side, and
+Georgie on the other.</p>
+
+<p>“Have you finished the raising?” said his wife.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said the farmer, “we have finished it. I did not expect
+to get through. But we <em>have</em> got through, and it is all owing to
+Lawrence.”</p>
+
+<p>“Did he help you?” asked his wife.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said the farmer; “he forwarded the work, I think, a
+full half hour, and that just saved us.”</p>
+
+<p>Now that is the right kind of interest to take in what your
+father and mother are doing.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Another incident.</div>
+
+<p>At another time, one night after Georgie and Lawrence had
+gone to bed, they heard a sort of thumping sound out in the barn.</p>
+
+<p>“Hark!” said Lawrence; “what is that noise?”</p>
+
+<p>Georgie said he thought it could not be any thing of consequence,
+and so he shut up his eyes, and prepared to go to sleep.
+But Lawrence, though he was equally sleepy, felt afraid that
+something might be the matter with one of the horses; so he got
+up and went to his father’s room, and told his father about the
+noise. His father immediately rose and dressed himself, and
+went down to the barn.</p>
+
+<p>“Georgie,” said Lawrence, “let us get up too. Perhaps we
+can help.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh no,” said Georgie, sleepily, “there is nothing that <em>we</em>
+could do.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can hold the lantern, at any rate,” said Lawrence, “and do
+some good, perhaps, in that way.” So Lawrence dressed himself
+and went down stairs, while Georgie went to sleep again.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lawrence takes an interest in his father’s concerns.</div>
+
+<p>Lawrence got out into the barn just in time to find that the
+horse had fallen down, and had got entangled in his halter, so
+that he was in danger of choking to death.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah, Lawrence!” said his father, “you are just in time. I
+want you to hold the lantern for me.”</p>
+
+<p>So Lawrence took the lantern, and held it while his father disentangled
+the halter, and got the horse up. Lawrence, who was
+much interested all the time, held the lantern in the best possible
+way for his father to see.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s right,” said his father;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span> “hold the lantern so that you
+can see yourself, and then you may be sure that I can see.”</p>
+
+<p>That is the right kind of interest for boys to take in what their
+father or mother are doing.</p>
+
+<p>That was, in fact, the kind of interest that Bruno took. He
+was always on the watch for opportunities to do good, and when
+he saw that he could not do any more good, he was extremely
+careful not to make any trouble.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration32" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill032.jpg" width="450" height="381" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Driving the sheep to pasture in the morning.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno sits waiting for orders.</div>
+
+<p>He would stand or sit silently by, looking on and watching what<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span>
+was going forward with great interest, ready to act the moment
+that he was called upon, as you see in the opposite engraving.
+They are driving some sheep to pasture very early in the morning.
+It was dark when they first came out with the flock, and so
+they brought a lantern; but the sun has risen now, and it is light.
+Although it was very early when the men set out with the flock,
+Bruno was eager to come with them. He has helped to drive the
+sheep all the way. They have reached the pasture at last, and
+there is now nothing more for him to do. So he is sitting down
+to rest, and contemplating with great satisfaction, while he rests,
+the accomplishment of the work which was to be done, and ready
+to do any thing more that may be required without a moment’s
+delay.</p>
+
+<p>In the distance, in the engraving, a river is seen, meandering
+through a rich and beautiful country, with the beams of the morning
+sun reflected from the surface of the water.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<div class="sidenote">A good conscience.</div>
+
+<p>The satisfaction which results from the faithful performance
+of duty is a very solid and substantial pleasure. It endures long,
+and has no alloy. There is something manly and noble in the
+very nature of it, and he who makes it the end and aim of all his
+efforts in his search for happiness is sure of a rich reward.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">They who are not faithful in duty can never be happy.</div>
+
+<p>Learn from the example of Bruno, then, to find your happiness
+in the diligent and faithful performance of duty. “Duty first,
+and pleasure afterward,” is the true rule for all. They who seek
+pleasure first, or, rather, who look for their happiness in personal
+and selfish gratifications, lead a very low and groveling life, and
+never exemplify the true nobleness and dignity to which the human<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span>
+soul should aspire. Nor do they ever attain to any real or
+permanent happiness. They experience a continual feeling of
+self-reproach and self-condemnation which mars all their enjoyments,
+and adds a fresh ingredient of bitterness to all their sorrows.
+In a word, they are always dissatisfied with themselves,
+and he who is dissatisfied with himself can never be happy.</p>
+
+<p class="center">THE END.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+
+<img src="images/cover-back.jpg" width="500" height="650" alt="Image of the back cover" />
+
+<p class="caption">HARPER’S<br />
+STORY BOOKS</p>
+
+<p class="caption">BY<br />
+JACOB ABBOTT.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">TERMS.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">Each Number of <span class="smcap">Harper’s Story
+Books</span> will contain 160 pages, in small
+quarto form, very beautifully illustrated,
+and printed on superfine calendered
+paper.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">The Series may be obtained of Booksellers,
+Periodical Agents, and Postmasters,
+or from the Publishers, at
+<span class="smcap">Three Dollars</span> a year, or <span class="smcap">Twenty-five
+Cents a Number</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">The two Periodicals, <span class="smcap">Harper’s New
+Monthly Magazine</span> and <span class="smcap">Harper’s Story
+Books</span>, will be supplied at <span class="smcap">Five
+Dollars</span> a year, and will be published
+on the first day of each Month.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">The Postage upon <span class="smcap">Harper’s Story
+Books</span>, which must be paid quarterly
+in advance, is <span class="smcap">Two Cents</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">EACH NUMBER COMPLETE IN ITSELF.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">PRICE 25 C<sup>ts</sup></p>
+
+<p class="caption">HARPER &amp; BROTHERS<br />
+FRANKLIN SQUARE, N. Y.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 51859 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/old/51859-0.txt b/old/51859-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e44f38a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5383 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
+other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
+the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
+to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
+
+Title: Bruno
+       or, lessons of fidelity, patience, and self-denial taught by a dog
+
+Author: Jacob Abbott
+
+Release Date: April 25, 2016 [EBook #51859]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BRUNO ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Suzanne Shell and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                               HARPER’S
+                              STORY BOOKS
+
+                                 No. 1
+
+                                BRUNO.
+
+                            [Illustration]
+
+                            DECEMBER, 1854.
+
+                             PRICE 25 Cts
+
+                           HARPER & BROTHERS
+                      FRANKLIN SQUARE, NEW YORK.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: “Bruno forgives him, and why should not I?” said Hiram.]
+
+
+
+
+                         HARPER’S STORY BOOKS.
+
+      A SERIES OF NARRATIVES, DIALOGUES, BIOGRAPHIES, AND TALES,
+                 FOR THE INSTRUCTION AND ENTERTAINMENT
+                             OF THE YOUNG.
+
+                                  BY
+
+                             JACOB ABBOT.
+
+                           Embellished with
+
+                  NUMEROUS AND BEAUTIFUL ENGRAVINGS.
+
+
+
+
+                                BRUNO;
+                                  OR,
+            LESSONS OF FIDELITY, PATIENCE, AND SELF-DENIAL
+                           Taught by a Dog.
+
+                               NEW YORK:
+                    HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS.
+
+       Entered, according to an Act of Congress, in the year one
+               thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, by
+
+                          HARPER & BROTHERS,
+
+     in the Clerk’s Office for the Southern District of New York.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The present volume is the first of a proposed monthly series of story
+books for the young.
+
+The publishers of the series, in view of the great improvements which
+have been made within a few years past in the means and appliances of
+the typographical art, and of the accumulation of their own facilities
+and resources, not only for the manufacture of such books in an
+attractive form, and the embellishment of them with every variety
+of illustration, but also for the circulation of them in the widest
+manner throughout the land, find that they are in a condition to make a
+monthly communication of this kind to a very large number of families,
+and under auspices far more favorable than would have been possible at
+any former period. They have accordingly resolved on undertaking the
+work, and they have intrusted to the writer of this notice the charge
+of preparing the volumes.
+
+The books, though called story books, are not intended to be works of
+amusement merely to those who may receive them, but of substantial
+instruction. The successive volumes will comprise a great variety,
+both in respect to the subjects which they treat, and to the form and
+manner in which the subjects will be presented; but the end and aim
+of all will be to impart useful knowledge, to develop the thinking
+and reasoning powers, to teach a correct and discriminating use of
+language, to present models of good conduct for imitation, and bad
+examples to be shunned, to explain and enforce the highest principles
+of moral duty, and, above all, to awaken and cherish the spirit of
+humble and unobtrusive, but heartfelt piety. The writer is aware of the
+great responsibility which devolves upon him, in being thus admitted
+into many thousands of families with monthly messages of counsel and
+instruction to the children, which he has the opportunity, through the
+artistic and mechanical resources placed at his disposal, to clothe in
+a form that will be calculated to open to him a very easy access to
+their attention, their confidence, and their hearts. He can only say
+that he will make every exertion in his power faithfully to fulfill his
+trust.
+
+JACOB ABBOTT.
+
+New York, 1854.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+                                   PAGE
+
+    THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF         13
+
+    COMBAT WITH A BOAR               16
+
+    JOOLY                            19
+
+    THE EMIGRANTS                    32
+
+    THE VOYAGE                       34
+
+    GOING ALONE                      38
+
+    SILVER BOWL STOLEN               41
+
+    THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED        52
+
+    BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY           62
+
+    BOYS ADRIFT                      84
+
+    BRUNO AND THE ROBIN              97
+
+    BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE       120
+
+    WILLING TO LEARN                129
+
+    PANSITA                         135
+
+    THE DOG’S PETITION              140
+
+    THE STORM ON THE LAKE           143
+
+    TAKING AN INTEREST              151
+
+
+
+
+ENGRAVINGS
+
+
+                                   PAGE
+
+    THE TOOL-HOUSE ON FIRE     _Frontispiece._
+
+    COMBAT WITH THE WOLF             15
+
+    THE TWO BOARS                    17
+
+    COMBAT WITH A BOAR               18
+
+    THE CHAMOIS HUNTERS              20
+
+    CHILDREN IN THE GROVE            21
+
+    BRUNO IN THE SNOW                28
+
+    THE COTTAGE                      30
+
+    BRUNO ON WOLF-SKIN               31
+
+    THE EMIGRANTS                    33
+
+    THE BEGINNING OF THE VOYAGE      35
+
+    THE STORM                        36
+
+    THE END OF THE VOYAGE            37
+
+    THE PARTING                      39
+
+    THE GIPSY CAMP                   43
+
+    FORTUNE TELLING                  51
+
+    FRANK AND LORENZO                58
+
+    THE PARLOR DOGS                  63
+
+    VARIETY                          64
+
+    THE WATCH-DOG                    66
+
+    THE GATEWAY IN THE WOOD          71
+
+    TONY LOST                        75
+
+    THE PIER                         88
+
+    THE PORT                         94
+
+    RALPH AND THE ROBIN             101
+
+    HIRAM’S SQUIRREL                104
+
+    THE SLY FOX                     109
+
+    WILLING TO LEARN                132
+
+    THE STORM ON THE LAKE           146
+
+    BRUNO WATCHING                  149
+
+    PLAY                            150
+
+    BRUNO AND THE SHEEP             158
+
+
+
+
+BRUNO.
+
+
+
+
+THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF.
+
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter alarmed.]
+
+In the night, a hunter, who lived in a cottage among the Alps, heard a
+howling.
+
+“Hark!” said he, “I heard a howling.”
+
+His wife raised her head from the pillow to listen, and one of the two
+children, who were lying in a little bed in the corner of the room,
+listened too. The other child was asleep.
+
+“It is a wolf,” said the hunter.
+
+“In the morning,” said the hunter, “I will take my spear, and my
+sheath-knife, and Bruno, and go and see if I can not kill him.”
+
+Bruno was the hunter’s dog.
+
+The hunter and his wife, and the child that was awake, listened a
+little longer to the howling of the wolf, and then, when at length the
+sounds died away, they all went to sleep.
+
+[Sidenote: Prepares for a hunt.]
+
+In the morning the hunter took his spear, and his sheath-knife, and his
+hunting-horn besides, and then, calling Bruno to follow him, went off
+among the rocks and mountains to find the wolf.
+
+[Sidenote: Discovers the animal.]
+
+While he was climbing up the mountains by a steep and narrow path,
+he thought he saw something black moving among the rocks at a great
+distance across the valley. He stopped to look at it. He looked at it
+very intently.
+
+At first he thought it was the wolf. But it was not the wolf.
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter blows his horn.]
+
+Then he thought it was a man. So he blew a loud and long blast with his
+horn. He thought that if the moving thing which he saw were another
+man, he would answer by blowing _his_ horn, and that then, perhaps, he
+would come and help the hunter hunt the wolf. He listened, but he heard
+no reply. He heard nothing but echoes.
+
+By-and-by he came to a stream of water. It was a torrent, flowing
+wildly among the rocks and bushes.
+
+“Bruno,” said the hunter, “how shall we get across this torrent?”
+
+Bruno stood upon a rock, looking at the torrent very earnestly, but he
+did not speak.
+
+“Bruno,” said the hunter again, “how shall we get across this torrent?”
+
+Bruno barked.
+
+[Sidenote: The rude bridge.]
+
+The hunter then walked along for some distance on the margin of the
+stream, and presently came to a place where there was a log lying
+across it. So he and Bruno went over on the log. Bruno ran over at
+once. The hunter was at first a little afraid to go, but at last he
+ventured. He got across in safety. Here the hunter stopped a few
+minutes to rest.
+
+[Sidenote: The wolf discovered.]
+
+He then went on up the mountain. At last Bruno began to bark and to
+run on forward, looking excited and wild. He saw the wolf. The hunter
+hastened forward after him, brandishing his spear. The wolf was in a
+solitary place, high up among the rocks. He was gnawing some bones. He
+was gaunt and hungry. Bruno attacked him, but the wolf was larger and
+stronger than he, and threw him back with great violence against the
+ground. The dog howled with pain and terror.
+
+[Illustration: Picture of the combat.]
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno’s courage. The wolf is killed.]
+
+The man thrust the spear at the wolf’s mouth, but the ferocious beast
+evaded the blow, and seized the shaft of the spear between his teeth.
+Then the great combat came on. Very soon the dog sprang up and seized
+the wolf by the throat, and held him down, and finally the man killed
+him with his spear.
+
+Then he took his horn from his belt, and blew a long and loud blast in
+token of victory.
+
+[Sidenote: What became of the skin of the wolf.]
+
+He took the skin of the wolf, and carried it home. The fur was long,
+and gray in color. The hunter tanned and dressed the skin, and made it
+soft like leather. He spread it down upon the floor before the fire
+in his cottage, and his children played upon it. Bruno was accustomed
+to lie upon it in the evening. He would lie quietly there for a long
+time, looking into the fire, and thinking of the combat he had with
+the savage monster that originally wore the skin, at the time when he
+fought him on the mountains, and helped the hunter kill him.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The hunter and the hunter’s children liked Bruno very much before, but
+they liked him more than ever after his combat with the wolf.
+
+
+
+
+COMBAT WITH A BOAR.
+
+
+Some wild animals are so ferocious and strong that it requires several
+dogs to attack and conquer them. Such animals are found generally in
+remote and uninhabited districts, among forests and mountains, or in
+countries inhabited by savages.
+
+[Sidenote: Habits of the boar.]
+
+The wild boar is one of the most terrible of these animals. He has long
+tusks projecting from his jaws. These serve him as weapons in attacking
+his enemies, whether dogs or men. He roams in a solitary manner
+among the mountains, and though he is very fierce and savage in his
+disposition, he will seldom molest any one who does not molest him. If,
+when he is passing along through the forests, he sees a man, he pays
+no regard to him, but goes on in his own way. If, however, when he is
+attacked by dogs, and is running through the forest to make his escape,
+he meets a man in his way, he thinks the man is the hunter that has
+set the dogs upon him, or at least that he is his enemy. So he rushes
+upon him with terrible fury, and kills him--sometimes with a single
+blow--and then, trampling over the dead body, goes on bounding through
+the thickets to escape from the dogs.
+
+[Illustration: Picture of a fight.]
+
+[Sidenote: The tusks.]
+
+Wild boars often have dreadful combats with each other. In this
+engraving we have a representation of such a fight. The weapons with
+which they fight are sharp tusks growing out of the under jaw. With
+these tusks they can inflict dreadful wounds.
+
+Savages, when they attack the wild boar, arm themselves with spears,
+and station themselves at different places in the forest, where they
+think the boar will pass. Sometimes they hide themselves in thickets,
+so as to be ready to come out suddenly and attack the boar when the
+dogs have seized him.
+
+[Illustration: Picture of the combat.]
+
+[Sidenote: The dogs and the boar. The spears.]
+
+Here is a picture of such a combat. The dogs have pursued the boar
+through the woods until he begins to be exhausted with fatigue and
+terror. Still, he fights them very desperately. One he has thrown down.
+He has wounded him with his tusks. The dog is crying out with pain and
+fright. There are three other dogs besides the one who is wounded. They
+are endeavoring to seize and hold the boar, while one of the hunters
+is thrusting the iron point of his spear into him. Two other hunters
+are coming out of a thicket near by to join in the attack. One of them
+looks as if he were afraid of the boar. He has good reason to be afraid.
+
+[Sidenote: Savages dress themselves in skins.]
+
+These hunters are savages. They are nearly naked. One of them is
+clothed with a skin. I suppose, by the claws, that it is a lion’s skin.
+He hunted and killed the lion, perhaps, in the same way that he is now
+hunting and killing the boar.
+
+Savages use the skins of beasts for clothing because they do not know
+how to spin and weave.
+
+But we must now go back to Bruno, the Alpine hunter’s dog that killed
+the wolf, and who used afterward to sleep before the fire in the
+hunter’s cottage on the skin.
+
+
+
+
+JOOLY.
+
+
+[Sidenote: The Alps.]
+
+Bruno’s master lived among the Alps. The Alps are very lofty mountains
+in Switzerland and Savoy.
+
+[Sidenote: Chamois hunting.]
+
+The upper portions of these mountains are very rocky and wild. There
+are crags, and precipices, and immense chasms among them, where it
+is very dangerous for any one to go. The hunters, however, climb up
+among these rocks and precipices to hunt the chamois, which is a small
+animal, much like a goat in form and character. He has small black
+horns, the tips of which turn back.
+
+The chamois climbs up among the highest rocks and precipices to feed
+upon the grass which grows there in the little nooks and corners. The
+chamois hunters climb up these after him. They take guns with them,
+in order to shoot the chamois when they see one. But sometimes it is
+difficult for them to get the game when they have killed it, as we see
+in this engraving. The hunters were on one side of a chasm and the
+chamois on the other, and though he has fallen dead upon the rocks,
+they can not easily reach him. One of the hunters is leaning across
+the chasm, and is attempting to get hold of the carcass with his right
+hand. With his left hand he grasps the rock to keep himself from
+falling. If his hand should slip, he would go headlong down into an
+awful abyss.
+
+[Illustration: Picture of the chamois hunters on the Alps.]
+
+The other hunter is coming up the rock to help his comrade. He has his
+gun across his shoulder. Both the hunters have ornamented their hats
+with flowers.
+
+The chamois lies upon the rock where he has fallen. We can see his
+black horns, with the tips turned backward.
+
+[Sidenote: The lower slopes of the mountains.]
+
+In the summer season, the valleys among these Alpine mountains are very
+delightful. The lower slopes of them are adorned with forests of fir
+and pine, which alternate with smooth, green pasturages, where ramble
+and feed great numbers of sheep and cows. Below are rich and beautiful
+valleys, with fields full of flowers, and cottages, and pretty little
+gardens, and every thing else that can make a country pleasant to
+see and to play in. There are no noxious or hurtful animals in these
+valleys, so that there is no danger in rambling about any where in
+them, either in the fields or in the groves. They must take care of the
+wet places, and of the thorns that hide among the roses, but beyond
+these dangers there is nothing to fear. In these valleys, therefore,
+the youngest children can go into the thickets to play or to gather
+flowers without any danger or fear; for there are no wild beasts, or
+noxious animals, or poisonous plants there, or any thing else that can
+injure them.
+
+[Illustration: Children at play.]
+
+[Sidenote: Winter in the Alps.]
+
+Thus the country of the Alps is very pleasant in summer, but in winter
+it is cold and stormy, and all the roads and fields, especially in
+the higher portions of the country, are buried up in snow. Still, the
+people who live there must go out in winter, and sometimes they are
+overtaken by storms, and perish in the cold.
+
+[Sidenote: Scene in the hunter’s cottage.]
+
+Once Bruno saved his master’s life when he was thus overtaken in a
+storm. The baby was sick, and the hunter thought he would go down in
+the valley to get some medicine for him. The baby was in a cradle. His
+grandmother took care of him and rocked him. His mother was at work
+about the room, feeling very anxious and unhappy. The hunter himself,
+who had come in tired from his work a short time before, was sitting
+in a comfortable easy-chair which stood in the corner by the fire. The
+head of the cradle was near the chair where the hunter was sitting.[1]
+
+    [1] For the positions of the chair and cradle in the hunter’s
+    cottage, see engraving on page 30.
+
+“George,” said the hunter’s wife, “I wish you would look at the baby.”
+
+George leaned forward over the head of the cradle, and looked down upon
+the baby.
+
+“Poor little thing!” said he.
+
+“What shall we do?” said his wife. As she said this she came to the
+cradle, and, bending down over it, she moved the baby’s head a little,
+so as to place it in a more comfortable position. The baby was very
+pale, and his eyes were shut. As soon as he felt his mother’s hand upon
+his cheek, he opened his eyes, but immediately shut them again. He was
+too sick to look very long even at his mother.
+
+[Sidenote: Consultation between the hunter and his wife.]
+
+“Poor little thing!” said George again. “He is very sick. I must go to
+the village and get some medicine from the doctor.”
+
+“Oh no!” said his wife. “You can not go to the village to-night. It is
+a _dreadful_ storm.”
+
+“Yes,” said the hunter, “I know it is.”
+
+“The snow is very deep, and it is drifting more and more,” said his
+wife. “It will be entirely dark before you get home, and you will lose
+your way, and perish in the snow.”
+
+The hunter did not say any thing. He knew very well that there would be
+great danger in going out on such a night.
+
+“You will get lost in the snow, and die,” continued his wife, “if you
+attempt to go.”
+
+[Sidenote: A hard alternative.]
+
+“And baby will die, perhaps, if I stay at home,” said the hunter.
+
+The hunter’s wife was in a state of great perplexity and distress. It
+was hard to decide between the life of her husband and that of her
+child. While the parents were hesitating and looking into the cradle,
+the babe opened its eyes, and, seeing its father and mother there,
+tried to put out its little hands to them as if for help, but finding
+itself too weak to hold them up, it let them drop again, and began to
+cry.
+
+“Poor little thing!” said the hunter. “I’ll go--I’ll go.”
+
+The mother made no more objection. She could not resist the mute appeal
+of the poor helpless babe. So she brought her husband his coat and cap,
+and forced her reluctant mind to consent to his going.
+
+It was strange, was it not, that she should be willing to risk the life
+of her husband, who was all the world to her, whose labor was her life,
+whose strength was her protection, whose companionship was her solace
+and support, for the sake of that helpless and useless baby?
+
+It was strange, too, was it not, that the hunter himself, who was
+already almost exhausted by the cold and exposure that he had suffered
+during the day, should be willing to go forth again into the storm, for
+a child that had never done any thing for him, and was utterly unable
+to do any thing for him now? Besides, by saving the child’s life, he
+was only compelling himself to work the harder, to procure food and
+clothing for him while he was growing up to be a man.
+
+What was the baby’s name?
+
+His name was Jooly.
+
+At least they called him Jooly. His real name was Julien.
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter bids little Jooly good-by.]
+
+When the hunter was all ready to go, he came to the cradle, and,
+putting his great rough and shaggy hand upon the baby’s wrist, he said,
+
+“Poor little Jooly! I will get the doctor himself to come and see you,
+if I can.”
+
+So he opened the door and went out, leaving Jooly’s grandmother rocking
+the cradle, and his mother at work about the room as before.
+
+When the hunter had gone out and shut the door, he went along the side
+of the house till he came to a small door leading to his cow-house,
+which was a sort of small barn.
+
+[Sidenote: He calls Bruno.]
+
+He opened the door of the cow-house and called out “BRUNO!”
+
+Bruno, who was asleep at this time in his bed, in a box half filled
+with straw, started up on hearing his master’s voice, and, leaping over
+the side of the box, came to his master in the storm.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno’s bed.]
+
+Bruno was glad to be called. And yet it was a dark and stormy night.
+The wind was blowing, and the snow was driving terribly. On the other
+hand, the bed where he had been lying was warm and comfortable. The
+cow was near him for company. He was enjoying, too, a very refreshing
+sleep, dreaming of races and frolics with other dogs on a pretty green.
+All this repose and comfort were disturbed. Still, Bruno was glad.
+He perceived at once that an unexpected emergency had occurred, and
+that some important duty was to be performed. Bruno had no desire to
+lead a useless life. He was always proud and happy when he had any
+duty to perform, and the more important and responsible the duty was,
+the more proud and happy it made him. He cared nothing at all for any
+discomfort, fatigue, or exposure that it might bring upon him.
+
+[Sidenote: A comparison.]
+
+Some boys are very different from Bruno in this respect. They do not
+share his noble nature. They never like duty. All they like is ease,
+comfort, and pleasure. When any unexpected emergency occurs, and they
+are called to duty, they go to their work with great reluctance, and
+with many murmurings and repinings, as if to do duty were an irksome
+task. I would give a great deal more for a _dog_ like Bruno than for
+such a boy.
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter and Bruno in the snow.]
+
+Bruno and his master took the road which led to the village. The hunter
+led the way, and Bruno followed. The road was steep and narrow, and
+in many places the ground was so buried in snow that the way was very
+difficult to find. Sometimes the snow was very soft and deep, and the
+hunter would sink into it so far that he could scarcely advance at
+all. At such times Bruno, being lighter and stronger, would wallow on
+through the drift, and then look back to his master, and wait for him
+to come, and then go back to him again, looking all the time at the
+hunter with an expression of animation and hope upon his countenance,
+and wagging his tail, as if he were endeavoring to cheer and encourage
+him. This action had the effect, at any rate, of encouragement. It
+cheered the hunter on; and so, in due time, they both arrived safely at
+the village.
+
+The doctor concluded, after hearing all about the case, that it would
+not be best for him to go up the mountain; but he gave the hunter some
+medicine for the baby.
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter attempts to return to the cottage.]
+
+The medicine was put in a phial, and the hunter put the phial in his
+pocket. When all was ready, the hunter set out again on his return home.
+
+[Sidenote: Difficulties in the way.]
+
+It was much harder going up than it had been to come down. The road was
+very steep. The snow, too, was getting deeper every hour. Besides, it
+was now dark, and it was more difficult than ever to find the way.
+
+At last, when the hunter had got pretty near his own cottage again, his
+strength began to fail. He staggered on a little farther, and then he
+sank down exhausted into the snow. Bruno leaped about him, and rubbed
+his head against his master’s cheek, and barked, and wagged his tail,
+and did every thing in his power to encourage his master to rise and
+make another effort. At length he succeeded.
+
+“Yes,” said the hunter, “I’ll get up, and try again.”
+
+[Sidenote: Getting lost.]
+
+So he rose and staggered feebly on a little farther. He looked about
+him, but he could not tell where he was. He began to feel that he was
+lost. Now, whenever a man gets really lost, either in the woods or in
+the snow, a feeling of great perplexity and bewilderment generally
+comes over his mind, which almost wholly deprives him of the use of
+his faculties. The feeling is very much like that which one experiences
+when half awake. You do not know where you are, or what you want, or
+where you want to go. Sometimes you scarcely seem to know who you are.
+The hunter began to be thus bewildered. Then it was bitter cold, and he
+began to be benumbed and stupefied.
+
+Intense cold almost always produces a stupefying effect, when one has
+been long exposed to it. The hunter knew very well that he must not
+yield to such a feeling as this, and so he forced himself to make a new
+effort. But the snow seemed to grow deeper and deeper, and it was very
+hard for him to make his way through it. It was freshly fallen, and,
+consequently, it was very light and soft, and the hunter sank down in
+it very far. If he had had snow shoes, he could have walked upon the
+top of it; but he had no snow shoes.
+
+At last he became very tired.
+
+“Bruno,” said he, “I must lie down here and rest a little, before I can
+go on any further.”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno tries to encourage and save his master.]
+
+But Bruno, when he saw his master preparing to lie down, jumped about
+him, and barked, and seemed very uneasy. Just then the hunter saw
+before him a deep black hole. He looked down, and saw that it was
+water. Instead of being in the road, he was going over some deep pit
+filled with water, covered, except in one place, with ice and snow. He
+perceived that he had had a very narrow escape from falling into this
+water, and he now felt more bewildered and lost than ever. He contrived
+to get by the dangerous hole, feeling his way with a stick, and then he
+sank down in the snow among the rocks, and gave up in despair.
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter comes very near perishing in the snow.]
+
+And yet the house was very near. The chimney and the gable end of it
+could just be distinguished in the distance through the falling snow.
+Bruno knew this, and he was extremely distressed that his master should
+give up when so near reaching home. He lay down in the snow by the
+side of his master, and putting his paw over his arm, to encourage
+him and keep him from absolute despair, he turned his head toward the
+house, and barked loud and long, again and again, in hopes of bringing
+somebody to the rescue.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+In the picture you can see the hunter lying in the snow, with Bruno
+over him. His cap has fallen off, and is half buried. His stick, too,
+lies on the snow near his cap. That was a stick that he got to feel
+down into the hole in the ice with, in order to ascertain how deep the
+water was, and to find his way around it. The rocks around the place
+are covered with snow, and the branches of the trees are white with it.
+
+[Sidenote: Danger of going to sleep when out in a storm.]
+
+It is extremely dangerous to lie down to sleep in the snow in a storm
+like this. People that do so usually never wake again. They think,
+always, that they only wish to rest themselves, and sleep a few
+minutes, and that then they will be refreshed, and be ready to proceed
+on their journey. But they are deceived. The drowsiness is produced,
+not by the fatigue, but by the cold. They are beginning to freeze, and
+the freezing benumbs all their sensations. The drowsiness is the effect
+of the benumbing of the brain.
+
+Sometimes, when several persons are traveling together in cold and
+storms, one of their number, who may perhaps be more delicate than the
+rest, and who feels the cold more sensibly, wishes very much to stop a
+few minutes to lie down and rest, and he begs his companions to allow
+him to do so. But they, if they are wise, will not consent. Then he
+sometimes declares that he _will_ stop, at any rate, even if they do
+not consent. Then they declare that he shall not, and they take hold
+of his shoulders and arms to pull him along. Then he gets angry, and
+attempts to resist them. The excitement of this quarrel warms him a
+little, and restores in some degree his sensibility, and so he goes
+on, and his life is saved. Then he is very grateful to them for having
+disregarded his remonstrances and resistance, and for compelling him to
+proceed.[2]
+
+    [2] Children, in the same way, often complain very strenuously
+    of what their parents and teachers require of them, and resist
+    and contend against it as long as they can; and then, if their
+    parents persevere, they are afterward, when they come to
+    perceive the benefit of it, very grateful.
+
+But now we must return to the story.
+
+[Sidenote: Alarm in the cottage. They open the door.]
+
+The hunter’s family heard the barking in the house. They all
+immediately went to the door. One of the children opened the door. The
+gusts of wind blew the snow in her face, and blinded her. She leaned
+back against the door, and wiped the snow from her face and eyes with
+her apron. Her grandmother came to the door with a light, but the wind
+blew it out in an instant. Her mother came too, and for a moment little
+Jooly was left alone.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+“It is my husband!” she exclaimed. “He is dying in the snow! Mercy upon
+us! What will become of us?
+
+“Give me the cordial,” said she. “Quick!”
+
+So saying, she turned to the shelves which you see in the picture near
+where she is standing, and hastily taking down a bottle containing
+a cordial, which was always kept there ready to be used on such
+occasions, she rushed out of the house. She shut the door after her as
+she went, charging the rest, with her last words, to take good care of
+little Jooly.
+
+[Sidenote: The puss. Little Jooly sleeps undisturbed.]
+
+Of course, those that were left in the cottage were all in a state of
+great distress and anxiety while she was gone--all except two, Jooly
+and the puss. Jooly was asleep in the cradle. The puss was not asleep,
+but was crouched very quietly before the fire in a warm and bright
+place near the grandmother’s chair. She was looking at the fire, and at
+the kettle which was boiling upon it, and wondering whether they would
+give her a piece of the meat by-and-by that was boiling in the kettle
+for the hunter’s supper.
+
+[Sidenote: The hunter and Jooly are both saved.]
+
+When the hunter felt the mouth of the cordial bottle pressed gently to
+his lips, and heard his wife’s voice calling to him, he opened his eyes
+and revived a little. The taste of the cordial revived him still more.
+He was now able to rise, and when he was told how near home he was, he
+felt so cheered and encouraged by the intelligence that he became quite
+strong. The company in the house were soon overjoyed at hearing voices
+at the door, and on opening it, the hunter, his wife, and Bruno all
+came safely in.
+
+Jooly took the medicine which his father brought him, and soon got well.
+
+Here is a picture of Bruno lying on the wolf-skin, and resting from his
+toils.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+THE EMIGRANTS.
+
+
+The hunter, Bruno’s master, emigrated to America, and when he went, he
+sold Bruno to another man. A great many people from Europe emigrate to
+America.
+
+[Sidenote: Emigrants. The way they cross the Atlantic.]
+
+To emigrate means to move from one country to another. The people in
+Europe come from all parts of the interior down to the sea-shore,
+and there embark in great ships to cross the Atlantic Ocean. A great
+many come in the same ship. While they are at sea, if the weather is
+pleasant, these passengers come up upon the deck, and have a very
+comfortable time. But when it is cold and stormy, they have to stay
+below, and they become sick, and are very miserable. They can not stay
+on deck at such times on account of the sea, which washes over the
+ships, and often keeps the decks wet from stem to stern.
+
+When the emigrants land in America, some of them remain in the cities,
+and get work there if they can. Others go to the West to buy land.
+
+[Sidenote: The English family.]
+
+Opposite you see a farmer’s family in England setting out for America.
+The young girl who stands with her hands joined together is named
+Esther. That is her father who is standing behind her. Her mother and
+her grandmother are in the wagon. Esther’s mother has an infant in her
+arms, and her grandmother is holding a young child. Both these children
+are Esther’s brothers. Their names are George and Benny. The baby’s
+name is Benny.
+
+[Illustration: The farmer’s family. The farewell.]
+
+Esther has two aunts--both very kind to her. One of her aunts is going
+to America, but the other--her aunt Lucy--is to remain behind. They are
+bidding each other good-by. The one who has a bonnet on her head is the
+one that is going. We can tell who are going on the journey by their
+having hats or bonnets on. Esther’s aunt Lucy, who has no bonnet on, is
+to remain. When the wagon goes away, she will go into the house again,
+very sorrowful.
+
+[Sidenote: The journey in the covered wagon.]
+
+The farmer has provided a _covered_ wagon for the journey, so as to
+protect his wife, and his mother, and his sister, and his children from
+the cold wind and from the rain. But they will not go all the way in
+this wagon. They will go to the sea-shore in the wagon, and then they
+will embark on board a ship, to cross the Atlantic Ocean.
+
+We can see the ship, all ready and waiting, in the background of the
+picture, on the right. There will be a great many other families on
+board the ship, all going to America. There will be sailors, too, to
+navigate the ship and to manage the sails.
+
+
+
+
+THE VOYAGE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: The voyage in the ship.]
+
+The voyage which the emigrants have to take is very long. It is three
+thousand miles from England to America, and it takes oftentimes many
+weeks to accomplish the transit. Sometimes during the voyage the breeze
+is light, and the water is smooth, and the ship glides very pleasantly
+and prosperously on its way. Then the emigrants pass their time very
+agreeably. They come up upon the decks, they look out upon the water,
+they talk, they sew, they play with the children--they enjoy, in fact,
+almost as many comforts and pleasures as if they were at home on land.
+
+Opposite is a picture of the ship sailing along very smoothly, in
+pleasant weather, at the commencement of the voyage. The cliff in the
+background, on the right, is part of the English shore, which the ship
+is just leaving. There is a light-house upon the cliff, and a town on
+the shore below.
+
+[Illustration: The emigrant ship setting sail. Smooth sea.]
+
+The wind is fair, and the water is smooth. The emigrants are out upon
+the decks. We can see their heads above the bulwarks.
+
+[Sidenote: The buoy.]
+
+The object in the foreground, floating in the water, is a _buoy_. It is
+placed there to mark a rock or a shoal. It is secured by an anchor.
+
+Thus, when the weather is fair, the emigrants pass their time very
+pleasantly. They amuse themselves on the decks by day, and at night
+they go down into the cabins, which are below the deck of the ship, and
+there they sleep.
+
+[Illustration: The ship in a storm. Great danger. Heavy seas.]
+
+But sometimes there comes a storm. The wind increases till it becomes a
+gale. Clouds are seen scudding swiftly across the sky. Immense billows,
+rolling heavily, dash against the ship, or chase each other furiously
+across the wide expanse of the water, breaking every where into foam
+and spray. The winds howl fearfully in the rigging, and sometimes a
+sail is burst from its fastenings by the violence of it, and flaps its
+tattered fragments in the air with the sound of thunder.
+
+[Sidenote: Discomfort and distress of the passengers.]
+
+While the storm continues, the poor emigrants are obliged to remain
+below, where they spend their time in misery and terror. By-and-by the
+storm subsides, the sailors repair the damages, and the ship proceeds
+on her voyage.
+
+In the engraving below we see the ship far advanced on her way. She
+is drawing near to the American shore. The sea is smooth, the wind is
+fair, and she is pressing rapidly onward.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+On the left is seen another vessel, and on the right two more, far in
+the offing.
+
+The emigrants on board the ship are rejoiced to believe that their
+voyage is drawing toward the end.
+
+[Sidenote: The arrival.]
+
+When the farmer and his family have landed in America, they will take
+another wagon, and go back into the country till they come to the place
+where they are going to have their farm. There they will cut down the
+trees of the forest, and build a house of logs. Then they will plow the
+ground, and sow the seeds, and make the farm. By-and-by they will gain
+enough by their industry to build a better house, and to fit it with
+convenient and comfortable furniture, and thenceforward they will live
+in plenty and happiness.
+
+[Sidenote: Benny and George.]
+
+All this time they will take great care of George and Benny, so that
+they shall not come to any harm. They will keep them warm in the
+wagon, and they will watch over them on board the ship, and carry them
+in their arms when they walk up the hills, in journeying in America,
+and make a warm bed for them in their house, and take a great deal of
+pains to have always plenty of good bread for them to eat, and warm
+milk for them to drink. They will suffer, themselves, continual toil,
+privation, and fatigue, but they will be very careful not to let the
+children suffer any thing if they can possibly help it.
+
+[Sidenote: Ingratitude.]
+
+By-and-by, when Benny and George grow up, they will find that their
+father lives upon a fine farm, with a good house and good furniture,
+and with every comfort around them. They will hardly know how much care
+and pains their father, and mother, and grandmother took to save them
+from all suffering, and to provide for them a comfortable and happy
+home. How ungrateful it would be in them to be unkind or disobedient to
+their father, and mother, and grandmother, when they grow up.
+
+
+
+
+GOING ALONE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Emigrant going alone.]
+
+Sometimes, when a man is intending to emigrate to America, he goes
+first himself alone, in order to see the country, and choose a place
+to live in, and buy a farm, intending afterward to come back for his
+family. He does not take them with him at first, for he does not know
+what he should do with his wife and all his young children while he is
+traveling from place to place to view the land.
+
+[Illustration: He bids his wife and children good-by. Picture of it.]
+
+When the emigrant goes first alone in this way, leaving his family
+at home, the parting is very sorrowful. His poor wife is almost
+broken-hearted. She gathers her little children around her, and clasps
+them in her arms, fearing that some mischief may befall their father
+when he is far away, and that they may never see him again. The man
+attempts to comfort her by saying that it will not be long before he
+comes back, and that then they shall never more be separated. His
+oldest boy stands holding his father’s staff, and almost wishing that
+he was going to accompany him. He turns away his face to hide his
+tears. As for the dog, he sees that his master is going away, and he is
+very earnestly desirous to go too. In fact, they know he _would_ go if
+he were left at liberty, and so they chain him to a post to keep him at
+home.
+
+[Sidenote: A sorrowful parting.]
+
+It is a hard thing for a wife and a mother that her husband should
+thus go away and leave her, to make so long a voyage, and to encounter
+so many difficulties and dangers, knowing, as she does, that it is
+uncertain whether he will ever live to return. She bears the pain of
+this parting out of love to her children. She thinks that their father
+will find some better and happier home for them in the New World, where
+they can live in greater plenty, and where, when they grow up, and
+become men and women, they will be better provided for than they were
+in their native land.
+
+[Sidenote: The ship. The emigrants.]
+
+In the distance, in the engraving, we see the ship in which this man
+is going to sail. We see a company of emigrants, too, down the road,
+going to embark. There is one child walking alone behind her father and
+mother, who seems too young to set out on such a voyage.
+
+
+
+
+SILVER BOWL STOLEN.
+
+
+Bruno belonged to several different masters in the course of his life.
+He was always sorry to leave his old master when the changes were made,
+but then he yielded to the necessity of the case in these emergencies
+with a degree of composure and self-control, which, in a man, would
+have been considered quite philosophical.
+
+The hunter of the Alps, whose life Bruno had saved, resolved at the
+time that he would never part with him.
+
+“I would not sell him,” said he, “for a thousand francs.”
+
+They reckon sums of money by francs in Switzerland. A franc is a silver
+coin. About five of them make a dollar.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno’s master is obliged to sell him. The reason why.]
+
+However, notwithstanding this resolution, the hunter found himself at
+last forced to sell his dog. He had concluded to emigrate to America.
+He found, on making proper inquiry and calculation, that it would cost
+a considerable sum of money to take Bruno with him across the ocean.
+In the first place, he would have to pay not a little for his passage.
+Then, besides, it would cost a good deal to feed him on the way, both
+while on board the ship and during his progress across the country.
+The hunter reflected that all the money which he should thus pay for
+the dog would be so much taken from the food, and clothing, and other
+comforts of his wife and children. Just at this time a traveler came by
+who offered to buy the dog, and promised always to take most excellent
+care of him. So the hunter sold him, and the traveler took him away.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno is sold and carried away to England.]
+
+Bruno was very unwilling at first to go away with the stranger. But the
+hunter ordered him to get into the gentleman’s carriage, and he obeyed.
+He looked out behind the carriage as they drove away, and wondered what
+it all could mean. He could not understand it; but as it was always a
+rule with him to submit contentedly to what could not be helped, he
+soon ceased to trouble himself about the matter, and so, lying down in
+the carriage, he went to sleep. He did not wake up for several hours
+afterward.
+
+The traveler conveyed the dog home with him to England, and kept him
+a long time. He made a kennel for him in the corner of the yard. Here
+Bruno lived several years in great peace and plenty.
+
+At length the gentleman was going away from home again on a long tour,
+and as there was nobody to be left at home to take an interest in
+Bruno, he put him under the charge, during his absence, of a boy named
+Lorenzo, who lived in a large house on the banks of a stream near his
+estate. Lorenzo liked Bruno very much, and took excellent care of
+him.[3]
+
+    [3] The house where Lorenzo lived was a large double house, of
+    a very peculiar form. There is a picture of it on page 58.
+
+There was a grove of tall trees near the house where Lorenzo lived,
+which contained the nests of thousands of rooks. Rooks are large black
+birds, very much like crows. Bruno used to lie in the yard where
+Lorenzo kept him, and watch the rooks for hours together.
+
+[Illustration: The encampment of gipsies.]
+
+[Sidenote: How gipsies live.]
+
+In a solitary place near where Lorenzo lived there was an encampment of
+gipsies. Gipsies live much like Indians. They wander about England in
+small bands, getting money by begging, and selling baskets, and they
+build little temporary huts from time to time in solitary places, where
+they live for a while, and then, breaking up their encampment, they
+wander on till they find another place, where they encamp again.
+
+[Sidenote: Their ingenuity in stealing.]
+
+Sometimes, when they can not get money enough by begging and selling
+baskets, they will steal. They show a great deal of ingenuity in the
+plans they devise for stealing. In fact, they are very adroit and
+cunning in every thing they undertake.
+
+At one time Lorenzo’s father went away, and one of the gipsies, named
+Murphy, resolved to take that opportunity to steal something from the
+house.
+
+[Sidenote: Murphy’s plan.]
+
+“We can get in,” said he to his comrade, “very easily, in the night, by
+the back door, and get the silver bowl. We can melt the bowl, and sell
+it for four or five sovereigns.”
+
+The silver bowl which Murphy referred to was one which had been given
+to Lorenzo by his uncle when he was a baby. Lorenzo’s name was engraved
+upon the side of it.
+
+Lorenzo used his bowl to eat his bread and milk from every night for
+supper. It was kept on a shelf in a closet opening from the kitchen.
+Murphy had seen it put there once or twice, when he had been in the
+kitchen at night, selling baskets.
+
+“We can get that bowl just as well as not,” said Murphy, “when the man
+is away.”
+
+“There’s a big dog there,” said his comrade.
+
+“Yes,” said Murphy, “but I’ll manage the dog.”
+
+“How will you manage him?” asked his comrade.
+
+“I’ll try coaxing and flattery first,” said Murphy. “If that don’t do,
+I’ll try threatening; if threatening won’t do, I’ll try bribing; and if
+he won’t be bribed, I’ll poison him.”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno is on the watch.]
+
+That night, about twelve o’clock, Murphy crept stealthily round to a
+back gate which led into the yard behind the house where Lorenzo lived.
+The instant that Bruno heard the noise, he sprang up, and went bounding
+down the path till he came to the gate. As soon as he saw the gipsy, he
+began to bark very vociferously.
+
+Lorenzo was asleep at this time; but as his room was on the back side
+of the house, and his window was open, he heard the barking. So he got
+up and went to the window, and called out,
+
+“Bruno, what’s the matter?”
+
+Bruno was at some distance from the house, and did not hear Lorenzo’s
+voice. He was watching Murphy.
+
+Murphy immediately began to coax and cajole the dog, calling him “Nice
+fellow,” and “Good dog,” and “Poor Bruno,” speaking all the time in a
+very friendly and affectionate tone to him. Bruno, however, had sense
+enough to know that there was something wrong in such a man being seen
+prowling about the house at that time of night, and he refused to be
+quieted. He went on barking louder than ever.
+
+“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, calling louder, “what’s the matter? Come back to
+your house, and be quiet.”
+
+Murphy thought he heard a voice, and, peeping through a crack in the
+fence, he saw Lorenzo standing at the window. The moon shone upon his
+white night-gown, so that he could be seen very distinctly.
+
+[Sidenote: Murphy disappears.]
+
+As soon as Murphy saw him, he crept away into a thicket, and
+disappeared. Bruno, after waiting a little time to be sure that the man
+had really gone, turned about, and came back to the house. When he saw
+Lorenzo, he began to wag his tail. He would have told him about the
+gipsy if he had been able to speak.
+
+“Go to bed, Bruno,” said he, “and not be keeping us awake, barking at
+the moon this time of night.”
+
+So Bruno went into his house, and Lorenzo to his bed.
+
+[Sidenote: Murphy tries threats.]
+
+The next night, Murphy, finding that Bruno could not be coaxed away
+from his duty by flattery, concluded to try what virtue there might
+be in threats and scolding. So he came armed with a club and stones.
+As soon as he got near the gate, Bruno, as he had expected, took the
+alarm, and came bounding down the path again to see who was there.
+
+As soon as he saw Murphy, he set up a loud and violent barking as
+before.
+
+“Down, Bruno, down!” exclaimed Murphy, in a stern and angry voice.
+“Stop that noise, or I’ll break your head.”
+
+So saying, he brandished his club, and then stooped down to pick up one
+of the stones which he had brought, and which he had laid down on the
+ground where he was standing, so as to have them all ready.
+
+[Sidenote: He is unsuccessful.]
+
+Bruno, instead of being intimidated and silenced by these
+demonstrations, barked louder than ever.
+
+Lorenzo jumped out of bed and came to the window.
+
+“Bruno!” said he, calling out loud, “what’s the matter? There’s nothing
+there. Come back to your house, and be still.”
+
+The gipsy, finding that Bruno did not fear his clubs and stones, and
+hearing Lorenzo’s voice again moreover, went back into the thicket.
+Bruno waited until he was sure that he was really gone, and then
+returned slowly up the pathway to the house.
+
+“Go to bed, Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “and not be keeping us awake,
+barking at the moon this time of night.”
+
+So Bruno and Lorenzo both went to bed again.
+
+[Sidenote: He tries bribes, which Bruno refuses.]
+
+The next night Murphy came again, with two or three pieces of meat in
+his hands.
+
+“I’ll bribe him,” said he. “He likes meat.”
+
+Bruno, on hearing the sound of Murphy’s footsteps, leaped out of his
+bed, and ran down the path as before. As soon as he saw the gipsy
+again, he began to bark. Murphy threw a piece of meat toward him,
+expecting that, as soon as Bruno saw it, he would stop barking at
+once, and go to eating it greedily. But Bruno paid no attention to the
+offered bribe. He kept his eyes fixed closely on the gipsy, and barked
+away as loud as ever.
+
+Lorenzo, hearing the sound, was awakened from his sleep, and getting up
+as before, he came to the window.
+
+“Bruno,” said he, “what _is_ the matter now? Come back to your house,
+and go to bed, and be quiet.”
+
+Murphy, finding that the house was alarmed again, and that Bruno would
+not take the bribe that he offered him, crept away back into the
+thicket, and disappeared.
+
+“I’ll poison him to-morrow night,” said he--“the savage cur!”
+
+[Sidenote: The poisoned meat.]
+
+Accordingly, the next evening, a little before sunset, he put some
+poison in a piece of meat, and having wrapped it up in paper, he put it
+in his pocket. He then went openly to the house where Lorenzo lived,
+with some baskets on his arm for sale. When he entered the yard, he
+took the meat out of the paper, and secretly threw it into Bruno’s
+house. Bruno was not there at the time. He had gone away with Lorenzo.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno imprisoned.]
+
+Murphy then went into the kitchen, and remained there some time,
+talking about his baskets. When he came out, he found Lorenzo shutting
+up Bruno in his house, and putting a board up before the door.
+
+“What are you doing, Lorenzo?” said the gipsy.
+
+“I am shutting Bruno up,” said Lorenzo. “He makes such a barking in the
+night that we can not sleep.”
+
+“That’s right,” replied the gipsy. So he went away, saying to himself,
+as he went down the pathway, “He won’t bark much more, I think, after
+he has eaten the supper I have put in there for him.”
+
+Bruno wondered what the reason was that Lorenzo was shutting him up
+so closely. He little thought it was on account of his vigilance and
+fidelity in watching the house. He had, however, nothing to do but to
+submit. So, when Lorenzo had finished fastening the door, and had gone
+away, he lay down in a corner of his apartment, extended his paws out
+before him, rested his chin upon them, and prepared to shut his eyes
+and go to sleep.
+
+[Sidenote: He discovers the meat.]
+
+His eyes, however, before he had shut them, fell upon the piece of meat
+which Murphy had thrown in there for him. So he got up again, and went
+toward it.
+
+He smelt of it. He at once perceived the smell of the gipsy upon it.
+Any thing that a man handles, or even touches, retains for a time a
+scent, which, though we can not perceive it is very sensible to a dog.
+Thus a dog can follow the track of a man over a road by the scent
+which his footsteps leave upon the ground. He can even single out a
+particular track from among a multitude of others on the same ground,
+each scent being apparently different in character from all the rest.
+
+[Sidenote: He distrusts Murphy’s present, and maintains a faithful
+watch.]
+
+In this way Bruno perceived that the meat which he found in his house
+had been handled by the same man that he had barked at so many times at
+midnight at the foot of the pathway. This made him suspicious of it.
+He thought that that man must be a bad man, and he did not consider it
+prudent to have any thing to do with bad men or any of their gifts. So
+he left the meat where it was, and went back into his corner.
+
+His first thought in reflecting on the situation in which he found
+himself placed was, that since Lorenzo had forbidden him so sternly
+and positively to bark in the night, and had shut him up so close a
+prisoner, he would give up all care or concern about the premises, and
+let the robber, if it was a robber, do what he pleased. But then, on
+more sober reflection, he perceived that Lorenzo must have acted under
+some mistake in doing as he had done, and that it was very foolish in
+him to cherish a feeling of resentment on account of it.
+
+“The wrong doings of other people,” thought he to himself, “are no
+reason why I should neglect _my_ duty. I will watch, even if I am shut
+up.”
+
+So he lay listening very carefully. When all was still, he fell into
+a light slumber now and then; but the least sound without caused him
+to prick up his ears and open one eye, until he was satisfied that
+the noise he heard was nothing but the wind. Thus things went on till
+midnight.
+
+[Sidenote: The robber enters the house, and carries away the bowl.]
+
+About midnight he heard a sound. He raised his head and listened. It
+seemed like the sound of footsteps going through the yard. He started
+up, and put his head close to the door. He heard the footsteps going
+up close to the house. He began to bark very loud and violently. The
+robbers opened the door with a false key, and went into the house.
+Bruno barked louder and louder. He crowded hard against the door,
+trying to get it open. He moaned and whined, and then barked again
+louder than ever.
+
+Lorenzo came to the window.
+
+“Bruno,” said he, “what a plague you are! Lie down, and go to sleep.”
+
+Bruno, hearing Lorenzo’s voice, barked again with all the energy that
+he possessed.
+
+“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, very sternly, “if you don’t lie down and be
+still, to-morrow night I’ll tie your mouth up.”
+
+Murphy was now in the house, and all was still. He had got the silver
+bowl, and was waiting for Lorenzo to go to bed. Bruno listened
+attentively, but not hearing any more sounds, ceased to bark. Presently
+Lorenzo went away from the window back to his bed, and lay down. Bruno
+watched some time longer, and then he went and lay down too.
+
+In about half an hour, Murphy began slowly and stealthily to creep out
+of the house. He walked on tiptoe. For a time he made no noise. He had
+the bowl in one hand, and his shoes in the other. He had taken off
+his shoes, so as not to make any noise in walking. Bruno heard him,
+however, as he was going by, and, starting up, he began to bark again.
+But Murphy hastened on, and the yard was accordingly soon entirely
+still. Bruno listened a long time, but, hearing no more noise, he
+finally lay down again in his corner as before.
+
+[Sidenote: What could be the reason that the poison failed?]
+
+Murphy crept away into the thicket, and so went home to his encampment,
+wondering why Bruno had not been killed by the poison.
+
+“I put in poison enough,” said he to himself, “for half a dozen dogs.
+What could be the reason it did not take effect?”
+
+When the people of the house came down into the kitchen the next
+morning, they found that the door was wide open, and the silver bowl
+was gone.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+What became of the silver bowl will be related in another story. I will
+only add here that gipsies have various other modes of obtaining money
+dishonestly besides stealing. One of these modes is by pretending to
+tell fortunes. Here is a picture of a gipsy endeavoring to persuade
+an innocent country boy to have his fortune told. She wishes him to
+give her some money. The boy wears a frock. He is dressed very neatly.
+He looks as if he were half persuaded to give the gipsy his money. He
+might, however, just as well throw it away.
+
+
+
+
+THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED.
+
+
+On the night when Lorenzo’s silver bowl was stolen by the gipsy, all
+the family, except Lorenzo, were asleep, and none of them knew aught
+about the theft which had been committed until the following morning.
+Lorenzo got up that morning before any body else in the house, as was
+his usual custom, and, when he was dressed, he looked out at the window.
+
+“Ah!” said he, “now I recollect; Bruno is fastened up in his house. I
+will go the first thing and let him out.”
+
+[Sidenote: Lorenzo discovers the open door.]
+
+So Lorenzo hastened down stairs into the kitchen, in order to go out
+into the yard. He was surprised, when he got there, to find the kitchen
+door open.
+
+“Ah!” said he to himself, “how came this door open? I did not know that
+any body was up. It must be that Almira is up, and has gone out to get
+a pail of water.”
+
+[Sidenote: He releases Bruno.]
+
+Lorenzo went out to Bruno’s house, and took down the board by which he
+had fastened the door. Then he opened the door. The moment that the
+door was opened Bruno sprang out. He was very glad to be released from
+his imprisonment. He leaped up about Lorenzo’s knees a little at first,
+to express his joy, and then ran off, and began smelling about the yard.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno’s mysterious behavior.]
+
+He found the traces of Murphy’s steps, and, as soon as he perceived
+them, he began to bark. He followed them to the kitchen door, and
+thence into the house, barking all the time, and looking very much
+excited.
+
+“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”
+
+Bruno went to the door of the closet where the bowl had been kept. The
+door was open a little way. Bruno insinuated his nose into the crevice,
+and so pushing the door open, he went in. As soon as he was in he began
+to bark again.
+
+“Bruno!” exclaimed Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”
+
+Bruno looked up on the shelf where the bowl was usually placed, and
+barked louder than ever.
+
+“Where’s my bowl?” exclaimed Lorenzo, looking at the vacant place, and
+beginning to feel alarmed. “Where’s my bowl?”
+
+He spoke in a tone of great astonishment and alarm. He looked about on
+all the shelves; the bowl was nowhere to be seen.
+
+“Where can my bowl be gone to?” said he, more and more frightened. He
+went out of the closet into the kitchen, and looked all about there for
+his bowl. Of course, his search was vain. Bruno followed him all the
+time, barking incessantly, and looking up very eagerly into Lorenzo’s
+face with an appearance of great excitement.
+
+“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “you know something about it, I am sure, if you
+could only tell.”
+
+[Sidenote: The wind-mill.]
+
+Lorenzo, however, did not yet suspect that his bowl had been stolen.
+He presumed that his mother had put it away in some other place, and
+that, when she came down, it would readily be found again. So he went
+out into the yard, and sat on a stone step, and went to work to finish
+a wind-mill he had begun the day before.
+
+[Sidenote: Lorenzo’s mother explains the mystery.]
+
+By-and-by his mother came down; and as soon as she had heard Lorenzo’s
+story about the bowl, and learned, too, that the outer door had
+been found open when Lorenzo first came down stairs, she immediately
+expressed the opinion that the bowl had been stolen.
+
+“Some thief has been breaking into the house,” said she, “I’ve no
+doubt, and has stolen it.”
+
+“Stolen it!” exclaimed Lorenzo.
+
+“Yes,” replied his mother; “I’ve no doubt of it.”
+
+So saying, she went into the closet again, to see if she could discover
+any traces of the thieves there. But she could not. Every thing seemed
+to have remained undisturbed, just as she had left it the night before,
+except that the bowl was missing.
+
+“Somebody has been in and stolen it,” said she, “most assuredly.”
+
+Bruno, who had followed Lorenzo and his mother into the room, was
+standing up at this time upon his hind legs, with his paws upon
+the edge of the shelf, and he now began to bark loudly, by way of
+expressing his concurrence in this opinion.
+
+[Sidenote: “Seek him, Bruno!”]
+
+“Seize him, Bruno!” said Lorenzo. “Seize him!”
+
+Bruno, on hearing this command, began smelling about the floor, and
+barking more eagerly than ever.
+
+“Bruno smells his tracks, I verily believe,” said Lorenzo, speaking to
+his mother. Then, addressing Bruno again, he clapped his hands together
+and pointed to the ground, saying,
+
+“Go seek him, Bruno! seek him!”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno departs upon his errand.]
+
+Bruno began immediately to follow the scent of Murphy’s footsteps along
+the floor, out from the closet into the kitchen, and from the kitchen
+into the yard; he ran along the path a little way, and then made a wide
+circuit over the grass, at a place where Murphy had gone round to get
+as far as possible away from Bruno’s house. He then came back into the
+path again, smelling as he ran, and thence passed out through the gate;
+here, keeping his nose still close to the ground, he went on faster and
+faster, until he entered the thicket and disappeared.
+
+Lorenzo did not pay particular attention to these motions. He had given
+Bruno the order, “Seek him!” rather from habit than any thing else,
+and without any idea that Bruno would really follow the tracks of the
+thief. Accordingly, when Bruno ran off down the yard, he imagined that
+he had gone away somewhere to play a little while, and that he would
+soon come back.
+
+“He’ll be sure to come back pretty soon,” said he, “to get his
+breakfast.”
+
+But Bruno did not come back to breakfast. Lorenzo waited an hour after
+breakfast, and still he did not come.
+
+He waited two hours longer, and still he did not come.
+
+Where was Bruno all this time? He was at the camp of the gipsies,
+watching at the place where Murphy had hid the stolen bowl.
+
+[Sidenote: He reaches the gipsy camp. He discovers the place where the
+bowl was hidden.]
+
+When he followed the gipsy’s tracks into the thicket, he perceived the
+scent more and more distinctly as he went on, and this encouraged him
+to proceed. Lorenzo had said “Seek him!” and this Bruno understood as
+an order that he should follow the track until he found the man, and
+finding him, that he should keep watch at the place till Lorenzo or
+some one from the family should come. Accordingly, when he arrived at
+the camp, he followed the scent round to the back end of a little low
+hut, where Murphy had hidden the bowl. The gipsy had dug a hole in the
+ground, and buried the bowl in it, out of sight, intending in a day or
+two to dig it up and melt it. Bruno found the place where the bowl was
+buried, but he could not dig it up himself, so he determined to wait
+there and watch until some one should come. He accordingly squatted
+down upon the grass, near the place where the gipsies were seated
+around their fire, and commenced his watch.[4]
+
+    [4] See engraving, page 43.
+
+There were two gipsy women sitting by the fire. There was also a man
+sitting near by. Murphy was standing up near the entrance of the tent
+when Bruno came. He was telling the other gipsies about the bowl. He
+had a long stick in his hand, and Bruno saw this, and concluded that it
+was best for him to keep quiet until some one should come.
+
+“I had the greatest trouble with Bruno,” said Murphy. “He barked at
+me whenever he saw me, and nothing would quiet him. But he is getting
+acquainted now. See, he has come here of his own accord.”
+
+“You said you were going to poison him,” remarked the other man.
+
+“Yes,” replied Murphy. “I did put some poisoned meat in his house, but
+he did not eat it. I expect he smelled the poison.”
+
+[Sidenote: Lorenzo goes in search of Bruno.]
+
+The hours of the day passed on, and Lorenzo wondered more and more what
+could have become of his dog. At last he resolved to go and look him up.
+
+“Mother,” said he, “I am going to see if I can find out what’s become
+of Bruno.”
+
+“I would rather that you would find out what’s become of your bowl,”
+said his mother.
+
+“Why, mother,” said Lorenzo, “Bruno is worth a great deal more than the
+bowl.”
+
+“That may be,” replied his mother, “but there is much less danger of
+his being lost.”
+
+Lorenzo walked slowly away from the house, pondering with much
+perplexity the double loss he had incurred.
+
+“I can not do any thing,” he said, “to get back the bowl, but I can
+look about for Bruno, and if I find him, that’s all I can do. I must
+leave it for father to decide what is to be done about the bowl, when
+he comes home.”
+
+So Lorenzo came out from his father’s house, and after hesitating for
+some minutes which way to go, he was at length decided by seeing a
+boy coming across the fields at a distance with a fishing-pole on his
+shoulder.
+
+“Perhaps that boy has seen him somewhere,” said he. “I’ll go and ask
+him. And, at any rate, I should like to know who the boy is, and
+whether he has caught any fish.”
+
+[Sidenote: The sheep. The geese.]
+
+So Lorenzo turned in the direction where he saw the boy. He walked
+under some tall elm-trees, and then passed a small flock of sheep that
+were lying on the grass in the field. He looked carefully among them
+to see if Bruno was there, but he was not. After passing the sheep,
+he walked along on the margin of a broad and shallow stream of water.
+There were two geese floating quietly upon the surface of this water,
+near where the sheep were lying upon the shore. These geese floated
+quietly upon the water, like vessels riding at anchor. Lorenzo was
+convinced that they had not seen any thing of Bruno for some time. If
+they had, they would not have been so composed.
+
+[Sidenote: The ducks in the water.]
+
+Lorenzo walked on toward the boy. He met him at a place where the path
+approached near the margin of the water. There was some tall grass on
+the brink. Three ducks were swimming near. The ducks turned away when
+they saw the boys coming, and sailed gracefully out toward the middle
+of the stream.
+
+[Illustration: Lorenzo meets Frank going a fishing.]
+
+Lorenzo, when he drew near the boy, perceived that it was an
+acquaintance of his, named Frank. Frank had a long fishing-pole in one
+hand, with a basket containing his dinner in the other.
+
+“Frank,” said Lorenzo, “where are you going?”
+
+“I am going a fishing,” said Frank. “Go with me.”
+
+“No,” said Lorenzo, “I am looking for Bruno.”
+
+“I know where he is,” said Frank.
+
+“Where?” asked Lorenzo.
+
+“I saw him a little while ago at the gipsies’ camp, down in the glen.
+He was lying down there quietly by the gipsies’ fire.”
+
+“What a dog!” said Lorenzo. “Here I have been wondering what had become
+of him all the morning. He has run away, I suppose, because I shut him
+up last night.”
+
+“What made you shut him up?” asked Frank.
+
+“Oh, because he made such a barking every night,” replied Lorenzo. “We
+could not sleep.”
+
+“He is still enough now,” said Frank. “He is lying down very quietly
+with the gipsies.”
+
+Lorenzo then asked Frank some questions about his fishing, and
+afterward walked on. Before long he came to a stile, where there was a
+path leading to a field. He got over the stile, and followed the path
+until at last he came to the gipsies’ encampment.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno in the camp of the gipsies.]
+
+There he found Bruno lying quietly on the ground, at a little distance
+from the fire. As soon as he came in sight of him, he called him.
+“Bruno! Bruno!” said he.
+
+Bruno looked up, and, seeing Lorenzo, ran to meet him, but immediately
+returned to the camp, whining, and barking, and seeming very uneasy.
+He, however, soon became quiet again, for he knew very well, or seemed
+to know, that it would require more of a man than Lorenzo to take the
+bowl away from the gipsies, and, consequently, that he must wait there
+quietly till somebody else should come.
+
+[Sidenote: Lorenzo tries to drive Bruno home, but Bruno will not go.]
+
+“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, speaking very sternly, “_come home_!”
+
+Bruno paid no attention to this command, but, after smelling about the
+ground a little, and running to and fro uneasily, lay down again where
+he was before.
+
+“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, stamping with his foot.
+
+“Won’t your dog obey you?” said Murphy.
+
+“No,” said Lorenzo. “I wish you would take a stick, and drive him
+along.”
+
+Now the gipsies did not wish to have the dog go away. They preferred
+that he should stay with them, and be their dog. They had no idea that
+he was there to watch over the stolen bowl.
+
+“Don’t drive him away,” said one of the gipsy women, speaking in a low
+tone, so that Lorenzo could not hear.
+
+“I’ll only make believe,” said Murphy.
+
+So Murphy took up a little stick, and threw it at the dog, saying, “Go
+home, Bruno!”
+
+Bruno paid no heed to this demonstration.
+
+Lorenzo then advanced to where Bruno was lying, and attempted to pull
+him along, but Bruno would not come. He would not even get up from the
+ground.
+
+“I’ll make you come,” said Lorenzo. So he took hold of him by the neck
+and the ears, and began to pull him. Bruno uttered a low growl.
+
+“Oh, dear me!” said Lorenzo, “what shall I do?”
+
+In fact, he was beginning to grow desperate. So he looked about among
+the bushes for a stick, and when he had found one sufficient for his
+purpose, he came to Bruno, and said, in a very stern voice,
+
+“Now, Bruno, go home!”
+
+Bruno did not move.
+
+“Bruno,” repeated Lorenzo, in a thundering voice, and brandishing his
+stick over Bruno’s head, “GO HOME!”
+
+Bruno, afraid of being beaten with the stick, jumped up, and ran off
+into the bushes. Lorenzo followed him, and attempted to drive him
+toward the path that led toward home. But he could accomplish nothing.
+The dog darted to and fro in the thickets, keeping well out of the way
+of Lorenzo’s stick, but evincing a most obstinate determination not to
+go home. On the contrary, in all his dodgings to and fro, he took care
+to keep as near as possible to the spot where the bowl was buried.
+
+[Sidenote: Lorenzo goes home.]
+
+At last Lorenzo gave up in despair, and concluded to go back to the
+house, and wait till his father got home.
+
+[Sidenote: The search for the bowl.]
+
+His father returned about the middle of the afternoon, and Lorenzo
+immediately told him of the double loss which he had met with. He
+explained all the circumstances connected with the loss of the bowl,
+and described Bruno’s strange behavior. His father listened in silence.
+He immediately suspected that the gipsies had taken the bowl, and
+that Bruno had traced it to them. So he sent for some officers and a
+warrant, and went to the camp.
+
+[Sidenote: The bowl found.]
+
+As soon as Bruno saw the men coming, he seemed to be overjoyed. He
+jumped up, and ran to meet them, and then, running back to the camp
+again, he barked, and leaped about in great excitement. The men
+followed him, and he led them round behind the hut, and there he began
+digging into the ground with his paws. The men took a shovel which was
+there, one belonging to the gipsies, and began to dig. In a short time
+they came to a flat stone, and, on taking up the stone, they found the
+bowl under it.
+
+[Sidenote: Pursuing Murphy.]
+
+Bruno seemed overjoyed. He leaped and jumped about for a minute or two
+when he saw the bowl come out from its hiding-place, and raced round
+and round the man who held the bowl, and then ran away home to find
+Lorenzo. The officers, in the mean time, went off hastily in pursuit of
+Murphy, who had made his escape while they had been digging up the bowl.
+
+
+
+
+BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY.
+
+
+Bruno was quite a large dog. There are a great many different kinds
+of dogs. Some are large, others are small. Some are irritable and
+fierce, others are good-natured and gentle. Some are stout and massive
+in form, others are slender and delicate. Some are distinguished for
+their strength, others for their fleetness, and others still for their
+beauty. Some are very affectionate, others are sagacious, others are
+playful and cunning. Thus dogs differ from each other not only in form
+and size, but in their disposition and character as well.
+
+[Sidenote: Pointers.]
+
+Some dogs are very intelligent, others are less so, and even among
+intelligent dogs there is a great difference in respect to the modes
+in which their intelligence manifests itself. Some dogs naturally love
+the water, and can be taught very easily to swim and dive, and perform
+other aquatic exploits. Others are afraid of the water, and can never
+be taught to like it; but they are excellent hunters, and go into the
+fields with their masters, and find the game. They run to and fro
+about the field that their master goes into, until they see a bird, and
+then they stop suddenly, and remain motionless till their master comes
+and shoots the bird. As soon as they hear the report of the gun, they
+run to get the game. Sometimes quite small dogs are very intelligent
+indeed, though of course they have not so much strength as large dogs.
+
+[Illustration: The little parlor dogs.]
+
+In the above engraving we see several small dogs playing in a parlor.
+The ladies are amusing themselves with flowers that they are arranging,
+and the dogs are playing upon the carpet at their feet.
+
+There are three dogs in all. Two of them are playing together near the
+foreground, on the left. The other is alone.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno was a large dog.]
+
+Bruno was a large dog. He was a very large dog indeed. When other dogs
+were playing around him, he would look down upon them with an air of
+great condescension and dignity. He was, however, very kind to them.
+They would jump upon him, and play around him, but he never did them
+any harm.
+
+[Illustration: Bruno among his companions.]
+
+[Sidenote: Faithfulness.]
+
+Bruno was a very faithful dog. In the summer, when the farmer, his
+master (at a time when he belonged to a farmer), went into the field to
+his work in the morning, he would sometimes take his dinner with him in
+a tin pail, and he would put the pail down under a tree by the side of
+a little brook, and then, pointing to it, would say to Bruno,
+
+[Sidenote: Watching.]
+
+“Bruno, watch!”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno and his master eating dinner in the fields.]
+
+So Bruno would take his place by the side of the pail, and remain there
+watching faithfully all the morning. Sometimes he would become very
+hungry before his master came back, but, though he knew that there was
+meat in the pail, and that there was nothing to cover it but a cloth,
+he would never touch it. If he was thirsty, he would go down to the
+brook and drink, turning his head continually as he went, and while he
+was drinking, to see that no one came near the pail. Then at noon, when
+his master came for his dinner, Bruno would be rejoiced to see him. He
+would run out to meet him with great delight. He would then sit down
+before his master, and look up into his face while he was eating his
+dinner, and his master would give him pieces of bread and meat from
+time to time, to reward him for his fidelity.
+
+Bruno was kind and gentle as well as faithful. If any body came through
+the field while he was watching his master’s dinner, or any thing else
+that had been intrusted to his charge, he would not, as some fierce and
+ill-tempered dogs are apt to do, fly at them and bite them at once, but
+he would wait to see if they were going to pass by peaceably. If they
+were, he would not molest them. If they came near to whatever he was
+set to guard, he would growl a little, to give them a gentle warning.
+If they came nearer still, he would growl louder; but he would never
+bite them unless they actually attempted to seize and take away his
+trust. Thus he was considerate and kind as well as faithful.
+
+[Sidenote: Fierceness.]
+
+Some dogs, though faithful, are very fierce. They are sometimes
+_trained_ to be fierce when they are employed to watch against thieves,
+in order that they may attack the thieves furiously. To make them more
+fierce, their masters never play with them, but keep them chained up
+near their kennels, and do not give them too much to eat. Wild animals
+are always more ferocious while hungry.
+
+[Illustration: The hungry watch-dog.]
+
+Here is a picture of a fierce watch-dog, set to watch against thieves.
+He is kept hungry, in some degree, all the time, to make him more
+ferocious. He looks hollow and gaunt. There is a pan upon the ground,
+from which his master feeds him, but he has eaten up all that it
+contained, and he wants more. This makes him watchful. If he had eaten
+too much, he would probably now be lying asleep in his kennel. The
+kennel is a small house, with a door in front, where the dog goes in
+and out. There is straw upon the floor of the kennel. The dog was lying
+down upon the floor of his kennel, when he thought he heard a noise. He
+sprang up from his place, came out of the door, and has now stopped to
+listen. He is listening and watching very attentively, and is all ready
+to spring. The thief is coming; we can see him climbing over the gate.
+He is coming softly. He thinks no one hears. A moment more, and the dog
+will spring out upon him, and perhaps seize him by the throat, and hold
+him till men come and take him prisoner.
+
+This dog is chained during the day, but his chain is unhooked at night,
+so as to leave him at liberty. By day he can do no harm, and yet the
+children who live in the neighborhood are afraid to go near his kennel,
+he barks so ferociously when he hears a noise; besides, they think it
+possible that, by some accident, his chain may get unfastened.
+
+[Sidenote: Tiger’s fidelity. His ferocious character.]
+
+This dog’s name is Tiger. Bruno was not such a dog as Tiger. He was
+vigilant and faithful, but then he was gentle and kind.
+
+Bruno’s master, the farmer, had a son named Antonio. That is, his name
+was properly Antonio, though they commonly called him Tony.
+
+[Sidenote: The difference between Antonio and Bruno.]
+
+Tony was very different from Bruno in his character. He was as
+faithless and remiss in all his duties as Bruno was trusty and true.
+When his father set him at work in the field, instead of remaining,
+like Bruno, at his post, and discharging his duty, he would take the
+first opportunity, as soon as his father was out of sight, to go away
+and play. Sometimes, when Bruno was upon his watch, Tony would attempt
+to entice him away. He would throw sticks and stones across the brook,
+and attempt to make Bruno go and fetch them. But Bruno would resist all
+these temptations, and remain immovable at his post.
+
+It might be supposed that it would be very tiresome for Bruno to remain
+so many hours lying under a tree, watching a pail, with nothing to
+do and nothing to amuse him, and that, consequently, he would always
+endeavor to escape from the duty. We might suppose that, when he saw
+the farmer’s wife taking down the pail from its shelf, and preparing
+to put the farmer’s dinner in it, he would immediately run away, and
+hide himself under the barn, or among the currant-bushes in the garden,
+or resort to some other scheme to make his escape from such a duty.
+But, in fact, he used to do exactly the contrary of this. As soon as
+he saw that his master was preparing to go into the field, he would
+leap about with great delight. He would run into the house, and take
+his place by the door of the closet where the tin pail was usually
+kept. He would stand there until the farmer’s wife came for the pail,
+and then he would follow her and watch her while she was preparing the
+dinner and putting it into the pail, and then would run along, with
+every appearance of satisfaction and joy, by the side of his master, as
+he went into the field, and finally take his place by the side of the
+pail, as if he were pleased with the duty, and proud of the trust that
+was thus committed to him.
+
+[Sidenote: Antonio’s expedients to avoid work.]
+
+In fact, he _was_ really proud of it. He liked to be employed, and to
+prove himself useful. With Tony it was the reverse. He adopted all
+sorts of schemes and maneuvers to avoid the performance of any duty.
+When he had reason to suppose that any work was to be done in which his
+aid was to be required, he would take his fishing-line, immediately
+after breakfast, and steal secretly away out of the back door, and go
+down to a brook which was near his father’s house, and there--hiding
+himself in some secluded place among the bushes, where he thought they
+could not find him--he would sit down upon a stone and go to fishing.
+If he heard a sound as of his father’s voice calling him, he would
+make a rustling of the leaves, or some other similar noise, so as to
+prevent his hearing whether his father was calling to him or not. Thus
+his father was obliged to do without him. And though his father would
+reprove him very seriously, when he came home at noon, for thus going
+away, Tony would pretend that he did not know that his father wanted
+him, and that he did not hear him when he called.
+
+[Sidenote: The plowing.]
+
+One evening in the spring, Tony heard his father say that he was going
+to plow a certain piece of ground the following day, and he supposed
+that he should be wanted to ride the horse. His father was accustomed
+to plow such land as that field by means of a yoke of oxen, and a
+horse in front of them; and by having Tony to ride the horse, he could
+generally manage to get along without any driver for the oxen, as the
+oxen in that case had nothing to do but to follow on where the horse
+led the way. But if Tony was not there to ride the horse, then it was
+necessary for the farmer to have his man Thomas with him, to drive
+the horse and the oxen. There was no way, therefore, by which Tony
+could be so useful to his father as by thus assisting in this work of
+plowing; for, by so doing, he saved the time of Thomas, who could then
+be employed the whole day in other fields, planting, or hoeing, or
+making fence, or doing any other farm-work which at that season of the
+year required to be done.
+
+[Sidenote: Antonio escapes.]
+
+Accordingly, when Tony understood that this was the plan of work for
+the following day, he stole away from the house immediately after
+breakfast, and ran out into the garden. He had previously put his
+fishing-line, and other necessary apparatus for fishing, upon a certain
+bench there was in an arbor. He now took these things, and then went
+down through the garden to a back gate, which led into a wood beyond.
+He looked around from time to time as he went on, to see if any one at
+the house was observing him. He saw no one; so he escaped safely into
+the wood, without being called back, or even seen.
+
+He felt glad when he found that he had thus made his escape--glad, but
+not happy. It is quite possible to be glad, and yet to be not at all
+happy. Tony felt guilty. He knew that he was doing very wrong; and the
+feeling that we are doing wrong always makes us miserable, whatever may
+be the pleasure that we seek.
+
+[Sidenote: His walk through the wood.]
+
+There was a wild and solitary road which led through the wood. Tony
+went on through this road, with his fishing-pole over his shoulder, and
+his box of bait in his hand. He wore a frock, like a plowman’s frock,
+over his dress. It was one which his mother had made for him. This
+frock was a light and cool garment, and Tony liked to wear it very much.
+
+When Tony had got so far that he thought there was no danger of his
+being called back, and the interest which he had felt in making his
+escape began to subside, as the work had been accomplished, he paused,
+and began to reflect upon what he was doing.
+
+[Sidenote: He almost decides to return and help his father.]
+
+“I have a great mind to go back, after all,” he said, “and help my
+father.”
+
+So he turned round, and began to walk slowly back toward the house.
+
+“No, I won’t,” said he again; “I will go a fishing.”
+
+[Illustration]
+
+So he turned again, and began to walk on.
+
+“At any rate,” he added, speaking to himself all the time, “I will go
+a fishing for a while, and then, perhaps, I will go back and help my
+father.”
+
+So Tony went on in the path until at length he came to a place where
+there was a gateway leading into a dark and secluded wood. The wood was
+very dark and secluded indeed, and Tony thought that the path through
+it must lead to some very retired and solitary place, where nobody
+could find him.
+
+“I presume there is a brook, too, somewhere in that wood,” he added,
+“where I can fish.”
+
+The gate was fastened, but there was a short length of fence on the
+left-hand side of it, formed of only two rails, and these were so far
+apart that Tony could easily creep through between them. So he crept
+through, and went into the wood.
+
+[Sidenote: He comes to the brook.]
+
+He rambled about in the wood for some time, following various paths
+that he found there, until at length he came to a brook. He was quite
+rejoiced to find the brook, and he immediately began fishing in it. He
+followed the bank of this brook for nearly a mile, going, of course,
+farther and farther into the wood all the time. He caught a few small
+fishes at some places, while at others he caught none. He was, however,
+restless and dissatisfied in mind. Again and again he wished that he
+had not come away from home, and he was continually on the point of
+resolving to return. He thought, however, that his father would have
+brought Thomas into the field, and commenced his plowing long before
+then, and that, consequently, it would do no good to return.
+
+[Sidenote: Fishing. The squirrel.]
+
+While he was sitting thus, with a disconsolate air, upon a large stone
+by the side of the brook, fishing in a dark and deep place, where he
+hoped that there might be some trout, he suddenly saw a large gray
+squirrel. He immediately dropped his fishing-pole, and ran to see where
+the squirrel would go. In fact, he had some faint and vague idea that
+there might, by some possibility, be a way to catch him.
+
+The squirrel ran along a log, then up the stem of a tree to a branch,
+along the branch to the end of it, whence he sprang a long distance
+through the air to another branch, and then ran along that branch to
+the tree which it grew from. From this tree he descended to a rock. He
+mounted to the highest point of the rock, and there he turned round and
+looked at Tony, sitting upon his hind legs, and holding his fore paws
+before him, like a dog begging for supper.
+
+[Sidenote: An unsuccessful hunt.]
+
+“The rogue!” said Tony. “How I wish I could catch him!”
+
+Very soon the squirrel, feeling somewhat alarmed at the apparition of
+a boy in the woods, and not knowing what to make of so strange a sight,
+ran down the side of the rock, and continued his flight. Tony followed
+him for some time, until at last the squirrel contrived to make his
+escape altogether, by running up a large tree, keeping cunningly on the
+farther side of it all the way, so that Tony could not see him. When
+he had reached the branches of the tree, he crept into a small hollow
+which he found there, and crouching down, he remained motionless in
+this hiding-place until Tony became tired of looking for him, and went
+away.
+
+[Sidenote: The lost boy.]
+
+Tony, when at last he gave up the search for the squirrel, attempted
+to find his way back to the place where he had left his fishing-pole.
+Unfortunately, he had left his cap there too, so that he was doubly
+desirous of finding the place. There was, however, no path, for
+squirrels in their rambles in the woods are of course always quite
+independent of every thing like roadways. Tony went back in the
+direction from which he thought he came; but he could find no traces of
+his fishing-pole. He could not even find the brook. He began to feel
+quite uneasy, and, after going around in very circuitous and devious
+wanderings for some time, he became quite bewildered. He at length
+determined to give up the attempt to find his fishing-line and cap, and
+to get out of the woods, and make his way home in the quickest possible
+way.
+
+[Sidenote: Tony’s difficulties.]
+
+The poor boy now began to feel more guilty and more wretched than ever
+before. He was not really more guilty, though he _felt_ his guilt far
+more acutely than he had done when every thing was going well with him.
+This is always so. The feeling of self-condemnation is not generally
+the strongest at the time when we are doing the wrong. It becomes far
+more acute and far more painful when we begin to experience the bitter
+consequences which we bring upon ourselves by the transgression. Tony
+hurried along wherever he could find a path which promised to lead him
+to the gateway, breathless with fatigue and excitement, and with his
+face flushed and full of anxiety. He was in great distress.
+
+He stopped from time to time, to call aloud to his father and to
+Thomas. He was now as anxious that they should find him as he had been
+before to escape from them. He listened, in the hope that he might hear
+the barking of Bruno, or some other sound that might help him to find
+his way out of the woods.
+
+[Sidenote: He is misled by various sounds.]
+
+Once he actually heard a sound among the trees, at some distance from
+him. He thought that it was some one working in the woods. He went
+eagerly in the direction from which the sound proceeded, scrambling,
+by the way, over the rocks and brambles, and leaping from hummock to
+hummock in crossing bogs and mire. When at length he reached the place,
+he found that the noise was nothing but one tree creaking against
+another in the wind.
+
+At another time, he followed a sound which appeared different from
+this; when he came up to it, he found it to be a woodpecker tapping an
+old hollow tree.
+
+[Sidenote: Tony at the brook.]
+
+Tony wandered about thus in the wood nearly all the day, and at length,
+about the middle of the afternoon, he became so exhausted with fatigue,
+anxiety, and hunger, that he could go no farther. He was very thirsty
+too, for he could find no water. He began to fear that he should die
+in the woods of starvation and thirst. At length, however, a short
+time before the sun went down, he came, to his great joy, to a stream
+of water. It was wide and deep, so that he could not cross it. He,
+however, went down to the brink of the water, and got a good drink.
+This refreshed him very much, and then he went back again up the bank,
+and lay down upon the grass there to rest.
+
+[Sidenote: Cows in the water.]
+
+Presently two cows came down to the water, on the side opposite to
+where Tony was sitting. They came to drink. Tony wished very much that
+they would come over to his side of the water, so that he could get
+some milk from them. If he could get a good drink of milk from them, he
+thought it would restore his strength, so that he could make one more
+effort to return home. He called the cows, and endeavored, by every
+means in his power, to make them come through the water to his side.
+One of them waded into the water a little way, and stood there staring
+stupidly at Tony, but she would not come any farther.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Then Tony thought of attempting to wade across the water to the cows,
+but he was afraid that it might be very deep, and that he should get
+drowned. He thought, too, that if he could contrive in any way to get
+near the cows, there would still be a difficulty in getting a drink of
+their milk, for he had no cup or mug to milk into. He wondered whether
+or not it would be possible for him to get down under one of the cows
+and milk into his mouth. He soon found, however, that it was of no use
+to consider this question, for it was not possible for him to get near
+the cows at all.
+
+Then he reflected how many times his mother, in the evenings at home,
+when the cows were milked, had brought him drinks of the milk in a cup
+or mug, very convenient to drink out of, and how many long and weary
+days his father had worked in the fields, mowing grass to feed the
+cows, and in the barns in the winter, to take care of them, so as to
+provide the means of giving his boy this rich and luxurious food; and
+he felt how ungrateful he had been, in not being willing to aid his
+father in his work, when opportunities offered to him to be useful.
+
+[Sidenote: Good resolutions.]
+
+“If I ever get home,” said he to himself, “I’ll be a better boy.”
+
+[Sidenote: Here comes Bruno.]
+
+Just then Tony heard a noise in the bushes behind him. At first he was
+startled, as most people are, at hearing suddenly a noise in the woods.
+Immediately afterward, however, he felt glad, as he hoped that the
+noise was made by some one coming. He had scarcely time to look around
+before Bruno came rushing through the bushes, and, with a single bound,
+came to Tony’s feet. He leaped up upon him, wagging his tail most
+energetically, and in other ways manifesting the most extraordinary
+joy.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno leads the way through the woods.]
+
+In a minute or two he began to walk away again into the woods, looking
+behind him toward Tony, intimating that Tony was to follow him. Tony
+slowly rose from his place, and attempted to go.
+
+“Yes, Bruno,” said he, “I know. You are going to show me the way home.
+I’ll come along as fast as I can.”
+
+Tony soon found, however, that he could not come very fast. In fact,
+he was almost exhausted by fatigue and hunger, and he had now little
+strength remaining. He accordingly staggered rather than walked in
+attempting to follow Bruno, and he was obliged frequently to stop and
+rest. On such occasions Bruno would come back and fawn around him,
+wagging his tail, and expressing his sympathy in such other ways as
+a dog has at command, and would finally lie down quietly by Tony’s
+side until the poor boy was ready to proceed again. Then he would go
+forward, and lead the way as before.
+
+It is very extraordinary that a dog can find his way through the woods
+under certain circumstances so much better than a boy, or even than a
+man. But so it is; for, though so greatly inferior to a boy in respect
+to the faculties of speech and reason, he is greatly superior to him
+in certain instincts, granted to him by the Creator to fit him for the
+life which he was originally designed to lead as a wild animal. It was
+by means of these instincts that Bruno found Tony.
+
+[Sidenote: The various expeditions in search of Tony.]
+
+Bruno had commenced his search about the middle of the afternoon. It
+was not until some time after dinner that the family began to be uneasy
+about Tony’s absence. During all the forenoon they supposed that he had
+gone away somewhere a fishing or to play, and that he would certainly
+come home to dinner. When, however, the dinner hour, which was twelve
+o’clock, arrived, and Tony did not appear, they began to wonder what
+had become of him. So, after dinner, they sent Thomas down behind the
+garden, and to the brook, and to all the other places where they knew
+that Tony was accustomed to go, to see if he could find him. Thomas
+went to all those places, and not only looked to see whether Tony was
+there, but he called also very loud, and listened long after every
+calling for an answer. But he could neither see nor hear any thing of
+the lost boy.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno’s search.]
+
+Then Tony’s mother began to be very seriously alarmed, and his father,
+too, determined to leave his work, and go and see if he could find him.
+He accordingly sent Thomas one way, while he himself went another.
+Bruno watched all these movements with great interest. He understood
+what they meant. He determined to see what he could do. He accordingly
+ran out into the garden, where he had seen Tony go after breakfast in
+the morning. He smelled about there in all the paths until at length he
+found Tony’s track. He followed this track to the seat in the arbor,
+where Tony had gone to get his fishing-line. Taking _a new departure_
+from this point, he went on, smelling the track along the paths as he
+advanced, to the bottom of the garden, thence into a wood behind the
+garden, thence along the road till he came to the gate under the trees
+where Tony had gone in.
+
+[Sidenote: He finds Tony’s cap and fishing-pole.]
+
+By smelling about this gate, he ascertained that Tony did not open the
+gate, but that he crept through between the bars on the left-hand side
+of it. Bruno did the same. He then followed the track of Tony in the
+solitary woods until he came to the brook where Tony had been fishing.
+Here, to his great astonishment, he found Tony’s cap and fishing-pole
+lying by the margin of the water.
+
+What this could mean he was utterly unable to imagine. The sight of
+these things, however, only increased his interest in the search for
+Tony. He soon found the track again, and he followed it along by the
+side of the bog, and to the great rock, and by the old trees. What
+could have induced Tony to leave his cap and pole by the brook, and
+go scrambling through the bushes in this devious way, he could not
+imagine, not knowing, of course, any thing about the squirrel.
+
+He, however, proceeded very industriously in the search, following the
+scent which Tony’s footsteps had left on the leaves and grass wherever
+he had gone, until at length, to his great joy, he came up with the
+object of his search by the brink of the water, as has already been
+described.
+
+Tony had gone but a short distance from the place where Bruno had
+discovered him, before he found his strength failing him so rapidly
+that he was obliged to make his rests longer and longer. At one of
+these stops, Bruno, instead of waiting by his side, as he had done
+before, until Tony had become sufficiently rested to go on, ran off
+through the bushes and left him.
+
+“Now, Bruno!” said Tony, in a mournful tone, “if you go away and leave
+me, I don’t know what I shall do.”
+
+[Sidenote: The cap restored.]
+
+Bruno was gone about five minutes, at the end of which time he came
+back, bringing Tony’s cap in his mouth. He had been to the brook to get
+it.
+
+Tony was overjoyed to see Bruno again, and he was, moreover,
+particularly pleased to get his cap again.
+
+So he took his cap and put it on, patting Bruno’s head at the same
+time, and commending him in a very cordial manner.
+
+“I am very much obliged to you, Bruno,” said he, “for bringing me my
+cap--_very_ much obliged indeed. The cap is all I care for; never mind
+about the fishing-pole.”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno returns home.]
+
+Tony spoke these words very feebly, for he was very tired and faint.
+Bruno perceived that he was not able to go on; so, after remaining
+by his side a few minutes, he ran off again into the bushes and
+disappeared.
+
+“Now he has gone to bring the fishing-pole, I suppose,” said Tony. “I
+wish he would not go for that; I would rather have him stay here with
+me.”
+
+[Sidenote: His strange conduct.]
+
+Tony was mistaken in his supposition that Bruno had gone for the
+fishing-pole; for, instead of going to the brook again, where he had
+found the cap, he ran as fast as he could toward home. His object was
+to see if he could not get some thing for Tony to eat. As soon as he
+arrived at the house, he went to the farmer’s wife, who was all this
+time walking about the rooms of the house in great distress of mind,
+and waiting anxiously to hear some news of those who were in search
+of Tony, and began to pull her by her dress toward the place in the
+kitchen where the tin pail was kept, in which she was accustomed to put
+the farmer’s dinner. At first she could not understand what he wanted.
+
+“My senses!” said she, “what does the dog mean?”
+
+“Bruno!” said she again, after wondering a moment, “what do you want?”
+
+Bruno looked up toward the pail and whined piteously, wagging his tail
+all the time, and moving about with eager impatience.
+
+[Sidenote: He succeeds in obtaining a dinner for Tony.]
+
+At length the farmer’s wife took hold of the pail, and, as soon as she
+had done so, Bruno ran off toward the closet where the food was kept,
+which she was accustomed to put into the pail for her husband’s dinner.
+He took his station by the door, and waited there, as he had been
+accustomed to do, looking up eagerly all the time to Tony’s mother, who
+was slowly following him.
+
+“I verily believe,” said she, joyfully, “that Bruno has found Tony, and
+is going to carry him something to eat.”
+
+She immediately went into the closet, and filled the pail up, in a very
+hurried manner, with something for Tony to eat, taking care not to put
+in so much as to make the pail too heavy. As soon as she had done this,
+and put on a cover, and then set the pail down upon the floor, Bruno
+immediately took it up by means of the handle, and ran off with it.
+Tony’s mother followed him, but she could not keep up with him, and was
+soon obliged to relinquish the pursuit.
+
+Bruno had some difficulty in getting over the fences and through the
+bars with his burden, as he went on toward the place where he had left
+Tony. He, however, persevered in his efforts, and finally succeeded;
+and at length had the satisfaction of bringing the pail safely, and
+laying it down at Tony’s feet. Tony, who was by this time extremely
+hungry, as well as faint and exhausted by fatigue, was overjoyed at
+receiving this unexpected supply. He opened the pail, and found there
+every thing which he required. There was a supply of bread and butter
+in slices, with ham, sandwich fashion, placed between. At the bottom of
+the pail, too, was a small bottle filled with milk.
+
+[Sidenote: He conducts Tony home, and goes back for the fishing-pole.]
+
+After eating and drinking what Bruno had thus brought him, Tony felt
+greatly relieved and strengthened. He now could walk along, where Bruno
+led the way, without stopping to rest at all. So the boy and the dog
+went on together, until they safely reached the bottom of the garden.
+Here they were met by Tony’s mother, who was almost beside herself with
+joy when she saw them coming. She ran to meet Tony, and conducted him
+into the house, while Bruno, as soon as he found that his charge was
+safe, turned back, and, without waiting to be thanked, ran off into the
+woods again.
+
+And where do you think he was going, reader?
+
+He was going to get Tony’s fishing-pole.
+
+Tony’s mother brought her boy into the house, and, after she had bathed
+his face, and his hands, and his feet with warm water to refresh and
+soothe him, agitated as he was by his anxiety and terror, she gave him
+a comfortable seat by the side of the kitchen fire, while she went to
+work to get ready the supper. As soon as Tony had arrived, she blew
+the horn at the door, which was the signal which had been previously
+agreed upon to denote that he was found. Thomas and Tony’s father heard
+this sound as they were wandering about in the woods, and both joyfully
+hastened home. Tony, in the mean time, dreaded his father’s return.
+He expected to be bitterly reproached by him for what he had done. He
+was, however, happily disappointed in this expectation. His father did
+not reproach him. He thought he had already been punished enough; and
+besides, he was so glad to have his son home again, safe and sound,
+that he had not the heart to say a word to give him any additional pain.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno lies down to sleep.]
+
+Bruno himself came home about the same time that Thomas did, bringing
+the fishing-pole and line with him. The apparatus was all safe, except
+that the hook was gone. It had got torn off by catching against the
+bushes on the way. Bruno brought the pole and line to Tony. Tony took
+them, and when he had wound up the line, he set the pole up in the
+corner, while Bruno stretched himself out before the fire, and there,
+with his mind in a state of great satisfaction, in view of what he had
+done, he prepared to go to sleep. The bright fire glanced upon the
+hearth and about the room, forming a very cheerful and pleasant scene.
+
+[Sidenote: Tony’s reflections.]
+
+How shameful it is, thought Tony, as he looked upon Bruno by the fire,
+that while a dog can be so faithful, and seem to take so much pride and
+pleasure in doing his duty, and in making himself as useful in every
+way as he possibly can, a boy, whose power and opportunities are so
+much superior to his, should be faithless and negligent, and try to
+contrive ways and means to evade his proper work. You have taught me a
+lesson, Bruno. You have set me an example. We will see whether, after
+this, I will allow myself to be beaten in fidelity and gratitude by a
+dog.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+This story reminds me of another one about a boy named Antonio,
+who got away from home, and was in trouble to get back, though the
+circumstances were very different from those which I have just related.
+The name of this new story is “Boys Adrift.”
+
+
+
+
+BOYS ADRIFT.
+
+
+Boys are generally greatly pleased with seeing ships and the water.
+In fact, the view of a harbor, filled with boats and shipping, forms
+usually for all persons, old as well as young, a very attractive scene.
+
+There was once a boy named Antonio Van Tromp. They commonly called him
+Antony. Sometimes they called him Van Tromp. He lived in a certain
+sea-port town, where his father used to come in with a ship from sea.
+His father was captain of the ship. Antonio used to be very fond of
+going down to the pier while his father’s ship was unloading. One day
+he persuaded his cousin, who was several years younger than himself, to
+go down with him.
+
+[Sidenote: Antonio and his cousin amuse themselves on the pier.]
+
+The boys played about upon the pier for an hour very happily. The
+seamen and laborers were unloading the ship, and there were a great
+many boxes, and bales, and hogsheads, and other packages of merchandise
+lying upon the pier. There were porters at work carrying the goods
+away, and sailors rolling hogsheads and barrels to and fro. There was
+an anchor on the pier, and weights, and chains, and trucks, and other
+similar objects lying around. The boys amused themselves for some time
+in jumping about upon these things. At length, on looking down over
+the edge of the pier, they saw that there was a boat there. It was
+fastened by means of a rope to one of the links of an enormous chain,
+which was lying over the edge of the pier. On seeing this boat, they
+conceived the idea of getting into it, and rowing about a little in the
+neighborhood of the pier.
+
+[Sidenote: The boat.]
+
+There were no oars in the boat, and so Van Tromp asked a sailor, whom
+he saw at work near, to go and get them for him on board the ship.
+
+[Sidenote: Conversation with the sailor.]
+
+“Not I,” said the sailor.
+
+“Why not?” asked Van Tromp.
+
+“It is ebb tide,” said the sailor, “and if you two boys cast off from
+the pier in that boat, you will get carried out to sea.”
+
+“Why, I can _scull_,” said Van Tromp.
+
+“Oh no,” said the sailor.
+
+“At least I can pull,” said Van Tromp.
+
+“Oh no,” said the sailor.
+
+The boys stood perplexed, not knowing what to do.
+
+All along the shores of the sea the tide rises for six hours, and while
+it is thus rising, the water, of course, wherever there are harbors,
+creeks, and bays, flows _in_. Afterward the tide falls for six hours,
+and while it is falling, the water of the harbors, creeks, and bays
+flows _out_. When the water is going out, they call it ebb tide. That
+is what the sailor meant by saying it was ebb tide.
+
+[Sidenote: Sculling and pulling.]
+
+_Sculling_ is a mode of propelling a boat by one oar. The oar in this
+case is put out behind the boat, that is, at the stern, and is moved
+to and fro in a peculiar manner, somewhat resembling the motion of the
+tail of a fish when he is swimming through the water. It is difficult
+to learn how to scull. Antony could scull pretty well in smooth water,
+but he could not have worked his way in this manner against an ebb
+tide.
+
+_Pulling_, as Antony called it, is another name for rowing. In rowing,
+it is necessary to have two oars. To row a boat requires more strength,
+though less skill, than to scull it.
+
+The boys, after hesitating for some time, finally concluded at least
+to get into the boat. They had unfastened the painter, that is, the
+rope by which the boat was tied, while they had been talking with the
+sailor, in order to be all ready to cast off. When they found that the
+sailor would not bring them any oars, they fastened the painter again,
+so that the boat should not get away, and then climbed down the side of
+the pier, and got into the boat.
+
+[Sidenote: The boat adrift.]
+
+Unfortunately, when, after untying the painter, they attempted to make
+it fast again into the link of the chain, they did not do it securely;
+and as they moved to and fro about the boat, pushing it one way and
+another, the rope finally got loose, and the boat floated slowly away
+from the pier. The boys were engaged very intently at the time in
+watching some sun-fish which they saw in the water. They were leaning
+over the side of the boat to look at them, so that they did not see
+the pier when it began to recede, and thus the tide carried them to
+a considerable distance from it before they observed that they were
+adrift.
+
+At length Larry--for that was the name of Antony’s cousin--looking up
+accidentally, observed that the boat was moving away.
+
+“Antony! Antony!” exclaimed, he, “we’re adrift.”
+
+As he said this, Larry looked very much terrified.
+
+Antony rose from his reclining position, and stood upright in the
+bottom of the boat. He looked back toward the pier, which he observed
+was rapidly receding.
+
+[Sidenote: Adrift.]
+
+“Yes,” said he, “we’re adrift; but who cares?”
+
+When a boy gets into difficulty or danger by doing something wrong, he
+is generally very much frightened. When, however, he knows that he has
+not been doing any thing wrong, but has got into difficulty purely by
+accident, he is much less likely to be afraid.
+
+Antony knew that he had done nothing wrong in getting into the boat.
+His father was a sea-captain, and he was allowed to get into boats
+whenever he chose to do so. He was accustomed, too, to be in boats on
+the water, and now, if he had only had an oar or a paddle, he would not
+have felt any concern whatever. As it was, he felt very little concern.
+
+His first thought was to call out to the sailor whom they had left on
+the pier. The boys both called to him long and loud, but he was so busy
+turning over boxes, and bales, and rolling hogsheads about, that he did
+not hear.
+
+“What shall we do?” asked Larry, with a very anxious look.
+
+[Sidenote: The sail-boat.]
+
+“Oh, we shall get ashore again easily enough,” replied Antony. “Here is
+a large sail-boat coming up. We will hail them, and they will take us
+aboard.”
+
+“Do you think they will take us on board?” asked Larry.
+
+“Yes, I am sure they will,” said Antony.
+
+Just then the boat which the boys were drifting in came along opposite
+to a large sail-boat. This boat was sloop-rigged; that is, it had one
+mast and a fore-and-aft sail. She was standing up the harbor, and was
+headed toward the pier. The sail was spread, and the sail-boat was
+gliding along smoothly, but quite swiftly, through the water.
+
+There were two men on board. One was at the helm, steering. The other,
+who had on a red flannel shirt, came to the side of the boat, and
+looked over toward the boys. We can just see the head of this man above
+the gunwale on the starboard side of the boat in the picture.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+[Sidenote: Antony calls for help. He receives none.]
+
+“Hallo! sail-boat!” said Antony.
+
+“Hallo!” said the flannel shirt.
+
+“Take us aboard of your boat,” said Antony; “we have got adrift, and
+have not got any oar.”
+
+“We can’t take you on board,” said the man; “we have got beyond you
+already.”
+
+“Throw us a rope,” said Antony.
+
+“We have not got any rope long enough,” said the sailor.
+
+As he said these words, the sail-boat passed entirely by.
+
+“What _shall_ we do?” said Larry, much alarmed.
+
+Larry was much smaller than Antony, and much less accustomed to be in
+boats on the water, and he was much more easily terrified.
+
+“Don’t be afraid,” said Antony; “we shall get brought up among some of
+the shipping below. There are plenty of vessels coming up the harbor.”
+
+[Sidenote: The boys float down the channel.]
+
+So they went on--slowly, but very steadily--wherever they were borne by
+the course of the ebbing tide. Instead of being brought up, however, as
+Antony had predicted, by some of the ships, they were kept by the tide
+in the middle of the channel, while the ships were all, as it happened,
+on one side or the other, and they did not go within calling distance
+of any one of them. At last even Antony began to think that they were
+certainly about to be carried out to sea.
+
+“If the water was not so deep, we could anchor,” said Antony.
+
+“We have not got any anchor,” said Larry.
+
+[Sidenote: The grapnel.]
+
+“Yes,” replied Antony, “there is a grapnel in the bow of the boat.”
+
+Larry looked in a small cuddy under the bow of the boat, and found
+there a sort of grapnel that was intended to be used as an anchor.
+
+“Let us heave it over,” said Larry, “and then the boat will stop.”
+
+“No,” replied Antony, “the rope is not long enough to reach the bottom;
+the water is too deep here. We are in the middle of the channel; but
+perhaps, by-and-by, the tide will carry us over upon the flats, and
+then we can anchor.”
+
+“How shall we know when we get to the flats?” asked Larry.
+
+“We can see the bottom then,” said Antony, “by looking over the side of
+the boat.”
+
+“I mean to watch,” said Larry; and he began forthwith to look over the
+side of the boat.
+
+[Sidenote: They see the bottom.]
+
+It was not long before Antony’s expectations were fulfilled. The tide
+carried the boat over a place where the water was shallow, the bottom
+being formed there of broad and level tracts of sand and mud, called
+flats.
+
+“I see the bottom,” said Larry, joyfully.
+
+Antony looked over the side of the boat, and there, down several feet
+beneath the surface of the water, he could clearly distinguish the
+bottom. It was a smooth expanse of mud and water, and it seemed to be
+slowly gliding away from beneath them. The real motion was in the boat,
+but _this_ motion was imperceptible to the boys, except by the apparent
+motion of the bottom, which was produced by it. Such a deceiving of the
+sight as this is commonly called an optical illusion.
+
+“Yes,” said Antony, “that’s the bottom; now we will anchor.”
+
+[Sidenote: Anchoring.]
+
+So the two boys went forward, and, after taking care to see that the
+inner end of the grapnel rope was made fast properly to the bow of the
+boat, they lifted the heavy iron over the side of the boat, and let it
+plunge into the water. It sank to the bottom in a moment, drawing out
+the rope after it. It immediately fastened itself by its prongs in the
+mud, and when the rope was all out, the bow of the boat was “brought
+up” by it--that is, was stopped at once. The stern of the boat was
+swung round by the force of the tide, which still continued to act upon
+it, and then the boat came to its rest, with the head pointing up the
+harbor.
+
+“There,” said Antony, “now we are safe.”
+
+“But how are we going to get back to the shore?” inquired Larry.
+
+[Sidenote: The boys wait for the tide.]
+
+“Why, by-and-by the tide will turn,” said Antony, “and flow in, and
+then we shall get up our anchor, and let it carry us home again.”
+
+“And how long shall we have to wait?” asked Larry.
+
+“Oh, about three or four hours,” said Antony.
+
+“My mother will be very much frightened,” said Larry. “How sorry I am
+that we got into the boat!”
+
+“So am I,” said Antony; “or, rather, I should be, if I thought it would
+do any good to be sorry.”
+
+[Sidenote: Captain Van Tromp misses them.]
+
+In the mean time, while the boys had thus been making their involuntary
+voyage down the harbor, Captain Van Tromp, on board his ship, had been
+employed very busily with his accounts in his cabin. It was now nearly
+noon, and he concluded, accordingly, that it was time for him to go
+home to dinner. So he called one of the sailors to him, and directed
+him to look about on the pier and try to find the boys, and tell them
+that he was going home to dinner.
+
+In a few minutes the sailor came back, and told the captain that he
+could not find the boys; and that Jack, who was at work outside on the
+pier, said that they had not been seen about there for more than an
+hour, and that the boat was missing too; and he was afraid that they
+had got into it, and had gone adrift.
+
+“Send Jack to me,” said the captain.
+
+When Jack came into the cabin, the captain was at work, as usual, on
+his accounts. Jack stood by his side a moment, with his cap in his
+hand, waiting for the captain to be at leisure to speak to him. At
+length the captain looked up.
+
+“Jack,” said he, “do you say that the boys have gone off with the boat?”
+
+“I don’t know, sir,” said Jack. “The boat is gone, and the boys are
+gone, but whether the boat has gone off with the boys, or the boys with
+the boat, I couldn’t say.”
+
+The captain paused a moment, with a thoughtful expression upon his
+countenance, and then said,
+
+“Tell Nelson to take the glass, and go aloft, and look around to see if
+he can see any thing of them.”
+
+“Ay, ay, sir,” said Jack.
+
+The captain then resumed his work as if nothing particular had happened.
+
+[Sidenote: Mr. Nelson discovers them by means of his spy-glass.]
+
+Nelson was the mate of the ship. The mate is the second in command
+under the captain.
+
+When Nelson received the captain’s order, he took the spy-glass, and
+went up the shrouds to the mast-head. In about ten minutes he came down
+again, and gave Jack a message for the captain. Jack came down again
+into the cabin. He found the captain, as before, busy at his work. The
+captain had been exposed to too many great and terrible dangers at sea
+to be much alarmed at the idea of two boys being adrift, in a strong
+boat and in a crowded harbor.
+
+“Mr. Nelson says, sir,” said Jack, “that he sees our boat, with two
+boys in it, about a mile and a half down the harbor. She is lying a
+little to the eastward of the red buoy.”
+
+A buoy is a floating beam of wood, or other light substance, anchored
+on the point of a shoal, or over a ledge of rocks, to warn the seamen
+that they must not sail there. The different buoys are painted of
+different colors, so that they may be easily distinguished one from
+another.
+
+The captain paused a moment on hearing Jack’s report, and looked
+undecided. In fact, his attention was so much occupied by his accounts,
+that only half his thoughts seemed to be given to the case of the boys.
+At length he asked if there was any wind.
+
+“Not a capful,” said the sailor.
+
+“Tell Nelson, then,” said the captain, “to send down the gig with four
+men, and bring the boys back.”
+
+[Sidenote: The gig.]
+
+The gig, as the captain called it, was a light boat belonging to the
+ship, being intended for rowing swiftly in smooth water.
+
+[Sidenote: Nelson fits out an expedition to relieve the boys.]
+
+So Nelson called out four men, and directed them to get ready with the
+gig. The men accordingly lowered the gig down from the side of the ship
+into the water, and then, with the oars in their hands, they climbed
+down into it. In a few minutes they were rowing swiftly down the
+harbor, in the direction of the red buoy, while Captain Van Tromp went
+home to dinner. On his way home he left word, at the house where Larry
+lived, that the boys had gone down the harbor, and would not be home
+under an hour.
+
+[Sidenote: The boys watch the progress of the tide.]
+
+While these occurrences had been taking place on the pier, the boys
+had been sitting very patiently in their boat, waiting for the tide
+to turn, or for some one to come to their assistance. They could see
+how it was with the tide by the motion of the water, as it glided past
+them. The current, in fact, when they first anchored, made quite a
+ripple at the bows of the boat. They had a fine view of the harbor,
+as they looked back toward the town from their boat, though the view
+was so distant that they could not make out which was the pier where
+Captain Van Tromp’s vessel was lying.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Of course, as the tide went out more and more, the surface of the water
+was continually falling, and the depth growing less and less all the
+time. The boys could easily perceive the increasing shallowness of
+the water, as they looked over the side of the boat, and watched the
+appearance of the bottom.
+
+[Sidenote: A new danger. A discussion.]
+
+“Now here’s another trouble,” said Antony. “If we don’t look out, we
+shall get left aground. I’ve a great mind to pull up the anchor, and
+let the boat drift on a little way, till we come to deeper water.”
+
+“Oh no,” said Larry, “don’t let us go out to sea any farther.”
+
+“Why, if we stay here,” said Antony, “until the tide falls so as to
+leave us aground, we may have to stay some hours after the tide turns
+before we get afloat again.”
+
+“Well,” said Larry, “no matter. Besides, if you go adrift again, the
+water may deepen suddenly.”
+
+“Yes,” said Antony, “and then we should lose hold of the bottom
+altogether. We had better not move.”
+
+“Unless,” added Antony, after a moment’s thought, “we can contrive to
+_warp_ the boat _up_ a little.”
+
+[Sidenote: Warping the boat.]
+
+So saying, Antony went forward to examine into the feasibility of this
+plan. He found, on looking over the bow of the boat, that the water was
+very shallow, and nearly still; for the tide, being nearly out, flowed
+now with a very gentle and almost imperceptible current. Of course, as
+the water was shallow, and the rope that was attached to the anchor was
+pretty long, the anchor itself was at a considerable distance from the
+boat. The boys could see the rope passing obliquely along under the
+water, but could not see the anchor.
+
+Antony took hold of the rope, and began to draw it in. The effect of
+this operation was to draw the boat up the harbor toward the anchor.
+When, at length, the rope was all in, Antony pulled up the grapnel,
+which was small and easily raised, and then swinging it to and fro
+several times to give it an impetus, he threw it with all his force
+forward. It fell into the water nearly ten feet from where it had lain
+before, and there sinking immediately, it laid hold of the bottom
+again. Antony now, by pulling upon the rope, as he had done at first,
+drew the boat up to the anchor at its new holding. He repeated this
+operation a number of times, watching the water from time to time over
+the bows of the boat, to see whether it was getting deeper or not.
+While Antony was thus engaged, the attention of Larry was suddenly
+attracted to the sound of oars. He looked in the direction from which
+the sound proceeded, and saw, at a considerable distance, a boat coming
+toward them.
+
+[Sidenote: “Here comes the gig!”]
+
+“Here comes a boat,” said Larry.
+
+Antony looked where Larry pointed.
+
+“Yes,” said he, “and she is headed directly toward us.”
+
+“So she is,” said Larry.
+
+“I verily believe it is our gig,” said Antony.
+
+“It is,” he added, after looking a moment longer, “and there is Jack on
+board of her. They are coming for us.”
+
+In a few minutes more the gig was alongside. Two of the sailors that
+had come down in the gig got on board of the boys’ boat with their
+oars, and then both boats rowed up the harbor again, and in due time
+the boys reached home in safety.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Sidenote: Moral.]
+
+The moral of this story is, that in all cases of difficulty and danger
+it is best to keep quiet and composed in mind, and not to give way to
+excitement and terror. Being frightened never does any good, excepting
+when there is a chance to run away; in that case, it sometimes helps
+one to run a little faster. In all other cases, it is best to be
+cool and collected, and encounter whatever comes with calmness and
+equanimity.
+
+
+
+
+BRUNO AND THE ROBIN.
+
+    “Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.”
+
+
+[Sidenote: Hiram and Ralph. The robin.]
+
+At one time Bruno had for his master a boy named Hiram. Hiram had a
+friend and companion who lived in the next house to him, whose name was
+Ralph. This Ralph had a robin. He kept the robin in a cage.
+
+[Sidenote: The loft.]
+
+There was a small building near the bottom of Ralph’s father’s garden,
+which was used as a place of deposit for gardening implements, seeds,
+bundles of straw, matting for covering plants, and other similar
+articles employed about the garden. This building was called the
+“garden-house.” In the upper part of it was a loft, which Ralph had
+taken possession of as a storehouse for his wagons, trucks, traps, and
+other playthings. He used to go up to this loft by means of a number of
+large wooden pins, or pegs, that were driven into one of the posts of
+the frame of the garden-house, in a corner. Somebody once recommended
+to Ralph to have a staircase made to lead up to his loft, but he
+said he liked better to climb up by these pins than to have the best
+staircase that ever was made.
+
+Ralph used frequently to carry his robin to this garden-house when he
+was playing about there, and on such occasions he would sometimes hang
+the cage on a nail out of the window of his loft. He drove the nail
+himself into the edge of a sort of a shelf, which was near the window
+on the outside. The shelf was put there for doves to light upon, in
+going in and out of their house, which was made in the peak of the
+roof, over Ralph’s loft.
+
+[Sidenote: Account of Ralph’s robin.]
+
+Ralph caught his robin when he was very young. He caught him in a net.
+He saw the nest when the birds were first building it. About a week
+after the birds had finished it, he thought it was time for the eggs to
+be laid. So he got a ladder, which was usually kept on the back side of
+the tool-house, and, having planted it against a tree, he began to go
+up. Just then, his little brother Eddy, who was walking along one of
+the alleys of the garden near where the bird’s nest was, saw him.
+
+[Sidenote: Eddy’s advice.]
+
+“Ralph,” said Eddy, “what are you going to do?”
+
+“I’m going to get the eggs out of the nest,” said Ralph.
+
+“No,” replied Eddy, “you must not do that.”
+
+Ralph paid no regard to this, but went on slowly mounting the ladder.
+The top of the ladder, resting as it did against some of the branches
+of the tree, was not very steady, and so Ralph could not go up very
+fast. Besides, Ralph was somewhat afraid of the old birds; for they,
+seeing that their nest was in danger, were flying about him with
+very loud chirpings, being apparently in a state of great terror and
+distress.
+
+“Ralph,” said Eddy, “you must not trouble those birds.”
+
+Ralph went steadily on.
+
+“Besides,” said Eddy, when he saw that his brother paid no heed to his
+remonstrances, “it would be a great deal better to wait till the eggs
+are hatched, and then get one of the birds.”
+
+[Sidenote: The plan changed.]
+
+Ralph paused when he heard this suggestion. He began to think that it
+might possibly be a better plan to wait, as Eddy proposed, and to get a
+bird instead of an egg. He paused a moment on the ladder, standing on
+one foot, and holding himself on by one hand.
+
+“Would you, Eddy?” said he.
+
+“Yes,” said Eddy, “I certainly would.”
+
+Eddy proposed this plan, not so much from any desire he had that Ralph
+should get one of the birds when they were hatched, as to save the
+eggs from being taken away then. He had an instinctive feeling that it
+was wrong to take away the eggs, and he pitied the poor birds in their
+distress, and so he said what he thought was most likely to induce
+Ralph to desist from his design.
+
+After hesitating a few minutes, Ralph said, “Well, I will.” He then
+came down to the ground again, and, taking up the ladder, he carried it
+away.
+
+About a week after this, Ralph got the ladder one day when the birds
+were not there, and climbed up to the nest. He found three very pretty
+blue eggs in it.
+
+[Sidenote: The birds are hatched.]
+
+About a week after this he climbed up again, and he found that the eggs
+were hatched. There were three little birds there, not fledged. When
+they heard Ralph’s rustling of the branches over their heads, they
+opened their mouths very wide, expecting that the old birds had come to
+bring them something to eat.
+
+About a week after this Ralph climbed up again, but, just before he
+reached the nest, the three birds, having now grown old enough to fly,
+all clambered out of the nest, and flew away in all directions.
+
+[Sidenote: “Here’s one!”]
+
+“Stop ’em! stop ’em! Eddy,” said Ralph, “or watch them at least, and
+see where they go, till I come down.”
+
+“Here’s one,” said Eddy.
+
+He pointed, as he said this, under some currant-bushes, near an alley
+where he was walking. The little bird was crouched down, and was
+looking about him full of wonder. In fact, he was quite astonished to
+find how far he had flown.
+
+Ralph clambered down the ladder as fast as he could, and then ran off
+to the tool-house, saying as he ran,
+
+“Keep him there, Eddy, till I go and get my net.”
+
+“I can’t keep him,” said Eddy, “unless he has a mind to stay. But I
+will watch him.”
+
+So Eddy stood still and watched the bird while Ralph went after his
+net. The bird hopped along a little way, and then stopped, and remained
+perfectly still until Ralph returned.
+
+[Sidenote: A bird pursued.]
+
+The net was a round net, the mouth of it being kept open by means of a
+hoop. It was fastened to the end of a long pole. Ralph crept up softly
+toward the place where the bird had alighted, and, when he was near
+enough, he extended the pole, and clapped the net down over the bird,
+and made it prisoner.
+
+[Sidenote: Caught and caged.]
+
+“I’ve caught him! I’ve caught him!” said Ralph, greatly excited. “Run,
+Eddy, and get the cage. Run quick. No, stop; you come here, and hold
+the net down, and I’ll go and get the cage myself.”
+
+So Eddy held the net down, while Ralph went into the tool-house after
+the cage. He succeeded in putting the bird into the cage safely, and
+then went home.
+
+[Sidenote: The feeding.]
+
+Ralph attended his bird very carefully for many days, feeding him
+with strawberries and crumbs of bread. The natural food of most small
+birds consists of seeds, berries, and insects. Ralph knew, therefore,
+that strawberries would be good for his bird, and as for bread, he
+reflected that it was made from seeds, namely, the seeds of wheat. The
+only difference was, that in bread the seeds were ground up, mixed with
+water, and baked. So Ralph concluded that bread would be a very proper
+food for his robin.
+
+[Illustration: Ralph taming the robin.]
+
+[Sidenote: The stile.]
+
+As soon as the robin grew old enough to hop about a little, Ralph
+used often to take him out of his cage and put him on the walk in the
+garden, or on the end of a fence, near a stile, where was a broad,
+flat place convenient for the little bird to stand on. In such cases,
+he would, himself, always stand at a little distance off, so as not to
+frighten the bird, and in this manner he gradually taught him to be
+very tame and familiar.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno and Hiram. Description of the premises.]
+
+Although Ralph was thus very kind to his robin, he was generally a very
+unreasonable and selfish boy. Bruno, at this time, lived in the house
+next to the one where he lived. Bruno belonged, as has already been
+said, to a boy named Hiram. The two houses that these two boys lived in
+were pretty near together, and the gardens adjoined, being separated
+from each other only by a wall. At the foot of each garden was a gate,
+and there was a little path which led along from one gate to the other,
+through a field where there was a brook, and also a great many trees
+overshadowing the banks of it. The boys used often to visit each other
+by going from one of these gates to the other along this path. There
+was a space under Hiram’s gate where Bruno could get through. He used
+often to go through this opening, and pass down into the field, to
+drink in the brook, or to play about among the trees. Sometimes both
+the gates were left open, and then Bruno would go and look into Ralph’s
+garden; and once he went in, and walked along as far as the tool-house,
+looking about and examining the premises very curiously. As soon as he
+had seen what sort of a place it was, however, he turned round and ran
+out again, not knowing what might happen to him if he stayed there.
+
+[Sidenote: Ralph wishes to buy Bruno.]
+
+Ralph saw Bruno often when he went to visit Hiram in his garden, and he
+wished that he could have such a dog himself. In fact, he tried to buy
+him of Hiram a long time, but Hiram would not sell him. Ralph became
+very angry with Hiram at last for so strenuously refusing to sell his
+dog.
+
+“You are a great fool,” said he, “for not being willing to sell me the
+dog. I would give you any price you would name.”
+
+“That makes no difference,” said Hiram; “I would rather have the dog
+than any amount of money, no matter how much.”
+
+[Sidenote: Ralph becomes Bruno’s enemy.]
+
+So Ralph turned, and went away in a rage; and the next time he saw
+Bruno out in the field behind the garden, he ran down to his gate and
+pelted him with stones.
+
+Bruno could not understand what reason Ralph could have for wishing to
+hurt him, or being his enemy in any way. He perceived, however, that
+Ralph was his enemy, and so he became very much afraid of him. When he
+wished to go down to the brook, he always looked out through the hole
+under the gate very carefully to see if Ralph was near, and if he was,
+he did not go. If he could not see Ralph any where, he would creep out
+stealthily, and walk along in a very cautious manner, turning his head
+continually toward Ralph’s gate, to watch for the slightest indications
+of danger; and if he caught a glimpse of Ralph in the garden, he would
+turn back and run into Hiram’s garden again.
+
+[Sidenote: The boys play together.]
+
+Bruno was a very courageous dog, and he would not have run away from
+Ralph, but would have attacked him in the most determined manner, and
+driven him away from the garden gate, and thus taught him better than
+to throw stones at an innocent and unoffending dog, had he not been
+prevented from doing this by one consideration. He perceived that Ralph
+was one of Hiram’s friends. Hiram went often to visit Ralph, and Ralph,
+in return, came often to visit Hiram. They used to employ themselves
+together in various schemes of amusement, and Bruno, who often stood
+by at such times, although he could not understand the conversation
+that passed between them, perceived, nevertheless, that they were
+good friends. He would not, therefore, do any harm to Ralph, even in
+self-defense, for fear of displeasing Hiram. Accordingly, when Ralph
+assaulted him with sticks and stones, the only alternative left him was
+to run away.
+
+[Sidenote: Hiram catches a squirrel. Ralph wishes to buy the squirrel.]
+
+It is singular enough that Ralph, though often very unreasonable and
+selfish in his dealings with other boys, and though in this instance
+very cruel to Bruno, was still generally kind to animals. He was very
+fond of animals, and used to get as many as he could; and whenever
+Hiram had any, he used to go to see them, and he took a great interest
+in them. Once Hiram caught a beautiful gray squirrel in a box-trap. He
+put the trap down upon a chopping-block in a little room that was used
+as a shop in his father’s barn. Ralph came in to see the squirrel. He
+kneeled down before the block, and, lifting up the trap a little way,
+he peeped in. The squirrel was in the back corner of the trap, crouched
+down, and feeling, apparently, very much afraid. He had a long, bushy
+tail, which was curled over his back in a very graceful manner. Ralph
+resolved to buy this squirrel too, but Hiram was unwilling to sell
+him. However, he said that _perhaps_ he would sell him, if Ralph would
+wait till the next day. Ralph accordingly waited; but that night the
+squirrel gnawed out of his trap, and as the shop window was left open,
+he made his escape, and got off into the woods again, where he leaped
+back and forth among the branches of the trees, and turned head over
+heels again and again in the exuberance of his joy.
+
+[Illustration: The shop.]
+
+[Sidenote: Hiram and Joe go into the woods.]
+
+One day Hiram went out into the woods with a man whom they called Uncle
+Joe, to get some stones to mend a wall. They went in a cart. They
+placed a board across the cart for a seat. Uncle Joe and Hiram sat
+upon this seat together, side by side, Hiram on the right, as he was
+going to drive. The tools for digging out the stones, consisting of a
+spade, a shovel, a hoe, and a crowbar, were laid in the bottom of the
+cart. Thus they rode to the woods. Bruno followed them, trotting along
+by the road-side, and now and then running off under the fences and
+walls, to see if he could smell the tracks of any wild animals among
+the ferns and bushes.
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno barks at something.]
+
+He was not successful in this hunting on his way to the woods, but,
+after he arrived there, he accomplished quite a brilliant achievement.
+Hiram and Uncle Joe were very busy digging out stones, when their
+attention was arrested by a very loud and violent barking. Hiram knew
+at once that it was Bruno that was barking, though he could not see
+him. The reason why they could not see the dog was, that he was down
+in the bottom of a shady glen, that lay near where Hiram and Uncle Joe
+were digging the stones.
+
+“What’s that?” said Hiram. “What is Bruno barking at?”
+
+“I don’t know,” said Uncle Joe; “go and see.”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno finds a fox’s hole.]
+
+So Hiram threw down his hoe, and, seizing a stick, he ran down into the
+glen. He found Bruno stationed before a hole, which opened in under
+a bank, near a small spring. He seemed very much excited, sometimes
+running back and forth before the hole, sometimes digging into it with
+his fore paws, and barking all the time in a very loud and earnest
+manner. He seemed greatly pleased when he saw Hiram coming.
+
+As soon as Hiram saw that Bruno was barking at a hole, which seemed to
+be the hole of some wild animal, he went back and called Uncle Joe to
+come and see. Uncle Joe said he thought it was the hole of a fox, and
+from the excitement that Bruno manifested, he judged that the fox must
+be in it.
+
+“I’ll go and get the tools,” said he, “and we will dig him out.”
+
+[Sidenote: Hiram gets a little fox.]
+
+So Uncle Joe went for the tools, and he and Hiram began to dig. They
+dug for more than half an hour. Finally they came to the end of the
+hole, and then they found a young fox crouching close into a corner. He
+was about as large as a small kitten.
+
+[Sidenote: His plans for him. Hiram gives his fox a hole to live in.]
+
+Hiram said he meant to carry the fox home, and bring him up, and tame
+him. He accordingly took him in his arms, and carried him back to the
+place where they had been digging stones. Uncle Joe carried back the
+tools. Bruno jumped about and barked a great deal by the side of Hiram,
+but Hiram ordered him to be quiet, and finally he learned that the
+little fox was not to be killed. When they reached the stone quarry,
+Hiram made a small pen for the fox. He made it of four square stones,
+which he placed together so as to inclose a small space, and then he
+covered this space by means of a flat stone which he placed over it.
+Thus the little prisoner was secured.
+
+When the pen was completed, and the fox put in, Hiram resumed his work
+of digging stones with Uncle Joe. He was very eager now to get the load
+completed as soon as possible, so as to go home with his fox. While he
+was at work thus, Bruno crouched down before the place where Hiram had
+shut up his fox, and watched very earnestly. He understood that Hiram
+wished to keep the fox, and therefore he had no intention of hurting
+him. He only meant to be all ready to give the alarm, in case the
+little prisoner should attempt to get away.
+
+Hiram had very good success in training and taming his fox. Ralph and
+Eddy came often to see him, and they sometimes helped Hiram to feed
+him, and to take care of him. There was a place by an old wall behind
+the house where Hiram lived where there was a hole, which seemed to
+lead under ground, from a sort of angle between two large stones.
+
+“I’ll let him have that hole for his house,” said Hiram. “I don’t know
+how deep it is; but if it is not deep enough for him, he must dig it
+deeper.”
+
+[Sidenote: The chain.]
+
+Ralph had a small collar which was made for a dog’s collar; and one
+day, when he felt more good-natured than usual, and had in some measure
+forgotten Hiram’s refusal to sell Bruno to him, he offered to lend
+Hiram this collar to put around Foxy’s neck.
+
+“Then,” said Ralph, “you can get a long chain, and chain Foxy to a
+stake close to the mouth of his hole. And so the chain will allow him
+to go in and out of his hole, and to play about around it, and yet it
+will prevent his running away.”
+
+Hiram liked this plan very much. So Ralph brought the collar, and the
+boys put it upon Foxy’s neck. Hiram also found a kind of chain at a
+hardware store in the village, which he thought would be suitable to
+his purpose, and he bought two yards of it. This length of chain,
+when Foxy was fastened with it, gave him a very considerable degree
+of liberty, and, at the same time, prevented him from running away.
+He could go into his hole, where he was entirely out of sight, or he
+could come out and play in the grass, and under the lilac bushes that
+were about his hole, and eat the food which Hiram brought out for him
+there. Sometimes, too, he would climb up to the top of the wall, and
+lie there an hour at a time, asleep. If, however, on such occasions,
+he heard any one coming, he would run down the rocks that formed the
+wall, and disappear in his hole in an instant, and he would not come
+out again until he was quite confident that the danger had gone by.
+
+[Sidenote: The cunning of the fox.]
+
+It is not very difficult to tame a fox. And yet, in his natural state,
+he is very wild and very cunning. He resorts to all sorts of maneuvers
+and contrivances to entrap such animals as he likes for food. On the
+adjoining page is the picture of a fox lying in wait to catch some
+rabbits which he sees playing in a neighboring field. He watches for
+them very slyly; and when they come near enough, he will spring upon
+them, and seize them entirely unawares.
+
+[Illustration: Picture of a fox lying in wait for some rabbits.]
+
+He is very cunning, and yet, if he is caught young, it is not difficult
+to tame him.
+
+[Sidenote: Ralph offers half a dollar for Hiram’s fox.]
+
+One day, after some time, Ralph took it into his head to buy Foxy, as
+he had tried to buy Bruno; but he found Hiram as little disposed to
+sell the one as the other.
+
+“I will give you half a dollar for him,” said Ralph, “and that is twice
+as much as he is worth: a full grown fox is not worth more than that.”
+
+Ralph had some money in small silver pieces and cents, amounting to
+about half a dollar. This treasure he kept in a tin moneybox, shaped
+like a house, with a place to drop money in down the chimney.
+
+“No,” said Ralph, “I would rather not sell him.”
+
+Ralph tried a long time to persuade Hiram to sell the fox, but Hiram
+persisted firmly in his refusal. At length Ralph became very
+angry with him, because he would not consent. This was extremely
+unreasonable. Has not a boy a right to do as he pleases about selling
+or keeping his own property?
+
+Most certainly he has; and yet nothing is more common than for both men
+and boys to be angry with their friends and neighbors for not being
+willing to sell them property which they wish to buy.
+
+[Sidenote: “Ralph, are you stoning Bruno?”]
+
+When Ralph found that Hiram could not be induced to sell Foxy, he went
+off in great anger, muttering and threatening as he went. He passed out
+through the gate at the bottom of the garden, and then walked along
+the path toward the gate which led to his own garden. As he was going
+in, he saw Bruno lying down upon a grassy bank near the stream. He
+immediately began to take up stones to stone him. The first stone which
+he threw struck Bruno on the back, as he lay upon the grass, and hurt
+him very much. Bruno sprang up and ran away, barking and making other
+outcries indicative of pain and terror. Hiram came running down to the
+garden to see what was the matter. When he reached the place, he saw
+Ralph just aiming another stone.
+
+“Ralph!” exclaimed Hiram, greatly astonished, “are you stoning Bruno?”
+
+“Yes,” said Ralph; “I’ve stoned him a great many times before, and I’ll
+stone him again the next time I catch him down here.”
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno’s escape.]
+
+By this time Bruno had come to the gate. He scrambled in through his
+hole, and then, thinking that he was now safe, he walked along up one
+of the alleys of the garden.
+
+Hiram, knowing well that it would do no good to remonstrate with Ralph
+while he was in such a state of mind, shut the gate of the garden, and
+went to the house.
+
+[Sidenote: Ralph resolves to reclaim his collar.]
+
+That evening, while Hiram was in the house eating his supper, Ralph
+came down out of his own garden, and went into Hiram’s. He was talking
+to himself as he walked along.
+
+“I am going to get my collar,” said he. “I won’t lend it to such a
+fellow any longer. I shall take it off the fox’s neck, and carry it
+home. I don’t care if the fox does get away.”
+
+[Sidenote: He does so.]
+
+When he approached the old wall, the fox was on the top of it; but, on
+hearing Ralph coming, he ran down, and went into his hole. As soon as
+Ralph reached the place, he pulled the fox out roughly by the chain,
+saying,
+
+“Come out here, you red-headed son of a thief, and give me my collar.”
+
+So saying, he pulled the fox out, and unhooked the chain from the
+collar. He unfastened the collar, and took it off from the fox’s neck.
+He then threw the fox himself carelessly into the grass, and walked
+away down the garden.
+
+Just at this time Hiram came out from his supper, and, seeing Ralph
+walking away, he apprehended something wrong, and he accordingly
+hastened on to see if his fox was safe. To his great surprise and
+grief, he saw the chain lying on the ground, detached and useless. The
+fox was gone.
+
+He immediately called out to Ralph to ask an explanation.
+
+“Ralph,” said he, “where is my fox?”
+
+“_I_ haven’t got your fox,” said Ralph.
+
+“Where is he, then?” asked Hiram.
+
+“Gone off into the woods, I suppose,” said Ralph.
+
+Hiram stood still a moment, utterly confounded, and wondering what all
+this could mean.
+
+“I came to get my collar,” said Ralph, holding up the collar in his
+hand, “and if the fox has gone off, it is not my fault. You ought to
+have had a collar of your own.”
+
+[Sidenote: Hiram laments the loss of his fox.]
+
+Hiram was extremely grieved at the thought of having so wanton an
+injury inflicted upon him by his neighbor and playmate, and he turned
+toward the place where his fox had been kept with tears in his eyes.
+He looked all about, but the fox was nowhere to be seen. He then went
+slowly back to the house in great sorrow.
+
+As for Ralph, he went back into his own garden in a very unamiable
+state of mind. He went up into the loft over the tool-house to put the
+collar away. He climbed up upon a bench in order to reach a high shelf
+above, and in so doing he knocked down a box of lucifer matches, which
+had been left exposed upon a corner of the shelf. He uttered a peevish
+exclamation at the occurrence of this accident, and then got down upon
+the floor to pick up the matches. He gathered all that he could readily
+find upon the floor, and put them in the box, and then put the box back
+again upon the shelf. Then he went away into the house.
+
+[Sidenote: Hope.]
+
+About two hours after this, just before dark, Hiram was sitting on the
+steps of the door at his father’s house, thinking mournfully of his
+loss, when he suddenly heard a very loud barking at the foot of the
+garden.
+
+“There!” said he, starting up, greatly excited, “that’s Bruno, and he
+has found Foxy, I’ll engage.”
+
+[Sidenote: An alarm. The garden-house on fire.]
+
+So saying, Hiram ran down the garden, and on his way he was surprised
+to see a smoke rising from the direction of Ralph’s garden-house.
+He did not, however, pay any very particular attention to this
+circumstance, as it was very common for Ralph to have fires in the
+garden, to burn the dried weeds and the old straw which often collect
+in such places. He hastened on in the direction of Bruno’s barking,
+quite confident that the dog had found his lost fox, and was barking
+for him to come and get him.
+
+Just at this moment he saw Bruno come running to the gate at the
+bottom of the garden. He was barking violently, and he seemed very
+much excited. As soon as he saw Hiram coming, he ran back again and
+disappeared. Hiram hastened on, and, as soon as he got through the
+gate into the field, he saw that Bruno was standing at the gate which
+led into Ralph’s garden, and running in and out alternately, and
+looking eagerly at Hiram, as if he wished him to come. Hiram ran to
+the place, and, on looking in, he saw, to his utter consternation,
+that the garden-house was on fire. Dense volumes of smoke were pouring
+out of the doors and windows, with now and then great flashes of flame
+breaking out among them. Bruno, having brought Hiram to the spot,
+seemed now desirous of giving the alarm to Ralph; so he ran up toward
+the house in which Ralph lived, barking violently all the way.
+
+His effort was successful. In a minute or two he returned, barking as
+before, and followed by Ralph. Ralph was greatly terrified when he saw
+that the garden-house was on fire. He ran back to the house to call his
+mother. She came down to the place in great haste, though she seemed
+quite calm and composed. She was a woman of a very quiet disposition,
+and was almost always composed and self-possessed. She saw at a glance
+that the fire could not be put out. There was no sufficient supply of
+water at hand, and besides, if there had been water, she and the two
+boys could not have put it on fast enough to extinguish the flames.
+
+[Sidenote: “What shall we do?”]
+
+“Oh dear me! oh dear me!” exclaimed Ralph, in great distress, “what
+shall we do? Mother! mother! what shall we do?”
+
+“Nothing at all,” said his mother, quietly. “There is nothing for us to
+do but to stand still and see it burn.”
+
+“And there’s my poor robin all burning up!” said Ralph, as he ran to
+and fro in great distress. “Oh, I wish there was somebody here to save
+my robin!”
+
+[Sidenote: The robin in danger.]
+
+The cage containing the robin was hanging in its place, under the shelf
+by the side of the window. The smoke and flame, which came out from the
+window and from a door below, passed just over it, and so near as to
+envelop and conceal the top of the cage, and it was plain that the poor
+bird would soon be suffocated and burned to death, unless some plan
+for rescuing it could be devised. When Hiram knew the danger that the
+bird was in, his first thought was that he was glad of it. He pitied
+the bird very much, but he said to himself that it was good enough for
+Ralph to lose it. “He deserves to lose his bird,” thought he, “for
+having let my Foxy go.”
+
+This spirit, however, of resentment and retaliation remained but a
+moment in Hiram’s mind. When he saw how much interest Bruno seemed
+to feel in giving the alarm, and in desiring to have the fire
+extinguished, he said to himself, “Bruno forgives him, and why should
+not I? I will save the bird for him, if it is possible, even if I get
+scorched in doing it.”
+
+[Sidenote: Hiram rescues the robin by means of the ladder.]
+
+He accordingly ran round to the back side of the garden-house to get
+the ladder. Bruno followed him, watching him very eagerly to see what
+he was going to do. Hiram brought the ladder forward, and planted it
+against the garden-house, a little beyond the place where the cage, was
+hanging. In the mean time, Ralph had run off to the house to get a pail
+of water, vainly imagining that he could do at least something with it
+toward extinguishing the flames and rescuing the bird. By the time he
+got back, Hiram had placed the ladder, and was just going up, amid the
+smoke and sparks, to get the cage.[5] Bruno stood by at the foot of the
+ladder, looking up eagerly to Hiram, and watching as if he were going
+to take the cage as soon as it came down.
+
+    [5] See Frontispiece.
+
+Hiram had to stop once or twice in going up the ladder to get breath,
+for the wind blew the smoke and sparks over him so much at intervals as
+almost to suffocate him. He, however, persevered, and finally succeeded
+in reaching the cage. He took it off from its fastening, and brought
+it down the ladder. When he reached the ground, Bruno took it from his
+hand by means of the ring at the top, and ran off with it away from the
+fire. He then placed it carefully upon the ground, and began leaping
+around it, wagging his tail, and manifesting every other indication of
+excitement and delight.
+
+Ralph was very much pleased, too, to find that his robin was safe. He
+took the cage, and, carrying it away, set it down at a still greater
+distance from the fire. The garden-house was burned to the ground.
+Hiram and Bruno waited there until the fire was almost out, and then
+they went home. Hiram experienced a feeling of great satisfaction and
+pleasure at the thought that he had been able to save Ralph’s bird. “I
+should have been sorry,” said he to himself, “if he had lost his bird,
+and I think, too, that he will be sorry now that he let my little Foxy
+go.”
+
+The next morning, after breakfast, Hiram concluded that he would go
+round into Ralph’s garden, and look at the ruins of the fire. He passed
+out through the gate at the bottom of his father’s garden, and then
+turned into the path leading to the other gate, and there, to his
+surprise, he saw Ralph sitting on a stone, feeding Bruno with a piece
+of meat. It was a piece which he had saved from his own breakfast for
+the purpose. Bruno was eating the meat with an appearance of great
+satisfaction, while Ralph sat by, patting him on the head.
+
+[Sidenote: “Hiram, I am giving Bruno some breakfast.”]
+
+“Hiram,” said Ralph, as soon as he saw Hiram coming, “I am giving Bruno
+some breakfast.”
+
+Bruno looked up toward Hiram and wagged his tail.
+
+“That’s right,” said Hiram. “He seems to like it very much.”
+
+“Hiram,” said Ralph, again.
+
+“What?” said Hiram.
+
+Ralph hesitated. He seemed to have something on his mind, and not to
+know exactly how to express it.
+
+“How is the robin this morning? Did he get stifled any by the smoke?”
+
+[Sidenote: Restitution. Ralph proposes to get another fox for Hiram.]
+
+“No,” said Ralph; “he is as bright as a lark.” Then, after a moment’s
+pause, he added, “I am sorry I let your Foxy get away. I suppose I
+ought to pay you for him; and, if I could get another fox for you, I
+would. I have not got any thing but just my bird. I’ll give you him.”
+
+To find Ralph taking this view of the subject was something so new and
+strange to Hiram, that at first he did not know what to say.
+
+“No,” he replied, at length, “I would rather not take your bird, though
+I am very sorry that Foxy has got away. If you had only told me that
+you wanted your collar, I would have taken it off, and fastened Foxy
+with something else.”
+
+Ralph hung his head and had nothing to say.
+
+The boys went soon after this to look at the bed of ashes and embers
+that marked the spot where the garden-house had stood, and then they
+sauntered together slowly back into Hiram’s garden. Bruno followed
+them. He seemed to understand that a great change had somehow or other
+taken place in Ralph’s disposition of mind toward him, and he was no
+longer afraid. The boys went together to the place where Foxy had been
+confined.
+
+“John Thomas hunts foxes sometimes with his father,” said Ralph. “There
+are a great many in the woods back of their farm. I am going to see if
+I can’t get him to catch you another young one. I shall tell him I will
+give him half a dollar if he will get one, and that is all the money I
+have got.”
+
+Hiram did not reply to this suggestion. He did not know exactly what to
+say. His thought was, that no other fox that could possibly be found
+would supply the place, in his view, of the one that he had lost. He
+had taken so much pains to teach that one, and to tame him, that he had
+become quite attached to him individually, and he was very sure that he
+should never like any other one so well. He did not, however, like to
+say this to Ralph, for he perceived that Ralph was very much troubled
+about what he had done, and was quite anxious to make some reparation,
+and he thought that it would trouble him still more to learn that all
+reparation was wholly out of his power.
+
+“And if he catches one for you,” continued Ralph, “then I’ll give you
+the collar for your own. I would give it to you now, if it would do you
+any good.”
+
+“I’ll take the chain off, at any rate,” said Hiram, “and carry it in,
+and keep it, in case I ever should have another fox.”
+
+[Sidenote: Foxy found.]
+
+So he stooped down, and began to unhook the chain from the stake to
+which it was fastened. As he did this, his face was brought down pretty
+near to the hole under the wall, and, looking in there, his attention
+was attracted to two bright, shining spots there, that looked like the
+eyes of an animal.
+
+[Sidenote: “Run and get the collar.”]
+
+“Hi--yi,” said he, suddenly, “I verily believe he is here now. Run and
+get the collar.”
+
+Ralph took a peep, first, into the hole, and then ran for the collar.
+When he came back, he found Hiram sitting down on the grass, with the
+fox in his arms. The truth was, that the fox had been treated so kindly
+since he had been in Hiram’s keeping, and he had become so accustomed
+to his hole under the wall, that he did not wish to go away. When he
+found himself at liberty by the removal of the collar, he had gone off
+a little in the grass and among the bushes, but, when night came on,
+he had returned as usual to his hole; and when he heard the voices of
+the boys at the wall in the morning, he supposed that Hiram had come to
+give him his breakfast, and he came accordingly out to the mouth of his
+hole to see if his supposition were correct. He submitted to have his
+collar put on very readily.
+
+Thus there was a general reconciliation all round, and Bruno, Foxy,
+Hiram, and Ralph became, all four of them, very excellent friends.
+
+    Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.
+
+This story reminds me of another one relating to the burning of a small
+building in the bottom of a garden, called a tool-house. I will here
+relate that story, and then tell more about Bruno. It will be seen that
+this tool-house took fire in a very singular way. Precisely how Ralph’s
+garden-house took fire never was known. It was probably in some way
+connected with the matches which Ralph left upon the floor. Whether
+he stepped upon one of them, and thus ignited it, and left it slowly
+burning--or whether some mouse came by, and set one of them on fire by
+gnawing upon it--or whether one of the matches got into a crack of the
+floor, and was then inflamed by getting pinched there by some springing
+or working of the boards, produced by the gardener’s walking over the
+floor or wheeling the wheelbarrow in--whether, in fine, the mischief
+originated in either of these ways, or in some other wholly unknown,
+could never be ascertained.
+
+At all events, however--and this is the conclusion of the story--the
+garden-house was soon rebuilt, and Ralph was effectually cured of his
+resentment and enmity by the noble and magnanimous spirit which Hiram
+and Bruno exhibited in saving his bird.
+
+    _Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good._
+
+Three times I have put this precept in the story, in order that you may
+be sure to remember it.
+
+
+
+
+THE BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE.
+
+
+When one has committed a fault, to acknowledge it frankly, and to bear
+the consequences of it one’s self submissively, is magnanimous and
+noble. On the contrary, to resort to cunning tricks to conceal it, and
+especially to attempt to throw the blame of it upon others who are
+innocent, is mean and contemptible.
+
+[Sidenote: Description of the tool-house. Thomas, the gardener.]
+
+Once there were two boys, named William and John, who had a building
+for a tool-house and work-shop at the bottom of their father’s garden.
+It was very similar in its situation to the one described in the last
+story. The building was at a place where the land descended, so that
+while it was only one story high on the front side toward the garden,
+it was two stories high on the other side toward a brook, which ran
+along near the lower garden fence. The upper part of the building was
+the tool-room. This room opened out upon one of the alleys of the
+garden. The lower part was the shop. The door leading into the shop
+was behind. There was a fire-place in the shop, and the chimney passed
+up, of course, through the tool-room; but there was no fire-place in
+the tool-room, for there never was any occasion to make a fire there.
+The only use of that room was, that Thomas, the old gardener, used to
+keep his spades, and rakes, and hoes, and other garden tools in it;
+and sometimes of a summer evening, when his work was done, he used
+to sit at the door of it and smoke his pipe. The building was very
+convenient, though it was small, and old, and so not of much value.
+
+In the winter, the boys were accustomed occasionally to have a fire in
+the work-shop below, when they were at work there. There was not much
+danger in this, for the floor of the room was of stone.
+
+[Sidenote: Sealing the packages.]
+
+In the summer, of course, they never required a fire, except when they
+wished to use the glue. Then they were accustomed to make a small
+fire to dissolve the glue. One summer morning, however, they wanted a
+candle. They had been collecting garden seeds, and they wished to seal
+them up in small packages with sealing-wax. It would have been better,
+perhaps, to have tied the parcels up with twine; but the boys took a
+fancy to using sealing-wax, for the sake of the interest and pleasure
+which they expected to find in the work of sealing. So, just before
+noon, when they had got their seeds all ready, William went up to the
+house, and his mother gave him a long candle.
+
+When William came into the shop, John accosted him, saying,
+
+[Sidenote: The boys have no candlestick.]
+
+“Why, William, you have not brought any candlestick. What shall we do
+for a candlestick?”
+
+“I forgot that,” said William.
+
+“Never mind,” said John; “we can make one with a block and three nails.”
+
+There is a way of making a candlestick in a shop, which consists of
+driving three nails into a small block of wood, at such a distance
+apart as to leave just space for the end of the candle between them.
+If the nails are driven into the block in a proper manner, and if the
+heads of the nails are not too large, this contrivance makes quite a
+good candlestick.
+
+Another way is to take a similar block of wood, and bore a hole in the
+top of it just large enough to receive the end of the candle, and just
+deep enough to hold it firmly.
+
+William proposed that they should make the candlestick by boring a
+hole, but John thought it was best to do it by means of nails.
+
+[Sidenote: The two candlesticks.]
+
+So they concluded to make two. John was to make one with nails, and
+William one with the borer. So they both began to look about among
+the shavings under the bench for blocks, and when they found two that
+seemed to answer their purpose, William went to a drawer, and selected
+a borer of the proper size, while John began to choose nails with small
+heads out of a nail-box which was upon the bench for his operation.
+
+In due time the candlesticks were both finished. The one which William
+had made was really the best; but John insisted that the one which he
+had made was the best, and so William, who was a very good-natured boy,
+gave up the point. The candle was put into John’s candlestick, and
+William put his away upon a shelf, to be used, perhaps, on some future
+occasion. The boys then lighted the candle by means of a match, and put
+it on the end of the work-bench where they were going to do the work of
+putting up their seeds.
+
+[Sidenote: The boys leave the candle burning.]
+
+It was now, however, about noon, which was the hour for the boys to
+go home to dinner. They arranged their seeds a little upon the bench,
+but did not have time to begin to seal them up before they heard the
+dinner-bell ring. They then left their work, and went up to the house.
+Unfortunately, they left the candle burning. As it was bright daylight,
+and especially as the sun shone in near where the candle stood, the
+flame was very faint to the view; in fact, it was almost entirely
+invisible, and the boys, when they looked around the shop just before
+they left it, did not observe it at all.
+
+After dinner, the boys concluded that they would go a fishing that
+afternoon, and not finish putting up their seeds until the following
+day.
+
+[Sidenote: The matting. The pipe.]
+
+While they were gone, the candle was burning all the time, the flame
+gradually descending as the combustion went on, until, about tea-time,
+it reached the block of wood. It did not set the wood on fire, but
+the wick fell over, when the flame reached the wood, and communicated
+the fire to a roll of matting which lay upon the bench behind it. The
+matting had been used to wrap up plants in, and was damp; so it burned
+very slowly. About this time, Thomas, the old gardener, came and sat
+down in the doorway of the tool-house above, smoking his pipe. He did
+not know, however, what mischief was brewing in the room below; and so,
+when it began to grow dark, he knocked the ashes out of his pipe upon
+the ground of the garden, shut the tool-room door, and went home.
+
+[Sidenote: Fire! fire!]
+
+That night, about midnight, the boys were suddenly awakened and
+dreadfully terrified by a cry of fire, and, on opening their eyes, they
+perceived a strong light gleaming into the windows of their bed-room.
+They sprang up, and saw that the tool-house was all on fire. The people
+of the house dressed themselves as quick as possible, and hastened to
+the spot, and some of the neighbors came too. It was, however, too
+late to extinguish the fire. The building and all the tools which it
+contained, both in the tool-room and in the shop, and all the seeds
+that the boys had collected were entirely consumed.
+
+Nobody could imagine how the building took fire. Some said it must
+have been set on fire by malicious persons. Others thought that old
+Thomas must have been unconsciously the author of the mischief, with
+his pipe. Nothing certain, however, could be ascertained at that time,
+and so the company separated, determining to have the matter more fully
+investigated the following morning.
+
+William and John, who had dressed themselves when the alarm was first
+given, and had gone to the fire, now went back to their room, and went
+to bed again.
+
+[Sidenote: What was the origin of the fire? A conversation.]
+
+After they had been in bed some time, and each thought that the other
+must be asleep, William said to John,
+
+“John!”
+
+“What?” said John.
+
+“Are you asleep?” asked William.
+
+“No,” said John.
+
+“I will tell you how I think the tool-house got on fire,” said William.
+
+“How?” asked John.
+
+“Why, I believe we left our candle burning there,” replied William.
+
+“Yes,” said John, “I thought of that myself.”
+
+Here there was a little pause.
+
+Presently John said,
+
+“I don’t suppose that they will know that our candle set it on fire.”
+
+“No,” said William, “unless we tell them.”
+
+[Sidenote: The conversation continued.]
+
+“They will suppose, I expect,” added John, “that Thomas set it on fire
+with his pipe.”
+
+“Yes,” said William, “perhaps they will.”
+
+Here there was another pause.
+
+[Sidenote: The boys hesitate.]
+
+“Unless,” continued John, after reflecting on the subject a little
+while in silence, “unless mother should remember that she gave us the
+candle, and ask us about it.”
+
+“We could say,” he added again, “that we did not go into the shop any
+time in the afternoon or evening. That would be true.”
+
+“Yes,” said William. “We did not go into it at all after we went home
+to dinner.”
+
+The boys remained silent a few minutes after this, when John, who felt
+still quite uneasy in mind on the subject, said again,
+
+“I expect that father would be very much displeased with us if he knew
+that we set the tool-house on fire, for it has burned up all his tools.”
+
+“Yes,” said William.
+
+“And I suppose he would punish us in some way or other,” added John.
+
+“Yes,” said William, “I think it very likely that he would.”
+
+“But then, John,” continued William, “I don’t think it would be right
+to let Thomas bear the blame of setting the tool-house on fire, when we
+are the ones that did it.”
+
+John was silent.
+
+“I think we had better go and tell father all about it the first thing
+to-morrow morning.”
+
+“We shall get punished if we do,” said John.
+
+“Well,” said William, “I don’t care. I had rather be punished than try
+to keep it secret. If we try to keep it secret, and let Thomas bear the
+blame, we shall be miserable about it for a long time, and feel guilty
+or ashamed whenever we meet father or Thomas. I had rather be punished
+at once and have it done with.”
+
+[Sidenote: “Let us tell father.”]
+
+“Well,” said John, “let us tell father. We will tell him the first
+thing to-morrow morning.”
+
+The affair being thus arranged, the boys ceased talking about it,
+and shut up their eyes to go to sleep. After a few minutes, however,
+William spoke to his brother again.
+
+“John,” said he, “I think I could go to sleep better if I should go and
+tell father now all about it. I don’t suppose that he is asleep yet.”
+
+“Well,” said John, “go and tell him.”
+
+So William got up out of his bed, and went to the door of his father’s
+room. He knocked at the door, and his father said “Come in.” William
+opened the door. His father was in bed, and there was no light in the
+room, except a dim night-lamp that was burning on a table.
+
+[Sidenote: The explanation.]
+
+“Father,” said William, “I came to tell you that I suppose I know how
+our tool-house caught on fire.”
+
+“How was it?” asked his father.
+
+“Why, John and I had a candle there before dinner, and I believe we
+left it burning; and so I suppose that, when it burned down, it set the
+bench on fire.”
+
+“That could not have been the way,” said his father, “for, when it got
+down to the candlestick, it would go out.”
+
+“But there was not any candlestick,” said William, “only a wooden one,
+which we made out of a block and three nails.”
+
+“Oh! that was the way, was it?” said his father. “Indeed!”
+
+Here there was a short pause. William waited to hear what his father
+would say next.
+
+“Well, William,” said his father, at length, “you are a very good boy
+to come and tell me. Now go back to your bed, and go to sleep. We will
+see all about it in the morning.”
+
+So William went out; but, just as he was shutting the door, his father
+called to him again.
+
+“William!” said he.
+
+“What, sir?” said William.
+
+“Get up as early as you can to-morrow morning, and go to Thomas’s, and
+tell him how it was. He thinks that he must have set the tool-house on
+fire, and he is quite troubled about it.”
+
+“Yes, sir, I will,” said William.
+
+Then he went back to his room, and reported to John what he had done,
+and what his father had said. The boys were both very much relieved in
+mind from having made their confession.
+
+“I am very glad I told him,” said William; “and now I only wish I could
+tell Thomas about it without waiting till morning.”
+
+“So do I,” said John.
+
+“But we can’t,” said William, “so now we will go to sleep. But we will
+get up, and go to his house the first thing in the morning.”
+
+[Sidenote: The boys get up early to explain the accident to Thomas.]
+
+This the boys did. Thomas’s mind was very much relieved when he heard
+their story. He went directly into the house to tell his wife, who, as
+well as himself, had been very anxious about the origin of the fire.
+When he came out, he told the boys that he was very much obliged to
+them for coming to tell him about it so early. “In fact,” said he, “I
+think it is very generous and noble in you to take the blame of the
+fire upon yourselves, instead of letting it rest upon innocent people.
+There are very few boys that would have done so.”
+
+[Sidenote: The final result.]
+
+William and John were fortunately disappointed in their expectations
+that they would have to suffer some punishment for their fault. In
+fact, they were not even reproved. They told their father all about it
+at breakfast, and he said that, though it certainly was not a prudent
+thing for boys to trust themselves with a wooden candlestick in a shop
+full of wood and shavings, still he did not think that they deserved
+any particular censure for having made one. “The whole thing was one of
+those accidents which will sometimes occur,” said he, “and you need not
+think any thing more about it. I will have a new tool-house and shop
+built pretty soon, and will make it better than the old one was. And
+now, after breakfast, you may go down and rake over the ashes, and see
+if you can rake out any of the remains of the garden tools.”
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Sidenote: An important principle.]
+
+It would have been better for the story if it had happened that the
+boys, in setting fire to the tool-house, had really been guilty of some
+serious fault, for which they were afterward to be punished; for the
+nobleness and magnanimity which are displayed in confessing a fault,
+are so much the greater when the person confessing occasions himself
+suffering by it.
+
+
+
+
+WILLING TO LEARN.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno was willing to learn.]
+
+Bruno had one excellent quality, which made him a special favorite with
+the several boys that owned him at different times. He was _willing to
+learn_.
+
+[Sidenote: Boys and girls.]
+
+When you are attempting to teach a dog any new art or accomplishment,
+it is a great thing to have him willing to learn. It is the same, in
+fact, if it is a girl or a boy that is the pupil. Sometimes, however,
+when you are attempting to teach a dog, he shows very plainly all the
+time that he does not wish to learn. If you have got him harnessed into
+a little carriage, and wish to teach him to draw, he will stop and
+seem very unwilling to proceed, and, perhaps, sit right down upon the
+ground; or, if he has any chance to do so, he will run off and hide in
+the bushes, or, if it is in the house that you are teaching him, in a
+corner of the room or under the table. I was taking a walk once on the
+margin of a stream, and I met some boys who were attempting to teach
+their dog to dive into the water after sticks and such things, and the
+dog was so unwilling to make the attempt, that they were obliged every
+time to take him up and throw him in.
+
+[Sidenote: A difficult lesson for a dog.]
+
+I have known children to behave just in this way in learning to read or
+to write. They come to the work reluctantly, and get away from it as
+often and as quick as they can. But it was not so with Bruno. He was
+glad to learn any thing that the boys were willing to teach him. A boy
+at one time took it into his head to teach him to walk up a flight of
+steps backward, and although Bruno could not conceive what possible
+advantage it could ever be to him to learn such an accomplishment as
+that, still he went to work resolutely to learn it, and though at first
+he found it very difficult to do, he soon succeeded in going up very
+well.
+
+If any boy who reads this book should make the attempt to teach _his_
+dog to go up steps backward, and should find the dog unwilling to
+learn, he will know at once how hard it is for his teacher to teach
+him to write or to calculate, when he takes no interest in the work
+himself. If he then imagines that his dog were as desirous of learning
+to go up the steps backward as he is to teach him, and were willing
+to try, and thinks how easy it would be in that case to accomplish
+the object, he will see how much his own progress in study would be
+promoted by his being cordially interested himself in what he is doing.
+
+[Sidenote: The dog that went to market.]
+
+I am always surprised when I find a dog that is willing to learn, and
+am still more surprised when I find a child that is not willing. A
+dog learns for the benefit of his master, a child learns for his own
+benefit. I knew a dog who was taught to go to market. His master would
+put the money and a memorandum of the things that were to be bought in
+the basket, and the dog would then carry the basket to market by the
+handle, which he held in his mouth. Then the market-man would take out
+the money and the memorandum, and would put in the things that were
+wanted, and the dog would carry them home. Now this was of no advantage
+to the dog, except from the honorable satisfaction which he derived
+from it in the thought that he was usefully employed, and that he was
+considered worthy to sustain important trusts and responsibilities.
+So far as his own ease and comfort was concerned, it would have been
+better for him never to have learned such an art, and then, instead
+of carrying a heavy basket to and fro along the street, he could have
+spent his time in basking in the sun, or playing about with other
+dogs. There is no necessity for a dog to learn any thing for his own
+advantage. Nature teaches him every thing that he requires for himself.
+He has to study and learn only for the benefit of his master.
+
+It is very different from this with a child. When a child is in
+his earliest infancy, he is the most ignorant and helpless being
+imaginable. He can not speak; he can not walk; he can not stand; he
+can not even creep along the floor. Then, besides, he _knows_ nothing.
+He does not know any of the persons around him; he does not know the
+light; he is bewildered, and filled with a stupid kind of wonder when
+he looks at it; he does not know how to open and shut his hand, or to
+take hold of any thing; and long after this, when he begins to learn
+how to take hold of things, he is so ignorant and foolish, that he is
+as ready to take hold of a burning candle as any thing else.
+
+[Sidenote: Children learn for their own benefit.]
+
+Of course, to fit such a child to perform the duties of a man in such a
+busy world as this, he has a great many things to learn. And what is to
+be particularly noticed is, that he must learn every thing himself. His
+parents can not learn for him. His parents can _teach_ him--that is,
+they can show him how to learn--but they can not learn for him. When
+they show him how to learn, if he will not learn, and if they can not
+contrive any means to make him, there is an end of it. They can do no
+more. He must remain ignorant.
+
+[Illustration: The little child willing to learn to walk.]
+
+Here is a picture of a child that is willing to learn. His name is
+Josey. His parents are teaching him to walk. He is just old enough to
+learn to walk, and you see by his countenance, although it is turned
+somewhat away from us, that he is pleased with the opportunity. He is
+glad that he is going to learn to walk, and that his parents are going
+to teach him. I do not suppose that he feels _grateful_ to his father
+and mother for being willing to take so much pains to teach him, for he
+is not old enough for that. But he is _glad_, at any rate, and he is
+willing to try.
+
+His mother is helping him to begin, and his father is encouraging him
+to step along--holding out his hand, so that Josey may take hold of it
+as soon as he gets near enough, and thus save himself from falling.
+Since Josey is willing to learn, it gives his father and mother great
+pleasure to teach him. Thus all three are happy together.
+
+[Sidenote: Some children unwilling to learn.]
+
+Sometimes a child, when his father and mother wish to teach him to
+walk, is _not_ willing to learn. He will not try. He sits down at once
+upon the ground, and will not make any effort, like the dog who does
+not wish to learn to draw. So far as learning to walk is concerned,
+this is of no great consequence, for, as his strength increases, he
+will at last learn to walk himself, without any particular teaching.
+
+There are a great many things, however, which it is very important for
+children to know, that they never would learn of themselves. These they
+must be taught, and taught very patiently and carefully. Reading is one
+of those things, and writing is another. Then there is arithmetic, and
+all the other studies taught in schools. Some children are sensible
+enough to see how important it is that they should learn all these
+things, and are not only willing, but are glad to be taught them. Like
+Josey, they are pleased, and they try to learn. Others are unwilling to
+learn. They are sullen and ill-humored about it. They will not make any
+cordial and earnest efforts. The consequence is, that they learn very
+little. But then, when they grow up, and find out how much more other
+people know and can do than they, they bitterly regret their folly.
+
+[Sidenote: Some are willing.]
+
+Some children, instead of being unwilling to learn what their parents
+desire to teach them, are so eager to learn, that they ingeniously
+contrive ways and means to teach themselves. I once knew a boy, whose
+parents were poor, so that they could not afford to send him to school,
+and he went as an apprentice to learn the trade of shoemaking. He knew
+how important it was to study arithmetic, but he had no one to teach
+him, and, besides that, he had no book, and no slate and pencil. He,
+however, contrived to borrow an arithmetic book, and then he procured
+a large _shingle_[6] and a piece of chalk, to serve for slate and
+pencil. Thus provided, he went to work by himself in the evenings,
+ciphering in the chimney-corner by the light of the kitchen fire.
+Of course he met with great difficulties, but he persevered, and by
+industry and patience, and by such occasional help as he could obtain
+from the persons around him, he succeeded, and went regularly through
+the book. That boy afterward, when he grew up, became a senator.
+
+    [6] A shingle is a broad and thin piece of wood, formed like a
+    slate, and used for covering roofs. The word is explained here,
+    because, in some places where this book will go, shingles are
+    not used.
+
+[Sidenote: Things difficult to learn.]
+
+Some things are very difficult to learn, and children are very often
+displeased because their parents and teachers insist on teaching them
+such difficult things. But the reason is, that the things that are most
+difficult to learn are usually those that are most valuable to know.
+
+[Sidenote: The lawyer and the wood-sawyer.]
+
+Once I was in the country, and I had occasion to go into a lawyer’s
+office to get the lawyer to make a writing for me about the sale of
+a piece of land. It took the lawyer about half an hour to make the
+writing. When it was finished, and I asked him how much I was to pay,
+he said one dollar. I expected that it would have been much more than
+that. It was worth a great deal more than that to me. So I paid him the
+dollar, and went out.
+
+At the door was a laborer sawing wood. He had been sawing there all the
+time that I had been in the lawyer’s office. I asked him how long he
+had to saw wood to earn a dollar.
+
+“All day,” said he. “I get just a dollar a day.”
+
+[Sidenote: Difference of pay, and reason for it.]
+
+Now some persons might think it strange, that while the lawyer,
+sitting quietly in his office by a pleasant fire, and doing such easy
+work as writing, could earn a dollar in half an hour, that the laborer
+should have to work all day to earn the same sum. But the explanation
+of it is, that while the lawyer’s work is very easy to do after you
+have learned how to do it, it is very _difficult_ to _learn_. It takes
+a great many years of long and patient study to become a good lawyer,
+so as to make writings correctly. On the other hand, it is very easy to
+learn to saw wood. Any body that has strength enough to saw wood can
+learn to do it very well in two or three days. Thus the things that are
+the most difficult to learn are, of course, best paid for when they are
+learned; and parents wish to provide for their children the means of
+living easily and comfortably in future life, by teaching them, while
+they are young, a great many difficult things. The foolish children,
+however, are often ill-humored and sullen, and will not learn them.
+They would rather go and play.
+
+It is very excusable in a dog to evince this reluctance to be taught,
+but it is wholly inexcusable in a child.
+
+
+
+
+PANSITA.
+
+
+This is a true story of a dog named Pansita. They commonly called her
+Pannie.
+
+Pansita was a prairie-dog. These prairie-dogs are wild. They live in
+Mexico. They burrow in the ground, and it is extremely difficult to
+catch them. They are small, but very beautiful.
+
+Pansita belonged to an Indian girl on the western coast of Mexico.
+An American, who came into that country from Lima, which is a city in
+Peru, saw Pansita.
+
+“What a pretty dog!” said he. “How I should like her for a present to
+the American minister’s wife in Lima.”
+
+So he went to the Indian girl, and tried to buy the dog, but the girl
+would not sell her. She liked her dog better than any money that he
+could give her.
+
+[Sidenote: Pansita bought with gold.]
+
+Then the gentleman took some gold pieces out of his pocket, and showed
+them to the mother of the girl.
+
+“See,” said he; “I will give you all these gold pieces if you will sell
+me Pansita.”
+
+The Indian woman counted over the gold as the gentleman held it in his
+hand, and found that it made eighteen dollars. She said that the girl
+should sell Pansita for that money. So she took the dog out of the
+girl’s arms, and gave it to the gentleman. The poor girl burst into a
+loud cry of grief and alarm at the thought of losing her dog. She threw
+the pieces of gold which her mother had put into her hand down upon the
+ground, and screamed to the stranger to bring back her dog.
+
+But he would not hear. He put the dog in his pocket, and ran away as
+fast as he could run, till he got to his boat, and the sailors rowed
+him away.
+
+[Sidenote: She is taken off in a ship. Lima.]
+
+He took the dog in a ship, and carried her to Peru. When he landed,
+he wished to send her up to Lima. So he put her in a box. He had made
+openings in the box, so that little Pannie might breathe on the way. He
+gave the box to a friend of his who was going to Lima, and asked him to
+deliver it to the American minister.
+
+[Sidenote: A pretended chronometer.]
+
+He was afraid that the gentleman would not take good care of the box if
+he knew that there was only a dog inside, so he pretended that it was a
+chronometer, and he marked it, “_This side up, with care_.”
+
+A chronometer is a sort of large watch used at sea. It is a very exact
+and a very costly instrument.
+
+He gave the box to his friend, and said, “Will you be kind enough, sir,
+to take this chronometer in your lap, and carry it to Lima, and give it
+to the American minister there?”
+
+The gentleman said that he would, and he took the box in his lap, and
+carried it with great care.
+
+Before long, however, Pansita, not having quite air enough to breathe
+inside the box, put her nose out through one of the openings.
+
+“Ah!” said the gentleman, “this is something strange. I never knew a
+ship’s chronometer to have a nose before.”
+
+Thus he discovered that it was a dog, and not a chronometer that he was
+carrying.
+
+He, however, continued to carry the box very carefully, and when
+he arrived at Lima he delivered it safely to the minister, and the
+minister gave it to his wife.
+
+[Sidenote: The beauty of the dog. The lady is much pleased.]
+
+The lady was very much pleased to see such a beautiful dog. Its form
+was graceful, its eyes full of meaning, and its fur was like brown
+silk, very soft, and smooth, and glossy.
+
+[Sidenote: The American flag hoisted.]
+
+By-and-by a revolution broke out in Lima, and there was great confusion
+and violence in the streets. The Americans that were there flocked
+to the house of the minister for protection. The house was a sort of
+castle. It had a court, in the centre, and great iron gates across the
+passage-way that formed the entrance. The minister brought soldiers
+from the ships to guard his castle, and shut the gates to keep the
+people that were fighting in the streets from getting in. He hoisted
+the American flag, too, on the corner of the battlements. The Americans
+that had fled there for safety were all within the walls, greatly
+alarmed.[7]
+
+    [7] Such a minister as this is a high public officer of
+    government, who resides at a foreign capital for the purpose
+    of attending to the business of his own country there, and of
+    protecting the citizens in case of danger.
+
+[Sidenote: Danger.]
+
+Pansita, wondering what all the noise and confusion in the streets
+could mean, concluded that she would go out and see. So, watching her
+opportunity, she slipped through among the soldiers to the passage-way,
+and thence out between the bars of the great iron gates. The lady, when
+she found that Pansita had gone out, was greatly alarmed.
+
+“She will be killed!” said she. “She will be killed! What can I do to
+save her? She will certainly be killed!”
+
+But nothing could be done to save Pansita; for if they had opened the
+gates to go out and find her, the people that were fighting in the
+streets would have perhaps rushed in, and then they would all have been
+killed.
+
+[Sidenote: Pansita is recovered.]
+
+So they had to wait till the fighting was over, and then they went out
+to look for Pansita. To their great joy, they found her safe in a house
+round the corner.
+
+After a time, the minister and his wife returned to America, and
+they brought Pansita with them. They had a house on the North River,
+and Pansita lived with them there many years in great splendor and
+happiness.
+
+[Sidenote: Pannie’s bed.]
+
+The lady made a bed for Pannie in a basket, with nice and well-made
+bed-clothes to cover her when she was asleep. Pannie would get into
+this bed at night, but she would always scratch upon it with her claws
+before she lay down. This was her instinct.
+
+She was accustomed in her youth, when she was burrowing in the ground
+in the prairies in Mexico, to make the place soft where she was going
+to lie down by scratching up the earth with her paws, and she continued
+the practice now, though, of course, this was not a proper way to beat
+up a bed of feathers.
+
+Pannie was a great favorite with all who knew her. She was affectionate
+in her disposition, and mild and gentle in her demeanor; and, as is
+usually the case with those who possess such a character, she made a
+great many friends and no enemies.
+
+[Sidenote: Mistakes.]
+
+By-and-by Pannie grew old and infirm. She became deaf and blind, and
+sometimes, when the time came for her to go to bed at night, she would
+make a mistake, and get into the wrong basket--a basket that belonged
+to another dog. This would make Looly, the dog that the basket belonged
+to, very angry. Looly would run about the basket, and whine and moan
+until Pansita was taken out and put into her own place.
+
+[Sidenote: Pannie’s death and burial.]
+
+At last Pansita died. They put her body in a little leaden coffin, and
+buried it in a very pleasant place between two trees.
+
+This is a true story.
+
+
+
+
+THE DOG’S PETITION.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Letter-day.]
+
+One day, about the middle of the quarter, in a certain school, what the
+boys called Letter-day came. Letter-day was a day in which all the boys
+in the school were employed in writing letters.
+
+Each boy, on these occasions, selected some absent friend or
+acquaintance, and wrote a letter to him. The letters were written
+first on a slate, and then, after being carefully corrected, were
+copied neatly on sheets of paper and sent. The writing of these letters
+was thus made a regular exercise of the school. It was, in fact, an
+exercise in composition.
+
+[Sidenote: Erskine’s conversation with his teacher.]
+
+A boy named Erskine, after taking out his slate, and writing the date
+upon the top of it, asked the teacher whom he thought it would be best
+for him to write to.
+
+“How would you like to write to your aunt?” asked the teacher.
+
+“Why, _pretty_ well,” said Erskine, rather doubtfully.
+
+“I think it would be doing good to write to her,” said the teacher. “It
+will please her very much to have a letter from you.”
+
+“Then I will,” said Erskine. “On the whole, I should like to write to
+her very much.”
+
+So Erskine wrote the letter, and, when it had been corrected and
+copied, it was sent.
+
+This is the letter. It gives an account of a petition offered by a
+dog to his master, begging to be allowed to accompany the boys of the
+school on an excursion:
+
+[Sidenote: Erskine’s letter.]
+
+                                                    August 2, 1853.
+
+    DEAR AUNT,--I hope you have been well since I have heard from
+    you.
+
+    We took an excursion up to Orange Pond, and stayed all day. In
+    the morning it was very misty, but in about an hour it cleared
+    up, and the sun came out. Charles and Stephen went over to Mr.
+    Wingate’s to get a stage, and a lumber-wagon, and a carriage.
+    There were two horses in the stage, and an old gray one in the
+    lumber-wagon. Wright and I went down to get William Harmer, a
+    new scholar, to come up here before we started. At last we all
+    were ready, Crusoe and all. The teacher bought a little dog in
+    the vacation, and named him Crusoe. One of the boys wrote a
+    letter, and tied it about Crusoe’s neck, and this was it:
+
+        [Sidenote: The dog’s petition.]
+
+        MY VERY DEAR MASTER,--Can I go with the boys to-day on
+        the excursion? I will be very good, and not bark or
+        bite. I wish to go very much indeed, and I hope you
+        will let me.
+
+                  From your affectionate dog,
+
+                                                   Bow-wow-wow.
+
+    [Sidenote: Account of an excursion. Diving off the row-boats.
+    The hot rock. Coming home.]
+
+    Soon we started. It was very cool when we left home, but when
+    we got out on the hills it was very hot. The teacher let us
+    get out once and get some berries. After a ride of about nine
+    miles, we got out, and found it a very cool place. The public
+    house was very near to the pond, and we ran down there as
+    soon as we got our fishing-poles. Some of the boys got into
+    an old boat, and got a fish as soon as they cast their poles
+    out. The man said some of us should go out on an old rock
+    that was there, and the rest of us in a boat. We had a fine
+    time fishing, and caught about thirty small fish. Mr. Wingate
+    went out in another boat, and caught a very large perch and
+    pickerel, and a few other fish. After we had caught a few
+    more fish, we became tired, and wanted to go to the shore; so
+    the teacher took two or three of us at a time, and we went to
+    the shore. After we had played around a little, we had a nice
+    dinner, and then we went in swimming. The man said we might
+    dive off the small row-boats. We had fine fun pulling the boats
+    along while we were wading in the water, for it was nice and
+    sandy on the bottom. We found we could wade out to the rock
+    before named. We all waded out on it; but no sooner had we got
+    on the top, than we jumped off in all directions, for it was so
+    hot that one could roast an egg on it. We all ran back to the
+    shore as fast as we could go, laughing heartily. As soon as we
+    got up and were dressed, we went up to the house. Mr. Wingate
+    harnessed up the horses, and we were soon trotting home. We
+    went around by a different way from the one we came by, through
+    some woods, and had a fine ride home. That is the end of our
+    excursion to Orange Pond.
+
+              From your affectionate friend,
+
+                                                           ERSKINE.
+
+Erskine’s aunt was very much gratified at receiving this letter. She
+read it with great interest, and answered it very soon.
+
+
+
+
+THE STORM ON THE LAKE.
+
+
+[Sidenote: The philosophy of mountains, springs, brooks, and lakes.]
+
+Mountains make storms, storms make rain fall, and the rain that falls
+makes springs, brooks, and lakes; thus mountains, storms, brooks, and
+lakes go together.
+
+Mountains make storms, and cause the rain to fall by chilling the air
+around their summits, and condensing the vapor into rain and into snow.
+Around the lower parts of the mountains, where it is pretty warm, the
+vapor falls in rain. Around the higher parts, where it is cold, it
+falls in snow.
+
+[Sidenote: Formation of rivers.]
+
+Part of the water from the rain soaks into the ground, on the
+declivities of the mountains, and comes out again, lower down, in
+springs. Another portion flows down the ravines in brooks and torrents,
+and these, uniting together, form larger and larger streams, until, at
+length, they become great rivers, that flow across wide continents. If
+you were to follow up almost any river in the world, you would come to
+mountains at last.
+
+It does not always rain among the mountains, but the springs and
+streams always flow. The reason of this is, that before the water which
+falls in one storm or shower has had time to drain out from the ground
+and flow away, another storm comes and renews the supply. If it were to
+cease to rain altogether among the mountains, the water that is now in
+them would soon be all drained off, and the springs and streams would
+all be dry.
+
+But how is it in regard to lakes? How are the lakes formed?
+
+[Sidenote: How lakes are formed.]
+
+This is the way.
+
+When the water, in flowing down in the brooks and streams, comes to a
+valley from which it can not run out, it continues to run in and fill
+up the valley, until it reaches the level of some place where it _can_
+run out. As soon as it reaches that level, the surplus water runs out
+at the opening as fast as it comes in from the springs and streams, and
+then the lake never rises any higher.
+
+A lake, then, is nothing but a valley full of water.
+
+Of course, there are more valleys among mountains than any where else,
+and there, too, there are more streams and springs to fill them. Thus,
+among mountains, we generally find a great many lakes.
+
+[Sidenote: Outlets; feeders.]
+
+Since lakes are formed in this way, you would expect, in going around
+one, that you would find some streams flowing into it, and _one_ stream
+flowing out. This is the case with almost all lakes. The place where
+the water flows out of the lake is called the outlet. The streams which
+flow into the lake are sometimes called the _feeders_. They feed the
+lake, as it were, with water.
+
+[Sidenote: Ponds without outlets.]
+
+Sometimes a lake or pond has no outlet. This is the case when there are
+so few streams running into it that all the water that comes can dry up
+from the surface of the lake, or soak away into the ground.
+
+Sometimes you will find, among hilly pastures, a small pond, lying in a
+hollow, which has not any outlet, or any feeders either. Such a pond as
+this is fed either by secret springs beneath the ground, or else by the
+water which falls on the slopes around it when it is actually raining.
+
+If you were to take an umbrella, and go to visit such a pond in the
+midst of a shower, and were to look down among the grass, you would see
+a great many little streams of water flowing down into the pond.
+
+[Sidenote: The way to note the rise and fall of water in a lake.]
+
+Then if, after the shower was over, you were to put up a measure in
+the water, and leave it there a few days, or a week, and then visit
+it again, you would find that the surface of the water would have
+subsided--that is, gone down. As soon as the rain ceases, so that all
+fresh supplies of water are cut off, the water already in the pond
+begins at once to soak away slowly into the ground, and to evaporate
+into the air. Once I knew a boy who was of an inquiring turn of mind,
+and who concluded to ascertain precisely what the changes were which
+took place in the level of a small pond, which lay in a hollow behind
+his father’s garden. So he measured off the inches on a smooth stick,
+and marked them, and then he set up the stick in the water of the pond.
+Thus he could note exactly how the water should rise or fall. There
+came a great shower very soon after he set up his measure, and it
+caused the water in the pond to rise three inches. After that it was
+dry weather for a long time, and the level of the pond fell four inches
+lower than it was when he first put up the measure.
+
+Lakes among the mountains are often very large, and the waves which
+rise upon them in sudden tempests of wind and rain sometimes run very
+high.
+
+[Sidenote: The storm on the Lake of Gennesaret. Jesus in the ship.]
+
+The Lake of Gennesaret, so often mentioned in the New Testament, was
+such a lake, and violent storms of wind and rain rose sometimes very
+suddenly upon it. One evening, Jesus and his disciples undertook to
+cross this lake in a small vessel. It was very pleasant when they
+commenced the voyage, but in the night a sudden storm came on, and the
+waves rose so high that they beat into the ship. This was the time that
+the disciples came and awoke Jesus, who was asleep in the stern of the
+ship when the storm came on, and called upon him to save them. He arose
+immediately, and came forward, and rebuked the winds and the sea, and
+immediately they became calm.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+The adjoining engraving represents the scene. Jesus has come forward
+to the prow, and stands there looking out upon the waves, which seem
+ready to overwhelm the vessel. The disciples are greatly terrified. One
+of them is kneeling near the place where Jesus stands, and is praying
+to God for mercy. The others are behind. They are equally afraid. The
+sails have been torn by the wind, and are flying away. Jesus extends
+his hand, and says to the winds and waves, “Peace! be still!”
+
+The anchor of the ship is seen in the engraving hanging over the bow.
+But the anchor, in such a case as this, is useless. The water is
+too deep in the middle of the lake for it to reach the bottom; and,
+besides, if it were possible to anchor the vessel in such a place, it
+would do more harm than good, for any confining of the ship, in such a
+sea, would only help the waves to fill it the sooner.
+
+[Sidenote: Navigation of mountain lakes.]
+
+The people who live on the borders of the lakes that lie among the
+mountains often go out upon them in boats. Sometimes they go to fish,
+sometimes to make passages to and fro along the lake, when there is no
+convenient road by land, and sometimes they go to bring loads of hay or
+sheaves of grain home from some field which lies at a distance from the
+house, and is near the margin of the water.
+
+[Sidenote: Tempests and storms.]
+
+When a storm arises on the lake after the boat has gone out, the people
+who remain at home are often very anxious, fearing that the boats may
+have been overwhelmed by the waves. Over the leaf there is a picture
+of people watching for the return of a man and boy who have gone out
+on the lake. They went out in the middle of the day, and, though it is
+now night, they have not returned. The family are anxious about their
+safety, for in the middle of the afternoon there was a violent storm of
+thunder and lightning, with dreadful gusts of wind and pouring rain.
+The storm has now entirely passed away, and the moon, which has just
+risen, shines serenely in the sky. Still the boat does not return. The
+family fear that it may have foundered in the storm.
+
+[Sidenote: Conversation in Marie’s cottage.]
+
+The family live in a cottage on the margin of the lake. Marie, the wife
+of the man and the mother of the boy that went away in the boat, is
+very anxious and unhappy.
+
+“Do you think that they are lost?” she said to Orlando.
+
+Orlando was her oldest son.
+
+“Oh no,” replied Orlando. “When the black clouds began to come up in
+the sky, and they heard the thunder, they would go to the shore, and
+draw up their boat there till the storm was over. And now that the
+water is smooth again, and the air calm, I presume they are somewhere
+coming home.”
+
+“But how can they find their way home in the darkness of the night?”
+said Marie.
+
+“There is a moon to-night,” said Marie’s father. He was an old man, and
+he was sitting at this time in the chimney-corner.
+
+“Yes, there is a moon,” replied Marie, “but it is half hidden by the
+broken clouds that are still floating in the sky.”
+
+“I will light the lantern,” said Orlando, “and go out, and hold it up
+on a high part of the shore. They will then see the light of it, and it
+will guide them in.”
+
+[Sidenote: Orlando and Bruno.]
+
+Bruno was lying before the fire while this conversation was going
+on. He was listening to it very attentively, though he could not
+understand it all. He knew some words, and he learned from the words
+which he heard that they were talking about the boat and the water, and
+Pierre, the man who was gone. So, when Orlando rose, and went to get
+the lantern, Bruno started up too, and followed him. He did not know
+whether there would be any thing that he could do, but he wished to be
+ready at a moment’s notice, in case there should be any thing.
+
+[Sidenote: Anna and the baby.]
+
+He stood by Orlando’s side, and looked up very eagerly into his face
+while he was taking down the lantern, and then went with him out to the
+door. The old man went out too. He went down as near as he could get
+to the shore of the pond, in order to look off over the water. Orlando
+remained nearer the door of the cottage, where the land was higher, and
+where he thought the lantern could be better seen. Marie, with her baby
+in her arms, and her little daughter, Anna, by her side, came out to
+the steps of the door. Bruno took his place by Orlando’s side, ready
+to be called upon at any time, if there should be any thing that he
+could do, and looking eagerly over the water to see whether he could
+not himself make some discoveries.
+
+[Illustration: Watching for the boat.]
+
+He would have liked to have held the lantern, but it would not have
+been possible for him to have held it sufficiently high.
+
+Just at this time the moon began to come out from behind the clouds,
+and its light was reflected beautifully on the waters of the lake, and
+the old man obtained, as he thought, a glimpse of a dark object gliding
+slowly along over the surface of the distant water.
+
+[Sidenote: The boat is coming.]
+
+“They are coming!” he exclaimed. “They are coming! I see them coming!”
+
+Bruno saw the boat too, and he soon began to leap about and bark to
+express his joy.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Sidenote: Excellence of Bruno’s behavior.]
+
+Thus Bruno always felt an interest in all that interested his master,
+and he stood by ready to help, even when there was nothing for him to
+do. It is always a source of great pleasure to a father to observe that
+his boy takes an interest in what he is doing, and stands ready to help
+him, provided always that he does not interrupt the work by asking
+questions. This Bruno never did. He never interrupted work in any way,
+and least of all by asking questions.
+
+[Illustration: Play.]
+
+It is far more manly and noble for boys to take an interest, sometimes,
+in useful work, than to be wholly absorbed, as some boys are, all the
+time in idle play.
+
+
+
+
+TAKING AN INTEREST.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Important difference between the dog and the horse.]
+
+There is a great difference between the dog and the horse, in respect
+to the interest which they take in any work which they have to do. A
+horse does not like to work. He never runs to his master to be saddled
+when his master wishes to go and take a ride. If he runs either way,
+he runs off. If you wish any time to take a ride in a wagon, and you
+go into the pasture to find your horse, it is often very hard work to
+catch him. He knows that you are going to harness him up, and give
+him something to do, and he does not like to do it; so away he goes,
+bounding over the pasture, and looking back, first over one shoulder,
+and then over the other, to see whether you are pursuing him.
+
+It is very different with the dog. As soon as he sees his master
+take down his hat and cane, he jumps up and runs to accompany him.
+He desires, above all things, to accompany his master wherever he
+goes, that he may protect him, and render him any other service which
+occasion may require.
+
+It is true that a dog does not generally like to be harnessed into a
+wagon, and draw, but the reason of this probably is, that drawing a
+load is not a work that he is by nature fitted for. He is not properly
+built for such work. His shoulders are not fitted to receive a collar,
+and his feet are not of the right form to take good hold of the ground.
+The nature and qualities of the dog fit him for other duties, and these
+duties he is always greatly interested in performing. If his master is
+a traveler, he is always ready to set out on the journey with him. If
+his master stays at home, he is always on the watch about the house,
+guarding the premises, and ready to do any thing that he may be called
+upon to do. In a word, such duties as he is at all qualified for by his
+nature and habits, he is always ready to perform with alacrity and with
+hearty good-will.
+
+[Sidenote: Supposed black pony. How valuable such a pony would be.]
+
+What a fine thing it would be for a boy to have a horse of such a
+disposition--a little black pony, I will suppose--just large enough
+for the boy to harness and drive! Suppose you had such a pony. You
+take the bridle, and go out into the pasture for him some day when
+you feel inclined to take a ride. As soon as you enter the pasture,
+you call him. Immediately on hearing your voice, he runs out of the
+thicket where he was lying in the shade, and ascends an eminence near,
+so that he can see. He looks all around to find where the voice comes
+from, and when he sees you with the bridle in your hand, he immediately
+feels proud and happy at the thought of being employed, and he comes
+galloping toward you, prancing and capering in a very joyous manner.
+
+As soon as he gets near you, he ceases his prancing, and, walking up to
+you, he holds his head down that you may put the bridle on. As soon as
+the bridle is buckled, you put the bridle-rein over his neck, and say,
+
+“There! run along, pony!”
+
+So your pony runs along before you, looking back from time to time,
+first over one shoulder, and then over the other, not to see whether
+you are pursuing him, in order that he may escape, but to be sure that
+you are following him, and that he is going the right way. When he gets
+to the gate, he waits till you come to open it for him; or, if he has
+ingenuity enough to lift up the latch himself, he opens the gate and
+goes through, and then waits outside till you come. As soon as you have
+gone through the gate, he trots off to the barn. He does not know yet
+whether you are going to put the saddle on, or to harness him into your
+little wagon. But he is equally ready for either. He looks forward with
+great pleasure to the thought of carrying you along over a pleasant
+road, cantering merrily up and down the hills; and he resolves that he
+will take special care not to stumble or fall with you. Or, if he finds
+that you prefer riding in the wagon that day, he thinks how pleasant
+it will be to trot along over the road with you, and give you a good
+drive. If you stop any where by the way, he waits patiently where you
+leave him until you come back again. If he is in the wagon, he stands
+very still, lest he should do some damage to the vehicle by moving
+about. If he has a saddle on, he walks out to the road-side, perhaps,
+to crop the grass a little while he is waiting, but he lifts up his
+head now and then to see if you are coming, in order that he may be all
+ready to go on again when you wish to go.
+
+It would certainly be a fine thing to have such a pony as that.
+
+[Sidenote: How useful and valuable such a boy would be.]
+
+But for a man, it is a finer thing to have such a _boy_ as that. I
+never knew such ponies, but I have often known such boys. They take
+a special interest and pleasure in being useful, and especially in
+assisting their father and mother in any thing, no matter what it is,
+that their father and mother wish to do. They feel proud and happy to
+be employed, and come always with a ready alacrity whenever they are
+called upon, and to do what they can do with a hearty good-will.
+
+[Sidenote: Georgie at the raising. The way he acted.]
+
+Boys sometimes take an interest of the wrong kind in what their fathers
+are doing--that is, an interest which seeks for their own pleasure
+and amusement, and not for the furtherance of the work. There was a
+farmer, for instance, once, who had two sons, Lawrence and Georgie.
+The farmer was building a shed, and when the shed was framed, the
+carpenters came one afternoon to raise it. Lawrence was away from home
+when the carpenters came, having gone to mill, but Georgie was very
+much interested in the raising, and he brought several of the boys
+of the neighborhood to see it. With these boys he played about among
+the timbers of the frame, running along upon them from end to end, or
+jumping over them. He made a great deal of noise in singing to express
+his joy, and in calling to his companions.
+
+“Georgie,” said his father, at last, “be still, or I shall send you
+away.”
+
+His father should have sent him away at once, instead of threatening to
+do so if he was not still.
+
+[Sidenote: Boring.]
+
+Georgie was still after this, for he knew that his father would do as
+he said; but he soon found out other means of making trouble besides
+noise. He and the other boys went to one of the carpenters, who was
+boring a hole, and he began to beg the carpenter to let him take the
+auger and bore it.
+
+“I can bore,” said he.
+
+“I see you can,” said the carpenter, “but I wish you would not come
+here and bore me.”
+
+The other carpenters who were near laughed at hearing this, and
+Georgie, not liking to be laughed at, walked away to another part of
+the work. Here he began to ask questions, such as what this beam was
+for, and what tenon was going into that mortice, and whether such and
+such a hole was not bored wrong. All these questions interrupted the
+workmen, confused them in their calculations, and hindered the work. At
+last, Georgie’s father told him not to ask any more questions, but to
+keep perfectly still.
+
+[Sidenote: He and the other boys make a balancer.]
+
+His father would, in fact, have sent him away entirely, were it not
+that he was wanted from time to time to do an errand, or fetch a tool.
+These errands, however, he did very slowly and reluctantly, so that
+he was of little service. Finally, he proposed to the boys that they
+should make a balancer, and they did so. They put up one short beam of
+wood upon another, and then, placing a plank across, two of the boys
+got on, one at each end, and began see-sawing up and down. This was
+their balancer.
+
+“Isn’t it good fun,” said Georgie, as he went up into the air, “to have
+a raising?”
+
+“Yes,” said the other boy, who was then down by the ground.
+
+“I hope they won’t get through to-night,” said Georgie, coming down,
+“and then we can have some more fun to-morrow.”
+
+[Sidenote: A fall.]
+
+Just then the upper beam, which supported the balancer, fell off, and
+the plank, with the boys on it, came to the ground. There was now a
+great outcry. Georgie’s father and some of the carpenters came to see
+if the boys were hurt. They were not seriously hurt, but the accident
+occasioned quite an interruption to the raising.
+
+So Georgie’s father, finding that the trouble which Georgie made him
+was greater far than any service that he rendered, sent him away.
+
+Now this is not the right way to take an interest in what your father
+or mother is doing.
+
+[Sidenote: Lawrence comes home.]
+
+Lawrence got back from the mill just as Georgie went away. He
+immediately came and took Georgie’s place. He stationed himself near
+his father, so as to be ready to do any thing which might be required
+whenever he should be called upon. He observed carefully every thing
+that was done, but he asked no questions. If he saw that a tool was
+wanted, or going to be wanted, he brought it, so as to have it all
+ready the moment it should be required. Thus, although he could not do
+much substantial work himself, he assisted the men who could do it very
+much, and rendered very effectual service, so that the raising went on
+very prosperously, and was finished that night, greatly to his father’s
+satisfaction.
+
+[Sidenote: Conversation at the supper-table.]
+
+At supper that night the farmer took his seat at the table. His wife
+sat opposite to him. Lawrence was on one side, and Georgie on the other.
+
+“Have you finished the raising?” said his wife.
+
+“Yes,” said the farmer, “we have finished it. I did not expect to get
+through. But we _have_ got through, and it is all owing to Lawrence.”
+
+“Did he help you?” asked his wife.
+
+“Yes,” said the farmer; “he forwarded the work, I think, a full half
+hour, and that just saved us.”
+
+Now that is the right kind of interest to take in what your father and
+mother are doing.
+
+[Sidenote: Another incident.]
+
+At another time, one night after Georgie and Lawrence had gone to bed,
+they heard a sort of thumping sound out in the barn.
+
+“Hark!” said Lawrence; “what is that noise?”
+
+Georgie said he thought it could not be any thing of consequence, and
+so he shut up his eyes, and prepared to go to sleep. But Lawrence,
+though he was equally sleepy, felt afraid that something might be the
+matter with one of the horses; so he got up and went to his father’s
+room, and told his father about the noise. His father immediately rose
+and dressed himself, and went down to the barn.
+
+“Georgie,” said Lawrence, “let us get up too. Perhaps we can help.”
+
+“Oh no,” said Georgie, sleepily, “there is nothing that _we_ could do.”
+
+“I can hold the lantern, at any rate,” said Lawrence, “and do some
+good, perhaps, in that way.” So Lawrence dressed himself and went down
+stairs, while Georgie went to sleep again.
+
+[Sidenote: Lawrence takes an interest in his father’s concerns.]
+
+Lawrence got out into the barn just in time to find that the horse had
+fallen down, and had got entangled in his halter, so that he was in
+danger of choking to death.
+
+“Ah, Lawrence!” said his father, “you are just in time. I want you to
+hold the lantern for me.”
+
+So Lawrence took the lantern, and held it while his father disentangled
+the halter, and got the horse up. Lawrence, who was much interested all
+the time, held the lantern in the best possible way for his father to
+see.
+
+“That’s right,” said his father; “hold the lantern so that you can see
+yourself, and then you may be sure that I can see.”
+
+That is the right kind of interest for boys to take in what their
+father or mother are doing.
+
+That was, in fact, the kind of interest that Bruno took. He was always
+on the watch for opportunities to do good, and when he saw that he
+could not do any more good, he was extremely careful not to make any
+trouble.
+
+[Illustration: Driving the sheep to pasture in the morning.]
+
+[Sidenote: Bruno sits waiting for orders.]
+
+He would stand or sit silently by, looking on and watching what was
+going forward with great interest, ready to act the moment that he was
+called upon, as you see in the opposite engraving. They are driving
+some sheep to pasture very early in the morning. It was dark when they
+first came out with the flock, and so they brought a lantern; but the
+sun has risen now, and it is light. Although it was very early when the
+men set out with the flock, Bruno was eager to come with them. He has
+helped to drive the sheep all the way. They have reached the pasture
+at last, and there is now nothing more for him to do. So he is sitting
+down to rest, and contemplating with great satisfaction, while he
+rests, the accomplishment of the work which was to be done, and ready
+to do any thing more that may be required without a moment’s delay.
+
+In the distance, in the engraving, a river is seen, meandering through
+a rich and beautiful country, with the beams of the morning sun
+reflected from the surface of the water.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Sidenote: A good conscience.]
+
+The satisfaction which results from the faithful performance of duty
+is a very solid and substantial pleasure. It endures long, and has no
+alloy. There is something manly and noble in the very nature of it, and
+he who makes it the end and aim of all his efforts in his search for
+happiness is sure of a rich reward.
+
+[Sidenote: They who are not faithful in duty can never be happy.]
+
+Learn from the example of Bruno, then, to find your happiness in the
+diligent and faithful performance of duty. “Duty first, and pleasure
+afterward,” is the true rule for all. They who seek pleasure first,
+or, rather, who look for their happiness in personal and selfish
+gratifications, lead a very low and groveling life, and never exemplify
+the true nobleness and dignity to which the human soul should aspire.
+Nor do they ever attain to any real or permanent happiness. They
+experience a continual feeling of self-reproach and self-condemnation
+which mars all their enjoyments, and adds a fresh ingredient
+of bitterness to all their sorrows. In a word, they are always
+dissatisfied with themselves, and he who is dissatisfied with himself
+can never be happy.
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+HARPER’S STORY BOOKS
+
+BY JACOB ABBOTT.
+
+TERMS.
+
+Each Number of HARPER’S STORY BOOKS will contain 160 pages, in small
+quarto form, very beautifully illustrated, and printed on superfine
+calendered paper.
+
+The Series may be obtained of Booksellers, Periodical Agents, and
+Postmasters, or from the Publishers, at THREE DOLLARS a year, or
+TWENTY-FIVE CENTS A NUMBER.
+
+The two Periodicals, HARPER’S NEW MONTHLY MAGAZINE and HARPER’S STORY
+BOOKS, will be supplied at FIVE DOLLARS a year, and will be published
+on the first day of each Month.
+
+The Postage upon HARPER’S STORY BOOKS, which must be paid quarterly in
+advance, is TWO CENTS.
+
+EACH NUMBER COMPLETE IN ITSELF.
+
+PRICE 25 Cts
+
+HARPER & BROTHERS
+
+FRANKLIN SQUARE, N. Y.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BRUNO ***
+
+***** This file should be named 51859-0.txt or 51859-0.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/8/5/51859/
+
+Produced by Suzanne Shell and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
+specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
+eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
+for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
+performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
+away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
+not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
+trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
+Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country outside the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
+  are located before using this ebook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
+Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+  Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+  works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+  receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
+Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
+mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
+volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
+locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
+Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
+date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
+official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+
+    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+    Chief Executive and Director
+    gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/51859-0.zip b/old/51859-0.zip
index d39cee5..d39cee5 100644
--- a/51859-0.zip
+++ b/old/51859-0.zip
diff --git a/51859-h.zip b/old/51859-h.zip
index 149d665..149d665 100644
--- a/51859-h.zip
+++ b/old/51859-h.zip
diff --git a/old/51859-h/51859-h.htm b/old/51859-h/51859-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a40bde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/51859-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,6279 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Bruno; or, Lessons of Fidelity, Patience and Self-Denial Taught by a Dog, by Jacob Abbot.
+    </title>
+
+    <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
+
+<style type="text/css">
+
+a {
+    text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+body {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+h1,h2 {
+    text-align: center;
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+hr {
+    width: 33%;
+    margin-left: 33.5%;
+    margin-right: 33.5%;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+hr.tb {
+    width: 45%;
+    margin-left: 27.5%;
+    margin-right: 27.5%;
+}
+
+hr.chap {
+    width: 65%;
+    margin-left: 17.5%;
+    margin-right: 17.5%;
+}
+
+p {
+    margin-top: 0.5em;
+    text-align: justify;
+    margin-bottom: 0.5em;
+    text-indent: 1em;
+}
+
+table {
+    max-width: 40em;
+    margin: 1em auto 1em auto;
+}
+
+td {
+    padding-left: 0.25em;
+    padding-right: 0.25em;
+    vertical-align: top;
+}
+
+.tdr {
+    text-align: right;
+}
+
+.blockquote {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+.caption {
+    text-align: center;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    font-size: 90%;
+    text-indent: 0em;
+}
+
+.center {
+    text-align: center;
+    text-indent: 0em;
+}
+
+.figcenter {
+    margin: auto;
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+.figright {
+    float: right;
+    clear: right;
+    margin-left: 1em;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    margin-right: 0;
+    padding: 0;
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+.footnote {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+    font-size: 0.9em;
+}
+
+.footnote .label {
+    position: absolute;
+    right: 84%;
+    text-align: right;
+}
+
+.fnanchor {
+    vertical-align: super;
+    font-size: .8em;
+    text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+.larger {
+    font-size: 150%;
+}
+
+.pagenum {
+    position: absolute;
+    right: 4%;
+    font-size: smaller;
+    text-align: right;
+}
+
+.right {
+    text-align: right;
+}
+
+.sidenote {
+    width: 20%;
+    padding-bottom: .5em;
+    padding-top: .5em;
+    padding-left: .5em;
+    padding-right: .5em;
+    margin-right: 1em;
+    float: left;
+    clear: left;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    font-size: smaller;
+    color: black;
+    background: #eeeeee;
+    border: dashed 1px;
+}
+
+.smaller {
+    font-size: 80%;
+}
+
+.smcap {
+    font-variant: small-caps;
+    font-style: normal;
+}
+
+.smcapuc {
+    font-variant: small-caps;
+    font-style: normal;
+    text-transform: lowercase;
+}
+
+.titlepage {
+    text-align: center;
+    margin-top: 3em;
+    text-indent: 0em;
+}
+
+@media handheld {
+
+img {
+    max-width: 100%;
+    width: auto;
+    height: auto;
+}
+
+.blockquote {
+    margin-left: 5%;
+    margin-right: 5%;
+}
+}
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
+other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
+the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
+to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
+
+Title: Bruno
+       or, lessons of fidelity, patience, and self-denial taught by a dog
+
+Author: Jacob Abbott
+
+Release Date: April 25, 2016 [EBook #51859]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BRUNO ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Suzanne Shell and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+
+<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="500" height="650" alt="Image of the front cover" />
+
+<p class="caption">HARPER’S<br />
+STORY BOOKS</p>
+
+<p class="caption">No. 1</p>
+
+<p class="caption">BRUNO.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">DECEMBER, 1854.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">PRICE 25 C<sup>ts</sup></p>
+
+<p class="caption">HARPER &amp; BROTHERS<br />
+FRANKLIN SQUARE, NEW YORK.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_i" id="Page_i">[i]</a><br />
+<a name="Page_ii" id="Page_ii">[ii]</a></span></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii">[iii]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration1" style="width: 500px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill001.jpg" width="500" height="340" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">“Bruno forgives him, and why should not I?” said Hiram.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p class="titlepage larger">HARPER’S STORY BOOKS.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">A SERIES OF NARRATIVES, DIALOGUES, BIOGRAPHIES, AND TALES,<br />
+FOR THE INSTRUCTION AND ENTERTAINMENT<br />
+OF THE YOUNG.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage smaller">BY</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">JACOB ABBOT.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">Embellished with</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">NUMEROUS AND BEAUTIFUL ENGRAVINGS.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iv" id="Page_iv">[iv]</a><br />
+<a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">[v]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+
+<img src="images/titlepage.jpg" width="500" height="650" alt="Image of the title page" />
+
+<p class="caption">BRUNO;<br />
+OR,<br />
+LESSONS OF FIDELITY, PATIENCE, AND SELF-DENIAL<br />
+Taught by a Dog.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">NEW YORK:<br />
+HARPER &amp; BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">[vi]</a></span></p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">Entered, according to an Act of Congress, in the year<br />
+one thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, by</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">HARPER &amp; BROTHERS,</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">in the Clerk’s Office for the Southern District of New York.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[vii]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>PREFACE.</h2>
+
+<p>The present volume is the first of a proposed monthly series
+of story books for the young.</p>
+
+<p>The publishers of the series, in view of the great improvements
+which have been made within a few years past in the means and
+appliances of the typographical art, and of the accumulation of
+their own facilities and resources, not only for the manufacture
+of such books in an attractive form, and the embellishment of
+them with every variety of illustration, but also for the circulation
+of them in the widest manner throughout the land, find that
+they are in a condition to make a monthly communication of this
+kind to a very large number of families, and under auspices far
+more favorable than would have been possible at any former
+period. They have accordingly resolved on undertaking the
+work, and they have intrusted to the writer of this notice the
+charge of preparing the volumes.</p>
+
+<p>The books, though called story books, are not intended to be
+works of amusement merely to those who may receive them, but
+of substantial instruction. The successive volumes will comprise<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[viii]</a></span>
+a great variety, both in respect to the subjects which they treat,
+and to the form and manner in which the subjects will be presented;
+but the end and aim of all will be to impart useful
+knowledge, to develop the thinking and reasoning powers, to
+teach a correct and discriminating use of language, to present
+models of good conduct for imitation, and bad examples to be
+shunned, to explain and enforce the highest principles of moral
+duty, and, above all, to awaken and cherish the spirit of humble
+and unobtrusive, but heartfelt piety. The writer is aware of the
+great responsibility which devolves upon him, in being thus admitted
+into many thousands of families with monthly messages of
+counsel and instruction to the children, which he has the opportunity,
+through the artistic and mechanical resources placed at
+his disposal, to clothe in a form that will be calculated to open to
+him a very easy access to their attention, their confidence, and
+their hearts. He can only say that he will make every exertion
+in his power faithfully to fulfill his trust.</p>
+
+<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Jacob Abbott.</span></p>
+
+<p class="smaller">New York, 1854.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix">[ix]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+<table summary="Contents">
+  <tr>
+    <td></td><td class="tdr">PAGE</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_COMBAT_WITH_THE_WOLF">THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_13">13</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#COMBAT_WITH_A_BOAR">COMBAT WITH A BOAR</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_16">16</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#JOOLY">JOOLY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_19">19</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_EMIGRANTS">THE EMIGRANTS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_32">32</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_VOYAGE">THE VOYAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_34">34</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#GOING_ALONE">GOING ALONE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_38">38</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#SILVER_BOWL_STOLEN">SILVER BOWL STOLEN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_41">41</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_SILVER_BOWL_RECOVERED">THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_52">52</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#BRUNO_AND_THE_LOST_BOY">BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_62">62</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#BOYS_ADRIFT">BOYS ADRIFT</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_84">84</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#BRUNO_AND_THE_ROBIN">BRUNO AND THE ROBIN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_97">97</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_BURNING_OF_THE_TOOL-HOUSE">BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_120">120</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#WILLING_TO_LEARN">WILLING TO LEARN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_129">129</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#PANSITA">PANSITA</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_135">135</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_DOGS_PETITION">THE DOG’S PETITION</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_140">140</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#THE_STORM_ON_THE_LAKE">THE STORM ON THE LAKE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_143">143</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#TAKING_AN_INTEREST">TAKING AN INTEREST</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_151">151</a></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_x" id="Page_x">[x]</a><br />
+<a name="Page_xi" id="Page_xi">[xi]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>ENGRAVINGS</h2>
+
+<table summary="Engravings">
+  <tr>
+    <td></td><td class="tdr">PAGE</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration1">THE TOOL-HOUSE ON FIRE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_iii"><i>Frontispiece.</i></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration2">COMBAT WITH THE WOLF</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_15">15</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration3">THE TWO BOARS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_17">17</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration4">COMBAT WITH A BOAR</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_18">18</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration5">THE CHAMOIS HUNTERS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_20">20</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration6">CHILDREN IN THE GROVE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_21">21</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration7">BRUNO IN THE SNOW</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_28">28</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration8">THE COTTAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_30">30</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration9">BRUNO ON WOLF-SKIN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_31">31</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration10">THE EMIGRANTS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_33">33</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration11">THE BEGINNING OF THE VOYAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_35">35</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration12">THE STORM</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_36">36</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration13">THE END OF THE VOYAGE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_37">37</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration14">THE PARTING</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_39">39</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration15">THE GIPSY CAMP</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration16">FORTUNE TELLING</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_51">51</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration17">FRANK AND LORENZO</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_58">58</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration18">THE PARLOR DOGS</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_63">63</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration19">VARIETY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_64">64</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration20">THE WATCH-DOG</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_66">66</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration21">THE GATEWAY IN THE WOOD</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_71">71</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration22">TONY LOST</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_75">75</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration23">THE PIER</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_88">88</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration24">THE PORT</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_94">94</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration25">RALPH AND THE ROBIN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_101">101</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration26">HIRAM’S SQUIRREL</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_104">104</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration27">THE SLY FOX</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_109">109</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration28">WILLING TO LEARN</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_132">132</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration29">THE STORM ON THE LAKE</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_146">146</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration30">BRUNO WATCHING</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_149">149</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration31">PLAY</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_150">150</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><a href="#illustration32">BRUNO AND THE SHEEP</a></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_158">158</a></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_xii" id="Page_xii">[xii]</a><br />
+<a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span></p>
+
+<h1>BRUNO.</h1>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_COMBAT_WITH_THE_WOLF" id="THE_COMBAT_WITH_THE_WOLF"></a>THE COMBAT WITH THE WOLF.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter alarmed.</div>
+
+<p>In the night, a hunter, who lived in a cottage among the Alps,
+heard a howling.</p>
+
+<p>“Hark!” said he, “I heard a howling.”</p>
+
+<p>His wife raised her head from the pillow to listen, and one of
+the two children, who were lying in a little bed in the corner of
+the room, listened too. The other child was asleep.</p>
+
+<p>“It is a wolf,” said the hunter.</p>
+
+<p>“In the morning,” said the hunter, “I will take my spear, and
+my sheath-knife, and Bruno, and go and see if I can not kill him.”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno was the hunter’s dog.</p>
+
+<p>The hunter and his wife, and the child that was awake, listened
+a little longer to the howling of the wolf, and then, when at length
+the sounds died away, they all went to sleep.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Prepares for a hunt.</div>
+
+<p>In the morning the hunter took his spear, and his sheath-knife,
+and his hunting-horn besides, and then, calling Bruno to follow
+him, went off among the rocks and mountains to find the wolf.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Discovers the animal.</div>
+
+<p>While he was climbing up the mountains by a steep and narrow
+path, he thought he saw something black moving among the rocks
+at a great distance across the valley. He stopped to look at it.
+He looked at it very intently.</p>
+
+<p>At first he thought it was the wolf. But it was not the wolf.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter blows his horn.</div>
+
+<p>Then he thought it was a man. So he blew a loud and long
+blast with his horn. He thought that if the moving thing which
+he saw were another man, he would answer by blowing <em>his</em> horn,
+and that then, perhaps, he would come and help the hunter hunt
+the wolf. He listened, but he heard no reply. He heard nothing
+but echoes.</p>
+
+<p>By-and-by he came to a stream of water. It was a torrent,
+flowing wildly among the rocks and bushes.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said the hunter, “how shall we get across this torrent?”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno stood upon a rock, looking at the torrent very earnestly,
+but he did not speak.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said the hunter again, “how shall we get across this
+torrent?”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno barked.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The rude bridge.</div>
+
+<p>The hunter then walked along for some distance on the margin
+of the stream, and presently came to a place where there was a
+log lying across it. So he and Bruno went over on the log. Bruno
+ran over at once. The hunter was at first a little afraid to go, but
+at last he ventured. He got across in safety. Here the hunter
+stopped a few minutes to rest.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The wolf discovered.</div>
+
+<p>He then went on up the mountain. At last Bruno began to
+bark and to run on forward, looking excited and wild. He saw
+the wolf. The hunter hastened forward after him, brandishing
+his spear. The wolf was in a solitary place, high up among the
+rocks. He was gnawing some bones. He was gaunt and hungry.
+Bruno attacked him, but the wolf was larger and stronger than he,
+and threw him back with great violence against the ground. The
+dog howled with pain and terror.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration2" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill002.jpg" width="450" height="400" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Picture of the combat.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s courage. The wolf is killed.</div>
+
+<p>The man thrust the spear at the wolf’s mouth, but the ferocious
+beast evaded the blow, and seized the shaft of the spear between
+his teeth. Then the great combat came on. Very soon the dog
+sprang up and seized the wolf by the throat, and held him down,
+and finally the man killed him with his spear.</p>
+
+<p>Then he took his horn from his belt, and blew a long and loud
+blast in token of victory.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">What became of the skin of the wolf.</div>
+
+<p>He took the skin of the wolf, and carried it home. The fur
+was long, and gray in color. The hunter tanned and dressed the
+skin, and made it soft like leather. He spread it down upon the
+floor before the fire in his cottage, and his children played upon
+it. Bruno was accustomed to lie upon it in the evening. He
+would lie quietly there for a long time, looking into the fire, and
+thinking of the combat he had with the savage monster that originally
+wore the skin, at the time when he fought him on the mountains,
+and helped the hunter kill him.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>The hunter and the hunter’s children liked Bruno very much
+before, but they liked him more than ever after his combat with
+the wolf.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2><a name="COMBAT_WITH_A_BOAR" id="COMBAT_WITH_A_BOAR"></a>COMBAT WITH A BOAR.</h2>
+
+<p>Some wild animals are so ferocious and strong that it requires
+several dogs to attack and conquer them. Such animals are found
+generally in remote and uninhabited districts, among forests and
+mountains, or in countries inhabited by savages.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Habits of the boar.</div>
+
+<p>The wild boar is one of the most terrible of these animals.
+He has long tusks projecting from his jaws. These serve him as
+weapons in attacking his enemies, whether dogs or men. He
+roams in a solitary manner among the mountains, and though he
+is very fierce and savage in his disposition, he will seldom molest
+any one who does not molest him. If, when he is passing along
+through the forests, he sees a man, he pays no regard to him, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span>
+goes on in his own way. If, however, when he is attacked by
+dogs, and is running through the forest to make his escape, he
+meets a man in his way, he thinks the man is the hunter that has
+set the dogs upon him, or at least that he is his enemy. So he
+rushes upon him with terrible fury, and kills him&mdash;sometimes with
+a single blow&mdash;and then, trampling over the dead body, goes on
+bounding through the thickets to escape from the dogs.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration3" style="width: 400px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill003.jpg" width="400" height="241" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Picture of a fight.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The tusks.</div>
+
+<p>Wild boars often have dreadful combats with each other. In
+this engraving we have a representation of such a fight. The
+weapons with which they fight are sharp tusks growing out of the
+under jaw. With these tusks they can inflict dreadful wounds.</p>
+
+<p>Savages, when they attack the wild boar, arm themselves with
+spears, and station themselves at different places in the forest,
+where they think the boar will pass. Sometimes they hide themselves
+in thickets, so as to be ready to come out suddenly and attack
+the boar when the dogs have seized him.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration4" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill004.jpg" width="450" height="450" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Picture of the combat.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The dogs and the boar. The spears.</div>
+
+<p>Here is a picture of such a combat. The dogs have pursued
+the boar through the woods until he begins to be exhausted with
+fatigue and terror. Still, he fights them very desperately. One
+he has thrown down. He has wounded him with his tusks. The
+dog is crying out with pain and fright. There are three other
+dogs besides the one who is wounded. They are endeavoring
+to seize and hold the boar, while one of the hunters is
+thrusting the iron point of his spear into him. Two
+other hunters are coming out of a thicket near by to
+join in the attack. One of them looks as if he were
+afraid of the
+boar. He has
+good reason to
+be afraid.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Savages dress themselves in skins.</div>
+
+<p>These hunters<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>
+are savages. They are nearly naked. One of them is clothed
+with a skin. I suppose, by the claws, that it is a lion’s skin. He
+hunted and killed the lion, perhaps, in the same way that he is
+now hunting and killing the boar.</p>
+
+<p>Savages use the skins of beasts for clothing because they do
+not know how to spin and weave.</p>
+
+<p>But we must now go back to Bruno, the Alpine hunter’s dog
+that killed the wolf, and who used afterward to sleep before the
+fire in the hunter’s cottage on the skin.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2><a name="JOOLY" id="JOOLY"></a>JOOLY.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The Alps.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno’s master lived among the Alps. The Alps are very
+lofty mountains in Switzerland and Savoy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Chamois hunting.</div>
+
+<p>The upper portions of these mountains are very rocky and
+wild. There are crags, and precipices, and immense chasms
+among them, where it is very dangerous for any one to go. The
+hunters, however, climb up among these rocks and precipices to
+hunt the chamois, which is a small animal, much like a goat in
+form and character. He has small black horns, the tips of which
+turn back.</p>
+
+<p>The chamois climbs up among the highest rocks and precipices
+to feed upon the grass which grows there in the little nooks and
+corners. The chamois hunters climb up these after him. They
+take guns with them, in order to shoot the chamois when they see
+one. But sometimes it is difficult for them to get the game when
+they have killed it, as we see in this engraving. The hunters<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span>
+were on one side of a chasm and the chamois on the other, and
+though he has fallen dead upon the rocks, they can not easily
+reach him. One of the hunters is leaning across the chasm, and
+is attempting to get hold of the carcass with his right hand. With
+his left hand he grasps the rock to keep himself from falling. If
+his hand should slip, he would go headlong down into an awful
+abyss.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration5" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill005.jpg" width="450" height="427" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Picture of the chamois hunters on the Alps.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>The other hunter is coming up the rock to help his comrade.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span>
+He has his gun across his shoulder. Both the hunters have ornamented
+their hats with flowers.</p>
+
+<p>The chamois lies upon the rock where he has fallen. We can
+see his black horns, with the tips turned backward.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The lower slopes of the mountains.</div>
+
+<p>In the summer season, the valleys among these Alpine mountains
+are very delightful. The lower slopes of them are adorned
+with forests of fir and pine, which alternate with smooth, green
+pasturages, where ramble and feed great numbers of sheep and
+cows. Below are rich and beautiful valleys, with fields full of
+flowers, and cottages, and pretty little gardens, and every thing
+else that can make a country pleasant to see and to play in.
+There are no noxious or hurtful animals in these valleys, so that
+there is no danger in rambling
+about any where in
+them, either in the fields
+or in the groves. They
+must take care of the wet
+places, and of the thorns
+that hide among the roses,
+but beyond these dangers
+there is nothing to fear.
+In these valleys, therefore,
+the youngest children can go into the thickets to play or to
+gather flowers without any danger or fear; for there are no wild
+beasts, or noxious animals, or poisonous plants there, or any thing
+else that can injure them.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration6" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill006.jpg" width="450" height="286" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Children at play.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Winter in the Alps.</div>
+
+<p>Thus the country of the Alps is very pleasant in summer, but
+in winter it is cold and stormy, and all the roads and fields, especially<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span>
+in the higher portions of the country, are buried up in snow.
+Still, the people who live there must go out in winter, and sometimes
+they are overtaken by storms, and perish in the cold.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Scene in the hunter’s cottage.</div>
+
+<p>Once Bruno saved his master’s life when he was thus overtaken
+in a storm. The baby was sick, and the hunter thought he would
+go down in the valley to get some medicine for him. The baby
+was in a cradle. His grandmother took care of him and rocked
+him. His mother was at work about the room, feeling very anxious
+and unhappy. The hunter himself, who had come in tired
+from his work a short time before, was sitting in a comfortable
+easy-chair which stood in the corner by the fire. The head of
+the cradle was near the chair where the hunter was sitting.<a name="FNanchor_1" id="FNanchor_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_1" id="Footnote_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> For the positions of the chair and cradle in the hunter’s cottage, see engraving
+on <a href="#Page_30">page 30</a>.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>“George,” said the hunter’s wife, “I wish you would look at
+the baby.”</p>
+
+<p>George leaned forward over the head of the cradle, and looked
+down upon the baby.</p>
+
+<p>“Poor little thing!” said he.</p>
+
+<p>“What shall we do?” said his wife. As she said this she came
+to the cradle, and, bending down over it, she moved the baby’s
+head a little, so as to place it in a more comfortable position.
+The baby was very pale, and his eyes were shut. As soon as he
+felt his mother’s hand upon his cheek, he opened his eyes, but
+immediately shut them again. He was too sick to look very long
+even at his mother.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Consultation between the hunter and his wife.</div>
+
+<p>“Poor little thing!” said George again.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span> “He is very sick. I
+must go to the village and get some medicine from the doctor.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh no!” said his wife. “You can not go to the village to-night.
+It is a <em>dreadful</em> storm.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said the hunter, “I know it is.”</p>
+
+<p>“The snow is very deep, and it is drifting more and more,”
+said his wife. “It will be entirely dark before you get home,
+and you will lose your way, and perish in the snow.”</p>
+
+<p>The hunter did not say any thing. He knew very well that
+there would be great danger in going out on such a night.</p>
+
+<p>“You will get lost in the snow, and die,” continued his wife,
+“if you attempt to go.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A hard alternative.</div>
+
+<p>“And baby will die, perhaps, if I stay at home,” said the hunter.</p>
+
+<p>The hunter’s wife was in a state of great perplexity and distress.
+It was hard to decide between the life of her husband and that of
+her child. While the parents were hesitating and looking into
+the cradle, the babe opened its eyes, and, seeing its father and
+mother there, tried to put out its little hands to them as if for
+help, but finding itself too weak to hold them up, it let them drop
+again, and began to cry.</p>
+
+<p>“Poor little thing!” said the hunter. “I’ll go&mdash;I’ll go.”</p>
+
+<p>The mother made no more objection. She could not resist the
+mute appeal of the poor helpless babe. So she brought her husband
+his coat and cap, and forced her reluctant mind to consent to
+his going.</p>
+
+<p>It was strange, was it not, that she should be willing to risk the
+life of her husband, who was all the world to her, whose labor
+was her life, whose strength was her protection, whose companionship
+was her solace and support, for the sake of that helpless
+and useless baby?</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It was strange, too, was it not, that the hunter himself, who
+was already almost exhausted by the cold and exposure that he
+had suffered during the day, should be willing to go forth again
+into the storm, for a child that had never done any thing for him,
+and was utterly unable to do any thing for him now? Besides,
+by saving the child’s life, he was only compelling himself to work
+the harder, to procure food and clothing for him while he was
+growing up to be a man.</p>
+
+<p>What was the baby’s name?</p>
+
+<p>His name was Jooly.</p>
+
+<p>At least they called him Jooly. His real name was Julien.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter bids little Jooly good-by.</div>
+
+<p>When the hunter was all ready to go, he came to the cradle,
+and, putting his great rough and shaggy hand upon the baby’s
+wrist, he said,</p>
+
+<p>“Poor little Jooly! I will get the doctor himself to come and
+see you, if I can.”</p>
+
+<p>So he opened the door and went out, leaving Jooly’s grandmother
+rocking the cradle, and his mother at work about the room
+as before.</p>
+
+<p>When the hunter had gone out and shut the door, he went
+along the side of the house till he came to a small door leading to
+his cow-house, which was a sort of small barn.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He calls Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>He opened the door of the cow-house and called out “<span class="smcap">Bruno!</span>”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno, who was asleep at this time in his bed, in a box half
+filled with straw, started up on hearing his master’s voice, and,
+leaping over the side of the box, came to his master in the storm.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s bed.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was glad to be called. And yet it was a dark and stormy
+night. The wind was blowing, and the snow was driving terribly.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>
+On the other hand, the bed where he had been lying was warm
+and comfortable. The cow was near him for company. He was
+enjoying, too, a very refreshing sleep, dreaming of races and frolics
+with other dogs on a pretty green. All this repose and comfort
+were disturbed. Still, Bruno was glad. He perceived at once
+that an unexpected emergency had occurred, and that some important
+duty was to be performed. Bruno had no desire to lead a
+useless life. He was always proud and happy when he had any
+duty to perform, and the more important and responsible the duty
+was, the more proud and happy it made him. He cared nothing
+at all for any discomfort, fatigue, or exposure that it might bring
+upon him.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A comparison.</div>
+
+<p>Some boys are very different from Bruno in this respect. They
+do not share his noble nature. They never like duty. All they
+like is ease, comfort, and pleasure. When any unexpected emergency
+occurs, and they are called to duty, they go to their work
+with great reluctance, and with many murmurings and repinings,
+as if to do duty were an irksome task. I would give a great deal
+more for a <em>dog</em> like Bruno than for such a boy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter and Bruno in the snow.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno and his master took the road which led to the village.
+The hunter led the way, and Bruno followed. The road was
+steep and narrow, and in many places the ground was so buried
+in snow that the way was very difficult to find. Sometimes the
+snow was very soft and deep, and the hunter would sink into it
+so far that he could scarcely advance at all. At such times Bruno,
+being lighter and stronger, would wallow on through the drift, and
+then look back to his master, and wait for him to come, and then
+go back to him again, looking all the time at the hunter with an<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>
+expression of animation and hope upon his countenance, and wagging
+his tail, as if he were endeavoring to cheer and encourage
+him. This action had the effect, at any rate, of encouragement.
+It cheered the hunter on; and so, in due time, they both arrived
+safely at the village.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor concluded, after hearing all about the case, that it
+would not be best for him to go up the mountain; but he gave
+the hunter some medicine for the baby.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter attempts to return to the cottage.</div>
+
+<p>The medicine was put in a phial, and the hunter put the phial
+in his pocket. When all was ready, the hunter set out again on
+his return home.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Difficulties in the way.</div>
+
+<p>It was much harder going up than it had been to come down.
+The road was very steep. The snow, too, was getting deeper
+every hour. Besides, it was now dark, and it was more difficult
+than ever to find the way.</p>
+
+<p>At last, when the hunter had got pretty near his own cottage
+again, his strength began to fail. He staggered on a little farther,
+and then he sank down exhausted into the snow. Bruno leaped
+about him, and rubbed his head against his master’s cheek, and
+barked, and wagged his tail, and did every thing in his power to
+encourage his master to rise and make another effort. At length
+he succeeded.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said the hunter, “I’ll get up, and try again.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Getting lost.</div>
+
+<p>So he rose and staggered feebly on a little farther. He looked
+about him, but he could not tell where he was. He began to feel
+that he was lost. Now, whenever a man gets really lost, either
+in the woods or in the snow, a feeling of great perplexity and bewilderment
+generally comes over his mind, which almost wholly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span>
+deprives him of the use of his faculties. The feeling is very much
+like that which one experiences when half awake. You do not
+know where you are, or what you want, or where you want to go.
+Sometimes you scarcely seem to know who you are. The hunter
+began to be thus bewildered. Then it was bitter cold, and he began
+to be benumbed and stupefied.</p>
+
+<p>Intense cold almost always produces a stupefying effect, when
+one has been long exposed to it. The hunter knew very well that
+he must not yield to such a feeling as this, and so he forced himself
+to make a new effort. But the snow seemed to grow deeper
+and deeper, and it was very hard for him to make his way through
+it. It was freshly fallen, and, consequently, it was very light and
+soft, and the hunter sank down in it very far. If he had had snow
+shoes, he could have walked upon the top of it; but he had no
+snow shoes.</p>
+
+<p>At last he became very tired.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said he, “I must lie down here and rest a little, before
+I can go on any further.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno tries to encourage and save his master.</div>
+
+<p>But Bruno, when he saw his master preparing to lie down,
+jumped about him, and barked, and seemed very uneasy. Just
+then the hunter saw before him a deep black hole. He looked
+down, and saw that it was water. Instead of being in the road,
+he was going over some deep pit filled with water, covered, except
+in one place, with ice and snow. He perceived that he had had
+a very narrow escape from falling into this water, and he now
+felt more bewildered and lost than ever. He contrived to get by
+the dangerous hole, feeling his way with a stick, and then he sank
+down in the snow among the rocks, and gave up in despair.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter comes very near perishing in the snow.</div>
+
+<p>And yet the house was very near. The chimney and the gable
+end of it could just be distinguished in the
+distance through the falling snow. Bruno knew
+this, and he was extremely distressed that his
+master should give up when so near reaching
+home. He lay down in the snow by the side of
+his master, and putting his paw over his arm, to
+encourage him and keep him from absolute despair,
+he turned his head toward the house, and
+barked loud and long, again and again, in hopes
+of bringing somebody to the rescue.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration7" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill007.jpg" width="450" height="460" alt="The hunter lying in
+the snow, with Bruno over him" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>In the picture you can see the hunter lying in
+the snow, with Bruno over him. His cap has fallen
+off, and is half buried. His stick, too, lies on the snow near his
+cap. That was a stick that he got to feel down into the hole in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>
+the ice with, in order to ascertain how deep the water was, and to
+find his way around it. The rocks around the place are covered
+with snow, and the branches of the trees are white with it.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Danger of going to sleep when out in a storm.</div>
+
+<p>It is extremely dangerous to lie down to sleep in the snow in a
+storm like this. People that do so usually never wake again.
+They think, always, that they only wish to rest themselves, and
+sleep a few minutes, and that then they will be refreshed, and be
+ready to proceed on their journey. But they are deceived. The
+drowsiness is produced, not by the fatigue, but by the cold. They
+are beginning to freeze, and the freezing benumbs all their sensations.
+The drowsiness is the effect of the benumbing of the brain.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes, when several persons are traveling together in cold
+and storms, one of their number, who may perhaps be more delicate
+than the rest, and who feels the cold more sensibly, wishes
+very much to stop a few minutes to lie down and rest, and he
+begs his companions to allow him to do so. But they, if they are
+wise, will not consent. Then he sometimes declares that he <em>will</em>
+stop, at any rate, even if they do not consent. Then they declare
+that he shall not, and they take hold of his shoulders and arms to
+pull him along. Then he gets angry, and attempts to resist them.
+The excitement of this quarrel warms him a little, and restores in
+some degree his sensibility, and so he goes on, and his life is saved.
+Then he is very grateful to them for having disregarded his remonstrances
+and resistance, and for compelling him to proceed.<a name="FNanchor_2" id="FNanchor_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_2" id="Footnote_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Children, in the same way, often complain very strenuously of what their parents
+and teachers require of them, and resist and contend against it as long as they
+can; and then, if their parents persevere, they are afterward, when they come to
+perceive the benefit of it, very grateful.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>But now we must return to the story.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Alarm in the cottage. They open the door.</div>
+
+<p>The hunter’s family heard the barking in the house. They all
+immediately went to the door. One of the children opened the
+door. The gusts of wind blew the snow in her face, and blinded
+her. She leaned back against the door, and wiped the snow from
+her face and eyes with her apron. Her grandmother came to the
+door with a light, but the wind blew it out in an instant. Her
+mother came too, and for a moment little Jooly was left alone.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration8" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill008.jpg" width="450" height="193" alt="The family at the door" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>“It is my husband!” she exclaimed. “He is dying in the
+snow! Mercy upon us! What will become of us?</p>
+
+<p>“Give me the cordial,” said she. “Quick!”</p>
+
+<p>So saying, she turned to the shelves which you see in the picture
+near where she is standing, and hastily taking down a bottle
+containing a cordial, which was always kept there ready to be
+used on such occasions, she rushed out of the house. She shut
+the door after her as she went, charging the rest, with her last
+words, to take good care of little Jooly.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The puss. Little Jooly sleeps undisturbed.</div>
+
+<p>Of course, those that were left in the cottage were all in a state
+of great distress and anxiety while she was gone&mdash;all except two,
+Jooly and the puss. Jooly was asleep in the cradle. The puss
+was not asleep, but was crouched very quietly before the fire in
+a warm and bright place near the grandmother’s chair. She was
+looking at the fire, and at the kettle which was boiling upon it,
+and wondering whether they would give her a piece of the meat
+by-and-by that was boiling in the kettle for the hunter’s supper.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The hunter and Jooly are both saved.</div>
+
+<p>When the hunter felt the mouth of the cordial bottle pressed
+gently to his lips, and heard his wife’s voice calling to him, he
+opened his eyes and revived a little. The taste of the cordial revived
+him still more. He was now able to rise, and when he was
+told how near home he was, he felt so cheered and encouraged by
+the intelligence that he became quite strong. The company in
+the house were soon overjoyed at hearing voices at the door, and
+on opening it, the hunter, his wife, and Bruno all came safely in.</p>
+
+<p>Jooly took the medicine which his father brought him, and soon
+got well.</p>
+
+<p>Here is a picture of Bruno lying on the wolf-skin, and resting
+from his toils.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration9" style="width: 250px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill009.jpg" width="250" height="123" alt="Bruno" />
+
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_EMIGRANTS" id="THE_EMIGRANTS"></a>THE EMIGRANTS.</h2>
+
+<p>The hunter, Bruno’s master, emigrated to America, and when
+he went, he sold Bruno to another man. A great many people
+from Europe emigrate to America.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Emigrants. The way they cross the Atlantic.</div>
+
+<p>To emigrate means to move from one country to another. The
+people in Europe come from all parts of the interior down to the
+sea-shore, and there embark in great ships to cross the Atlantic
+Ocean. A great many come in the same ship. While they are at
+sea, if the weather is pleasant, these passengers come up upon the
+deck, and have a very comfortable time. But when it is cold and
+stormy, they have to stay below, and they become sick, and are
+very miserable. They can not stay on deck at such times on
+account of the sea, which washes over the ships, and often keeps
+the decks wet from stem to stern.</p>
+
+<p>When the emigrants land in America, some of them remain in
+the cities, and get work there if they can. Others go to the West
+to buy land.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The English family.</div>
+
+<p>Opposite you see a farmer’s family in England setting out for
+America. The young girl who stands with her hands joined
+together is named Esther. That is her father who is standing
+behind her. Her mother and her grandmother are in the wagon.
+Esther’s mother has an infant in her arms, and her grandmother
+is holding a young child. Both these children are Esther’s brothers.
+Their names are George and Benny. The baby’s name is
+Benny.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration10" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill010.jpg" width="450" height="435" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The farmer’s family. The farewell.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Esther has two aunts&mdash;both very kind to her. One of her aunts
+is going to America, but the other&mdash;her aunt Lucy&mdash;is to remain
+behind. They are bidding each other good-by. The one who
+has a bonnet on her head is the one that is going. We can tell<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>
+who are going on the journey by their having hats or bonnets on.
+Esther’s aunt Lucy, who has no bonnet on, is to remain. When
+the wagon goes away, she will go into the house again, very sorrowful.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The journey in the covered wagon.</div>
+
+<p>The farmer has provided a <em>covered</em> wagon for the journey, so as
+to protect his wife, and his mother, and his sister, and his children
+from the cold wind and from the rain. But they will not go
+all the way in this wagon. They will go to the sea-shore in the
+wagon, and then they will embark on board a ship, to cross the
+Atlantic Ocean.</p>
+
+<p>We can see the ship, all ready and waiting, in the background
+of the picture, on the right. There will be a great many other
+families on board the ship, all going to America. There will be
+sailors, too, to navigate the ship and to manage the sails.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2><a name="THE_VOYAGE" id="THE_VOYAGE"></a>THE VOYAGE.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The voyage in the ship.</div>
+
+<p>The voyage which the emigrants have to take is very long. It
+is three thousand miles from England to America, and it takes
+oftentimes many weeks to accomplish the transit. Sometimes
+during the voyage the breeze is light, and the water is smooth,
+and the ship glides very pleasantly and prosperously on its way.
+Then the emigrants pass their time very agreeably. They come
+up upon the decks, they look out upon the water, they talk, they
+sew, they play with the children&mdash;they enjoy, in fact, almost as
+many comforts and pleasures as if they were at home on land.</p>
+
+<p>Opposite is a picture of the ship sailing along very smoothly, in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>
+pleasant weather, at the commencement of the voyage. The cliff
+in the background, on the right, is part of the English shore, which
+the ship is just leaving. There is a light-house upon the cliff, and
+a town on the shore below.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration11" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill011.jpg" width="450" height="400" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The emigrant ship setting sail. Smooth sea.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>The wind is fair, and the water is smooth. The emigrants are
+out upon the decks. We can see their heads above the bulwarks.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The buoy.</div>
+
+<p>The object in the foreground, floating in the water, is a <em>buoy</em>. It
+is placed there to mark a rock or a shoal. It is secured by an
+anchor.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Thus, when the weather is fair, the emigrants pass their time
+very pleasantly. They amuse themselves on the decks by day,
+and at night they go down into the cabins, which are below the
+deck of the ship, and there they sleep.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration12" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill012.jpg" width="450" height="426" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The ship in a storm. Great danger. Heavy seas.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>But sometimes there comes a storm. The wind increases till
+it becomes a gale. Clouds are seen scudding swiftly across the
+sky. Immense billows, rolling heavily, dash against the ship, or
+chase each other furiously across the wide expanse of the water,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span>
+breaking every where into foam and spray. The winds howl fearfully
+in the rigging, and sometimes a sail is burst from its fastenings
+by the violence of it, and flaps its tattered fragments in the
+air with the sound of thunder.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Discomfort and distress of the passengers.</div>
+
+<p>While the storm continues, the poor emigrants are obliged to
+remain below, where they spend their time in misery and terror.
+By-and-by the storm subsides, the sailors repair the damages, and
+the ship proceeds on her voyage.</p>
+
+<p>In the engraving below we see the ship far advanced on her
+way. She is drawing near to the American shore. The sea is
+smooth, the wind is fair, and she is pressing
+rapidly onward.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration13" style="width: 250px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill013.jpg" width="250" height="226" alt="Ship" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>On the left is seen another vessel, and on
+the right two more, far in the offing.</p>
+
+<p>The emigrants on board the ship are rejoiced
+to believe that their voyage is drawing
+toward the end.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The arrival.</div>
+
+<p>When the farmer and his family have
+landed in America, they will take another wagon, and go back
+into the country till they come to the place where they are going
+to have their farm. There they will cut down the trees of the
+forest, and build a house of logs. Then they will plow the ground,
+and sow the seeds, and make the farm. By-and-by they will gain
+enough by their industry to build a better house, and to fit it with
+convenient and comfortable furniture, and thenceforward they will
+live in plenty and happiness.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Benny and George.</div>
+
+<p>All this time they will take great care of George and Benny, so
+that they shall not come to any harm. They will keep them warm<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>
+in the wagon, and they will watch over them on board the ship, and
+carry them in their arms when they walk up the hills, in journeying
+in America, and make a warm bed for them in their house, and
+take a great deal of pains to have always plenty of good bread for
+them to eat, and warm milk for them to drink. They will suffer,
+themselves, continual toil, privation, and fatigue, but they will be
+very careful not to let the children suffer any thing if they can
+possibly help it.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Ingratitude.</div>
+
+<p>By-and-by, when Benny and George grow up, they will find that
+their father lives upon a fine farm, with a good house and good furniture,
+and with every comfort around them. They will hardly
+know how much care and pains their father, and mother, and grandmother
+took to save them from all suffering, and to provide for
+them a comfortable and happy home. How ungrateful it would
+be in them to be unkind or disobedient to their father, and mother,
+and grandmother, when they grow up.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2><a name="GOING_ALONE" id="GOING_ALONE"></a>GOING ALONE.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Emigrant going alone.</div>
+
+<p>Sometimes, when a man is intending to emigrate to America,
+he goes first himself alone, in order to see the country, and choose
+a place to live in, and buy a farm, intending afterward to come
+back for his family. He does not take them with him at first, for
+he does not know what he should do with his wife and all his
+young children while he is traveling from place to place to view
+the land.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration14" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill014.jpg" width="450" height="423" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">He bids his wife and children good-by. Picture of it.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>When the emigrant goes first alone in this way, leaving his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>
+family at home, the parting is very sorrowful. His poor wife is
+almost broken-hearted. She gathers her little children around
+her, and clasps them in her arms, fearing that some mischief may
+befall their father when he is far away, and that they may never<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>
+see him again. The man attempts to comfort her by saying that
+it will not be long before he comes back, and that then they shall
+never more be separated. His oldest boy stands holding his father’s
+staff, and almost wishing that he was going to accompany
+him. He turns away his face to hide his tears. As for the dog,
+he sees that his master is going away, and he is very earnestly
+desirous to go too. In fact, they know he <em>would</em> go if he were
+left at liberty, and so they chain him to a post to keep him at
+home.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A sorrowful parting.</div>
+
+<p>It is a hard thing for a wife and a mother that her husband
+should thus go away and leave her, to make so long a voyage,
+and to encounter so many difficulties and dangers, knowing, as
+she does, that it is uncertain whether he will ever live to return.
+She bears the pain of this parting out of love to her children.
+She thinks that their father will find some better and happier
+home for them in the New World, where they can live in greater
+plenty, and where, when they grow up, and become men and
+women, they will be better provided for than they were in their
+native land.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The ship. The emigrants.</div>
+
+<p>In the distance, in the engraving, we see the ship in which this
+man is going to sail. We see a company of emigrants, too, down
+the road, going to embark. There is one child walking alone behind
+her father and mother, who seems too young to set out on
+such a voyage.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="SILVER_BOWL_STOLEN" id="SILVER_BOWL_STOLEN"></a>SILVER BOWL STOLEN.</h2>
+
+<p>Bruno belonged to several different masters in the course of
+his life. He was always sorry to leave his old master when the
+changes were made, but then he yielded to the necessity of the
+case in these emergencies with a degree of composure and self-control,
+which, in a man, would have been considered quite philosophical.</p>
+
+<p>The hunter of the Alps, whose life Bruno had saved, resolved
+at the time that he would never part with him.</p>
+
+<p>“I would not sell him,” said he, “for a thousand francs.”</p>
+
+<p>They reckon sums of money by francs in Switzerland. A franc
+is a silver coin. About five of them make a dollar.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s master is obliged to sell him. The reason why.</div>
+
+<p>However, notwithstanding this resolution, the hunter found himself
+at last forced to sell his dog. He had concluded to emigrate
+to America. He found, on making proper inquiry and calculation,
+that it would cost a considerable sum of money to take Bruno
+with him across the ocean. In the first place, he would have to
+pay not a little for his passage. Then, besides, it would cost a
+good deal to feed him on the way, both while on board the ship
+and during his progress across the country. The hunter reflected
+that all the money which he should thus pay for the dog would be
+so much taken from the food, and clothing, and other comforts of
+his wife and children. Just at this time a traveler came by who
+offered to buy the dog, and promised always to take most excellent<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span>
+care of him. So the hunter sold him, and the traveler took
+him away.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno is sold and carried away to England.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was very unwilling at first to go away with the stranger.
+But the hunter ordered him to get into the gentleman’s carriage,
+and he obeyed. He looked out behind the carriage as they
+drove away, and wondered what it all could mean. He could
+not understand it; but as it was always a rule with him to submit
+contentedly to what could not be helped, he soon ceased to
+trouble himself about the matter, and so, lying down in the carriage,
+he went to sleep. He did not wake up for several hours
+afterward.</p>
+
+<p>The traveler conveyed the dog home with him to England, and
+kept him a long time. He made a kennel for him in the corner
+of the yard. Here Bruno lived several years in great peace and
+plenty.</p>
+
+<p>At length the gentleman was going away from home again on
+a long tour, and as there was nobody to be left at home to take
+an interest in Bruno, he put him under the charge, during his
+absence, of a boy named Lorenzo, who lived in a large house on
+the banks of a stream near his estate. Lorenzo liked Bruno very
+much, and took excellent care of him.<a name="FNanchor_3" id="FNanchor_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_3" id="Footnote_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> The house where Lorenzo lived was a large double house, of a very peculiar
+form. There is a picture of it on <a href="#Page_58">page 58</a>.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>There was a grove of tall trees near the house where Lorenzo
+lived, which contained the nests of thousands of rooks. Rooks
+are large black birds, very much like crows. Bruno used to lie in
+the yard where Lorenzo kept him, and watch the rooks for hours
+together.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration15" style="width: 334px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill015.jpg" width="334" height="450" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The encampment of gipsies.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">How gipsies live.</div>
+
+<p>In a solitary place near where Lorenzo lived there was an
+encampment of gipsies. Gipsies live much like Indians. They
+wander about England in small bands, getting money by begging,
+and selling baskets, and they build little temporary huts from
+time to time in solitary places, where they live for a while, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span>
+then, breaking up their encampment, they wander on till they find
+another place, where they encamp again.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Their ingenuity in stealing.</div>
+
+<p>Sometimes, when they can not get money enough by begging
+and selling baskets, they will steal. They show a great deal of
+ingenuity in the plans they devise for stealing. In fact, they are
+very adroit and cunning in every thing they undertake.</p>
+
+<p>At one time Lorenzo’s father went away, and one of the gipsies,
+named Murphy, resolved to take that opportunity to steal something
+from the house.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Murphy’s plan.</div>
+
+<p>“We can get in,” said he to his comrade, “very easily, in the
+night, by the back door, and get the silver bowl. We can melt
+the bowl, and sell it for four or five sovereigns.”</p>
+
+<p>The silver bowl which Murphy referred to was one which had
+been given to Lorenzo by his uncle when he was a baby. Lorenzo’s
+name was engraved upon the side of it.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo used his bowl to eat his bread and milk from every
+night for supper. It was kept on a shelf in a closet opening from
+the kitchen. Murphy had seen it put there once or twice, when
+he had been in the kitchen at night, selling baskets.</p>
+
+<p>“We can get that bowl just as well as not,” said Murphy,
+“when the man is away.”</p>
+
+<p>“There’s a big dog there,” said his comrade.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said Murphy, “but I’ll manage the dog.”</p>
+
+<p>“How will you manage him?” asked his comrade.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll try coaxing and flattery first,” said Murphy. “If that
+don’t do, I’ll try threatening; if threatening won’t do, I’ll try
+bribing; and if he won’t be bribed, I’ll poison him.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno is on the watch.</div>
+
+<p>That night, about twelve o’clock, Murphy crept stealthily round<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>
+to a back gate which led into the yard behind the house where
+Lorenzo lived. The instant that Bruno heard the noise, he sprang
+up, and went bounding down the path till he came to the gate.
+As soon as he saw the gipsy, he began to bark very vociferously.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo was asleep at this time; but as his room was on the
+back side of the house, and his window was open, he heard the
+barking. So he got up and went to the window, and called out,</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno, what’s the matter?”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno was at some distance from the house, and did not hear
+Lorenzo’s voice. He was watching Murphy.</p>
+
+<p>Murphy immediately began to coax and cajole the dog, calling
+him “Nice fellow,” and “Good dog,” and “Poor Bruno,” speaking
+all the time in a very friendly and affectionate tone to him. Bruno,
+however, had sense enough to know that there was something
+wrong in such a man being seen prowling about the house at that
+time of night, and he refused to be quieted. He went on barking
+louder than ever.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, calling louder, “what’s the matter?
+Come back to your house, and be quiet.”</p>
+
+<p>Murphy thought he heard a voice, and, peeping through a crack
+in the fence, he saw Lorenzo standing at the window. The moon
+shone upon his white night-gown, so that he could be seen very
+distinctly.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Murphy disappears.</div>
+
+<p>As soon as Murphy saw him, he crept away into a thicket, and
+disappeared. Bruno, after waiting a little time to be sure that the
+man had really gone, turned about, and came back to the house.
+When he saw Lorenzo, he began to wag his tail. He would have
+told him about the gipsy if he had been able to speak.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Go to bed, Bruno,” said he, “and not be keeping us awake,
+barking at the moon this time of night.”</p>
+
+<p>So Bruno went into his house, and Lorenzo to his bed.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Murphy tries threats.</div>
+
+<p>The next night, Murphy, finding that Bruno could not be coaxed
+away from his duty by flattery, concluded to try what virtue there
+might be in threats and scolding. So he came armed with a club
+and stones. As soon as he got near the gate, Bruno, as he had
+expected, took the alarm, and came bounding down the path again
+to see who was there.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as he saw Murphy, he set up a loud and violent barking
+as before.</p>
+
+<p>“Down, Bruno, down!” exclaimed Murphy, in a stern and angry
+voice. “Stop that noise, or I’ll break your head.”</p>
+
+<p>So saying, he brandished his club, and then stooped down to
+pick up one of the stones which he had brought, and which he
+had laid down on the ground where he was standing, so as to
+have them all ready.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He is unsuccessful.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno, instead of being intimidated and silenced by these demonstrations,
+barked louder than ever.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo jumped out of bed and came to the window.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno!” said he, calling out loud, “what’s the matter? There’s
+nothing there. Come back to your house, and be still.”</p>
+
+<p>The gipsy, finding that Bruno did not fear his clubs and stones,
+and hearing Lorenzo’s voice again moreover, went back into the
+thicket. Bruno waited until he was sure that he was really gone,
+and then returned slowly up the pathway to the house.</p>
+
+<p>“Go to bed, Bruno,” said Lorenzo,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span> “and not be keeping us
+awake, barking at the moon this time of night.”</p>
+
+<p>So Bruno and Lorenzo both went to bed again.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He tries bribes, which Bruno refuses.</div>
+
+<p>The next night Murphy came again, with two or three pieces
+of meat in his hands.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll bribe him,” said he. “He likes meat.”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno, on hearing the sound of Murphy’s footsteps, leaped out
+of his bed, and ran down the path as before. As soon as he saw
+the gipsy again, he began to bark. Murphy threw a piece of meat
+toward him, expecting that, as soon as Bruno saw it, he would stop
+barking at once, and go to eating it greedily. But Bruno paid no
+attention to the offered bribe. He kept his eyes fixed closely on
+the gipsy, and barked away as loud as ever.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo, hearing the sound, was awakened from his sleep, and
+getting up as before, he came to the window.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said he, “what <em>is</em> the matter now? Come back to
+your house, and go to bed, and be quiet.”</p>
+
+<p>Murphy, finding that the house was alarmed again, and that
+Bruno would not take the bribe that he offered him, crept away
+back into the thicket, and disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll poison him to-morrow night,” said he&mdash;“the savage cur!”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The poisoned meat.</div>
+
+<p>Accordingly, the next evening, a little before sunset, he put some
+poison in a piece of meat, and having wrapped it up in paper, he
+put it in his pocket. He then went openly to the house where
+Lorenzo lived, with some baskets on his arm for sale. When he
+entered the yard, he took the meat out of the paper, and secretly
+threw it into Bruno’s house. Bruno was not there at the time.
+He had gone away with Lorenzo.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno imprisoned.</div>
+
+<p>Murphy then went into the kitchen, and remained there some
+time, talking about his baskets. When he came out, he found<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span>
+Lorenzo shutting up Bruno in his house, and putting a board up
+before the door.</p>
+
+<p>“What are you doing, Lorenzo?” said the gipsy.</p>
+
+<p>“I am shutting Bruno up,” said Lorenzo. “He makes such a
+barking in the night that we can not sleep.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s right,” replied the gipsy. So he went away, saying to
+himself, as he went down the pathway, “He won’t bark much
+more, I think, after he has eaten the supper I have put in there
+for him.”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno wondered what the reason was that Lorenzo was shutting
+him up so closely. He little thought it was on account of his
+vigilance and fidelity in watching the house. He had, however,
+nothing to do but to submit. So, when Lorenzo had finished fastening
+the door, and had gone away, he lay down in a corner of his
+apartment, extended his paws out before him, rested his chin upon
+them, and prepared to shut his eyes and go to sleep.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He discovers the meat.</div>
+
+<p>His eyes, however, before he had shut them, fell upon the piece
+of meat which Murphy had thrown in there for him. So he got
+up again, and went toward it.</p>
+
+<p>He smelt of it. He at once perceived the smell of the gipsy
+upon it. Any thing that a man handles, or even touches, retains
+for a time a scent, which, though we can not perceive it is very
+sensible to a dog. Thus a dog can follow the track of a man over
+a road by the scent which his footsteps leave upon the ground. He
+can even single out a particular track from among a multitude of
+others on the same ground, each scent being apparently different
+in character from all the rest.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He distrusts Murphy’s present, and maintains a faithful watch.</div>
+
+<p>In this way Bruno perceived that the meat which he found in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>
+his house had been handled by the same man that he had barked
+at so many times at midnight at the foot of the pathway. This
+made him suspicious of it. He thought that that man must be a
+bad man, and he did not consider it prudent to have any thing to
+do with bad men or any of their gifts. So he left the meat where
+it was, and went back into his corner.</p>
+
+<p>His first thought in reflecting on the situation in which he found
+himself placed was, that since Lorenzo had forbidden him so
+sternly and positively to bark in the night, and had shut him up
+so close a prisoner, he would give up all care or concern about
+the premises, and let the robber, if it was a robber, do what he
+pleased. But then, on more sober reflection, he perceived that
+Lorenzo must have acted under some mistake in doing as he had
+done, and that it was very foolish in him to cherish a feeling of
+resentment on account of it.</p>
+
+<p>“The wrong doings of other people,” thought he to himself,
+“are no reason why I should neglect <em>my</em> duty. I will watch,
+even if I am shut up.”</p>
+
+<p>So he lay listening very carefully. When all was still, he fell
+into a light slumber now and then; but the least sound without
+caused him to prick up his ears and open one eye, until he was
+satisfied that the noise he heard was nothing but the wind. Thus
+things went on till midnight.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The robber enters the house, and carries away the bowl.</div>
+
+<p>About midnight he heard a sound. He raised his head and
+listened. It seemed like the sound of footsteps going through the
+yard. He started up, and put his head close to the door. He
+heard the footsteps going up close to the house. He began to
+bark very loud and violently. The robbers opened the door with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>
+a false key, and went into the house. Bruno barked louder and
+louder. He crowded hard against the door, trying to get it open.
+He moaned and whined, and then barked again louder than ever.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo came to the window.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said he, “what a plague you are! Lie down, and go
+to sleep.”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno, hearing Lorenzo’s voice, barked again with all the energy
+that he possessed.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, very sternly, “if you don’t lie down and
+be still, to-morrow night I’ll tie your mouth up.”</p>
+
+<p>Murphy was now in the house, and all was still. He had got
+the silver bowl, and was waiting for Lorenzo to go to bed. Bruno
+listened attentively, but not hearing any more sounds, ceased to
+bark. Presently Lorenzo went away from the window back to
+his bed, and lay down. Bruno watched some time longer, and
+then he went and lay down too.</p>
+
+<p>In about half an hour, Murphy began slowly and stealthily to
+creep out of the house. He walked on tiptoe. For a time he
+made no noise. He had the bowl in one hand, and his shoes in
+the other. He had taken off his shoes, so as not to make any
+noise in walking. Bruno heard him, however, as he was going
+by, and, starting up, he began to bark again. But Murphy hastened
+on, and the yard was accordingly soon entirely still. Bruno
+listened a long time, but, hearing no more noise, he finally lay
+down again in his corner as before.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">What could be the reason that the poison failed?</div>
+
+<p>Murphy crept away into the thicket, and so went home to his
+encampment, wondering why Bruno had not been killed by the
+poison.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I put in poison enough,” said he to himself, “for half a dozen
+dogs. What could be the reason it did not take effect?”</p>
+
+<p>When the people of the house came down into the kitchen the
+next morning, they found that the door was wide open, and the
+silver bowl was gone.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration16" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill016.jpg" width="450" height="364" alt="Gipsy and boy" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>What became of the silver bowl will be related in another
+story. I will only add here that gipsies have various other modes
+of obtaining money dishonestly besides stealing. One of these
+modes is by pretending to tell fortunes. Here is a picture of a
+gipsy endeavoring to persuade an innocent country boy to have
+his fortune told. She wishes him to give her some money. The
+boy wears a frock. He is dressed very neatly. He looks as if
+he were half persuaded to give the gipsy his money. He might,
+however, just as well throw it away.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_SILVER_BOWL_RECOVERED" id="THE_SILVER_BOWL_RECOVERED"></a>THE SILVER BOWL RECOVERED.</h2>
+
+<p>On the night when Lorenzo’s silver bowl was stolen by the
+gipsy, all the family, except Lorenzo, were asleep, and none of
+them knew aught about the theft which had been committed until
+the following morning. Lorenzo got up that morning before any
+body else in the house, as was his usual custom, and, when he
+was dressed, he looked out at the window.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah!” said he, “now I recollect; Bruno is fastened up in his
+house. I will go the first thing and let him out.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo discovers the open door.</div>
+
+<p>So Lorenzo hastened down stairs into the kitchen, in order to
+go out into the yard. He was surprised, when he got there, to
+find the kitchen door open.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah!” said he to himself, “how came this door open? I did
+not know that any body was up. It must be that Almira is up,
+and has gone out to get a pail of water.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He releases Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>Lorenzo went out to Bruno’s house, and took down the board
+by which he had fastened the door. Then he opened the door.
+The moment that the door was opened Bruno sprang out. He
+was very glad to be released from his imprisonment. He leaped
+up about Lorenzo’s knees a little at first, to express his joy, and
+then ran off, and began smelling about the yard.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s mysterious behavior.</div>
+
+<p>He found the traces of Murphy’s steps, and, as soon as he perceived
+them, he began to bark. He followed them to the kitchen
+door, and thence into the house, barking all the time, and looking
+very much excited.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno went to the door of the closet where the bowl had been
+kept. The door was open a little way. Bruno insinuated his
+nose into the crevice, and so pushing the door open, he went in.
+As soon as he was in he began to bark again.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno!” exclaimed Lorenzo, “what is the matter with you?”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno looked up on the shelf where the bowl was usually
+placed, and barked louder than ever.</p>
+
+<p>“Where’s my bowl?” exclaimed Lorenzo, looking at the vacant
+place, and beginning to feel alarmed. “Where’s my bowl?”</p>
+
+<p>He spoke in a tone of great astonishment and alarm. He looked
+about on all the shelves; the bowl was nowhere to be seen.</p>
+
+<p>“Where can my bowl be gone to?” said he, more and more
+frightened. He went out of the closet into the kitchen, and
+looked all about there for his bowl. Of course, his search was
+vain. Bruno followed him all the time, barking incessantly, and
+looking up very eagerly into Lorenzo’s face with an appearance
+of great excitement.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, “you know something about it, I am
+sure, if you could only tell.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The wind-mill.</div>
+
+<p>Lorenzo, however, did not yet suspect that his bowl had been
+stolen. He presumed that his mother had put it away in some
+other place, and that, when she came down, it would readily be
+found again. So he went out into the yard, and sat on a stone
+step, and went to work to finish a wind-mill he had begun the
+day before.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo’s mother explains the mystery.</div>
+
+<p>By-and-by his mother came down; and as soon as she had heard
+Lorenzo’s story about the bowl, and learned, too, that the outer<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>
+door had been found open when Lorenzo first came down stairs,
+she immediately expressed the opinion that the bowl had been
+stolen.</p>
+
+<p>“Some thief has been breaking into the house,” said she, “I’ve
+no doubt, and has stolen it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Stolen it!” exclaimed Lorenzo.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” replied his mother; “I’ve no doubt of it.”</p>
+
+<p>So saying, she went into the closet again, to see if she could
+discover any traces of the thieves there. But she could not. Every
+thing seemed to have remained undisturbed, just as she had
+left it the night before, except that the bowl was missing.</p>
+
+<p>“Somebody has been in and stolen it,” said she, “most assuredly.”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno, who had followed Lorenzo and his mother into the room,
+was standing up at this time upon his hind legs, with his paws upon
+the edge of the shelf, and he now began to bark loudly, by way of
+expressing his concurrence in this opinion.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Seek him, Bruno!”</div>
+
+<p>“Seize him, Bruno!” said Lorenzo. “Seize him!”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno, on hearing this command, began smelling about the floor,
+and barking more eagerly than ever.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno smells his tracks, I verily believe,” said Lorenzo, speaking
+to his mother. Then, addressing Bruno again, he clapped his
+hands together and pointed to the ground, saying,</p>
+
+<p>“Go seek him, Bruno! seek him!”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno departs upon his errand.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno began immediately to follow the scent of Murphy’s footsteps
+along the floor, out from the closet into the kitchen, and from
+the kitchen into the yard; he ran along the path a little way, and
+then made a wide circuit over the grass, at a place where Murphy<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>
+had gone round to get as far as possible away from Bruno’s house.
+He then came back into the path again, smelling as he ran, and
+thence passed out through the gate; here, keeping his nose still
+close to the ground, he went on faster and faster, until he entered
+the thicket and disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo did not pay particular attention to these motions. He
+had given Bruno the order, “Seek him!” rather from habit than
+any thing else, and without any idea that Bruno would really follow
+the tracks of the thief. Accordingly, when Bruno ran off
+down the yard, he imagined that he had gone away somewhere to
+play a little while, and that he would soon come back.</p>
+
+<p>“He’ll be sure to come back pretty soon,” said he, “to get his
+breakfast.”</p>
+
+<p>But Bruno did not come back to breakfast. Lorenzo waited an
+hour after breakfast, and still he did not come.</p>
+
+<p>He waited two hours longer, and still he did not come.</p>
+
+<p>Where was Bruno all this time? He was at the camp of the
+gipsies, watching at the place where Murphy had hid the stolen
+bowl.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He reaches the gipsy camp. He discovers the place where the bowl was hidden.</div>
+
+<p>When he followed the gipsy’s tracks into the thicket, he perceived
+the scent more and more distinctly as he went on, and this
+encouraged him to proceed. Lorenzo had said “Seek him!” and
+this Bruno understood as an order that he should follow the track
+until he found the man, and finding him, that he should keep watch
+at the place till Lorenzo or some one from the family should come.
+Accordingly, when he arrived at the camp, he followed the scent
+round to the back end of a little low hut, where Murphy had hidden
+the bowl. The gipsy had dug a hole in the ground, and buried<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span>
+the bowl in it, out of sight, intending in a day or two to dig it
+up and melt it. Bruno found the place where the bowl was buried,
+but he could not dig it up himself, so he determined to wait there
+and watch until some one should come. He accordingly squatted
+down upon the grass, near the place where the gipsies were seated
+around their fire, and commenced his watch.<a name="FNanchor_4" id="FNanchor_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_4" id="Footnote_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> See engraving, <a href="#Page_43">page 43</a>.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>There were two gipsy women sitting by the fire. There was
+also a man sitting near by. Murphy was standing up near the entrance
+of the tent when Bruno came. He was telling the other
+gipsies about the bowl. He had a long stick in his hand, and
+Bruno saw this, and concluded that it was best for him to keep
+quiet until some one should come.</p>
+
+<p>“I had the greatest trouble with Bruno,” said Murphy. “He
+barked at me whenever he saw me, and nothing would quiet him.
+But he is getting acquainted now. See, he has come here of his
+own accord.”</p>
+
+<p>“You said you were going to poison him,” remarked the other
+man.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” replied Murphy. “I did put some poisoned meat in his
+house, but he did not eat it. I expect he smelled the poison.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo goes in search of Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>The hours of the day passed on, and Lorenzo wondered more
+and more what could have become of his dog. At last he resolved
+to go and look him up.</p>
+
+<p>“Mother,” said he, “I am going to see if I can find out what’s
+become of Bruno.”</p>
+
+<p>“I would rather that you would find out what’s become of your
+bowl,” said his mother.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Why, mother,” said Lorenzo, “Bruno is worth a great deal
+more than the bowl.”</p>
+
+<p>“That may be,” replied his mother, “but there is much less danger
+of his being lost.”</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo walked slowly away from the house, pondering with
+much perplexity the double loss he had incurred.</p>
+
+<p>“I can not do any thing,” he said, “to get back the bowl, but I
+can look about for Bruno, and if I find him, that’s all I can do. I
+must leave it for father to decide what is to be done about the
+bowl, when he comes home.”</p>
+
+<p>So Lorenzo came out from his father’s house, and after hesitating
+for some minutes which way to go, he was at length decided
+by seeing a boy coming across the fields at a distance with a fishing-pole
+on his shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps that boy has seen him somewhere,” said he. “I’ll go
+and ask him. And, at any rate, I should like to know who the
+boy is, and whether he has caught any fish.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The sheep. The geese.</div>
+
+<p>So Lorenzo turned in the direction where he saw the boy. He
+walked under some tall elm-trees, and then passed a small flock of
+sheep that were lying on the grass in the field. He looked carefully
+among them to see if Bruno was there, but he was not. After
+passing the sheep, he walked along on the margin of a broad
+and shallow stream of water. There were two geese floating quietly
+upon the surface of this water, near where the sheep were
+lying upon the shore. These geese floated quietly upon the water,
+like vessels riding at anchor. Lorenzo was convinced that
+they had not seen any thing of Bruno for some time. If they
+had, they would not have been so composed.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The ducks in the water.</div>
+
+<p>Lorenzo walked on toward the boy. He met him at a place
+where the path approached near the margin of the water. There
+was some tall grass on the brink. Three ducks were swimming
+near. The ducks turned away when they saw the boys coming,
+and sailed gracefully out toward the middle of the stream.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration17" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill017.jpg" width="450" height="431" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Lorenzo meets Frank going a fishing.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Lorenzo, when he drew near the boy, perceived that it was an
+acquaintance of his, named Frank. Frank had a long fishing-pole
+in one hand, with a basket containing his dinner in the other.</p>
+
+<p>“Frank,” said Lorenzo,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span> “where are you going?”</p>
+
+<p>“I am going a fishing,” said Frank. “Go with me.”</p>
+
+<p>“No,” said Lorenzo, “I am looking for Bruno.”</p>
+
+<p>“I know where he is,” said Frank.</p>
+
+<p>“Where?” asked Lorenzo.</p>
+
+<p>“I saw him a little while ago at the gipsies’ camp, down in the
+glen. He was lying down there quietly by the gipsies’ fire.”</p>
+
+<p>“What a dog!” said Lorenzo. “Here I have been wondering
+what had become of him all the morning. He has run away, I
+suppose, because I shut him up last night.”</p>
+
+<p>“What made you shut him up?” asked Frank.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, because he made such a barking every night,” replied
+Lorenzo. “We could not sleep.”</p>
+
+<p>“He is still enough now,” said Frank. “He is lying down
+very quietly with the gipsies.”</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo then asked Frank some questions about his fishing,
+and afterward walked on. Before long he came to a stile, where
+there was a path leading to a field. He got over the stile, and followed
+the path until at last he came to the gipsies’ encampment.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno in the camp of the gipsies.</div>
+
+<p>There he found Bruno lying quietly on the ground, at a little
+distance from the fire. As soon as he came in sight of him, he
+called him. “Bruno! Bruno!” said he.</p>
+
+<p>Bruno looked up, and, seeing Lorenzo, ran to meet him, but
+immediately returned to the camp, whining, and barking, and
+seeming very uneasy. He, however, soon became quiet again,
+for he knew very well, or seemed to know, that it would require
+more of a man than Lorenzo to take the bowl away from the gipsies,
+and, consequently, that he must wait there quietly till somebody
+else should come.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo tries to drive Bruno home, but Bruno will not go.</div>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” said Lorenzo, speaking very sternly, “<em>come home</em>!”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno paid no attention to this command, but, after smelling
+about the ground a little, and running to and fro uneasily, lay
+down again where he was before.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno!” said Lorenzo, stamping with his foot.</p>
+
+<p>“Won’t your dog obey you?” said Murphy.</p>
+
+<p>“No,” said Lorenzo. “I wish you would take a stick, and
+drive him along.”</p>
+
+<p>Now the gipsies did not wish to have the dog go away. They
+preferred that he should stay with them, and be their dog. They
+had no idea that he was there to watch over the stolen bowl.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t drive him away,” said one of the gipsy women, speaking
+in a low tone, so that Lorenzo could not hear.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll only make believe,” said Murphy.</p>
+
+<p>So Murphy took up a little stick, and threw it at the dog, saying,
+“Go home, Bruno!”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno paid no heed to this demonstration.</p>
+
+<p>Lorenzo then advanced to where Bruno was lying, and attempted
+to pull him along, but Bruno would not come. He would not
+even get up from the ground.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll make you come,” said Lorenzo. So he took hold of him
+by the neck and the ears, and began to pull him. Bruno uttered
+a low growl.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, dear me!” said Lorenzo, “what shall I do?”</p>
+
+<p>In fact, he was beginning to grow desperate. So he looked
+about among the bushes for a stick, and when he had found one
+sufficient for his purpose, he came to Bruno, and said, in a very
+stern voice,</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Now, Bruno, go home!”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno did not move.</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno,” repeated Lorenzo, in a thundering voice, and brandishing
+his stick over Bruno’s head, “<span class="smcapuc">GO HOME</span>!”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno, afraid of being beaten with the stick, jumped up, and
+ran off into the bushes. Lorenzo followed him, and attempted to
+drive him toward the path that led toward home. But he could
+accomplish nothing. The dog darted to and fro in the thickets,
+keeping well out of the way of Lorenzo’s stick, but evincing a
+most obstinate determination not to go home. On the contrary,
+in all his dodgings to and fro, he took care to keep as near as
+possible to the spot where the bowl was buried.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lorenzo goes home.</div>
+
+<p>At last Lorenzo gave up in despair, and concluded to go back
+to the house, and wait till his father got home.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The search for the bowl.</div>
+
+<p>His father returned about the middle of the afternoon, and
+Lorenzo immediately told him of the double loss which he had
+met with. He explained all the circumstances connected with
+the loss of the bowl, and described Bruno’s strange behavior. His
+father listened in silence. He immediately suspected that the
+gipsies had taken the bowl, and that Bruno had traced it to them.
+So he sent for some officers and a warrant, and went to the camp.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The bowl found.</div>
+
+<p>As soon as Bruno saw the men coming, he seemed to be overjoyed.
+He jumped up, and ran to meet them, and then, running
+back to the camp again, he barked, and leaped about in great
+excitement. The men followed him, and he led them round
+behind the hut, and there he began digging into the ground with
+his paws. The men took a shovel which was there, one belonging
+to the gipsies, and began to dig. In a short time they came<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span>
+to a flat stone, and, on taking up the stone, they found the bowl
+under it.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Pursuing Murphy.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno seemed overjoyed. He leaped and jumped about for a
+minute or two when he saw the bowl come out from its hiding-place,
+and raced round and round the man who held the bowl, and
+then ran away home to find Lorenzo. The officers, in the mean
+time, went off hastily in pursuit of Murphy, who had made his
+escape while they had been digging up the bowl.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2><a name="BRUNO_AND_THE_LOST_BOY" id="BRUNO_AND_THE_LOST_BOY"></a>BRUNO AND THE LOST BOY.</h2>
+
+<p>Bruno was quite a large dog. There are a great many different
+kinds of dogs. Some are large, others are small. Some are
+irritable and fierce, others are good-natured and gentle. Some
+are stout and massive in form, others are slender and delicate.
+Some are distinguished for their strength, others for their fleetness,
+and others still for their beauty. Some are very affectionate, others
+are sagacious, others are playful and cunning. Thus dogs differ
+from each other not only in form and size, but in their disposition
+and character as well.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Pointers.</div>
+
+<p>Some dogs are very intelligent, others are less so, and even
+among intelligent dogs there is a great difference in respect to the
+modes in which their intelligence manifests itself. Some dogs
+naturally love the water, and can be taught very easily to swim
+and dive, and perform other aquatic exploits. Others are afraid
+of the water, and can never be taught to like it; but they are
+excellent hunters, and go into the fields with their masters, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>
+find the game. They run to and fro about the field that their
+master goes into, until they see a bird, and then they stop suddenly,
+and remain motionless till their master comes and shoots
+the bird. As soon as they hear the report of the gun, they run
+to get the game. Sometimes quite small dogs are very intelligent
+indeed, though of course they have not so much strength as
+large dogs.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration18" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill018.jpg" width="450" height="333" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The little parlor dogs.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>In the above engraving we see several small dogs playing in a
+parlor. The ladies are amusing themselves with flowers that
+they are arranging, and the dogs are playing upon the carpet at
+their feet.</p>
+
+<p>There are three dogs in all. Two of them are playing together
+near the foreground, on the left. The other is alone.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno was a large dog.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was a large dog. He was a very large dog indeed.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>
+When other dogs were playing around him, he would look down
+upon them with an air of great condescension and dignity. He
+was, however, very kind to them. They would jump upon him,
+and play around him, but he never did them any harm.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration19" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill019.jpg" width="450" height="410" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Bruno among his companions.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Faithfulness.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was a very faithful dog. In the summer, when the farmer,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span>
+his master (at a time when he belonged to a farmer), went into
+the field to his work in the morning, he would sometimes take his
+dinner with him in a tin pail, and he would put the pail down under
+a tree by the side of a little brook, and then, pointing to it,
+would say to Bruno,</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Watching.</div>
+
+<p>“Bruno, watch!”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno and his master eating dinner in the fields.</div>
+
+<p>So Bruno would take his place by the side of the pail, and remain
+there watching faithfully all the morning. Sometimes he
+would become very hungry before his master came back, but,
+though he knew that there was meat in the pail, and that there was
+nothing to cover it but a cloth, he would never touch it. If he was
+thirsty, he would go down to the brook and drink, turning his head
+continually as he went, and while he was drinking, to see that no
+one came near the pail. Then at noon, when his master came for
+his dinner, Bruno would be rejoiced to see him. He would run out
+to meet him with great delight. He would then sit down before
+his master, and look up into his face while he was eating his dinner,
+and his master would give him pieces of bread and meat from
+time to time, to reward him for his fidelity.</p>
+
+<p>Bruno was kind and gentle as well as faithful. If any body
+came through the field while he was watching his master’s dinner,
+or any thing else that had been intrusted to his charge, he would
+not, as some fierce and ill-tempered dogs are apt to do, fly at them
+and bite them at once, but he would wait to see if they were going
+to pass by peaceably. If they were, he would not molest
+them. If they came near to whatever he was set to guard, he
+would growl a little, to give them a gentle warning. If they came
+nearer still, he would growl louder; but he would never bite them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span>
+unless they actually attempted to seize and take away his trust.
+Thus he was considerate and kind as well as faithful.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Fierceness.</div>
+
+<p>Some dogs, though faithful, are very fierce. They are sometimes
+<em>trained</em> to be fierce when they are employed
+to watch against thieves, in order that
+they may attack the thieves furiously. To
+make them more fierce, their masters never
+play with them, but keep them chained up
+near their kennels, and do not give them too
+much to eat. Wild animals are always more
+ferocious while hungry.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration20" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill020.jpg" width="450" height="459" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The hungry watch-dog.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Here is a picture of a fierce watch-dog, set
+to watch against thieves. He is kept hungry,
+in some degree, all the time, to make<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>
+him more ferocious. He looks hollow and gaunt. There is a
+pan upon the ground, from which his master feeds him, but he has
+eaten up all that it contained, and he wants more. This makes
+him watchful. If he had eaten too much, he would probably now
+be lying asleep in his kennel. The kennel is a small house, with
+a door in front, where the dog goes in and out. There is straw
+upon the floor of the kennel. The dog was lying down upon the
+floor of his kennel, when he thought he heard a noise. He sprang
+up from his place, came out of the door, and has now stopped to
+listen. He is listening and watching very attentively, and is all
+ready to spring. The thief is coming; we can see him climbing
+over the gate. He is coming softly. He thinks no one hears. A
+moment more, and the dog will spring out upon him, and perhaps
+seize him by the throat, and hold him till men come and take him
+prisoner.</p>
+
+<p>This dog is chained during the day, but his chain is unhooked
+at night, so as to leave him at liberty. By day he can do no
+harm, and yet the children who live in the neighborhood are afraid
+to go near his kennel, he barks so ferociously when he hears a
+noise; besides, they think it possible that, by some accident, his
+chain may get unfastened.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tiger’s fidelity. His ferocious character.</div>
+
+<p>This dog’s name is Tiger. Bruno was not such a dog as Tiger.
+He was vigilant and faithful, but then he was gentle and kind.</p>
+
+<p>Bruno’s master, the farmer, had a son named Antonio. That
+is, his name was properly Antonio, though they commonly called
+him Tony.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The difference between Antonio and Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>Tony was very different from Bruno in his character. He was
+as faithless and remiss in all his duties as Bruno was trusty and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span>
+true. When his father set him at work in the field, instead of
+remaining, like Bruno, at his post, and discharging his duty, he
+would take the first opportunity, as soon as his father was out of
+sight, to go away and play. Sometimes, when Bruno was upon
+his watch, Tony would attempt to entice him away. He would
+throw sticks and stones across the brook, and attempt to make
+Bruno go and fetch them. But Bruno would resist all these temptations,
+and remain immovable at his post.</p>
+
+<p>It might be supposed that it would be very tiresome for Bruno
+to remain so many hours lying under a tree, watching a pail, with
+nothing to do and nothing to amuse him, and that, consequently,
+he would always endeavor to escape from the duty. We might
+suppose that, when he saw the farmer’s wife taking down the pail
+from its shelf, and preparing to put the farmer’s dinner in it, he
+would immediately run away, and hide himself under the barn, or
+among the currant-bushes in the garden, or resort to some other
+scheme to make his escape from such a duty. But, in fact, he
+used to do exactly the contrary of this. As soon as he saw that
+his master was preparing to go into the field, he would leap about
+with great delight. He would run into the house, and take his
+place by the door of the closet where the tin pail was usually kept.
+He would stand there until the farmer’s wife came for the pail, and
+then he would follow her and watch her while she was preparing
+the dinner and putting it into the pail, and then would run along,
+with every appearance of satisfaction and joy, by the side of his
+master, as he went into the field, and finally take his place by the
+side of the pail, as if he were pleased with the duty, and proud of
+the trust that was thus committed to him.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Antonio’s expedients to avoid work.</div>
+
+<p>In fact, he <em>was</em> really proud of it. He liked to be employed,
+and to prove himself useful. With Tony it was the reverse. He
+adopted all sorts of schemes and maneuvers to avoid the performance
+of any duty. When he had reason to suppose that any work
+was to be done in which his aid was to be required, he would take
+his fishing-line, immediately after breakfast, and steal secretly
+away out of the back door, and go down to a brook which was
+near his father’s house, and there&mdash;hiding himself in some secluded
+place among the bushes, where he thought they could not
+find him&mdash;he would sit down upon a stone and go to fishing. If
+he heard a sound as of his father’s voice calling him, he would
+make a rustling of the leaves, or some other similar noise, so as
+to prevent his hearing whether his father was calling to him or
+not. Thus his father was obliged to do without him. And
+though his father would reprove him very seriously, when he
+came home at noon, for thus going away, Tony would pretend
+that he did not know that his father wanted him, and that he did
+not hear him when he called.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The plowing.</div>
+
+<p>One evening in the spring, Tony heard his father say that he
+was going to plow a certain piece of ground the following day,
+and he supposed that he should be wanted to ride the horse. His
+father was accustomed to plow such land as that field by means
+of a yoke of oxen, and a horse in front of them; and by having
+Tony to ride the horse, he could generally manage to get along
+without any driver for the oxen, as the oxen in that case had
+nothing to do but to follow on where the horse led the way. But
+if Tony was not there to ride the horse, then it was necessary for
+the farmer to have his man Thomas with him, to drive the horse<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>
+and the oxen. There was no way, therefore, by which Tony
+could be so useful to his father as by thus assisting in this work
+of plowing; for, by so doing, he saved the time of Thomas, who
+could then be employed the whole day in other fields, planting,
+or hoeing, or making fence, or doing any other farm-work which
+at that season of the year required to be done.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Antonio escapes.</div>
+
+<p>Accordingly, when Tony understood that this was the plan of
+work for the following day, he stole away from the house immediately
+after breakfast, and ran out into the garden. He had
+previously put his fishing-line, and other necessary apparatus for
+fishing, upon a certain bench there was in an arbor. He now
+took these things, and then went down through the garden to a
+back gate, which led into a wood beyond. He looked around
+from time to time as he went on, to see if any one at the house
+was observing him. He saw no one; so he escaped safely into
+the wood, without being called back, or even seen.</p>
+
+<p>He felt glad when he found that he had thus made his escape&mdash;glad,
+but not happy. It is quite possible to be glad, and yet to
+be not at all happy. Tony felt guilty. He knew that he was
+doing very wrong; and the feeling that we are doing wrong always
+makes us miserable, whatever may be the pleasure that we seek.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">His walk through the wood.</div>
+
+<p>There was a wild and solitary road which led through the wood.
+Tony went on through this road, with his fishing-pole over his
+shoulder, and his box of bait in his hand. He wore a frock, like a
+plowman’s frock, over his dress. It was one which his mother
+had made for him. This frock was a light and cool garment, and
+Tony liked to wear it very much.</p>
+
+<p>When Tony had got so far that he thought there was no danger<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span>
+of his being called back, and the interest which he had felt in
+making his escape began to subside, as the work had been accomplished,
+he paused, and began to reflect upon what he was doing.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He almost decides to return and help his father.</div>
+
+<p>“I have a great mind to go back, after all,” he said, “and help
+my father.”</p>
+
+<p>So he turned round, and began to walk slowly back toward the
+house.</p>
+
+<p>“No, I won’t,” said he again; “I will go a fishing.”</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration21" style="width: 118px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill021.jpg" width="118" height="250" alt="The gate into the wood" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>So he turned again, and began to walk on.</p>
+
+<p>“At any rate,” he added, speaking to himself all the time, “I
+will go a fishing for a while, and then, perhaps, I will go back and
+help my father.”</p>
+
+<p>So Tony went on in the path until at length
+he came to a place where there was a gateway
+leading into a dark and secluded wood. The
+wood was very dark and secluded indeed, and
+Tony thought that the path through it must
+lead to some very retired and solitary place,
+where nobody could find him.</p>
+
+<p>“I presume there is a brook, too, somewhere
+in that wood,” he added, “where I can fish.”</p>
+
+<p>The gate was fastened, but there was a
+short length of fence on the left-hand side of it,
+formed of only two rails, and these were so far
+apart that Tony could easily creep through between
+them. So he crept through, and went
+into the wood.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He comes to the brook.</div>
+
+<p>He rambled about in the wood for some time, following various<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span>
+paths that he found there, until at length he came to a brook.
+He was quite rejoiced to find the brook, and he immediately
+began fishing in it. He followed the bank of this brook for nearly
+a mile, going, of course, farther and farther into the wood all the
+time. He caught a few small fishes at some places, while at
+others he caught none. He was, however, restless and dissatisfied
+in mind. Again and again he wished that he had not come
+away from home, and he was continually on the point of resolving
+to return. He thought, however, that his father would have
+brought Thomas into the field, and commenced his plowing long
+before then, and that, consequently, it would do no good to return.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Fishing. The squirrel.</div>
+
+<p>While he was sitting thus, with a disconsolate air, upon a large
+stone by the side of the brook, fishing in a dark and deep place,
+where he hoped that there might be some trout, he suddenly saw
+a large gray squirrel. He immediately dropped his fishing-pole,
+and ran to see where the squirrel would go. In fact, he had some
+faint and vague idea that there might, by some possibility, be a
+way to catch him.</p>
+
+<p>The squirrel ran along a log, then up the stem of a tree to a
+branch, along the branch to the end of it, whence he sprang a long
+distance through the air to another branch, and then ran along
+that branch to the tree which it grew from. From this tree he
+descended to a rock. He mounted to the highest point of the
+rock, and there he turned round and looked at Tony, sitting upon
+his hind legs, and holding his fore paws before him, like a dog begging
+for supper.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">An unsuccessful hunt.</div>
+
+<p>“The rogue!” said Tony. “How I wish I could catch him!”</p>
+
+<p>Very soon the squirrel, feeling somewhat alarmed at the apparition<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>
+of a boy in the woods, and not knowing what to make of so
+strange a sight, ran down the side of the rock, and continued his
+flight. Tony followed him for some time, until at last the squirrel
+contrived to make his escape altogether, by running up a large
+tree, keeping cunningly on the farther side of it all the way, so
+that Tony could not see him. When he had reached the branches
+of the tree, he crept into a small hollow which he found there, and
+crouching down, he remained motionless in this hiding-place until
+Tony became tired of looking for him, and went away.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The lost boy.</div>
+
+<p>Tony, when at last he gave up the search for the squirrel, attempted
+to find his way back to the place where he had left his
+fishing-pole. Unfortunately, he had left his cap there too, so that
+he was doubly desirous of finding the place. There was, however,
+no path, for squirrels in their rambles in the woods are of course
+always quite independent of every thing like roadways. Tony
+went back in the direction from which he thought he came; but
+he could find no traces of his fishing-pole. He could not even
+find the brook. He began to feel quite uneasy, and, after going
+around in very circuitous and devious wanderings for some time,
+he became quite bewildered. He at length determined to give
+up the attempt to find his fishing-line and cap, and to get out of
+the woods, and make his way home in the quickest possible way.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tony’s difficulties.</div>
+
+<p>The poor boy now began to feel more guilty and more wretched
+than ever before. He was not really more guilty, though he
+<em>felt</em> his guilt far more acutely than he had done when every thing
+was going well with him. This is always so. The feeling of self-condemnation
+is not generally the strongest at the time when we
+are doing the wrong. It becomes far more acute and far more<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span>
+painful when we begin to experience the bitter consequences
+which we bring upon ourselves by the transgression. Tony hurried
+along wherever he could find a path which promised to lead
+him to the gateway, breathless with fatigue and excitement, and
+with his face flushed and full of anxiety. He was in great distress.</p>
+
+<p>He stopped from time to time, to call aloud to his father and to
+Thomas. He was now as anxious that they should find him as he
+had been before to escape from them. He listened, in the hope
+that he might hear the barking of Bruno, or some other sound that
+might help him to find his way out of the woods.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He is misled by various sounds.</div>
+
+<p>Once he actually heard a sound among the trees, at some distance
+from him. He thought that it was some one working in the
+woods. He went eagerly in the direction from which the sound
+proceeded, scrambling, by the way, over the rocks and brambles,
+and leaping from hummock to hummock in crossing bogs and mire.
+When at length he reached the place, he found that the noise was
+nothing but one tree creaking against another in the wind.</p>
+
+<p>At another time, he followed a sound which appeared different
+from this; when he came up to it, he found it to be a woodpecker
+tapping an old hollow tree.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tony at the brook.</div>
+
+<p>Tony wandered about thus in the wood nearly all the day, and
+at length, about the middle of the afternoon, he became so exhausted
+with fatigue, anxiety, and hunger, that he could go no farther.
+He was very thirsty too, for he could find no water. He
+began to fear that he should die in the woods of starvation and
+thirst. At length, however, a short time before the sun went
+down, he came, to his great joy, to a stream of water. It was
+wide and deep, so that he could not cross it. He, however, went<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span>
+down to the brink of the water, and got a good drink. This refreshed
+him very much, and then he went back again up the bank,
+and lay down upon the grass there to rest.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Cows in the water.</div>
+
+<p>Presently two cows came down to the water, on
+the side opposite to where Tony was sitting. They
+came to drink. Tony wished very much that they
+would come over to his side of the water, so that he
+could get some milk from them. If he could get a
+good drink of milk from them, he thought it would
+restore his strength, so that he could make one more
+effort to return home. He called the cows, and endeavored,
+by every means in his power, to make
+them come through the water to his side. One of
+them waded into the water a little way, and stood
+there staring stupidly at Tony, but she would not
+come any farther.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration22" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill022.jpg" width="450" height="459" alt="Tony by the brook, looking
+at the cows on the opposite side" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Then Tony thought of attempting to wade across the water to
+the cows, but he was afraid that it might be very deep, and that
+he should get drowned. He thought, too, that if he could contrive
+in any way to get near the cows, there would still be a difficulty
+in getting a drink of their milk, for he had no cup or mug to milk
+into. He wondered whether or not it would be possible for him
+to get down under one of the cows and milk into his mouth. He
+soon found, however, that it was of no use to consider this question,
+for it was not possible for him to get near the cows at all.</p>
+
+<p>Then he reflected how many times his mother, in the evenings
+at home, when the cows were milked, had brought him drinks of
+the milk in a cup or mug, very convenient to drink out of, and
+how many long and weary days his father had worked in the
+fields, mowing grass to feed the cows, and in the barns in the
+winter, to take care of them, so as to provide the means of giving
+his boy this rich and luxurious food; and he felt how ungrateful
+he had been, in not being willing to aid his father in his work,
+when opportunities offered to him to be useful.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Good resolutions.</div>
+
+<p>“If I ever get home,” said he to himself, “I’ll be a better
+boy.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Here comes Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>Just then Tony heard a noise in the bushes behind him. At
+first he was startled, as most people are, at hearing suddenly a
+noise in the woods. Immediately afterward, however, he felt
+glad, as he hoped that the noise was made by some one coming.
+He had scarcely time to look around before Bruno came rushing
+through the bushes, and, with a single bound, came to Tony’s
+feet. He leaped up upon him, wagging his tail most energetically,
+and in other ways manifesting the most extraordinary joy.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno leads the way through the woods.</div>
+
+<p>In a minute or two he began to walk away again into the woods,
+looking behind him toward Tony, intimating that Tony was to follow
+him. Tony slowly rose from his place, and attempted to go.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, Bruno,” said he, “I know. You are going to show me
+the way home. I’ll come along as fast as I can.”</p>
+
+<p>Tony soon found, however, that he could not come very fast.
+In fact, he was almost exhausted by fatigue and hunger, and he
+had now little strength remaining. He accordingly staggered
+rather than walked in attempting to follow Bruno, and he was
+obliged frequently to stop and rest. On such occasions Bruno
+would come back and fawn around him, wagging his tail, and
+expressing his sympathy in such other ways as a dog has at command,
+and would finally lie down quietly by Tony’s side until
+the poor boy was ready to proceed again. Then he would go forward,
+and lead the way as before.</p>
+
+<p>It is very extraordinary that a dog can find his way through
+the woods under certain circumstances so much better than a
+boy, or even than a man. But so it is; for, though so greatly
+inferior to a boy in respect to the faculties of speech and reason,
+he is greatly superior to him in certain instincts, granted to him
+by the Creator to fit him for the life which he was originally
+designed to lead as a wild animal. It was by means of these instincts
+that Bruno found Tony.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The various expeditions in search of Tony.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno had commenced his search about the middle of the
+afternoon. It was not until some time after dinner that the
+family began to be uneasy about Tony’s absence. During all
+the forenoon they supposed that he had gone away somewhere
+a fishing or to play, and that he would certainly come home to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span>
+dinner. When, however, the dinner hour, which was twelve
+o’clock, arrived, and Tony did not appear, they began to wonder
+what had become of him. So, after dinner, they sent Thomas
+down behind the garden, and to the brook, and to all the other
+places where they knew that Tony was accustomed to go, to see
+if he could find him. Thomas went to all those places, and not
+only looked to see whether Tony was there, but he called also
+very loud, and listened long after every calling for an answer.
+But he could neither see nor hear any thing of the lost boy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s search.</div>
+
+<p>Then Tony’s mother began to be very seriously alarmed, and
+his father, too, determined to leave his work, and go and see if he
+could find him. He accordingly sent Thomas one way, while he
+himself went another. Bruno watched all these movements with
+great interest. He understood what they meant. He determined
+to see what he could do. He accordingly ran out into the garden,
+where he had seen Tony go after breakfast in the morning. He
+smelled about there in all the paths until at length he found Tony’s
+track. He followed this track to the seat in the arbor, where
+Tony had gone to get his fishing-line. Taking <em>a new departure</em>
+from this point, he went on, smelling the track along the paths as
+he advanced, to the bottom of the garden, thence into a wood
+behind the garden, thence along the road till he came to the gate
+under the trees where Tony had gone in.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He finds Tony’s cap and fishing-pole.</div>
+
+<p>By smelling about this gate, he ascertained that Tony did not
+open the gate, but that he crept through between the bars on the
+left-hand side of it. Bruno did the same. He then followed the
+track of Tony in the solitary woods until he came to the brook
+where Tony had been fishing. Here, to his great astonishment,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span>
+he found Tony’s cap and fishing-pole lying by the margin of the
+water.</p>
+
+<p>What this could mean he was utterly unable to imagine. The
+sight of these things, however, only increased his interest in the
+search for Tony. He soon found the track again, and he followed
+it along by the side of the bog, and to the great rock, and by the
+old trees. What could have induced Tony to leave his cap and
+pole by the brook, and go scrambling through the bushes in this
+devious way, he could not imagine, not knowing, of course, any
+thing about the squirrel.</p>
+
+<p>He, however, proceeded very industriously in the search, following
+the scent which Tony’s footsteps had left on the leaves
+and grass wherever he had gone, until at length, to his great joy,
+he came up with the object of his search by the brink of the
+water, as has already been described.</p>
+
+<p>Tony had gone but a short distance from the place where
+Bruno had discovered him, before he found his strength failing
+him so rapidly that he was obliged to make his rests longer and
+longer. At one of these stops, Bruno, instead of waiting by his
+side, as he had done before, until Tony had become sufficiently
+rested to go on, ran off through the bushes and left him.</p>
+
+<p>“Now, Bruno!” said Tony, in a mournful tone, “if you go away
+and leave me, I don’t know what I shall do.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The cap restored.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was gone about five minutes, at the end of which time he
+came back, bringing Tony’s cap in his mouth. He had been to
+the brook to get it.</p>
+
+<p>Tony was overjoyed to see Bruno again, and he was, moreover,
+particularly pleased to get his cap again.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>So he took his cap and put it on, patting Bruno’s head at the
+same time, and commending him in a very cordial manner.</p>
+
+<p>“I am very much obliged to you, Bruno,” said he, “for bringing
+me my cap&mdash;<em>very</em> much obliged indeed. The cap is all I care
+for; never mind about the fishing-pole.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno returns home.</div>
+
+<p>Tony spoke these words very feebly, for he was very tired and
+faint. Bruno perceived that he was not able to go on; so, after remaining
+by his side a few minutes, he ran off again into the bushes
+and disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>“Now he has gone to bring the fishing-pole, I suppose,” said
+Tony. “I wish he would not go for that; I would rather have
+him stay here with me.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">His strange conduct.</div>
+
+<p>Tony was mistaken in his supposition that Bruno had gone for
+the fishing-pole; for, instead of going to the brook again, where he
+had found the cap, he ran as fast as he could toward home. His
+object was to see if he could not get some thing for Tony to eat.
+As soon as he arrived at the house, he went to the farmer’s wife,
+who was all this time walking about the rooms of the house in
+great distress of mind, and waiting anxiously to hear some news
+of those who were in search of Tony, and began to pull her by
+her dress toward the place in the kitchen where the tin pail was
+kept, in which she was accustomed to put the farmer’s dinner.
+At first she could not understand what he wanted.</p>
+
+<p>“My senses!” said she, “what does the dog mean?”</p>
+
+<p>“Bruno!” said she again, after wondering a moment, “what do
+you want?”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno looked up toward the pail and whined piteously, wagging
+his tail all the time, and moving about with eager impatience.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He succeeds in obtaining a dinner for Tony.</div>
+
+<p>At length the farmer’s wife took hold of the pail, and, as soon as
+she had done so, Bruno ran off toward the closet where the food
+was kept, which she was accustomed to put into the pail for her
+husband’s dinner. He took his station by the door, and waited
+there, as he had been accustomed to do, looking up eagerly all the
+time to Tony’s mother, who was slowly following him.</p>
+
+<p>“I verily believe,” said she, joyfully, “that Bruno has found
+Tony, and is going to carry him something to eat.”</p>
+
+<p>She immediately went into the closet, and filled the pail up, in
+a very hurried manner, with something for Tony to eat, taking care
+not to put in so much as to make the pail too heavy. As soon as
+she had done this, and put on a cover, and then set the pail down
+upon the floor, Bruno immediately took it up by means of the
+handle, and ran off with it. Tony’s mother followed him, but she
+could not keep up with him, and was soon obliged to relinquish
+the pursuit.</p>
+
+<p>Bruno had some difficulty in getting over the fences and through
+the bars with his burden, as he went on toward the place where he
+had left Tony. He, however, persevered in his efforts, and finally
+succeeded; and at length had the satisfaction of bringing the
+pail safely, and laying it down at Tony’s feet. Tony, who was by
+this time extremely hungry, as well as faint and exhausted by fatigue,
+was overjoyed at receiving this unexpected supply. He
+opened the pail, and found there every thing which he required.
+There was a supply of bread and butter in slices, with ham, sandwich
+fashion, placed between. At the bottom of the pail, too, was
+a small bottle filled with milk.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He conducts Tony home, and goes back for the fishing-pole.</div>
+
+<p>After eating and drinking what Bruno had thus brought him,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>
+Tony felt greatly relieved and strengthened. He now could walk
+along, where Bruno led the way, without stopping to rest at all.
+So the boy and the dog went on together, until they safely reached
+the bottom of the garden. Here they were met by Tony’s mother,
+who was almost beside herself with joy when she saw them
+coming. She ran to meet Tony, and conducted him into the
+house, while Bruno, as soon as he found that his charge was safe,
+turned back, and, without waiting to be thanked, ran off into the
+woods again.</p>
+
+<p>And where do you think he was going, reader?</p>
+
+<p>He was going to get Tony’s fishing-pole.</p>
+
+<p>Tony’s mother brought her boy into the house, and, after she had
+bathed his face, and his hands, and his feet with warm water to
+refresh and soothe him, agitated as he was by his anxiety and terror,
+she gave him a comfortable seat by the side of the kitchen
+fire, while she went to work to get ready the supper. As soon
+as Tony had arrived, she blew the horn at the door, which was
+the signal which had been previously agreed upon to denote that
+he was found. Thomas and Tony’s father heard this sound as
+they were wandering about in the woods, and both joyfully hastened
+home. Tony, in the mean time, dreaded his father’s return.
+He expected to be bitterly reproached by him for what he had
+done. He was, however, happily disappointed in this expectation.
+His father did not reproach him. He thought he had already been
+punished enough; and besides, he was so glad to have his son
+home again, safe and sound, that he had not the heart to say a
+word to give him any additional pain.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno lies down to sleep.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno himself came home about the same time that Thomas<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>
+did, bringing the fishing-pole and line with him. The apparatus
+was all safe, except that the hook was gone. It had got torn off
+by catching against the bushes on the way. Bruno brought the
+pole and line to Tony. Tony took them, and when he had wound
+up the line, he set the pole up in the corner, while Bruno stretched
+himself out before the fire, and there, with his mind in a state
+of great satisfaction, in view of what he had done, he prepared to
+go to sleep. The bright fire glanced upon the hearth and about
+the room, forming a very cheerful and pleasant scene.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tony’s reflections.</div>
+
+<p>How shameful it is, thought Tony, as he looked upon Bruno by
+the fire, that while a dog can be so faithful, and seem to take so
+much pride and pleasure in doing his duty, and in making himself
+as useful in every way as he possibly can, a boy, whose power
+and opportunities are so much superior to his, should be faithless
+and negligent, and try to contrive ways and means to evade his
+proper work. You have taught me a lesson, Bruno. You have
+set me an example. We will see whether, after this, I will allow
+myself to be beaten in fidelity and gratitude by a dog.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>This story reminds me of another one about a boy named Antonio,
+who got away from home, and was in trouble to get back,
+though the circumstances were very different from those which I
+have just related. The name of this new story is “Boys Adrift.”</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="BOYS_ADRIFT" id="BOYS_ADRIFT"></a>BOYS ADRIFT.</h2>
+
+<p>Boys are generally greatly pleased with seeing ships and the
+water. In fact, the view of a harbor, filled with boats and shipping,
+forms usually for all persons, old as well as young, a very
+attractive scene.</p>
+
+<p>There was once a boy named Antonio Van Tromp. They
+commonly called him Antony. Sometimes they called him Van
+Tromp. He lived in a certain sea-port town, where his father
+used to come in with a ship from sea. His father was captain of
+the ship. Antonio used to be very fond of going down to the pier
+while his father’s ship was unloading. One day he persuaded his
+cousin, who was several years younger than himself, to go down
+with him.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Antonio and his cousin amuse themselves on the pier.</div>
+
+<p>The boys played about upon the pier for an hour very happily.
+The seamen and laborers were unloading the ship, and there
+were a great many boxes, and bales, and hogsheads, and other
+packages of merchandise lying upon the pier. There were porters
+at work carrying the goods away, and sailors rolling hogsheads
+and barrels to and fro. There was an anchor on the pier, and
+weights, and chains, and trucks, and other similar objects lying
+around. The boys amused themselves for some time in jumping
+about upon these things. At length, on looking down over the
+edge of the pier, they saw that there was a boat there. It was
+fastened by means of a rope to one of the links of an enormous
+chain, which was lying over the edge of the pier. On seeing this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span>
+boat, they conceived the idea of getting into it, and rowing about
+a little in the neighborhood of the pier.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boat.</div>
+
+<p>There were no oars in the boat, and so Van Tromp asked a
+sailor, whom he saw at work near, to go and get them for him on
+board the ship.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Conversation with the sailor.</div>
+
+<p>“Not I,” said the sailor.</p>
+
+<p>“Why not?” asked Van Tromp.</p>
+
+<p>“It is ebb tide,” said the sailor, “and if you two boys cast off
+from the pier in that boat, you will get carried out to sea.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why, I can <em>scull</em>,” said Van Tromp.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh no,” said the sailor.</p>
+
+<p>“At least I can pull,” said Van Tromp.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh no,” said the sailor.</p>
+
+<p>The boys stood perplexed, not knowing what to do.</p>
+
+<p>All along the shores of the sea the tide rises for six hours, and
+while it is thus rising, the water, of course, wherever there are
+harbors, creeks, and bays, flows <em>in</em>. Afterward the tide falls for
+six hours, and while it is falling, the water of the harbors, creeks,
+and bays flows <em>out</em>. When the water is going out, they call it
+ebb tide. That is what the sailor meant by saying it was ebb
+tide.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Sculling and pulling.</div>
+
+<p><em>Sculling</em> is a mode of propelling a boat by one oar. The oar
+in this case is put out behind the boat, that is, at the stern, and is
+moved to and fro in a peculiar manner, somewhat resembling the
+motion of the tail of a fish when he is swimming through the
+water. It is difficult to learn how to scull. Antony could scull
+pretty well in smooth water, but he could not have worked his
+way in this manner against an ebb tide.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span></p>
+
+<p><em>Pulling</em>, as Antony called it, is another name for rowing. In
+rowing, it is necessary to have two oars. To row a boat requires
+more strength, though less skill, than to scull it.</p>
+
+<p>The boys, after hesitating for some time, finally concluded at
+least to get into the boat. They had unfastened the painter,
+that is, the rope by which the boat was tied, while they had been
+talking with the sailor, in order to be all ready to cast off. When
+they found that the sailor would not bring them any oars, they
+fastened the painter again, so that the boat should not get away,
+and then climbed down the side of the pier, and got into the
+boat.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boat adrift.</div>
+
+<p>Unfortunately, when, after untying the painter, they attempted
+to make it fast again into the link of the chain, they did not do it
+securely; and as they moved to and fro about the boat, pushing
+it one way and another, the rope finally got loose, and the boat
+floated slowly away from the pier. The boys were engaged very
+intently at the time in watching some sun-fish which they saw in
+the water. They were leaning over the side of the boat to look
+at them, so that they did not see the pier when it began to recede,
+and thus the tide carried them to a considerable distance from it
+before they observed that they were adrift.</p>
+
+<p>At length Larry&mdash;for that was the name of Antony’s cousin&mdash;looking
+up accidentally, observed that the boat was moving away.</p>
+
+<p>“Antony! Antony!” exclaimed, he, “we’re adrift.”</p>
+
+<p>As he said this, Larry looked very much terrified.</p>
+
+<p>Antony rose from his reclining position, and stood upright in the
+bottom of the boat. He looked back toward the pier, which he
+observed was rapidly receding.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Adrift.</div>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said he, “we’re adrift; but who cares?”</p>
+
+<p>When a boy gets into difficulty or danger by doing something
+wrong, he is generally very much frightened. When, however,
+he knows that he has not been doing any thing wrong, but has
+got into difficulty purely by accident, he is much less likely to be
+afraid.</p>
+
+<p>Antony knew that he had done nothing wrong in getting into
+the boat. His father was a sea-captain, and he was allowed to
+get into boats whenever he chose to do so. He was accustomed,
+too, to be in boats on the water, and now, if he had only had an
+oar or a paddle, he would not have felt any concern whatever.
+As it was, he felt very little concern.</p>
+
+<p>His first thought was to call out to the sailor whom they had
+left on the pier. The boys both called to him long and loud, but
+he was so busy turning over boxes, and bales, and rolling hogsheads
+about, that he did not hear.</p>
+
+<p>“What shall we do?” asked Larry, with a very anxious look.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The sail-boat.</div>
+
+<p>“Oh, we shall get ashore again easily enough,” replied Antony.
+“Here is a large sail-boat coming up. We will hail them, and
+they will take us aboard.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you think they will take us on board?” asked Larry.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I am sure they will,” said Antony.</p>
+
+<p>Just then the boat which the boys were drifting in came along
+opposite to a large sail-boat. This boat was sloop-rigged; that is,
+it had one mast and a fore-and-aft sail. She was standing up the
+harbor, and was headed toward the pier. The sail was spread,
+and the sail-boat was gliding along smoothly, but quite swiftly,
+through the water.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>There were two men on board. One was at the helm, steering.
+The other, who had on a red flannel shirt, came to the side of the
+boat, and looked over toward the boys. We
+can just see the head of this man above the
+gunwale on the starboard side of the boat in
+the picture.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration23" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill023.jpg" width="450" height="300" alt="Boats in the harbor" />
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Antony calls for help. He receives none.</div>
+
+<p>“Hallo! sail-boat!” said Antony.</p>
+
+<p>“Hallo!” said the flannel shirt.</p>
+
+<p>“Take us aboard of your boat,” said Antony; “we have got
+adrift, and have not got any oar.”</p>
+
+<p>“We can’t take you on board,” said the man; “we have got
+beyond you already.”</p>
+
+<p>“Throw us a rope,” said Antony.</p>
+
+<p>“We have not got any rope long enough,” said the sailor.</p>
+
+<p>As he said these words, the sail-boat passed entirely by.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“What <em>shall</em> we do?” said Larry, much alarmed.</p>
+
+<p>Larry was much smaller than Antony, and much less accustomed
+to be in boats on the water, and he was much more easily terrified.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t be afraid,” said Antony; “we shall get brought up
+among some of the shipping below. There are plenty of vessels
+coming up the harbor.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys float down the channel.</div>
+
+<p>So they went on&mdash;slowly, but very steadily&mdash;wherever they
+were borne by the course of the ebbing tide. Instead of being
+brought up, however, as Antony had predicted, by some of the
+ships, they were kept by the tide in the middle of the channel,
+while the ships were all, as it happened, on one side or the other,
+and they did not go within calling distance of any one of them.
+At last even Antony began to think that they were certainly about
+to be carried out to sea.</p>
+
+<p>“If the water was not so deep, we could anchor,” said Antony.</p>
+
+<p>“We have not got any anchor,” said Larry.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The grapnel.</div>
+
+<p>“Yes,” replied Antony, “there is a grapnel in the bow of the
+boat.”</p>
+
+<p>Larry looked in a small cuddy under the bow of the boat, and
+found there a sort of grapnel that was intended to be used as an
+anchor.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us heave it over,” said Larry, “and then the boat will
+stop.”</p>
+
+<p>“No,” replied Antony, “the rope is not long enough to reach
+the bottom; the water is too deep here. We are in the middle
+of the channel; but perhaps, by-and-by, the tide will carry us
+over upon the flats, and then we can anchor.”</p>
+
+<p>“How shall we know when we get to the flats?” asked Larry.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“We can see the bottom then,” said Antony, “by looking over
+the side of the boat.”</p>
+
+<p>“I mean to watch,” said Larry; and he began forthwith to look
+over the side of the boat.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">They see the bottom.</div>
+
+<p>It was not long before Antony’s expectations were fulfilled.
+The tide carried the boat over a place where the water was shallow,
+the bottom being formed there of broad and level tracts of
+sand and mud, called flats.</p>
+
+<p>“I see the bottom,” said Larry, joyfully.</p>
+
+<p>Antony looked over the side of the boat, and there, down several
+feet beneath the surface of the water, he could clearly distinguish
+the bottom. It was a smooth expanse of mud and water,
+and it seemed to be slowly gliding away from beneath them.
+The real motion was in the boat, but <em>this</em> motion was imperceptible
+to the boys, except by the apparent motion of the bottom,
+which was produced by it. Such a deceiving of the sight as this
+is commonly called an optical illusion.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said Antony, “that’s the bottom; now we will anchor.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Anchoring.</div>
+
+<p>So the two boys went forward, and, after taking care to see that
+the inner end of the grapnel rope was made fast properly to the
+bow of the boat, they lifted the heavy iron over the side of the
+boat, and let it plunge into the water. It sank to the bottom in a
+moment, drawing out the rope after it. It immediately fastened
+itself by its prongs in the mud, and when the rope was all out,
+the bow of the boat was “brought up” by it&mdash;that is, was stopped
+at once. The stern of the boat was swung round by the force of
+the tide, which still continued to act upon it, and then the boat
+came to its rest, with the head pointing up the harbor.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“There,” said Antony, “now we are safe.”</p>
+
+<p>“But how are we going to get back to the shore?” inquired
+Larry.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys wait for the tide.</div>
+
+<p>“Why, by-and-by the tide will turn,” said Antony, “and flow in,
+and then we shall get up our anchor, and let it carry us home
+again.”</p>
+
+<p>“And how long shall we have to wait?” asked Larry.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, about three or four hours,” said Antony.</p>
+
+<p>“My mother will be very much frightened,” said Larry. “How
+sorry I am that we got into the boat!”</p>
+
+<p>“So am I,” said Antony; “or, rather, I should be, if I thought
+it would do any good to be sorry.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Captain Van Tromp misses them.</div>
+
+<p>In the mean time, while the boys had thus been making their
+involuntary voyage down the harbor, Captain Van Tromp, on board
+his ship, had been employed very busily with his accounts in his
+cabin. It was now nearly noon, and he concluded, accordingly,
+that it was time for him to go home to dinner. So he called one
+of the sailors to him, and directed him to look about on the pier
+and try to find the boys, and tell them that he was going home to
+dinner.</p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes the sailor came back, and told the captain that
+he could not find the boys; and that Jack, who was at work outside
+on the pier, said that they had not been seen about there for
+more than an hour, and that the boat was missing too; and he was
+afraid that they had got into it, and had gone adrift.</p>
+
+<p>“Send Jack to me,” said the captain.</p>
+
+<p>When Jack came into the cabin, the captain was at work, as
+usual, on his accounts. Jack stood by his side a moment, with his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span>
+cap in his hand, waiting for the captain to be at leisure to speak to
+him. At length the captain looked up.</p>
+
+<p>“Jack,” said he, “do you say that the boys have gone off with
+the boat?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know, sir,” said Jack. “The boat is gone, and the boys
+are gone, but whether the boat has gone off with the boys, or the
+boys with the boat, I couldn’t say.”</p>
+
+<p>The captain paused a moment, with a thoughtful expression
+upon his countenance, and then said,</p>
+
+<p>“Tell Nelson to take the glass, and go aloft, and look around to
+see if he can see any thing of them.”</p>
+
+<p>“Ay, ay, sir,” said Jack.</p>
+
+<p>The captain then resumed his work as if nothing particular had
+happened.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Mr. Nelson discovers them by means of his spy-glass.</div>
+
+<p>Nelson was the mate of the ship. The mate is the second in
+command under the captain.</p>
+
+<p>When Nelson received the captain’s order, he took the spy-glass,
+and went up the shrouds to the mast-head. In about ten
+minutes he came down again, and gave Jack a message for the
+captain. Jack came down again into the cabin. He found the
+captain, as before, busy at his work. The captain had been exposed
+to too many great and terrible dangers at sea to be much
+alarmed at the idea of two boys being adrift, in a strong boat and
+in a crowded harbor.</p>
+
+<p>“Mr. Nelson says, sir,” said Jack, “that he sees our boat, with
+two boys in it, about a mile and a half down the harbor. She is
+lying a little to the eastward of the red buoy.”</p>
+
+<p>A buoy is a floating beam of wood, or other light substance, anchored<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span>
+on the point of a shoal, or over a ledge of rocks, to warn
+the seamen that they must not sail there. The different buoys
+are painted of different colors, so that they may be easily distinguished
+one from another.</p>
+
+<p>The captain paused a moment on hearing Jack’s report, and looked
+undecided. In fact, his attention was so much occupied by his
+accounts, that only half his thoughts seemed to be given to the case
+of the boys. At length he asked if there was any wind.</p>
+
+<p>“Not a capful,” said the sailor.</p>
+
+<p>“Tell Nelson, then,” said the captain, “to send down the gig
+with four men, and bring the boys back.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The gig.</div>
+
+<p>The gig, as the captain called it, was a light boat belonging to
+the ship, being intended for rowing swiftly in smooth water.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Nelson fits out an expedition to relieve the boys.</div>
+
+<p>So Nelson called out four men, and directed them to get ready
+with the gig. The men accordingly lowered the gig down from
+the side of the ship into the water, and then, with the oars in their
+hands, they climbed down into it. In a few minutes they were
+rowing swiftly down the harbor, in the direction of the red buoy,
+while Captain Van Tromp went home to dinner. On his way
+home he left word, at the house where Larry lived, that the boys
+had gone down the harbor, and would not be home under an
+hour.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys watch the progress of the tide.</div>
+
+<p>While these occurrences had been taking place on the pier, the
+boys had been sitting very patiently in their boat, waiting for the
+tide to turn, or for some one to come to their assistance. They
+could see how it was with the tide by the motion of the water, as
+it glided past them. The current, in fact, when they first anchored,
+made quite a ripple at the bows of the boat. They had a fine view<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span>
+of the harbor, as they looked back toward the town from their
+boat, though the view was so distant that they could not make out
+which was the pier where Captain Van Tromp’s vessel was lying.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration24" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill024.jpg" width="450" height="210" alt="The view of the harbor" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Of course, as the tide went out more and more, the surface of
+the water was continually falling, and the depth growing less and
+less all the time. The boys could easily perceive the increasing
+shallowness of the water, as they looked over the side of the boat,
+and watched the appearance of the bottom.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A new danger. A discussion.</div>
+
+<p>“Now here’s another trouble,” said Antony. “If we don’t look
+out, we shall get left aground. I’ve a great mind to pull up the
+anchor, and let the boat drift on a little way, till we come to deeper
+water.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh no,” said Larry, “don’t let us go out to sea any farther.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why, if we stay here,” said Antony,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span> “until the tide falls so as
+to leave us aground, we may have to stay some hours after the tide
+turns before we get afloat again.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well,” said Larry, “no matter. Besides, if you go adrift
+again, the water may deepen suddenly.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said Antony, “and then we should lose hold of the bottom
+altogether. We had better not move.”</p>
+
+<p>“Unless,” added Antony, after a moment’s thought, “we can
+contrive to <em>warp</em> the boat <em>up</em> a little.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Warping the boat.</div>
+
+<p>So saying, Antony went forward to examine into the feasibility
+of this plan. He found, on looking over the bow of the boat, that
+the water was very shallow, and nearly still; for the tide, being
+nearly out, flowed now with a very gentle and almost imperceptible
+current. Of course, as the water was shallow, and the rope
+that was attached to the anchor was pretty long, the anchor itself
+was at a considerable distance from the boat. The boys could see
+the rope passing obliquely along under the water, but could not see
+the anchor.</p>
+
+<p>Antony took hold of the rope, and began to draw it in. The
+effect of this operation was to draw the boat up the harbor toward
+the anchor. When, at length, the rope was all in, Antony
+pulled up the grapnel, which was small and easily raised, and
+then swinging it to and fro several times to give it an impetus, he
+threw it with all his force forward. It fell into the water nearly
+ten feet from where it had lain before, and there sinking immediately,
+it laid hold of the bottom again. Antony now, by pulling
+upon the rope, as he had done at first, drew the boat up to the anchor
+at its new holding. He repeated this operation a number of
+times, watching the water from time to time over the bows of the
+boat, to see whether it was getting deeper or not. While Antony
+was thus engaged, the attention of Larry was suddenly attracted<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span>
+to the sound of oars. He looked in the direction from which the
+sound proceeded, and saw, at a considerable distance, a boat coming
+toward them.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Here comes the gig!”</div>
+
+<p>“Here comes a boat,” said Larry.</p>
+
+<p>Antony looked where Larry pointed.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said he, “and she is headed directly toward us.”</p>
+
+<p>“So she is,” said Larry.</p>
+
+<p>“I verily believe it is our gig,” said Antony.</p>
+
+<p>“It is,” he added, after looking a moment longer, “and there is
+Jack on board of her. They are coming for us.”</p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes more the gig was alongside. Two of the sailors
+that had come down in the gig got on board of the boys’ boat
+with their oars, and then both boats rowed up the harbor again,
+and in due time the boys reached home in safety.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<div class="sidenote">Moral.</div>
+
+<p>The moral of this story is, that in all cases of difficulty and danger
+it is best to keep quiet and composed in mind, and not to give
+way to excitement and terror. Being frightened never does any
+good, excepting when there is a chance to run away; in that case,
+it sometimes helps one to run a little faster. In all other cases, it
+is best to be cool and collected, and encounter whatever comes
+with calmness and equanimity.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="BRUNO_AND_THE_ROBIN" id="BRUNO_AND_THE_ROBIN"></a>BRUNO AND THE ROBIN.</h2>
+
+<p class="center">“Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hiram and Ralph. The robin.</div>
+
+<p>At one time Bruno had for his master a boy named Hiram.
+Hiram had a friend and companion who lived in the next house
+to him, whose name was Ralph. This Ralph had a robin. He
+kept the robin in a cage.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The loft.</div>
+
+<p>There was a small building near the bottom of Ralph’s father’s
+garden, which was used as a place of deposit for gardening implements,
+seeds, bundles of straw, matting for covering plants, and
+other similar articles employed about the garden. This building
+was called the “garden-house.” In the upper part of it was a
+loft, which Ralph had taken possession of as a storehouse for his
+wagons, trucks, traps, and other playthings. He used to go up
+to this loft by means of a number of large wooden pins, or pegs,
+that were driven into one of the posts of the frame of the garden-house,
+in a corner. Somebody once recommended to Ralph to
+have a staircase made to lead up to his loft, but he said he liked
+better to climb up by these pins than to have the best staircase
+that ever was made.</p>
+
+<p>Ralph used frequently to carry his robin to this garden-house
+when he was playing about there, and on such occasions he would
+sometimes hang the cage on a nail out of the window of his loft.
+He drove the nail himself into the edge of a sort of a shelf, which
+was near the window on the outside. The shelf was put there<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span>
+for doves to light upon, in going in and out of their house, which
+was made in the peak of the roof, over Ralph’s loft.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Account of Ralph’s robin.</div>
+
+<p>Ralph caught his robin when he was very young. He caught
+him in a net. He saw the nest when the birds were first building
+it. About a week after the birds had finished it, he thought
+it was time for the eggs to be laid. So he got a ladder, which
+was usually kept on the back side of the tool-house, and, having
+planted it against a tree, he began to go up. Just then, his little
+brother Eddy, who was walking along one of the alleys of the garden
+near where the bird’s nest was, saw him.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Eddy’s advice.</div>
+
+<p>“Ralph,” said Eddy, “what are you going to do?”</p>
+
+<p>“I’m going to get the eggs out of the nest,” said Ralph.</p>
+
+<p>“No,” replied Eddy, “you must not do that.”</p>
+
+<p>Ralph paid no regard to this, but went on slowly mounting the
+ladder. The top of the ladder, resting as it did against some of
+the branches of the tree, was not very steady, and so Ralph could
+not go up very fast. Besides, Ralph was somewhat afraid of the
+old birds; for they, seeing that their nest was in danger, were
+flying about him with very loud chirpings, being apparently in a
+state of great terror and distress.</p>
+
+<p>“Ralph,” said Eddy, “you must not trouble those birds.”</p>
+
+<p>Ralph went steadily on.</p>
+
+<p>“Besides,” said Eddy, when he saw that his brother paid no
+heed to his remonstrances, “it would be a great deal better to
+wait till the eggs are hatched, and then get one of the birds.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The plan changed.</div>
+
+<p>Ralph paused when he heard this suggestion. He began to
+think that it might possibly be a better plan to wait, as Eddy proposed,
+and to get a bird instead of an egg. He paused a moment<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span>
+on the ladder, standing on one foot, and holding himself on by one
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>“Would you, Eddy?” said he.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said Eddy, “I certainly would.”</p>
+
+<p>Eddy proposed this plan, not so much from any desire he had
+that Ralph should get one of the birds when they were hatched,
+as to save the eggs from being taken away then. He had an
+instinctive feeling that it was wrong to take away the eggs, and
+he pitied the poor birds in their distress, and so he said what he
+thought was most likely to induce Ralph to desist from his design.</p>
+
+<p>After hesitating a few minutes, Ralph said, “Well, I will.” He
+then came down to the ground again, and, taking up the ladder,
+he carried it away.</p>
+
+<p>About a week after this, Ralph got the ladder one day when
+the birds were not there, and climbed up to the nest. He found
+three very pretty blue eggs in it.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The birds are hatched.</div>
+
+<p>About a week after this he climbed up again, and he found that
+the eggs were hatched. There were three little birds there, not
+fledged. When they heard Ralph’s rustling of the branches over
+their heads, they opened their mouths very wide, expecting that
+the old birds had come to bring them something to eat.</p>
+
+<p>About a week after this Ralph climbed up again, but, just before
+he reached the nest, the three birds, having now grown old enough
+to fly, all clambered out of the nest, and flew away in all directions.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Here’s one!”</div>
+
+<p>“Stop ’em! stop ’em! Eddy,” said Ralph, “or watch them at
+least, and see where they go, till I come down.”</p>
+
+<p>“Here’s one,” said Eddy.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>He pointed, as he said this, under some currant-bushes, near an
+alley where he was walking. The little bird was crouched down,
+and was looking about him full of wonder. In fact, he was quite
+astonished to find how far he had flown.</p>
+
+<p>Ralph clambered down the ladder as fast as he could, and then
+ran off to the tool-house, saying as he ran,</p>
+
+<p>“Keep him there, Eddy, till I go and get my net.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can’t keep him,” said Eddy, “unless he has a mind to stay.
+But I will watch him.”</p>
+
+<p>So Eddy stood still and watched the bird while Ralph went
+after his net. The bird hopped along a little way, and then stopped,
+and remained perfectly still until Ralph returned.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A bird pursued.</div>
+
+<p>The net was a round net, the mouth of it being kept open by
+means of a hoop. It was fastened to the end of a long pole.
+Ralph crept up softly toward the place where the bird had alighted,
+and, when he was near enough, he extended the pole, and
+clapped the net down over the bird, and made it prisoner.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Caught and caged.</div>
+
+<p>“I’ve caught him! I’ve caught him!” said Ralph, greatly excited.
+“Run, Eddy, and get the cage. Run quick. No, stop;
+you come here, and hold the net down, and I’ll go and get the
+cage myself.”</p>
+
+<p>So Eddy held the net down, while Ralph went into the tool-house
+after the cage. He succeeded in putting the bird into the
+cage safely, and then went home.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The feeding.</div>
+
+<p>Ralph attended his bird very carefully for many days, feeding
+him with strawberries and crumbs of bread. The natural food of
+most small birds consists of seeds, berries, and insects. Ralph
+knew, therefore, that strawberries would be good for his bird,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span>
+and as for bread, he reflected that it was made from seeds,
+namely, the seeds of wheat. The only difference was, that in
+bread the seeds were ground up, mixed with water, and baked.
+So Ralph concluded that bread would be a very proper food for
+his robin.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration25" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill025.jpg" width="450" height="379" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Ralph taming the robin.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The stile.</div>
+
+<p>As soon as the robin grew old enough to hop about a little,
+Ralph used often to take him out of his cage and put him on the
+walk in the garden, or on the end of a fence, near a stile, where
+was a broad, flat
+place convenient
+for the little bird
+to stand on. In
+such cases, he
+would, himself,
+always stand at
+a little distance
+off, so as not to
+frighten the bird,
+and in this manner
+he gradually
+taught him to be
+very tame and familiar.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno and Hiram. Description of the premises.</div>
+
+<p>Although Ralph was thus very kind to his robin, he was generally
+a very unreasonable and selfish boy. Bruno, at this time,
+lived in the house next to the one where he lived. Bruno
+belonged, as has already been said, to a boy named Hiram. The
+two houses that these two boys lived in were pretty near together,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span>
+and the gardens adjoined, being separated from each other only
+by a wall. At the foot of each garden was a gate, and there was
+a little path which led along from one gate to the other, through
+a field where there was a brook, and also a great many trees
+overshadowing the banks of it. The boys used often to visit each
+other by going from one of these gates to the other along this
+path. There was a space under Hiram’s gate where Bruno could
+get through. He used often to go through this opening, and pass
+down into the field, to drink in the brook, or to play about among
+the trees. Sometimes both the gates were left open, and then
+Bruno would go and look into Ralph’s garden; and once he went
+in, and walked along as far as the tool-house, looking about and
+examining the premises very curiously. As soon as he had seen
+what sort of a place it was, however, he turned round and ran
+out again, not knowing what might happen to him if he stayed
+there.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Ralph wishes to buy Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>Ralph saw Bruno often when he went to visit Hiram in his
+garden, and he wished that he could have such a dog himself.
+In fact, he tried to buy him of Hiram a long time, but Hiram
+would not sell him. Ralph became very angry with Hiram at
+last for so strenuously refusing to sell his dog.</p>
+
+<p>“You are a great fool,” said he, “for not being willing to sell
+me the dog. I would give you any price you would name.”</p>
+
+<p>“That makes no difference,” said Hiram; “I would rather
+have the dog than any amount of money, no matter how much.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Ralph becomes Bruno’s enemy.</div>
+
+<p>So Ralph turned, and went away in a rage; and the next time
+he saw Bruno out in the field behind the garden, he ran down to
+his gate and pelted him with stones.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Bruno could not understand what reason Ralph could have for
+wishing to hurt him, or being his enemy in any way. He perceived,
+however, that Ralph was his enemy, and so he became
+very much afraid of him. When he wished to go down to the
+brook, he always looked out through the hole under the gate
+very carefully to see if Ralph was near, and if he was, he did not
+go. If he could not see Ralph any where, he would creep out
+stealthily, and walk along in a very cautious manner, turning his
+head continually toward Ralph’s gate, to watch for the slightest
+indications of danger; and if he caught a glimpse of Ralph in the
+garden, he would turn back and run into Hiram’s garden again.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys play together.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was a very courageous dog, and he would not have run
+away from Ralph, but would have attacked him in the most
+determined manner, and driven him away from the garden gate,
+and thus taught him better than to throw stones at an innocent
+and unoffending dog, had he not been prevented from doing this
+by one consideration. He perceived that Ralph was one of
+Hiram’s friends. Hiram went often to visit Ralph, and Ralph, in
+return, came often to visit Hiram. They used to employ themselves
+together in various schemes of amusement, and Bruno,
+who often stood by at such times, although he could not understand
+the conversation that passed between them, perceived, nevertheless,
+that they were good friends. He would not, therefore,
+do any harm to Ralph, even in self-defense, for fear of displeasing
+Hiram. Accordingly, when Ralph assaulted him with sticks and
+stones, the only alternative left him was to run away.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hiram catches a squirrel. Ralph wishes to buy the squirrel.</div>
+
+<p>It is singular enough that Ralph, though often very unreasonable
+and selfish in his dealings with other boys, and though in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span>
+this instance very cruel to Bruno, was still generally kind to animals.
+He was very fond of animals, and used to get as many as
+he could; and whenever Hiram had any, he used to go to see
+them, and he took a great interest in them. Once Hiram caught
+a beautiful gray squirrel in a box-trap.
+He put the trap down upon
+a chopping-block in a little room that
+was used as a shop in his father’s
+barn. Ralph came in to see the
+squirrel. He kneeled down before
+the block, and, lifting up the trap a
+little way, he peeped in. The squirrel
+was in the back corner of the
+trap, crouched down, and feeling,
+apparently, very much afraid. He
+had a long, bushy tail, which was
+curled over his back in a very graceful
+manner. Ralph resolved to buy this squirrel too, but Hiram
+was unwilling to sell him. However, he said that <em>perhaps</em> he
+would sell him, if Ralph would wait till the next day. Ralph
+accordingly waited; but that night the squirrel gnawed out of his
+trap, and as the shop window was left open, he made his escape,
+and got off into the woods again, where he leaped back and forth
+among the branches of the trees, and turned head over heels again
+and again in the exuberance of his joy.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration26" style="width: 216px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill026.jpg" width="216" height="250" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The shop.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hiram and Joe go into the woods.</div>
+
+<p>One day Hiram went out into the woods with a man whom
+they called Uncle Joe, to get some stones to mend a wall. They
+went in a cart. They placed a board across the cart for a seat.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span>
+Uncle Joe and Hiram sat upon this seat together, side by side,
+Hiram on the right, as he was going to drive. The tools for digging
+out the stones, consisting of a spade, a shovel, a hoe, and a
+crowbar, were laid in the bottom of the cart. Thus they rode to
+the woods. Bruno followed them, trotting along by the road-side,
+and now and then running off under the fences and walls, to see
+if he could smell the tracks of any wild animals among the ferns
+and bushes.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno barks at something.</div>
+
+<p>He was not successful in this hunting on his way to the
+woods, but, after he arrived there, he accomplished quite a brilliant
+achievement. Hiram and Uncle Joe were very busy digging
+out stones, when their attention was arrested by a very loud
+and violent barking. Hiram knew at once that it was Bruno that
+was barking, though he could not see him. The reason why they
+could not see the dog was, that he was down in the bottom of a
+shady glen, that lay near where Hiram and Uncle Joe were digging
+the stones.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s that?” said Hiram. “What is Bruno barking at?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know,” said Uncle Joe; “go and see.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno finds a fox’s hole.</div>
+
+<p>So Hiram threw down his hoe, and, seizing a stick, he ran
+down into the glen. He found Bruno stationed before a hole,
+which opened in under a bank, near a small spring. He seemed
+very much excited, sometimes running back and forth before the
+hole, sometimes digging into it with his fore paws, and barking
+all the time in a very loud and earnest manner. He seemed
+greatly pleased when he saw Hiram coming.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as Hiram saw that Bruno was barking at a hole, which
+seemed to be the hole of some wild animal, he went back and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span>
+called Uncle Joe to come and see. Uncle Joe said he thought it
+was the hole of a fox, and from the excitement that Bruno manifested,
+he judged that the fox must be in it.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll go and get the tools,” said he, “and we will dig him out.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hiram gets a little fox.</div>
+
+<p>So Uncle Joe went for the tools, and he and Hiram began to
+dig. They dug for more than half an hour. Finally they came
+to the end of the hole, and then they found a young fox crouching
+close into a corner. He was about as large as a small kitten.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">His plans for him. Hiram gives his fox a hole to live in.</div>
+
+<p>Hiram said he meant to carry the fox home, and bring him up,
+and tame him. He accordingly took him in his arms, and carried
+him back to the place where they had been digging stones. Uncle
+Joe carried back the tools. Bruno jumped about and barked a
+great deal by the side of Hiram, but Hiram ordered him to be
+quiet, and finally he learned that the little fox was not to be
+killed. When they reached the stone quarry, Hiram made a
+small pen for the fox. He made it of four square stones, which
+he placed together so as to inclose a small space, and then he
+covered this space by means of a flat stone which he placed over
+it. Thus the little prisoner was secured.</p>
+
+<p>When the pen was completed, and the fox put in, Hiram
+resumed his work of digging stones with Uncle Joe. He was
+very eager now to get the load completed as soon as possible, so
+as to go home with his fox. While he was at work thus, Bruno
+crouched down before the place where Hiram had shut up his
+fox, and watched very earnestly. He understood that Hiram
+wished to keep the fox, and therefore he had no intention of
+hurting him. He only meant to be all ready to give the alarm,
+in case the little prisoner should attempt to get away.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Hiram had very good success in training and taming his fox.
+Ralph and Eddy came often to see him, and they sometimes
+helped Hiram to feed him, and to take care of him. There was
+a place by an old wall behind the house where Hiram lived where
+there was a hole, which seemed to lead under ground, from a sort
+of angle between two large stones.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll let him have that hole for his house,” said Hiram. “I
+don’t know how deep it is; but if it is not deep enough for him,
+he must dig it deeper.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The chain.</div>
+
+<p>Ralph had a small collar which was made for a dog’s collar;
+and one day, when he felt more good-natured than usual, and had
+in some measure forgotten Hiram’s refusal to sell Bruno to him,
+he offered to lend Hiram this collar to put around Foxy’s neck.</p>
+
+<p>“Then,” said Ralph, “you can get a long chain, and chain
+Foxy to a stake close to the mouth of his hole. And so the chain
+will allow him to go in and out of his hole, and to play about
+around it, and yet it will prevent his running away.”</p>
+
+<p>Hiram liked this plan very much. So Ralph brought the collar,
+and the boys put it upon Foxy’s neck. Hiram also found a
+kind of chain at a hardware store in the village, which he thought
+would be suitable to his purpose, and he bought two yards of it.
+This length of chain, when Foxy was fastened with it, gave him
+a very considerable degree of liberty, and, at the same time, prevented
+him from running away. He could go into his hole, where
+he was entirely out of sight, or he could come out and play in
+the grass, and under the lilac bushes that were about his hole,
+and eat the food which Hiram brought out for him there. Sometimes,
+too, he would climb up to the top of the wall, and lie there<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span>
+an hour at a time, asleep. If, however, on such occasions, he
+heard any one coming, he would run down the rocks that formed
+the wall, and disappear in his hole in an instant, and he would
+not come out again until he was quite confident that the danger
+had gone by.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The cunning of the fox.</div>
+
+<p>It is not very difficult to tame a fox. And yet, in his natural
+state, he is very wild and very cunning. He resorts to all sorts
+of maneuvers and contrivances to entrap such animals as he likes
+for food. On the adjoining page is the picture of a fox lying in
+wait to catch some rabbits which he sees playing in a neighboring
+field. He watches for them very slyly; and when they come
+near enough, he will spring upon them, and seize them entirely
+unawares.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration27" style="width: 329px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill027.jpg" width="329" height="450" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Picture of a fox lying in wait for some rabbits.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>He is very cunning, and yet, if he is caught young, it is not
+difficult to tame him.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Ralph offers half a dollar for Hiram’s fox.</div>
+
+<p>One day, after some time, Ralph took it into his head to buy
+Foxy, as he had tried to buy Bruno; but he found Hiram as little
+disposed to sell the one as the other.</p>
+
+<p>“I will give you half a dollar for him,” said Ralph, “and that
+is twice as much as he is worth: a full grown fox is not worth
+more than that.”</p>
+
+<p>Ralph had some money in small silver pieces and cents, amounting
+to about half a dollar. This treasure he kept in a tin moneybox,
+shaped like a house, with a place to drop money in down the
+chimney.</p>
+
+<p>“No,” said Ralph, “I would rather not sell him.”</p>
+
+<p>Ralph tried a long time to persuade Hiram to sell the fox, but
+Hiram persisted firmly in his refusal. At length Ralph became<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a><br /><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span>
+very angry with him, because he would not consent. This was
+extremely unreasonable. Has not a boy a right to do as he
+pleases about selling or keeping his own property?</p>
+
+<p>Most certainly he has; and yet nothing is more common than
+for both men and boys to be angry with their friends and neighbors
+for not being willing to sell them property which they wish
+to buy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Ralph, are you stoning Bruno?”</div>
+
+<p>When Ralph found that Hiram could not be induced to sell
+Foxy, he went off in great anger, muttering and threatening as he
+went. He passed out through the gate at the bottom of the garden,
+and then walked along the path toward the gate which led to
+his own garden. As he was going in, he saw Bruno lying down
+upon a grassy bank near the stream. He immediately began to
+take up stones to stone him. The first stone which he threw
+struck Bruno on the back, as he lay upon the grass, and hurt him
+very much. Bruno sprang up and ran away, barking and making
+other outcries indicative of pain and terror. Hiram came running
+down to the garden to see what was the matter. When he
+reached the place, he saw Ralph just aiming another stone.</p>
+
+<p>“Ralph!” exclaimed Hiram, greatly astonished, “are you stoning
+Bruno?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said Ralph; “I’ve stoned him a great many times before,
+and I’ll stone him again the next time I catch him down
+here.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno’s escape.</div>
+
+<p>By this time Bruno had come to the gate. He scrambled in
+through his hole, and then, thinking that he was now safe, he
+walked along up one of the alleys of the garden.</p>
+
+<p>Hiram, knowing well that it would do no good to remonstrate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span>
+with Ralph while he was in such a state of mind, shut the gate
+of the garden, and went to the house.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Ralph resolves to reclaim his collar.</div>
+
+<p>That evening, while Hiram was in the house eating his supper,
+Ralph came down out of his own garden, and went into Hiram’s.
+He was talking to himself as he walked along.</p>
+
+<p>“I am going to get my collar,” said he. “I won’t lend it to
+such a fellow any longer. I shall take it off the fox’s neck, and
+carry it home. I don’t care if the fox does get away.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He does so.</div>
+
+<p>When he approached the old wall, the fox was on the top of it;
+but, on hearing Ralph coming, he ran down, and went into his
+hole. As soon as Ralph reached the place, he pulled the fox out
+roughly by the chain, saying,</p>
+
+<p>“Come out here, you red-headed son of a thief, and give me my
+collar.”</p>
+
+<p>So saying, he pulled the fox out, and unhooked the chain from
+the collar. He unfastened the collar, and took it off from the fox’s
+neck. He then threw the fox himself carelessly into the grass, and
+walked away down the garden.</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time Hiram came out from his supper, and, seeing
+Ralph walking away, he apprehended something wrong, and he
+accordingly hastened on to see if his fox was safe. To his great
+surprise and grief, he saw the chain lying on the ground, detached
+and useless. The fox was gone.</p>
+
+<p>He immediately called out to Ralph to ask an explanation.</p>
+
+<p>“Ralph,” said he, “where is my fox?”</p>
+
+<p>“<em>I</em> haven’t got your fox,” said Ralph.</p>
+
+<p>“Where is he, then?” asked Hiram.</p>
+
+<p>“Gone off into the woods, I suppose,” said Ralph.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Hiram stood still a moment, utterly confounded, and wondering
+what all this could mean.</p>
+
+<p>“I came to get my collar,” said Ralph, holding up the collar in
+his hand, “and if the fox has gone off, it is not my fault. You
+ought to have had a collar of your own.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hiram laments the loss of his fox.</div>
+
+<p>Hiram was extremely grieved at the thought of having so wanton
+an injury inflicted upon him by his neighbor and playmate,
+and he turned toward the place where his fox had been kept with
+tears in his eyes. He looked all about, but the fox was nowhere
+to be seen. He then went slowly back to the house in great sorrow.</p>
+
+<p>As for Ralph, he went back into his own garden in a very unamiable
+state of mind. He went up into the loft over the tool-house
+to put the collar away. He climbed up upon a bench in
+order to reach a high shelf above, and in so doing he knocked down
+a box of lucifer matches, which had been left exposed upon a corner
+of the shelf. He uttered a peevish exclamation at the occurrence
+of this accident, and then got down upon the floor to pick up
+the matches. He gathered all that he could readily find upon the
+floor, and put them in the box, and then put the box back again
+upon the shelf. Then he went away into the house.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hope.</div>
+
+<p>About two hours after this, just before dark, Hiram was sitting
+on the steps of the door at his father’s house, thinking mournfully
+of his loss, when he suddenly heard a very loud barking at the foot
+of the garden.</p>
+
+<p>“There!” said he, starting up, greatly excited, “that’s Bruno,
+and he has found Foxy, I’ll engage.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">An alarm. The garden-house on fire.</div>
+
+<p>So saying, Hiram ran down the garden, and on his way he was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span>
+surprised to see a smoke rising from the direction of Ralph’s garden-house.
+He did not, however, pay any very particular attention
+to this circumstance, as it was very common for Ralph to
+have fires in the garden, to burn the dried weeds and the old straw
+which often collect in such places. He hastened on in the direction
+of Bruno’s barking, quite confident that the dog had found his
+lost fox, and was barking for him to come and get him.</p>
+
+<p>Just at this moment he saw Bruno come running to the gate at
+the bottom of the garden. He was barking violently, and he
+seemed very much excited. As soon as he saw Hiram coming,
+he ran back again and disappeared. Hiram hastened on, and, as
+soon as he got through the gate into the field, he saw that Bruno
+was standing at the gate which led into Ralph’s garden, and running
+in and out alternately, and looking eagerly at Hiram, as if he
+wished him to come. Hiram ran to the place, and, on looking in,
+he saw, to his utter consternation, that the garden-house was on
+fire. Dense volumes of smoke were pouring out of the doors and
+windows, with now and then great flashes of flame breaking out
+among them. Bruno, having brought Hiram to the spot, seemed
+now desirous of giving the alarm to Ralph; so he ran up toward
+the house in which Ralph lived, barking violently all the way.</p>
+
+<p>His effort was successful. In a minute or two he returned, barking
+as before, and followed by Ralph. Ralph was greatly terrified
+when he saw that the garden-house was on fire. He ran back
+to the house to call his mother. She came down to the place in
+great haste, though she seemed quite calm and composed. She
+was a woman of a very quiet disposition, and was almost always
+composed and self-possessed. She saw at a glance that the fire<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span>
+could not be put out. There was no sufficient supply of water at
+hand, and besides, if there had been water, she and the two boys
+could not have put it on fast enough to extinguish the flames.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“What shall we do?”</div>
+
+<p>“Oh dear me! oh dear me!” exclaimed Ralph, in great distress,
+“what shall we do? Mother! mother! what shall we do?”</p>
+
+<p>“Nothing at all,” said his mother, quietly. “There is nothing
+for us to do but to stand still and see it burn.”</p>
+
+<p>“And there’s my poor robin all burning up!” said Ralph, as he
+ran to and fro in great distress. “Oh, I wish there was somebody
+here to save my robin!”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The robin in danger.</div>
+
+<p>The cage containing the robin was hanging in its place, under
+the shelf by the side of the window. The smoke and flame,
+which came out from the window and from a door below, passed
+just over it, and so near as to envelop and conceal the top of the
+cage, and it was plain that the poor bird would soon be suffocated
+and burned to death, unless some plan for rescuing it could be devised.
+When Hiram knew the danger that the bird was in, his
+first thought was that he was glad of it. He pitied the bird very
+much, but he said to himself that it was good enough for Ralph
+to lose it. “He deserves to lose his bird,” thought he, “for having
+let my Foxy go.”</p>
+
+<p>This spirit, however, of resentment and retaliation remained but
+a moment in Hiram’s mind. When he saw how much interest
+Bruno seemed to feel in giving the alarm, and in desiring to have
+the fire extinguished, he said to himself, “Bruno forgives him, and
+why should not I? I will save the bird for him, if it is possible,
+even if I get scorched in doing it.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Hiram rescues the robin by means of the ladder.</div>
+
+<p>He accordingly ran round to the back side of the garden-house<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span>
+to get the ladder. Bruno followed him, watching him very eagerly
+to see what he was going to do. Hiram brought the ladder forward,
+and planted it against the garden-house, a little beyond the
+place where the cage, was hanging. In the mean time, Ralph
+had run off to the house to get a pail of water, vainly imagining
+that he could do at least something with it toward extinguishing
+the flames and rescuing the bird. By the time he got back,
+Hiram had placed the ladder, and was just going up, amid the
+smoke and sparks, to get the cage.<a name="FNanchor_5" id="FNanchor_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> Bruno stood by at the foot
+of the ladder, looking up eagerly to Hiram, and watching as if he
+were going to take the cage as soon as it came down.</p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_5" id="Footnote_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> See Frontispiece.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Hiram had to stop once or twice in going up the ladder to get
+breath, for the wind blew the smoke and sparks over him so much
+at intervals as almost to suffocate him. He, however, persevered,
+and finally succeeded in reaching the cage. He took it off from
+its fastening, and brought it down the ladder. When he reached
+the ground, Bruno took it from his hand by means of the ring at
+the top, and ran off with it away from the fire. He then placed
+it carefully upon the ground, and began leaping around it, wagging
+his tail, and manifesting every other indication of excitement and
+delight.</p>
+
+<p>Ralph was very much pleased, too, to find that his robin was
+safe. He took the cage, and, carrying it away, set it down at
+a still greater distance from the fire. The garden-house was
+burned to the ground. Hiram and Bruno waited there until the
+fire was almost out, and then they went home. Hiram experienced
+a feeling of great satisfaction and pleasure at the thought<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span>
+that he had been able to save Ralph’s bird. “I should have been
+sorry,” said he to himself, “if he had lost his bird, and I think,
+too, that he will be sorry now that he let my little Foxy go.”</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, after breakfast, Hiram concluded that he
+would go round into Ralph’s garden, and look at the ruins of the
+fire. He passed out through the gate at the bottom of his father’s
+garden, and then turned into the path leading to the other gate,
+and there, to his surprise, he saw Ralph sitting on a stone, feeding
+Bruno with a piece of meat. It was a piece which he had
+saved from his own breakfast for the purpose. Bruno was eating
+the meat with an appearance of great satisfaction, while Ralph
+sat by, patting him on the head.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Hiram, I am giving Bruno some breakfast.”</div>
+
+<p>“Hiram,” said Ralph, as soon as he saw Hiram coming, “I am
+giving Bruno some breakfast.”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno looked up toward Hiram and wagged his tail.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s right,” said Hiram. “He seems to like it very much.”</p>
+
+<p>“Hiram,” said Ralph, again.</p>
+
+<p>“What?” said Hiram.</p>
+
+<p>Ralph hesitated. He seemed to have something on his mind,
+and not to know exactly how to express it.</p>
+
+<p>“How is the robin this morning? Did he get stifled any by
+the smoke?”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Restitution. Ralph proposes to get another fox for Hiram.</div>
+
+<p>“No,” said Ralph; “he is as bright as a lark.” Then, after a
+moment’s pause, he added, “I am sorry I let your Foxy get away.
+I suppose I ought to pay you for him; and, if I could get another
+fox for you, I would. I have not got any thing but just my bird.
+I’ll give you him.”</p>
+
+<p>To find Ralph taking this view of the subject was something so<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span>
+new and strange to Hiram, that at first he did not know what to
+say.</p>
+
+<p>“No,” he replied, at length, “I would rather not take your
+bird, though I am very sorry that Foxy has got away. If you
+had only told me that you wanted your collar, I would have
+taken it off, and fastened Foxy with something else.”</p>
+
+<p>Ralph hung his head and had nothing to say.</p>
+
+<p>The boys went soon after this to look at the bed of ashes and
+embers that marked the spot where the garden-house had stood,
+and then they sauntered together slowly back into Hiram’s garden.
+Bruno followed them. He seemed to understand that a great
+change had somehow or other taken place in Ralph’s disposition
+of mind toward him, and he was no longer afraid. The boys went
+together to the place where Foxy had been confined.</p>
+
+<p>“John Thomas hunts foxes sometimes with his father,” said
+Ralph. “There are a great many in the woods back of their
+farm. I am going to see if I can’t get him to catch you another
+young one. I shall tell him I will give him half a dollar if he
+will get one, and that is all the money I have got.”</p>
+
+<p>Hiram did not reply to this suggestion. He did not know exactly
+what to say. His thought was, that no other fox that could possibly
+be found would supply the place, in his view, of the one that
+he had lost. He had taken so much pains to teach that one, and
+to tame him, that he had become quite attached to him individually,
+and he was very sure that he should never like any other one
+so well. He did not, however, like to say this to Ralph, for he
+perceived that Ralph was very much troubled about what he
+had done, and was quite anxious to make some reparation, and he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span>
+thought that it would trouble him still more to learn that all reparation
+was wholly out of his power.</p>
+
+<p>“And if he catches one for you,” continued Ralph, “then I’ll
+give you the collar for your own. I would give it to you now,
+if it would do you any good.”</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll take the chain off, at any rate,” said Hiram, “and carry it
+in, and keep it, in case I ever should have another fox.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Foxy found.</div>
+
+<p>So he stooped down, and began to unhook the chain from the
+stake to which it was fastened. As he did this, his face was
+brought down pretty near to the hole under the wall, and, looking
+in there, his attention was attracted to two bright, shining spots
+there, that looked like the eyes of an animal.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Run and get the collar.”</div>
+
+<p>“Hi&mdash;yi,” said he, suddenly, “I verily believe he is here now.
+Run and get the collar.”</p>
+
+<p>Ralph took a peep, first, into the hole, and then ran for the collar.
+When he came back, he found Hiram sitting down on the
+grass, with the fox in his arms. The truth was, that the fox had
+been treated so kindly since he had been in Hiram’s keeping, and
+he had become so accustomed to his hole under the wall, that he
+did not wish to go away. When he found himself at liberty by
+the removal of the collar, he had gone off a little in the grass and
+among the bushes, but, when night came on, he had returned as
+usual to his hole; and when he heard the voices of the boys at the
+wall in the morning, he supposed that Hiram had come to give
+him his breakfast, and he came accordingly out to the mouth of
+his hole to see if his supposition were correct. He submitted to
+have his collar put on very readily.</p>
+
+<p>Thus there was a general reconciliation all round, and Bruno,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span>
+Foxy, Hiram, and Ralph became, all four of them, very excellent
+friends.</p>
+
+<p class="center">Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.</p>
+
+<p>This story reminds me of another one relating to the burning of
+a small building in the bottom of a garden, called a tool-house. I
+will here relate that story, and then tell more about Bruno. It
+will be seen that this tool-house took fire in a very singular way.
+Precisely how Ralph’s garden-house took fire never was known.
+It was probably in some way connected with the matches which
+Ralph left upon the floor. Whether he stepped upon one of them,
+and thus ignited it, and left it slowly burning&mdash;or whether some
+mouse came by, and set one of them on fire by gnawing upon it&mdash;or
+whether one of the matches got into a crack of the floor, and
+was then inflamed by getting pinched there by some springing or
+working of the boards, produced by the gardener’s walking over
+the floor or wheeling the wheelbarrow in&mdash;whether, in fine, the
+mischief originated in either of these ways, or in some other
+wholly unknown, could never be ascertained.</p>
+
+<p>At all events, however&mdash;and this is the conclusion of the story&mdash;the
+garden-house was soon rebuilt, and Ralph was effectually cured
+of his resentment and enmity by the noble and magnanimous spirit
+which Hiram and Bruno exhibited in saving his bird.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><em>Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.</em></p>
+
+<p>Three times I have put this precept in the story, in order that
+you may be sure to remember it.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_BURNING_OF_THE_TOOL-HOUSE" id="THE_BURNING_OF_THE_TOOL-HOUSE"></a>THE BURNING OF THE TOOL-HOUSE.</h2>
+
+<p>When one has committed a fault, to acknowledge it frankly,
+and to bear the consequences of it one’s self submissively, is
+magnanimous and noble. On the contrary, to resort to cunning
+tricks to conceal it, and especially to attempt to throw the
+blame of it upon others who are innocent, is mean and contemptible.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Description of the tool-house. Thomas, the gardener.</div>
+
+<p>Once there were two boys, named William and John, who had
+a building for a tool-house and work-shop at the bottom of their
+father’s garden. It was very similar in its situation to the one
+described in the last story. The building was at a place where
+the land descended, so that while it was only one story high on
+the front side toward the garden, it was two stories high on the
+other side toward a brook, which ran along near the lower garden
+fence. The upper part of the building was the tool-room. This
+room opened out upon one of the alleys of the garden. The
+lower part was the shop. The door leading into the shop was
+behind. There was a fire-place in the shop, and the chimney
+passed up, of course, through the tool-room; but there was no
+fire-place in the tool-room, for there never was any occasion to
+make a fire there. The only use of that room was, that Thomas,
+the old gardener, used to keep his spades, and rakes, and hoes,
+and other garden tools in it; and sometimes of a summer evening,
+when his work was done, he used to sit at the door of it and smoke<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span>
+his pipe. The building was very convenient, though it was small,
+and old, and so not of much value.</p>
+
+<p>In the winter, the boys were accustomed occasionally to have a
+fire in the work-shop below, when they were at work there. There
+was not much danger in this, for the floor of the room was of stone.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Sealing the packages.</div>
+
+<p>In the summer, of course, they never required a fire, except
+when they wished to use the glue. Then they were accustomed
+to make a small fire to dissolve the glue. One summer morning,
+however, they wanted a candle. They had been collecting garden
+seeds, and they wished to seal them up in small packages
+with sealing-wax. It would have been better, perhaps, to have
+tied the parcels up with twine; but the boys took a fancy to using
+sealing-wax, for the sake of the interest and pleasure which they
+expected to find in the work of sealing. So, just before noon,
+when they had got their seeds all ready, William went up to the
+house, and his mother gave him a long candle.</p>
+
+<p>When William came into the shop, John accosted him, saying,</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys have no candlestick.</div>
+
+<p>“Why, William, you have not brought any candlestick. What shall
+we do for a candlestick?”</p>
+
+<p>“I forgot that,” said William.</p>
+
+<p>“Never mind,” said John; “we can make one with a block
+and three nails.”</p>
+
+<p>There is a way of making a candlestick in a shop, which consists
+of driving three nails into a small block of wood, at such a
+distance apart as to leave just space for the end of the candle between
+them. If the nails are driven into the block in a proper
+manner, and if the heads of the nails are not too large, this contrivance
+makes quite a good candlestick.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Another way is to take a similar block of wood, and bore a hole
+in the top of it just large enough to receive the end of the candle,
+and just deep enough to hold it firmly.</p>
+
+<p>William proposed that they should make the candlestick by
+boring a hole, but John thought it was best to do it by means of
+nails.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The two candlesticks.</div>
+
+<p>So they concluded to make two. John was to make one with
+nails, and William one with the borer. So they both began to
+look about among the shavings under the bench for blocks, and
+when they found two that seemed to answer their purpose, William
+went to a drawer, and selected a borer of the proper size,
+while John began to choose nails with small heads out of a nail-box
+which was upon the bench for his operation.</p>
+
+<p>In due time the candlesticks were both finished. The one
+which William had made was really the best; but John insisted
+that the one which he had made was the best, and so William,
+who was a very good-natured boy, gave up the point. The candle
+was put into John’s candlestick, and William put his away
+upon a shelf, to be used, perhaps, on some future occasion. The
+boys then lighted the candle by means of a match, and put it on
+the end of the work-bench where they were going to do the work
+of putting up their seeds.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys leave the candle burning.</div>
+
+<p>It was now, however, about noon, which was the hour for the
+boys to go home to dinner. They arranged their seeds a little upon
+the bench, but did not have time to begin to seal them up before
+they heard the dinner-bell ring. They then left their work, and
+went up to the house. Unfortunately, they left the candle burning.
+As it was bright daylight, and especially as the sun shone<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span>
+in near where the candle stood, the flame was very faint to the
+view; in fact, it was almost entirely invisible, and the boys, when
+they looked around the shop just before they left it, did not observe
+it at all.</p>
+
+<p>After dinner, the boys concluded that they would go a fishing
+that afternoon, and not finish putting up their seeds until the following
+day.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The matting. The pipe.</div>
+
+<p>While they were gone, the candle was burning all the time,
+the flame gradually descending as the combustion went on, until,
+about tea-time, it reached the block of wood. It did not set the
+wood on fire, but the wick fell over, when the flame reached the
+wood, and communicated the fire to a roll of matting which lay
+upon the bench behind it. The matting had been used to wrap
+up plants in, and was damp; so it burned very slowly. About
+this time, Thomas, the old gardener, came and sat down in the
+doorway of the tool-house above, smoking his pipe. He did not
+know, however, what mischief was brewing in the room below;
+and so, when it began to grow dark, he knocked the ashes out of
+his pipe upon the ground of the garden, shut the tool-room door,
+and went home.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Fire! fire!</div>
+
+<p>That night, about midnight, the boys were suddenly awakened
+and dreadfully terrified by a cry of fire, and, on opening their eyes,
+they perceived a strong light gleaming into the windows of their
+bed-room. They sprang up, and saw that the tool-house was all
+on fire. The people of the house dressed themselves as quick as
+possible, and hastened to the spot, and some of the neighbors came
+too. It was, however, too late to extinguish the fire. The building
+and all the tools which it contained, both in the tool-room and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>
+in the shop, and all the seeds that the boys had collected were entirely
+consumed.</p>
+
+<p>Nobody could imagine how the building took fire. Some said
+it must have been set on fire by malicious persons. Others thought
+that old Thomas must have been unconsciously the author of the
+mischief, with his pipe. Nothing certain, however, could be ascertained
+at that time, and so the company separated, determining to
+have the matter more fully investigated the following morning.</p>
+
+<p>William and John, who had dressed themselves when the alarm
+was first given, and had gone to the fire, now went back to their
+room, and went to bed again.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">What was the origin of the fire? A conversation.</div>
+
+<p>After they had been in bed some time, and each thought that
+the other must be asleep, William said to John,</p>
+
+<p>“John!”</p>
+
+<p>“What?” said John.</p>
+
+<p>“Are you asleep?” asked William.</p>
+
+<p>“No,” said John.</p>
+
+<p>“I will tell you how I think the tool-house got on fire,” said
+William.</p>
+
+<p>“How?” asked John.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, I believe we left our candle burning there,” replied
+William.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said John, “I thought of that myself.”</p>
+
+<p>Here there was a little pause.</p>
+
+<p>Presently John said,</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t suppose that they will know that our candle set it on
+fire.”</p>
+
+<p>“No,” said William,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span> “unless we tell them.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The conversation continued.</div>
+
+<p>“They will suppose, I expect,” added John, “that Thomas set
+it on fire with his pipe.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said William, “perhaps they will.”</p>
+
+<p>Here there was another pause.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys hesitate.</div>
+
+<p>“Unless,” continued John, after reflecting on the subject a little
+while in silence, “unless mother should remember that she gave
+us the candle, and ask us about it.”</p>
+
+<p>“We could say,” he added again, “that we did not go into the
+shop any time in the afternoon or evening. That would be true.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said William. “We did not go into it at all after we
+went home to dinner.”</p>
+
+<p>The boys remained silent a few minutes after this, when John,
+who felt still quite uneasy in mind on the subject, said again,</p>
+
+<p>“I expect that father would be very much displeased with us
+if he knew that we set the tool-house on fire, for it has burned up
+all his tools.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said William.</p>
+
+<p>“And I suppose he would punish us in some way or other,”
+added John.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said William, “I think it very likely that he would.”</p>
+
+<p>“But then, John,” continued William, “I don’t think it would
+be right to let Thomas bear the blame of setting the tool-house on
+fire, when we are the ones that did it.”</p>
+
+<p>John was silent.</p>
+
+<p>“I think we had better go and tell father all about it the first
+thing to-morrow morning.”</p>
+
+<p>“We shall get punished if we do,” said John.</p>
+
+<p>“Well,” said William,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span> “I don’t care. I had rather be punished
+than try to keep it secret. If we try to keep it secret, and let
+Thomas bear the blame, we shall be miserable about it for a long
+time, and feel guilty or ashamed whenever we meet father or
+Thomas. I had rather be punished at once and have it done with.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">“Let us tell father.”</div>
+
+<p>“Well,” said John, “let us tell father. We will tell him the
+first thing to-morrow morning.”</p>
+
+<p>The affair being thus arranged, the boys ceased talking about
+it, and shut up their eyes to go to sleep. After a few minutes,
+however, William spoke to his brother again.</p>
+
+<p>“John,” said he, “I think I could go to sleep better if I should
+go and tell father now all about it. I don’t suppose that he is
+asleep yet.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well,” said John, “go and tell him.”</p>
+
+<p>So William got up out of his bed, and went to the door of his
+father’s room. He knocked at the door, and his father said
+“Come in.” William opened the door. His father was in bed,
+and there was no light in the room, except a dim night-lamp that
+was burning on a table.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The explanation.</div>
+
+<p>“Father,” said William, “I came to tell you that I suppose I
+know how our tool-house caught on fire.”</p>
+
+<p>“How was it?” asked his father.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, John and I had a candle there before dinner, and I believe
+we left it burning; and so I suppose that, when it burned
+down, it set the bench on fire.”</p>
+
+<p>“That could not have been the way,” said his father, “for,
+when it got down to the candlestick, it would go out.”</p>
+
+<p>“But there was not any candlestick,” said William,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span> “only a
+wooden one, which we made out of a block and three nails.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh! that was the way, was it?” said his father. “Indeed!”</p>
+
+<p>Here there was a short pause. William waited to hear what
+his father would say next.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, William,” said his father, at length, “you are a very
+good boy to come and tell me. Now go back to your bed, and go
+to sleep. We will see all about it in the morning.”</p>
+
+<p>So William went out; but, just as he was shutting the door, his
+father called to him again.</p>
+
+<p>“William!” said he.</p>
+
+<p>“What, sir?” said William.</p>
+
+<p>“Get up as early as you can to-morrow morning, and go to
+Thomas’s, and tell him how it was. He thinks that he must have
+set the tool-house on fire, and he is quite troubled about it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir, I will,” said William.</p>
+
+<p>Then he went back to his room, and reported to John what he
+had done, and what his father had said. The boys were both very
+much relieved in mind from having made their confession.</p>
+
+<p>“I am very glad I told him,” said William; “and now I only
+wish I could tell Thomas about it without waiting till morning.”</p>
+
+<p>“So do I,” said John.</p>
+
+<p>“But we can’t,” said William, “so now we will go to sleep.
+But we will get up, and go to his house the first thing in the
+morning.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boys get up early to explain the accident to Thomas.</div>
+
+<p>This the boys did. Thomas’s mind was very much relieved
+when he heard their story. He went directly into the house to
+tell his wife, who, as well as himself, had been very anxious about
+the origin of the fire. When he came out, he told the boys that
+he was very much obliged to them for coming to tell him about it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span>
+so early. “In fact,” said he, “I think it is very generous and noble
+in you to take the blame of the fire upon yourselves, instead
+of letting it rest upon innocent people. There are very few boys
+that would have done so.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The final result.</div>
+
+<p>William and John were fortunately disappointed in their expectations
+that they would have to suffer some punishment for their
+fault. In fact, they were not even reproved. They told their father
+all about it at breakfast, and he said that, though it certainly
+was not a prudent thing for boys to trust themselves with a wooden
+candlestick in a shop full of wood and shavings, still he did not
+think that they deserved any particular censure for having made
+one. “The whole thing was one of those accidents which will
+sometimes occur,” said he, “and you need not think any thing
+more about it. I will have a new tool-house and shop built pretty
+soon, and will make it better than the old one was. And now,
+after breakfast, you may go down and rake over the ashes, and see
+if you can rake out any of the remains of the garden tools.”</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<div class="sidenote">An important principle.</div>
+
+<p>It would have been better for the story if it had happened that
+the boys, in setting fire to the tool-house, had really been guilty
+of some serious fault, for which they were afterward to be punished;
+for the nobleness and magnanimity which are displayed in confessing
+a fault, are so much the greater when the person confessing
+occasions himself suffering by it.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="WILLING_TO_LEARN" id="WILLING_TO_LEARN"></a>WILLING TO LEARN.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno was willing to learn.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno had one excellent quality, which made him a special
+favorite with the several boys that owned him at different times.
+He was <em>willing to learn</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Boys and girls.</div>
+
+<p>When you are attempting to teach a dog any new art or accomplishment,
+it is a great thing to have him willing to learn. It is
+the same, in fact, if it is a girl or a boy that is the pupil. Sometimes,
+however, when you are attempting to teach a dog, he shows
+very plainly all the time that he does not wish to learn. If you
+have got him harnessed into a little carriage, and wish to teach
+him to draw, he will stop and seem very unwilling to proceed, and,
+perhaps, sit right down upon the ground; or, if he has any chance
+to do so, he will run off and hide in the bushes, or, if it is in the
+house that you are teaching him, in a corner of the room or under
+the table. I was taking a walk once on the margin of a stream,
+and I met some boys who were attempting to teach their dog to
+dive into the water after sticks and such things, and the dog was
+so unwilling to make the attempt, that they were obliged every
+time to take him up and throw him in.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A difficult lesson for a dog.</div>
+
+<p>I have known children to behave just in this way in learning to
+read or to write. They come to the work reluctantly, and get
+away from it as often and as quick as they can. But it was not so
+with Bruno. He was glad to learn any thing that the boys were
+willing to teach him. A boy at one time took it into his head<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span>
+to teach him to walk up a flight of steps backward, and although
+Bruno could not conceive what possible advantage it could ever
+be to him to learn such an accomplishment as that, still he went
+to work resolutely to learn it, and though at first he found it very
+difficult to do, he soon succeeded in going up very well.</p>
+
+<p>If any boy who reads this book should make the attempt to
+teach <em>his</em> dog to go up steps backward, and should find the dog
+unwilling to learn, he will know at once how hard it is for his
+teacher to teach him to write or to calculate, when he takes no interest
+in the work himself. If he then imagines that his dog were
+as desirous of learning to go up the steps backward as he is to
+teach him, and were willing to try, and thinks how easy it would
+be in that case to accomplish the object, he will see how much his
+own progress in study would be promoted by his being cordially
+interested himself in what he is doing.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The dog that went to market.</div>
+
+<p>I am always surprised when I find a dog that is willing to learn,
+and am still more surprised when I find a child that is not willing.
+A dog learns for the benefit of his master, a child learns for his
+own benefit. I knew a dog who was taught to go to market.
+His master would put the money and a memorandum of the things
+that were to be bought in the basket, and the dog would then carry
+the basket to market by the handle, which he held in his mouth.
+Then the market-man would take out the money and the memorandum,
+and would put in the things that were wanted, and the
+dog would carry them home. Now this was of no advantage
+to the dog, except from the honorable satisfaction which he derived
+from it in the thought that he was usefully employed, and
+that he was considered worthy to sustain important trusts and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span>
+responsibilities. So far as his own ease and comfort was concerned,
+it would have been better for him never to have learned such an
+art, and then, instead of carrying a heavy basket to and fro along
+the street, he could have spent his time in basking in the sun, or
+playing about with other dogs. There is no necessity for a dog
+to learn any thing for his own advantage. Nature teaches him
+every thing that he requires for himself. He has to study and
+learn only for the benefit of his master.</p>
+
+<p>It is very different from this with a child. When a child is in
+his earliest infancy, he is the most ignorant and helpless being imaginable.
+He can not speak; he can not walk; he can not stand;
+he can not even creep along the floor. Then, besides, he <em>knows</em>
+nothing. He does not know any of the persons around him; he
+does not know the light; he is bewildered, and filled with a stupid
+kind of wonder when he looks at it; he does not know how to
+open and shut his hand, or to take hold of any thing; and long
+after this, when he begins to learn how to take hold of things, he
+is so ignorant and foolish, that he is as ready to take hold of a
+burning candle as any thing else.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Children learn for their own benefit.</div>
+
+<p>Of course, to fit such a child to perform the duties of a man in
+such a busy world as this, he has a great many things to learn.
+And what is to be particularly noticed is, that he must learn every
+thing himself. His parents can not learn for him. His parents
+can <em>teach</em> him&mdash;that is, they can show him how to learn&mdash;but
+they can not learn for him. When they show him how to learn,
+if he will not learn, and if they can not contrive any means to make
+him, there is an end of it. They can do no more. He must remain
+ignorant.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration28" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill028.jpg" width="450" height="184" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">The little child willing to learn to walk.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Here is a picture of a child that is willing to learn. His name
+is Josey. His parents are teaching him to walk. He is just old
+enough to learn to walk, and you see by his countenance, although
+it is turned somewhat away from us, that he is pleased with the
+opportunity. He is glad that he is going to learn to walk, and
+that his parents are going to teach him. I do not suppose that
+he feels <em>grateful</em> to his father and mother for being willing to take
+so much pains to teach him, for he is not old enough for that.
+But he is <em>glad</em>, at any rate, and he is willing to try.</p>
+
+<p>His mother is helping him to begin, and his father is encouraging
+him to step along&mdash;holding out his hand, so that Josey may
+take hold of it as soon as he gets near enough, and thus save himself
+from falling. Since Josey is willing to learn, it gives his father
+and mother great pleasure to teach him. Thus all three are
+happy together.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Some children unwilling to learn.</div>
+
+<p>Sometimes a child, when his father and mother wish to teach
+him to walk, is <em>not</em> willing to learn. He will not try. He sits<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span>
+down at once upon the ground, and will not make any effort, like
+the dog who does not wish to learn to draw. So far as learning
+to walk is concerned, this is of no great consequence, for, as his
+strength increases, he will at last learn to walk himself, without
+any particular teaching.</p>
+
+<p>There are a great many things, however, which it is very important
+for children to know, that they never would learn of themselves.
+These they must be taught, and taught very patiently and
+carefully. Reading is one of those things, and writing is another.
+Then there is arithmetic, and all the other studies taught in
+schools. Some children are sensible enough to see how important
+it is that they should learn all these things, and are not only
+willing, but are glad to be taught them. Like Josey, they are
+pleased, and they try to learn. Others are unwilling to learn.
+They are sullen and ill-humored about it. They will not make
+any cordial and earnest efforts. The consequence is, that they
+learn very little. But then, when they grow up, and find out how
+much more other people know and can do than they, they bitterly
+regret their folly.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Some are willing.</div>
+
+<p>Some children, instead of being unwilling to learn what their
+parents desire to teach them, are so eager to learn, that they ingeniously
+contrive ways and means to teach themselves. I once
+knew a boy, whose parents were poor, so that they could not afford
+to send him to school, and he went as an apprentice to learn
+the trade of shoemaking. He knew how important it was to study
+arithmetic, but he had no one to teach him, and, besides that, he
+had no book, and no slate and pencil. He, however, contrived to
+borrow an arithmetic book, and then he procured a large<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span>
+<em>shingle</em><a name="FNanchor_6" id="FNanchor_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> and a piece of chalk, to serve for slate and pencil. Thus provided,
+he went to work by himself in the evenings, ciphering in
+the chimney-corner by the light of the kitchen fire. Of course he
+met with great difficulties, but he persevered, and by industry and
+patience, and by such occasional help as he could obtain from the
+persons around him, he succeeded, and went regularly through
+the book. That boy afterward, when he grew up, became a senator.</p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_6" id="Footnote_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> A shingle is a broad and thin piece of wood, formed like a slate, and used for
+covering roofs. The word is explained here, because, in some places where this
+book will go, shingles are not used.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Things difficult to learn.</div>
+
+<p>Some things are very difficult to learn, and children are very
+often displeased because their parents and teachers insist on
+teaching them such difficult things. But the reason is, that the
+things that are most difficult to learn are usually those that are
+most valuable to know.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The lawyer and the wood-sawyer.</div>
+
+<p>Once I was in the country, and I had occasion to go into a lawyer’s
+office to get the lawyer to make a writing for me about the
+sale of a piece of land. It took the lawyer about half an hour to
+make the writing. When it was finished, and I asked him how
+much I was to pay, he said one dollar. I expected that it would
+have been much more than that. It was worth a great deal more
+than that to me. So I paid him the dollar, and went out.</p>
+
+<p>At the door was a laborer sawing wood. He had been sawing
+there all the time that I had been in the lawyer’s office. I asked
+him how long he had to saw wood to earn a dollar.</p>
+
+<p>“All day,” said he. “I get just a dollar a day.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Difference of pay, and reason for it.</div>
+
+<p>Now some persons might think it strange, that while the lawyer,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span>
+sitting quietly in his office by a pleasant fire, and doing such
+easy work as writing, could earn a dollar in half an hour, that the
+laborer should have to work all day to earn the same sum. But
+the explanation of it is, that while the lawyer’s work is very easy
+to do after you have learned how to do it, it is very <em>difficult</em> to
+<em>learn</em>. It takes a great many years of long and patient study to
+become a good lawyer, so as to make writings correctly. On the
+other hand, it is very easy to learn to saw wood. Any body that
+has strength enough to saw wood can learn to do it very well in
+two or three days. Thus the things that are the most difficult to
+learn are, of course, best paid for when they are learned; and parents
+wish to provide for their children the means of living easily
+and comfortably in future life, by teaching them, while they are
+young, a great many difficult things. The foolish children, however,
+are often ill-humored and sullen, and will not learn them.
+They would rather go and play.</p>
+
+<p>It is very excusable in a dog to evince this reluctance to be
+taught, but it is wholly inexcusable in a child.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2><a name="PANSITA" id="PANSITA"></a>PANSITA.</h2>
+
+<p>This is a true story of a dog named Pansita. They commonly
+called her Pannie.</p>
+
+<p>Pansita was a prairie-dog. These prairie-dogs are wild. They
+live in Mexico. They burrow in the ground, and it is extremely
+difficult to catch them. They are small, but very beautiful.</p>
+
+<p>Pansita belonged to an Indian girl on the western coast of Mexico.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span>
+An American, who came into that country from Lima, which
+is a city in Peru, saw Pansita.</p>
+
+<p>“What a pretty dog!” said he. “How I should like her for a
+present to the American minister’s wife in Lima.”</p>
+
+<p>So he went to the Indian girl, and tried to buy the dog, but the
+girl would not sell her. She liked her dog better than any money
+that he could give her.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Pansita bought with gold.</div>
+
+<p>Then the gentleman took some gold pieces out of his pocket,
+and showed them to the mother of the girl.</p>
+
+<p>“See,” said he; “I will give you all these gold pieces if you will
+sell me Pansita.”</p>
+
+<p>The Indian woman counted over the gold as the gentleman held
+it in his hand, and found that it made eighteen dollars. She said
+that the girl should sell Pansita for that money. So she took the
+dog out of the girl’s arms, and gave it to the gentleman. The poor
+girl burst into a loud cry of grief and alarm at the thought of losing
+her dog. She threw the pieces of gold which her mother had
+put into her hand down upon the ground, and screamed to the
+stranger to bring back her dog.</p>
+
+<p>But he would not hear. He put the dog in his pocket, and ran
+away as fast as he could run, till he got to his boat, and the sailors
+rowed him away.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">She is taken off in a ship. Lima.</div>
+
+<p>He took the dog in a ship, and carried her to Peru. When
+he landed, he wished to send her up to Lima. So he put her in a
+box. He had made openings in the box, so that little Pannie
+might breathe on the way. He gave the box to a friend of his
+who was going to Lima, and asked him to deliver it to the American
+minister.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A pretended chronometer.</div>
+
+<p>He was afraid that the gentleman would not take good care of
+the box if he knew that there was only a dog inside, so he pretended
+that it was a chronometer, and he marked it, “<i>This side
+up, with care</i>.”</p>
+
+<p>A chronometer is a sort of large watch used at sea. It is a
+very exact and a very costly instrument.</p>
+
+<p>He gave the box to his friend, and said, “Will you be kind
+enough, sir, to take this chronometer in your lap, and carry it to
+Lima, and give it to the American minister there?”</p>
+
+<p>The gentleman said that he would, and he took the box in his
+lap, and carried it with great care.</p>
+
+<p>Before long, however, Pansita, not having quite air enough to
+breathe inside the box, put her nose out through one of the openings.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah!” said the gentleman, “this is something strange. I never
+knew a ship’s chronometer to have a nose before.”</p>
+
+<p>Thus he discovered that it was a dog, and not a chronometer
+that he was carrying.</p>
+
+<p>He, however, continued to carry the box very carefully, and
+when he arrived at Lima he delivered it safely to the minister, and
+the minister gave it to his wife.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The beauty of the dog. The lady is much pleased.</div>
+
+<p>The lady was very much pleased to see such a beautiful dog.
+Its form was graceful, its eyes full of meaning, and its fur was
+like brown silk, very soft, and smooth, and glossy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The American flag hoisted.</div>
+
+<p>By-and-by a revolution broke out in Lima, and there was great
+confusion and violence in the streets. The Americans that were
+there flocked to the house of the minister for protection. The
+house was a sort of castle. It had a court, in the centre, and great<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span>
+iron gates across the passage-way that formed the entrance. The
+minister brought soldiers from the ships to guard his castle, and
+shut the gates to keep the people that were fighting in the streets
+from getting in. He hoisted the American flag, too, on the corner
+of the battlements. The Americans that had fled there for
+safety were all within the walls, greatly alarmed.<a name="FNanchor_7" id="FNanchor_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a name="Footnote_7" id="Footnote_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> Such a minister as this is a high public officer of government, who resides at a
+foreign capital for the purpose of attending to the business of his own country there,
+and of protecting the citizens in case of danger.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Danger.</div>
+
+<p>Pansita, wondering what all the noise and confusion in the
+streets could mean, concluded that she would go out and see.
+So, watching her opportunity, she slipped through among the soldiers
+to the passage-way, and thence out between the bars of the
+great iron gates. The lady, when she found that Pansita had
+gone out, was greatly alarmed.</p>
+
+<p>“She will be killed!” said she. “She will be killed! What
+can I do to save her? She will certainly be killed!”</p>
+
+<p>But nothing could be done to save Pansita; for if they had
+opened the gates to go out and find her, the people that were
+fighting in the streets would have perhaps rushed in, and then
+they would all have been killed.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Pansita is recovered.</div>
+
+<p>So they had to wait till the fighting was over, and then they
+went out to look for Pansita. To their great joy, they found her
+safe in a house round the corner.</p>
+
+<p>After a time, the minister and his wife returned to America,
+and they brought Pansita with them. They had a house on the
+North River, and Pansita lived with them there many years in
+great splendor and happiness.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Pannie’s bed.</div>
+
+<p>The lady made a bed for Pannie in a basket, with nice and well-made
+bed-clothes to cover her when she was asleep. Pannie
+would get into this bed at night, but she would always scratch
+upon it with her claws before she lay down. This was her instinct.</p>
+
+<p>She was accustomed in her youth, when she was burrowing in
+the ground in the prairies in Mexico, to make the place soft where
+she was going to lie down by scratching up the earth with her
+paws, and she continued the practice now, though, of course, this
+was not a proper way to beat up a bed of feathers.</p>
+
+<p>Pannie was a great favorite with all who knew her. She was
+affectionate in her disposition, and mild and gentle in her demeanor;
+and, as is usually the case with those who possess such a character,
+she made a great many friends and no enemies.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Mistakes.</div>
+
+<p>By-and-by Pannie grew old and infirm. She became deaf and
+blind, and sometimes, when the time came for her to go to bed at
+night, she would make a mistake, and get into the wrong basket&mdash;a
+basket that belonged to another dog. This would make Looly,
+the dog that the basket belonged to, very angry. Looly would
+run about the basket, and whine and moan until Pansita was
+taken out and put into her own place.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Pannie’s death and burial.</div>
+
+<p>At last Pansita died. They put her body in a little leaden coffin,
+and buried it in a very pleasant place between two trees.</p>
+
+<p>This is a true story.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_DOGS_PETITION" id="THE_DOGS_PETITION"></a>THE DOG’S PETITION.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Letter-day.</div>
+
+<p>One day, about the middle of the quarter, in a certain school,
+what the boys called Letter-day came. Letter-day was a day in
+which all the boys in the school were employed in writing letters.</p>
+
+<p>Each boy, on these occasions, selected some absent friend or
+acquaintance, and wrote a letter to him. The letters were written
+first on a slate, and then, after being carefully corrected, were
+copied neatly on sheets of paper and sent. The writing of these
+letters was thus made a regular exercise of the school. It was,
+in fact, an exercise in composition.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Erskine’s conversation with his teacher.</div>
+
+<p>A boy named Erskine, after taking out his slate, and writing the
+date upon the top of it, asked the teacher whom he thought it
+would be best for him to write to.</p>
+
+<p>“How would you like to write to your aunt?” asked the teacher.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, <em>pretty</em> well,” said Erskine, rather doubtfully.</p>
+
+<p>“I think it would be doing good to write to her,” said the
+teacher. “It will please her very much to have a letter from
+you.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then I will,” said Erskine. “On the whole, I should like to
+write to her very much.”</p>
+
+<p>So Erskine wrote the letter, and, when it had been corrected
+and copied, it was sent.</p>
+
+<p>This is the letter. It gives an account of a petition offered by
+a dog to his master, begging to be allowed to accompany the boys
+of the school on an excursion:</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquote">
+
+<div class="sidenote">Erskine’s letter.</div>
+
+<p class="right">August 2, 1853.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dear Aunt</span>,&mdash;I hope you have been well since I have heard
+from you.</p>
+
+<p>We took an excursion up to Orange Pond, and stayed all day.
+In the morning it was very misty, but in about an hour it cleared
+up, and the sun came out. Charles and Stephen went over to
+Mr. Wingate’s to get a stage, and a lumber-wagon, and a carriage.
+There were two horses in the stage, and an old gray one in the
+lumber-wagon. Wright and I went down to get William Harmer,
+a new scholar, to come up here before we started. At last we all
+were ready, Crusoe and all. The teacher bought a little dog in
+the vacation, and named him Crusoe. One of the boys wrote a
+letter, and tied it about Crusoe’s neck, and this was it:</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The dog’s petition.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquote">
+
+<p><span class="smcap">My very dear Master</span>,&mdash;Can I go with the boys to-day on
+the excursion? I will be very good, and not bark or bite. I wish
+to go very much indeed, and I hope you will let me.</p>
+
+<p>From your affectionate dog,</p>
+
+<p class="right">Bow-wow-wow.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Account of an excursion. Diving off the row-boats.
+The hot rock. Coming home.</div>
+
+<p>Soon we started. It was very cool when we left home, but
+when we got out on the hills it was very hot. The teacher let
+us get out once and get some berries. After a ride of about nine
+miles, we got out, and found it a very cool place. The public
+house was very near to the pond, and we ran down there as soon
+as we got our fishing-poles. Some of the boys got into an old
+boat, and got a fish as soon as they cast their poles out. The
+man said some of us should go out on an old rock that was there,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span>
+and the rest of us in a boat. We had a fine time fishing, and
+caught about thirty small fish. Mr. Wingate went out in another
+boat, and caught a very large perch and pickerel, and a few other
+fish. After we had caught a few more fish, we became tired, and
+wanted to go to the shore; so the teacher took two or three of us
+at a time, and we went to the shore. After we had played around
+a little, we had a nice dinner, and then we went in swimming.
+The man said we might dive off the small row-boats. We had
+fine fun pulling the boats along while we were wading in the water,
+for it was nice and sandy on the bottom. We found we could
+wade out to the rock before named. We all waded out on it; but
+no sooner had we got on the top, than we jumped off in all directions,
+for it was so hot that one could roast an egg on it. We all
+ran back to the shore as fast as we could go, laughing heartily.
+As soon as we got up and were dressed, we went up to the house.
+Mr. Wingate harnessed up the horses, and we were soon trotting
+home. We went around by a different way from the one we came
+by, through some woods, and had a fine ride home. That is the
+end of our excursion to Orange Pond.</p>
+
+<p>From your affectionate friend,</p>
+
+<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Erskine</span>.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>Erskine’s aunt was very much gratified at receiving this letter.
+She read it with great interest, and answered it very soon.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="THE_STORM_ON_THE_LAKE" id="THE_STORM_ON_THE_LAKE"></a>THE STORM ON THE LAKE.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The philosophy of mountains, springs, brooks, and lakes.</div>
+
+<p>Mountains make storms, storms make rain fall, and the rain
+that falls makes springs, brooks, and lakes; thus mountains,
+storms, brooks, and lakes go together.</p>
+
+<p>Mountains make storms, and cause the rain to fall by chilling
+the air around their summits, and condensing the vapor into rain
+and into snow. Around the lower parts of the mountains, where
+it is pretty warm, the vapor falls in rain. Around the higher
+parts, where it is cold, it falls in snow.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Formation of rivers.</div>
+
+<p>Part of the water from the rain soaks into the ground, on the
+declivities of the mountains, and comes out again, lower down, in
+springs. Another portion flows down the ravines in brooks and torrents,
+and these, uniting together, form larger and larger streams,
+until, at length, they become great rivers, that flow across wide
+continents. If you were to follow up almost any river in the
+world, you would come to mountains at last.</p>
+
+<p>It does not always rain among the mountains, but the springs
+and streams always flow. The reason of this is, that before the
+water which falls in one storm or shower has had time to drain
+out from the ground and flow away, another storm comes and renews
+the supply. If it were to cease to rain altogether among the
+mountains, the water that is now in them would soon be all drained
+off, and the springs and streams would all be dry.</p>
+
+<p>But how is it in regard to lakes? How are the lakes formed?</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">How lakes are formed.</div>
+
+<p>This is the way.</p>
+
+<p>When the water, in flowing down in the brooks and streams,
+comes to a valley from which it can not run out, it continues to
+run in and fill up the valley, until it reaches the level of some
+place where it <em>can</em> run out. As soon as it reaches that level,
+the surplus water runs out at the opening as fast as it comes in
+from the springs and streams, and then the lake never rises any
+higher.</p>
+
+<p>A lake, then, is nothing but a valley full of water.</p>
+
+<p>Of course, there are more valleys among mountains than any
+where else, and there, too, there are more streams and springs to
+fill them. Thus, among mountains, we generally find a great many
+lakes.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Outlets; feeders.</div>
+
+<p>Since lakes are formed in this way, you would expect, in going
+around one, that you would find some streams flowing into it, and
+<em>one</em> stream flowing out. This is the case with almost all lakes.
+The place where the water flows out of the lake is called the outlet.
+The streams which flow into the lake are sometimes called
+the <em>feeders</em>. They feed the lake, as it were, with water.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Ponds without outlets.</div>
+
+<p>Sometimes a lake or pond has no outlet. This is the case when
+there are so few streams running into it that all the water that
+comes can dry up from the surface of the lake, or soak away into
+the ground.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes you will find, among hilly pastures, a small pond, lying
+in a hollow, which has not any outlet, or any feeders either.
+Such a pond as this is fed either by secret springs beneath the
+ground, or else by the water which falls on the slopes around it
+when it is actually raining.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>If you were to take an umbrella, and go to visit such a pond in
+the midst of a shower, and were to look down among the grass,
+you would see a great many little streams of water flowing down
+into the pond.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The way to note the rise and fall of water in a lake.</div>
+
+<p>Then if, after the shower was over, you were to put up a measure
+in the water, and leave it there a few days, or a week, and
+then visit it again, you would find that the surface of the water
+would have subsided&mdash;that is, gone down. As soon as the rain
+ceases, so that all fresh supplies of water are cut off, the water already
+in the pond begins at once to soak away slowly into the
+ground, and to evaporate into the air. Once I knew a boy who
+was of an inquiring turn of mind, and who concluded to ascertain
+precisely what the changes were which took place in the level of
+a small pond, which lay in a hollow behind his father’s garden. So
+he measured off the inches on a smooth stick, and marked them,
+and then he set up the stick in the water of the pond. Thus he
+could note exactly how the water should rise or fall. There came
+a great shower very soon after he set up his measure, and it
+caused the water in the pond to rise three inches. After that it
+was dry weather for a long time, and the level of the pond fell
+four inches lower than it was when he first put up the measure.</p>
+
+<p>Lakes among the mountains are often very large, and the waves
+which rise upon them in sudden tempests of wind and rain sometimes
+run very high.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The storm on the Lake of Gennesaret. Jesus in the ship.</div>
+
+<p>The Lake of Gennesaret, so often mentioned in the New Testament,
+was such a lake, and violent storms of wind and rain rose
+sometimes very suddenly upon it. One evening, Jesus and his
+disciples undertook to cross this lake in a small vessel. It was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span>
+very pleasant when they commenced the voyage, but in the night
+a sudden storm came on, and the waves rose so high that they
+beat into the ship. This was the time that the disciples came
+and awoke Jesus, who was asleep in the stern of the ship when
+the storm came on, and called upon him to save them. He arose
+immediately, and came forward, and rebuked the winds and the
+sea, and immediately they became calm.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration29" style="width: 250px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill029.jpg" width="250" height="250" alt="Jesus in the prow of the boat,
+telling the waves to stop that at once" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p>The adjoining engraving represents
+the scene. Jesus has come
+forward to the prow, and stands
+there looking out upon the waves,
+which seem ready to overwhelm
+the vessel. The disciples are
+greatly terrified. One of them is
+kneeling near the place where
+Jesus stands, and is praying to
+God for mercy. The others are
+behind. They are equally afraid.
+The sails have been torn by the
+wind, and are flying away. Jesus
+extends his hand, and says to the winds and waves, “Peace!
+be still!”</p>
+
+<p>The anchor of the ship is seen in the engraving hanging over
+the bow. But the anchor, in such a case as this, is useless. The
+water is too deep in the middle of the lake for it to reach the bottom;
+and, besides, if it were possible to anchor the vessel in such
+a place, it would do more harm than good, for any confining of the
+ship, in such a sea, would only help the waves to fill it the sooner.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Navigation of mountain lakes.</div>
+
+<p>The people who live on the borders of the lakes that lie among
+the mountains often go out upon them in boats. Sometimes they
+go to fish, sometimes to make passages to and fro along the lake,
+when there is no convenient road by land, and sometimes they go
+to bring loads of hay or sheaves of grain home from some field
+which lies at a distance from the house, and is near the margin of
+the water.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tempests and storms.</div>
+
+<p>When a storm arises on the lake after the boat has gone out,
+the people who remain at home are often very anxious, fearing
+that the boats may have been overwhelmed by the waves. Over
+the leaf there is a picture of people watching for the return of a
+man and boy who have gone out on the lake. They went out in
+the middle of the day, and, though it is now night, they have not
+returned. The family are anxious about their safety, for in the
+middle of the afternoon there was a violent storm of thunder and
+lightning, with dreadful gusts of wind and pouring rain. The
+storm has now entirely passed away, and the moon, which has
+just risen, shines serenely in the sky. Still the boat does not
+return. The family fear that it may have foundered in the
+storm.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Conversation in Marie’s cottage.</div>
+
+<p>The family live in a cottage on the margin of the lake. Marie,
+the wife of the man and the mother of the boy that went away in
+the boat, is very anxious and unhappy.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you think that they are lost?” she said to Orlando.</p>
+
+<p>Orlando was her oldest son.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh no,” replied Orlando.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span> “When the black clouds began to
+come up in the sky, and they heard the thunder, they would go to
+the shore, and draw up their boat there till the storm was over.
+And now that the water is smooth again, and the air calm, I presume
+they are somewhere coming home.”</p>
+
+<p>“But how can they find their way home in the darkness of the
+night?” said Marie.</p>
+
+<p>“There is a moon to-night,” said Marie’s father. He was an
+old man, and he was sitting at this time in the chimney-corner.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, there is a moon,” replied Marie, “but it is half hidden by
+the broken clouds that are still floating in the sky.”</p>
+
+<p>“I will light the lantern,” said Orlando, “and go out, and hold
+it up on a high part of the shore. They will then see the light of
+it, and it will guide them in.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Orlando and Bruno.</div>
+
+<p>Bruno was lying before the fire while this conversation was going
+on. He was listening to it very attentively, though he could
+not understand it all. He knew some words, and he learned from
+the words which he heard that they were talking about the boat
+and the water, and Pierre, the man who was gone. So, when
+Orlando rose, and went to get the lantern, Bruno started up too,
+and followed him. He did not know whether there would be
+any thing that he could do, but he wished to be ready at a moment’s
+notice, in case there should be any thing.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Anna and the baby.</div>
+
+<p>He stood by Orlando’s side, and looked up very eagerly into his
+face while he was taking down the lantern, and then went with
+him out to the door. The old man went out too. He went down
+as near as he could get to the shore of the pond, in order to look
+off over the water. Orlando remained nearer the door of the cottage,
+where the land was higher, and where he thought the lantern
+could be better seen. Marie, with her baby in her arms, and
+her little daughter, Anna, by her side, came out to the steps of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span>
+door. Bruno took his place by Orlando’s side, ready to be called
+upon at any time, if there should be any thing that
+he could do, and looking eagerly over the water
+to see whether he could not himself make some
+discoveries.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration30" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill030.jpg" width="450" height="375" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Watching for the boat.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>He would have liked to have held the lantern, but it would not
+have been possible for him to have held it sufficiently high.</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time the moon began to come out from behind the
+clouds, and its light was reflected beautifully on the waters of the
+lake, and the old man obtained, as he thought, a glimpse of a dark
+object gliding slowly along over the surface of the distant water.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">The boat is coming.</div>
+
+<p>“They are coming!” he exclaimed. “They are coming! I
+see them coming!”</p>
+
+<p>Bruno saw the boat too, and he soon began to leap about and
+bark to express his joy.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<div class="sidenote">Excellence of Bruno’s behavior.</div>
+
+<p>Thus Bruno always felt an interest in all that interested his
+master, and he stood by ready to help, even when there was nothing
+for him to do. It is always a source of great pleasure to a father
+to observe that his boy takes an interest in what he is doing,
+and stands ready to help him, provided always that he does not
+interrupt the work by asking questions. This Bruno never did.
+He never interrupted work in any way, and least of all by asking
+questions.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" id="illustration31" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill031.jpg" width="450" height="277" alt="A boy with a kite" />
+
+<p class="caption">Play.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>It is far more manly and noble for boys to take an interest,
+sometimes, in useful work, than to be wholly absorbed, as some
+boys are, all the time in idle play.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="TAKING_AN_INTEREST" id="TAKING_AN_INTEREST"></a>TAKING AN INTEREST.</h2>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Important difference between the dog and the horse.</div>
+
+<p>There is a great difference between the dog and the horse, in
+respect to the interest which they take in any work which they
+have to do. A horse does not like to work. He never runs to
+his master to be saddled when his master wishes to go and take
+a ride. If he runs either way, he runs off. If you wish any time
+to take a ride in a wagon, and you go into the pasture to find your
+horse, it is often very hard work to catch him. He knows that
+you are going to harness him up, and give him something to do,
+and he does not like to do it; so away he goes, bounding over the
+pasture, and looking back, first over one shoulder, and then over
+the other, to see whether you are pursuing him.</p>
+
+<p>It is very different with the dog. As soon as he sees his master
+take down his hat and cane, he jumps up and runs to accompany
+him. He desires, above all things, to accompany his master
+wherever he goes, that he may protect him, and render him any
+other service which occasion may require.</p>
+
+<p>It is true that a dog does not generally like to be harnessed into
+a wagon, and draw, but the reason of this probably is, that drawing
+a load is not a work that he is by nature fitted for. He is not
+properly built for such work. His shoulders are not fitted to receive
+a collar, and his feet are not of the right form to take good
+hold of the ground. The nature and qualities of the dog fit him
+for other duties, and these duties he is always greatly interested<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span>
+in performing. If his master is a traveler, he is always ready to
+set out on the journey with him. If his master stays at home, he
+is always on the watch about the house, guarding the premises,
+and ready to do any thing that he may be called upon to do. In
+a word, such duties as he is at all qualified for by his nature and
+habits, he is always ready to perform with alacrity and with
+hearty good-will.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Supposed black pony. How valuable such a pony would be.</div>
+
+<p>What a fine thing it would be for a boy to have a horse of
+such a disposition&mdash;a little black pony, I will suppose&mdash;just large
+enough for the boy to harness and drive! Suppose you had such
+a pony. You take the bridle, and go out into the pasture for him
+some day when you feel inclined to take a ride. As soon as you
+enter the pasture, you call him. Immediately on hearing your
+voice, he runs out of the thicket where he was lying in the
+shade, and ascends an eminence near, so that he can see. He
+looks all around to find where the voice comes from, and when
+he sees you with the bridle in your hand, he immediately feels
+proud and happy at the thought of being employed, and he comes
+galloping toward you, prancing and capering in a very joyous
+manner.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as he gets near you, he ceases his prancing, and, walking
+up to you, he holds his head down that you may put the bridle
+on. As soon as the bridle is buckled, you put the bridle-rein over
+his neck, and say,</p>
+
+<p>“There! run along, pony!”</p>
+
+<p>So your pony runs along before you, looking back from time to
+time, first over one shoulder, and then over the other, not to see
+whether you are pursuing him, in order that he may escape, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span>
+to be sure that you are following him, and that he is going the
+right way. When he gets to the gate, he waits till you come to
+open it for him; or, if he has ingenuity enough to lift up the latch
+himself, he opens the gate and goes through, and then waits outside
+till you come. As soon as you have gone through the gate,
+he trots off to the barn. He does not know yet whether you are
+going to put the saddle on, or to harness him into your little wagon.
+But he is equally ready for either. He looks forward with
+great pleasure to the thought of carrying you along over a pleasant
+road, cantering merrily up and down the hills; and he resolves
+that he will take special care not to stumble or fall with you. Or,
+if he finds that you prefer riding in the wagon that day, he thinks
+how pleasant it will be to trot along over the road with you, and
+give you a good drive. If you stop any where by the way, he
+waits patiently where you leave him until you come back again.
+If he is in the wagon, he stands very still, lest he should do some
+damage to the vehicle by moving about. If he has a saddle on,
+he walks out to the road-side, perhaps, to crop the grass a little
+while he is waiting, but he lifts up his head now and then to see
+if you are coming, in order that he may be all ready to go on
+again when you wish to go.</p>
+
+<p>It would certainly be a fine thing to have such a pony as that.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">How useful and valuable such a boy would be.</div>
+
+<p>But for a man, it is a finer thing to have such a <em>boy</em> as that. I
+never knew such ponies, but I have often known such boys. They
+take a special interest and pleasure in being useful, and especially
+in assisting their father and mother in any thing, no matter what
+it is, that their father and mother wish to do. They feel proud
+and happy to be employed, and come always with a ready alacrity<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span>
+whenever they are called upon, and to do what they can do
+with a hearty good-will.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Georgie at the raising. The way he acted.</div>
+
+<p>Boys sometimes take an interest of the wrong kind in what
+their fathers are doing&mdash;that is, an interest which seeks for their
+own pleasure and amusement, and not for the furtherance of the
+work. There was a farmer, for instance, once, who had two sons,
+Lawrence and Georgie. The farmer was building a shed, and
+when the shed was framed, the carpenters came one afternoon to
+raise it. Lawrence was away from home when the carpenters
+came, having gone to mill, but Georgie was very much interested
+in the raising, and he brought several of the boys of the neighborhood
+to see it. With these boys he played about among the timbers
+of the frame, running along upon them from end to end, or
+jumping over them. He made a great deal of noise in singing to
+express his joy, and in calling to his companions.</p>
+
+<p>“Georgie,” said his father, at last, “be still, or I shall send you
+away.”</p>
+
+<p>His father should have sent him away at once, instead of threatening
+to do so if he was not still.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Boring.</div>
+
+<p>Georgie was still after this, for he knew that his father would
+do as he said; but he soon found out other means of making
+trouble besides noise. He and the other boys went to one of the
+carpenters, who was boring a hole, and he began to beg the carpenter
+to let him take the auger and bore it.</p>
+
+<p>“I can bore,” said he.</p>
+
+<p>“I see you can,” said the carpenter, “but I wish you would not
+come here and bore me.”</p>
+
+<p>The other carpenters who were near laughed at hearing this,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span>
+and Georgie, not liking to be laughed at, walked away to another
+part of the work. Here he began to ask questions, such as what
+this beam was for, and what tenon was going into that mortice,
+and whether such and such a hole was not bored wrong. All
+these questions interrupted the workmen, confused them in their
+calculations, and hindered the work. At last, Georgie’s father
+told him not to ask any more questions, but to keep perfectly
+still.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">He and the other boys make a balancer.</div>
+
+<p>His father would, in fact, have sent him away entirely, were it
+not that he was wanted from time to time to do an errand, or
+fetch a tool. These errands, however, he did very slowly and
+reluctantly, so that he was of little service. Finally, he proposed
+to the boys that they should make a balancer, and they did so.
+They put up one short beam of wood upon another, and then,
+placing a plank across, two of the boys got on, one at each end,
+and began see-sawing up and down. This was their balancer.</p>
+
+<p>“Isn’t it good fun,” said Georgie, as he went up into the air,
+“to have a raising?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said the other boy, who was then down by the ground.</p>
+
+<p>“I hope they won’t get through to-night,” said Georgie, coming
+down, “and then we can have some more fun to-morrow.”</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A fall.</div>
+
+<p>Just then the upper beam, which supported the balancer, fell
+off, and the plank, with the boys on it, came to the ground. There
+was now a great outcry. Georgie’s father and some of the carpenters
+came to see if the boys were hurt. They were not seriously
+hurt, but the accident occasioned quite an interruption to the
+raising.</p>
+
+<p>So Georgie’s father, finding that the trouble which Georgie<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span>
+made him was greater far than any service that he rendered,
+sent him away.</p>
+
+<p>Now this is not the right way to take an interest in what your
+father or mother is doing.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lawrence comes home.</div>
+
+<p>Lawrence got back from the mill just as Georgie went away.
+He immediately came and took Georgie’s place. He stationed
+himself near his father, so as to be ready to do any thing which
+might be required whenever he should be called upon. He
+observed carefully every thing that was done, but he asked no
+questions. If he saw that a tool was wanted, or going to be
+wanted, he brought it, so as to have it all ready the moment it
+should be required. Thus, although he could not do much substantial
+work himself, he assisted the men who could do it very
+much, and rendered very effectual service, so that the raising
+went on very prosperously, and was finished that night, greatly
+to his father’s satisfaction.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Conversation at the supper-table.</div>
+
+<p>At supper that night the farmer took his seat at the table.
+His wife sat opposite to him. Lawrence was on one side, and
+Georgie on the other.</p>
+
+<p>“Have you finished the raising?” said his wife.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said the farmer, “we have finished it. I did not expect
+to get through. But we <em>have</em> got through, and it is all owing to
+Lawrence.”</p>
+
+<p>“Did he help you?” asked his wife.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said the farmer; “he forwarded the work, I think, a
+full half hour, and that just saved us.”</p>
+
+<p>Now that is the right kind of interest to take in what your
+father and mother are doing.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Another incident.</div>
+
+<p>At another time, one night after Georgie and Lawrence had
+gone to bed, they heard a sort of thumping sound out in the barn.</p>
+
+<p>“Hark!” said Lawrence; “what is that noise?”</p>
+
+<p>Georgie said he thought it could not be any thing of consequence,
+and so he shut up his eyes, and prepared to go to sleep.
+But Lawrence, though he was equally sleepy, felt afraid that
+something might be the matter with one of the horses; so he got
+up and went to his father’s room, and told his father about the
+noise. His father immediately rose and dressed himself, and
+went down to the barn.</p>
+
+<p>“Georgie,” said Lawrence, “let us get up too. Perhaps we
+can help.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh no,” said Georgie, sleepily, “there is nothing that <em>we</em>
+could do.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can hold the lantern, at any rate,” said Lawrence, “and do
+some good, perhaps, in that way.” So Lawrence dressed himself
+and went down stairs, while Georgie went to sleep again.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Lawrence takes an interest in his father’s concerns.</div>
+
+<p>Lawrence got out into the barn just in time to find that the
+horse had fallen down, and had got entangled in his halter, so
+that he was in danger of choking to death.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah, Lawrence!” said his father, “you are just in time. I
+want you to hold the lantern for me.”</p>
+
+<p>So Lawrence took the lantern, and held it while his father disentangled
+the halter, and got the horse up. Lawrence, who was
+much interested all the time, held the lantern in the best possible
+way for his father to see.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s right,” said his father;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span> “hold the lantern so that you
+can see yourself, and then you may be sure that I can see.”</p>
+
+<p>That is the right kind of interest for boys to take in what their
+father or mother are doing.</p>
+
+<p>That was, in fact, the kind of interest that Bruno took. He
+was always on the watch for opportunities to do good, and when
+he saw that he could not do any more good, he was extremely
+careful not to make any trouble.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" id="illustration32" style="width: 450px;">
+
+<img src="images/ill032.jpg" width="450" height="381" alt="" />
+
+<p class="caption">Driving the sheep to pasture in the morning.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Bruno sits waiting for orders.</div>
+
+<p>He would stand or sit silently by, looking on and watching what<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span>
+was going forward with great interest, ready to act the moment
+that he was called upon, as you see in the opposite engraving.
+They are driving some sheep to pasture very early in the morning.
+It was dark when they first came out with the flock, and so
+they brought a lantern; but the sun has risen now, and it is light.
+Although it was very early when the men set out with the flock,
+Bruno was eager to come with them. He has helped to drive the
+sheep all the way. They have reached the pasture at last, and
+there is now nothing more for him to do. So he is sitting down
+to rest, and contemplating with great satisfaction, while he rests,
+the accomplishment of the work which was to be done, and ready
+to do any thing more that may be required without a moment’s
+delay.</p>
+
+<p>In the distance, in the engraving, a river is seen, meandering
+through a rich and beautiful country, with the beams of the morning
+sun reflected from the surface of the water.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<div class="sidenote">A good conscience.</div>
+
+<p>The satisfaction which results from the faithful performance
+of duty is a very solid and substantial pleasure. It endures long,
+and has no alloy. There is something manly and noble in the
+very nature of it, and he who makes it the end and aim of all his
+efforts in his search for happiness is sure of a rich reward.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">They who are not faithful in duty can never be happy.</div>
+
+<p>Learn from the example of Bruno, then, to find your happiness
+in the diligent and faithful performance of duty. “Duty first,
+and pleasure afterward,” is the true rule for all. They who seek
+pleasure first, or, rather, who look for their happiness in personal
+and selfish gratifications, lead a very low and groveling life, and
+never exemplify the true nobleness and dignity to which the human<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span>
+soul should aspire. Nor do they ever attain to any real or
+permanent happiness. They experience a continual feeling of
+self-reproach and self-condemnation which mars all their enjoyments,
+and adds a fresh ingredient of bitterness to all their sorrows.
+In a word, they are always dissatisfied with themselves,
+and he who is dissatisfied with himself can never be happy.</p>
+
+<p class="center">THE END.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+
+<img src="images/cover-back.jpg" width="500" height="650" alt="Image of the back cover" />
+
+<p class="caption">HARPER’S<br />
+STORY BOOKS</p>
+
+<p class="caption">BY<br />
+JACOB ABBOTT.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">TERMS.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">Each Number of <span class="smcap">Harper’s Story
+Books</span> will contain 160 pages, in small
+quarto form, very beautifully illustrated,
+and printed on superfine calendered
+paper.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">The Series may be obtained of Booksellers,
+Periodical Agents, and Postmasters,
+or from the Publishers, at
+<span class="smcap">Three Dollars</span> a year, or <span class="smcap">Twenty-five
+Cents a Number</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">The two Periodicals, <span class="smcap">Harper’s New
+Monthly Magazine</span> and <span class="smcap">Harper’s Story
+Books</span>, will be supplied at <span class="smcap">Five
+Dollars</span> a year, and will be published
+on the first day of each Month.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">The Postage upon <span class="smcap">Harper’s Story
+Books</span>, which must be paid quarterly
+in advance, is <span class="smcap">Two Cents</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">EACH NUMBER COMPLETE IN ITSELF.</p>
+
+<p class="caption">PRICE 25 C<sup>ts</sup></p>
+
+<p class="caption">HARPER &amp; BROTHERS<br />
+FRANKLIN SQUARE, N. Y.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bruno, by Jacob Abbott
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BRUNO ***
+
+***** This file should be named 51859-h.htm or 51859-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/8/5/51859/
+
+Produced by Suzanne Shell and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
+specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
+eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
+for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
+performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
+away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
+not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
+trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
+Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country outside the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
+  are located before using this ebook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
+Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+  Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+  works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+  receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
+Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
+mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
+volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
+locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
+Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
+date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
+official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+
+    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+    Chief Executive and Director
+    gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/cover-back.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/cover-back.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bce5d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/cover-back.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f52238
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill001.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill001.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4eafbf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill001.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill002.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill002.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78edbea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill002.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill003.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill003.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2f4971
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill003.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill004.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill004.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b183235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill004.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill005.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill005.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bff41e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill005.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill006.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill006.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..539861d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill006.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill007.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill007.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb1815f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill007.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill008.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill008.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf1b795
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill008.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill009.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill009.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8768425
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill009.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill010.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill010.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20e6dc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill010.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill011.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill011.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08a1fbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill011.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill012.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill012.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..925f511
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill012.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill013.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill013.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3220be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill013.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill014.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill014.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa08413
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill014.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill015.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill015.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50140e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill015.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill016.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill016.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35dff92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill016.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill017.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill017.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1c1db2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill017.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill018.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill018.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4533427
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill018.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill019.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill019.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9357768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill019.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill020.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill020.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee95278
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill020.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill021.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill021.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a192fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill021.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill022.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill022.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..860e460
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill022.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill023.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill023.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ab2915
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill023.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill024.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill024.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3197cc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill024.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill025.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill025.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5638b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill025.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill026.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill026.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd0980e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill026.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill027.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill027.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad85cb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill027.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill028.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill028.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da0d07c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill028.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill029.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill029.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c9d425
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill029.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill030.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill030.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c11d9f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill030.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill031.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill031.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3044919
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill031.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/ill032.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/ill032.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a5fba6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/ill032.jpg
diff --git a/old/51859-h/images/titlepage.jpg b/old/51859-h/images/titlepage.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee3421d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/51859-h/images/titlepage.jpg